COMMISSION OF THE
EUROPEAN
COMMUNITIES
    UNITED STATES
   ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY
                        WORLD HEALTH
                        ORGANIZATION
             INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM


                      PROCEEDINGS


                     Recent Advances
           in the Assessment of the Health Effects
                 of Environmental Pollution
                          Volume II



                            	-~—. \ ...jj**.*.-''" .'"' '''"!••":"•.•-
                                     '11'    u^—— 13h^l
              >?..*<*


       •-
             _ - _




                      ,
 Paris. 24 to 28 June 1974
                                                    EUR 5360

-------
LEGAL NOTICE

The Commission of the European Communities
and its departments decline all
responsibility with regard to the use of
the information contained herein.

-------
                            TAGUNGSBERICHTE
                       INTERNATIONALES SYMPOSIUM

                NEUESTE ERKENNTNISSE  IN DER BEURTE1LUNG
         DER GESUNDHEITLICHEN FOLGEN DER UMWELTVERSCHMUTZUNG
                              PROCEEDINGS
                        INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM

                   RECENT ADVANCES  IN THE ASSESSMENT
          OF THE  HEALTH EFFECTS  OF  ENVIRONMENTAL  POLLUTION
                                 ACTES
                        SYMPOSIUM  INTERNATIONAL

                 PROGRES REGENTS DANS L'EVALUATION  DES
        EFFETS  DE  LA POLLUTION DE L; ENVIRONNEMENT  SUR LA SANTE
                                 ATT I
                        SIMPOSIO INTERNAZIONALE

                  RECENT I PROGRESS I  NELLA VALUTAZIONE
     DEGLI EFFETTI  DELL'INQUINAMENTO DELL' AMBIENTE  SULLA SALUTE
                                VORSLAG
                       INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM

             RECENTE VORDERINGENBIJ DE VASTSTELLING VAN
      DE GEVOLGEN  VAN MILIEUVERONTREINIGING VOOR  DE GEZONDHEID
                   Paris (France),  June 24-28t 1974
                           organized jointly by

                CEC - Commission of the European Communities
     Directorate General for Social Affairs - Health Protection Directorate

             EPA - United States Environmental Protection Agency

                                  and

                     WHO - World Health Organization
           Published by the Commission of the European Communities
Directorate General Scientific and Technical Information and Information Management

                            Luxembourg, 1975

-------
                                   XXXV
ORGANISATIONSAUSSCHUSS / ORGANIZING COMMITTEE / COMITE  ORGANISATEUR

             COMITATO ORGANIZZATIVO / ORGANISEREND COMITE


         Vorsitzend / Chairmen / Presidents / Presidenti / Voorzitters:

                         B.H.  DIETERICH  (W.H.O.)
                          S. GREENFIELD (E .P .A .)
                            P. RECHT (C.E.C.)


        Stellvertretende  Vorsizende / Vice  Chairmen / Vice-presidents /
                      Vicepresidenti / Vice~Voorzitters:

                            D. EARTH (E.P.A.)
                         M. CARPENTIER (C.E.C.)
                           J,  KUMPF (W.H.O.)


           Generalsekretar / Secretary General / Secretaire general /
                  Segretario generate / Algemeen Seoretaris:

                           J.  SHEETS (C.E.C.)


           Wissenschaftliche Secretariat / Scientific Secretariat /
            Secretariat  scientifique / Segretariato ecientifiao  /
                        Wetenschappelijk Secretariaat:

                           A.  BERLIN (C.E.C.)
                            R. ENGEL (E.P.A.)
                           V.B. VOUK (W.H.O.)


         Assistentin / Assistant / Assistante / Aseistente / Assistent:

                         G. TREU-RICCO'  (C.E.C.)


              Vissenschaftliche Berater /  Scientific advisors /
             Conseillers scientifiques / Consialieri scientifici /
                        Uetenschappelijke Adviaeura:

             Ph. BOURDEAU (C.E.C.), G.C. BUTLER (Canada)
         M.  COLOMBINI  (Italy), G.  DEAN  (Republic of  Ireland),
              J.F. FINKLEA (U.S.A.),  L.  FRIBERG (Sweden),
              H.E. GRIFFIN (U.S.A.),  W.W. HOLLAND (U.K.),
               M. KEY (U.S.A.), A.  LAFONTAINE (Belgium),
           D.  RALL  (U.S.A.),  H.-W.  SCHLIPKOTER (F.R.  Germany),
           R.  SENAULT  (France), J. SPAANDER  (Netherlands),
               L. TEPPER (U.S.A.),  N.K.  WEAVER (U.S.A.)

-------
                       XXXVII

                   TAGUNGSBERICHTE
               INTEKNATIONALES SYMPOSIUM
        NEUESTE ERKENNTNISSE IN DER BEURTEILUNG
  DER GESUNDHEITLICHEN FOLGEN DER UMWELTVERSCHMUTZUNG


                        Band I
                   ERfiFFNUNGSSITZUNG
               POPULAT10NSUNTERSUCHUNGEN
  UNTERSUCHUNG DER WIRKUNGEN AUF DEN MENSCHEN(panel)
             TOXIKOLOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN
             EXPOSITIONSMESSUNGEN  (Panel)

                        Band II
      UNTERSUCHUNG DER WIRKUNGEN AUF DEN MENSCHEN
                  TIERUNTERSUCHUNGEN
                     STOFFWECHSEL
                  WECHSELBEZIEHUNGEN
                EXPOSITIONSINDIKATOREN

                       Band III
                    GEWEBSMESSUNGEN
        ERFORDERNISSE IM HINBLICK AUF MESSUNGEN
                    UMWELTMESSUNGEN
                 EXPOS HIONSMESSUNGEN
                        MODELLE
                ZUSATZLICHE BERICHTE
                        Band IV
  DIE WISSENSCHAFTLICHEN DATENGRUNDLAGEN,  DIE FUR DIE
ENTSCHEIDUNG UBER DEN GESUNDHEITSSCHUTZ BENOTIGT WERDEN
       (Aussprache im rahmen des gesamtausschusses)
               tXPERIMENTELLE FORSCHUNG
    ERFORDERNISSE IM HINBLICH AUF MESSUNGEN (Panel)
                 GEWEBSMESSUNGEN (Panel)
      UNTERSUCHUNG DER GESUNDHEITLICHEN WIRKUNGEN
                     SCHLUSSITZUNG
                    TEILNEHMERLISTE

-------
                      XXXVIII

                    PROCEEDINGS
              INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM
    RECENT ADVANCES  IN THE  ASSESSMENT OF THE HEALTH
        EFFECTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

                     Volume I
                  OPENING  SESSION
                POPULATION STUDIES
           HUMAN EFFECTS STUDIES (Panel)
               TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES
            EXPOSURE MONITORING  (Panel)

                     Volume II
               HUMAN EFFECTS STUDIES
                  ANIMAL STUDIES
                    METABOLISM
                   INTERACTIONS
              INDICATORS OF EXPOSURE

                    Volume III
                TISSUE MEASUREMENTS
                 MONITORING NEEDS
            ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS
                EXPOSURE MONITORING
                      MODELS
               SUPPLEMENTARY PAPERS

                     Volume IV
THE SCIENTIFIC DATA BASE REQUIRED FOR DECISIONS TO
  PROTECT HUMAN HEALTH  (Plenary discussion group)
            EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
             MONITORING  NEEDS (Panel)
            TISSUE MEASUREMENTS  (Panel)
              HEALTH EFFECTS STUDIES
                  CLOSING SESSION
               LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

-------
                           XXXIX

                           ACTES
                  SYMPOSIUM INTERNATIONAL
           PROGRES REGENTS DANS (.'EVALUATION DES
  EFFETS DE LA POLLUTION DE L'ENVIRONNEMENT SUR LA SANTE

                         Volume I
                    SEANCE D'OUVERTURE
                 ETUDES SUR LA POPULATION
           ETUDES DES EFFETS SUR L'lHOMME  (Panel)
                   ETUDES TOXICOLOGICUES
               MESURE DE L'EXPOSITION  (Panel)

                         Volume II
               ETUDES DES EFFETS SUR L'HOMME
                  ETUDES SUR LES ANWAUX
                        METABOLISME
                       INTERACTIONS
                 INDICATEURS D'EXPOSITION

                        Volume III
         MESURES RELATIVES AUX TISSUS BIOLOGIQUES
        BESOINS EN MATIERE DE MESURE DE L'EXPOSITION
               MESURES DANS L'ENVIRONNEMENT
                  MESURE DE L'EXPOSITION
                          MODELES
                 RAPPORTS SUPPLEMENTAIRES

                         Volume IV
          LES DONNEES SCIENTIPIQUES REOUISES  A
LA PRISE DE DECISION POUR LA PROTECTION DE LA SANTE HUMAINE
        (Groups de discussion en assembled plSniere)
                 RECHERCHES EXPERIMENTALES
    BESOINS EN MATIERE DE MESURE DE L'EXPOSITION  (Panel)
      MESURES RELATIVES AUX TISSUS BIOLORIQUES  (Panel)
              ETUDES DES EFFETS SUR LA SANTE
                     SEANCE DE CLOTURE
                  LISTE DES PARTICIPANTS

-------
                            XL

                           ATT1
                  SIMPOSIO INTERNAZIONALE
            RECENTI PROGRESS! NELLA VALUTAZIONE
DEGLI EFFETTI DELL;INQUINAMENTO DELL'AMBIENTE SULLA SALUTE

                         Volume I
                     SESSIONE  INAUGURALE
                  STUD1 SULLA POPOLAZIONE
           STUDI DEGLI  EFFETTI SULL'UOMO (Panel)
                  STUDI TOSSICOLOGICI
              MISURA DELL'ESPOSIZIONE (Panel)

                         Volume II
               STUDI DEGLI EFFETTI SULL'UOMO
                    STUDI  SUGLI ANIMALI
                        METABOLISMO
                        INTERAZIONE
                 INDICATORI DI ESPOSIZIONE

                        Volume III
               MISURE NEI  TESSUTI BIOLOGICI
      NECESSITAV RELATIVE ALLA MISURA DELL'ESPOSIZIONE
                     MISURE AMBIENTALI
                  MISURA DELL'ESPOSIZIONE
                          MODELLI
                  RAPPORTI SUPPLEMENTARI

                         Volume IV
         I  DATI SCIENTIFIC! DI BASE RICHIESTI PER
 PRENDERE DECISION! AL FINE DI PROTEGGERE LA SALUTE UMANA
                (Gruppo di discussione plenaria)
                   INDAGINE SPERIMENTALE
NECESSITA'  RELATIVE ALLA MISURA DELL'ESPOSIZIONE (panel)
           MISURE NEI TESSUTI BIOLOGICI   (Panel)
             STUDI  DEGLI  EFFETTI SULLA SALUTE
                     SESSIONE FINALE
                  ELENCO DEI  PARTECIPANTI

-------
                               XLI


                            VORSLAG
                   INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM
            RECENTE VORDERINGEN BIJ DE VASTSTELLING
 VAN DE GEVOLGEN VAN MILIEUVERONTREINIGING VOOR DE GEZONDHEID

                             Band I
                        OPENINGSZITTING
                       BEVOLKINGSSTUDIES
        ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR EFFECTEN BIJ DE MENS (Panel)
                 TOXICOLOGISCHE ONDERZOEKINGEN
                   METING VAN EXPOSIE  (Panel)

                             Band II
           ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR EFFECTEN BIJ DE MENS
                   ONDERZOEKINGEN BIJ DIEREN
                          METABOLISME
                          INTERACTIES
                    INDICATOREN VAN EXPOSIE

                           Band ill
                METINGEN VAN BIOLOGISCH WEEFSEL
   EISEN VOOR HET TOT STAND BRENGEN VAN TOEZICHT OP EXPOSIE
                    METINGEN IN HET MILIEU
                     METINGEN VAN EXPOSIE
                           MODELLEN
                   SUPPLEMENTAIRE DOCUMENTEN

                            Band IV
  WETENSCHAPPELIJKE GEGEVENS NOODZAKELIJK VOOR HET NEMEN VAN
  BESLISSINGEN TER BESCHERMING VAN DE GEZONDHEID VAN DE MENS
                   (Pienaire discussiegroep)
                    EXDERIMENTEEL ONDERZOFK
EISEN VOOR HET TOT STAND BRENGEN VAN TOEZICHT OP EXPOSIE  (Panel)
            METINGEN VAN BIOLOGISCH WEEFSEL (Panel)
        ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR GEVOLGEN VOOR DE GEZONDHEID
                          SLOTZITTING
                        DEELNEMERSLIJST

-------
INHALTSVERZEICHNIS




     CONTENTS





TABLE DES MATIERES





      INDICE





   INHOUDSOP6AVE

-------
                                  XLV
UNTERSUCHUNG  DER WJRKUNGEN AUF  DEN MENSCHEN
HUMAN  EFFECTS STUDIES
ETUDES DES EFFETS SUR  L HOMME
STUDI  DEGLI EFFETTI  SULL UOMO
ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR  EFFECTEN BIJ DE MENS

    Relation between aircraft noise  exposure and human reactions.
    A  "biological model	477
    R*  RYLAMDER,  S.  SORENSEN

    Techniques  for assessment of individual sound exposure .  .  .   485
    L.C.  SUTHERLAND, M.  BRADEN, R. COLMAN

    Sleep disruption by auditory noise and its effect on waking
    performance	493
    T.E.  LEVERE

     Impact of environmental noise on sleep electrophysiology
    as  measured in the home	507
    J.  FRIEDMANN, G. GLOBUS

    Noise induced vegetative reactions depending from age, sex,
    ambient noise and from a vasoactive drug   	513
    G.  JANSEN,  E. DAMS

    Concentration du plomb dans 1'eau potable et plombemie d'une
    population  adulte   	   523
    J.  DE GRAEVE, P. JAMIN, D.  RONDIA

    Increased susceptibility of females to inorganic lead .  ...   537
    E.J.  STUIK, R.L. ZIELHUIS

    Clinical and environmental correlations with blood lead levels
    of  children in New York City    	545
    V.F.  GUINEE, B. DAVIDOW, A. TYTUN

    Mortality in workers  in lead smelters and lead battery plants   555
    W.C.  COOPER, W.R.  GAFFEY

    Evaluation  of long-term effects  of elevated blood lead
     concentrations in asymptomatic  children	571
    J.L.  MCNEIL, J.A.  PTASNIK

    Untersuchungen zum Zusammenhang  zwischen dem Blutbleispiegel
    bei Neugeborenen und  der Bleiimmissionsbelastung  der Mutter
    am  Wohnort    	591
    J.  HOWER,  B. PRINZ,  E. GONO, G. KEUSMANN

    Influence de I1exposition aux gaz d'echappement automobiles
    sur I1impregnation par le plomb  de differents groupes de
    population    	603
    C.  BOUDENE, J.  MEININGER, F. ARSAC,  J. GODIN

-------
                                 XLVI
     Investigations of the absorption of some metals among
     people in the  surrounding area of a smelting plant	613
     I.  HOLMQVIST

     Study on cadmium proteinuria.  Glomerular dysfunction: An early
     sign of renal  impairment	631
     H.  ROELS,  R. LAUWERYS, D. MATERNE,  J.P. BUCHET

     Increased risk of acute and chronic respiratory disorders
     following long-term air pollution exposures  	   645
     R.  CHAPMAN,  J.  FRENCH, J. FINKLEA,  C. HAYES,  G. LOVE

     Bronchite chronique, symptomes respiratoires et pollution
     atroospherique  	   659
     P.  REY, D.  RAMACIOTTI, B. VOINIER,  R. LANG,

     Epidemiological studies of lung disease in urban and rural
     communities	669
     A.  BOUHUYS,  C.A.  MITCHELL, H.R.  HOSEIN,  H.B.SCHOENBERG
     R.E.  BINDER, R.S.F.  SCHILLING

     Uses of mortaility as a  mesure of the  health effects of  air
     pollution	677
     S.C.  MORRIS, M.A.  SHAPIRO

     L1influence des pollutions industrielles de  1'air sur
     1'organisme humain  	  685
     W.  DOBRYSZYCKA, S.  IWANKIEWICZ, K.  JACYSZYN,
     S.  KOTLAREK-HAUS,  E. OLEKSYK,  K.  STANKOWSKA

     Epidemiological studies of DDT and dieldrin  residues and their
     relationship to human carcinogenesis  	  695
     J.E.  DAVIES, A. BARQUET, C.  MORGADE,  A. RAFFONELLI


TIERUNTERSUCHUNGEN
ANIMAL  STUDIES
ETUDES  SUR LES ANIMAUX
STUD I SUGL1 ANIMALI
ONDERZOEKINGEN BIJ DIEREN

     Animal models  for human disease	705
     D.E.  GARDNER

     Die tumorerzeugende Wirkung faserfonniger Staube  	   715
     K.H.  FRIEDRICHS, F.  POTT, F.  HUTH

    Teratogenic, mutagenic and carcinogenic effects of
     insecticides  	   725
     L.  FISHBEIN

     Toxicology of  atmospheric pollutants resulting from fuel additives
     and emissions  associated with the use of automobile catalytic
     converters	751
     J.F.  STARA,  W.  MOORE, A.W.  BREIDENBACH

-------
                                 XLVII
    Quantitative estimation of the effect of various pulmonary
    irritants on the lung cell population	    773
    M.  J. GRONSPAN

    Local effects of inhaled lead compounds on the lung ....    781
    J.  BRUCH,  A. BROCKHAUS,  W.  DEHNEN

    Low level lead toxicity	 •  •   793
    A.  M. GOLDBERG,  E.K. SILBERGELD

    Studies of lead encephalopathy in the developing rat ....   805
    I.A.  MICHAELSON,  R.D. GREENLAND,  M.W.  SAUERHOFF

    Subchronische orale toxizitat von cadmium bei ratte und  hund .  817
    D.  LORKE,  E. LOESER

    Criteria from animals exposed to known  concentrations  of
    nitrogen dioxide and ozone, with potential use in epidemiology  833
    G.  FREEMAN, L.  JUHOS, N.J.  FURIOSI, W.  POWELL
    R.  MUSSENDEN


STOFFWECHSEL
METABOLISM
METABOLISME
METABOLISMO
METABOLISME

    Sources and metabolic pathways of lead  in normal humans  ....  847
    G.W. WETHERILL,  M.  RABINOWITZ,  J.D. KOPPLE

    Sul passaggio transplacentare di insetticidi clorurati  ....  861
    C.  GRASSO

    Modification of the homolog and isomer  composition of a  poly-
    chlorinated biphenyl mixture during passage through two
    biological systems 	   879
    B.  BUSH, F.D. BAKER, C.E.  TOMASONIS, FA-CHUN  LO,
    C.L.  HOUCK
    Influence des pesticides organophosphores  sur le metabolisme
    des graisses neutres chez le rat	   887
    J.P. BUCKET, R. LAUWERYS, H.  ROELS

    Distribution and metabolism  of polychlorobiphenyls  	   895
    M.  BERLIN, J. C. GAGE,  S. HOLM

    Relation  of the physical/chemical state of a  plasticizer,
    Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate  (DEHP) to its biological  disposition
     and action	903
    R.J. RUBIN,  C.O. SCHULZ

    The effect of mercaptodextran and N-acethylhomocystine on  the
     excretion of mercury in mice exposed to methyl mercuric
     chloride	913
    J.  AASETH, T. NORSETH

-------
                                XLVIII
     Pollution des  aliments par les hydrocarbures  paraffiniques  :
     Etude du devenir de ces substances chez les animaux superieurs.  921
     J.  TULLIEZ

     Distribution  in the body of the  fluoride introduced from the
     diet  in  high doses and  its placenta  transfer .......    931
     G.  SCASSELLATI- SFORZOLINI,   A.  SAVING


WECHSELBEZIEHUNGEN
INTERACTIONS
INTERACTIONS
INTERAZIONE
INTERACTIES

     Cadmium-zinc  interactions ................  951
     M.  PISCATOR

     Hepatic damage and organochlorine residue concentrations in
     body  tissues  .....................   961.
     P.C. OLOFFS, D.F.  HARDWICK

     Influence de  certaines drogues sur 1'effet toxique declenche
     par 1'aflatoxine B dans le foie  ..............    967
     Y.  MOULE

     Bronchite chronique et perturbations fonctionnelles respiratoires
     en relation avec I1 exposition a  diverses nuisances: etude dans
     differents groupes socio-professionnels ..........  973
     Q.T. PHAM,  B. MIRE, J.  MARTIN,  P.  SADOUL,  J.  H. KNELSON

     Larmbelastung, Kohlenmonoxidbelastung und Kombinationswirkungen  989
     M.  HAIDER,  E. GROLL-KNAPP,  M. NEUBERGER,  H.G.  STIDL
     Revaluation of epidemiological health effects formerly r
     to measured levels  of nitrogen dioxide in view of synergistic
     effects due to co-pollutants ..............  1001
     P.O. WARNER, L.  STEVENS

     On the interaction  of air pollutants  ............. 1O09
     K. BUSTUEVA, I.V.  SANOTSKY


 EXPOSITIONSINDIKATOREN
 INDICATORS  OF EXPOSURE
 INDICATEURS  D EXPOSITION
 INDICATORI  DI ESPOSIZIONE
 INDICATOREN  VAN EXPOSIE

     Mercury and other elements  in blood of the Dutch population .  1017
     E.M. DEN TONKELAAR, G.J.  VAN  ESCH, B.  HOFMAN,
     P.L. SCHULLER, J.H.L.  ZWIERS

-------
                                XLIX
The cell culture as test system in applied environmental
hygiene	1031
E.G.  BECK,  N.  MANOJLOVIC,  A.B. FISCHER

Epidemiology  of pesticide and metal residues 	  1043
A.V.  COLUCCI

Storage may of organo-chlorine compounds (OCC)  in humans  .  .  .  1053
M.  WASSERMAN,   L.  TOMATIS, D.WASSERMAN

Evaluation of the health effects of nitrates in vater  ....  1067
N.  GRUENER,  H.  SHUVAL
Recherches  concernant 1'influence de 1'environnement pollue aux
radiations  ionisantes ou substances chimiques sur les noyaux
leucocytaires  	    1073
G.  ROSCA,  S.  ROSCA,  E.T.  BARSAN

Standardization of ALA~ D activity determinations at the European
level; intercalibration and applications 	   1O87
A.  BERLIN, K.H. SCHALLER,  J.  SHEETS

Lead survey of children - Argenton - Boolaroo - Newcastle -
Australia	1101
K.H.  OUW,  A.  BELL

Recent epidemiological studies on environmental lead of
industrial  origin 	  1113
A.E.  MARTIN,  F.A.  FAIRWEATHER, R.  St.J.  BUXTON,
L.M.  ROOTS

Variazioni  dell'attivita ALA-deidratasica eritrocitaria in
rapporto all'eta ed al sesso in soggetti non professionalmente
esposti a piombo	1123
G.C.  SECCHI,  L. ALESSIO

Signification des indicateurs bioanalytiques de I1exposition au
plomb au sein d'une population non professionnellement exposee  1131
P.  BRUAUX, F.  CLAEYS-THOREAU,  A.  LAFONTAINE,
M.  LEGRAND,  R.DE BOECK,  Y.  SWYNGEDOUW

Diametre erythrocitaire moyen chez les adultes habitant une ville
avec une atmosphere polluee par le plomb inorganique de source
industrielle 	  1145
N.W.  GHELBERG,  E.  BORDAS

Prevalence  of subclinical lead exposure in ?6l asymptomatic
school children: Dentine lead levels as a retrospective
marker	1155
H.L.  NEEDLEMAN, I.M.  SHAPIRO

Lead ethanol and 6-aminolaevulinic acid dehydratase  	  1171
M.R.  MOORE

The use of  tracer techniques and environmental sources for
evaluation  of the lead problem in children	1177
G.  TER HAAR,  R. ARONOW

-------
         UNTERSUCHUNG DER WIRKUNGEN AUF DEN MENSCHEN



                    HUMAN EFFECTS STUDIES



                ETUDES DES EFFETS SUR t'HOMME



                STUDI DEGLI EFFETTI SULl'uOMO



          ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR EFFECTEN BIJ DE MENS




                          (Continued)
VoTSit sender - Chairman - President - Pvesidente - Voorzitter
                   M. HAIDKR (Dsterreich)

-------
                                477
          RELATION BETWEEN AIRCRAFT NOISE EXPOSURE
          AND HUMAN REACTIONS - A BIOLOGICAL MODEL

               R, RYLANDER+ AND S, SORENSEN"*"*"

+  Institute of Social and Preventive Medicine, University of
   Geneva, Switzerland
++ Department of Environmental Hygiene, National Environmental
   Protection Board, Stockholm, Sweden
ABSTRACT

     The relation between aircraft noise exposur3 and the reac-
tions in exposed populations is reviewed*   Experimental data
are presented which support the hypothesis that the peak of
several noise levels is the determinant for the annoyance reac-
tion in a community.   The data also indicate the presence of a
threshold for the perception of exposure frequency.   The prac-
tical implications of the new principles are discussed and a
model for human reactions to environmental noise is presented.

-------
                                   478
1.    j^jtroducJLJon
      Control of environmental noise constitutes  an  important  part  of
the work required to make the modern world tolerable for man.
From  a  public health point of view a satisfactory control of environ-
mental noise sources requires a detailed information concerning
dose-response relationships.  In the control process  the  aim must  be to
use such relationships which  are as acurate as possible  and based
upon the latest scientific knowledge. Only under  such circumstances can
adequate protection policies  be formed and the technical investment
always involved in environmental control be justified. This also
implies that existing criteria and standards should  be reevaluated
in view of new progress in the field.
      In the following the relation between aircraft noise  exposure
and the effect In the exposed populations is reviewed, in view of
a new concept derived from experimental studies.

2.    The noise exposure
      A noise exposure includes several physical  factors, such as the
number of exposures, their duration, the frequency spectrum and
the rise time of the energy front.
      Several  of these physical  parameters  are important for the
development of an exposure reaction. Noise exposure  indices have  been
developed, which contain different physical factors  found to be relevant
for the exposure effect. Indices are often constructed according  to
the acoustical principle of equal energy and contain expressions  for
the number of exposures as well as a mean of the  noise level.

3.    The _exposure effect
      The major effects of environmental noise are disturbance of ongoing
activities, such as work or conversation, and interference  with
recreation or sleep ( Alexandre fl] ).
      When the exposed  individual experiences these effects they
might be interpreted as an element of strain or stress which interferes
with his well-being. The reaction will then be to express annoyance.
Annoyance reactions are also  influenced  by extra-expositional factors,

-------
                                    479
 such  as  the  socio-economical  status,  awareness  of the exposure, habituation
 and psychological reactions on  an  individual basis. Due to the interfe-
 rence of these  factors,  the annoyance reaction  in an individual is not
 well  related to the  level  of  exposure ( Hazard  f2j  ). The mean reaction
 in a  group of individuals  is  better correlated  to the exposure level
 as the influence of  extra-expositional factors  has been neutralized.
 From  the public health point  of view, the mean  reactions must at present
 be used  when annoyance reactions in a population are to be used as
 criteria of  the exposure effect.
       The presence of annoyance reactions can be assessed with the aid
 of social survey techniques,  where the aim of the investigation is not
 revealed to  the respondant. This masking effect is  obtained by
 introducing  questions on a variety of environmental annoyance sources
 in the questionnaire. Standard  questionnaires have been proposed
 (  OECD  [3]  ).
       For the description  of  the annoyance reaction the answers from
 the different questions  on exposure effects have been combined into
 annoyance scores. The overall assessment of the annoyance by the
 individual can  equally well be  used to evaluate the mean reaction
 in a   population group ( Sorensen .et  al [4] ).

 I.     Annoyance due  to aircraft noise
       Many studies have  been  performed in different countries to
 evaluate the exposure effects of aircraft noise . In several of the
 studies  an aircraft  noise  index has been developed using the annoyance
 data  obtained in the particular investigation. An ideal dose-response
 relationship has been obtained  by inserting weighting factors for the
 various  physical components in  the index.
       Such an index  must be considered as a hypothesis which has to be
 verified in  renewed  studies. When such studies have been performed,
 it  has often been found  necessary to adjust the original index by
 inserting other weighting  factors than those originally developed
 ( HMSO [5j ,  Grandjean [6j  ).    This in itself  would  cast doubt
upon  the validity of the  procedure  as  such.

-------
                                480
     interference
     conversation
 100
  50
  10
                            D
                        D
                        •
                                 O MUNICH
                                  * YOKOTA
                                 * AMSTERDAM
                                 • SCANDINAVIAN
        70
80
90
100
110
                                             pebk  dB(A)
Figure I - Relation between conversation  interference and aircraft
           noise exposure.
            > v«ry
            annoyed
           40
           30
           20
           10
                  70
                                     90
                                              100
                                                  dB(A).
Figure 2  - Probable dose-response  relationships  for aircraft noise
            exposure and annoyance  at  different exposure frequencies

-------
                                    481
      A different approach  concerning the  expression  of the noise
 exposure was  taken in a Scandinavian investigation concerning aircraft
noise annoyance performed 1969-1972 ( Rylander et al [?]  ). In this
investigation the number of aircraft movements and the noise  level
in dB{A) were kept separate and studied as independent variables.
Variations were obtained by choosing investigation areas  at different
distances from the airport and by studying different airports with
variations in the traffic.
      The results from this investigation demonstrated that the number
of exposures calculated as those equal to or above 70 dB(A) classified
the areas in different exposure categories.  Within each exposure
category the extent of annoyance was closely  related to  the dB(A)
level from the noisiest aircraft overflying the areas at  least 3 times/
2H hours. At about 50 aircraft  exposures / 24 hours, a further frequency
increase did not augment the extent of annoyance at equal dB(A) levels.
      As the new principles imply important consequences  from a public
health point of view, a reanalysis program was undertaken with the goal
to evaluate data from investigations performed earlier, using the
principles developed  in the Scandinavian study.
      In the reanalysis program each area investigated was defined
according to the total number of exposures (  take-offs and landings)  /
2H hours with a noise level equal to or exceeding 70 dB(A). The noise
level was defined as the dB(A) level from the noisiest aircraft
regularly using the airfield.
      To allow for a comparison between the various studies the exposure
reaction was expressed as interference with conversation, which is
closely related to the general annoyance ( Sorensen et al [4] ).
A detailed report of the findings will be published (Rylander et al  [s] ).
      A summary of the results is illustrated in  figure  I for areas
exposed to 50-17U overflights / 24 hours.
      It is seen in the figure that a close dose-response relationship
is present.
      Data on areas exposed to less than 50 overflights / 2t hours are
at present less complete, but a proposed dose-response relationship
for such areas has been illustrated in figure 2 .

-------

determinator
Perception 	
threshold
t

II 1








































































                                              I
                                           Frequency
                                           maximum
Time
                          Figure  3
 Proposed model for human response to environmental noise
5.    Practical  implications
      When a standard concerning the accepted  extent of annoyance
in the community has been set, the critical noise contour  around an
airport is drawn using information concerning  the dose-response
relationship between the noise exposure and annoyance. This applies
both to equal energy indices and the new principles. According to the
latter, however, it is the dB(A) contour from  the noisiest aircraft
that determines  the critical noise contour, irrespectively of the noise
from less  noisy  aircraft.
      The  new principles for the relation between noise exposure and
 the development of effects in the exposed  community makes  it
 possible to  construct  a theoretical  model  for human noise  exposure
 effects.   This model  consists of 3  determinants which are
 illustrated  in figure  3:
 (a) a perception  threshold (for aircraft noise exposure  levels
     equal  to or more  than 70 dB(A)

-------
                                   483
(b)  an exposure  frequency maximum ( for aircraft noise  about  50 exposures/
    24 hours)
(c)  an annoyance reaction threshold based on peak exposure  levels
The perception threshold and the exposure frequency  maximum is
probably influenced  by the type of  noise as well as  the  conditions
under which the exposure occurs.    This model could  be valid also
for traffic noise, noises in buildings and others.    Investigations
are in progress for  the further exploration of these problems.
 References
 1.     ALEXANDRE,A., "Aircraft noise annoyance in  Europe. Spatial and
       temporal comparisons'.1 In :  D. Ward (ed).  Noise as a public
       health problem.1974.

 2.     HAZARD, W.R., " Predictions of noise disturbance near large
       airports", Journal of^ Sound and Vibration,  15  : 425-445, 1971.

 3.     OECD  , "Social surveys on reactions to aircraft noise",
       SR (63) 27, 1963  , Appendix I .

 4.     SORENSEN.S., BERGLUND.K., RYLANDER.R. , " Reaction patterns
       in annoyance. Response to aircraft noise'.1 In ; Ward (ed).
       Noise as a public health problem,  1974 .

       U.S.  EPA  Doc. 550/9-73-008, 1974.

 5.     H.M.S.O., "Second survey of aircraft noise  annoyance around
       London  (Heathrow) Airport", 1971 .

 6.     GRANDJEAN,E. , et al, "Swiss survey of aircraft noise study",
       jn ; Hard (ed). Noise as a public health problem  , 1974.

       U.S. EPA  Doc. 550/9-73-008, 1974.

-------
                                 484
  7.    RYLANDER,R.,  SORENSEN,S., KAJLAND.A.,  "Annoyance reactions from

       aircraft noise exposure", Journal of Sound and Vibration,

       24 :  419-44U  , 1972 .


  8.    RYLANDER,R.,  SORENSEN.S., BERGLUND.K., " Reanalysis of aircraft

       noise annoyance data against the dB(A) peak concept", Journal of

       Sound and Vibration, 1974 in press.



                            DISCUSSION


SUTHERLAND  (U.S.A.)

     You spoke of 50 occurrences a day  as  a  maximum frequency
of disturbance.   Could you  please elaborate on  this point?


RYLANDER (Switzerland)

     For equal peak dB(A)  values the annoyance will gradually
increase as the number  of  exposures increases.   At 50 exposures
/24 hours a maximum is  reached and a further increase in  fre-
quency will not influence  the extent of annoyance.   This  con-
clusion  is  based upon data from 40 different countries with
exposure frequencies ranging from 50 to about 400/24 hours.

-------
                              485

   TECHNIQUES FOR ASSESSMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOUND EXPOSURE

   LOUIS C, SUTHERLAND/ MARCIA BRADEN, AND RICHARD COLMAN

       Wyle Laboratories, El Segundo, California, USA
ABSTRACT

     Objective and subjective methodologies were developed in a
feasibility study to assess sound exposure of a person as he went
about his usual daily activities.   For the objective method, A
weighted sound levels at the ear and two physiological parameters,
heart rate and peripheral vasoconstriction at the ear lobe were
monitored continuously on four subjects during their normal ac-
tivity for one day.   The instrumentation consisted of a small,
portable package consisting of:  (1) a subminiature electret mic-
rophone worn on the ear, (2) standard EKG chest leads for measu-
ring heart rate, (3) a photoplethysmograph sensor mounted on the
ear lobe for measuring peripheral vasoconstriction, and (4) sig-
nal-conditioning electronics connected to a small four-channel
very low speed cassette tape recorder.   Each of the four persons
who participated in the experiment were instrumented early in the
morning, wore the instrumentation for the entire day, and removed
it at night.   Each person also  kept a log of location and acti-
vity during the day.

     For the subjective part of  the study, the components of
human reaction to sound which have been studied extensively in
the laboratory were evaluated in the real world by a questionnaire
survey.   This paper describes the application of one novel ele-
                 ,/'    t
ment of this questionnaire never before applied in this context.
This consisted of a 24-hour diary using recall to probe for sub-
jective impressions of dominant  sounds for the previous 24 hours

-------
                             486
of 100 subjects.   Subjective ratings for a number of physical
and psychological parameters of each of the hourly dominant
sounds were also solicited.   This provided a wealth of data on
subjective response to sound on a time frame not generally
available.

     Results from this pilot test of these objective and sub-
jective measurement techniques are presented to illustrate theif
interrelationship and usefulness for evaluation of overall souna.
exposure of individuals.   Particular emphasis is placed on the
ability of these techniques to properly assess the relative
exposure and reaction of individuals to outdoor versus indoor
or human sources of sound exposure.    This study was sponsored
jointly by the Department of Transportation and Environmental
Protection Agency3  USA.

-------
                                         487

 1.    INTRODUCTION
      This paper presents some of the results of a pilot test program, funded jointly by
 the United States Department of Transportation and Environmental Protection Agency,
 of measurement techniques suitable for evaluation of the unwanted portion of the sound-
 er noise-exposure to which individuals are exposed as they go about their daily acti-
 vity. The techniques evaluated were devised for potential application to a national
 survey of both objective and subjective measures of noise exposure and response of
 individuals.
 2.    OBJECTIVE MEASURES OF NOISE EXPOSURE AND RESPONSE
      For the objective measures, four subjects were instrumented for one day each
 with a four-channel tape recorder to record continuously, (a) the envelope of A-
 weighted noise level exposure for each subject, (b) their heart rate by means of chest-
 mounted EKG electrodes, and (c) the relative blood flow rate by an ear lobe mounted
 plethysmograph sensor.  The noise levels were measured  with a miniature elect ret
 microphone located near the tragus  cartilage  of the ear and mounted on a light easily-
 fitted ear clip.  Head diffraction was measured in a diffuse field and a maximum
 increase observed in diffuse field sound levels, before presence of the subject, 6 dB at
 a frequency of 3 kHz.  The A-weighted noise envelope was split into a high level  (70-
 110 dBA) and a  low-level  (35-70 dBA) channel to cover as wide a dynamic range as
 possible*
      Subsequent tests indicated that the dynamic range should ideally have extended
 down to at least 25 dBA (to record quiet times at night) and up to about 120 dB (to
 record momentary high-level transients).  For the heart rate signals, disposable EKG
 adhesive electrodes were attached to the chest wall.  No discomfort was observed  after
 at least 16 hours of continuous use.  For the blood flow rate signals, a miniature
 gallium arsenide infrared light source  was connected on one side of an ear lobe clip
and opposite  to an infrared phototransistor mounted on the other side of the ear lobe.
 Fluctuations in blood flow or changes  in peripheral vasoconstriction were detected with
this device.  Use of an infrared signal minimized interference from normal light sources
and variations in signal due to blood oxygenation changes which influence visible  light
transmission.  All four channels of data were recorded on a miniature battery-driven
cassette tape recorder operating at 2 mm/sec.  Three de-coupled channels with a 0 to
8 Hz bandwidth were used for the noise envelope and plethysmograph signals and an

-------
                                       488
ac-coupled channel was employed with a 0.5 to 100 Hz bandwidth for the EKG signal.
Subsequent signal analysis for this pilot test consisted essentially of playing back the
tape onto a graphic recorder for visual and graphical analysis.
      The graphic records of sound exposure at the ear of the four subjects exhibited
similarities in some features and major differences in others.  All four subjects exhib-
ited a general pattern of high sound  levels during daytime hours, strongly influenced by
the rapidly fluctuating sound of one's own voice. During late evening hours, the
exposure levels decreased as both outdoor and indoor activity decreased.   Figure 1
illustrates the hourly variation in statistical levels for subject No. 3, a married 28year
old male, who was carrying out a variety of shopping trips and household  chores on a
Saturday.  The detailed time histories of noise exposure for  each of the subjects varied
substantially as one might expect. Their individual life style or daily activity patterns
result in a  wide  range in the type and severity of "encounters" with sound sources of a||
types, including, of course, many wanted or self-generated sounds.   Figure 2 shows the
approximate  cumulative distribution  in A-weighted sound levels over  daytime hours
for all four subjects.
      The energy-average of the A-weighted sound level exposure over the daytime
hours at the ear of the four subjects ranged from 69 to 78 dBA with an average of 74
dBA.  As discussed in more detail in the full report from which this paper  is taken
(Sutherland,  Braden and Colman [ 1 ]), the comparable energy-average daytime (0700-
2200 hours) outdoor noise levels measured outside the subjects' residences ranged from
about 55 to 66 dBA with an average of 62 dBA.  The point is that, for the four subjects
selected in this pilot study, the sound exposure at the ear was on the overage and for
the majority of the time, higher than outdoor noise levels at their residences. This
difference  is due to the subject's exposure to his own sounds, to non-residential  sources,
and to indoor residential  sound sources.
      The graphic records of Variations in heart rate and relative blood flow rate
demonstrated the feasibility of acquiring this type of data in conjunction with sound
exposure records.  However, no simple correlation was noted, nor was one expected,
between sound exposure, heart rate and relative blood flow.  More detailed,  controlled
studies and analyses could be made,  however, utilizing these techniques, to evaluate
some of the non-auditory effects of noise exposure.

-------
                                           489
Figure 1.  Hourly Variation in  Statistical Measures
           of Sound Exposure al the Ear of Subject
           No.  3 on a  Saturday



                                                                   ci No.
                                             I        I
                                        0645 - ??00 (Thursday)
                                        083Q-2300(frid
-------
                                        490
3.    SUBJECTIVE MEASURES OF NOISE EXPOSURE
      The other element of the pilot program consisted of a field test of a detailed sur-
vey questionnaire designed to measure subjectively, among other things, the incidence
and response to sound exposure events over the preceding 24-hour period - hour by hour.
A recall technique was utilized in the questionnaire, administered to a total of 100
subjects selected at random (Kish [2] ) from households located in three residential
areas of Los Angeles.  The patterns of recalled activity and location for the 100 sub-
jects  exhibited strong similarities to similar real time data recorded in diaries and
reported in the recently published international study on the use of time (Szalai [3 ]).
Figure 3 summarizes the total incidence of "bothered" responses in 3-hour periods to the
dominant sounds recalled by the 100 subjects over the preceding 24 hours. The sources
of these bothering  sounds are grouped into five major categories.  These type of data
can provide a more accurate assessment of the relative significance of time of day on
impact of outdoor noise sources.  Note/ however, that human voices and household
noises,  taken together, generated the majority of bothered responses for this pilot study.
Figure 4 shows the same data (total bothered responses by all  100 subjects over the pre-
ceding 24 hours) broken down into three types of activity involved in which the
"bothered" response occurred: (1) awake activity not requiring speech (i.e., solitary
work  or recreation),  (2) awake activity requiring speech, and (3) sleeping. Note that
"human11 sound sources (i.e.,  voices, crying, etc.) were judged bothersome much more
often during activity requiring speech than during activity not requiring speech. Sur-
prisingly, however, no such difference was noted for "bothered" responses due to
vehicle noises. This suggests that speech interference effects and "solitude interfer-
ence" effects from outside noise sources may be comparable.
      In summary,  new techniques have been explored for obtaining objective and  sub-
jective measures of sound exposure of individuals.  The results indicate they can be
usefully applied to obtain  more information about the influence of one's own activity or
self-generated sound to properly evaluate the impact of one's encounter with external
uncontrolled noises.

-------
                               491
                            REFERENCES

[ 1 ]   Sutherland, L.C./ Braden/ M./ and Col man, R., "A Program for'the Measure-
      ment of Environmental Noise in the Community and Its Associated Human
      Response. Vol. 1 - A Feasibility Test of Measurement Techniques," Report by
      Wyle Laboratories for Department of Transportation, DOT-TST-74-5, December
      1973 (PB 228-563/3WP).

[2 ]   Kish, L., "Survey Sampling," John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1967.

[3 ]   Szalai, A. (ed.), "The Use of Time," Mouton, Paris.
                            DISCUSSION
BERLIN (Sweden)
      Wha.t correlation  do you think there  is between physically
measured noise levels  and the effect on the central nervous
system of the human being?


SUTHERLAND (U.S.A.)

      Although our  study did not attempt to answer this  question,
I believe the evidence from controlled  laboratory studies of the
effect of noise on the CNS is reasonably  clear.  Low  level and
complex effects are observed.  However, it is very difficult
to  separate out any noise induced biological (or neurological)
effects from those induced by other environmental factors.


DUPUIS (France)

      What kind of  work was the subject  doing whose reactions are
presented in Figure 3?


SUTHERLAND (U.S.A.)

      The activities of the subject whose  noise exposure is por-
trayed in Figure 3 consisted of a variety of outside  activities
including visits to a  doctor's office,  driving and shopping,
followed, after 18OO hours, by activity in his home.

-------
                               493
              SLEEP DISRUPTION BY AUDITORY NOISE
             AND ITS EFFECT ON WAKING PERFORMANCE

                         T, E, LEVERE

Neuropsychology Laboratory, North Carolina State University, NC,
                              USA
ABSTRACT

     The research -interests of our laboratory over the past four
years have addressed 3 major questions.   Firstly, is it possible
to predict an individuals's response to auditory noise during
sleep on the basis of how this individual responds to auditory
stimuli during wake fulness?  Secondly, is waking behavior affec-
ted when sleep is disturbed by auditory noise?  and thirdlyt if
sleep disruption does influence waking behavior^ what are the
important parameters of this sleep disruption which produce the
effects on waking behavior?  Our experimental data indicate that
the first two questions have relatively straightforward answers
with the answer to the first question being no and the answer to
the second question being yes.   Specifically3 the classic laws
of psychophysics relating sound pressure levelt auditory frequency
and psychological loudness during wake fulness are not applicable
during sleep.   Considering the carry-over effects of nocturnal
auditory stimulation to waking performance* the results of our
researches suggest that even minimal sleep disruption by auditory
noise can be detrimental to certain waking behaviors.   Turning
to the parameters of sleep disruption which may produce these
waking behavioral effects, our research indicates that morning
performance deficits are more closely related to the total arou-
sal which occurs during the night in response to the auditory
noise and not necessarily the degree of arousal produced by the

-------
                               494
stimulus presentations per* se.   Considered together these
along with other researches,  tend to suggest that sleep is a
tatively unique behavioral state necessary to an individual's
well-being.   And, should the normal functioning of this behavi-
oral state be interfered with by auditory stimulation* even mini-
mally interfered with, it is possible that optimal waking behav-ig
may suffer.   These results thus not only reflect certain funda-
mental aspects of sleep but also provide empirical support for
the commonly held consensus that sleep disruption is one of the
most serious problems of noise pollution.
     Study supported by the national Aeronautics and Space
Administration.

-------
                                     495
Introduction
     The present report assumes the validity of the commonly held and em-
pirically verifiable notion that sleep can be interfered with by auditory
noise.  From this starting point, we address three major issues.  Firstly,
is it possible to predict sleep disruption, i.e. arousal, from data ob-
tained during the waking state?  Secondly, are the disturbances produced
by auditory noise during sleep restricted to the sleeping state or is
there some carry-over degradation of waking behavior?  And thirdly, if
there is carry-over to the waking state, what parameters of nocturnal stim-
ulation are most effective in producing this carry-over?
General Methodology
     The general procedures which we employ [3,4,5] to investigate these
issues involve  human male volunteers between the ages of 18 and 35 who
sleep for 3 or more nights within our laboratory bedroom setting.  During
each of these nights the individual's scalp-recorded electroencephalograph-
ic (EEC) activity is continuously monitored to provide both a measure of
the subject's sleep as well as a dependent measure of the arousal produced
by auditory stimulation.  The auditory stimulation we generally employ con-
sists of between 9 and 24 15-sec. stimulus presentations depending upon the
requirements of the particular experiment.  For obvious acoustical reasons,
the auditory stimuli are produced by filtering white noise to exclude all
frequencies save a 1/3 octave band centered on the frequency of interest.
     The individual's response during sleep to these auditory stimuli is
assessed in terms of a change in dominant frequency pattern of the sub-
ject's electroencephalographic activity.  Virtually without exception, this
change has been an Increase of the frequency content of EEC pattern or what
is traditionally termed cortical desychronization.  This kind of response
has been classically labeled as "arousal" by numerous researchers [1,6,9,
11] who have drawn the correlation between this sort of electrical activity
and behavioral alerting.  In all of the experiments which we will summarize,
the assessment of the individual's EEC was performed by a digital computer
system and, more recently, this has been upgraded to enable on-line, real-
time analysis so that the stimulus presentations may be precisely related
to the subject's ongoing pattern of sleep.
     When demanded by the question under investigation, the subjects are
required to perform a behavioral task before retiring at night and upon
arising in the morning.  The task is illustrated in Figure 1 and consists

-------

                                       496
Figure 1.  Photograph of short-term memory reaction-time task used to assess
           morning performance following sleep disruption.

-------
                                     497
of three individual stimulus lights and 3 response buttons.  When a stimu-
lus light is illuminated, the subject is required to press the appropriate
response button and extinguish the light.  The particular response button
which extinguishes a particular stimulus light is determined by a 3-digit
code presented in the window above the 3 stimulus lights.  However, the
code occurs with the first, and only the first, stimulus light for the
series of stimulus light presentations that it is in effect — i.e. between
3 and 10 stimulus light presentations.  Thus, in order for the subject to
respond most effectively, he must remember, on subsequent stimulus light
presentations, which particular code is in effect.  Each performance ses-
sion is 10 min. in duration and the major dependent measure Is response
latency as measured from stimulus light onset to the subject's response to
the correct button.  We have also measured errors, percent errors, errors
of commission, and percentage errors of commission but have not found these
to be related to the occurrence of nocturnal sleep-disturbing auditory
stimuli.  Finally, it should be mentioned that in all of the experiments
discussed below, we were interested in the effects of sleep disruption on
performance and not acquisition.  To realize this interest, each subject
was required to come to the laboratory on each day of the week preceding
his serving as a sleep subject  to practice and become proficient at the
operation of the behavioral task.
Prediction of Sleep, Disrupt Ion.
     Using these procedures, we initially addressed the question of whether
or not it would be possible to predict arousal during sleep on the basis of
an individual's response to auditory stimulation during wakefulness. Brief-
ly, the answer is no, at least, not during all types of sleep. Consider the
waking psychophysical relationship between physical intensity, auditory
frequency, and psychological loudness.  Classically, the equal loudness
contours presented by Pollack [8] and Robinson and Dadson [10] Indicate
that auditory sounds lower in frequency must be physically more intense
than sounds higher in frequency if they are to be judged equally loud.
Traditionally, the A-weighted dB scale has been used to approximate this
psychological loudness function.  To test whether or not the A-weighted dB
scale would predict arousal during sleep, we presented sleeping subjects
[4] with three types of auditory stimuli differing in frequency but equated
for loudness by adjusting the intensity to 80 dB(A).  On each night that

-------
                                      498
   910

   880

   850

   820


   790


   760
S730
0
.-1
  700
  670
<640
  610
<580
  550

  520

  490

  460

  430
WAKEFULNESS
                    I CD - 19
           No  SOUND
            125  Hz
            250  Hz
           1000  Hz
            I
                                             CD =  30
                             i
                                  .1
              S   +1   +2
+3   +q   +5 "-1     S

    1  MINUTE  EPOCHS
+2   +3
                                                            +5
  Figure 2.   Mean error  score  (response latency in msec.)  following  sleep dis-

             turbed by broadband noise (JFO) and following undisturbed sleep

             (NJFO).

-------
                                    499
the subjects were presented auditory stimuli, only 1 frequency was used, i.
e. either 125 Hz, 250 Hz, or Ik Hz.  Moreover, there were 24 stimulus pre-
sentations so arranged that 12 of the presentations occurred when the sub-
ject's sleeping EEC exhibited predominantly fast-wave activity.  The re-
maining 12 presentations occurred when the subject's EEC exhibited pre-
dominantly slow-wave activity.  Sleep exhibiting these types of electrical
activity have been traditionally, but inappropriately, labeled respectively
light sleep and deep sleep.  A fourth night that the subject slept in our
laboratory was a no-stimulus control night.  It should be pointed out and
emphasized, that the sequential order of the 3 stimulus nights and the 1
control night was balanced acrossed the 8 individuals who served as the
subjects for this experiment to control for "first-night" effects and
order effects.
     The results of these procedures are illustrated in Figure 2 which
shows, on the left, the mean effect of the different auditory frequencies
during sleep characterized by fast-wave EEC activity and, on the right, the
mean effect of these same stimuli during sleep characterized by alow-wave
EEC activity.  As is apparent, and statistically verified by the critical
difference computed from an analysis of variance, the three frequencies
were equally effective during sleep characterized by fast-wave EEC activity.
This would, of course, be predicted from the fact that the stimuli were
equally loud relative to the A-weighted dB scale.  However, from the family
of curves presented on the right side of the figure, it is apparent that
during sleep characterized by slow-wave EEC activity, the different audi-
tory frequencies were not equally arousing.  The data indicate rather that
during this type of sleep, the subject is apparently more aroused by stim-
uli lower in frequency even though these stimuli are equally loud.  Or put
in another way, the subjects appeared more responsive to the sound pres-
sure level of the different auditory frequencies during slow-wave sleep.
The conclusion is that it would appear rather tenuous to attempt to pre-
dict the sleep-disturbing effects of auditory noise on the basis of wak-
ing data.  It should be pointed out, in passing, that more recent research
conducted in our laboratory [5] has exactly replicated these results using
a more rigorous procedure where the subjects themselves equated the
auditory stimuli for subjective loudness.

-------
                                    500
     .725
o
LU
 Cf.
 O
 u
GO
a:
o
a:
,700
    ,675
                                      oc
                                      o
                                      a
                                      o
                                      <
                                      LJJ
                                                    DAYS
                 ..FOLLOWING  JFO        FOLLOWING  NJFO


                       PERFORMANCE  LAST  Two  MORNINGS
 Figure 3.   Arousal  (mean cortical desynchronization) produced by three


            equally  loud 80 dB(A) l/3'octave bands of noise centered on the

            frequencies of 125 Hz, 250 Hz, and Ik Hz.

-------
                                     501
Carry-Over Effects
     Turning to the question of whether these or similar sleep disturbances
may carry over to influence waking performance, the answer apparently is
yes.  As an example, we may cite certain early research from our laboratory
[3] involving 9 occurrences of a 15-sec. duration broad-band burst of audi-
tory noise at a level of approximately 80 dB(A).  These stimuli were even-
ly distributed over a night's sleep and the effects of their disruption of
sleep assessed during morning performance of our reaction-time task. Fig-
ure 3 shows that there was a significant increase in mean response latency
during the performance sessions following nights disturbed by auditory
stimulation as compared to control nights when sleep was not disturbed.
Since simple reaction-time tasks, as eloquently analyzed by Wilkinson [12],
are usually insensitive to minimal sleep disturbances, our feeling at this
time is that a critical parameter of our task is the requirement that the
subject remember which code is in effect in order to maintain optimal per-
formance.  While this supposition is supported by similar other human 12]
and animal [7] research, it is perhaps the intuitive appeal of the postu-
late which is most striking to us.  That is, if sleep is to have any
function, one function which would seem of importance is restoration. Since
numerous data indicate that higher cognitive processes are quite suscep-
tible to fatigue, then sleep may be the time when these processes are re-
turned to optimal efficiency and  any interference with sleep might then
be reflected in the degradation of these higher cognitive and/or memory
processes.
Sleep Parameters Affecting Waking Performance
     Whether or not sleep disruption affects waking performance through
higher cognitive processes or some other mechanism, the fact still remains
that minimal sleep disruption can be detected as a decrement in certain
waking performances.  The final issue then which we have been concerned
with is an attempt to provide some preliminary specification of the para-
meters of the nocturnal stimulation which may produce these carry-over
effects to waking performance.   As an initial, and more elementary query,
we have questioned whether a large number of stimuli may be less debili-
tating on waking performance than a fewer number of stimuli.  This might
be speculated because the arousal produced by the individual stimulus oc-
currences, when a large number are presented, should be less.  In other
words,  will habituation during sleep attenuate the disrupting effects of

-------
                           502
   900
   800
Q 700
O 600
o:
O
U
UJ
   5OO
   -400
                   24  STIMULI
                    6  STIMULI
                    CONTROL
           WAKEFULNESS
               I
       I
           •1   S   1   2  3
            FAST-WAVE

                       EEG
   -1   S   1   2  3
     SLOW-WAVE

EPOCH
  Figure 4.  Effects of presenting no stimuli, 6 stimuli or 24 stimuli over

          a night's sleep in terms of mean arousal (cortical desychro-

          nization) produced by the stimulus presentations.

-------
                            503
   u
LU
t/)



2
to
u
      225
      200
       175
       150
       125
       100
        75
        50
                    0            6           24


                    STIMULI    PER    NIGHT
Figure 5. Morning performance (response latency) following undisturbed


        sleep, sleep disturbed by 6 stimulus occurrences, and sleep


        disturbed by 24 stimulus occurrences.

-------
                                     504
nocturnally presented noise?  To address this question, we presented 6 sub-
jects, on different nights, either no stimuli, 6 occurrences, or 24 occur-
rences of a 125 Hz burst of noise.  Each stimulus presentation was 15-sec.
in duration and had an intensity of 80 dB(A).  The stimulus presentations
were correlated with the subject's sleep pattern so that half of the stim-
uli occurred when the subject's EEC indicated fast-wave activity and half
when the subject's EEC indicated slow-wave activity.  The order of occur-
rence of the single no-stimulus control night, the 6-stimulus experimental
night, and the 24-stimulus experimental night was, of course, balanced
acrossed the 6 subjects.  The arousal effects of the auditory stimuli per
jje_ are presented in Figure 4 and indicate the occurrence of a significant
amount of habituation.  That is, the mean arousal during both fast-wave
sleep and slow-wave sleep was significantly greater when only 6 stimuli
occurred during the night as compared to when 24 stimuli occurred during
the night.  However, as illustrated in Figure 5, even though the arousal
associated with the individual stimulus presentations was significantly
greater when 6 stimuli occurred, morning performance was significantly im-
paired only following the nights when 24 stimuli occurred.  Thus, even
though the arousal associated with the individual stimulus presentations
was significantly less on the nights when 24 stimuli occurred, there was
nonetheless a greater decrement (increase in response latency) during
morning performance sessions following these nights.  The conclusion is,
of course, that one must not consider only the arousal produced by the oc-
currence of an auditory noise but one must also be cognizant of the number
of stimuli which occur during the night.  In fact, it may be that sleep
disruption, as a determinant of waking performance, might more importantly
involve the extent of the disruption in terms of distribution over a
night's sleep than the degree of arousal in terms of whether or not the
individual is awakened.

-------
                                    505
References

1    Adrian, E. D. and Matthews, B. H. C.  Berger Rhythm:  Potential
     changes from the occipital lobes in man.  Brain, 57, 355-385 (1934).
2    Kramer, M., Roth, T., Trindar, K. and Cohen, A.  Noise disturbance
     and sleep.  Department of Transportation Final Report No. FAA7-NO-
     70-16 (1971).
3    LeVere, T. E., Bartus, R. T. and Hart, F. D.  Electroencephalographic
     and behavioral effects of nocturnally occurring jet aircraft sounds.
     Journal of Aerospace Medicine. 43, 384-389 (1972).
4    LeVere, T. E., Bartus, R. T., Morlock, G. W. and Hart, F. D.  Arousal
     from sleep:  Responsiveness to different auditory frequencies equated
     for loudness.  Physiology and Behavior. 10, 53-57 (1973).
5    LeVere, T. E., Morlock, G. W., Thomas, L. P. and Hart, F. D.  Arousal
     from sleep:  The differential effect of frequencies equated for loud-
     ness.  Physiology and Behavior, 12, 573-582 (1974).
6    Moruzzi, G. and Magoun, H. W.  Brain stem reticular formation and
     activation of the EEC.  Ej.ecj:roencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
     physiology. 1, 455-473 (1949).
7    Pearlman, C. A. and Greenberg, R.  Posttrial REM sleep:  A critical
     period for consolidation of shuttlebox avoidance.  Animal Learning
     and Behavior. 1, 49-51 (1973).
8    Pollack, I.  The loudness of bands of noise.  Journal of the Acousti-
     cal Society of America, 24, 533-538 (1952).
9    Rheinberger, M. and Jasper, H. H.  Electrical activity of the cere-
     bral cortex in the unanesthetized cat.  American Journal of Physiology
     119, 186-196 (1937).
10   Robinson, D. W. and Dadaon, R. S.  A redetermination of the equal
     loudness relations of pure tones.  British Journal of Applied Physics,
     7, 161-181 (1956).
11   Sokolov, E. N.  Neuronal models in orienting reflex.  In:  The Cere-
     bral Nervous System .in Behavior;  Transacttons of the 3rd Conference.
     Ed. by Brazier, M. A. B., New York:  Josiah Macy.Jr. Foundation (I960).
12   Wilkinson, R. T. Sleep deprivation: Performance tests for partial and
     selective sleep deprivation.  In:  Progress In Clinical Psychology.Ed.
     by L. A. Abt and B. R. Reiss, New York:  Grune (1968).

-------
                               506
                          DISCUSSION


Von DEPKA (Federal Republic of Germany)

     Have your studies on sleep disruption of test persons re-
vealed any information on the influence of noises in the same
frequency spectrum, and if so, up to which noise level dB(A) are
the influences relevant?


LEVERE (U.S.A.)

     We have not, as yet, manipulated SPL or dB (A) level while
holding frequency constant.   Our major interest has been an
attempt to establish certain psychophysical relationships during
sleep which involve different frequencies when dB(A) is held
constant.   Our question has been whether the sleeping individual
responds to auditory noise in a manner qualitatively similar to
the individual who is awake - and apparently he does not.   The
questions you ask, while of great interest and importance, are
more of a quantitive nature and at present outside our empirical
framework.

-------
                               507
            IMPACT OF ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE ON SLEEP
           ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY AS MEASURED IN THE HOME

               JOYCE FRIEDMANN AND GORDON GLOBUS
University of California, Department of Psychiatry, Irvine, Ca,
                              USA
ABSTRACT

     In considering the effects of environmental noise on sleep,
there are a number of limitations to laboratory studies.   For
example, it is not probable that the complexity of the naturally
ocouring environment can be accurately mimicked in the labora-
tory.   In addition the generaliaability  of results from lab-
oratory studies to the home environment is open to question;
since, habituation to long-term noise exposure, such aa several
years duration, is not usually present in laboratory studies.
Whereas, chronic high-level noise exposure is now the rule,
rather than the exception, in urban life.   In order to accurately
record these chronic environmental effects, we developed a port-
able, economical, highly reliable system for recording electro-
encephalographic (EEG) electrooculographic (EOG) and acoustic
signals.   These signals are stored on tape and written out at
the experimenter's convenience, or directly telemetered to the
laboratory.

-------
                                508
     In considering the effects of environmental noise on sleep,



there are a number of limitations to laboratory studies.    For



example, it is not probable that the complexity of the naturally



occuring environment can be accurately mimicked in the laboratory.



In addition the generalizability of results from laboratory studies



to the home environment is open to question; since, habituation to



long-term noise exposure, such as several years duration, is not



usually present in laboratory studies.   Whereas, chronic high-



level noise exposure is now the rule, rather than the exception,  in



urban life.   In order to accurately record these chronic environ-



mental effects, we developed a portable, economical, highly reliable



system for recording electroencephalographic (EEC) electrooculo-



graphic (EOG) and acoustic signals.   These signals are stored on



tape and written out at the experimenter's convenience, or directly



telemetered to the laboratory.




     Recording Procedure;



     Subjects are recorded in pairs in order to minimize the number



of tape recorders necessary.   Each recording night, one hour before



bedtime, a technician arrives at the subject's home, applies the



electrodes, calibrates and turns on the equipment.   Upon awakening,



the subjects remove the electrodes and turn off the equipment.



This system is easily tolerated by the subjects, and in fact, for



long term studies, subjects can be taught to apply their own



electrodes and operate the equipment without the constant attendance



of a technician.




     Equipment;



     A modified four track analogue tape recorder acquires both the



physiological and acoustic data.   The physiological data consists

-------
                                509
of multi-plexed FM recordings of EEC and EOG,  recorded on separate
channels for the two subjects.   The acoustic  data consists of a
continuous direct recording of noise exposure  in the sleeping
quarters.   Time data is recorded on the remaining track.
     We have applied this system to the study  of aircraft flyover
noise on human sleep directly beneath the flight pattern at Los
Angeles International Airport.              V/e have studied six
couples for five consecutive nights in this naturally occurring
environment, and five couples in a quieter area of Los Angeles.  We
have further studied, for fifteen additional nights, four of these
couples, at a time in which the noise level in their homes was
decreased during their sleeping hours due to a change in flight
pattern.
     Results;
     Utilizing our technology, we have found,  for example, that
there is more "light sleep" in the noisy area  as compared to the
control area, as well as, more awakenings.   "Deep sleep" was
decreased in the noise condition and increased following the trans-
ition to a quieter environment.   The subjects reported increased
fatigue and tension and a lack of vigor in the noisy environment.
     When an aircraft flyover occurred during  light rleep - the
normal transition to deep sleep was inhibited.   When a flyover
occurred during deep sleep, a transition to light sleep followed.
     When the flight pattern changed and noise decreased at night,
the previously disrupted internal cycling of sleep, returned to a
more normal - smoother progression - of stages.
     It is apparent then that intense noise exposure degrades the

-------
                              510
quality of  Bleep.  In another  area o'f research,  we have accomplished

long term etudiesof sleep, where we recorded three nignts per week

on 8 people for more than six  months, indicating that chronic (in

situ) monitoring of human sleep is  feasible.  Pressing  environmental

questions as to the public health hazards posed by chronic noise

exposure,in naturally occurring environments, can now be assessed

in a rigorous and  objective manner,  utilizing a reliable home

recording system.
                        DISCUSSION
BOURDEAU  (C.E.C.)
     Parallel  to your electrophysiological measurements,  did
you  assess  the subjective reaction of the persons  under inves-
tigation?


FRIEDMANN  (U.S.A.)

     We gave our subjects the Profile of Mood Scale, the Stran-
 fort Fatigue Scale and the San Diego Log to  fill out.  The
 subjects indicated they were more  fatigued,  more tense and had
 less vigor when subjected to noise.


 BONNEFOUS  (France)

      Does noise, causing the disturbances  which you spoke of,
 prevents sleep  altogether or is  it possible for light  sleep
 without real  rest to continue?

 FRIEDMANN  (U.S.A.)

      The noise  does  not  prevent sleep,  as indicated by the  EEG.
 However, that sleep  is quite disturbed with many  awakenings  and
 is  characterized by  much more  light sleep than  is normal for
 50-year old subjects.


 CHAMBERS  (Ireland)

      Did you  see much evidence of K-complexes  in  the EEG during
 the period of light sleep and during 'fly-overs'

-------
                                511
PRIEDMANN (U.S.A.)

     There was not an abnormal amount of K-complexes, nor did
those which occurred appear to be in response to individual
fly-overs.

-------
                              513
         NOISE INDUCED VEGETATIVE REACTIONS DEPENDING
           FROM AGE, SEX, AMBIENT NOISE, AND FROM A
                        VASOACTIVE DRUG

                     G, JANSEN AND E, DAMS
Institut fur Hygiene und Arbeitsmedizin, Universitatsklinikum
der Gesamthochschule Essen, BRD
ABSTRACT

     24 test subjects of different ages '(12 males and 22 females)
wefe exposed to noise of 105 dB(A) five times for 5 minutes each
and intervals of 5 minutes between two noise periods.   In the
intervals there were ambient noise levels of 40 dB(A) and in an-
other test series 70 dB(A).    In addition we used in one half
of the tests vasoaotive drug (xantinol-nicotinaoid - x.-n.).
Peripheral blood circulation, pulse rate3 breathing rate and
temporary threshold shift were measured.

     Our experiments resulted in different effects of noise in
peripheral blood circulation and TTSt whereas no influence was
observed concerning pulse rate and breathing rate.   The results
are discussed with respect to criteria and limits.   It is re-
commended to look at the "whole reaction" of noise which may
preferably occur in one of the following fields:
otologicalf physiological and/or psychological reactions.
     Research financially supported by the Government of the
Federal Republic of Germany (Bundesministerium des Innern).

-------
                              514
1. Age and Moderators-Variables  in Noise  Tests
   In recent research  programs  we tried  to find out the im-
portance of age  concerning  the  effects of noise on human be-
ings. Most of former tests  have dealt with the age influence
as a single parameter  in  noise  experiments so that great
standard deviations could be  seen (OPPLIGER and GRANDJEAN [i]
MATTHIAS and JANSEN  [2J ,  LEHMANN and MEYER-DELIUS  [3]  ) .
   There are occuring  not only  great variations within cer-
tain groups of age, but also  great intraindividual varia-
tions. These intraindividual  variations  are due to the de-
gree of initial  value  (WILDER [4]  )  and  to other moderator
variables. This  means  that  in all research programs which
deal with the influence of  age  it is necessary to give at-
tention to intervening factors  as much as possible.
2. Experimental  Design of our Tests
   24 healthy and good hearing  test  subjects were exposed
to noise of 1O5  dB(A)  in  96 tests.  The   age  was between
19 and 58 years; the   sex  distribution was 12 : 12; in
one half of the  tests  we  used an  ambiant  noise
level of kO dD(A) and  in  the  other half  of ?O dD(A).  In one
half of the tests we applied  a    vasoactive
drug:  xantinol-nicotinacid (x.-n.)  so that we resulted
in "grouped test series".
   We recorded aural and  extraaural  (vegetative) noise re-
actions, e.g. pulsamplitudes  at the  fingertips, pulse  rate
and breathing rate. We applied  as a  test noise white  noise
of 105 dD(A) which had a  duration of 5 minutes and was ap-
plied 5 times; the intervals  between 2 noise periods  were
5 minutes; during this 5  minutes intervals we had in  one
half of the tests the  ambiant noise  of 40 dB(A) and in the
other half of 70 dB(A). The vasoactive drug was applicated
125 minutes before the beginning of  the  noise periods. The
dose was 6OO mg  x.-n.  which was found out to be very  moder-
ate concerning the subjective response but was high enough
to give a compensation of the noise  effects as it was  for-
merly demonstrated in  several test series, (JANSEN, KLOSTER_
KOTTER and REINEKE  [5]  ,  BERGMANN [6]  ,  FEILER [?J  ).

-------
                                  515
3 .  IteSM I l.S
    j . I  Peripheral  Hloocl Circulation
   In  the d i I lerent  age groups we  saw different reactions
<>(  peripheral  blood  circulation. As  it was  expected the  sex
L'.imips  showed  different peripheral  effects  of noise as well
as I ho  different ambiant noise levels. In  the same  sense we
recorded an  increase in peripheral  blood volume in  both  test
series  when  the vasoactive  drug was  .implied.
    I i  ,i I I  these influences  are arranged and analysed in  such
an order as  it is  demonstrated in  Fig. 1 different  degrees
of vegetative  reactions can be observed. These reactions are
very  strong  concerning the  averaged  reactions and the ini-
tial  reactions in  young male test  subjects  without  drugs and
in  low  ambiant noise levels.
    s
   •
   •
   ,

      .

                                                      i
  InitiolrtoHion
  durchscfiniHIiche
  Gtsomirralition
S mat 5 mn Ruhr und
5 rnln 8rfiH>on*ch
105 dB(A) im
                                                      I -n 9 TtHOpfiylltn • mtoltnot
                                                      OB(A) Grundprgri
                                                      600 mg I - n
                                                      Oftthltcttl Otr Vpn
                                                      Allrr dtr Vpn
                      Vegetative Schallreaktionen
            Alter, Geschlecht  Theophyllm-nicotinat  und  Grundpeget
I i gure 1

-------
                              516
   The least reactions are to be seen with old female test
subjects after application of the vasoactive drug and in
very low atnbiant noise levels. One can conclude that young
persons in noise situations react (averaged) in a higher de-
gree of vasoconstriction than old persons.Young female per-
sons show stronger vegetative reactions than young male ones
whereas reactions in old male and female persons are almost
the same.
   Concerning the ambiant noise levels one can conclude from
our experiments that the degree of "modulation" is decisive
for the increase of vegetative reactions. However, old fe-
male persons show greater reactions in higher ambiant noise
levels; it is supposed that female persons tend to show more
"neurovegetative feelings" which may be responsible for those
reactions seen here.
   3«2 Othe_r_ Vegetative Functions
   Besides the factor peripheral blood circulation we re-
corded and arranged the results of the noise tests on pulse
rates of our test subjects and of the breathing rates in the
same manner as we did it in Fig. 1. We compared the pulse
rate and the breathing rate before, during and after the
noise tests in the different situations; moreover, we cal-
culated for all situations the so-called "pulse-breathing-
quotient" but we failed in finding any statistical signif-
icant difference between the situation without noise and
with noise.
   3« 3 Hearing Measurements
   We compared the hearing thresholds before and after noise
exposures and resulted in different hearing thresholds sim-
ilar to the results of influences on peripheral blood volume.
   Fig. 2 is representing the slope of TTS2 in the different
situations. One can see that young male test subjects with-
out drugs and in low level noise situations show very high
TTS by noise of 105 dB(A) whereas old female subjects with
drugs and high ambiant noise levels show relative small TTS.
The TTS of old aged ia on the average 7.2 dB(A) smaller than
that of the young ones. There is no difference between the

-------

ITS after  Lho drug application. The change  of ambiant noise
love I  is  without any  effect on TTS with  young person.s and
old IMT oa.s .show only  small  differences  between high and  low
.tmbiant noise level.




                                                    ftach 5 mot 5 rrrn
                                                 Ruhr unit 5 mm Brt,i
                                                       th '05 dBlA
                                                 irr\ Wtctibrt
               Zeitweilige Horschwellenabwanderung
              Alter, Geschlecht, Theophyllin-nicotirtot und Grundpeget
Figure  2

^. Discussion and Conclusion
   Comparing  the noise situations and the  factors, influ-
encing  the  degree of body  reactions one  can draw the con-
clusion that  a distinct degree of reaction is related to
certain groups of human being, so that "group-specific-an-
swers"  in typical noise situation are expected.  From the
standpoint  of prophylactic medicine one  must be  aware of the
fact that population groups may show increased effects on
circulatory system and/or  losses in hearing acuity. For the
single  person the absence  of hearing effect in noisy situ-
ation does  not mean that there is no other reaction; this re-
action  might  be found in disturbances of vegetative func-
tions .

-------
                              518
    The  recommendation of criteria and especially for limits
 should  therefore  - according to our experiments - be given
 with  respect  to those who have the greatest bodily reactions
 and this  group is in our experiments the group of younger
 people. As  it was demonstrated older people are not so much
 disturbed by  noise concerning the physiological reactions.
 But we  know that  the psychological disturbance by noise is
 much  greater  in older people than in younger people. This
 may be  due  to the decreasing ability of the older human or-
 ganism  to process and assimilate the noise stimuli as young
 people  are  able to do.  The greater psychological disturbance
 might be  assessed as a compensatory effect which must not
 evaluated less than the physiological responses.
    If this  idea is significant the objective and measurable
 physiological noise effects in young people might be in the
 same  way  representative for old people who show no or
 smaller vegetative reactions.
    We always  have to consider the "whole reaction" in a hu-
 man being,  which may preferably occur in one of the great
 fields: otological, physiological and/or psychological re-
 actions .
5•  Literatur
   I   OPPLIGER, G. und E. GRANDJEAN,  Vasomotorische Reak-
       tionen der Haut auf Larmreize. Helv. physiol.
       Acta 17. 275-287 (1959)

   2   MATTHIAS, S. und G. JANSEN, Periphere Durchblutungs-
       stb'rungen durch Larm bei Kindern. Intern. Zschr.
       angew. Physiol. einschl. Arbeitsphysiol., 19,
       201-208  (-1962)

   3   LEHMANN, G. und J. MEYER-DELIUS, Gef a'Breaktionen der
       Kbrperperipherie bei Schalleinwirkung. Forschungsbe-
       richt des Wirtschafts- und Verkehrsministeriums NRW.
       Westdeutscher Verlag Kb'ln und Opladen Nr. 517i
       1-2^ (1958)

-------
                      519
WILDER, J. ,  Das "Ausgangswert-Gesetz" - Ein unbe-
obachtetes biologisches Gesetz; seine Bedeutung fiir
Forschung und Praxis. Klin. Wschr. 10, 1889  (1931)

JANSEN, G. ,  W. KLOSTERKOTTER und R. REINEKE,
Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Kompensation
larmbedingter Gef aftreaktionen. Schrif tenreihe : Ar-
beitsmed. Sozialmed. Arbeitshyg. 29, 303-33O  (1969)

BERGMANN, F.J., vUntersuchungen zur Frage der Kompen-
sation vegetativer Schallreaktionen durch eine
vasoaktive Substanz. Dissertation Essen
FEILER, H.G. , Zur Frage der Kompensationswirkung
von Xanthinol-nikotinat bei iiberkritischen Schall-
reizen. Dissertation Essen (1971)

-------
         UNTERSUCHUNG DER WIRKUNGEN AUF DEN MENSCHEN
                    HUMAN EFFECTS STUDIES
                ETUDES DES EFFETS SUR L'HOMME
                STUDI DEGLI EFFETT1 SULL'UOMO
          ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR EFFECTEN BIJ DE MENS

                        (Continued)
Vorsitzender - Chairman - President - Presidents - Voorsitter

                      H.W. SCHLIPKOTER
                (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

-------
                               523
         CONCENTRATION DU  PLOKB DANS  L'EAU  POTABLE ET
               PLQMBEHIE D'UNE POPULATION ADULTE

            J, DE GRAEVE*/ D, RONDIA+ ET P,  JAMIN++

+  Laboratoire de Toxicologie de  1'Environnement,  University  de
   Ligge, Belgique
++ Centre de Transfusion Sanguine, Verviers,  Belgigue
RESUME

     L'agressivitS de  I'eau potable, delivr6e dans  une  grande
partie de  I'agglomeration vervietoise, est responsable  d'une
lente dissolution des  canalisations en plomb qui  Squipent  en-
core la moitiS des habitations.   L'enquSte Spidemiologique*
menee aur  un vaste Schantillon  (+ 1200 personnea),  permet  de
prgeiser I'importanoe  de I'impregnation saturnine de oette po-
pulation expoage a de  tr&s petites quantit&e de plomb pendant
des pSriodee prolongees.   Lea  rSeultats sont eignifiaatife:
le groupe  expose au plomb prSsente une plombe'mie moyenne deux
fois supe"rieure a oelle des groupee t&moine.   On a etudie la,
repartition des plornbe"mies en fonotion de quelquea  variables
aomme I'&ge, le eexet  et I'habitude de fumer.   On  donne egale-
ment lee premiers rSsultate brute d'une enquSte aur la  morta-
litS au aours des dix  derniSree anneee dang la m&me region.
Cette derni&re parait  beauaoup plue influenaSe par  le caraotere
de I'eau douce que par la presence de traces de plomb.
ABSTRACT

     The corrosive properties of the drinking water supplied to
a large part of the Verviers oity area have given rise to the

-------
                               524
slow dissolution of the lead pipes still in use in half the
duellings.   The epidemiological survey, carried out on a huge
sample (+ 1200 persons), enables us to determine the lead levels
in this population group exposed to very small quantities of
lead for long periods.   The results are significant:  the group
exposed to lead shows an average blood lead level double that of
the aontrol groups.   Blood lead levels were studied as a func-
tion of certain variables, such as age, sex and smoking habits.
The first, unconnected, results of a survey on mortality in the
same region during the last ten years are also available.   The
mortality appears to be influenced far more by the nature of the
soft water than by the presence of trace quantities of lead.

-------
                             525
1. Introduction.
   On adraet aujourd'hui que 1'eau alimentaire et les aliments
surtout lorsqu'ils sont confectionnes avec des eaux plombi-
f&res, constituent les principaux agents de 1'augmentation
de la charge corporelle en plomb. NOUS avions d6ja montrfi
qu'il existait en Belgique une region a population dense ou
la situation gtait a ce point de vue particulierement d6fa-
vorable. L'eau tres peu mineralisee et acide de la riviere
Gileppe est utilised comme eau potable dans la ville de
Verviers et dans certaines parties de 1•agglomeration ver-
vi€toise; elle provoque la mise en solution du plomb des
canalisations. Les quantit£s de plomb lib£r£es peuvent aller
jusqu'a plusieurs mg/1 suivant l'6tat des canalisations, leur
a"ge et les modes d*utilisation de I1eau potable. Deux a trois
metres de tuyau suffisent a provoquer la mise en solution
d'une quantity de m£tal superieure aux normes de 1'OMS alors
que d'autres eaux de memo origine mais trait6es chimiquement
ne dissolvent pratiquement pas de plomb.
   Dans le but de d£gager les consequences biologiques de
1*ingestion continue de plomb pendant plusieurs dizaines
d'ann£es, nous avons r£alis6 une enquSte epidemiologique
sur le taux de plomb sanguin des habitants de cette region.
Nos resultats portent sur environ 120O adultes des deux sexes,
Ce nombre 61ev6 permet d'gtudier statistiquement les corre"-
lations ^ventuelles existant entre le parametre biologique
et divers parametres caract^risant les individus (8ge, sexet
etc) et la qualitfi de I1 eau potable consonance.
2. Choix du test biolocriaue.
   Le dosage du plomb sanguin constitue un indice significa-
tif d'une absorption de plomb. Bien que simple, le dosage
prCsente cependant des problemes techniques qui influencent
directement la reproductibilit6 des r^sultats. II a 6t6 r6a-
Iis6 par absorption atomique classique apres defecation du
sang a 1'acide trichloracfitique, complexation du plomb dans
le surnageant par du di^thyl-dithio-carbamate d* ammonium et

-------
                             526
de pyrrolidine et extraction du complexe a la me'thyl-isobu-
tyle ce"tone en milieu acide. La reproductibilite" de la me1-
thode est voisine de 1O% pour des plombemies de 10 jig/lOO ml
et de 5% pour des plombemies de 2O jxg/lOO ml. Ce le"ger d£-
faut de precision de la me'thode est compense" par 1'effectif
de la population e'tudie'e.
3. Choix d'un groupe de^ population.
   L'e'chantillon que nous avons se'lectionne' devait repondre
a diffgrents criteres : le nombre d'individus e'tudie's devait
8tre e'leve' (supe'rieur a 1OOO), ces individus devaient fitre
en bonne sant4r r^partis de fagon homogene selon le sexe et
1'Sge, non exposes professionnellement au plomb et avoir
v£cu pendant les cinq dernieres anne*es dans un environnement
identique. Les donneurs de sang de la region vervi^toise
r^pondaient de facon satisfaisante a la plupart de ces
exigences. On a pu ainsi dgfinir dans 1'e'chantillon un grou-
pe expos^ au risque et des groupes temoins vivant dans un
environnement identique, diffe'rencie's uniquement par la te-
neur en plomb de 1'eau potable.
   Notre premier travail avait montr£ que I'acidit6 de 1'eau
agissait directement sur la mise en solution de quantit6s
plus ou moins importantes de plomb dans 1'eau alimentaire
                           1  2
a partir des canalisations. '   Le meme schema a e'te' suivi
pour 1'^tude de la plombemie. La population Studi^e est
repartie en quatre groupes :
a. Ceux dont lgeau potable est douce et dont les canalisa-
   tions a I'int&rieur des maisons comportent plus de 2
   metres de tuyau de plorob.
b. Ceux qui regoivent" de 1'eau douce par des canalisations
   comportant moins de 2 metres de tuyau de plomb ou en
   mate'riaux autres.
c. Ceux qui recoivent de 1'eau dure (ou durcie) par des
   canalisations en plomb.
d. Ceux qui resolvent de 1'eau dure par des canalisations
   en mate'riau autre.

-------
                              527
4. R£sultats.
   Le tableau 1 donne les plombemies moyennes mesurges dans
chaque groupe, leur ^cart-type et 1'effectif des groupes. On
peut conclure £ la lumiere de ces chiffres que si la plombe1-
mie moyenne de la population expos£e au risque (groupe a)
n'atteint pas des niveaux dangereux, elle n'en traduit pas
moins une impregnation significative de I1organisms par le
toxique. Le grand nombre de determinations effeatures per-
met d*analyser dans le detail quelques facteurs d*influence.

Glhppe
Eup«n
Bilslatn
Ftoriln
<*««9«
Mflnltbfl du group*
Ew tfouc*
Tuywx di pkxnb
Ew douc*
Tuy«j« Mitrn
Ew durt
Tuywx * pkxnb
Eau dur*
Tuyiun *jtr*s
PtomMnl*
^j/100ml
2«.f
244
K9
13.3
Ecirt-typ.
15. «
U.«
U.O
16
PcpuMtons

-------
                               528



Origin* Unique
Vervhrs
Mlice
OrlBlne muHlrte
Andrhnnt
Dison
Mhain-Ufflbourg
EnsM
Heuw
Petit Recluln
Stembtrt
EMI douce*
NMnbre de
PrelfceiMiUs

354
-

35
M
n
M
53
17
34
PhNnbfnle
noyenne

247
-

27,3
23,0
25.5
ZU
17.4
15.3
15.1
bux tfurij"
Nnnbre de
Pr**vtnKinti

.
42

24
29
7
it
«
3
10
HaaUmk
moyenne

.
U»

U5
15.7
15.0
15.0
15.5
7.3
«.»
              Barrm» de la Cileppe
       •* prownanct : Brragt d> li Venire (Eupenl el c^itqei dlvtrt.
 Tableau 2 :  Comparaison des plornb^roies, en jig/lOO ml  des
             habitants de guelques communes vervifitoises
             ou parties de communes selon I1 origine de
             1'eau potable.
Ainsi les habitants d'une mfime commune, vivant dans  des  con-
ditions de vie et d'environnement identigues  (nourriture,
pollution atmosph^rigue, occupation journaliere,...)f pr£-
sentent des plombdmies moyennes gui varient suivant  la pro-
venance de 1'eau. L'^cart relatif observ^ varie d'un endroit
a  1'autre : il est 116 a la nature et a 1'flge des differentea
parties de 1*agglomeration (les faubourgs les plus r£cemment
urbanises ne sont plus eguipe's de tuyaux en plomb).
   A  1'interieur du groupe a expos^ au toxigue, nous enre-
.gistrons les r4sultats suivants d*apres la nature des cana-
lisations :
- A VervierSf  les personnes habitant dans des inmeubles  egui-.
  ptSs de canalisations en xnate'riaux autres gue le plomb
  sentent une plombdnie moyenne pratiguement identigue a
  celle des populations t€raoins desservies par des eaux

-------
                           529
                     Tableau 3

     • PIOMKMK MOVEMC*K$ HUITAMB KS COMMUKS OU PMTHS OE COMMMS UTILISANT EXOUSIVEMNT K ItAU DOW*
                    CM FONCTMN K 1A WTUK DCS CMttllSATKMS
                                       cwkrr*
                                                   rvc
 EMM
 feu*
 Vntan
                              At
17
M
n
 i
 t
IM
R»

a»
R»
IHI
                              Ill
17.4
It)

14)
41
f.1
141
141
HI
Ml
Ut
117
141
nt
               Mt
                          It
                              0,1
                                    in
                                     144
rooins acides (environ  15  jig/lOO ml) et ik cello des popu-
lations 6tudi6es dans  la  plupart des pays voisins. Bile
correspond & I1exposition nonoale au plorab qui r4sultef
dans nos regions, des  aliments ingere's et de  I1 air inha!6.
Lorsque  1'eau douce de la Gileppe  est distribute dans une
canalisation contenant 2 metres  ou plus de tuyau de plomb,
ce qui repr^aente un peu plus  de la moiti6 de l'4chantil-
lon, on  enregistre une plombemie moyenne de 3O |ig % so it
le double  des tdmoins. La difference est significative.
Pour autant que la rlsorption  et I1Elimination du plomb
soient comparables dans les groupes examin6s  (ce qui
paratt vraisemblable a priori  vu lea caractteistiques
des populations ^tudiEes), on  peut considerer que les
personnes  du groupe expos€ vivent  dans des conditions qui
se traduisent biologiquement par un doublement de la plora-

-------
                             530
  bemie et  sans doute de la charge corpora lie totale en
  plomb. On peut des lors supposer que ce groupe de popula-
  tion subit depuis plusieurs dizaines d'annees, au point
  de vue sanitaire, une situation comparable & celle qu'on
  rencontrerait dans nos villes suite a une augmentation de
  la concentration en plomb atmospherique. On peut rappeler
  a ce titre qu'une plombemie de 3O jig % a et4 enregistr£e
  en 1961 chez les employes d'un tunnel routier a Boston
  qui voit  dgfiler un peu plus de 35.OOO vehicules par jour
  (1'air evacu£ du tunnel contenait jusqu'a 45 ng/m  de
  plomb) .
  La moyenne elev£e de la plombemie de la population expos£e
ne traduit pas seulement des plombemies plus £lev€es ma is
egalement une frequence plus grande des plombemies sup^rieuraa
au taux d* impregnation gtabli par Zielhuis a *fO |tg % (^.
frequence est de ^^% dans le groupe expos 6 et est pratique-
roent nulle dans les autres. On peut done 6valuer a J>5%  la
probability pour les individus exposes au risque de ne pas
r^ussir a excreter en continu les quantit^s de plomb ing^-
rees et de voir ainsi leur plombemie augmenter lentement
d'ann^e en annee. Cette probability augmente vraisemblable-
ment en fonction de la longueur du m£trage en plomb de la
canalisation mais elle n'a pas 4t6 calcul^e.


Ifclmiajj
iVnMM)
ft-
Group* Cimve
IciralluMom m Pb).
PepuWto)
152
77
PtofflUmli
Z».«
Hi
Groupe ttmoln
PopuWton
ai
114
Phmbenilt
15.0
HI
      Tableau 4 :  Influence du sexe sur la plombemie
                  (en ng/lOO ml).

-------
                             531
4.2. L* influence  du sexe est  statist iquement significative i
les plomb&nies  sont legerement super ieures chez les hommes,
temoins et  exposes.  Bien que  la difference ne soit pas tres
marqu6e, on constate qu'elle  va dans le meme sens et avec
une amplitude identique  a celle rencontr^e dans d'autres
enquSte menees  a  Milan   et aux Etats-Unis  .
    a) Dim It group* *QKt tu
Agi Ims)
Nonbr* id CM
HMIUMS. 2(5 ca
FMIIDM. Ml ca§
20

20
»
21-30

a
10
11-49

26
a
a-so

24
n
51-M

2S
25
61 -9

)1
a
     Dm IM groupti Umrim.
Ag* IMS)
Nonbrt (to CM
HomntM, 136 CB
FifflUHS. a us
20

11
-
21-JO

U
i
3HO

14
10
41-50

U
10
5HO
1
If
14
114
ft
U
It
Tableau 5  : Variation de la plombeinie raoyenne  (fig/lOO ml)
            en fonction de 1'dge.
4.3. L'influence de I'^ae est detaillee dans le tableau 5.
Tant pour les homines que pour les femmes des groupes temoins,
on n'enregistre pas d*accumulation importante du plomb san-
guin au-dessus de trente ans. II sernble en equilibre stable.
Dans le groupe expose, on enregistre une absorption et une
accumulation du plomb qui deplacent ainsi, de maniere pres-
que continue, 1'etat d1equilibre qui gere habituellement les
entries et les Eliminations du toxique. MalgrS la dispersion
des points experimentaux, on peut souligner une difference
devolution entre les deux sexes. On constate qu'a 2O ans*
les hommes pr^sentent une plombemie plus e'levee que les
femmes mais la plombemie de celles-ci 4volue plus vite que

-------
                             532
 celle  de  leurs  compagnons.  11  serait  int£ressant de recher-
 cher la raison  de ce phe'nomene et de  la relier a des  facteurs
 intrinseques ou extrinseques dgfinis. Une  gtude diffSrentiel-
 le  selon  les sexes  sur  les  me'canismes biochimiques d1 accumu-
 lation, de transfert, de  stocKage et  d1Elimination du plomb
 pourrait  apporter tin d€but  d*interpretation a ces rgsultats
 (influence du mgtabolisme du calcium  par exemple).
 5.  Etude  de la  mortalit6.
    Les Etudes de mortality  constituent 1'outil le plus sim-
 ple, mftne s'il  n'est pas  le plus adequat,  dans I'e'tude de
 nombreux  probifemes  de santg publique. Nous avons done tent6
 de  r£unir quelques  premiers chiffres  a partir de la statis-
 tique  nationale des causes  de  mortality, telles qu'elles ont
 e'te' classics sur base des certificats de dgces recueillis de
 1960 a 1971 dans la ville de Verviers (eau douce), dans la
 ville  d'Eupen (eau  de meme  origine, mais durcie) et pour
 I1ensemble de la Belgique  (population de r£f£rence).  On n'a
 pas repris dans le  tableau  les mortality's  par affections
 transmissibles  et par causes accidentelles. Bien que  ces
 chiffres  n'aient pas encore gtg soumis ^ un indispensable
 traitement statistique  et qu'ils portent sur une population
 restreinte, on  peut d€ja voir  que la mortality par cardio-
 pathies et maladies cardiovasculaires est  fortement marquee
 par la composition  de 1'eau. Cette conclusion est d6ja
 classique et ne sera pas deVelopp6e ici. Par centre, m&ne
 en  considgrant  ces  chiffres comme approximatifs, on ne dis-
 cerne  pas d*influence attribuable au plomb : la frequence
 des mortality's  par  nephrite notamment ne semble pas affecte'e
 tandis que celle des cirrhoses pourrait 1'Stre. Afin de pal-
 l,ier ce manque  relatif d* information sur les consequences
 lointaines de 1*intoxication a tres bas bruit, 1'enquSte se
poursuit  actuellement en determinant, sur les m6mes individus,
les parametres biologiques  habituellement associ^s a 1*into-
xication  saturnine. Leur 6tude montrera comment ils varient
dans une population exposge de  facon homogene a un toxique

-------
                               533
   faible concentration.
Cauaaa da Dacai,
Anania
RhuBatiana
articulaira »igu
Cardiopathlai
rhuMtiaiulvi
.•hronlquaa
Maladiat hypartantlvaa
Maladiai lachamiqua*
du coaur
Autraa cardiopathiaa
Mladiaa ctfrforo-
v«aculairaa
Cirrhoaa du foia
Mphrita at naphroaa
Complication* da la
oroaiaaaa at d«
I'aecouchanant
Anauliaa congenital* •
Laiiona obitatricalaa.
4tatt «nox4niqu«* ou
hypoxtalquai
Kutrca eauaaa da nort*lit<
parinatala
ttatt norbida* nal
dafinia
Autrva lUladiaa
Cat«goria
B23

•25

B2«

127

BM
B29

mao
•37
•M

Ml

M2

•43


•44

MS
MC
Varvlaia
IM.OOO lub.i
•1.7

3.9

61.7

326,0

2767. C
2138,2

20M.1
183.2
132,3

23.5

82,3
'
SO.O


244,1

2205,8
493,8
lupan
60,0

0

26,6

286,0

820,0
1433.3

1400,0
146,6
20O.O

26,6

6,6

26,6


113,3

1333,3
333,3
Itat Ml«a
M.7

3.6

24,2

264.0

1696,0
1341,7

1320,7
112,3
100,6

4.3

100,0

60.8


176,4

973,1
2228,3
   Aga moyan oaa daca* oompria antra 6S at 7O anat aauf pour la oroup* M3, Ml, M4 (mortalit*
   pfrinatala)  at la iroupa MS. Mfi (•*nilit<).

Tableau 6  : Mortality specifique  selon les certificats de
            dgces dans deux villes  de 1'est de la Belgique
            et pour 1*ensemble  du pays,  par 1OO.OOO
            habitants et pour la  periode 1960 & 1970.
6. Conclusions.
   L» impregnation saturnine de la population vervi£toise ali-
ment£e  avec une eau potable douce et  agressive distribute a
I*int6rieur des maisons par des canalisations en plomb est
double  de  celle de trois groupes temoins  dans la mfime region
et des  valeurs normales mesurges dans nos pays. La plombemie
d'un adolescent y est voisine de 20 (ig/lOO ml et augmente
regulierement avec IVSge pour atteindre 30 a 35 |xg/lOO ml a
50 ans. Le pourcentage d'individus, dans  le groupe expose1,
qui pr£sentent une plombemie superieure & ko  jig/lOO ml est
voisin  de   ^,

-------
                              534
Une telle plombemie n'est pas ne'cessairement associe'e a une
intoxication caracte'rise'e mais est potentiellement capable
de 1'induire apres  un temps plus ou moins long chez des
individus dont les  m£canismes d'hom£ostase sont ou sont
devenus deficients. Au vu des premiers chiffres recueillis,
cette e'le'vation de  la plombemie ne se traduit pas par une
modification des mortalit£s spe'cifiques de la population
considered; le caractere  de 1'eau par contre semble exercer
une influence notable sur la mortality par maladies cardio-
vasculaires.

Bibliographic.

1.   C. HEUSGHEM,  J. DE GRAEVE, Tribune du Cebedeau  (1973)
     26.  204-215.

2.   R.H. COLLIENNE, J. DE GRAEVE, La Technique de l*eau
      (1973) ,  315.  17-28.

3.   Survey of  lead in the atmosphere of three urban
     Communities,  U.S. Department of Health, Education and
     Welfare, Public Health service (1965), 999-AP-12.

4.   N. ZURLO, A.H. GRIFFINI et E.G. VIGLIANI, Amer.Ind.
     Hyg. Ass. J.  (1970)  31. 92-95

5»   R.L.  Zielhuis "Lead absorption and public health : an appraisal
     of hazards" in Environmental health aspects of lead,  CSC-U'A
     International fijywaogiuin, Amsterdam, 1972, p* 631

-------
                                535
                         DISCUSSION
MOORE  (U.K.)
      Ces  Etudes  pr§sentent des  r§sultats tres semblables  a ceux
 que  nous  avons trouv^s  H Glasgow en Ecosse.   Dans  nos etudes
 nous avons  trouve  des correlations  significatives  entre le
 contenu du  plomb dans 1'eau,  la plombemie et 1'ALAD  erythrocitaire,
 Par  ailleurs  nous  avons constate que la solubilite du plomb dans
 1'eau est en  rapport avec  la  durete de 1'eau mesurSe & I1aide du
 taux de calcium  et de magnesium, et avec le  pH.  Avez-vous des
 chiffres  pour le contenu de plomb dans 1'eau? Comment avez
 vous mesure la durete de I1eau, c.a.d. avez-vous mesure les taux
 de calcium  et de magnesium ainsi que le pH de 1'eau?  Disposez-
 vous de mesures  biologiques relatives aux effets du  plomb, telles
 que  les activitfis  de 1'ALAD*


 RONDIA (Belgique)

      La concentration du plomb  dans 1'eau bue par  le groupe
 expose est  difficile a  prSciser: elle depend de la longueur de
 la tuyauterie en plomb  dans la   maison,du temps de s6jour de
 I1eau potable dans cette tuyauterie, de la frequence  des pr§-
 leVements d'eau  pour les besoins managers et de I1utilisation
 de I1eau  (les feuilles  de  the ou le marc de  cafe retiennent
 tout le plomb tandis que des  legumes ne le retiennent que tres
 peu,  comme  les pommes de terre  ou,  au contraire, en  entier
.comme le  chou).  La dose est  done difficile  a preciser: on peut
 grossifirement 1'evaluer a  1 a 2 mg/jour.

      Les  caracteristiques  de  1'eau  ont ete prScisees dans la
 communication faite au  Symposium d*Amsterdam:  la duretS est
 nulle, le CO_ dissous est  faible, la concentration en acides
 humiques  61eV6e.   L'eau d'un  groupe temoin (Eupen, barrage de
 la Vestre)  a  la  meme origine  mais est durcie et cerbonat^e
 artificiellement;   la dissolution du plomb a partir  de cette eau
 est  nulle et  les consequences sur la plomb^mie des  habitants
 sont tr§s favorables.

      Les  premieres mesures biologiques autres  que  la plombSmie
 sont en cours depuis quelques semaines.   Elle  comportent  une
 verification, aprfis un  an,  de la plomb€mie et  la mesure de 1'ALA
 urinaire, de  1'ALAD des erythrocites et de la  concentration du
 plomb dans  les cheveux. Les  premiers re"sultats obtenus confir-
 ment toutes les  correlations  classiquement obtenues  par d1autres
 chercheurs  sur les intoxications saturnines  a  trSs faibles  doses.

-------
                               537
           INCREASED SUSCEPTIBILITY OF FEMALES TO
                        INORGANIC LEAD

                E, J, STU1K AND R, L, ZIELHUIS

Coronel Laboratory, Faculty of Medicine, University of Amsterdam
The Netherlands.
ABSTRACT

     Lead (20.ug/kg body weight/day) administered per OB as lead
acetate fop three weeks to human volunteers of both sexes, caused
a significant increase of protoporphyrin IX content of the ery-
throcytes (PPE) in female subjects only.   The lead in blood
level (PbB) increased in both groups of volunteers.   A control
group was included in the study.   An increased susceptibility
of adult females in comparison to adult males is suggested.

     Study supported by grant from EEC,

-------
                                   538
Introduction
   Older literature contains many suggestions for increased susceptibili-
ty of women to inorganic lead. However, critical evaluation shows that
data on exposure hardly exist. In a recent review Goyer et al (1972) did
not even mention the influence of sex as such. But a few of the factors
discussed by them may be relevant: low dietary intake of Ca and P may in-
duce higher retention of lead in the body and may enhance the severity of
anemia and biochemical changes in lead poisoning (animal experiments).
Iron deficiency results in a microcytic anemia; lead poisoning does the
same; a synergism between the two conditions has been suspected. Fe-defi-
ciency also increases Pb in bone.
   Because women often may tend to be borderline in relative Fe intake
and during pregnancy and lactation also in Ca-intake, above mentioned phe-
nomena from animal experiments may suggest mechanisms for increased sus-
ceptibility of women in comparison to males. The first signal of this dif-
ference between males and females comes from an unexpected finding of Max-
field et al (1972): in lead exposed dogs female dogs showed an earlier in-
crease in 6-aminolevulinic acid excretion than male dogs.
   In our experiments we studied the response of PPE in human volunteers
(male and female) exposed to a known daily dose of inorganic lead; we al-
so studied ALAD, ALAU, Hb, but these data are not relevant for this dis-
cussion. A full report has been offered for publication elsewhere (Stuik
1974).

Material and Methods
   The volunteers were healthy female and male students, 18 to 26 years
                                                             2+
of age: 5 males served as controls, 5 males received 20 yg Pb  /kg body
weight/day and 5 females, which received the same dose. Lead was admi-
nistered daily for 21 days (weekends included) as leadacetate solution in
glycerol, which was pipetted in cellulose capsules in the exact amount
(taking into account body weight) to be taken in the evening after dinner;
the control group received capsules with glycerol only. We took blood by
venapunction twice a week. PbB was measured twice a week, PPE only once.
During the second week after exposure  the males received Ca-EDTA  (320 mg/
day); the female subjects received this in  the third week after exposure.
Analytical methods
   PbB was measured using an atomic absorption spectrofotometer  (Perkin

-------
                                      539
   and Elmer, Mode  303),  equipped with  a burner  and  air-acetylene  flame,  at
   283 nm; blood samples  were  prepared  for  aspiration  according  to Hessel
   (1968). PPE was  determined  according to  Schwartz  and Wikoff  (1952), modi-
   fied by Schlegel  (1972). This method is  based upon  extraction and purifi-
   cation of  the protoporphyrin after which the  concentration in the HC1-
   extract is measured  spectrofotometrically.
   Results
      As shown in Fig.1 mean PbB level  of the control  group  remains rather
   constant at about  17 ng/100 ml blood during the experiment. The exposed
   male subjects show an  increase from  20.6 yg/100 ml  blood  (preexposure  va-
   lue) till  40.0 yg/100  ml blood at the end of  the  second week  of exposure
   and this level hardly  increases  (till 40.9 pg/100 ml)  in  the  last week.
   PbB in females increases from 12.7 pg/100 ml  blood  till 30.4  pg/100 ml
   blood being the  highest point to be  reached in the  first  part of the ,
   third week.
PbB (ppb)
    500
           «	» control group
           •	• exposed  male subjects  :  20 ug/kg/day
           *	& exposed female  subjects :  20ug/kg/day
1
   300
    100
                        _. — •—*"
                                                                    **••• -.
                           Pb exposure
                                                                   iCa-EDTA>
                                                        male group  female group
           -4      13      8  10     15 17
       Fig. 1. Average  PbB levels, exp. 1
                                             22
29 31
38
   46
days
      PPE does not show a change both in controls and in exposed male group
   as one can see from Fig.2. The female group however shows a spectacular
   increase of PPE beginning in the third week and going up till 48.0 yg/100
   ml rbc. The increase persists even when PbB is going down again as result
   of stopping exposure.

-------
                                    SAO
PPE concentration    *	* control  group
/,«/innmi  RBP^    •	• exposed  male  subjects   : 20pg/kg/day
(pg/IOOml  RBC)    &_ _ ^ exposed female subjects  : 20pg/kg/day

I
   40

   30

   20

   10
                                                 ^           Co-EDTA.
                           Pb exposure 	>           'male group
                             •  »	1—i	1	"—<	"
                   13      8  10      15 17     22        29  31         38
                                                                	>days
      Fig.l, Average  PPE  levels,  exp. I
  Discussion
     As we have  seen  PPE  levels in females increased already when PbB level
  had only increased  up to 30 yg/100 ml blood. This was  an  unexpected find-
  ing. Therefore we performed a second experiment with other volunteers and
  with a female  control group; we confirmed the findings of the  first study.
  In that second experiment we also had a male group which  ingested 30 ug
    2+
  Pb  /kg body weight/day. In that male group we saw a slight  increase in
  PPE, however smaller than in females. From both experiments  we may draw
  the conclusion that PPE response in females is earlier and stronger than
  in males.
     It is wellknown  that protoporphyrin is formed in maturing erythrocytes
  in the bone marrow, and that protoporphyrin appears in the peripheral red
  blood cells with a  time lag up to 3 months (Sassa et al,  1973); in our ex-
  periments PPE  continued to rise in the postexposure period,  even with al-
  ready decreasing PbB. Occurrence of increased PPE levels  in  relation to
  PbB therefore  preferably should be studied in subjects with  a  stable PbB,
  either in long term experiments or in epidemiological  studies. Sassa et
  al (1973) established a coefficient of correlation between PbB and PPE
  r - +0.72 in 138 children mildly exposed to lead; however in 26 children
  with a stable  PbB for at least 3 months this coefficient  of  correlation

-------
                                   541
 rose  to  r  =  +0.91.
    Because in  some  regions  of  the  EEC PbB levels  in  females  (and males)
 have  been  reported  to be  in the  range of  25-40  yg/100  ml  blood,  it  is
 strongly advised  to design  epidemiological studies of  PbB and  PPE levels
 in  such areas.
    It is not possible to  explain the  underlying mechanisms for the  re-
 ported difference between adult  males and females. One could only give
 suggestions. Increase of  PPE is  the result of disturbed utilisation of
 Fe  in the  formation of hemoglobin; because women may tend to have a re-
 lative Fe-deficiency because of  menstrual  blood (and Fe)  loss, a syner-
 gism  of Pb exposure  and Fe  deficiency might be  suggested  as responsible
 for the increased response  of PPE  in  females. This suggestion  however
will  have to be tested in experimental and epidemiological studies.
References^
GOYER,  R.A., MAHAFFEY, K.R.,  "Susceptibility  to  lead  toxicity",  Environm.
Hlth Perspectives  2,  73  (1972
HESSEL, D.W.,  "A simple  and rapid  quantitative determination  of  lead  in
blood", Atomic Absorption  Newsletter  7,  55  (1968)
MAXFIELD, M.E., STOPPS,  G.J.,  BARNES,  J.R., SNEE,  R.D.,  AZAR,  A.,  "Ef-
fect of lead on bloodregeneration  following acute  haemorrhage  in dogs",
Amer.  industr. Hyg.Ass.J.  33,  326  (1972)
SASSA,  S.,  GRANICK,  J.L.,  GRANICK,  S.,  KAPPAS, A.,  LEVERE,  R.D., "Stu-
dies in lead poisoning", Biochem.Med.  8,  135  (1973)
SCHLEGEL, H.,  KUFNER,  G.,  LEINBERGER,  H., "Die Praxis der Verhutung von
Bleischadigungen in  der  metalIverarbeitende Industrie",  Blei  und Umwelt
pp.67-69, Berlin 1972
SCHWARTZ, S.,  WIKOFF,  H.M., "The relation of  erythrocyte coproporphyrin
and protoporphyrin to erythropoesis",  J.biol.Chem.  194,  563 (1952)
STUIK,  E.J., "Human  volunteer exposure to lead", Int.Arch.Arbeitsmed.,
in the  press  1974

-------
                              542
                          DISCUSSION
LAUWERYS (Belgium)

     I would like to present briefly some data obtained during
an epidemiological survey among lead workers, which tend to
confirm Professor Zielhuis1 observation on volunteers.

     Drs Roels, Buchet and myself have compared the red blood
cell porphyrin (PE)  response and urinary delta-aminolevulinic
acid (ALA-U) response in men and women workers chronically ex-
posed to lead.  Both groups could be considered as being in a
steady state situation with regard to lead exposure.

     We have found that for the same degree of lead exposure
estimated by lead in blood determination, women exhibit a greater
increase in PE than men.  ALA-U increase occurs also earlier
although the sex difference is less striking for this parameter
than for PE.  The earlier response in women is probably not due
to a relative degree of anaemia by comparison with men, since
there is no correlation between hemoglobin (Hb) concentration
and PE and thus standardization for the same HB content does not
modify the independent effect of lead on the biological responses,
Recently we also had the opportunity, in collaboration with
the institute of Professor Lafontaine and Dr. Bruaux, to analyse
the blood of a group of children living near a lead smelter in
Belgium.  We found that their PE response to lead resembles that
of women or even their PE response may start slightly earlier
(i.e. at a lower Pb-B level than in women.

     In conclusion, with regard to the heme biosynthesis path-
way, women and children seem to be more susceptible than adult
men.
ZIELHUIS  (Netherlands)

     The study of Professor Lauwerys and co-workers in Belgium
confirms the experimental data from our study.  The study in
Belgium was performed after both laboratories had discussed the
human volunteer study.  The contribution by Professor Lawerys et
al. is an excellent example of cooperation between research work-
ers from laboratories who established a good close social und
scientific contact.

-------
                              543
LYNAM  (U.S.A.)

     Would you comment on what you believe to be the practical
significance of your finding that females exhibit a greater
increase and earlier response of PPE than do males for equal
blood  lead concentrations?
ZIELHUIS  (Netherlands)

     Our  findings are based upon a human volunteer experience;
however, they were confirmed in an epidemiological study.  This
adds  to the practical significance  of the  findings.

     In my opinion, the practical consequences for the time
being are:
1.   More attention should be paid to  female response to ele-
vated Pb  load.  Up to now, occupational health data have been
extrapolated to public health, but most data are based upon male
subjects.  Sex as such appears to be a factor to take into
account.

2.   The data sound a warning for occupational exposure to fe-
males: one may expect evident differences  in at least biochemical
disturbance of haemosynthesis in females in the range of Pb in
blood = 3O-7O,ug/lOO ml,  if compared to males. Acceptable ex-
posure limits in industry should be re-evaluated if women are
going to be exposed to the same work conditions as males.  It
is too earlv to suggest TLVs for females  yet.  In my opinion
women should not be exposed to occupational atmospheric lead.
This pertains to non-pregnant women.  Very probably potential
pregnacy adds another factor for decreasing TLV's for women.

3.    In epidemiological studies more attention should be paid
to Pb in erythrocytes and the Fe-intake in children and adults.

-------
                               545

         CLINICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CORRELATIONS HITH
        BLOOD LEAD LEVELS OF CHILDREN IN NEW YORK CITY

        VINCENT F, GUINEE, BERNARD DAVIDOW, ALEX TYTUN

New York City Department of Health, NY, USA
ABSTRACT

     During the three year period, 1970-1972, the flew York City
Health Department-Bureau of Lead Poisoning Control performed
over 300,000 blood lead determinations on approximately 265,000
children.   This included 23% of all children age 1-6 years in
the city (40% of Black and Puerto Rican children).

     Parents of children with blood lead levels of 60 miarogramt
per 100ml. or higher were visited at home by a Public Health
Nurse.   As part of this interview questions were posed concern-
ing any symptoms which the child had in the recent past which
could be attributed to the effects of lead.

     Data were analysed by specific symptoms, blood lead level
and year of age.   The percentage of children with symptoms in-
creased with the increase of blood lead level.   However, approi
imately 50% of each age group had no symptoms according to the
mothers responses at the time of the interview.   As might be
expected gastrointestinal symptoms were the most common.   Sevei
neurological symptoms such as convulsions and coma were relativt
rare.

     To analyse the relationship between the blood lead levels -
young children living in low soaioeconomic areas of Hew York Ci-
and the degree of lead paint exposure in their housing, indices
of housing deterioration were constructed.    For  eaoh  of these
indices, a gradient of increasing deterioration with increasing
blood  lead level was noted.

-------
                                 546
     This paper will present research findings concerning children
one through four years of age who were screened by the lead
poisoning control program of New York City during 1971-1972.
     Parents of children with blood lead levels of 60+ ug/100ml
or higher were asked about the following•symptoms: poor appetite,
vomiting, pallor, diarrhea, constipation,  lethargy and weakness,
convulsions, coma, ataxia, irritability, headache, abdominal pain
and any other symptoms they might have noticed.  The percentage of
children reported to have no symptoms is seen in table I.  A definite
gradient of symptoms in relation to blood lead level is seen.
Children at a level of 60 micrograms had the greatest percentage
without symptoms.  The percentage of asymptomatic children decreased
as the lead level increased.  Nearly 60$ of children with blood
lead levels of 60 micrograms were without  symptoms,  but only about
33# were without symptoms at blood lead levels of 90 micrograms
and above.
                              Table I

     Percent of Children Without Symptoms Attributable to Lead
                     by Blood Lead Level & Age
                       New York City 1971-72
Lead Level
(ug/100ml)
60
70
80
90
100+
Years of Age
1
57.0
5^.1
^5.5
30.0
38.3
2
58.6
^9.7
kS.k
35.5
31.2
3
59.5
55-3
1*6.3
31.6
33.3
k
59.9
*f9.1
50.0
40.0
27.3
     Number            835      710       M3       296

-------
                                 547
     Each year of age had a similar symptom gradient.  However,
for each age the symptom complex did vary.  Among the major symptoms
the incidence of poor appetite, vomiting, lethargy, irritability
and abdominal pain increased as the lead level increased.  Poor
appetite was the most common symptom in all age groups.  Reports
of abdominal pain increased also by the age of the child with a
range of Jf> to 10$ in children age one and 12# to $6% in children
age four years.  By its very nature this symptom might be expected
to be reported more often in an older child because he is better
able to express himself verbally.
     Only 37 convulsions were reported for the entire group.  Of
these, seventeen occurred in children age one year, ten in the
two year group, six in the three year group, and four in the four
year group.  This resulted in an incidence of 2.0#, 1.4/6, 1.5$ and
1.*$ respectively.  In the one year age group a 1.0# to 1.5$ incidence
of convulsions was reported for blood lead levels in the 60-80
microgram range.  The incidence rose to 5.0$ (2/40) at a level of
90 micrograms and 10.6# (5/47) at a level of 100+ micrograms.  Three
cases of coma were reported.
                           Table II

           Percent of Children Admitted to Hospital
                   by Blood Lead Level & Age
                     New York City 1971-72
Lead Level
(ug/100ml)

60
70
80
90
100+
Years of Age

1
15.7
41.1
75-9
85.0
98.0

2
19.5
43.5
81.5
97.0
95.9

3
15.2
41.6
65.1
95.0
94.4

4
12.3
41.1
75.0
60.0
83.3
 Number               867        745         427      304

-------
                                 548
     The percentage of children admitted to hospital by blood lead
level and age is seen in table II.  The percentage of children
admitted to hospital increased as the blood lead level increased.
As can be seen a lead level of 6O+ micrograms was not considered
to be reason for automatic admission to a hospital.  From the data
in table II the lead level of the child appears to be a very strong
factor in hospital admission, but there was essentially no variation
among the different age groups.
     In interpreting these findings several factors should be kept
in mind:  first, the lead level given is the blood sample obtained
on first encounter, the level may have been higher before or become
higher after this particular sample; two, these symptoms were
coexistent with the particular lead level, but were not proven to be
caused by an elevated body burden of lead on an individual basis;
three, there is a tendency for personnel to look more vigorously
for symptoms in children with higher lead levels.
     To analyze the relationship between the blood lead levels in
young children (1-3 years) living in low socioeconomic areas of
New York City and the degree of lead paint exposure in their housing,
the homes of three groups of children with different lead levels were
chosen for investigation:  1)  10-20 ug/100ml (233 children).
2)  to ug/100ml Ot99 children).  3)  60+ ug/100ml (317 children).
The results of housing inspections were designated as follows:
1)  "No cause for action", i.e. no peeling paint or plaster was
found.  2)  "Negative", i.e. deteriorated surfaces were found,
paint samples were sent to the laboratory for analysis, but no
sample was found to contain more than 1.0# lead.  3)  "Positive",
i.e. one or more paint samples were found to contain more than 1.0#
lead.
     As seen in table III a gradient of increasing deterioration with
increasing blood lead level was apparent.  Only 2.7$ of homes with
children in the 60+ microgram blood lead category were characterized
as "no cause for action" in contrast to about 25% of those in the
10-20 microgram group.  At the other extreme "positive" apartments
were found associated with 27# of black children in the 10-20
microgram group, but 77# of those in the 60+ microgram category.

-------
                                  549
                               Table III
      Result of Housing Inspection by Blood Lead and Ethnic Group
                      Among Children (1-3 years)
                       New York City 1971-1972
P E R C E
Result of Black
Blood lead (ug/100ml)
10-20 40 60+
No cause for 23.4 18.4 2.7
action
Negative 48.9 26.6 20.2
Positive 27.7 55.0 77.1
N T
Puerto Rican
Blood lead (ug/100ml)
10-20 40 60+
25.4 12.4 2.7
32.5 22.9 20.7
42.1 64.7 76.6
Number
47
305    188
114
105
111
       Although we have demonstrated a strong correlation between
  lead in household paint and lead in blood of children the data
  presented here atill show approximately 20# of children with levels
  of 60 micrograms living in "negative" homes.  It should be noted
  that these data are derived from a single inspection which might
  best be characterized as thorough but not exhaustive.  Our studies
  of the inspection process itself have indicated that a subsequent
  inspection would yield at least one new source of leaded paint chips
  in about half of the "negative" households.
       To look at these data from another point of view, indices of
  housing deterioration were constructed.  As seen in table IV, the
  first index is a ratio in-which the numerator is the total number
  of paint samples taken during inspection and the denominator is the
  total number of apartments inspected.  In the second index the
  numerator is the total number of paint samples with more than "\%
  lead ("positive") and the denominator is the number of apartments

-------
                                   550
  inspected.   The  last  index  is  computed as  the percent of all samples
  which were  found to be  positive.  The calculations presented in
  table IV  are based on chemical analysis  of 10,18? paint samples
  obtained  from  868 apartments.

                                Table IV

           Indices of  Housing Deterioration and Lead Hazard
                    by Blood Lead and Ethnic Group
                       Among Children (1-3 years)
                        New York City 1971-1972
                            Black
                          Puerto Rican
      Index
                        Blood lead (ug/100ral)    Blood lead (ug/100ml)
 10-20
60+
10-20
60+
Total  Z  Apartments    5.4      8.7    15.1    10.6
Samples/  Inspected
Positive / Apartments   0.6
Samples  / Inspected
Positive / Total
Samples  / Samples
                                   13.1    16.8

          1.9     4.1     1.2       3.0     3.7

11.9*    21.6#   27.3*   11.00     23.0#   22.3*
       For each of these indices we observe a gradient with higher
  indices being associated with higher blood lead levels.   Children
  with high blood lead levels lived in apartments where significantly
  more broken wall surfaces were found and the paint chips obtained
  were more likely to contain excess lead.

-------
                               551
  REFERENCES


  1.  GUINEE* V.F. Lead  Poisoning.  AMER J.MED.,  52: 283, 1972.


  2.  GUINEE, V.F., Epidemiologic Studies of Lead Exposure in New

      York  City.  Proceedings of the  International Symposium

      Amsterdam,  P?63«
                           DISCUSSION
KAMINSKI  (U.S.A.)
     How many  of  the  children living in what you presented as
negative homes in table* 1 but with blood lead levels over 60,ug
/100 ml were suffering from pica?


GUINEE  (U.S.A.)

     We did collect that information but we have not tabulated
it for this study.

     In general we have not stressed a history of pica in the
New York program  since we find so many children with high blood
lead levels with  a negative pica history according to the mother
We recommended testing all children age 1-6 years, especially
age 1-4 years  who live in deteriorated housing regardless of
pica history.


WILLIAMS  (U.K.)

     I understood Dr.  Guinee to say that the level of blood
lead was known to the interviewer who elicited the frequency of
symptoms.  This would surely introduce a large bias into the
apparent increase in  frequency of symptoms from a blood lead
of 6O ,ug/lOO g.   At what level does Dr. Guinee believe that
symptoms due to lead  begin to occur?
GUINEE  ( U.S.A)

     I mentioned in my presentation  that one might expect a
tendancy for personnel to  look more  vigorously for symptoms in
children with higher  lead  levels.  We did not find this,  but it
could affect the data.

-------
                               552
     Our observers - mostly  nurses  -  found  a  prevalence  of  symp-
 toms in the  60 .ug and  70 ,ug/100 ml  groups that  is  about  the same
 as  that observed in a  similar  group of  "normal"  children.   In
 table  I it seems to me that  excess  symptoms appear above the
 SO.ug/100ml  level.

     In studying this  situation we  have not only the  usual  var-
 iability in  susceptibility of  individuals but also the problem
 of  discerning which child is irritable  due  to a lead  burden
 rather than  a dozen other couses  of irritability.


 EPSTEIN  (U.S.A.)

     Dr. Gulnee appears to have overlooked  or minimized  the role
 of  lead particulates in automobile  exhaust  as a significant
 cause  of elevated environmental and body burdens of lead.   A
 wide range of studies, including  several "roadway" investigations,
 have demonstrated increased  levels  of lead  in air, street dust
 and house dust and also their  positive  associations with elevated
 blood  lead levels.  Additionally, it  is of  interest to note that
 since  New York City recently phased out the use of lead  as  a
 gasoline additive there have been significant reductions in lead
 levels in air and in street  dust  and  also evidence of reduced
 body burdens of  lead in children  in various sites  in  New York
 City.   It is perhaps important to emphasize that such effects
 may,  in part, be attributable  to  concomitant  effective  lead
 paint  abatement programs.


 GUINEE (U.S.A.)

     We have demonstrated strong  concomitent  variation in the
 gradient of  lead available from deteriorating painted walls and
 lead in the  childs blood, this association  supports the  thesis
 that lead paint is a major source of  lead available to a child,
 but not necessarily the sole source.  Similar data have  not yet
 presented or reported  on lead  exposures via air  and dust except
 in  populations living  under  industrial  conditions  - the  smelter
 towns.

     Concerning lead in NYC  air - some  areas  of Queens and  Brooklyn
 with the lowest measured air lead content have  the highest  in-
 cidence of lead poisoning cases whereas the area of upper Man-
 hattan- with  the highest content of  lead in  the  air has a low
 case incidence (a child with over 6O,ug Pb/lOOml of blood is.con-
sidered a case),                     '


 BERLIN (C.E.C.)

     In your paper symptoms  of different degrees of gravity are
 lumped together in table I when comparing with blood  lead levels.

-------
                               553
1.   Could you indicate for the various blood levels and ages
the percentage of the various symptoms observed?

2.   At which  blood lead levels below 6O.ug/lOO ml does the per-
centage of children with clinical symptoms  (and which type of
symptoms) become negligible?


GUINEE (U.S.A.)

     The symptoms of an increasing lead burden in children are
mostly vague.  One might best characterise the symptom complex
as simply increasing malaise.  It is for this reason that the
data in table I are presented in terms of percent asymptomatic.

     In a control group the percent with these general symptoms
and conversly the percent asymptomatic were similar to children
with blood lead levels of 6O and 7O  ,ug/lOO ml.

     This table is, of course, a summary.  The expanded data for
each symptom, lead level of 60 ,ug and above, and year of age
are available in tables for those wishing to consult them.

-------
                               555

         MORTALITY IN WORKERS IN LEAD SMELTERS AND LEAD
                         BATTERY PLANTS

               W,  CLARK COOPER,  WILLIAM R,  GAFFEY

 Tabershaw/Cooper  Associates, Inc.,  Berkeley,  California,  USA
 ABSTRACT

     The mortality of 7.032 men employed for one or more years
in lead production facilities or battery plants was followed
over a 23-year period^  1947-70.   Lead absorption in many of
these men was greatly in excess of currently accepted standards
based upon urinary and blood lead concentrations available for
a portion of the group.    The standardized mortality ratio (SMR)
for all causes was 107 for smelter workers and 99 for battery
plant workers.   Deaths from neoplasms were in slight excess in
smelter33 but not significantly increased in battery plants.
There were no excess deaths from kidney tumors.   The SMR for
cardiovascular-renal disease was 96 for smelter workers and  101
for battery plant workers^ i.e. roughly the same as for the gen-
eral population* but not as good as would be expected in a pop-
ulation that had been employed.   There was definitely no excess
in deaths from either stroke or hypertensive heart disease.
However,  deaths classified as  "other hypertensive disease" and
"chronic or unspecified nephritis" were higher than expected.
The actual numbers of deaths in these last-named categories
combined (41 where 19.5 were expected) represented about 3% of
all certified deaths.   The life expectancy of lead workers was
calculated to be approximately the same as that of all U.S. males.

     It should be emphasized that there are justifiable objec-
tions to the direct application of a study of this type to

-------
                               556
community standard development.   Life-shortening illness  nay be
too insensitive an indicator*.   Factors other  than  lead,   such
as arsenic,  cadmium and sulfur dioxide were probably involved
for some part of the population.   There are no children or
women represented.   The results are therefore more pertinent to
workplace standards than to community standards.    They support
the adequacy of currently recommended biologic standards for the
workplace.

     Considering the high levels of exposure and the relatively
small deviations from expected mortality, one can be optimistic
in predicting no detectable impact on mortality for male adults
oacupationally exposed to lead controlled in conformity to cur-
rent standars.

-------
                                      557
      Mortality was studied in 7,032 men who had been employed for at
least one year in one of 6 lead production facilities ("smelters") or 10 bat-
tery plants in the United States during the period January 1, 1946 through
December 31, 1970.  All plants were in the United States.  Selection was
based upon the plants' willingness to participate, the availability of
records, and geographic distribution.  The cohort studied was developed from
review of 24,494 personnel records, personally microfilmed by our staff.
After elimination of female employees (mainly clerical), men who worked for
less than one year, and about 350 with grossly deficient records, a study
population of 7,032 men remained.  Serial data on urinary and blood lead
concentrations were obtained from 9 plants.  Although personnel records did
not supply information on the race of workers, approximate racial distribu-
tions were obtained from questionnaires sent to the participating plants.
These indicated that lead production workers were approximately 25% non-white
and battery plant workers were 10% non-white, compared with a U.S. proportion
of about 11%.
      Follow-up to determine vital status was carried out by usual methods,
i.e. plant records, telephone, postal service, drivers'  license bureaus,
retail credit bureaus, and (for all but two plants) by review of records by
the Social Security Administration.  Follow-up was successful for 96% of the
entire population, i.e. 98% of smelter workers and 95% of battery plant
workers.  If the two plants not included in social security follow-up were
omitted, the battery plant follow-up was 99%.  The 1356 deaths during the
23 year period from January 1, 1947 through December 31, 1970 were the basis
for mortality analyses.  Death certificates were obtained for 1,267, or 93%,
of the 1,356 known deaths.  Figure 1 summarizes establishment of the study
population and the subsequent follow-up.

-------
                             558
                           TABLE  1
                          RECORDS
                         OBTAINED
                            24494
                          WORKERS
         Unusable
         for study:
           17462
         Women  ca.  950
         <1 yr  ca.  16,000
         Missing data
           ca.  350
                              \
   Study
Population
   7032
                       Alive
                    5387(77%)
        Dead
     1356(19%)

  /\
  Vital
 status
unknown
289 (4%)*
                          Certificate
                             received
                               1267
              No
           certificate
              89  (7%)**
 *193 of these from 2 smaller plants where no Social Security followup
**70 from one plant in Pennsylvania.

-------
                                    559
      Indicators of probable exposures.  It was impossible to define the
exposures to lead in quantitative terms.  The population studied included
over 3,000 men who had been working on January 1, 1946, and exposures
extended back to 1920 or earlier for some individuals.  No quantitative
data existed for periods before 1948, and for most plants it began much
later.
      One indicator of potential exposure is the number of years men
had spent in the industry.  Table 2 summarizes the employment history of
the 7,032 men in the study, based on date of termination or December 31,
1970, whichever came first:

                               TABLE 2

               DISTRIBUTION BY NUMBER OF YEARS EMPLOYED
                 FOR SMELTER' AND BATTERY PLANT WORKERS
                Years      Per cent of population with more
             employed*      than indicated number of years
                           Smelters      Battery Plants
                                              69.9
                                              53.0
                                              41.1
                                              35.2
                                              29.3
                                              19.2
                                              10.0
             *As of date of termination or December 31, 1970,
             whichever came first.
       An indicator of the  degree of  exposure  is  information  from biologic
 monitoring.   We obtained figures on  urinary or blood  lead  concentrations
 from nine of the 15 plants which had routine  monitoring programs in  1970.
 (Table 3)  Many workers in the study had no recorded  levels,  because their
 entire work experience had been before their  individual plant began  moni-
 toring.  PbU values were available for less than 10%  of deceased workers;
 PbB values were available  for less than 2%.  For this and  other reasons it
 was not possible to attempt correlations between urinary and blood lead
 values and actual mortality patterns.
Over 5
10
15
20
25
30
35
54.0
39.6
31.7
24.0
15.3
9.4
4.7

-------
                                   560

                              TABLE 3

                SUMMARY  OF URINARY  LEAD AND  BLOOD  LEAD
                            DETERMINATIONS

PbU
PbB
Number of
analyses
97,002
16,152
Number
of men
2,274
1,860
Analyses
per man
(Average)
43
9
Per Cent
of total
(7032)
32%
26%
      Study of the 97,002 urine and the 16,152 blood lead concentrations
which were made available, however, provided valuable indirect information
as to the relatively high levels of lead absorption by a substantial por-
tion of workers in the plants under study.
      Average PbU concentrations were calculated for over 2,000 employees.
Plant average means ranged from 125 yg/liter to 187 yg/.Titer for smelters and
from 99 yg/liter to 148 ug/liter for battery plants.  Table 4 summarizes the
numbers of men whose mean values over a working lifetime exceeded certain in-
dicated values.
      Corresponding review of blood lead determinations showed that in 1,850
men, plant average means ranged from 41 to 75 ug/100 g in smelters and from
53 to 67 pg/100 g in battery plants.  The numbers of men whose mean values

                                 TABLE 4
                NUMBER OF WORKERS WITH 10 OR MORE PbU
               DETERMINATIONS WHOSE MEAN VALUES EQUALLED
              OR EXCEEDED INDICATED CONCENTRATIONS (pg/L)
                             (UNCORRECTED)
  Type Plant         Numbers of       Number with mean values
                      Workers with    >*150   ?200  >250  ?300 yg/liter
                     over 10 de-
                     terminations
Smelters
Battery Plants
Total
497
1053
1550
289
249
538
164
59
223
70
17
87
27
7
34

-------
                                      561

 exceeded indicated levels for a working life time were as shown in Table 5.
                                 TABLE 5
                NUMBER OF WORKERS WHOSE MEAN PbB VALUES
            OVER A WORKING LIFETIME EQUALLED OR EXCEEDED
                     THE INDICATED CONCENTRATIONS
Type Plant
No.
Of
Number with mean
Workers »40 *70 ?80 ?'
Smel ters
Battery plants
534
1316


457
976
138
350
83
105
values
100
25
52
ng/100


9


   Totals
1850
1433  488  188    77
      Criteria for taking  urine and blood samples differed from plant to
plant, so the proportions with elevated values cannot be used -as an indica-
tor of percentages prevailing in the entire workforce.  The absolute
number of men with lifetime average values exceeding various important
thresholds is striking, however.
      Proportionate Mortality.  The distribution of certified deaths for
12 selected causes classified by the 1955 revision of the ICD, compared
with percentages among U.S. males for 1959 is shown in Table 6.
      Proportionate mortality does not take into account the age of the
population at risk of dying and the periods in time when each age group
was at risk.  It can thus be misleading, but is of interest for comparison
with other analyses of mortality.  It will be noted that there are sugges-
tive excess percentages for malignant neoplasms, other hypertensive
diseases, and chronic and unspecified nephritis.
      Standardized mortality ratios.  The number of deaths observed in the
study group was compared with the number which would have been expected in
a comparable group in the general male population of the United States,
based on person-years of risk in successive time periods (Table 7).  The
causes of death were classified by applying the rules of the 1955 revision
of the International Classification of Disease, Injuries and Causes of
Death.

-------
                                        562
                                    TABLE 6
           PERCENTAGES  OF  1267 CERTIFIED DEATHS IN SMELTER AND BATTERY PLANT
           WORKERS,  DUE TO SELECTED CAUSES, COMPARED WITH PERCENTAGES AMONG
                  U.S. MALES FOR 1959  (PROPORTIONATE MORTALITY)
          Cause of Death
    Major cardiovascular-renal
       Vascular lesions of CNS
       Hypertensive heart disease
       Other hypertensive disease
       Chronic & unspecified nephritis
    Malignant neoplasms
U.S.
53.




Males
9
9.7
3.2
0.7
0.7
Smelter
Workers
45.7
7.4
3.1
2.2
2.2
Batteryplant
Workers
57.3
7.1
3.1
1.4
1.5
                    14.6
21.3
19.7
Of respiratory tract
Of urinary organs
Cirrhosis of liver
Suicide
Motor vehicle accidents
Other
3.4
0.9
1.3
1.5
3.0
25.7
6.8
1.5
0.6
4.0
4.6
23.8

2.8
1.7
1.9
16.6
6.5
0.5




  TABLE ?
  EXPECTED AND OBSERVED DEATHS BY CAUSE
      Jan. 1, 1947 - Dec.  31, 1970
FOR LEAD SMELTER AND BATTERY PLANT WORKERS
        Cause of death
  Tuberculosis, all forms
  Bacterial and viral diseases plus
    influenza and pneumonia
  Malignant neoplasms
  Major cardiovascular renal disease
  Violent deaths
  All other certified causes
 . Total for certified causes
  All causes included uncertified
  Number of workers
  Person-years
 Correction of +5.55% applied for 18 missing death certificates
**Correct1on of +7.52% applied for 71 missing death certificates
Obs
1
8
69
151
59
36
324
342


Smelters Battery Plants
Exp SMR* Obs Exp SMI
4.55
8.17
54.95
165.29
40.52
46.15
319.64
319.64
2352
33482
23
103
133
96
154
82
107



5
23
186
540
62
127
943
1014


14.84
26.82
180.34
575.21
89.63
141.45
1028.37
1028.37
4680
69828
37
92
111
101
74
97
99




-------
                                        563
         The total mortality was approximately the same as that of the  general
   population, 1356 deaths having occurred where 1348 were expected,  giving a
   standardized mortality ratio (SMR)  of 101.  That for smelter workers was
   107 and that for battery plant workers 99.  This is higher than for  most em-
   ployed populations (Enterlin^ 1964  and Sterling, 1964)  but does not  indicate
   a serious over-riding hazard to life.
         SMR's were calculated for specific causes of death,  with the following
   results (after correction for missing death certificates).
         Bacterial and viral diseases, plus influenza and  pneumonia.  The  SMR
   for smelter workers was 103 and that for battery plant  workers was 92,  not
   supporting any increased risk of death from infectious  diseases in either
   group.  This grouping was of interest because of concern over a possible
   effect of lead on immune mechanisms.
         Malignant neoplasms.  The SMR for "all malignant  neoplasms"  in smel-
   ter workers was 133, slightly elevated and barely significant at the 5%
   confidence level.  As shown in table 8, this was largely explained by a
   slight excess in tumors of the digestive organs and respiratory system.

TABLE 8       EXPECTED AND OBSERVED DEATHS  FOR MALIGNANT  NEOPLASMS
                         Jan.  1,  1947 - Dec.  31,  1970
                      Lead Smelter and Battery Plant  Workers
      Cause of death                         Smelters          Battery  Plant
                                      Obs     Exp     SMR* Obs      Exp     SMR**
All malignant neoplasms(140-205)       69     54.95    133   186   180.34    111

Buccal cavity & pharynx(140-148)        0     1.89     —     6      6.02    107
Digestive organs, per1toneum(150-159)   25     17.63    150    70    61.48    123
Respiratory system(160-164)            22     15.76    148    61    49.51    132
Genital organs(170-179)                 4     4.15    101      8    18.57     46
Urinary organs(180-181)                 5     2.95    179     5    10.33     52
Leukem1a(204)                           2     2.40     88     6      7.30     88
Lymphosarcoma, lymphatic and
  hematopoietlc (200-203, 205)           3      3.46     92    7    9.74     77
Other sites                              8      6.71     126     23    17.39    142
 Correction of +5.55% applied for 18  missing death certificates
**Correctfcn of +7.52X applied for 71  missing death certificates

-------
                                     564
 Battery plant workers,  with an SMR of 111,  did  not exhibit a significantly
 high incidence of deaths from malignancy.   Since some  smelter workers
 had exposures to arsenic, and analyses based on duration of employment  and
 job descriptions showed no correlations with SMR"s for malignant neoplasms,
 one is  not warranted  in postulating an association with lead.  The  10
 tumors  of  the urinary tract included 6 primary  bladder tumors,  1 urethral
 tumor and  3 kidney tumors.   The absence of  an excess of renal tumors  was
 of  special interest in  view of reports of the experimental production of
 such tumors in rats (Zollinger, 1953)  and in mice.
      Major cardiovascular-renal disease.   Smelter workers exhibited  an SMR
 of  96 for  this group  of diseases;  battery workers had  an SMR of 101.  Thus
 the incidence is like that of the general population,  and is somewhat
 higher  than that of most employed populations.   SMR's  for more  specific
 causes  are shown in table 9.  There was no  excess of deaths in  either
 group for  "vascular lesions affecting the CNS",  i.e. "stroke",  the  SMR  for
 smelter workers being 109 and that for battery  plant workers 82.  Dingwall-
 Fordyce and Lane (1963  had evidence to support  an association between pro-
 longed  and excessive  exposure to lead and death from cerebrovascular
 accidents, but Malcolm  in 1971 reported that reduction of lead  exposures
 was apparently eliminating excessive mortality  from this cause.   Hypertensive
 heart disease similarly was not in significant  excess  in our study, consis-
 tent with  clinical studies which have failed to show an undue amount  of
 arterial hypertension in lead workers (Belknap,  1936;  Cramer and Dahlberg,
 1963).   However, both smelter workers and battery plant workers had elevated
 SMR's in the  categories  of  "other  hypertensive disease"  (389 and 223  re-
 spectively),  and for  chronic and unspecified  nephritis  (264 and 175 re-
 spectively).  Actual  diagnoses  in  these two groups were essentially the
 same; 17 of 20 diagnoses of  "other hypertensive disease" included men-
 tion  of nephroscleriosis and/or uremia.   Although the total numbers of
 deaths were small  (41 in all), these deviations are consistent with many
 reports associating heavy lead exposures with kidney disease  (e.g. Goyer
 and Rhyne, 1973).
      Life expectancy.  A calculation of the  life expectancy of lead
workers was made  (Table 10), based on the method of Chin Long Chiang  (1961).
The calculation answered the question.  "If a man alive at age 20 is sub-
 jected,  at each subsequent period of his life, to the same mortality as
observed among lead workers in this study,  at what age can he expect to

-------
                                         TABLE  9

                  EXPECTED AND OBSERVED DEATHS  FOR MAJOR CARDIOVASCULAR AND
                         RENAL DISEASE Jan. 1,  1947 - Dec. 31, 1970
                         FOR LEAD SMELTER AND  BATTERY PLANT WORKERS
      Cause of death with ICD No.                        Smelters               Battery Plants
                                                Obs     Exp     SMR*       Obs     Exp     SMR**
f 330-334. 400-468. 592-5941 	 	
Va<:rijlar lesions affectina CNS(330-34) . . .
Artprin^rlprntic heart disease(420) 	


Chronic & unspecified nephritis (592-594).
Rhetima-Hr heart disease* endocarditis....
Other 	
.151
	 24
	 77
. 10
	 7
	 7
. .. 4 . 12
	 14
165.29
23.23
104.95
8.72
1.90
2.80
11.12
12.57
96
109
77
121
389
264
114
118
540
67
340
29
13
14
42
35
575.21
87.93
355.70
32.30
6.26
8.58
37.80
46.64
101
82
103
97
223
175
119
81
 Correction of +5.55% applied  for  18 missing death certificates

**Correction of +7.52% applied  for  71 missing death certificates

-------
                                    566
die?"  The calculated figure for smelter workers was 69.7 years, and that

for battery plant workers was 71.5 years.  The corresponding figures for

U. S. males in 1949-51 was 68.9 years, that for 1959-61 was 69.8 years.



                               TABLE 10

                         EXPECTED AGE AT DEATH

                             AFTER AGE 20
                Smel ter workers	69. 7*
                Battery pi ant workers	71. 5*

                U.S. males 1949-51	68.9
                U.S. males 1959-61	69.8
                U.S. white males 1969	70.1
                U.S. non-white males 1969	63.9
                                                       **
(Steel workers	72.6)

 *Method of Chiang, Biometrics 17:57, 1961
**Calculated from data of Lloyd & docco.

-------
                                    567
                                REFERENCES
1.  Belknap, EL:  Clinical studies on lead absorption  in  the human:  blood
    pressure observations.  J Ind Hyg and Toxicol  18:380-390,  1936

2.  Chiang, Chin Long:  A stochastic study of the  life table and  its appli-
    cation Biometrics 17:57-78, 1961b

3.  Cramer, K. Dahlberg, L:  Incidence of hypertension among lead workersj
    a follow-up study based on regular control over twenty years. Brit J
    Indus Med 23:101-315, 1963

4.  Dingwall-Fordyce, I. Lane, RE:  A follow-up study  of  lead  workers
    British J Indus Hed 20:313-315, 1963

5.  Enterline, PE:  The estimation of expected rates in occupational
    disease epidemiology.  PH Rep 79:973-978, 1964

6.  Goyer, RA. Rhyne, BC:  Pathological Effects of Lead.   Int'l Rev Exp
    Path 12:1-77, 1973

7.  Malcolm, D.I  Prevention of long-term sequelae following the  absorption
    of lead.  Arch Environ Health 23:292-298, 1971

8.  Sterling, TD:  Epidemiology of disease associated  with lead.  Arch
    Environ Health 8:333-348, 1964

9.  Zollinger, HU:  Durch chronische Bleivergiftung erzeugte Nicrenadenome
    under - carcinoma bei Ratten und ihre Beziehungen  zu  den entsprechenden
    Neubeildungen des Menschen.  Virchows Arch. Path.  Anat. 323:294-710, 1953
    This  study w-is sponsored and  supported by  the  International  Lead
    Zinc  Research Orr*-.nization, Inc.,  292 Hndison  Avenue, Hew  York,1001?

-------
                               568
                         DISCUSSION
LAUWERYS (Belgium)

     You have found an excessive number of deaths by urinary
tract cancer in smelter workers but not in battery plant work-
ers   The smelter workers are also probably exposed to cadmium.
It has been suggested that Cd could be responsible for prostrate
cancer in man but this remains an hypothesis.

     I wonder whether it would not be possible to look at the Cd
exposure of the smelter workers as a possible etiologie factor
of the increase SMR for urinary tract cancer in this group?


COOPER  (U.S.A.)

     Although the SMR for urinary tract cancer  In smelter work-
ers appeared high the actual number  (5) was too sir.all for app-
lication of a test of significance.  The diagnoses were mainly
tumors of the urinary bladder.  Prostatic tumors were coded
under genital tract tumors and were  not in excess.  I do not
think/ from the information available to us and the relatively
few individuals who had high cadmium exposures, that we can
glean much from our data relative to the hypothesis you wish
to test.


HERNBERG  (Finland)

      It is generally known that the  total mortality of any
occupational group is  likely to be considerably lower than  that
of the  age-and-sex standardized general population, because of
selection and  other related factors.

      Thus, your data should ideally  be compared to  those  of one,
or preferably, several comparison cohorts.   I  agree that  this
is not  always  easy to  accomplish: in such  a  case  one must use
data  from the  general  population.  &ut I would like to  stress
that, in this  case, the comparison yields  an underestimation  of
the  actual  total  mortality - your finding  of no excess mortality
in fact denotes  that there might exist an  excess mortality  as
compared  to  suitable comparison cohorts,  i.e.  other occupationally
active  groups.   Your findings  on the case-specific  mortality
support such a conclusion.

-------
                               569
COOPER  (U.S.A.)

     In my brief oral presentation, I apparently did not suffi-
ciently  emphasize the important and valid point you have made.
This was covered in the full report.  There is no entirely sat-
isfactory population of employed persons available for comparison.
A number of recent occupational cohort studies have shown that  •
SMR'S of 80 to 90 are common, presumably because of selection
out of thework force  of many individuals with life-shortening
conditions and possibly because of other favorable factors
associated with work.
EPSTEIN  (U.S.A.)

     It is of interest to note that approximately 25% of the
workers studied had blood lead levels for unspecified periods
in excess of 80  ,ug/lOO g.  This clearly represents minimal
confirmatory eviaence of excessive environmental lead burdens
in workers in smelting and related industries.

     The reported studies appear to reflect overall mortality
rather than morbidity.  They thus cannot possibly reflect a
wide range of disease syndromes and ill health from chronic
lead poisoning unless these terminated in premature death.
These data cannot be used in any way to support the contention
that chronic lead poisoning is not a major cause of occupational
morbidity.  Additionally, the data indicate  an apparently sigr*
nificant excess of mortality from hypertensive renal disease.


COOPER (U.S.A.)

     The average urine and blood levels cover periods dating
back to 1950 with the majority having come from after 1960.
They do not relate directly to the study group, most of whom
worked before biologic monitoring was begun.  They are only an
indirect index which I agree shows excessive absorption of lead.
This may have been even higher in the earlier history of some
of these men and was certainly not lower.  With such high levels
of exposure, which are certainly not acceptable levels, we
think it is of interest that there was no stronger impact on
mortality.  The limitations on extrapolation of this study,
including the absence of women and children, were included in
the oral presentation.

     One final comment - the percentages of men with high urinary
and blood lead averages did not represent percentages of the
entire work force but rather percentages of men who had samples
taken.   The complete report also contains such evidence as we
have on changes, as we proceed from 195O to 1974.

-------
                               571
    EVALUATION OF  LONG-TERM  EFFECTS  OF ELEVATED BLOOD LEAD
            CONCENTRATIONS  IN  ASYMPTOMATIC CHILDREN

             JAMES  L,  MCNEIL"*"  AND  j,  A,  PTASNIK"*"1"
+  Texas Tech University  School  of Medicine,  El Paso, Texas, USA
++ El Paso Independent School  District,  El Paso,  Texas,  USA
ABSTRACT

     The purpose of  thiB paper  is  to  contribute  objective data
toward the often expressed  hypothesis that  aubclinical elevation
of body lead burden  may have permanent deleterious  effects on
the physical and mental development of children.

     A unique group  of children discovered  accidentally presen-
ted a naturally occurring experimental model  for  the  study.

     This group of experimental children  uith good  nutrition,
no anemia^ and happy homes  in a three generation  small community,
leave elevated blood lead as an apparent  isolated significant
variable.

     The children were matched vith a control groupt  tested  on
a blind basis and the results analyzed for  any significant dif-
ferences .

     Results of the  study are presented as  objective  evidence  to
aid in determining safe levels of  lead exposure.    In this group
of children prolonged exposure to  subclinical lead  levels in the
40-80 /ug/200 ml range has not resulted in apparent deleterious effects.

-------
                                 572
1.   Introduction
     In January 1972, a unique opportunity to test the effects of
prolonged subclinical elevations of lead in children was discovered
in £1 Paso, Texas.
     Smeltertown, isolated between the Rio Grand river and a large
smelter, had existed for some 80 years in an arid climate receiving
approximately 6 inches of rain per year.   There was no drainage
system, no grass, dirt streets, dirt yards, and a few trees.
     Available high content lead paint in the area was minimal and
similar to El Paso.   Soil lead samples averaged 3300 parts per
million.   Of 206 children in the area, 129 had elevations over
i+O mcg£ which is an incidence of 67%.   Four other studies in El
Paso tested 836 children with only l*t over 1*0 mcg?£—an incidence of
1.7% (Table I).   These were healthy, active, and happy children
whose source of lead was presumed to be inhalation and ingestion
of contaminated soil during the course of their normal year round
outdoor play and activity.
2.   Clinical Model for Study
     2,1  Test Group
     One hundred thirty-eight children agreed to participate in the
study.   Thirty-seven had blood lead levels less than 40 mcg#, 26
were JfO-^9 mcg#, 23 were 50-59 ncgS£, and J+3 were over 60 mcg%
(Table II).   They were rather evenly distributed in age from 21
months to 18 years of age with a median of 9 years. (Table III)
Sex distribution was 68 male and 70 female.
     2.2  Controls
     Control groups were chosen from El Paso children residing
outside of Smeltertown and matched with the lead children by age,

-------
                                 573


                                 TABLE  I,

                          LEAD SCREENING RESULTS

                                         Blood Lead Values
Number of children             Total    <40 racg# >40 meg?;  % >40 mcg#

SMELTERTOWN

   Study Group                  138         37      101

   NonStudy Group
   with known blood lead         55         27       28

   without known blood lead      13
   subtotal                      68

TOTAL                           206         6if      129


EL PASO outside Smeltertown

   Initial tests by smelter      75         75       0

   CDC and BCEM screen          550        538       12

   Mesita School children        69         69       0

   ILZRO study controls         1^2        140       2

TOTAL                           836        822      14

OLD FT.  BLISS

-------
100.00 -
                 X  AXIS • ACE IN MONTHS    Y AXIS  - ftL000 LEAD     LEAD CROUP
                                                                                                   138
 90. OO
 60.00
                                                                                                    •
                                                                                                    *
 70.00
                        1  1
                                            u
 60.00
 to.oo
                                      111    1  21   1
                    1   1
   11   'll  1   1
                           -4—I
                                                                                       *
                                                                                       *
                                                                                       *
 40.00
                       1              111
                                    1              1111
 30.00
!    •   ,'    ,
                                                                                   11
                                                                                       *

                                                                                       *
 20.00
                                                                      1  1
-IO.QO
                                                                                                    •
                                                                                                    •
  0.00
     0.00
2*. 00     *$.00     72.00     96.00    120.00    144.00    168.00    192.00    216.00
                                                                                                 240.00
                                              *Table  II.

-------
                            575
                     Table III.



                 OOMffiOL MATCHING DATA



                       Lead	City Control    Rural
Average Age Difference
Lead Under 8 Years
RACE
% Mexican/ American
Father
Mother
Child
JOB utVtlL
Father
Mother
EDUCATION
Father
Mather
INCOME (Annual;
Group Average
Dollar Approx.
- .69 day
•Hi. 64 day
94%
977,
96%
1.53
1.06
7.54 years
7.27 years
2.27
4,540
+ .69 day
96%
99%
97%
1.43
1.10
7.83 years
6.77 years
1.92
3,840
-4.64
95%
93%
96%
1.70
1.07
8.45 years
7.65 years
2.42
4,840
of Annual Income

-------
                                576
sex, race, and family income.   A duplicate control group for
children under 8 years of age was obtained from a rural community
approximately 12 miles from the smelter.
     2.3  Matching
     Spanish is the principal language of all groups.   Similarity
between the controls and the lead children can be seen on the
tabulation of their matching data in Table IV.
3.   Procedure
     All children were evaluated on a blind basis by examiners who
were given only a randomly selected study number, first name, and
age for each child.   Each child had a history questionnaire
answered by the parents, a physical and neurological examination,
nerve conduction test, laboratory studies, X-rays, and a psycho-
metric evaluation using tests appropriate for the age.
^.   Analysis
     The lead exposed children were compared to their matched control
as a total group, and subgroups based on blood levels previously
mentioned.   An additional attempt was made to seek out the high
risk children by combining with the blood levels four other para-
meters of lead exposure.   The free erythrocyte protoporphryin level,
living in the area during the critical development of birth to three
years of age, a minimum of at least two years living in the area,
and positive X-ray findings of lead exposure.   Forty-four children
with 4 out of these 5 parameters positive, were placed in a Serious
group and when combined with 31 children having 3 of the 5 parameters
positive made up a so-called Moderate group of 75 children with at
least 3 of the 5 parameterspositive.   Statistical significance
refers to a level of 0.03.

-------
                                  577
                                 TABLE  IV.

                            CONTROL MATCHING DATA

                                  Lead          City Control
      Income

* Scale--Annual Income

              <3,000 - 1
          3,000-5,000 - 2
          5,000-7,000 - 3
         7.000-10,000 - 4
             >10,000 - 5
Rural
Average Age Difference between
Test Child and Control Child
Lead Children under 8 years
and Rural Control Child.
RACE
% Mexican/ American
Father
Mother
Child
JOB LEVEL
Father
Mother
- ,69 day
+4.64 day
94%
97%
96%
1.53
1.06
+. 69 day
- - -
96%
99%
97%
1.43
1.10

-4.64
95%
93%
96%
1.70
1.07

day





*Scale- -Common Labor - 1, Skilled Labor - 2
Service Occupation - 3, Professional - 4
EDUCATION
Father
Mother
INCOME (annual)
Group Average
Dollar Approximation of
7.54 years
7.27 years
2.27
4,540
7.83 years
6.77 years
1.92
3,840
8.45
7.65
2.42
4,840
years
years



-------
                           578
                      TABLE  V.



           EXPECTED SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES
Time in Area
FATHER
MOTHER
CHILD
Blood Lead Level
Total Group
Moderate Group
Children*! 8 Year
Age
Lead
No. Years
112
135
138
Mean
M-50
M-61
M-56
22
23
7
Range
(14-93)
(14-93)
(15-93)
Control
No. Years
7
8
0
Mean
M-20
M-22
M-23
7%
8
0
Range
(7-43)
(8-40)
(10-43)
Rural
No, Years
2
0
0
Mean
M-16

M-16
9%
0
0
Ranpe
(10-28)

(10-28)
Free Erythrocyte Protoprophryin
Total Group
Moderate Group
Children <: 8 Year
M-186
M-239
M-195
(20-710)
(68-710)
(39-550)
M-80
M-84
M-91
(26-303)
(26-303)
(26-303)
M-67

M-67
(21-167)

(21-167)
Age

-------
                                579
5.   Results
     There were the expected significant differences between the
lead children and their controls in terms of time in the area,  blood
lead values, and protoporphryin levels. (Table V)
     There were no significant differences in the birth history
conditions, complications of delivery, neonatal course or birth
weight*
     These were essentially healthy noncomplaining children.
     Fourteen non-specific complaints frequently listed as suggestive
of lead poisoning, but not normally seen at this level, were graded
on a rating of 1-4 severity in each of the complaints giving a
range of 14 to 56 for the group.   Their mean scores were 15.2? for
the total leads, lit.51 for the city controls, and 11*.83 for the
rural controls.
     Past history on the basis of serious illness and residual
effects were rated on a scale of 2-8.   Resulting means were 2.46
for lead, 2.47 for control, and 2.42 for rural controls.
     Mean heights and weights for all groups were almost identical
indicating close matching, good nutrition, and normal growth for age.
     The general physical examination and neurological examination
was normal.   Finger-to-thumb opposition and rapid alternating hand
movements showed expected variance with age, but no significant
difference with controls.
     Hemoglobin and heoatocrit values were normal.   Group mean
average hemoglobin ranged from 14.3 grams in lead children less than
eight years of age to 16*8 grams in total controls—adjusted for
age to percentage of normal, the range was 98.156 to 102.2#,  Eight
of nine lead groups were a shade lower than their controls, but none

-------
         Table VI.

CCMEARISON OF I.Q. TESTS
Pb.
Verbal IJQ
86.9
o 95.2
§ 90.1
Verbal
41.6
: Con ! No'. FT
i 86.9 99 1.15 0.04
•&• i
i 88.9 . 99 1 1.30 1.26
i88.9i99 1.04 0.73
1 «
'42.li 29 ' 1.21. 0.20
g 42.1: 41.01 29 i 1.78 0.52
R Quantitative j '.
3 39.5! 42.0- 29 ' 1.22 0.99
3 General Cognitive i
s 83.2 • 84.4 i 29 i 1.09' 0.32
Peabody i J j '
83.8- 86.9015 1.07' 1.44
Draw-A-Person ! • ~
87.5 87.3109! 1.16' 0.07
Reading S
88.7
t-»wl ' qjr.^
90.0 Jill 1.60' 0.65
H Arithmetic Standard i Score:
| 86.1- 86.6illi 1.16! 0.26
Spelling Standard Score ;
87. 3 i 87.0 illli 1.16: 0.16
TOTAL
LEAD GROUP
Mad.
87.0 i
94.9
90.0
39.5'
41.8'
39,4 i
80.9 I
83.1 1
91.41
89.9 i
88.7 i
89.4!
Con.
88.1
95.8
91.0
40.5
41.1
39:1
82.0
85.9
89.4
87.6
87.6
85.7
r NO
52
I
i 52
52
20
20
20
20
60
58
57
57
i
57 i
i -p
i
11.09
'1.0?
i
1.16
1.26
1.79
1.17
1.22
1.07
1,16
1.85
1.18
1.14
' T
0.50
0.37
0.39
0.36
0.22
0.10
JO. 26
0.86
0.65
0.98
0.50
1.69
M3DBWTE LEAD GROUP
Pb<8
93.6
100.6
96.7
42.0
42.3
39.6
83.8
83.0
95.4
89.3
i
88.3 i
95.0 ;
Con.;No.i F IT
i i '
89. 4 i 18 : 1.55 1 0.93
1 t '• !
i 97.5 18 ! 1.55 ' 0.83
! i
92.5 ! li
39.4 22
39.6 ! 22
39.0 ; 22
! 1
J i 1.59 ; 1.01
; i
! ! 1.14 ; 0.90
1 i
\ 2.1911.04
i
t i 1.47 ' 0.21
i
80.2 ! 22 ! 1.01 '0.81
i j
84.6 27 •• 1.22 i 0.32
91.3 • 23
89.2 ' 23
90.0 s 23
91.6 23
t 1 	
: 1.72 !0.73
; !
! i
1.72 '0.05
f
1.33 , 0.34
i 1 	
1.14 t 0.98
LEAIX8 YR.& RURAL
Rural City INo.
1 ;
89.4 '92.3 '17
97.5 95.3 '17
92.5 93.1 '17
39.4 i40.7 23
1 :
39.6 39.3 i23
39.0 41.2 !23
80.2 81.9 i23
84.6 ;84.0 'l7
91.3 i90.6 117
! 1
i
89.2 i87.7 17
i
90.0 90.0 17
i i >
91.6 '89.6 117 '
F IT
i
2.66 i 0.66
1.23 ' 0.55
3.26 ' 0.14
i
1.14 '0.49
1.01 0.11
1.72 0.76
1.13 0.39
1.39 ;0.12
1
1.39 0.12
1
1.02 0.49
1.16 i 0.01
1.55 i 0.49
RURAL ScdTYCOKmOL
                                                                                Ul
                                                                                oo
                                                                                o

-------
                                581
were significantly different.
     Nerve conduction test in 108 lead children and 89 control
children failed to show any significant difference between the leads
and controls.
     Hyperactivity as a possible manifestation of subtle lead toxicity
was evaluated by physician examination, history from parents, and
school teacher evaluation.   Test values were actually a shade in
favor of lead children, but no statistical difference could be shown.
     Children under six years of age were tested by the McCarthy
Scales of Children's Abilities giving a general cognitive scaled
score of 83.24 for lead against 8^.43 for the control group.  None
of the scaled scored values were significant.
     The Berry Developmental Test of Motor Integration also failed
to show any significant differences in the children under six years
of age.
     For the children over 6 years of age, the Peabody Picture
Vocabulary Test slightly favored the controls but the Draw-A-Person
Test favored the lead group, neither difference was significant.
     A Weschler Intelligence Scale for Children gave a verbal I.Q.
of 86.86 for lead against 86.9^ for controls; performance I.Q. of >
95.19 for lead against 93.06 for control and a total I.Q* of 90,95
for lead against 88.89 for control.   These and all subgroups showed
no significant differences. Table VI.
     No significant differences occurred in the Wide Range Achieve-
ment Test, in the Wepraan Auditory Discrimination Test, in the Bender
Gestalt with Koppltz scoring test, and the Oseretsky Teat of Motor
Development.
     A Frostig Test of Eye and Motor Function showed one isolated

-------
                                582
lead advantage over the rural group, and in three categories in
the moderate lead group the male had an advantage over the females.
     There were some significant differences in the California Test
of Personality which showed up in the total group and almost
disappeared in the moderate group.   In the group less than 40,
there were more differences than in the group greater than 60.
We believe these differences are not lead related but are related
to their historical geographic isolation, closing of their school,
adverse news media exposure, and forced displacement from their
homesteads.
6.   Conclusions
     The primary problem of lead poisoning in children remains the
ingestion of high content lead paint by economically and socially
deprived anaemic toddlers.   Any source of lead causing undue
absorption in humans which might be added to the problem must be
controlled.   From a practical standpoint, the problem with
Smeltertown has been eliminated.   The village is gone.   Former
residents have been scattered throughout El Paso, their rent has
gone up and their money for food has gone down.   Most of them
would move back to Smeltertown if they could.   The children of
Smeltertown will be remembered, however, for the contribution they
have made to our knowledge of lead in humans by demonstrating that
children who are healthy, well nourished, and not anaemic may carry
significant elevations of the blood lead levels in the range of
40 mcg# to 80 mcg% over a period of many years without apparent
deleterious effects.

-------
                                 583
                              REFERENCES

           WIENER, G.,  "Varying psychological  sequelae of lead
           ingestion in children",  Public Health Rep., 85. 19-2^, 1970.

  [V]      RENNERT, O.M.,  VJEINER P., MADDEN, J., Lead and CNS, Clinical
           Pediatrics.  913i  January 1970.

           CHISOIM, J.J.,  Lead Poisoning Scientific American. 22*4-j
           15-23, February 1971.

           LIN-FU, J.S., "Undue absorption  of  lead among children—a
           new look at  an old problem",  Kew England Journal of tied, 286 i
           13, 702-709, March 1972.

           BARITROP, D., Children and  Environmental Lead, Preprint
           Lead in Environmental Conf. Zoological Society of London,
           January 1972.

  | 6 I      GRANT, W.W., DOEL3CKE, A.N., 2IN, D., "Developmental patterns
           of two motor functions", Develop. Med. Child Keurol. 15«
           171-177, 1973.
           CLARK, D.O., DOELLER, K., Lead and  Hyper activity. Saucet 2i
           900-903, 1972.

  |_8j      Medical Aspects of Childhood laad Poisoning, approved by
           STEINFELD, J.L.,  Surgeon Gen. USPHS Pediatrics, Vol.
           3, September 1971.
This study is supported  by grant LH-208 from International Lead
and 3inc  Research Organization.

-------
                               584
                         DISCUSSION

NEEDLEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     I am puzzled by the discrepancy between your data, and those
reported in the May 4,1974 Bulletin of the Center of Disease
Control.  That report showed a .significant deficit in perfor-
mance IQ of children from Smeltertown USA whose blood lead levels
were greater than 40,ug/100 ml.  Did your report deal with the
same sample?  If so, please explain the difference in your find-
ings?

     My second question is of a sociological nature and grows
our of your concluding comments which I take to be sociological.
You indicate that the families who once lived in Smeltertown are
now dispersed, and their situation worsened, and that this grew
out of excessive publicity.  This seems to imply that people
near point sources of pollutants have only two choices:  to bear
the exposure or to leave.  On reflection, do you not feel that
other options could exist?  Perhaps environmental control is
one.


MCNEIL  (U.S.A.)

1.   Your question concerning the study reported in CDC  morbidity
mortality weekly report (MMR) is indeed appropriate.  Lack of
data in the report make analysis difficult but several things
seem apparent.
a)   The primary separation of test and control groups is not
     based on residence in Smeltertown.  I think this is a basic
     requirment to justify the probability of prolonged abnormal
     lead exposure.  Their groups are mixed with 24 in lead
     group and 36 in control group from Smeltertown.  The remain-
     ing 26 in lead exposed group are included on basis of initial
     blood lead level.   48% of the total lead group was below
     4Oyug% on second blood lead analysis.
b)   The average age differential of 1.2 years between lead and
     control children (ours was .69 days) is a very critical
     factor to performance in these developing years.

c)   The WPPSI test used for 3 and 4 year old children in the
     study reported in MMR was not normed on Spanish sur-named
     children.  We eliminated the WPPSI from our originally
     programmed study on the recommendation of Dr. Ptasink and
     pur steering committee who considered it a poor testing
     instrument for this age in our Latin American culture.
     When combined with the age differential the weakness of
     this test becomes even more critical.

d)   They apparently averaged the results of their WPPSI test and
     their WISC test. These  are two different tests with different
     norms and averaging of the data is not proper.

-------
                               585
e)   The performance section of the weckster test was designed
     to measure non verbal cognitive functioning, that is,
     ability to reason without the need to make verbal response.
     It is not a measure of fine motor function.

f)   Poorly matched control group is probably a significant
     factor but for the present we must limit our comments to
     the published report.                              -

g)   The only other abnormal finding reported was in the Balch
     tapping test which we believe was designed by one of the
     co-authors.  No breakdown in terms of age performance is
     given.  I do not know if standards for age have been deter-
     mined.  This is a measure of performance that should im-
     prove with increasing age.

     I do not think the two studies are comparable in terms of
     control matching groups tested, number and appropriateness
     of tests used, or in the method of testing.

     I do not think the isolated difference in performance I.Q.
     and the Balch tapping test with all other modalities
     being similar in their two different mixed groups is suf-
     ficient evidence to support the conclusions they have drawn.

2.   The people of Smeltertown were the subjects of national
adverse publicity which I think may be a factor in the results
of the California test of personality.  The publicity is not
responsible for the primary problem.  They were given priority
for federally subsidized housing.  Their assigned rent on basis
of income still represented a rent increase for many families of
2 to 3 times what they had been  paying.  In this way their
situation was worse.

     The primary fule for treatment of children with excessive
lead adsorbtion is to eliminate the source of lead.  The per-
sistent suggestion that these levels may be harmful could not
be ignored.  Elimination of the area may be environmental control
in the extreme but in this situation the most practical and
safest method.
GOLDSMITH (U.S.A.)

     Several aspects of your paper require comment.  I shall
address two:
     Your sample of 106 out of 238 (numbers by recollection) is
a small proportion to provide a basis for generalization.  How
do you account for this level of participation.  Were your
subjects paid (or were their parents)?

     You report on the tests for differences in hemoglobin in
eight out of nine test groups (in which a "shade" of difference
was found).   By a sign test statistic, this is evidence of a

-------
                               586
statistically significant anemia in  lead exposed subjects.  How
then can you allege that these had "no deleterious" effect?

     Kindly provide the data on hemoglobin  levels in these
groups in your reply.


MCNEIL (U.S.A.)

1.   The correct number of children  was 138 out of  206  total
population.  Ideally we wanted the entire population to be in
the study.  I think 67% is an exceptionally good response.  In
an effort to get the cooperation of  all parties concerned we
offered the parents of all the children the opportunity to
sign the permit form.  This form stated in  detail who was doing
the study, who was finding the study, what  tests were to be done
and the purpose for doing the study.  There was NO money invol-
ved.  They were told that they could have the results of the
tests on their own children.

     I think a significant factor was the lack of inconvience
for the parents.  The children were  picked  up for their exams
and returned home by study personnel so that parents did not
have to miss work or obtain baby sitters.   Children were re-
warded for their cooperation because of the time involved with
lollipops, cool aid, cookies and one trip to McDonals's hambur-
gers.  This was done to discourage children from dropping out
of the study prior to completion of  tests.  There was no sel-
ection by the investigators, we wanted all  of them.

     Examination of known parameters in the non study group
indicate similar age, time in area,  lack of physical complaints,
or history of past illness.  55 of the group had known  lead
values with a mean of 43.49 ug%.

2.   In terms of anemia I do not think we are using the word
deleterious in the same context.  We were looking for any per-
manent deleterious effects rather than reversible transitory
deleterious effects.  With our blood lead and F.E.P. values we
expected more anemia than was shown.  Increased lead burden
may result in anemia but in this group of children they have
apparently compensated for the effect to maintain normal levels.
Although slightly lower than the controls the differences are
not statistically significant.

     The summary of data on haemoglobin levels in these groups
are provided below.

-------
           587
HEMOGLOBIN AND HEMATOCRIT
GROUP HIGH LOW MEAN % NORMAL
Gm.% Mm. Gm.% Mm. Gm.% Mm Adjusted for age
Total Lead
Total Control
Serious Lead
Control
Moderate Lead
Control
Lead < 8 years
Rural Control
City Control
Lead < 40
Control
Lead 4O-49
Control
Lead 50-59
Control
Lead > 60
Control
Lead > 40
Control
16.2
16.8
15
15.4
16.2
15.8
14.3
14.4
15
16.1
15.9
16.2
16.8
15.9
16.2
15
15.4
16.2
16.8
47
47
43
43
46
45
41
42
42
46
45'
47
46
46
47
43
43
47
47
10.3
10.5
10.8
10.5
10.3
10.5
1O.3
io.o
11
12.4
11
11
13
11.8
10.5
10.3
11.5
10.3
10.5
3O
31
3O
31
3O
31
3O
31
31
35
31
34
36
33
31
30
33
30
31
13.56
13.76
13.16
13.37
13.31
13.49
12.86
12.95
13.24
13.89
13.96
13.84
14.40
13.66
13.46
13.05
13.45
13.44
13.69
38.45
38.86
37.45
38
37.80
38.26
36.4
36.8
37.07
39.35
39.37
39.32
40.44
38.1
38
37.44
38.1
38.12
38.67
98.1
99.8
98.5
99.9
98.4
99.7
98.8
99.7
1O1.8
98.1
98.9
97.6
1O2.2
98.9
98
97.7
100.6
98.1
10O.1
93.4
94
93.9
95.1
93.7
94
93.9
94.8
94.3
93.1
93.3
92.9
96.1
93.4
91.3
93.9
95.3
93.5
94.2


-------
                              588
DAVID  (U.S.A.)

1.   I  understood the speaker to say that the inhabitants of
Smeltertown who were studied had a very long family history of
living there.  Might it not be reasonable to infer from this
that they may represent a uniquely based group.  That is,,those
whose resistance to lead toxicity was high, stayed and were
studied while those whose resistance was normal or low left
Smeltertown, because of illness that they inferred was due to
the proximity of the smelter and were not available to study.

2.   How many children studied were male between the ages of
5-10 {the time span and sex in which hyperactivity occurs)?


MCNEIL (U.S.A.)

1.   I do not think we have any evidence for such an inference.
We could see no apparent difference by history between the
families with long residence and those with short residence.
We did not find any history suggesting a significant health
problem.  There were some families that had moved out for var-
ious reasons in years passed and then returned to Smeltertown.

2.   Breakdown of the children in the age group of 5 to 10 years
is:
                 Lead study group       3O male       32 female
                 City control group     30 male       32 female
                 Rural control group    17 male        9 female

I do not agree with the statement that hyperactivity occurs at
age of 5 to 10 years.  I think this is the age when everyone
becomes aware of it because of disturbances at school and other
activities away from the home.


CARNOW (U.S.A.)

     It may be interesting to the participants to know how the
El Paso children were found.  Examination of emission data from
the smelter by our group in Chicago lead to prediction that
children with high lead levels would be found - and indeed when
we examined the blood, this was true for virtually all children
in Smeltertown less than 8 years of age.

     We also carried out a neutral study of more than 173 chil-
dren - many of the same ones described here as healthy/ happy
children.  They mav have improved since 1972 (many were hospit-
alized and chelated) - but even to the present time we found
many with moderate to severe anemias, symptoms of lethargy and
excessive sleepiness, classic irritable child syndromes in many,
and in significant numbers gross symptoms relating to the

-------
                              589
gastro intestinal system.  Two had convulsive disorders, one had
a partial foot drop and in the first examine in detail - gross
E E g findings were present in 4, along with learning deficits
and other neurophysiologic abnormalities.  A second study fol-
lowing ours, by the Communicable Disease Center of the Federal
Government apparently found very similar results (personal
communication).  I cannot understand the discrepancies with this
study and would like them explained.

     One other matter. yThe presenter of this work - adds for re-
asons I cannot imagine -  an expression of great concern at
these people being displaced from their homes as though an in-
justice had been done.  In fact  thev were moved out into far
superior federal housing from what were mostly tiny wooden, dirt
floor structures.  The reason of course, was that the soil and
dust lead levels was as high as 20tOOO ppm in some samples - and
certainly the children had to be removed from such a large
source of a verv toxic material.
MCNEIL  (U.S.A,)

     This is a statement and not a direct auestion but does
imply discrepancies which must be discussed.

     There is one reported case of lead encephalopathy in El
Paso in 1933 by a now decreased pediatrician from the burning
of old batteries for fuel.  There were 3 hospital admissions
in the past 2O years prior to 1972 at El Paso1s two major hos-
pitals for possible lead poisoning.  All 3 were adults and the
diagnosis was not confirmed.

     The city of El Paso in preparation of their suit against
the smelter for air pollution did engage Dr. Carnow as a con-
sultant and he did reportedly suggest the blood testing.  Five
asymptomatic children were initially admitted to the City-county
hospital of which I was the outgoing chief of staff.

     I have reviewed the hospital records at the City-County
hospital in conjunction with the study which I reported.  I
could not find the abnormalities and symptoms mentioned by Dr.
Carnow in the hospital records.

     The bulk of the Smeltertown  testing was conducted by the
smelter.  When blood lead elevations were discovered the parents
were give the choice of reporting to the City-County hospital
or to be seen by their own doctor or to be examined by me.

     It is a matter of record in the court proceedings as to the
differences in findings as reported by Dr. Carnow and as reported
by the other physicians who examined the children.  Due to the
discrepancies in findings by the various physicians who knew
they were examining children with blood lead elevations it seemed

-------
                              590
obvious that a controlled study with children examined by  examin-
ers who did not know their identity would be necessary to res-
olve the question of possible damage from lead.  Most of the
limited chelation therapy that was given was in 1972 when the
discovery was made.  Therapy was given because of laboratory
results and not for symptoms.  Subsequent developments indi-
cated a more conservative approach to treatment.

     In review of the medical progress of these children by the
court appointed lead committee it was apparent that the majority
of the children were under my care.  I then prepared my proposal
for the study that has been presented here.

     The discrepancies with the study reported in the CDC mor-
bidity mortality weekly report have been covered in my response
to Dr. Needleman's question.

     Dr. Carnow's impression of Smeltertown is typical of most
people who pass through  and is similar to the impression I
held for my first 17 years in El Paso.  Intimate knowledge of
the area gave me a different impression.  These were not tiny
wooden dirt floor structures.  They were adobe block, cinder
block, or brick structures which they had personnally built or
improved.  They were proud of their homes.

     The new housing is far superior but the number that moved
and the time it took them to move indicated a different feeling
by the residents.

-------
                               591
           UNTERSUCHUNGEN ZUM ZUSAMNENHANG ZWISCHEN
         DEM BLUTBLEISPIEGEL BEI NEUGEBORENEN UND DER
        BLEIimiSSIONSBELASTUNG DER MUTTER AM MOHNORT

         J, HOWER+++, B, PRINZ*, E, GONO++, G, REUSMANN*

+   Landesanstalt fur Immissions- und Bodennutzungsschutz des
    Landes NW, Essen, BRD
++  Institut fur Hygiene und Arbeitsmedizin des Universitats-
    klinikum der Gesamthochschule Essen, BRD
+++ Kinderklinik der Gesamthochschule Essen, BRD
KURZFASSUNG

     In einem gemeinsamen Untersuohungaprogramm der Kinderklinik,
des Hygieneinatituta der Geaamthochaahule und der Landesansalt
fUr Immissione- und Bodennutzungsschutz in Essen wurde die Bez-ie-
hung des Blutbleispiegels von Neugeborenen und ihrer Mttttev in
Abh&ngigkeit von der Immiseionsbelaatung am Wohnort unterauaht.

     Hierbei wurden folgende Zusammenhdnge festgeatellt:

2.   Die aohon in der Literatur diakutierte Korrelation zwischen
     kindliahem und mutterliahem Blutbleiepiegel uurde beat&tigt.

2.   Ein- und zueieiige Zuillinge hatten fast identiaohe Blutblei-
     uerte.

3.   Sowohl der mutterliche ala auch der kindliche Blutbleiepiegel
     uaren von der ImmiBsionsbelaetung am Wohnort abhtingig.

4.   Der Wert eines biologieohen Uberwachungeayeteme zur Ermitt-
     lung der BleiimmiasionabelaBtung konnte aufgrund eeiner Be-
     ziehung zum kindliohen und mtttterlichen Blutbleiepiegel auf-
     gezeigt werden.

-------
                              592
ABSTRACT

     In a programme of investigations conducted jointly by the
Children's Clinic^ the University Hygiene Institute and the Land
Institute for Pollution Control and Environmental Protection
a study was made of the relation between the blood lead levels
in new-born babies and their mothers as a function of the degree
of pollution at the mothers' domicile.

     The following correlations Here established:

1.   The correlation between blood lead levels in the mother and
     the child, which has already been discussed in the litera-
     ture, was confirmed.

2.   Monosygotia and bizygotic twins showed almost identical
     blood lead levels.

3.   The blood lead levels of both the mother and the child were
     dependent on the pollution at their domicile.

4.   The value was demonstrated of a biological monitoring sys-
     tem for the determination of exposure to lead in view of
     its relationship with the blood lead levels in the child
     and the mother.

-------
                              593
                          EinfUhrung

Wiederholt wurde in der Vergangehheit tlber OrganstQrungen bei
Kindern mit akuter und chronischer Bleiintoxikation berichtet
 [1,2], Diese Beobachtungen lassen vermuten, dafl SSuglinge
und Kinder besonders empfindlich auf erhohte Umweltbelastungen
mit diesem Schwermetall reagieren. Die Ergebnisse von Menyaz
et al. und anderen [ 3, 4, 5 ] weisen auf die mogliche GefShr-
dung des Kindes schon in utero hin. In einem Untersuchungspro-
gramm zur Erfassung neurologischer St5rungen bei SHuglingen mit
erhohtem Blutbleispiegel wurde die AbhSngigkeit des Blutblei-
spiegels von der Bleiimmissionsbelastung der Mutter am Wohnort
geprttft.

                          Methodik

Bei 176 reifen und unreifen Neugeborenen und 59 Mtlttern mit
Wohnsitz im westlichen Ruhrgebitt wurden zwiachen Juni 1973
und MSrz 1974 gleichzeitig Untersuchungen des Blutbleispiegels
durchgefiihrt. Bin Teil der Blutproben (Gruppe I)  entstaromt der
Frauenklinik und der Kinderklinik des Klinikum Essen mit einem
weit gestreuten Einzugsgebiet. Diese Gruppe enthSlt auch die
unreifen Neugeborenen. Der andere Teil der Blutproben (Gruppe
II) entstammt einer gynSkologischen Abteilung (Evang. Kranken-
haus Bethesda)  im Norden von Essen. In dieser Gruppe weisen
die Neugeborenen ein normales Gestationsalter auf. Bei einigen
MUttern der Gruppe I erfolgte die Blutprobeentnahme aus tech-
nischen Grlinden bis zu 2 Wochen post partum. Zur Analyse des
Blutes wurde die Methode der flammenlosen Atomabsorptionsspek-
trometrie verwendet [ 6, 7 ]. Die relative Standardabweichung
des Verfahrens, ermittelt aus Doppelbestimmungen,  betrSgt 2,5%.

Die Ergebnisse der Blutbleiuntersuchungen wurden dem Wirkungs-
kataster der Landesanstalt fUr Immissions- und Bodennutzungs-
schutz (LIB)  zugeordnet. im Wirkungskataster wird die Bleiauf-
nahmerate in standardisierten Graskulturen, die an Mefipunkten
tlber eine GesaratfISche von ca. 1 000 km2 verteilt sind,  er-
mittelt. Die erhaltenen Werte zeigen die fUr Menschen,  Tiere

-------
                              594
und Pflanzen gleichermalien wirksame Bleiimissionsbelastung an
[8, 9 ]. Die Mefipunkte entsprechen den Ecken eines Planqua-
                2
drates von 25 km . Die durchschnittliche Immissionsbelastung
fur das Planquadrat, in dem sich der Wohnsitz befand, wurde
aus dem Mittel der Ergebnisse der vier Eckpunkte errechnet.
Bei einigen Quadraten am Rande des Meflgebietes mufite die Immis-
sionsbelastung geschatzt werden. Diese Schatzung erfolgte ohne
Vorkenntnis der Ergebnisse der Blutanalyse. Die Bestimmung der
Bleiaufnahme im Gras wurde inversvoltammetrisch durchgefuhrt
[ 10 ]. Die Ergebnisse sind in Abb. la dargestellt.
    Abbildung 1a
                     ...      ..
                    Xfu       '     ;''   '
                   '       •       -
                       .p-,      (
                    AD         i              :';>      -


                            :          :l     • '  I   \
                                  \        I     &      '
                           ,.      I        I       '

   P3-G = Tb -f-ro*.i"uy Pblg TS

            •

   n,, =Fc .    '         ,'
   «,              v'

-------
                              595
                Erqebnisse und Diskussion

Bei der Untersuchung der 176 Neugeborenen der Gruppen I und II
erhielten wir einen mittleren Blutbleispiegel von 13,3 (jig Pb/
100 ml und eine Standardabweichung von 4,6 ug Pb/100 ml. Haas
et al. [11] haben fur ein "Landkollektiv" in der Umgebung
Niirnbergs einen gleichen Wert berichtet. Die Verteilung der
Fallzahlen in unserer Untersuchung je MeSgebiet sowie die zuge-
horigen Mittelwerte des kindlichen Blutbleispiegels sind in
Abb. la dargestellt. In Analogie zu den Untersuchungen von Azar
et al. [ 12 ] tiber die Beziehung zwischen der Bleiimmissions-
belastung und dem Blutbleispiegel wurden ftir den Zusammenhang
zwischen der Bleiaufnahmerate im Gras (Pb-G) , dem Blutblei-
spiegel der Mtitter (Pb-M)  und dem Blutbleispiegel der Neuge-
borenen  (Pb-K) folgende Model le verwendet:

             ( I )    log Pb-M = a^,  +  b^ log Pb-G
                                         »
             ( II )   log Pb-K = a^  +  b^ log Pb-M

             ( III )   log Pb-K = B    +  b   log Pb-G.
FUr den Zusammenhang zwischen dem Blutbleispiegel Kind und der
Bleiaufnahmerate Gras entsprechend Mode 11 III wurde fttr Gruppe
                                                        2
I des Gesamtkollektivs ein Korrelationskoeff izient von r = 0,077
berechnet. Dieser Koeff izient ist bei n = 118 Kindern auf dem
Signifikanzniveau von 99 % gesichert.
Unter den experimentellen Bedingungen des "personal monitoring"
fanden Azar et al. [ 12 ]  einen Korrelationskoeffizienten von
 o
r  = 0,436. Der eigene niedrigere Wert ist durch das grobe
Raster des Me6planes sowie die indirekte Bestimmung der Immis-
sionsbelastung durch ein biologisches System zu erklSren.

Nach Elimination der vom Wirkungskataster nicht erfaflbaren
rMumlichen HeterogenitMt innerhalb der Meflgebiete,  indem statt
der Einzelwerte der kindlichen Blutbleispiegel der Mittelwert

-------
                               596
 aller Kinder  je Mefigebiet mit dem  zugehorigen Immissionswert
 verglichen wurde, verbesserte sich die Korrelation auf r2=  0,355
 und entspricht damit 81 % des von  Azar et al.  [  12 ] gefundenen
 Wertes. Der Zusammenhang ist in Abb.  Ib dargestellt.
        Abb. 1b : Zusammenhang zwischen Blutblei -Kind je
               Meflgebiet und B!ei - Gras

                                             i  ,l  i  :
                                               ^
•
   '  M
   ! --- J ____ I __ ,
                             — 1


                                                       I  ;
                                                         .
Der mittlere  mutterliche  Blutbleispiegel betragt  in Gruppe  I
und II  14,8 ug  Pb/100  ml.  Die Untersuchungen  zum  Zusammenhang
zwischen kindlichem  und mutterlichem Blutbleispiegel entsprechend
Modell  II ergaben  eine Korrelation von  r2=  0,323. Dieser Wert
ist bei n = 49  Wertepaaren auf  dem Signifikanzniveau von 99 %
gesichert. Haas et al.  [  11 ] fanden fur diesen Zusammenhang
einen Korrelationskoeffizienten von  r2= 0,290. in dem von uns
beobachteten Verhaltnis zwischen kindlichem und miitterlichem
Blutbleispiegel von  0,92 besteht eine ahnliche Beziehung wie
bei Haas et al. [ 11 ], der fur sein Stadtkollektiv  0,90 und
fiir sein Landkollektiv 0,87 angibt.
Im Vergleich zu der Mutter-Kind Korrelation sind die Blutblei-
spiegel bei ein- und zweieiigen Zwillingen mit r   0,960 sehr

-------
                               597


hoch miteinander korreliert (Abb. 2). Hierbei fugen  sich auch
die zweieiigen Zwillinge,  bei denen ein getrennter Plazentar-

  ADbildung2: Beziehung zwischen dem Biutbioispiogel bei  Zwilltngen

 lug Pb/1DOmil
      24
      22
      20
      18
      16
      14
      12
      10
                                            = MjtmcRlich eineiige Zwillinge
      8 |                                 x =        zweicnge Zwiliir
      6
      4
      2
           24  6  B 10  12 14  16 18  20 22  24  Ipg Pb/'.OQml]   Zwilting H
kreislauf angenomraen werden mufi,  in die Korrelation ein. Dies
bedeutet, dafi  zwischen der gesamten mUtterlichen Bleilast als
verursachender Grofle und dem kindlichen Blutbleispiegel bei
Kenntnis aHer Einfluflfaktoren eine Korrelation von wenigstens
0,960 zu erwarten ist. Die Differenz zwischen dieser Korrela-
tion und der Korrelation zwischen mUtterlichem und kindlichem
Blutbleispiegel bestimmt dabei den Informationsmangel, der zur
KlMrung der Beziehung zwischen der Bleilast Mutter und dem Blut-
bleispiegel Kind  zur Zeit noch besteht (Abb* 3) .

Zur Erfassung  weiterer mfiglicher Einflufifaktoren, die auf den
Blutbleispiegel Kind einwirken, wurde die kindliche Bleiauf-
nahme in AbhMngigkeit der kindlichen Blutgruppe geprUft. Wegen
des erforderlichen Stichprobenumfanges konnten dabei nur die
Blutgruppen A  und 0 berticksichtigt werden. Ftir Blutgruppe A

-------
                               598
   Abbildung 3: Ursachen der kindlichen Bleibetastung

   ^ H: Hypothetischer Korrelationskoefiizient, abgeleitet aus Zwillingsunters'jchungen
•"•
1

1 	 -
i i
Luft







—


	 •Ir«*=uJJ33j — - — — — —




1 1
1 1
1 1
! 1
B!e:!cst j
.i Metier !
i
1
1
i
i
Bleilast
1 | | [_Blutblei _J--
n i -J '•
£ '
^ \
      Nahrung

Blutbiei


                           	'r2 .0.323}-
fanden wir bei  55  Kindern einen mittleren Blutbleispiegel von
14,2 ng Pb/100  ml,  ftir Blutgruppe 0 bei 49 Kindern einen Mittel-
wert von  13,9 \ig Pb/100 ml. Die Differenz zwischen beiden Wer-
ten 1st nicht zu sichern. Die beiden HMufigkeitsverteilungen
fallen jedoch auflerdem durch eine unterschiedliche Schiefe  auf.
Fur die Blutgruppe A erhalt man als SchiefheitsmaB [  13 ]
g- = 1,84 , wShrend bei Blutgruppe 0 der Wert g, = 2,28 be-
tragt. Sowohl der  Mittelwert als auch der Maximalwert der HSu-
figkeitsverteilung 1st somit bei A gegeniiber 0 in Richtung
hoherer Bleiwerte  verschoben. Ob die ABO-Antigene eine unter-
schiedliche MembranpermeabilitSt ftir Blei bedingen, mufl in
weiteren  Untersuchungen geklart werden.

Der Gedanke einer  Bleifreisetzung unter Strefl, Schwangerschaft
und Laktation wird in der Literatur diskutiert [ 14 ], ohne
da6 unseres Wissens ilber erste Ergebnisse berichtet wurde.  Bei
der Analyse der Untersuchungsgruppe I wurde eine Beziehung
zwischen  dem  log-Gestationsalter und dem Blutbleispiegel von
r2 = 0,076 bei  n = 30 ermittelt. Dieser Zusammenhang 1st bei
Annahme einer Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit von 10 % knapp ge-

-------
                             599
sichert. Der Befund stutzt die in der Literatur diskutierte
Hypothese uber die Bleifreisetzung wahrend der Schwangerschaft.
Bei Erweiterung des Kollektivs auf die Gruppe II wurde die
Korrelation schwa'cher. Dies ist vermutlich auf das normale
Gestationsalter der Kinder der Gruppe II zurOckzuftihren. Eine
Beziehung zwischen dem log-Gestationsalter und dem Blutblei-
spiegel der Kinder war nicht zu sichern.

Bin Zusammenhang zwischen der Bleiaufnahmerate Gras und dem
raiitterlichen Blutbleispiegel bei Gruppe I und II entsprechend
Mode11 I konnte zunMchst           nicht nachgewiesen werden.
Erst nach Elimination der rSumlichen HeterogenitSt durch Mittel-
wertbildung je MeOgebiet und Wichtung dieser Werte mit den ent-
sprechenden Besetzungszahlen erhSlt man eine Korrelation von
r2 = 0,090 (Abb. 3) . Der- im Vergleich zum Kind-/Gras-Verha'ltnis
niedrige Korrelationskoeffizient la'flt sich auf die geringe Be-
setzungszahl je Meflgebiet zurUckftlhren, durch die die rSumliche
ReprSsentanz erheblich eingeschrSnkt wird. Die rSumliche Zuord-
nung der Ergebnisse ist in Abb. la dargestellt.
Wir danken Herrn Prof. Ludwig, Direktor der Frauenklinik der
Gesamthochschule Essen, und Herrn Dr. Pomp, Direktor der
gynakologischen Abteilung am Evangelischen Krankenhaus Bethesda
in Essen, sowie Herrn Dr. Scholl von der LIB ftir die Unter-
stUtzung des Untersuchungsprogramms.

-------
                                600


 Schrifttum

 1.    Lin-Fu,  J.S.:
      Undue absorption of lead among children - a new look at an
      old problem.   N. Engl. J.  Med. 286, 702/709 (1972)

 2.    Chisolm,  J.J., Jr.  und E.  Kaplan:
      Lead poisoning in childhood - comprehensive management and
      prevention.  J. Pediat. 73_, 942/95O (1968).

 3.    Menyasz,  E.,  M. Ona, G. Kese und V.V.  Papilion: Klinische
      Beobachtungen und Laboruntersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von
      Blei auf  die Schwangerschaft. Zbl. Gynak. 81_,  27/34 (1965).

 4.    Baumann,  A.,:  Cber die Durchlassigkeit der Plazenta fvir Blei,
      Arch. Gynak.  153, 584/592  (1933)

 5.    Palmisano,  P.A., R.. Sneed und G. Cassady: Untaxed whiskey
      and fetal lead exposure. J.  of Fed. 75, 869/872 (1969)

 6.    Lehnert,  G.,  K.H. Schaller,  D. Szadkowski: Eine zuverlassige
      Schnellmethode zur Bleibestimmung in Kleinen Bleimengen.
      J.  Klin.

 7.    Willis,  J.B.,:  Determination of lead and other heavy metals
      by  atomic absorption spectroscopy. Analyt. Chem. 34,
      614/617  (1962).

 8.    Scholl,  G.:  Ermittlung uber die Belastung der Vegetation
      durch Schwermetalle in verschiedenen Immissionsgebieten.
      Staub-Reinhaltung der Luft,  34_^  89/92 (1974).

 9.    Scholl,  G.,  und H.  Schonbeck: Untersuchungen zur Erstellung
      eines Wirkungskatasters fur Luftverunreinigungen in Nord-
      rhein-Westfalen. Proc. of  the Third Int.  Clean Air Congress,
      Dusseldorf 1973.
1O.    Reusmann, G., und J. Westphalen: Automatische Bestimmung
      von Blei, Zink, Cadmium und Kupfer im Pflanzenmaterial
      durch Inversvoltammetrie. Z, Anal. Chemie, 264, 165 A67  (1973)

11.    Haas, Th., A.G. Wiede, K.H. Schaller, K. Mache und H.
      Valentin: Die usuelle Bleibelastung bei Neugeborenen und
      ihren Mvittern. Zbl. Bakt. Hyg. I, Abt. Orig. B. 155, 341/349
      (1972) .

12.    Azar, A., R.D. Snee und K. Habibi:  Relationship of community
      levels of air lead and indices of lead absorption. Int. Symp.
      "Die gesundheitlichen Aspekte der Umweltverschmutzung durch
      Blei" Amsterdam, 2-6 Oktober 1972-

13    Linder,  A.:  Statistische Methoden fur Naturwissenschaftler,
      Mediziner und Ingenieure. Birkhauser Verlag, Basel und
      Stuttgart 1960.

-------
                                601
 14.    Schlipkoter, H.W. :   Internationales Symposium iiber die
       gesundheitlichen Aspekte der Umweltverschmutzung durch Blei,
       2-6 Oktober 1972, Amsterdam.  Staub-Reinhaltung der Luft
       .33,   290/291 (1973).

                           D1SKUSSION
KREUZER   (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

Mich uberrascht die von Ihnen erraittelte Korrelation  zwischen
dem Blut-Pb des Kindes und dem Bleigehalt  ira Gras etwas, wenn
man die vielen die Pb-Kontamination der Pflanzen beeinflussen-
den Faktoren in Betracht zieht, wie z.B. den Einfluss der
Pflanzenspezies, ihrer Oberflachenbeschaffenheit sowie den der
Niederschlage  (langfristiges Niederschlagsmittel, Nieder-
schlagsh'ayfigkeit) auf oberflachlich abgelagertes Blei. Nieder-
schlage konnen (in Abhangigkeit von der Art - Schauer, Nieseln -)
erhebliche Mengen oberflachig auf Pflanzen abgelagertes Blei
entfernen.

Fragen: I) Welche eraser (Spezies) wurden auf ihren Pb-Gehalt
           untersucht?
        2) Welche Unterschiede in der Niederschlagsverteilung
           bestanden im Untersuchungsgebiet?

                                         r

HOWER  (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

Zur Bestimmung der Bleiaufnahmerate im Grag der Spezies Loliun
multiflorum wurde ein standardisiertes Verfahren benutzt,
(Scholl,  G.: Staub- Reinhaltung der Luft, 3^ : 89-92, 1974).
bei dem die Expositionsbedingungen - Anzucht, Bodensubstrat,
Bodenfeuchte etc.. - weitgehend konstant gehalten werden. Zur
Analyse der Bleiaufnahmerate wurden gewaschene Proben verwendet,
so dass lediglich das inkorporierte, von Niederschlagen weniger
abhangige Blei bestimmt wurde. Die meteorologischen Bedingungen
innerhalb des Ueberwachungsgebietes von etwa 1OOO km2 Grosse
sind zudem fast gleich.

-------
                               603
         INFLUENCE DE L'EXPOSITION AUX GAZ D'ECHAPPEMENT
        AUTOMOBILES SUR L'IMPREGNATION  PAP. LE  PLOI*B  DE
               DIFFERENTS  GROUPES DE POPULATION

         C, BOUDENE, J, MEININGER,  F, ARSAC, J, GODIN

INSERM  (U.122) et Laboratoire de Toxicologie de 1'UER d'Hygidne
et de Protection de 1'Homme et de son Environnement, UniversitS
Paris-Sud, Chatenay-Malabry
RESUME

     L'-utilisation du plomb tetra-ethyle et du plomb  tetram£thyle
comme antid&tonants dans  les carburants eat d I'origine de  la
presence du plomb mineral dans les gaz d'£chappement  automobiles.
La fine granulometrie des particules plombif&ree  (75% aura-Lent
un diamStre moyen inf&vieuv  au miarom&tre), leur forte teneuv
en plomb, ainai que le vendement important  (30 <3  50%  selon  lea
auteurs) de la penetration par voie pulmonaire, font  que  I'apport
du d la respiration de 25 a 20 m  d'air par 24 heures, s'ajoutant
an plomb amene par I'alimentation, eat loin d'etre negligeable.
     Nous avons voulu mettre en evidence I'influenae eventuelle
de oe plomb d'origine atmoaph&rique grace a la determination de
la plombSmie et de I'activite ALA-D erythrooytaire ches 3 groupes
de population exposes d des concentrations de plomb dans I'air
nettement differentes.

     Apres avoir envisage les caracteristiquee de cea divers
groupea, nous indiquerons auccinctement  les techniques utilis£eat
avant d'aborder I'exposd des r&sultats obtenue,

-------
                               604
ABSTRACT

     The use of tetraethyl and tetramethyl lead as anti-knock
additives in petrol is responsible for the presence of mineral
lead in motor oar exhaust fumes.   Owing to the fineness of the
lead-bearing particles (75% are reported to have an average di-
ameter of less than one micron), their high lead concentration
and the high rate of absorption (20% to 50% according to the
authors) through the lungs, the lead absorption resulting from
the respiration of 15 to 20 m  per 24 hou.
intake with food, is far from negligible.
the respiration of 15 to 20 m  per 24 hours, together with lead
     We have sought to reveal the possible influence of this lead
of atmospheric origin by determining the lead content of the
blood and the ALA-D erythrocyte activity in three population
groups exposed to markedly different lead concentrations in the
air.

     After considering the characteristics of these different
groups^ we shall describe briefly the techniques used and shall
then proceed to outline the results obtained.

-------
                                    605
A. CARACTERISTIQUES  DES GROUPES DE POPULATION CHOISIS.

      - GROUPE I :  GROUPE RURAL.
      constitu£ de 95 sujets (dont 55 7, de femmes) vivant dans 2 villages
      du dgpartement des Yvelines, Longnes et Dammartin, situ^s a environ
      80 km a 1'ouest de Paris. Les pre'levements ont iti re'alise's  h
      I1 occasion de collectes organises par le centre de Transfusion
      Sanguine des Yvelines-Nord (Dr. CULOT)

      - GROUPE II : GROUPE URBAIN NON SPECIALEMENT EXPOSE.
      constitue" de 51 sujets (dont 29 % de femmes) habitant et travaillant
      a Paris ou sa proche banlieue, pris parmi les volontaires se pr£-
      sentant a la Banque du Sang du groupe hospitaller Pitie"-Salpetriere
      (Pr. TZANCK). Pre'cisons que, comme d'ailleurs dans le cas du groupe
      I, il n'a pas 6t^ re'alise' de choix avec critere professionnel,
      puisque nous avons voulu gtudier des groupes r£fletant 1"ensemble
      d'une population,avec 1'he'te'roge'ne'it^ que cela suppose. Nous avons
      cependant £cart£ les sujets pouvant etre conside'res comme spgciale-
      ment exposes (chauffeurs routiers, employes de garage...)

      - GROUPE IH :  CHAUFFEURS DE TAXI.
      constitu£ par 58 chauffeurs d'une societ£ de taxis parisiens, dont
      56 du sexe masculin. Tous r£sidaient a Paris ou sa proche banlieue
      et assuraient chaque jour environ 10 heures de conduite. Les pre'le-
      vements ont &t6 re'alise's au service medical de la societg (Docteur
      LAFONT) avant le d£but de la journe'e de travail. L'anciennetg pro-
      fessionnelle de ce groupe e"tait de 7.8 anne"es. 60 % des sujets
      €taient fumeurs, mais seulement 28 % d'entre eux consonnnaient plus
      de 15 g de tabac par jour.
B. TECHNIQUES

I - Determination de la  teneur en plomb de 1'air atmospherique.
  Dans le cas de la zone rurale, nous avons utilis£  la me"tnode que nous
avons antfirieurement dScrite (l). Le pre"leveraent est effectue" sur un fil-
tre en esters de cellulose, type Millipore, a  1'aide d'un "low volume
sampler" (de"blt environ  2 m3/24 H.). Le flitre est ensuite sounds a I1 ac-
tion dissolvante et oxydante de 1'aclde nitrique en  presence d'une faible
quantity d'acide perchlorique. Apree Evaporation totale, on reprend par
un volume exactement connu de solution d'HN03  ^ 1%.  La teneur en plomb de
cette liqueur de reprise est ensuite de'tennine'e par  AAS sans flamme.
Pour la determination de la teneur moyenne dans 1'air de la cabine d'un
taxi,nous avons utilisg un appareil autonome,  fonctionnant sur batterie
d'accumulateurs et muni d'un filtre Millipore  identique a celul de la
technique pre'cedente. Les pre'levements ont port^ sur une centaine d'heures
(environ 4 m3) et les filtres ont e'te' tralt^s  comme  ci-dessus. Pour Paris,
nous avons utilise* les re"sultats public's pour  1972 par le laboratoire de
la Prefecture de Police.

II - D6tennination de la plombe'mle.
  Eff"ectuere~par AAS sans flamme (four de graphite Perkin-Elmer), apres di-
gestion de la prise d'essai de sang (0.5 ml) par 1'acide nitrique a l'e"tu-
ve a 75°C, dans des tubes de polystyrene a usage unique, obture"s a 1'al.de
d'un bouchon de polyethylene (Technique en cours de  publication).

-------
                                    606
III - Determination de 1'activite ALA D erythrocytaire.
  Cette determination a et6 effectu^e selon la technique manuelle   de
VALLEE (2). Le sang est recueilli sur heparinate de lithium, puis hemolyse
et incube pendant 30 minutes a 38°C en presence de tampon TRIS (pH = 7.0)
avec une solution d'ALA 0.00782 M. Les resultats sont exprime's en "unites
Vallee". Selon 1'auteur, les valeurs normales seraient de 15.9  - 4.3 U.
C. RESULTATS.
I - Teneur en plomb de 1'air.
    a) Zone rurale (Gr. I)
    Le controle a 6t& effectue1 pendant une annee complete, de mai 1972 a
    mai 1973, avec pour chaque prelevement une dur£e de 7 jours. Les
    moyennes annuelles trouvees ont &t& de:
                     Dammartin :  0.35 1 o.22 H8/ m3
                     Longnes   :  0.26 i o.I7
    II s'agit done bien, selon le critere g£neralement admis ( teneurs
    moyennes inferieures a 0.5 ug / m3 ) d'une zone de caractere rural.
    Les teneurs mensuelles ont toujours 6t& trouvies inferieures a  0.5,
    sauf pour juillet et septembre 1972, a Dammartin.
    b) Paris (Gr. II)
    Moyennes annuelles de 1972
      Rond-Point des Champs-Elysees :          2,70 ug/m3
      Place V. Basch                          2.80
      Moyenne calculee sur 1'ensemble
      des 5 postes dependant de la            1.98
      Prefecture de Police
    c) Determination de la teneur moyenne en plomb (portant sur environ
       100 h.) de 1'air de la cabine d'un taxi.
    Les mesures ont £te realis^es  en juillet 1973, ainsi qu'en octobre,
    mois pendant lequel la circulation parisienne est traditionnellement
    intense. Dans les 2 cas, les teneurs obtenues sont tres peu difffirentes
    de 3 ug/ m3
II - Parametres biologiques.

             Gr. I

             Pb/sang (x)
             N- 93
             ALA D (y)
             N = 95
             Gr'_._ II
             N - 51
             Pb/sang (x)
             ALA D (y)
moy. arith.

   27.8 |ig/IOO ml

   II.7 U. Vallee
r = - 0.70
y = - 0.26 x + 19.18


moy. arith.
   29.4
   11.48
r = - 0.62
y = - 0.23 x + 18.15
^cart-type


   9.98


   3.76
^cart-type
  10.88
   3.97

-------
                                 607
t
rn*-
t
/
^~
^
G
\
\
r.i *
1* -
"k.
I7f
»
/
—.

\

             Gr. n
                                           5    5     13
            Gr. ill
         2*    Jo   "10   r.
   f    9
    Pb/ sang .
ALA  D   ..  U.Vallee
Figure 1 i  Variation de la ploraberaie et de I'aotivitS ALAD
           dans  les troia groupes de population

-------
                                 608
                                    Pb/  sang
                    !o
                        10
               N ,
              Ao-
                                       ALA  D
                                              V
                                 Gr. I
                                 Gr. II
                                 Gr. II
Figure 2 t  Comparaison  pour  lea trois groupes de population des
           variations dans le taux de plombemie et de I'activit4 ALAD

-------
                                    609
             Gr. Ill
             N • 58              moy.arith.               ^cart-type

             Pb/sang (x)            34.7                    IO.I5

             ALA D (y)               9.4                     3.73

                                 r - - 0.64
                                 y - - 0.24 x + 17.68
D. DISCUSSION.

  L'examen des 'tableaux de re*suLtats, ainsi que des schemes correspondents,
amene les observations suivantes:  (Fig 1 et 2)
I) par application du test t de Student a la comparaison des moyennes ob-
tenues pour les differents groupea (dans la mesure ou ce test peut etre
applique 2k des distributions aussi peu classiques), il n'apparait pas de
difference statistiquement significative entreles groupes I et II, tant du
point de vue de la plombemie que de 1'activite ALA-D, bien que les niveaux
correspondents d1exposition au plomb atmospherique soient tres different*
(souvent dans un rapport de I a' 10).  Par centre, il y a une difference tres
significative (P<0.0l) entre le groupe III d'une part, et chacun des grou-
pes I et II d'autre part.
  Cette observation peut paraitre a priori etonnante, dans la mesure ou
les taux de plomb dans I1 air indique's pour les groupes II et III parais-
sent identiques. II faut souligner toutefois que le taux de  1.98 pg/m3
donne comme moyenne annuelle pour Paris en 1972 est la moyenne arithmeti-
que des taux observes au niveau de 5 points de pre'levement situs's majori-
tairement dans des endroits particulierement pollute oft ne sejournent pas
en permanence les parisiens, alors que le taux de 3 ug/ m3 pris comme taux
de reference pour ce groupe III repre'sente de maniere beaucoup plus r^a-
liste la concentration respired par un chauffeur de taxi pendant une frac-
tion importante de  la journ6e (10 heures).
  Ces resultats qui paraissent traduire une impregnation certea discrete,
mais cependant plus importante des chauffeurs de taxi par rapport a
 1'ensemble de la population,  sont en accord  avec  les  resultats obtenus
 aux USA par AZAR et coll.  (3),   mala different par contre de  ceux obtenus
 en Grande-Bretagne par JONES, COMMINS et  CERNIK (4).Leur interpretation
 merite  cependant d'etre  plus  nuanc£e en tenant compte de la repartition
 inegale des sexes dans les trois groupes. En effet, nous signalons plus
 loin  les differences significatives  trouvees pour  la plombemie  entre les
 hommes  et les  femmes a 1'interieur de chaque groupe.  Si I1on  compare les
 plombemies des  seuls hommes entre les differents  groupes, 11  n'y a plus  de
 difference significative entre  les groupes I et II, et il n'existe plus
 qu'une  difference faiblement  significative ( P>0,5)  entre les groupes
 III et  I d'une  part et III et II d'autre  part.
 II) les moyennes arithmetiques  des plombemies  et  notamment eelles du grou-
 pe I  sont nettement superieures & celles  trouvees dans un certain nombre
 d'autres pays.  Rappelons a ce sujet  qu'en 1967 GOLDWATER et HOOVER avaient
 trouve  le taux  de  17 ^g/IOO  ml  de  sang, comme moyenne calcuUe sur des
 echantillona  preieves dans 14 pays differents  (5).  Cette particularity que
 la France semble partager  avec  1'Italie (6)  s'expllque a notre avis  par  la
 consommation  importante  de vin  dans  ces 2 pays. L'un  de nous  a pu montrer
 en effet avec TRUHAUT et ALBAHARY (7) que le vln  constitualt  un  apport nan

-------
                                    610
 negligeable de plomb & notre alimentation. On peut supposer que ce sont
 des differences individuelles dans les habitudes alimentaires,  de ce fait
 plus marquees en France que dans d'autres pays, qui seraient responsables
 d'une plus grande dispersion des resultats. D'ailleurs 1'examen des histo-
 grammes des plombemies du groupe I permet de constater qu'en fait le maxi-
 mum de frequence de leur repartition se situe entre 20 et 25 jig, c'est a
 dire dans une  fourchette tres voisine  de celle observee dans  les autres
 pays. II en est de meme pour le groupe II mais par contre le groupe III
 parait montrer une repartition bimodale difficilement expliquable, sinon
 par I1existence au sein de ce groupe critique d'un sous-groupe  plus parti-
 culierement expose, pour des raisons  vraisemblablement professionnelles.
 Ill) dans le cas  des groupes I et II au sein desquels il nous  a gt£ pos-
 sible de dissocier les resultats suivant le sexe des sujets, nous avons
 observ^ une moyenne de plombemie plus faible chez les femmes.
Pb / sang
Gr.I
Gr.Il
homines
31.5 + 8.8
32.8 tlO.6
femmes
26. 2± 10.5
21. 3+ 6.39
ALA D
homines
10.3 ± 3.21
10.5 + 3.48
femmes
12.53 + 3.61
13.76 + 4.27
 Cette particularity qui a ete d^crite egalement par SECCHI et coll.  (6)
 pourrait s'expliquer par une consommation moindre de vin.  II faut signaler
 toutefois que cette difference qui n'etait pas apparente dans 1'enquate  de
 GOLDWATER et HOOVER (5) a et6 cependant retrouvee aux USA par HOFREUTER  et
 coll. (8).
 IV) nous avons retrouvg dans chaque groupe une correlation negative  entre
 la plombemie et 1'activite ALA D :  les coefficients de correlation sont
 voisins et les equations des droites de regression pratiquement identiques.
 Enfin, apres d'autres auteurs (3,  6) nous avons retrouve une moyenne d'ac-
 tivite ALA D plus £levee chez les  femmes; mais ceci n'est peut-etre  que  la
 simple consequence d'une plombemie plus faible.
CONCLUSION.
  D1apres les determinations de plombemie et d'activite ALA D qui sont
actuellement reconnues comme les criteres d'impregnation saturnine les
plus valables et les plus sensibles, il n'y a pas de difference signifi-
cative entre un groupe de population parisienne et un groupe de population
rurale prise comma temoin. Far contre ces 2 groupes raontrent, lorsqu'ils
sont pris dans leur ensemble, une difference significative par rapport a
un troisieme groupe de chauffeurs de taxi, difference apparaissant d'ail-
leurs nettement moins significative si 1'on ne fait porter la comparaison
que sur les homines.
 , Et cependant la concentration de plomb dans 1'air respire par ce 3°  grou-
pe est du meme ordre de grandeur que celle qui est habituellenient indiqu6e
coone moyenne annuelle pour la ville de Paris, alors que la concentration
determinee en zone rurale est environ lo fois plus faibleI...
  Ceci tend a prouver que le groupe urbain n'est pas, dans l'6tat actuel des
choses, plus impregne par le plomb que le groupe rural, malgre une concen-
tration atmospherique apparemment plus elevee. Ces observations posent le
probleme de la representative,du point de vue de la aantt publique,  de
pre'levements effectuis dans les rues a grande circulation et nontre la n6-
cessite de multiplier les dosages a 1'interieur des habitations.

-------
                                  611
 BIBLIOGRAPHIE

 (I)  BOUDENE Cl., ARSAC  P., GODIN J.
 Etablisseraent d'une me'thode de pr6lavement et de dosage du  plomb mineral
 atmospherique utilisant 1'absorption atomlque sans flamme.
 Proceedings of International symposium on Environmental health aspects of
 lead - Amsterdam 1972,  p 1051-61.
 (2)  VALLEE B.
 Communication personnelle
 (3)  AZAR A., SNEE R.D., HABIBI K.
 Relationships of community levels of air lead and indices of lead absorption
 Proceedings of International Symposium on Environmental health aspects of
 lead - Amsterdam 1972,  p 581-94.
 (4)  JONES R.D., COMMINS B.T., CERNIK A.A.
 Blood lead and carboxyhaemoglobin levels in London taxi drivers.
 the  Lancet, 1972, p 302-303.
 (5)  GOLDWATER L.J., HOOVER A.W.
 An international study  of "normal" levels of lead in blood  and urine
 Arch.Envir.Health, 1967,  15, p 60-63.
 (6)  SECCHI G.C., ALESS10 L., CAMBIAGHI G., ANDREOLETTI F.
 ALA  Dehydratase activity of erythrocytes and blood lead levels in "criti-
 cal" populations groups.
 Proceedings of International Symposium on Environmental health aspects of
 lead - Amsterdam 1972,  p 595-602.
 (7)  TRUHAUT R., BOUDENE Cl., ALBAHARY Cl.
 Rdle possible de la consommation exage're'e de vin dans I'e'tiologiedu satur-
 nisme. Bull. Org. Mond. Sante1, 1964, 31, p 127-29.
 (8)  HOFREUTER D.H., CATCOTT E.J., KEENAN R.G., XINTARAS C.
 The  public health significance of atmospheric lead.
 Arch.Environ.Health,1961, 3, p 82-88.

 -Travail effectue1 avec  1'aide et 1'appui financier de 1'ILZRO.
 -Nous tenons a remercier les Docteurs CULOT et LAFONTj qt le Professeur
  TZANCK qui nous ont rendu possible  1'obtention des  6chantilIons de sang
  indispensables a notre enquete.
                            DISCUSSION

BERLIN (C.E.C.)

      Dans votre communication vous montrez  qu'il semble y  avoir
(d'apres les  niveaux de plorbemie et  d'ALAD)  une exposition plus
grande au plomb present dans  1'environnement pour  les chauffeurs
de  taxi qua pour des populations rurales et urbaines non spficia-
lement exposfees.

      A quel facteur  attribuez vous  les plombfimies  plus basses
et  les niveaux d'ALAD supfirieurs observes  chez les femmes  habi-
tant des zones urbaines en  comparaison avec celles habitant a  ..-
la  compagne?   Les differences  entre  les nlombemies  26,2/ug/lOO ml
contre 21,3 ,ug/100 ml sont-elles significatives?         /

-------
                               612
BOUDENE  (France)

     La difference qui existe entre les moyennes trouv&es, pour
la plombemie,
d'une part, pour les  sujets feminins du groupe I rural
                                               (26,2 + 10,5)
et d'autre part, pour les sujets feminins du groupe II urbain
                                               (21,3 ± 6,39)
n'est que trSs faiblement significative
(significatif au seuil de P =0,5).

     La seule explication que nous pourrions peut etre avancer
serait que les femmes du groupe I, etalent dans 1*ensemble
nettement plus agees que les femmes du groupe II, qui etaient
pour la plupart des £tudiantes ou de jeunes infirmieres du
groupe hospitaller Pitie-Salpetriere.

BOLL (Republique federale d'Allemagne)

     Vous avez fait un expose impressionnant de la facon dont
les chauffeurs de taxis reagissent aux concentrations de Pb
de 1'air des grandes villes.  Dans 1'hypothese oQ ils inhalent
aussi d*autres substances, par exemple SO., NO, NO , de meme
que des elements de fumee de tabac. si leS clients fument -
peut-on, d'apres 1'experience acquise en France, admettre que
les chauffeurs de taxis sont plus exposes, en raison de la com-
position des polluants de 1'air, meme si la ventilation du vehi-
cule est assurSe correctement?


BOUDENE  (France)

     II faut tout d'abord preciser de nouveau que nous n'avons
trouv£ qu'une difference faiblement significative entre le
Groupe II (urbain, hommes seulement) et le Groupe III (chauf-
feurs de taxi).

     Si nous n'avons pas d1experience propre en ce qui concerne
une eventuelle exposition augment^e de ces chauffeurs d SO. et
NO. nous avons par centre effectu^ la determination de
1'oxycarbonfimie pour ce Groupe III.

     Cette oxycarbonemie est, pour ce groupe que 1'on peut ef-
fectivement supposer 16gSrement plus expose aux gaz d'echappe-
ment, directement foncti6n de la quantitS de tabac fumee, ce.
qui est tout a fait habitual.

     Si 1'on considere les chauffeurs non fumeurs stricts (40%
de 1'ensemble), 1'oxycarbonemie est cependant 14gerement  supe-
rleure (0,36 + O,13 ml de CO/1OO ml sang) a ce que nous avons
trouvd pour un groupe teraoin (non fumeurs stricts, non chauffeurs
de taxi)  (O,24 ± 0,11 ml CO/10O ml sang).

-------
                               613

           INVESTIGATIONS OF THE ABSORPTION OF SOPE
            METALS AMONG PEOPLE m THE SURROUNDING
                   AREA OF A SMELTING PLANT

                        IVAR HOLMQVIST
Boliden Co., Ronnskarsverken, Skelleftehamn, Sweden,
ABSTRACT

     The •investigation was conducted -in order to establish the
extent to which the emissions of heavy metals from a smelting
plant could give vise to excessively high levels of these metals
in the blood and urine of people living in the surrounding area
and whether or not any biological effects of the emissions could
be observed.

     Analyses were made of the levels of the metals in the urine
of women from 3 groups living at different distances and in
various directions from the smelting plant.    Arsenict leadf
cadmium and mercury levels were measured^   The analysis did not
detect any abnormally high levels of these metals in the urine
of the women from any of the groups*   Some difference in arsenic
levels between the groups could be detected.   This difference
was due to meteorological factors.   The levels of leadt oadmium
and mercury found in the samples were low, and there were no
differences between the various regions.   Tubular protein was
not found* either in cadmium-exposed workers from the smelting
plant or in women from the surrounding area.   The metals emit-
ted from the smelting plant do not appear to give rise to hazar-
dous levels of these metals in the urine of the people living in
the surrounding area.

-------
                               614
     Lead determinations conducted on blood gave a somewhat
higher mean value fox* men who lived in the immediate vicinity
of the smelting plant (mean value = 13.6 ,ug/100ml) than• for men
who lived further away from the plant.   Students exhibited a.
mean level (11. 3 ,ug/100ml) which was significantly lower than
that exhibited by working men (mean = 13.S .ug/100ml).   Among
the working ment metal workers had the highest mean value
(15. 9 .ug/100ml)  while workers at wood and pulp mills had the
lowest (11. 9 .ug/100ml).   Students at trade schools exhibited
significantly higher values than other categories of students.
Trade school students:  Mean = 11. 8 .ug/100ml.   Other students:
Mean = 10. 40 ,ug/100ml.

     Profession seems to be more important for blood lead level
than distance from the smelting plants.   Age seems to be of no
importance.

     No differences in the ALA content of the urine of the groups
mentioned above were found, even though the difference in the
level of lead in the blood amounted to 8.8 ,ug/l00ml.   The ALA
values hovered at about O.ZOmg% for all groups, with no signi-
ficant differences between groups.

-------
                                615
 1.    Introduction
      All smelting plants,  including  the Boliden Company's  RtfnnskMr
 Works, emit certain substances  into  the surrounding  area.  See map
 1 and 2. Heavy metals are  among these  emitted  substances.  The
 presence of these substances in the  environment has  been detected
 and measured  by analyses of the precipitation  in the area, measure-
 ments of metal levels in animal tissues and examination of the
 mosses and other plants growing in the area surrounding the  smelting
 plant.
      Little previous work  has been done on the effect of these
 emissions on  human beings, and  in order to evaluate  this effect,
 it is necessary to get an  idea  of the extent to which the
 substances in question have been assimilated by the human  body.
 This  can be done by means  of blood and urine analyses. Once  this
 knowledge is  acquired, the effects of the assimilation of  these
 substances can then be studied  in various ways, such as by
 investigating the effect of cadmium  assimilation on the occurrence
 of tubular protein, and the occurrence of ALA in the blood in con-
 nection with  lead accumulation.
 2.   Urine analyses for arsenic, cadmium, lead and mercury
     This paper is the report of an  investigation conducted in 1973,
 in cooperation with the Skelleftea Public Health Board and the
 environmental hygiene institute  of the Swedish Environment Protection
Board. The investigation was concerned with the determination of the
 levels of arsenic, lead, cadmium and mercury in urine.
     The urine analyses for arsenic, lead, and mercury were
 performed in  our own laboratory. The cadmium analyses were performed
 by Professor  Friberg at the environmental hygiene institute of the
Swedish Environment Protection Board. Besides cadmium analyses,
 studies of the occurrence  of tubular protein were made, and some of
 the circumstances surrounding cadmium exposure were elucidated.

-------
                ill


            Map no 1
SWEDEN
                   \
               S

                       \

             VASTERBOTTEN

                            ^Skelleftehamn
                 \           jRonnskar smelter
                 Stockholm

-------
          617
        Map no 2
VASTERBOTTEN COUNTY
                        Skelleftehamn

-------
                                 618
     Urine samples were collected from women from three districts
in the surrounding region: Skelleftehamn, within 5 km in a westward
direction from the Rb'nnskar Works, Bure&, slightly more than 5 km
south of the works, and Jb'rn, more than 60 km from the smelting
plant, which served as a reference district. Women were chosen for
the investigation because they were assumed to comprise a more
homogeneous group than men from the standpoint of exposure, since
men normally move around more in the course of their work or as a
result of changing jobs and are thereby subjected to more variable
cadmium exposure. The women studied in the investigation had resided
in the same communities for at least 30 years. The reason the
sample group was restricted in this way is that it takes such a
long time for tubular protein to appear in the urine. Urine samples
were collected from 28 women in Skelleftehamn, 30 women from Burea,
and 30 from Jorn. In addition, 30 lead workers from the Rb'nnskar
Vorks were included in the study. These workers had been exposed
to lead and to some extent cadmium for 15-30 years. Thus, 4 groups
numbering a total of 118 persons were studied.
     The samples were collected by district nurses in each community
and then turned over to the Public Health Board, where they were
coded and then given to the laboratories. As a result of this
procedure, the analysis personnel did not know where the samples
came from* Thus, the investigation was "blind".
     Then, when the laboratories had finished testing, the results
were presented to the Public Health Board, which revealed the code
and then compiled the results.
     The results of the urine analyses are shown in Table 1.

-------
                                619
                              Table 1
         Arsenic, cadmium, lead and mercury levels in urine
N
30
hamn 28
30
30
N
30
hamn 28
30
30
Pb in urine
jug/1000 ml
Range Median
<5-118 48
<5-16 8
<5-24 7
<5-23 7
As in urine
ug/1000 ml ,
Range Median
< 20-90
t 20-70
* 20-1 10
< 20-95
31
30
41
7
Mean
a, 53
R* 8

-------
                                620
workers in the departments which process arsenic display completely
different and higher values. However, the women from Burea must  be
considered a highly exposed group if we take into account non-
industrial exposure. When the winds are from the north, Burea can
be highly exposed. However, the arsenic levels in the urine samples
from all groups were within acceptable limits.
     The low values for the women in Skelleftehamn, who live so  close
to the source of emissions, appear confusing at first, but they  can
probably be explained by the fact that easterly winds are relatively
uncommon, and by the fact that the stack on the RSnnskar Works is so
high that when the wind is from the east, Skelleftehamn lies, so to
speak, below the line of fire.
     As early as 1918, Bang determined the normal value for arsenic
in urine. He also showed how the level of arsenic in the urine
varies considerably from day to day and pointed out the importance
of diet. G. Westb'b and M, Rydalv have reported instances of a
substantial elevation cf the urine arsenic level after the con-
sumption of seafood (plaice) containing arsenic. (See the handbooks
by Koelsch and Patty for further information regarding the
evaluation of the level of arsenic in urine.)
     The resulta indicated that there was no difference in the level
of cadmium in the urine from the four groups included in the study.
Nor was any tubular protein found.
     In summary, it may be said that the procedures used in the
investigation failed to indicate any health hazards caused by the
substances studied in the area surrounding the smelting plant.
3. Lead in bloojt and ALA in urine
     Lead tests on blood samples taken from men in the surrounding
area have been performed since 1950 at the RSnnska'r Works in
connection with the hiring of new employees. The material resulting
from these studies was reported at the occupational medicine
conference in Vienna in -1966 (Holmqvist), The studies have continued
since then, and ALA determinations in the urine were begun in 1968.
     The lead level values from the blood of 801 men living at
various distances from the smelting' plant are shown in Pig. 1.
These distances have been divided into regions of  <5, 5-15, 15-30,
30-50 and  >50 km from the source of emissions. In addition, a large
number of men from Umea and from outside VMsterbotten County have

-------
                     621
                  Fig 1
          NEW EMPLOYEES
LEAD  in blood jug/100ml
                  Byske
       Bolide
                 N.355     N 104
                 x 12.49   \S-12.25
                  urtrask
                       Lovanger
Over 50 km
N 20

* 1195        .Bygdsiljum
Umea  (off the map)                An3S6t
N 50                       I
x 10.66                       J

Outside Vasterbotten  County
N 68
x 11.76

-------
                                  622
 also  been studied.
      The highest  value,  13-57 jug/100 ml  blood, was  found  in men
 residing at a distance of  less  than 5  km from  the Ronnskar Works.
 It  is clear from  the  statistical  treatment  that  this  value is
 significantly higher  than  all the  other  values.  The mean  values
 within the region 5-50 km  are significantly higher  than those more
 than  50 km away - outside  Vasterbotten County. The  differences
 between the three groups within the region  5-50  km  are not significant.
      The corresponding ALA values  are  reported in Pig. 2. There  are
 no  significant differences,
      In the results of the Vienna  report, the  students had lower
 levels of lead in their  blood than the working men. The material has
 now been divided  up into students  and  working men,  and it can be
 seen  from table 2 that working men have  a higher mean lead level in
 their blood than  students.
                           Table 2
 Lead  in blood. Qug/100 ml)t from students and working men

All
Students
Working men
n
801
369
432
Range
4-62
4-40
4-62
X
12.49
11.26
13.50
       However, there is no such difference in the ALA values
 (Table 3).
                          Table 3
ALA levelsin urine  (mg/100 ml) from students and working men
                 n         Range               X
All             790        0.05-2.08        0.3030
Students        361        0.05-2.08        0.3099
Working men     429        0.05-0.87        0.2972
       Pig. 3 reports the average lead levels in the blood of
students living at various distances from the source of emissions.
The mean value for students living within 0-50 km was significantly
higher than for those living more than 50 km away - outside Vaster-
botten County. "Umea" is not significantly lower than "50 km" -
"Outside VSsterbotten County".
       The students in all the regions had lower levels of lead in
their blood than working men.
       No difference in mean ALA levels could be detected between
students and working men at various distances from the smelting

-------
                      623
                   Fig 2
          NEW  EMPLOYEES
ALA  in urine mg/100ml
                 x 0.3044   x 0.3099
               Bygdsiljum
Over 50 km •
N = 19
1-0.2826

Umea (off the map):
N 50
x 0.2930

Outside Vasterbotten County:
N 68
x 0.3079

-------
                     624
                  Fig 3
          NEW  EMPLOYEES
LEAD in blood  jug/100ml
Students 1968-1972
N 369
x 11.26
                  Byske
      .Boliden
                Kage
       Skelleftec
                            5 km
                            Skelleftehamn
                N 143      N-34\
                x = 11.53    x 11.08
                  rtrask
                      Lovanger
               ygdsiljum
Over 50km:
N 6
x-8.00
Umea (off the map):
N=46
x  10.26
Outside Vasterbotten County •
N=32
x=10.31

-------
                      625
                    Fig 4
          NEW EMPLOYEES
ALA in  urine  mg/100ml
Students 1968-1972
N 361
x= 0.3099
                        Lovanger
                ygdsiljum
Over 50 km =
N=5
x = 0.3340
Umea (off the map):
N=46
x-0.2965
Outside Vasterbotten County:
N-32
x-0.3000

-------
                                626
plant. (Pig. 4).
                             Table 4
Lead level dug/100 ml) in the blood of workers belonging to
different profeasions
Profession
Students
Drivers
Electricians
Metal workers
Lightweight cement workers,
Siporex
Wood and pulp workers
Other professions

n
369
33
7
70

20
39
263

Range
4-40
6-32
6-23
8-36

7-45
4-36
4-62

X
11.26
13.18
16.14
15.94

14.60
11.94
13.05

SD
5.2
4.8
-
6.3

9.1
5.9
5.9
       It can be seen from Table 4 that the professional group
which had the highest level was electricians. But this was a small
group (7 persons) and thus not significant. The metal workers had
the highest significant mean value, 15.34/ig/100 ml. Metal workers
living less than 5 km from the source of emissions exhibited higher
values (average 19.06) than metal workers in the other regions.
The greatest difference between professions was between electricians
and students - 4.88 ^ig/100 ml. If we disregard students and
electricians, the biggest difference between working men was that
between metal workers and wood and pulp workers, which amounted
to 4.10 jig/100 ml. Thus, profession is more important for the level
of lead in the blood than distance of abode from the smelting plant.
The largest difference was between metal workers living within
5 km of the plant and students in Umea - 8.80 ug/100 ml.
       There was no difference in the ALA values between these two
groups. In fact, there was no difference in the ALA values between
any of the professional groups. Thus, we can conclude that there
were no differences in metabolic response, even though the lead
values were somewhat different (Table 5)*

-------
                                 627
                                Table 5
 ALA in the urine (mg/100 ml) of workers belonging to different
prof easi ana
Profession
Students
Drivers
Electricians
Metal workers
Lightweight cement workers,
Siporex
Wood and pulp workers
Other professions

n
361
33
7
69

19
39
262

Range
0.05-2.08
0.09-0.80
0.24-0.57
0.07-0.64

0.09-0.50
0.09-0.87
0.05-0.73

X
0.3099
0.2948
0.3557
0.3024

0.2778
0.3064
0.2946
      As further proof that occupation has some effect on lead level
 in the blood,  it has been shown that trade school students, who have
 some practical experience in their trades during their study years,
 exhibit significantly higher lead levels in their blood than do
 other students.
      Age does  not seem to have any influence on lead level in the
 blood of lead  workers. Exposure is the decisive factor. This
 opinion is shared by. a number of researchers in the field,
 including Lehnert,  who surveyed the problem. The lower lead levels
 in the blood which  are sometimes obtained from older age groups may
 result from the  fact that older persons seek work which involves
 less physical  strain, resulting in less inhalation of lead.
      The levels  of  airborne lead are also of interest in this
 connection. The  measurements which have been made at a distance of
 <:5 km from the  smelting plant in Skelleftehamn have given results
 which vary in  the actual residential area from 0.3 to 0.5^»g/m  air.
 Other values measured within the region <5 km from the source of
 emissions varied between 0.2 and 3.8^ig/m , with a mean of 0.85
 ug/m .  These data may be compared with the values which were
 reported at a  heavy metals conference in February of 1973 in
 Dilsseldorf. It was  for example reported that a lead level in the
 air of 3 iig/m   could result in a lead level in the blood of 30
jug/100 ml.  At  a  meeting which was held after the conference,
 a  committee of experts decided that an air level of 2 lig/m  could
 be recommended as acceptable.
      Finally,  some  experiments which shed light upon the relation-
 ship between inhaled lead and blood lead levels deserve mention here.

-------
                                628
Exposure trials with airborne, inhaled lead, which have been
conducted on prisoners in the USA, have shown that when the
prisoners were allowed to reside in an atmosphere containing
3,2 ug of lead per m  for 125 days, the mean level of lead in the
blood rose from about 18 to 27 jug/100 ml. The mean lead level of
a group of subjects who were exposed to air containing 10.9 ug lead
per m  for 125 days rose from about 20 to about 38 jig/100 ml. The
control group exhibited no rise. One of the graphs of these
experiments presented by Knelson at the heavy metals conference in
Diisseldorf is reproduced in Pig. 5. From these experiments, we can
conclude that the mean value of 14 ug/100 ml we obtained for all
the subjects in our study and 19 jig/100 ml for the metal workers
living less than 5 km from the source of emissions indicate a low
mean exposure to airborne, inhaleable lead, in any case less than
        •z
3.2 ug/m  and probably much lower.
     The lead levels in the Skelleftehamn air are low, probably
much lower than the guideline value of 2 ug/m" offered in CUsseldorf,
This claim is supported by measurements of the lead content of the
air, the value found for the mean level of lead in the blood of
men in Skelleftehamn and finally the American lead exposure
experiments on prisoners discussed above.
     In summary, we can conclude that the lead emissions from the
Rttnnskar Works have not proved to constitute a health hazard for
people living in the surrounding area.

-------
                              629
                           DISCUSSION
BERLIN (C.E.C.)

1.   Could the author indicate the analytical method used for
ALA determinations and how the quality was carried out?

2.   Has any assessment been made of the emissions from the
smelter and of environmental concentrations/ besides air?
HOLMQVIST (Sweden)

1.   The ALA determinations were made according to a method
elaborated by Mauzerall and Granick  (1956).  The quality control
was carried out by several investigations.  The recovery from
normal human urine was satisfactory.  Comparison with other
laboratories gave comparable results.

2.   The emissions from the smelter have continuously been re-
duced during the last decades.  The measures for improvements of
the environment have been intensified during the last years,
among other things by new electrofliters and by building a plant
for production of liquid sulphur dioxide from the smelter gases.

-------
                              631
          STUDY ON CADMIUM PROTEINURIA.   GLOMERULAR
        DYSFUNCTION:  AN EARLY SIGN OF RENAL IMPAIRMENT

      H, ROELS, R, LAUWERYS, D, MATERNE AND J, P, BUCHET

UnitS de ToxicoLogie Industrielle et M6dicale, UniversitS Catho-
lique de Louvain, Brussels, Belgium
ABSTRACT

     The eleatrophoretic patterns of urinary proteins from wor~
kera with prolonged exposure to cadmium, reveal the existence of
two distinct proteinurias, i.e., glomerular and mixed.   The for-
mer probably reflects only an enhanced permeability of the glom-
eruli to high molecular weight plasma proteins, whereas in the
latter also a decreased protein reabeorption by the tubuli is
involved.  Glomerular patterns were found in workers with less
and more than 20 years exposure;  mixed patterns only in workers
with more than 20 years exposure.   These observations were con-
firmed by measurements of renal clearance of albumin, lysozyme,
and ribonualease.   The results indicate that in workers with a
glomerular pattern only an increased excretion of high molecular
weight plasma proteins occurs, but that in those with a mixed
pattern the excretion of both high and low molecular weight plas-
ma proteins is increased.   These results together with a few
recent reports on animals exposed to Cd and on electron microsco-
pic studies in patients suffering from Balkan endemic nephropathy,
reinforce our suggestion that a glomerular dysfunction may pre-
cede the "classical" tubulopathy observed after long-term expo-
sure to cadmium.

-------
                             632
 Introduction
       Although  the  complex  handling  of  plasma  proteins  in  the
 kidneys  is  presently  not  fully understood,  the types  and
 relative amount of  plasma proteins excreted in urine  are
 useful biological parameters  reflecting renal  function.  The
 predominant part of plasma  proteins  in  urine appears  to arise
 from  a process  of glomerular  filtration followed  by reabsorp-
 tion  and ca^bolism in  the  proximal  tubuli  {Schultze  and
 Heremans (1) .
       Cadmium is a  systemic cumulative  poison  frequently
 inducing increased  proteinuria in workers with long ^xnosure
 to  cadmium  compounds  as first described by  Friberc  (;>; t
This binding has been  amply  confirmed by results of epidem-
 iological surveys among workers  chronically exposed to  cadmium
 oxide dust  or fume  and  by studies with  experimentally poisoned
 animals,  revealing  that the injurious action of Cd occurs
 especially  in the proximal  tubuli with  a concomitantly  elevated
 excretion of low molecular  weight proteins  (for reviews see:
 Flick et al. (3)  ;  Friberg  et_al.    (4)  among them the
 plasma protein,  /^-microglobulin (Piscator  (5)  ;  Bergg&rd
 and Beam (6) ,
       Up to now, most reports on cadmium proteinuria  have  dealt
 with  workers excreting  large  amounts of proteins  (.5g or more
 a day) and  because  of the obvious tubular lesion, slight
 changes  in  glomerular permeability could have  been overlooked.
 Recent investigation  in our laboratory,  however,  prompted
 us  to suggest that  glomerular dysfunction may  be  an early
 phase in cadmium-induced  renal impairment  (Lauwerys et  a1.
 (7  ).   Indeed,  electrophoresis  on agarose  of  the urinary
 proteins of clinically  healthy workers,  exposed to an average
 airborne concentration  of Cd-dust below the current American
             3
 TLV (0.2 mg/m   of air), enabled  us to classify the proteinuria
 in  two categories,  i.e.,  glomerular  and mixed  (glomerular  +
 tubular) proteinuria.   For  both  types of proteinuria  the
 electrophoretic patterns  reflect an  enhanced excretion  of
 high  molecular  weight proteins (i.e., albumin,^-Zn-

-------
                             633
 glycoprotein,  transferring),  and  in  cases of mixed proteinuria
 also  an  enhanced  excretion of low molecular weight proteins
 (i.e..a^-and/^-microglobulin,  and in some cases post-P- protein).
 The glomerular type was observed  in  workers with  less or more
 than  20  years'  occupational  exposure, whereas the mixed type
 only  in  workers with more than 20 years'  exposure.
       The present paper reports results of investigations
 carried  out  to test our hypothesis that early glomerular
 dysfunction  may be induced by cadmium.  We have estimated
 the relative importance of glomerular and tubular proteinuria
 by measuring the  renal clearances of albumin, lysozyme, and
 ribonuclease (expressed as %  of the  (creatinine clearance) in
 both  distinct  "electfophoretic groups" of Cd-exposed workers.
 Materials and  Methods
       The total study population  consisted of 218 male workers
 (110  non-exposed  and 108 exposed) from two different cadmium-
 producing plants  and a Ni-Cd  storage battery factory in Bel-
 gium.  In each factory the selected  group of non-exposed
 workers  matches the group of  exposed workers according to age,
 weight,  height, smoking habit,  duration of employment in the
 same  factory,  and socio-economic  status.  Air sampling for
 determination  of  total airborne and  respirable (aerodynamic
 diameter<5yu)  Cd-dust concentration at different sites of the
 factories was  carried out as  described previously (7) .  Cadmium
 was measured by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.
       The following biological analyses were performed: Cd
 concentration  in  blood and urine  (Vens and Lauwerys  8), total
 proteinuria (7), totala-amino-aciduria (Hall et al.  9* and
 electrophoresis on agarose of urinary proteins (Johansson 10 ;
 see also 7 ).   Furthermore, the concentration of  lysozyme and
 ribonuclease (Harrison et al.  11), albumin (Ritchie et al. 12),
 and creatinine  (Jaffe-method,  see Henry 13 )were  measured on the
 urine  and blood specimen (collected  at the same time as the
 urine  samples of  6 normal subjects (laboratory staff),18 Cd-exposed
workers with pathological electrophoretic pattern and 8 patients
with various renal diseases.

-------
                               634
 Results
       The  workers  were  exposed to an average respirable Cd-
 dust  concentration of 0.020  to 0.030 mg/m3  of air (average
 total airborne  concentration ranged from 0.074 to 0.212 mg/m
 of  air)  and  appeared to be in good clinical condition.
       Table  I shows the biological parameters measured  in the
 total study  population;  the  results obtained for the exposed
 workers are  classified  according to the  electrophoretic
 pattern of the  urinary  proteins,  i.e., normal, glomerular
 and mixed.   All the non-exposed workers  showed normal electrop-
 horetic pattern, while  18  out of 108 exposed workers exhibited
 a pathological  one.
       As reported  previously (7)the glomerular pattern  was
 found in workers with less (4 cases)  or  more (5 cases)  than
 20  years'  exposure, whereas  the mixed (9 cases)  only in those
 with  more  than  20  years'   exposure.   The mean Cd concentration
 in  urine (Cd-U) of non-exposed workers is about five times
 that  (0.38 + 0.10 ^t/g/g  creatinine)  found in 20 normal male
 subjects (students and  laboratory staff;  non-smokers).   This
 discrepancy  probably reflects a different degree of  environ-
 mental contamination by Cd between the living areas  of  the
 normal subjects and those  of the  non-exposed workers which
 are likely to be more contaminated because  of the proximity
 of  the Cd  plants.
       Ninety exposed workers showed apparently normal kidney
 function at  least  on the basis  of the electrophoretic pattern
 of  urinary proteins, total proteinuria,  and total a-amino-
 aciduria (Table I).  For 9 exposed workers  a glomerular pattern
 was found  on the urinary protein  electrophoresis.  They also
 exhibited  a  significant  increased total  protei,nuria  and a
 slight increase in  total #-amino-aciduria.   It is  interesting
 to  notice  that  the  average Cd-U level of these workers  (19.0
^Um/g  creatinine) was not different from  that of the  exposed
 group (IQ.l flg/g creatinine)  with normal  electrophoretic
 urinary  protein pattern.   The 9 other exposed workers showed
 a more impaired renal function  as evidenced by the finding

-------
                     Table I  Biological parameters  in workers non-exposed to cadmium  and  in
                              exposed workers  classified according to the electrophoretic
                              pattern of their urinary proteins  (mean values + SEM)
Workers
Non-exposed
Exposed
Electrophoretic
pattern
Normal
Normal
Glomerular
Mixed
It
110
90
9
9
Cd in urine
(jig/g creatinine)
1.79 + O.l6-i
18.7 + 2.3 -
-

19.0 + 3-7 -J
-


52.8 + 8.3
*

-
-1


Proteinuria
(mg/g creatinine)
152 + 5.0 -
166 + '\k
296 + kj J
-


700 +131 J

-
=




ct-Aminoaciduria
(mg/g creatinine)
159 + 6.1 -,
158 + 5-9
175 i 10
232 + 25 -


-
-


Cd in blood
(jig *)
0.58 + 0.02-,-]-,
2.18 + 0.19-'
1.87 ± 0.38 -!
2.72 + 0.55 -
                                                                                                                  Ul
                                                                                                                  Ul
""significant different mean values {P at least < 0.05 ; Student's t-test).

-------
Table II  Renal clearance of three plasma proteins in normal subjects, in
          Cd-exposed workers with abnormal electrophoretic pattern (glomerular
          and mixed), and in patients with renal diseases (mean and range)
Subjects
Normal subjects (n = 6)

Cd-exposed workers
Glomerular type (n = 9)

Mixed type (n = 9)

Patients with renal diseases
Suspected lithiasis
Uric acid nephrolithiasis
Focal glomerulonephritis
Interstitial nephritis (analgesic)
Interstitial nephritis (analgesic)
Acute interstitial nephritis
Diabetic nephropathy
Chronic pyelonephritis
Renal cleai
% of endog«
Albumin
(icf*)
0.35
0.11-0.70

U.05
0. 76-16. U
8.81
0.89-23.3

0.58
1.13
0.83
5.68
281
18.9
1*2.1*
263
•ance of plasms
>nous creatinir
Lysozyme
0.010
0.006-0.019

O.Oll*
0.005-0.025
2.1*5
0.13-20.7

O.OOU
0.001
0.001
0.027
0.08U
0.037
0.063
0.836
i proteins (as
le clearance)
Ribomiclease
5-31
2.6U-9.06

5-59
1.18-18.5
8.73
U. 19-31. 5

0.62
0.71*
0.70
0.71
5.26
1.81*
1.30
17.8
Proteinuria
(mg/g creatinine)
161
109-228

296
11*1-1*87
700
267-1171









Creatinine
in serum
(mg/100 ml)
1.18
0.97-1.1+1

1.20
0.95-1.81*
1.28
0.89-2.03

0.97
0.99
0.83
1.61
2.01
2.21*
2.63
8.69

-------
                            637
of a mixed electrophoretic pattern of urinary proteins, a
greater increase in total proteinuria and in total tt-amino-
aciduria.  In the last group Cd-U is significantly greater
than in the two preceding groups which is a usual observation
when the proximal tubuli are damaged by cadmium  (7); Adams
et__al.   (14); Kazantzis et al. (15).
      Table II shows the results of renal clearance measure-
ments in 6 normal subjects, in the Cd-exposed workers with
pathological electrophoretic pattern of urinary proteins
(9 glomerular and 9 mixed), and in a group of patients with
various renal diseases. For the normal subjects the clearances
of albumin (mol. wt. 69 000), lysozyme (mol.wt. 14 000), and
ribonuclease {mol. wt. 13 000) expressed as % of the endogenous
creatinine clearance^ are comparable with literature data
(Harrison et al.  (11); Peterson et al. (16).
      The clearance results obtained for the 18 Cd-exposed
workers are in agreement with our classification of the type
of proteinuria based on the electrophoretic pattern.  Indeed,
the moderate increase in proteinuria observed for the 9 workers
with glomerular type electrophoretic pattern can only be ascribed
to an increased clearance of albumin and of other high molecular
weight proteins, since no increased lysozyme and ribonuclease
clearances were observed.  On the other hand, in the 9 workers
with mixed type electrophoretic pattern, not only albumin
clearance was increased but also that of low molecular weight
proteins as shown by the results of lysozyme and ribonuclease
and clearance measurements.  The group of patients with renal
diseases has been included in this study in order to check the
validity of the methods used for measuring the clearances.
Discussion
      Results of the renal clearance of high and low molecular
weight plasma proteins tend to confirm our previous suggestion
(7), that the early kidney lesion in workers developing cadmium-
induced proteinuria could be a glomerular dysfunction, which
precedes the tubulopathy predominantly found in workers with
prolonged exposure to cadmium and excreting large amounts of

-------
                             638
proteins  (14;15) Piscator  (17) ).  Two recent reports dealing
with investigation of experimentally Cd-poisoned animals
reinforce this suggestion: 1) stop-flow analysis performed
on rabbits at the end of  successive Cd administration revealed
a glomerular dysfunction  and a normal or slia^tly altered
proximal tubular function  (Nomiyama et al.(18) and  (2) long-
term (120 days) administration of Ca-adequate and Ca-deficient
diets together with water containing 50 ppm Cd provoqued
extensive glomerular as well as tubular lesions in male rats
(Itokawa et  al. (19) ) .  Recently, it has been demonstrated by
means of electron microscopy, that in patients with suspected
Balkan endemic nephropathy (20) early glomerular lesions are
involved first in this renal disease that eventually gives
rise to a proteinuria that resembles (Hall et al.  (21) ).
the "classical" tubular proteinuria observed in workers with
prolonged exposure to cadmium.
      Heinemann et al. (22)  (see also Flynn and Platt (23)
proposed two basic mechanisms which can cause pathological
excretion of high molecular weight proteins: 1) increased
glomerular permeability to high molecular weight plasma proteins
and no change in tubular  reabsorption of protein (only rise
of high molecular weight  proteins in urine), 2) normal glomerular
filtration of high molecular weight proteins with impaired
tubular reabsorption which is usually associated with an
                                                                 i
increased excretion of both high and low molecular weight protein^

      According to this schema, two hypotheses remain to
explain the glomerular type electrophoretic pattern associated
with an increased albumin clearance found in 9 workers exposed
to cadmium:  1)  an impaired glomerular permeability with a
normal tubular function or 2) a selective impairment of the
mechanism of high molecular weight protein reabsorption by
the tubuli with a normal glomerular function.  In this last
event,  the mixed type electrophoretic pattern would then
result from an aggravation of the tubular lesion involving
also the mechanism of low molecular weight protein reabsorption.

-------
                              639
  However,  the morphologic studies (19,  20)  mentioned above
  tend to support the first hypothesis,  i.e.,  that an alteration
  of glomerular filtration is responsible for  the glomerular
  type electrophoretic pattern,  and that the mixed pattern
  results from lesion at both sites (glomeruli and tubuli)
  usually occurring after a much longer  exposure to cadmium
  than the  glomerular lesion.


        Measurement of /l-microglobulin clearance will be carried
  out to characterize further the two types  of proteinuria.


        This investigation was supported by the Commission des
CcmmunautSs Europeennes, projet  No. 6244-00/2/028.
  References

  1.  SCHULTZE, H.E., and HEREMANS, J. F., Molecular Biology of
      Human Proteins  (with special reference to plasma proteins),
      vol.1, p.703. Elsevier Publishing Company, Amsterdam  (1966).

  2.  FRIBERG, L., Health hazards in the manufacture of alkaline
      accumulators with special reference to chronic cadmium
      poisoning.  Acta Med. Scand. 138 (suppl. 240), (1950).

  3.  FLICK, D. F., KRAYBILL, H.F., and DIMITROF, J. M.,  Toxic
      effects of cadmium: a review.  Environ. Res. 4, 71-85 (1971).

  4.  FRIBERG, L., PISCATOR, M.,  and NORDBERG, G.F., Cadmium in
      Environment.  An Epidemiological and Toxicological  Appraisal.
      Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland (1972).

  5.  PISCATOR, H., Proteinuria in chronic cadmium poisoning.  4.
      Gel filtration and ion-exchange chromatography of urinary
      proteins from cadmium workers. Arch.Environ. Health 12,
      345-359  (1966).
           o
  6.  BERGGARD, I»,and EEARN,A.Q, Isolation and properties of a
      low molecular weights-globulin occurring in human  bio-
      logical fluids.  J. Biol. Chem. 243, 4095-4103 (1968)

  7.  LAUWERYS, R.R., BUCHET J. P., ROELS, H. A., BROUWERS,  J.
      and STANESCU, D., Epidemiological survey of workers
      exposed to cadmium.  Effect on lung, kidney, and  several
      biological indices.  Arch.  Environ. Health 28, 145-148 (1974)

-------
                              640
 8.  VENS, M. D., and LAUWERYS, R. R., Determination simultanSe
     du plomb et du cadmium dans le sang et I1urine par le
     couplage des techniques de chromatographie sue r£sine
     gchangeuse d'ions et de spectrophotom£trie d1absorption
     atomique.  Arch. Mai. Prof. 33,  97-105 (1972) .

 9.  HALL, F. F., PEZTON, G. A.and WILSON  , S. D., Determination
     urinary  #-aminonitrogen by atomic absorption spectrophoto-
     metry.  J. Clin. Path. 51, 669-672  (1969).

10.  JOHANSSON, B. G., Agarose gel electrophoresis.  Scand. J
     Clin. Lab. Invest. 29  (suppl. 124), 7-19  (1972).

11.  HARRISON, J. F., LUNT, G. S., SCOTT, P., and BLAINEY, J. D.,
     Urinary lysozyme, ribonuclease and low-molecular-weight
     protein in renal disease.  The Lancet  i, 371-374  (1968) .

12.  RITCHIE, R. F., ALPER, C. A., GRAVES, J., PEARSON, N., and
     LARSON, C., Automated quantitation of proteins in serum
     and other biological fluids.  Amer. J. Clin. Path. 59,
     151-159 (1973).


13.  HENRY, R. J., Clinical chemistry.  Principles and Technics.
     p. 287.  Hoeber Medical Division; Harper and Row,         ''
     Publishers, New Zork  (1965).

14.  ADAMS, R. G., HARRISON, J., and  SCOTT, P., The development
     of cadmium-induced proteinuria,  impaired renal function,
     and osteomalacia in alkaline battery workers.  Quart. J.
     Med.  38, 425-443 (1969).                      	

15.  KAZANTZIS, G., FLYNN, F. V., SPOWAGE, J. S. and TROTT,
     D. G., Renal rubular malfunction and pulmonary emphysema
     in cadmium pigmet workers.  Quart. J. Med. 32,  165-192
     (1963).                     "	

16.  PETERSON, P. A., EVRIN, P. E., and BERGGARD, I., Different-
     iation of glomerular, tubular, and normal proteinuria:
     Determinations of urinary excretion of /5--microglobulin,
     albumin, and total protein. J. Clin. Invest. 48, 1189-1198
     (1969).                     	

17.  PISCATOR, M., Proteinuria in chronic cadmium poisoning.
     1.  An electrophoretic and chemical study of urinary and
     serum proteins from workers with chronic cadmium poisoning
     Arch. Environ.  Health. 4, 607-621 (1962).

18.  NOMIYAMA,  K., SATO,  C., and YAMAMOTO, A., Early signs of
     cadmium intoxication in rabbits.   Toxicol. Appl. Pharmaco]
     24, 625-635 (1973).                           	"	*

19.  ITOKAWA, Y.,  ABE,  T., TABEI,  R.,  and TANAKA, S., Renal and
     skeletal lesions in experimental  cadmium poisoning.  Hist-
     ological and biochemical approaches.  Arch.  Environ.  Health
     28, 149-154 (1974).                                     —^

-------
                             641
20.  The Lancet i, 472 (1973).
21.  HALL, P. W., PISCATOR, M., VASILJEVIC, and POPOVIC, N.f
     Renal function studies in individuals with the tubular
     proteinuria of endemic Balkan nephropathy.  Quart. J. Med,
     41, 385-393  (1972) .

22.  HEINEMANN, H. O., MAACK, T. M., and SHERMAN,'R. L., Prot-
     einuria.  Am. J. Med. 56, 71-82 (1974).

23.  FLYNN, F. V. and PLATT, H. S., The origin of proteins
     excreted in tubular proteinuria.  Clin. Chem. Acta 21,
     377-399  (1968).

-------
                              643
         UNTERSUCHUNG DER WIRKUNGEN AUF DEN  MENSCHEN



                    HUMAN EFFECTS STUDIES



                ETUDES'DES EFFETS SUR  L*HOMME



                STUDI DE6LI EFFETTI SULL'UOMO



          ONDERZOEKINGEN NAAR EFFECTEN BIJ DE  MENS




                         (Continued)
Vova-itzender - Chairman - President - Presidente  -  Voorzitter





                      G. JJEAN (Ireland)

-------
                              645

        INCREASED RISK OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC RESPIRATORY
     DISORDERS FOLLOWING LONG-TERM AIR POLLUTION EXPOSURES

    R, CHAPMAN/ J, FRENCH, J, FINKLEA, C, HAYES AND G, LOVE

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, USA
ABSTRACT

     In 1970 and 1971, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
conducted several epidemiologic surveys which related long-term
air pollution exposures to the prevalence of chronic respiratory
disease and the incidence of acute respiratory disease.   Chronic
respiratory disease (CRD) was studied in about 29,000 young adults
in New York, Utah and the Idaho-Montana area, and in about 42,000
military inductees in Chicago.   Acute respiratory disease (ARD)
was studied in about 5,500 children and adults in the cities of
Chicago and New York.

     In all four CRD studies, chronic bronchitis prevalence was
elevated in neighbourhoods of elevated pollution exposure.   The
effect of pollution on chronic bronchitis prevalence generally
ranged from about one-tenth to about one-third of the effect of
cigarette smoking.   Among fathers in New York, the pollution ef-
fect on CRD was observed to be stronger than the smoking effect.
The latter finding emphasized the considerable effect of air pol-
lution on CRD prevalence.

     The findings of the Chicago and flew York ARD studies sugges-
ted that reduced-rates of ARD would result from improvements in
existing air quality.    In Chicago, it was estimated that reduc-
tion of annual average sulfur dioxide (S0n) levels from about
        3                 3
100 ,ug/m  to about 57 .ug/m , and of suspended sulfate (SS) levels

-------
                              646
                  3                 3
from about 18 ,ug/m  to about 14 ,ug/m t would promote reductions
•in total ARD incidence.   Such reductions in APD could be expec-
ted even in the face of continued exposure to total suspended
particulate levels of about 110 to ISO ,ug/m .   In New York,
exposure for one to three years to annual average SO0 levels of
              3           .                                3
about 250 ,ug/m } accompanied by SS levels of about 22 .ug/m  and
                               3                     '
TSP levels of about 94-117 .ug/m ,  was associated with a signifi-
cant increase in the incidence of acute lower respiratory illness.

-------
                                   647
1.   hvtrpdiiction
     The U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency (EPA)  has  devoted
considerable effort to characterizing the health  effects of  long-
term past exposures to ambient air pollution.   The purpose of  this
report is to summarize four EPA determinations of pollution  effects
on the prevalence of chronic respiratory disease  (CRD)  * ' '  '  '
and two determinations of pollution effects  on the incidence of acute
                          fi  7 ft
respiratory disease (ARD).   '   The CRD studies  focused on young
adults, and the ARD studies  focused on both  young adults and their
children.  For all six studies, the pollutants of major  concern were ,.
oxides of sulfur and suspended particulate matter (TSP). One  important
pollutant, suspended sulfates, fits into both of  these categories.
2.   Methods
     2.1  Determinations of CRD Prevalence
     In 1969 and 1970, the prevalence of CRD was  determined  in four
large geographic areas of the United States, the  Salt Lake Basin
in Utah, the two-state Idaho-Mo'ntana area, the Chicago,  Illinois
area, and the New York City Metropolitan area. The first two  areas
are in the western United States, and the bulk of their  sulfur oxide
and particulate pollution is emitted by metal  smelters.   The pollution
in Utah and Idaho-Montana generally contains substantial levels of
sulfur oxides, including suspended sulfates, but  moderate levels
of TSP.  In Chicago and New York, substantial  amounts of both  sulfur
oxides and TSP are present.
     In each of these four major areas, at least  one community or zone  of
high pollution exposure, and at least one community or  zone  of low exposure
were selected for study.  Thus, four independent  comparisons of CRD
rates in the presence of high and low pollution levels could be made.
The results of each individual CRD study therefore offered a test
of the results of the other three.
     In Utah, Idaho-Montana, and New York, CRD prevalence rates were
determined by the distribution of self-administered symptom  questionnaires
to about 1400 families of elementary school  children in  each community.
(In Utah, questionnaires were also distributed to families of  high
school students.)  Questionnaires were patterned  after  the 1966 British
Medical Research Council's Questionnaire on  Research Into Chronic
Bronchitis.  In each community, over 1000 completed questionnaires

-------
                                  648
were  returned for data processing.   Response rates  ranged between
85  to 95 %.  In Chicago,  similar eelf-administered  questionnaires
were  distributed to  38,800 white and 3200 black male  military
inductees between 18 and  2^ years of age.  Study  participants who
reported coughing and phlegm from the chest for at  least three months
per year were considered  to have chronic bronchitis.
     2.2  Determinations of ARD Incidence
     Determinations of incidence rates  of ARD were made in Chicago
from December 1969 through  November 1970, and in New York from September
1970 until May 1971.   As with CRD, determinations of ARD rates were
made across pollution  gradients in both areas.  In each area, partici-
pating families were enrolled in a biweekly telephone survey, in  which
trained interviewers inquired about the presence of acute upper and
lower respiratory complaints in all family members during the previous
two weeks.  In both areas,  incidence rates were computed for total
ARD, for lower respiratory  disease, and for upper respiratory disease.
     For both Chicago  and New York, ARD rates were computed for
four family segments,  mothers, fathers, elementary school  children
(aged 5-12 years), and preschool children (aged less than 5 years).
In Chicago, about 625  families, representing about 2700 individuals,
participated in the ARD survey.  In New York, about 650 families,
representing about 3000 individuals, participated.  All  ARD study
participants in Chicago and New York lived within 1 1/2 miles of
a municipal air monitoring  station.
     2.3  Exposures to Air  Pollution
     For all communities or zones in the four study areas of Utah,
Idaho-Montana, Chicago, and New York, estimates of past air pollution
were made for each year of  the 20 to 30 years preceding the CRD
survey.  Three major tools  were used to construct these estimates;
actual aerometric measurements made by  local, state, or federal
organizations; emissions data from smelters and other industrial
complexes; and meteorologic models of pollution dispersion.  Aerometric
data for the periods of the ARD survey were provided by the cities
of Chicago and New York.

-------
                                   6A9
3.   Results
     3.1  CRD Prevalence Surveys
     In each of the four study areas,  levels of sulfur oxide and
particulate pollution tended to decline over the 20 years  preceding
the CRD prevalence survey 1n that area (Table 1).   The pollutant
showing the most dramatic decreases was S(L.  Declines In  TSP,  though
quite steady, were not proportionally  as large as  those 1n S02.
Levels of SS were generally estimated  to have undergone the smallest
proportional decrements.  (An exception to these trends occurred
in Idaho-Montana, where the estimates  of maximum levels of SCL
and SS actually Increased slightly between 1950-59 and 1968-70).
     In all four study areas, communities were divided Into high-exposure
and low-exposure categories on the basis of estimated  exposures
during the 20 to 30 years preceding the CRD surveys.   Within each
of the high-exposure and low-exposure  categories,  chronic  bronchitis
prevalence rates were computed separately for mothers  and  fathers.
(In Chicago, rates were computed separately for black  and  white inductees.)
Within these categories, rates were computed separately for lifetime
non-smokers, ex-smokers, and current cigarette smokers.
     With the exception of black military Inductees from low-pollution
areas around Chicago, all groups reported higher chronic bronchitis
prevalence among smokers than among non-smokers (Table 2).  Prevalence
rates among ex-smokers were generally  Intermediate between non-smokers'
and current smokers' rates.  In both non-smokers and current smokers,
prevalence rates were consistently higher in areas of  elevated air
pollution than in those of low pollution.  In all  four areas, the
highest prevalence rates were found in smokers living  In communities
or zones of elevated pollution.
     An effort was made to determine the effect of air pollution
relative to cigarette smoking on chronic bronchitis prevalence rates.
The first step in this determination was to calculate  the  excess  prevalences
due  to  smoking alone and to  pollution alone*  In each area-apeoifie
and sex-specific group, the excess prevalence attributable  to smoking
is equal to the difference between the prevalence   among emokera in the
low-pollution communities and the prevalence among non-smokers in the
low-pollution communities.  The excess prevalence  attributable to
pollution 1s equal to the difference between the prevalence  among

-------
                          TABLE 1
        Range of Exposure to Air Pollutants (in
        In Four United States Areas, During 1950-1959
                   and During 1968-1970

Time Period
.

1950-59
1968-70
Q -"
Range of Exposure (in wg/m )

so2
Minimum (Area)*
142 (U)
92 (U)
Maximum (Area)
419 (NY)
210 (NY)
.
TSP
Minimum (Area)
139 (I-M)
88 (U)
- -
Maximum (Area)
214 (C)
155 (C)
•
SS
Minimum (Area)
15 (I-M)
15 (U)
Maximum (Area)
27 (NY)
20 (NY)
*Area abbreviations are as follows:

            U = Utah
          I-M - Idaho-Montana
            C = Chicago
           NY = New York

-------
                     TABLE 2
Chronic Bronchitis Prevalence Rates, Distributed
by Smoking Status and Pollution Exposure:  United
           States Studies, 1969-1970
Community
Exposure &
Smoking Status
Low Pollution
Nonsmokers
Smokers
High Pollution
Nonsmokers
Smokers
Chronic Bronchitis Prevalence (in %)
Utah
Mothers
4.16
15.80
5.20
22.25
Fathers
3.00
19.60
6.81
26.80
Idaho-Montana .
Mothers
1.08
11.78
2.54
12.88
Fathers
1.25
17.05
3.48
18.36
New York
Mothers
2.00
13.90
6.04
18.08
Fathers
4.60
13.89
15.87
21.71
Chicago
Blacks
9.20
8,74
9.84
13.52
Whites
4.00
15.20
5.32
18.08

-------
                                    652
non-smokers in the high-pollution communities and the prevalence among
   non-smokers in the low-pollution communities.  (For black inductees
in Chicago, the excess prevalence due to smoking was calculated to be a
negative number.  As yet* we have no convincing explanation for this
unusual finding.)
     The second step in this determination was to divide the excess
prevalence attributable to pollution by the excess prevalence attributable
to smoking.  For mothers, the pollution effect on chronic bronchitis
prevalence rates was 9% to 34% as strong as the smoking effect (Table 3).
For fathers, the pollution effect was  14%  to  121%  as  strong as  the  smoking
effect.  For both mothers and fathers, the effect of pollution relative
to smoking was strongest in New York.   In white military inductees,
the pollution effect was 18% as strong as the smoking effect.
2.   ARD Incidence Surveys
     2.1  Chicago Study
     In Chicago, ARD study participants were divided into a high and
a low air pollution exposure group.  Mean pollution exposures for
both groups during the study period are presented in Table 4.  In
all family segments in Chicago, the incidence- rates of upper and lower
tract ARD combined were higher In the high-exposure group than In
the low-exposure group (Table 5).  Increases in total ARD between
exposure groups ranged from 2% in children aged 3 to 5 years, to 37%
In children aged less than three years.  Increases in rates between
exposure groups were particularly apparent in families who had lived
at the same address for at least three years.  In Chicago, differences
between exposure groups in rates of both upper and lower tract ARD
were statistically significant at a =  0.05.
     2.2  New York Study
     In New York, ARD incidence rates  In the community of lowest air
pollution exposure were compared to the combined rates in the two
communities of higher exposure.  Mean pollution exposures for the
high- and low-exposure groups during the study period are presented
In Table 4.  Incidence rates of total  ARD In New York, as in Chicago,
were generally higher in the high-exposure communities than in the
low-exposure communities.  Elevations In rates between exposure areas
were statistically significant for lower, but not for upper respiratory

-------
                              TABLE  3
          Excess  Chronic  Bronchitis Prevalence Attributable
to Cigarette Smoking and to Air Pollution, United States Studies,
                              1969-1970
Source of Risk
Pollution
'Smoking
jPolluti on/Smoking
Excess Chronic Bronchitis Prevalence (in %)
Utah
Mothers
1.04
11.64
0.09
Fathers
3.81
16.60
0.23
Idaho-Montana
Mothers
1.46
10.70
0.14
Fathers
2.23
15.80
0.14
New York
Mothers
4.04
11.90
0.34
Fathers
11.27
9.29
1.21
Chicago
Blacks
0.64
-0.46
-1.39
Whites
1.32
11.20
0.18
                                                                                        Oi
                                                                                        Ul

-------
                             654
                           TABLE 4
           Mean Pollution Exposures, in pg/m ,  During
Acute Respiratory  Disease Surveys in Chicago (1969 - 1970)  and
                      New York (1970-71)

Area

Chicago
New York

Mean Pollution Level (in pg/m3)
so2
.ow
Exposure
57
23

High
Exposure
106
63

TSP
Low
Exposure
111
34

High
Exposure
151
104

SS
Low
Exposure
14.5
10.2

High
Exposure
16.0
14.3

                            TABLE 5

              CHICAGO: RELATIVE RISK OF TOTAL ACUTE
                      RESPIRATORY DISEASE
FAMILY
SEGMENT
FATHERS
MOTHERS
SCHOOL
CHILDREN
CHILDREN
3-5 .
CHILDREN
0-2
COMMUNITY AIR POLLUTION EXPOSURE
INTERMEDIATE
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
LOO
(2.80)*
(4.76)
(7.04)
(9.35)
(9.41)
HIGHEST
1.33
1.25
1.18
1.02
1.37
         • (BASELINE ARD RATES, PER 100 PERSON-WEEKS,
          ARE IN PARENTHESES.)

-------
                                   655
disease.  Elevations in rates were more  apparent  in people who had
not changed address in the past three years than  in those who had
(Figure 1).
4.   Discussion
     The CRD prevalence surveys consistently demonstrated higher chronic
bronchitis rates  in polluted  communities than  in  relatively clean ones
The effect of pollution relative to smoking, which ranged from 9%
to over 100%, was  generally stronger than  the investigators had expected.
From the CRD survey results,  we would not  argue that air pollution
is as strong a determinant of chronic bronchitis  as is heavy smoking.
We would suggest,  however, that long-term  exposure to sulfur oxide
ana  particulate  pollution combined  may rival  moderate smoking  in
promoting the development of  that disease.
     In the ARD incidence surveys,  illness rates  were consistently
highest in residentially stable families in high-pollution neighborhoods.
This result suggested that several  years of continuous exposure to
elevated pollution levels might be required to develop increased suscepti-
bility to ARD.  The ARD survey results also suggested that improvements
in air quality, such as have  occurred in many American cities since  1970,
might be accompanied by decreased MKU rates,  in  the investigators'
best judgment, reductions in  annual  average S09 levels from about
        33
110 ug/m  to about 57 vg/m ,  accompanied by reductions of SS from
about 18 to about  14 yg/m , might well promote reductions in the incidence
of acute respiratory disease.

-------
                                       FIGURE 1
            2.0
          .  1.5
    RELATIVE
      RISK
       OF   1.0
      ACUTE
    ILLNESS
            0.5
              0
                      CHILDREN AGED
                         0-5 YEARS
                                  MOTHERS
     1.25
1.00
(8.18:
0.98
     1.15
                                1.18
                           1.30
1.00
             (4.31
                                1.20
 DID NOT
  MOVE
                                    MOVED
                               WITH IN 3 YEARS
D I D NOT
 MOVE
                            MOVED
                        WITH IN 3 YEARS
                      LOW EXPOSURE
                                HIGHER EXPOSURE
        * (BASELINE ARD RATES, PER 100 PERSON-WEEKS, ARE IN PARENTHESES.)
FIGURE 1: NEW YORK: EFFECT OF MOBILITY ON TOTAL ACUTE RESP/RATORY DISEASE, 1970-1971

-------
                                   657
                               REFERENCES

 1.   House, D.E., et al.  Prevalence of Chronic Respiratory Disease
     Symptoms  in Adults:  1970 Survey of Salt Lake Basin Communities.
     Health Consequences of Sulfur Oxides:  A Report From CHESS,
     1970-71.   In press at the U.S. Government Printing Office.

 2.   Hayes, C.6., et al.  Prevalence of Chronic Respiratory Disease
     Symptoms  in Adults:  1970 Survey of Five Rocky Mountain
     Communities.  Health Consequences of Sulfur Oxides:  A Report
     From CHESS, 1970-71.  In press at the U.S. Government Printing
     Office.

 3.   Finklea,  J.F., et al.  Prevalence of Chronic Respiratory Disease
     Symptoms  in Military Recruits, Chicago Induction Center, 1969-
     1970.  Health Consequences of Sulfur Oxides:  A Report from CHESS,
     1970-71.   In press at the U.S. Government Printing Office.

 4.   Goldberg,  H.E., et al.  Prevalence of Chronic Respiratory Disease
     Symptoms  1n Adults:  1970 Survey of New York Communities.  Health
     Consequences of Sulfur Oxides:  A Report From CHESS, 1970-71.
     In  press  at the U.S. Government Printing Office.

 5.   Chapman,  R.S., et al.  Chronic Respiratory Disease.  Arch. Environ,
     Health. Vol. 27-3:138-142, September 1973.

 6.   Love, G.J., et al.  Prospective Surveys of Acute Respiratory
     Disease in Volunteer Families, 1970-71.  Health Consequences
     of  Sulfur Oxides:  A Report From CHESS, 1970-71.  In press
     at  the U.S. Government Printing Office.

 7.   Finklea,  J.F., et al.  Prospective Surveys of Acute Respiratory
     Disease in Volunteer Families:  Chicago Nursery School Study.
     Health Consequences of Sulfur Oxides:  A Report From CHESS,
     1970-71.   In press at the U.S. Government Printing Office.

 8.   French, J.G., et al.  The Effect of Sulfur Dioxide and Suspended
     Sulfates  on Acute Respiratory Disease.  Arch. Environ. Health
     27-3:129-133, September 1973.
                           DISCUSSION

SULAIMAN  (Nigeria)

      In Nigeria  where  1O-15%  of people carry sickle  cell trait
or  sickle  cell anaemia,  what  part  has carbon monoxide to play
in  causing adverse human effects?

-------
                               658
CHAPMAN  (U.S.A.)

     To ray knowledge, very little research is available on the
effects of carbon monoxide on patients with sickle cell anaemia.
In people without that disease, levels of about 50 ppm carbon
monoxide have been well demonstrated to shorten the time re-
quired for exercise to produce angina pain in cardiac patients.


FREEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     Do you happen to have equivalent data with regard to either
NO- or 0_ or both?


CHAPMAN  (U.S.A.)

     Within the next six months, EPA reports will be written on
the effects of nitrogen oxides and oxidants on chronic respiratory
disease and other indicators.
HICKEY  (Ireland)

     What is your definition of a smoker?  Have you distinguished
between smoking habits of the mothers and the fathers?


CHAPMAN (U.S.A.)

     In this report, I have defined a smoker as anyone who cur-
rently smokes cigarettes.  Generally, we have observed that
smoking rates are higher in fathers than in mothers, and that
chronic bronchitis rates are highest in fathers who smoke.
However, we have also observed that chronic bronchitis are
higher in non-smoking fathers than in non-smoking mothers.  This
last observation was particularly striking in polluted communities
in New York, where non-smoking mothers had a chronic bronchitis
rate of 6.04%, and non-smoking fathers had a rate of 15.87%.

-------
                              659
         BRONCHITE CHRONIQUE, SYMPTOMES RESPIRATOIRES
                  ET POLLUTION ATMOSPHERIQUE

         P, REY, D, RAMACIOTTI, B, VOINIER ET R, LANG
Institut de m^decine sociale et preventive, UniversitS de GenSve,
Suisse
RESUME

     Dana cette &tudet on a d'une part applique le questionnaire
sur la bronahite ahronique du British Medical Council, a 2882
                       •
personnes appartenant a la population active du Canton de Geneve
et d'autre part analyst lea donnees de pollution atmoapherique
enregistrees a 10 pastes situes en ville ou & la aampagne,   Les
                                                    2
teneurs en SO, vena on trees (teneur moyenne:  30 ,ug/m  en ville)
             6                                 /
dependent essentiellement des ohauffages domestiqueet la pollu-
tion induatrielle etant pratiquement negligeable.   Pour definir
le niveau de pollution moyen durant la peviode de I'enquete, on
a tout d'abord elimine, d. I'aide d'un programme de dSeaisonnali-
sationf lee variations 8aisonniereet puis aherche^ a I''aide d'une
regression multiple par past  une relation entre les niveaux moy-
ens aux 10 pastes et 2 parametres exprimant I'abondance dee sour-
ces de pollution par le SO„,  eoit la densite de population et le
                          &
chiffrtt d'affaires theorique dee ramoneurs.   Une carte par com-
mune des niveaux de pollution a ainsi pu itre etablie ofi. I'on a
plac6  lea prevalences de la bronchite chronique ou dea symptdmes
reapiratoirea non bronohitiquea striotu senso.   On a enfin intro-
duit un niveau personnel de pollution par individu en tenant
compte du lieu d'habitation.

     D'apree lea resultats obtenus juequ'ici et en utiliaant le
SO,, comme indioateur, la prevalence de la bronchite chronique
  &
tend d. augmenter avec I'augmentation de la pollution provenant

-------
                              660
des chauffages.   Cette relation devient hautement significative
pour autant que I'on puisse recourir d. plusieurs indices de la
pollution.   Il n'est pas exalu que la pollution atmosph&rique
telle qu'elle exists d. Gen&ve contribue aussi d. aggraver les symp-
tomes respiratoires qu'ils soient spe"cifiques ou non.
ABSTRACT

     In this study the British Medical Council questionnaire on
chronic bronchitis was used to obtain information on 2882 people
belonging to the working population of the Canton of Geneva;
secondly, atmospheric pollution data recorded at ten points in
urban and rural areas were analysed.   The SO,, concentrations
                                          3
encountered (average concentration 30 ,ug/m  in town) originated
principally from domestic heating, pollution of industrial ori-
gin being practically negligible.   To define the average pollu-
tion level during the survey period we first of all eliminated
seasonal variations by a "deseasonalisation" process and then,
by applying multiple step-by-step regression, sought a relation-
ship between the average levels at the ten control points and two
parameters expressing the frequency of SO- pollution sources, or
                                         lu
the -population density and the theoretical volume of business of
chimney-sweeps.   Maps showing pollution levels could thus be
drawn for each commune where chronic bronchitis or respiratory
symptoms not strictly speaking bronchitia were shown to be pre-
valent.   Finally, a personal pollution level per individual wae
included, according to the place of residence.

     From the results obtained to date, and using SO_ as an in-
dicator, it appears that the prevalence of chronic bronchitis
tends to increase with the increase of pollution from central
heating systems.   This connection becomes highly significant
as long as it is possible to refer to several pollution indices.
The possibility is not excluded that atmospheric pollution, as
existing in Geneva, contributes to the aggravation of respiratory
symptoms whether specific or not.

-------
                                    661
INTRODUCTION
La mise en relation de la pollution atmosphe'rique avec ses effets sur la
bronchite chronique a ddja fait 1'objet de nombreux travaux dont quelques
uns ont &t& revus dans un article precedent  (1). Actuellement encore, de
larges enquetes sont menses sur ce sujet, attestant par la qu'il est loin
d'etre e"puise". II pr^sente, en effet, cette difficult^ que la pollution at-
mosphe'rique entre en concurrence avec d'autres facteurs exogenes comma la
fume"e du tabac ou 1'exposition aux polluants d'origine professionnelle. De
maniere a distinguer 1*action propre de la pollution atmosphe'rique, on re-
court le plus souvent a la selection de groupes comparables sur plusieurs
points habitant par exemple, soit la ville, soit la campagne. On interroge
communSment les habitants d'un secteur proche d'un point de mesure du pol-
luant mesure. Ce type d'enquete reclame une population assez dense pour qu'
on puisse y trouver les groupes appropri£s et une region g€ographique as-
sez etendue pour que les niveaux de pollution soient tres contrasted, Dans
notre enquete, la situation de depart est diff«Srente i le territoire consi-
dere" est exigu (284 km2  pour 332.000 habitants) et le gradient de pollution
dans 1'espace, faible au depart, a d£cru ces dix dernieres ann£es. C'est
pourquoi nous nous sommes orientes vers une autre me'thodologie qui, sans
nous permettre des conclusions definitives, peut orienter nos recherches
futures et Sventuellement inspirer d'autres enquStes menses dans de aembla-
bles conditions. Cette m^thode est une tentative de roettre en oeuvre des
analyses math€matiques ou d'une part des phfinomenes connus et repertories
peuvent itre utilises a la place des dosages chimiques de la pollution
(qu'on ne saurait multiplier a 1'infini), et oQ d'autre part les facteura
de pollution, introduits dans une se*rie d'autres variables, manifestent
leur pouvoir discriminant vis-a-vis des bronchitiques ou des non-bronchiti-
ques du collectif examine.

METHODOLOGIE ET RESULTATS
1. Pollution atmosphgrique ; les donn^es
   II s'agit des niveaux relatifs de SO  determines, en une dizaine de
points du Canton de Geneve, a 1'aide d'appareils Leclerc, par les soins du
Laboratoire de toxicologie et d'analyse de 1'air (Dir, P. Desbaumes) de 1*
Institut d'hygiene. Si les appareils Leclerc prfisentent 1'inconvenient de

-------
                                   662
ne pas fournir de concentration, ils ont 1'avantage d'etre peu couteux et
d'un maniement aise", ce qui a permis le relieve" systdmatique de valeurs du-
rant plus de 10 ans,

2. Conditions atmosphe'riques ! les donnges
   II s'agit de releve"s faits a l'ae*roport de Cointrin, portant sur la tem-
pgrature de 1'air, son humidite", le point de rose"e, la visibility, la pres-
sion atmosphe'rique, etc. Etant donn£ 1'exiguite" du canton, on peut admettre
que ces re leva's fournissent une bonne approximation des conditions me'te'o-
rologiques qui rdgnent sur I1ensemble du territoire. La situation gSogra-
phique tres particulidre du canton de Geneve explique en grande partie com-
ment les conditions metSorologiques e"voluent dans l'anne"e et comment elles
influencent la repartition, sur tout le territoire, des polluants atmosphe'-
riques qui proviennent en majority de 1'agglomeration urbaine. Le canton de
Geneva est en effet enferme" entre les barri&res naturelles du Jura et des
Alpes. Les vents sont ainsi canalises dans deux directions privile°gi€es et
sont associSs a des climats trSs opposes. Quand le vent du Nord-Est  ("bis^')
souffle, elle entralne les polluants a tr§s grande vitesse et le ciel est
"nettoye"". Les vents du Sud et de 1'Quest apportent surtout la pluie et la
basse pression et leur vitesse est inf£rieure aux vents du Nord. La situa-
tion d'inversion se rencontre en automne et en hiver, et occasionnellement,
au printemps. Les couches de stratus situe"es entre 100 et 300 m au-dessus
du sol envahissent 1'ensemble du territoire. En hiver, oO 1'inversion noc-
turne se prolonge le jour, elle peut durer plusieurs jours conse"cutifs. c1
est a cette occasion qu'on peut voir la pollution atmosphe"rique atteindre
ses niveaux les plus Sieve's.
3• Variations de la^ pollution atmosphe'rique par le SO,.
   Vu ce qui precede, on ne s'Stonnera pas de constater que la pollution
par le.SO  est caracte'rise'e, en plus de tr£s fortes variations saisonnie-
res, par des fluctuations acycliques, en particulier durant la mauvaise sai-
son.  De maniSre a choisir une valeur qui soit representative de la pdriode
de 1'enquete et qui puisse servir de base & la mise au point d'une carte,
nous avons appliquS aux relev^s provenant des dix postes de mesure, une
thode dite de "dgsaisonnalisation"  (2). Elle permet de mettre en Evidence

-------
                                    663
 un "trend", une composante saisonniere et une composante alSatoire, A par-
tir de ces calculs, on a obtenu une valeur annuelle pour la pe"riode de 1'en
quete aux different? points d1observation.
4. Indicateurs indirects de la pollution par le SO
   Re'sume'e dans I1 introduction  (cf supra), la methods appliqufie sera dficri-
te da~s une autre publication  (3). A 1'occasion d'une regression par pas,  2
parametres se sont montr6s en tres forte correlation  avec les valeurs de
SO  calcule'es selon la me'thode de"crite ci-dessus  (outre les paramStres me'-
tfiorologiques) : 1'un, Evident, est la densitfi de la population, 1'autre»inat-
tendu/est le chiffre d'affaires th^orique des ramoneurs, qui est proportion-
nel 3 la puissance des installations de chauffage. A partir de ces chiffres
                                                    I,
d'affaires th£oriques par hectare, obtenus dans les diffe"rentes communes du
Canton, nous avons pu dresser une premiere carte ou des zones d'"isopollu-
tion" de niveaux croissants recouvrent soit 1'agglomeration urbaine, soit
les zones sub-urbaines, soit les regions rurales, ou semi-rurales.
5. Prevalence de la bronchite chronique et des sympt6mes respiratoires
   1681 homines et 1201 femmes appartenant aux secteurs de I1Industrie, du
commerce et de 1'administration ont rempli le questionnaire du British Me-
dical Council, traduit en francais par la CECA. L'enquSte s'est prolonged
durant plusieurs mois. Partant de la definition de la bronchite chronique
donnee par le Ciba Guest Symposium, nous avons extrait du collectif les
bronchitiques sur la base de quatre questions touchant la toux et 1'expec-
toration chronique. Puis nous avons sorti du collectif restant les sujets
dits indemnes de symptdmes respiratoires. Entre deux se trouvent les sujets
pre'sentant des symptomes respiratoires, sans que ceux-ci satisfassent la d6-
finition de la bronchite chronique : ils constituent le groupe dit interme'-
diaire (1). D'apres 1'analyse que nous avons appliqu^e au questionnaire  (4)
les questions se'lectionne'es par nous se sont re've'le'es particuli§rement ap-
tes a discriminer les bronchitiques vrais des non bronchitiques; mais tel
n'a pas £t£ le cas pour les questions se rapportant d 1'exposition aux in-
temp€ries ou a 1'exposition aux polluants atmosph^riques. II serait trop
t6t pour en conclure que la pollution ou les intempe'ries n'interviennent
pas dans la discrimination entre bronrhitiques et non bronchitiques, car on
peut aussi mettre en doute la validity des questions qui concernent ces der-
niers facteurs.

-------
                                   664
6. Mise en relation des  prevalences avec lea Equivalents de la pollution
   Aprds avoir regroup^  les  communes en classes selon la densite de  la po-
pulation et le chiffre d'affaires des ramoneurs, on a place* en regard,  le
nombre de personnes examinees N_r le nombre de bronchitiques B^, et calculi
le taux (en %) de la prevalence p « 100 x B . On a fait de m€me pour la po-
                                      N
pulation intermediaire.  En vue de d€celer une eventuelle relation entre la
prevalence p_ et la densite x_ d'une part, entre la prevalence p_ et le chif-
fre d'affaires des ramoneurs v_ d'autre part, on a transforms' ces prevalen-
ces p_ en probits, puis ajust^ & ces probits une regression lin£aire  dont la
variable explicative (independante) est soit x_, soit y_, selon une technique
statistigue d£crite par  example par Linder  (5). A ces ajustements, sont as-
sociees deux analyses de variance avec leurs tests de signification  ( base's
sur la repartition du x2 )>  elles permettent les observations suivantes :
a. Dans le cas de la density de la population, le coefficient de la  regres-
   sion ne diffSre pas significativement de zero (seull :  5 %)j la variabi-
   lite residuelle est un peu trop grande, mais ne doit pas itre considered
   cependant comroe significative.
b. Dans le cas du chiffre d'affaire, le coefficient de regression ne diffe-
   re pas significativement  de zero (seuil : 5 %) et la variabilite  residu-
   elle n'est pas significative  (seuil : 5 %).
c. Quand  on combine differents parametres,  representatifs de la
   pollution, dont  la  densite  de population et le chiffre d'affaires
   des  ramoneurs, le coefficient de regression devient  hautement
   significatif  ( p< 0,001).
   D'apres ces resultats,  on  peut pretendre qu'il existe a Geneve
   une  relation entre  la prevalence de la  bronchite chronique  et la
   pollution atmospherique pour autant qu'on puisse recourir a  plusieurs
   indices de cette pollution.  Avoir mis  en evidence  cette relation
   parait d'autant  plus interessant que  la prevalence  de la bronchite
   chronique a Geneve  est* basse et que les niveaux de  pollution sont
   faiblee.
7. Introduction des donnSes  de pollution dans 1'analyse typologique
   On peut se demander,  entre autres choses,si la pollution atmospherique
favorise le developpement de la bronchite chronique en tant que maladie spe-
cif ique ou si elle agit  sur  les  sympt&nes respiratoires meme banalsi si, com-
me cela a ete avance, son effet  est augmente quand elle se combine a d'au-

-------
                                    665
tres facteurs exog£nes comme la  fum€e de cigarette.  Suffit-il d'etre  expose
&  la pollution pour etre atteint ? suffit-il de ne pas etre expose* pour  6-
chapper A la bronchite chronique ? ou faut-il posse"der un  terrain predispo-
se" ? sans permettre de r£pondre  a toutes ces questions,  1'analyse typologi-
que offre la possibility d'en explorer quelques-unes. L'analyse  typologique
precede H des regroupements successifs d'individus en des  types  dont  ils
sont le plus proche suivant une  ne'trique appliqu€e a des variables-indica-
teurs. Dans un cas comme le notre, chaque rfiponse au questionnaire est con-
sid£re"e comme une variable, mais aussi les donn^es raesur^es comme le  de"bit
expiratoire dc pointe. Le processus de constitution  des  types passent par
des phases successives. Dans la  premiere, A partir de plusieurs  Schantil-
lons extraits de fa une Evaluation de la variance expliqu^e s'arrStant &
la liraite que 1'utilisateur fixe lui-mfiroe selon le degrfi d'homog«n«it6 qu'
il recherche j le programme attribue de plus, d chaque individu, un num^ro
de type qui permet de le faire entrer dans une nouvelle  catSgorie > c'est
ainsi que nous avons pu comparer notre classification •  priori,  inspired de
la definition du Ciba Guest Symposium, A celle donn6e par le programme.  A
cette analyse s'ajoute une €tude  topographique des variables ou  des types,
dans la representation de I'espace factoriel.
L'analyse typologique a montre" que la pollution atmosphfirique, telle  que
nous I1avons dfifinie, 6tait 1'un  des parametres qui prfisentait un fort pou-
voir discriminant vis-a-vis de la population e'tudie'e (I1 ensemble du collec-
tif sus-mentionne). En d'autres  termes, nous avons examin6 des sujets aussi
bien dans les regions de haute que de basse pollution. Parmi les sujets  d«-
finis comme bronchitiques chroniques, certains sont exposes & des hauts  ni-

-------
                                    666
veaux de pollution, d'autres pas. Cependant, c'est le groupe qui presents
les signes de complication les plus rrpvac «i'l »«+• «munH R anx niveaux les
plus Sieves. L'association entre forte consomniation de  tabac et forte pollu-
tion ne s'est pas re've'le'e plus active que chacun des deux parametres pris
isole"ment.
En bref, 1'analyse typologique permet de conclure que,  dans notre collectif,
la teneur en SO  ne serable pas avoir joue" le role d'un  facteur dSclenchant
de la bronchite chronique, mais qu'elle pourrait favoriser 1'aggravation
des symptomes respiratoires, au moins chez les bronchitiques.
References :
1. Rufener-Press, C. , Rey, P. et Press, P.  : Une e"tude ^pid^miologique de
   la bronchite chronique a Geneve. Respiration, 30, 458-516  (1973).
2. Ramaciotti, D. et Imhoff, C. : Essai de d£saisonnalisation des donn^es
   de pollution atmosphe'rique par 1'anhydride sulfureux, relev£s a Geneve
   entre 1959 et 1971, Rev. Med. Prey., 1£, 6, 379-384,  (1973).
3. Ramaciotti, D. et Imhoff, C. : Recherche d'indicateurs indirects de la
   pollution atroosph^rique  (5 paraltre).
4. Rey, P. et Voinier, B. : Computational validation of the BMC question-
   naire on respiratory symptoms  (a paraltre).
5. Linder, A. : Statistische Methoden, Birkhauser Verlag, Basel und Stutt-
   gart, 1964.
Reroerciements ; Ce travail a pu etre realise* gr&ce a 1'aide du Fonds natio-
nation suisse de la Recherche scientifique, du Laboratoire de toxicologie
et d'analyse de 1'air, du service de me'te'orologie de I'afiroport de Cointrin,

-------
                             667
                          DISCUSSION
RYLANDER (Suisse)
     Est-ce qu'il y a une influence des classes sociales dans
votre materiel?  On sait bien qu'il y a une influence importante
sur la frequence de la bronchite chronique par les classes sociales,


KEY (Suisse)

     Toutes les classes sociales ne sont pas represented dans
notre echantillon de la population active mais parmi celles qui
s'y trouvent, nous n'avons pas observe1 de difference dans la
prevalence de la bronchite chronique.


BRILLE (France)

     Les valeurs de SO_ prises en compte dans la relation entre
bronchite chronique et pollution sont-elles des moyennes annuel-
les, une moyenne ponderee ou la valeur d'un mois?


REY (Suisse)

     II s'agit de raoyennes annuelles calculees sur la base de
relevSs hebdomadaires exprimes, pour permettre la comparaison
entre les differents postes, en mg de S0_ par 30 jours, deposes
sur le papier impregnfi  (methode Leclerc).


SCHLIPKOETER  (Republique Federale d'Allemagne)

     Comme vous avez pu dficeler, en depit de valeurs SO, tres
faibles, une augmentation du syndrome de la bronchite 3. mesure
que les concentrations de S0_ s'elevent - ce qui est etonnant *•
11 y aurait lieu de verifier si les differences ne sont pas
imputables aux differences de densitS demographique.  La bronchite
peut resulter d'une ou de plusieurs infections qui sont plus
frequentes lorsque-la densit€ demographique est plus forte.  A-
t-il 6tS tenu compte de la densitg demographique dans les calculs
de cofrelation?
REY  (Suisse)

     Nous avons etudifi la relation entre la prevalence de la
bronchite chronique et la densit£ de la population sans trouver
de resultats significatifs comme cela a et£ indiqufi dans le texte.

-------
                              669
          EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF LUNG DISEASE IN
                  URBAN AND RURAL COMMUNITIES

           A, BOUHUYS, C, A, MITCHELL/ H, R, HOSEIN/
      J, B, SCHOENBERG, R, E, BINDER, R, S, F, SCHILLING

Yale University Lung Research Center, New Haven, Connecticut, USA
ABSTRACT

     We have studied over 7000 residents of one urban and two
rural communities in them United States, aged 7 years and older,
residing in geographically determined areas in which a private
census was obtained.   The 7000 persons seen comprise about 75%
of the defined populations;  additional door-to-door surveys
provided information about those not seen for validation of the
results in terms of the total community populations.   A mobile
laboratory with an on-line computerized data collection system
was used to record answers to a questionnaire on respiratory
symptoms, residential and family history, smoking habits and
other environmental exposures, and to record maximum expiratory
flow-volume curves.   Outdoor air quality is being determined
over a period of more than one year in each community, using
standard methods for particulates, SO,., NO., ozone, sulfate and
                                     Z    Z
nitrate.   In addition, studies with portable air samplers for
respirable particulates, SO g and NO-, were carried out by selected
subjects, monitoring their personal environment over 24-hour
periods.   The results in the urban and in one rural population,
both in Connecticut, indicate:  (1) there is no significant ex-
cess of respiratory symptoms among lifetime urban dwellers, liv-
ing in an area where particulate pollution exceeds the primary
AQS in 39% of 102 samples;  (2) sensitive lung function testa do
not show differences attributable to an increased prevalence of

-------
                              670
airway obstruction among urban adults when compared to rural
dwellers;  (3) indoor particulate pollution may add considerably
to the total respirable particulate load;  (4) occupational or
domestic, toxic and allergenic inhalants., including tobacco
smoke, are important etiological factors in many persons with
airway obstruction;  outdoor air pollution may only play a minor
role.

-------
                                  671
1. Introduction
    Epidemiological studies on chronic bronchitis and other lung diseases
in communities have generally used population samples.  Such samples often
contain too small numbers of persons in defined, homogeneous subgroups to
allow study of more than a few variables.  Computerized methods now allow
us to broaden the scope of such surveys to total community populations, to
a wider range of questions concerning lung disease, and to more sophisti-
cated lung function tests.  We have developed a mobile computerized labora-
tory, in which standardized, computer-prompted interviews on respiratory
symptoms and environmental exposures (for text of questionnaire, see Bou-
huys [1]) as well as lung function testing are conducted simultaneously on
2 terminals connected to a PDP-8E computer, using a time-sharing system.
With this facility, we have recorded symptoms and lung function data in
about 2500 residents of a rural town (Lebanon) and 1500 residents of an
urban area (Ansonla), both in Connecticut, U.S.A.  Similar data have re-
cently been obtained in about 4000 residents of a rural town (Winnsboro)
in South Carolina (Feb.-May 1974).  In each community, a total population
census as well as door-to-door surveys in selected areas provide informa-
tion on persons not seen in the mobile laboratory, thus enabling us to es-
tablish the validity of our findings in terms of the total population.  An
air sampling network with 3-5 stations is used to characterize outdoor air
quality, using standard methods recommended by the Environmental Protection
Agency.  24-hour samples are analyzed for suspended particulates, sulfate
and nitrate, as well as for SO., NO. and ozone.  In the two Connecticut
towns, samples were obtained at least weekly; in Winnsboro, S.C., daily
samples are obtained during four 3-week periods in the fall, winter, spring
and summer.  This schedule of sampling defines the outdoor pollution load
over a year.
    This paper describes initial results of the surveys in Lebanon and An-
sonia, Conn., and of air quality measurements in these communities.  In ad-
dition, preliminary data on 24-hour personal environmental sampling to com-
pare individual pollutant exposure and outdoor air quality are included.
2. Lung function tests.  We have selected the maximum expiratory flow-
volume (MEFV) curve as a simple, objective test of ventilatory function
which provides: (a) standard spirometric values, (b) measurements of flow
rates at low lung volumes, which are sensitive Indices of airway obstruc-
tion, and (c) visual recognition of obstructive and restrictive function
loss (see review in Bouhuys [!])•

-------
                                   672
    The mobile laboratory Is equipped for simultaneous recording of MEFV
curves on two terminals, using Fleisch pneumotachographs to measure expira-
tory flow rates.  Flow signals are digitized and stored by the computer,
which also integrates flow to volume, presents each MEFV curve on the
graphic terminal, and calculates forced vital capacity (FVC), forced ex-
piratory volumes (FEV. and FEVJ and peak expiratory flow rate (PEF) from
the 2 blows with the highest FEV. « in a series of 5 blows.  Average maxi-
                                J. * U
mum expiratory flow rates at 50% and at 25% of the FVC (i.e., total lung
capacity minus 50 or 75% of the FVC) were measured from the same two blows.
In contrast to PEF, these flow rates (MEF50% and MEF25%) are largely inde-
pendent of muscular effort; while PEF reflects tracheal size and effort,
MEF50% and MEF25% depend primarily on the caliber of small airways.
Quality-control features of the software include rejection of too short
blows, and calibration and zero drift correction subroutines.  Precision
flowmeters, as well as a newly designed motor-driven 5-liter syringe which
delivers air at varying rates simulating an MEFV curve, are used to cali-
brate the volume and flow measurements and to check the computation sub-
routines.  For a more detailed description of the system, see Bouhuys [1].
    Output format.   After the questionnaire and MEFV curves have been re-
corded, data output is obtained (a) in a condensed hard copy format for
immediate review and checking, (b) on punched paper tape, for editing and
transfer to magnetic tape on a home-based PDP-11 computer which classifies
the results in tabular form and performs statistical analyses.
3. Personal environment sampling.  To obtain air quality data that may more
adequately reflect an individual's changing environment, we have developed
a portable light-weight and low-noise personal environment sampler (PES)
that allows individuals to monitor their environment during 24  hours
(Hoseln et al. [2]).  The design is a modification of an instrument devel-
oped by Burgess et al. [3].  The unit is housed in a suitcase,  which con-
tains a blower drawing in air at 250 llters/min.  From the mainstream, in-
dividual sampling pumps draw air through collection vessels for SO. and NO.,
and through a membrane filter for respirable particulates (approx. <7pm),
using a cyclone.
4. Results.  Symptoms and lung function.  Analysis of data obtained in
door-to-door surveys in selected areas of each town has shown similar symp-
tom prevalences among those seen in the mobile laboratory and those not
seen, if men and women of similar age are compared.  These results suggest
that our results can be extrapolated to the total community population.

-------
                                  673
    There were no significant differences between the prevalences of per-
sistent cough and phlegm, frequent wheezing and dyspnea on exertion among
rural and urban males (age 7-80 yrs); their smoking habits were similar.
The prevalence of persistent cough and phlegm was similar among rural
and urban nonsmoking men and women (25-6A yrs}, except that older urban
women (45-64 yrs) more frequently reported persistent phlegm (x2 * 5.26,
p <0.05).  The prevalence of these symptoms was higher among current
smokers (men and women, 25-64 yrs), without significant.differences be-
tween rural and urban dwellers.
    The lung function data showed similar differences.  For instance,
FEV- - and MEF50Z were lower in smokers than in nonsmokers but there were
no significant differences between nonsmoking or smoking rural and urban
men or women, 25-64 yrs.  In this analysis, stature was taken Into account
by including only data from 150-169 cm tall women and 160-179 cm tall men.
The interpretation of lung function in younger persons (7-24 yrs) requires
a more complex analysis of the simultaneous effects of growth, smoking and
urban or rural residence; this.has not yet been completed.  Thus, we have
found no evidence of Increased airway obstruction among urban adult men
and women when compared to rural residents, using a sensitive lung function
test (MEF50Z) which, e.g., detects significant airway obstruction in teen-
aged smokers (Seely et al. [4]).
    Outdoor environment sampling.  In Lebanon (rural), weekly S0« and ozone
levels were always less than about 50% of the primary air quality standard
(AQS), while total particulatea and NO- exceeded the AQS In, respectively,
2 and 1QZ of all samples taken over a 42-week period.  In Ansonia (urban),
ozone was always less than 50Z of the AQs, while particulatea, N0_ and SO-
exceeded the AQS in, respectively, 39, 35 and 1Z of all samples taken over
a 42-week period.  Ansonia, situated in the heavily industrialized Nauga-
tuck valley, Is generally considered a polluted town, and our measurements
confirm that partlculate and NO. levels frequently exceed those in rural
Connecticut.
    Personal environment sampling.   The highest outdoor total particulate
level measured in Ansonia was 144 ug/m .  The personal environment samplers
(PES) frequently Indicated higher respirable partlculate levels (up to 303
    o
pg/m ) when they were carried about by selected residents for 24 hours,
covering their normal dally indoor and outdoor activities, within 2 miles
from the outdoor samplers.  In general, SO. and NO- levels with the PES
were less than those In outdoor air.  Thus, indoor environments may add

-------
                                674
considerably to the total respirable particulate load.   In two instances,
                                                       T
homes with very high particulate levels (up to 450 pg/m ) were identified
through the clinical data of their inhabitants, which suggested airway
obstruction unexplained by smoking.
5. Conclusions.  This is an interim report on a still ongoing study.   In
the data analyzed thus far we have not found evidence to warrant the  con-
clusion that urban outdoor air pollution in a typical industrialized  U.S.
town is a significant causal factor in the pathogenesis of lung disease,
as evidenced by respiratory symptoms and obstructive lung function loss.
Maximal expiratory flow rates at low lung volumes, which are highly sensi-
tive indicators of airway obstruction in smokers, textile workers, hair-
spray users and others exposed to airway constrictor inhalants, are if
anything higher rather than lower among groups of urban dwellers than
among their rural counterparts, smokers or nonsmokers.   There are indica-
tions that indoor air pollution may be a more significant factor in the
pathogenesis of airway obstruction than outdoor air pollution.  A complete
analysis of smoking habits, occupational and domestic exposures, as well
as of histories of allergy, in relation to respiratory symptoms and ob-
jective, sensitive and quality-controlled lung function test data, is
required before a causal role of outdoor air pollution in the pathogenesis
of obstructive airway disease can be established.
References
[1] Bouhuys, A., Breathing—Physiology, Environment and Lung Disease,
    Grune & Stratton, New York, N.Y., 1974.
[2] Hosein, H.R., J.A. Virgulto, C.A. Mitchell and A. Bouhuys, Personal
    environment sampler for participates, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen
    dioxide.  In preparation.
[3] Burgess, W.A., L. DiBerardinis and F. Speizer, Exposure to automobile
    exhaust.  III. An environmental assessment. Arch. Environ. Health,
    26:325-329, 1973.
[4] Seely, J.E., E. Zuskin and A. Bouhuys, Cigarette smoking: Objective
    evidence for lung damage in teen-agers.  Science, 172:741-743, 1971.
     Supported by USPHS grant HL-14179 (SCOR Program) and Contract
73-2904-R, both from the National Heart and Lung Institute, NIH.

-------
                              675
                          DISCUSSION
GOLDSMITH  (U.S.A.)
     The manuscript reports two interesting findings which suggest
that community pollution and indoor pollution may produce impair-
ment of lung function.  The first is the low level of FEV, Q in
urban non-smoking women.  The second in the "clinical data' and
impairment of lung function in persons with high indoor partic-
ulate matter.  Could you give any further information on these
points?


BOUHUYS (U.S.A.)

1,   The FEV^ Q values of urban and rural non-smoking women did
not differ significantly.  There is no evidence for impairment
of lung function by community air pollution in our study.

2.   Details on our studies on indoor air pollution could not
be included in the paper for lack of space.  They will be pub-
lished elsewhere.

-------
                              677
         USES OF MORTALITY AS A MEASURE OF THE HEALTH
                   EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTION

               S, C, MORRIS+ AND M, A, SHAPIRO*"*"

+  Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, New York, USA
++ Graduate School of Public Health, University of Pittsburgh,
   Pennsylvania, USA
ABSTRACT

     The data obtained in- a 13 year follow-up of mortality in
two communities subjected to widely different air pollution lev-
els are used to compare the results of different methodological
techniques in the study of mortality differences.   Factors are
derived from the data to estimate the error which would result
from neglecting to consider the effects of smoking and residence
history.

     There were greater differences in mortality rate within each
community due to smoking than between the two communities.   The
higher mortality rates of smokers makes comparisons between popu-
lations with similar heavy smoking habits a more powerful test of
mortality differences due to air pollution than comparisons of
populations with mixed smoking habits.   Increased length of resi-
dence in the highly polluted community was associated with in-
creased age-adjusted mortality.   The reverse was true in the
control community, suggesting a process of self-selection in in-
migration.

     The findings demonstrate that differences in the prevalence
of smoking or in length of exposure to air pollution could affect
the validity of studies not taking these factors into account.
The degree of the resulting error is estimated.

-------
                            678
 1.  Introduction
        The  Preamble  to  the Constitution of the World Health
 Organization  defines health as  "...a state of complete physi-
 cal, mental and  social  well-being and not merely the absence
 of  disease  or infirmity."  Although this definition is widely
 accepted  in principle,  most assessments of health effects are
 much more limited  in scope due  to the inability to develop
 suitable measurements to determine the presence, Absence or
 degree  of "health."  Mortality  statistics are often consid-
 ered too crude and non-specific for the analysis of health
 effects, yet  this non-specificity which may complicate ana-
 lytical techniques supports their use as a measure of this
 broad concept of health.  As Taeuber suggests, mortality
 rates reflect cumulative stresses, deprivations of place,
 milieu, and life-style, along with insufficiencies of medical
 care and health  guidance[l],

 2.  Importance of Various Parameters ojf Mortality
        Tabulations of deaths by cause often present difficul-
 ties of interpretation  due to unreliable and varying diagnosis
 and artificialities introduced  in the coding process.   Infor-
 mation  on cause  of death may help to estimate the impact in
 terms of individual suffering and societal costs in the care
 of  terminal illness.  It can also be useful in establishing
 cause-effect  relationships between environmental stress and
 increased mortality.  The fact that one population may have
more heart  disease or more cancer mortality than another  is
 certainly useful in analyzing the impact of environmental
 stress.  But  the major measurement of impact must bet   does
one population suffer a higher expectancy of mortality within
 the age groups that represent substancial losses to  society.
As  important as cause of death is in the  epidemiology  of  dis-
ease,  it is of only supplimentary value  in the assessment of
health effects.  Age at death is a much more  important factor
 in evaluating the impact on society than cause.   The  total
number of deaths within suitably narrow age  groupings  are also
available for most countries to a high  degree  of accuracy.

-------
                             679
3.   Design of Mortality S
       The design of epidemiological studies of the effects of
air pollution on mortality have been generally temporal or
inter-area comparisons.  The availability of data from a
study of the effects of air pollution on respiratory function
done 13 years before by others [2] provided us with the oppor-
tunity to conduct retrospectively a long term follow-up of
mortality in two populations exposed to widely different air
pollution levels.  Subgroups of the two populations were
established based on age, sex, smoking history, and residence
(exposure) history at the beginning of the observation period.
Unfortunately, data on occupation and  socioeconomic status were not
available.

4,   Analysis
       Alternative approaches were taken to the analysis of
the data,  The general approach was to compare the observed
number of deaths with the expected in each population sub-
group by means of the standard mortality ratio (SMR).  The
expected deaths were determined by applying rates from the
1965 U.S. white population.   Two methods were employed.  The
first determined the expected deaths over the study period by
determining  the effective population exposed to the risk of
death at each age level  and multiplying by the standard popu-
lation mortality rate for that age.  Mancuso and Coulter ex-
plain this method in detail [3],  By reducing exposure to terms
of  person-years, this method  equates a small population ob-
served over  several years to  a larger population over one
year, allowing easy comparisons between populations with
different observation periods.  It also allows easy  inclusion
of  information on individuals who  enter or leave the  popula-
tion at any  time during  the study.  Since the mortality
pattern  in  the sample  itself  helps to shape  the exposure,  it
has some  influence  on  the denominator as well  as the  numerator
of  the SMR.

Table 1 presents the  data developed for this analysis.

-------
                            680
                  SEWARD-NEW FLORENCE
     Summary of Data by Smoking and Residence History
                             Length of Residence

SEWARD
Males
Never smoked
Intermediate
Heavy
Females
Never smoked
All smokers
NEW FLORENCE
Males
Never smoked
Intermediate
Heavy
Females
Never smoked
All smokers
Over
Person-
Years

375-5
669
605

1258
413-5


228.5
423-5
400

1098
429
20 Years
Obs

9
24
18

20
1


4
17
10

14
0
SMR

63
106
190

76
36


49
102
154

50
0
Less Than 20 Years
Person-
Years

122.5
395
512.5

771.5
431


227.5
286.5
375.5

656
182
Obs

0
9
4

3
4


2
5
7

8
0
SMR

0
99
65

47
215


62
101
186

60
0
       Total person-years observedt  9860.
                     TABLE 1.
       The second approach was to calculate the  a_ priori
expection of mortality from the standard population life
table, based on age and sex at the beginning of the observa-
tion period.  Mortality patterns during the study then are
independent of the expected number of deaths.  This approach
also allows analysis of generational effects.
       In addition to the use of SMRs, survival curves were
used as described by Cutler and Edera 4 .  These curves show
the fraction of the population surviving over time.  Numeri-
cal comparison of the slope of these curves (linearized on a

-------
                             681
semi-log plot)  for different subgroups, of the population show
differences  in  the rate of mortality.

5.   Findings and Discussion
       The findings of the study  indicate a significant 2-fold
difference in mortaliity rate between heavy cigarette smokers
and non-smokers  in the adult male population!  Differences
between smokers  and non-smokers within each community were
greater than the differences between communities.  An in-
creased mortality rate among long time residents of the
highly polluted  area was suggested.  Increased length of
residence in the high pollution community was associated with
increased age-adjusted mortality.  The reverse was true in
the control  community, perhaps suggesting a self-selection
process in in-migration.
       The primary parameters influencing mortality rates are
age and sex.  These must be taken into account when assessing
the differences  in mortality due  to other factors.  Quanti-
tatively, the difference in mortality  rate for long time
adult residents  apparently due to air  pollution between the
two communities  was 3.8/1000, or 0.09/1000 per ug/iP total
suspended particulate air pollution difference.  If it is as-
sumed that there is no effect in  the more recently arrived
population (actually, the data indicate a. reversal of the ef-
fect in this group) than each unit increase in the percentage
of the population with more than 20 years residence leads to
an increase  in  the overall adult mortaliity rate of 0.04/1000
or 0.001/1000 for each ug/m^ difference in suspended particu-
lates.  Under this hypothesis, 10 percentage points reduction
in the percentage of the population with over 20 years resi-
dence could reduce the mortality rate observed in the  general
population by 20 percent.
       Each unit increase  in the percentage of  heavy  smokers
in a community resulted in a change in the general adult
mortality rate of 0.12/1000.  Thus, a difference of 10 per-
centage units in the fraction of heavy smokers in the  two
communities could result in a difference in mortality  of
1.2/1000,  or about one-third of the difference due to  air
pollution.

-------
                             682
 6.    Conclusion
       Mortality  data provide  a useful  index of  the  total
 health of a  population.   They  are  thus  a useful  tool  in  the
 assessment of  the  health  impacts of  environmental stress on
 a population.  The  fact that the stress may work primarily
 through  specific  subgroups of  the  population and the  action
 of other concurrent forms of stress  can confound the  results.
 Thus, differences  in the  relative  size of the group primarily
 affected by  air pollution in the population can result in
 spurious differences in the effects  on  the total population
 mortality rate.  Differences in the  fraction of the popula-
 tion  that are  heavy cigarette  smokers, if not accounted for,
 may mask or  imitate air pollution  effects.
       By utilizing factors developed here, cohort studies
 can be limited to groups for which high mortality rates are
 expected.  Significant differences due to air pollution,
 where they exist, may then be obtained by the use of  smaller,
 but more carefully  selected, samples.  Of more general inter-
 est, we  believe that these factors can provide estimates of
 the error inherent  in studies which  do not include data on
 smoking  or residence history.

 7.   Acknowle dgements
       This paper is based on a doctoral dissertation sub-
mitted to the Graduate School of Public Health,  University
of Pittsburgh.  M.A. Shapiro was the major faculty advisor.
S. Morris was supported by a U.S.  Public Health Service Trairx-
eeship during part of the research.
                        References

       TAEUBER,  I.E.,  "Mortality  and  Population", Am.  J. of
       Public  Health  61,  2335  (1971).

-------
                               683
         PRINDLE,  R.A.,  je_t aJL,  "Comparison of Pulmonary Function

         and Other Parameters in Two Communities with Widely

         Different Air Pollution Levels",  Am. J. of Public
         Health 53.  200  (1963).


         MANCUSO,  T.F. and E.J.  COULTER,  "Methods of Studying

         the  Relation  of Employment and Long Term Illness:

         Cohort Analysis",  Anu _J.  Pub]ic Health  49.  1525 (1959)


         CUTLER, S.J,  and  P.  EDERA,  "Maximum Utilization  of  the

         Life  Table Method  in Analyzing Survival",  J.  Chronic
         Disease .8, 899  (1958).
                           DISCUSSION

 SULAIMAN (Nigeria)

      Most participants give details on the impact of smoking
 and general  air pollution.   How can we remove the effect of
 home environment factors from these atmospheric  air pollution
MORRIS  (U.S.A.)
      This  is  a  very  important point  and  one  on which  considerablv
more  study is needed.   To  take home  exposures into  account we
?«*™   ??  e Study P°Pul-ation  into groups based  on level of
indoor pollutants  in the home.  This could be done  by questioning
S£i  ?2  i^J  Subjfcts as to the ^Pe of equipment and fuel    9
used  for heating and cooking, presence of smokers in  the home,
etc.  Then a  sampling of homes in each subgroup must  be monitored
to determine  variations in exposure.  I was  especially pleased
to see Professor Bouhuys present some data of this  nature in
his paper.
WASSERMAN  (Israel)

     Some surveys are needed for (characterizing) identifying
particular sources of air contamination which may cause a high
incidence in respiratory illness.  With reference to Solaiman's
remark, it should be observed that in some African houses, the
babies are carried on the vack of their mothers until the age of
two, while they are cooking in the home with green wood.  These
children are inhaling high amounts of smoke, which - as observed
in cases of necropsy - impregnate their lungs.  Thus, in a
survey, the rate of illness will be reported to cooking facilities
in the respective homes.

-------
                              685
           L'INFLUENCE DES POLLUTIONS INDUSTRIELLES
                DE L'AIR SUR L'ORGANISME WAIN

         W, DOBRYSZYCKA, S, IWANKIEWICZ, K, JACYSZYN,
          S, KOTLAREK-HAUS, E, OLEKSYK, K, STANKOWSKA

Institut Biopharmaceutique, Institut des Maladies Internes,
Clinique Otolaryngologique de l'Acad€mie Me'dicale de Wroclaw,
Pologne
RESUME

     On a examine la population habitant d proximite dea fonde-
riea de cuivre et a titre de oomparaison - lea groupea de con-
trole de la population n'etant pas exposes aux pollutions indua-
triellea.   Chez lea aujets exposes la concentration de plomb
dans le aang etait remarquablement elevee.  On a oonetate une
diminution dea aotivitea de ALAD, LDH, Aid, t G-6-PD dans lee
grythrocytea ainai que le taux des haptoglobines eignifioative-
ment abaiese et celui d'alpha-1-antitripsyne - Sieve.   Les exa-
mena hematologiquee ont demontre un taux abaiaee de Hb et le
nombre diminuS d'erythvooytea ainai que le pouvcentage plus
eleve dea reticulocytea dans lea groupea dea peraonnea expoaSea
au danger de pollution industrielle.

     Aujourd'huit avea le brusque developpement de I'industriali-
sation, le probldme de la sante humaine menaoee par des facteure
physiques, chimiques et biologiquea devient de plus en plus actuel
et imminent.   L'objectif de notre travail   eat la determination
de I'influenae des oxydee de plombt des oxydes de ouivre et d'
autres faateura toxiquea de I'atmosphere eur I'Stat de la eante
et sur lea proceaaua m&taboliquea de  la population habitant a
proximite dea fonderies de ouivre.

-------
                              686
ABSTRACT

     Population groups living in the vicinity of copper foundries
were examined and compared with control groups composed of sub-
jects not exposed to industrial pollution.   In the subjects
exposed to pollution the lead concentration in the blood was
remarkably high.   We recorded a decrease in ALADj LDHt Aid.
and G-6-PD activity in the erythrocytes, a significant drop in
the number of haptoglobins and a high alpha-1-antitrypsin count.
The haematological tests revealed a decrease in Hb and erythro-
cytes and a higher percentage of reticulocytes in the groups of
people liable to exposure to industrial pollution.

     In these days of rapid industrialization the problem posed
by the physical, chemical and biological threat to human health
is becoming more and more immediate.   The aim of our work is
to determine the effect of lead oxides, copper oxides and other
toxic substances in the atmosphere on the health and metabolic
processes of population groups living in the vicinity of copper
foundries.

-------
                                   687
MATERIEL ET METHODB3

          Les populations suivantes constituent le materiel de nos recher-
che s:
- Groupe  I     t habitants aux environs de la fonderie de cuivre en mar-
                  che depuis 10 ans environ (122 sujets);
- Groupe II     : habitants aux environs de la fonderie de cuivre en mar-
                  che depuis 2 ans environ {121 sujets);
- Groupe III    : habitants d'une grande ville, dee homines, exposes profes-
                  sionellement aux gaz d'Schappement (92 sujets);
- Groupe IV     : groupe de contr81e englobant les habitants de la campa-
                  gne, pratiquement non exposes aux pollutions induatriel-
                  les (134 personnes),
Au total, on a examinS 4^9 cas.

          Les personnes en question ont passe des examens me'dicaiuc de
routine, en plus, examen radiologique du thorax, examen de 1'urine, ECO,
examen otolaryngologique. On a pr'oce'dS  a une minutieuse enqufite concernant
les conditions de leur vie quotidienne, leurs indispositions subjeotivea,
leur travail professional, leur contact avec des produits chimiquea, leurs
maladies ant^rieures et defauts congenitaux, ainsi que leur charge familiale.

          On a determinfi le taux d'hemoglobine (Hb), la valeur de I'hema-
tocrite, le nombre d'firythrocytes et de leucocytes, la formule sanguinef le
nombre de re'ticulocytes et le nombre de plaquettes sel. Rees-Eoker (1).
La concentration du plomb total du sang a 6t6 effeotufie d'apres Dutkiewioz
(2), celle du cuivre dans le s6rum sel.Chiesura (3)1 I'aotivit4 (1'aot.)
de cholinesterase (CHE) sel. la methods de Hestrin en modification de
Huerg-Yesinic-Popper (4), 1'act. de deliydratase de 1'acide delta-aminolfi-
vulinique (ALAD) sel. Bonsignore (4), 1'act, de gamma-glutamyl-transpep-
tidase (GGTP) sel, Orlowski (5), 1'act. des aminotransf^rases (ASPAT, ALAT)
dans le s^rum d'apres Reitman-Prank (6), 1'haptoglobine sel. Jayle (7)»
la c4ruloplasmine sel. Ravin (8), l'alpha-1-inhibiteur de tripsy syne sel.
Homolka (9). L'act. de la phosphatase alcaline (Ph.alc.) et acide (Ph.ao.)
a et4 dgterminee sel. Sigma Tech,. Bull. (10), 1'act. de 1'aldolase (Aid.)
dans les erythrocytes sel. Bruns (ll)f 1'aot. de la d^hydrogenase gluooso
-6-phosphate (0-6-PD) suivant Richterich (12), l*act. de la d^hydrog^naae
lactique (LDH) par la m^thode de Zimmermann et Weinstein (13), 1'electro-

-------
Tableau II.
Coraportement des indices biochimiques
     /moyennes arythmetiques/.

Concentration de Pb o
dans le sang jUg/ 100 car
Concentration de Cu ^
dans le plasma, jug/100 cnr
Serum:
«.*>.» WW
Haptoglobines mg/100 cm^
Ceruloplasmine mg/100 cm-3
Pseudochol-est. I.U,
ASPAT " "
ALAT " "
Alk.phosph. " "
Acide phosph. " "
or-1 inhibiteur de tripsyne
4
grgthroogtes; /I.U.^g Hb^_
LDH
Aldolaae
G-6-P Deh.
Acethylcholest.
ALAD
ASPAT
,____«________«_________- __-.._--L
Groupe I
	 	 	
	
182
-——___— _
274
106,1
44,4
2,0
15,3
12,3
2,0
0,9
1344,0
	 ,
23,6
0,99
4,0
6,0
3,3
0,83
i Groupe II
76
231
	
122,9
37,4
1,8
17,6
9,7
2,1
0,6
1559,1
20,0
0,75
2*9
6,6
8,0
0,93
Groupe III
______ _ _
114

116,2
40,7
1,2
41,5
34,0
0,91
1251,6
„_, _,_ „ 	
~ — I
20,0
1,2
4,0
4,5
6,6
1,75
Groupe IV
42
___- ._— ______
138
„_____________
144,4
43,2
2,3
15,3
9,4
1,9
0,8
1302,4
	 — «,
27,3
1,14
4,2
7,2
16,6
0,75
                                                                             00
                                                                             CD

-------
                                    689
phorese des iso-enzymes (LDH) sur gel polyacrilamidique sel, Davis (14)*
On a £valu£ les moyennes arithmetiques et les deviations-standard; les
differences entre lee moyennes ont ete determines suivant le test "t"
Student afin d'y trouver la difference valable.

LES RE3ULTAT3 DE RECHERCHE3 ET DISCUSSIONS

          Dans les groupes I et II on notait souvent des plaintes centre
la fumSe, contra la mauvaise odeur dans 1'air, et dans les groupes de fern-
mes, contre les naua<5ea et les douleurs dans la region de 1'hypochondre*
Les groupes I et II pr^sentaient en general un etat de sant6 moins loon*
On a trouv^ dans ces groupes dee changements de la muqueuse de la cavite*
buccale et du nez (25 - 30 $) de type allergique aveo endonunagement de
l*odoratt ou bien des changements dans 1'avant-bouche et des genoives
ressemblant a la leucoplasie.

          Les resultats de recherche hematologique ont 6t6 groupesdans le
tableau I.

          Farmi les femmes du groupe I et du groupe II, le taux de Hb et
le nombre d'^rythrocytes etaient en effet plus bas que dans le groupe de
contrOle. Ce qui est frappant chez les homines du groupe I, o'est le taux
abaisse de Hb; le taux de Hb le plus elev£ et le plus grand nombre d'dry-
throcytes deoiontre le groupe urbain* Le nombre de plaquettes chez les fem-
mes etait le plus bas dans le groupe II ou le temps de menace dtait plus
court* Le pourcentage des retioulooytes dans les groupes I, II et III
etait significativement plus Sieve que dans le groupe de contrflle,

          Dans le tableau II on a roontre le comportement de factcurs bio-
chimiques estimes par nous comme lea plus sensibles dans I1evaluation du
danger* La concentration de ploob dans le sang etait la plus dlevee dans
le groupe I et differait de maniere significative des valours moyennes
d'autres groupes*  La concentration de cuivre dans le serum du groupe I et
du groupe II etait deux fois plus 5levee que dans les groupes de controle*
L'analyse des resultats de recherche sur les protelnes et sur les enzymes
demontre un abaissement du taux des haptoglobines  statistiquement signi-
fioatif, ainsi que la diminution de 1'activite de CHE serique et 1'augmen-
tation du taux d'alpha-1-inhibiteur de tripsyne dans les groupes I et II*

-------
Tableau I. Resultats des examens hematologiques
           /moyennes arithmetiques et deviations standard/
Groupe ,
d* examines sexe
/nombre de cas /
fern. /36/
masc./78/ '
fe'm./63/
masc,/54/
_ __ _ _
	 - —
gr.III masc./91/
fenu/41/
o-t* TV ___ — _____i
masc./9l/
Facteur examine I
^Taux
d hemoglobi
ne en g$
11,6
r — ^
12,8
	 	 .
F — - 1
11,2
r —~ i
14,5
L _ J
r — - -
15,6
12,2
I 	 H
13,7
1,1
1,3
.
r - --i
1,1
r~ n
0,9
L _ _ _l
' 	 ~
1,3
1,4
1,2
Hombre en mm-' / x 10^ /.
Erythro
%
3 952,0
i 	 " 	 1
4 280,0
_ .
r 	 — i
3 793,0
r~ 	 ~"\
4 009,0
	 	 	
_ _ 	 ,
4 703,0
4 181,0
4 532,0
Bytes
S
0,3
	 1
0,4
_j
- i
0,8
1,7
.
_
0,5
0,8
0,6
Leucc
X
6,3
7,4
—
6,9
6,0
_
-i
5,6
7,0
7,0
>cytes
5
2,3
2,2
j
1,5
1,6
L _ _l
1,3
2,7
2,3
Plaquettes
- 1 s
y j o
. **> _ ! _ _—
127,8 J33,8
i 	 — i — 	
146,6 [40,6
L 	 	
- — r --i
105,4 j 52,6
130,1 i 43, 3
	 L 	 J
i
150,1 | 50,1
i
127,6 | 40,1
123,6 { 46,0
i
i
r
Reticu
en i
X
10,5
i 	
10,5
_
_
11,4
9,6
— 	
8,0
6,4
6,3
locytes
^
S .
10,7
I 	 r
6,3
L _ 	 	 I
r 	 —
5,4
| 	 _____.f
5,3
. — j
• 	
4,3
3,5
3,3
                                                                         1C
                                                                         o

-------
                                   691
 On a constatS des changements nets  dans lea enzymes erythrocytaires chez

 les sujets exposes, a savoir: 1'act, ALAD e'tait remarquab lenient  diminue'e,

 a part cela, dans le groupe expos6  a 1'action des facteurs nocifs pendant

 un court dSlai de temps 1'inhibition correspondait a 50 % et.dans le groupe

 exposd au  danger plus longteraps, elle correspondait 'a 75 %• La  diminution
 de 1'act. de ACHE e'tait la plus  marquee dans le groupe urbain expose1 au

 danger de vapeurs de plomb te'trae'thyle. Les activit4s de G-6-PD, d'Ald.,

 et de LDH e'taient significativement. plus faiblea dans les groupes exposes,

 L'Stude de 1'isozymie LDH d'e'rythrocytes a demontr6 des dfiplacements nets
 orient6s vers LDH. et LDHC»
                 4       5

          L1Evaluation de micro-intoxication des populations humaines est
 un probleme complexe par rapport au nombre £lev£ des facteurs agissant

 ainsi qu'au manque des manifestations cliniques nettes, N&mmoins, les

 systemes specifiques d'enzymes sensibles au plomb et au cuivre,  que nous

 avons choisi pour nos recherches, semblent le mieux refle"ter le  degr£ de
 danger auquel est expose1 la population, d'autant plus qu'ils sont en cor-

 relation avec les changements hematologiques* Les troubles enzymatiques

 d'6rythrocytes peuvent Stre pr^curseurs ou blen accompagner les  changements
 morphologiques des Srythrocytes, elles peuvent e'galement temoigner des
 troubles dans le metabolisms cellulaire d'autres tisaus de 1'organisme.

 REFERENCES

 1) KRAWCZYNSKI,  J., OSINSKI T.,  "Laboratoryjne  me tody diagnostyczne",
    PZWL, Warszawa 196?
 2) DUTKIEWICZ  T., - Hed.  Prncy 3,  183,  (1951)
 3) CHIESURA  P.,  - La Medicina del  Lavoro 61, ^37  (1970)
 «t) BONSIGNORE  D., CARTASEGNA  C., VBRONAHO C., et  al.- La Medicina del
    Lavoro 59,  *H9 (1968)
 5) OHLOWSKI  M.,  MEISTER  A., - Bioch.  Bioph. Acta  73»  679 (1963)
 6) REITMAN S.,  FRANKEL S.,  -  Am. J.  Clin. Pathol.  28, % (1957)
 7) JAYLE M.F.  - Bull. Soc.  Clin. Biol.  33, 876  (1951)
 8) RAVIN H.A.  - Lancet 1,  756 (1956)
 9) HOMOLKA J.  - Biochemia kliniczna,  PZWL, III  ed.,  539 (1971)
10) Sigma Technical Bull.  Nr 10^, March 1963
11) BRUNS F.  -  Biochem. Zeitschr. 156,  325 (195*O
12) RICUTBRICH  R. - Chemia Kliniczna,  PZWL, Warszawa 1971
13) ZIMMERMANN  H., WEINSTEIN II.,  -  J.  Lab. Clin. Med.  <46, 607 (1956)
    DAVIS B.  -  Ann. N.Y.  Acnd. Sci.  121,

-------
                              692
                         DISCUSSION
HERNBERG (Finland)
     Les teneurs en plomb que vous avez trouve"es dans tous les
groupes sont si SlevSes qu'il ne peut s'agir que d'une tres
grave erreur me'thodologique.  Des dizaines d'fitudes portant sur
les populations et utilisant des methodes controlees ont fait
ressortir des teneurs moyennes en PbB d1environ 15-30 ,mg/10Oml,
qui, meme au voisinage des sources de pollution, dfipassent rare-
ment 4Oying/lOOml.  L1 erreur methodologique, qui doit etre, pour
le moins, d'un ordre de grandeur, ote, toute valeur a vos con-
clusions.


KOTLAREK-HAUS (Pologne)

     La methode que nous utilisons est une methode de Dithizone
(diphenylthiocarbazone) effectuSe dans le sang total.  Les
valeurs normales dans cette mSthode sont conutie celles pour notre
groupe de controle; elles sont un peu plus elevees en comparaison
a la me"thode AAS.  Notre mSthode est neanmoins conforme aux
valeurs obtenues par d'autres autres utilisant cette methode,
dont les valeurs s'elSvent a 60-70 meg/100 ml du sang. (1) Crad-
wohls, Clinical Lab. Methods and Diagn. Ed. by Fraenkels.,
Reitman S., C^W. Mosby Comp. 197Oj (2) Kehoc R., Arch. Environ.
Health 1964, 8, 232*  (3) Christian G.D.: Analyt. Chem. 1969, 41,
274.

     Dans notre groupe de controle la teneur en plomb dans le
sdrum s'e'levait a 10 mcg/lOO ml.


ZIELHUIS (Pays-Bas)

     Le tableau I fait ressortir des differences, par exemple
dans les niveaux d'hemoglobine et dans les nombre d'Srythrocytes.
La comparaison des groupes du point de vue des effets de leur
exposition a 1'environnement ne peut se faire que si  les groupes
sont par ailleurs comparables en ce qui concerne les conditions
de nutrition, les conditions socio-Sconomiques, le milieu eth-
nique, les pressions baromfitriques, I1 age.  Cette e"tude satis-
fait-elle a ces conditions?


KOTLAREK-HAUS  (Pologne)

     Les groupes examines Staient comparables par rapport aux
moyennes d'Sge, et a la distribution dans les classes particuli$-
res d'age; leurs conditions socio-ficonomiques et gfiographiques
n'etaient pas eVidemment les memes, mais pare!lies.  Toutes ces
donn£es ont e"te evalufies par les statisticiens quand S. leur
validity.

-------
                              693
BERLIN (C.E.C.)

1.   Dans votre communication il est indique que les taux de
plombSmie pour les personnes du groupe III  (habitants des villes
professionnellement exposes) sont beaucoup plus Sieves que pour
ceux dv groupe II (habitants aux environs d'une fonderie de
cuivre en marche depuis 2 ans) . Que lie Stait la profession des
personnes du groupe III?

2.   Vu ces taux de plombe'mie tres Sieve's quelles sont les
actions entreprises pour les require?  A partir de quel niveau
de plomb6mie une action prophylatique est-elle mise en route?


KOTLAREK-HAUS  (Pologne)

1.   Les personnes du groupe III Staient des employes de stations
service et des membres de la police routiere travaillant dans
les endroits les plus pollue's de la ville.
2.   Us ont 6t6 soumis a la surveillance speciale, m^dicale et
prophylactique .

-------
                              695
      EPIDEMIOLOGY STUDIES OF DDi AND DIELDRIN RESIDUES
        AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO HUM CARCINOGENESIS

            J, E, DAVIES+, A, BARQUET+, C, MORGADE+
                      AND A, RAFFONELLl"1"1"

+  University of Miami, School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, USA
++ Florida State Division of Health, Miami, Florida, USA
ABSTRACT

     In contrast to dieldrin residues serologic and adipose sur-
veys of the human DDT residue in the population of South Florida
exhibited significant demographic characteristics in both tissues,
Total DDT residues were higher in blacks than whites, were age
and social class dependent^  higher residues being found in the
less affluent in both races.   Similarly, geographic distribution
differences have been identified.   These demographic and geo-
graphic distribution frequencies emphasize the significant con-
tribution of non-dietary sources of DDT in incidental DDT pollu-
tion and the identification of clustering within homes and envi-
ronmental studies in a Bahamian island population implicated
household dust as a major contributant to this type of pollution
in tropical areas.   When adipose surveys were stratified for
these differences no significant differences in Total DDT adipose
residue were observed in autopsy and biopsy comparisons from 122
cancer cases when compared with race, sex and social economically
matched controls.   Similarly, in separate comparisons of these
residues in 24 lung cancers, 14 gastrointestinal cancers, 29
breast cancers, and 15 generalized metastatio carcinomas, no sig-
nificant differences were observed.   The complexities of case-
control residue studies are described.

-------
                                  696
 1.  Introduction
     In contrast to the frequency distribution of human dieldrin residues
 several studies of the frequency distribution of human DDT studies in
 i»oth fat and blood indicated that this pesticide residue is not homo-
 geneously distributed throughout the general population.  Earlier reports
 emphasize the homogeneity of this residue a frequency which reeraphasized
 the concept that incidental human exposure was primarily dietary.  Fre-
 quency distribution studies of the UDT residue in the general population
 cf South Florida, which enjoys a semi-tropical climate, exhibited signi-
 ficant demographic differences in both adipose and serological surveys.
 Total DDT residues were higher in blacks then whites and were strongly
 age dependent  in the  first  two  decades  of  life  but  less  so  in  subsequent
 age groups,  exhibited  family clustering and was  strongly  correlated with
 social  class in  the greater  Miami  area  when  this  parameter  was measured
 by the  Hollingshead Index,  the  census tract population density or  the
 census  tract median income  (Davies et al  CO).  These socio-economic
 differences  which were noted from a serological survey of 581  adults in
 the general  population suggested that higher DDT  residues occurred in  the
 less affluent members of the general population in both races.  Geograph-
 ic frequency distribution of DDT but not dieldrin has also been recogniz-
 ed in sizeable adipose DDT residues in  the United States.  In  a preva-
 lence survey of  DDT and dieldrin adipose residues from 4,469 members of
 the general  population from  22 States in the United States in  1968, the
 mean Total DDT residue was 4.85 ppm in whites residing in the  cooler sta-
 tes and 9.21 ppm from whites in the warmer states; in contrast the mean
 dieldrin residue was 0.13 ppm in both areas of the continent.  From adi-
 pose reisudes of 804 blacks, the mean Total DDT was 7.68 ppm in the cool-
 er  states and 14,37 ppm in the warmer states whereas the mean dieldrin
 level was 0.14 ppm and 0.13 ppm in the cooler and warmer states respec-
 tively.  These demographic and geographic distribution frequency differ-
 ences for the human DDT residue emphasize the significant contribution of
 non-dietary  sources of DDT in incidental human DDT pollution, and the
 socio-.economic differences,  domestic clustering and environmental studies
 in a Bahamian island which implicated the important role of household
dust, reinforce the importance of giving due consideration to the micro-
epidemiologic variables of  the home environment  in future epldemiologic
studies which may compare the organochlorine pesticide residues in health
 and disease.   Having these stratification requirements in man,  adipose

-------
                                  697
organochlorine levels in 122 cancer cases were compared with residues
from 122 controls obtained from persons coming to surgery or dying from
non-malignant cases, matched for age, race, sex and social class.   This
paper reviews the results of this study and also describes the effect of
social economic class in this adipose organochlorine residue study.
2.  Materials and Methods
    Serological and biopsy fats were obtained from 122 cancer cases com-
ing to surgery  or autopsy on account of the following malignancies: pri-
mary lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, breast cancer and generalized
metastatic carcinomatosis.  Similar specimens were obtained from 122
matched controls coming to surgery or autopsy for non-malignant
 conditions.   Organochlorine levels were obtained by gas liquid  chromato-
 graphy studies on a wet weight basis using the modified Mills procedure
 \2\.   On the few occasions when the amount of fat was insufficient for
 this method  a micro-Mills analyses was performed and the results  calcu-
 lated on a lipid extractable basis.  No statistical difference  in resi-
 dues by either method had been previously detected.  In addition  to
 matching on  the basis of race, sex and social class, and with few ex-
 ceptions by  age, within a 10 year period, information on significant
 weight loss  was categorized into to three categories.  Category I -
 moderate to  severe (greater than 12 pounds or a pathologist*s report of
 emaciation), Category II - less than 12 pounds or no weight loss, and
 Category III - where weight loss was not recorded.
 3.  Results
     In the comparison of adipose residues in 122 matched cancer patients
 and controls the mean Total DDT was 7.8 ppm in the controls and 8.0 In
 the cancer patients, a difference which was not significant at .05 level.
 The mean dieldrin residue was 0.3 ppm in both cancer cases and controls
 but as may be expected the degree of weight loss in the cancer cases was
 significantly greater than that observed in the controls.
     Table I compares the adipose residues in the four individual types
 of cancers with matched controls.  The data was further sub-divided as
 to whether metastatic spread  of cancer had occurred or not.  Again,
 there were no significant differences with regard  to adipose concentra-
 tions of Total  DDT and  dieldrin  residues.  Significant weight  loss was
 also  observed in  the individual  cancer groups when compared  to the con-

-------
                                            698
            TABLE I - Comparisons of adipose pesticide residues (ppm)  in groups  of  match
                      cancer patients and controls.   Dade County,  Florida,  1972.
GROUP
PRIMARY LUNG CANCER
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
PRIMARY LUNG CANCER
WITH METASTASIS
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
PRIMARY GASTRO-
INTESTINAL CANCER
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
PRIMARY GASTRO-
INTESTINAL CANCER
WITH METASTASIS
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
PRIMARY BREAST
CANCER
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
PRIMARY BREAST
CANCER WITH
METASTASIS
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
METASTATIC CANCER
Controls
Cancer
"p" Value
n

24
24



22
22



46
46




4
4



29
29




10
10


4
4

X
Total DDT

8.9
8.5
NSD*


7.9
9.6
NSD


8.4
8.9
NSD



7.0
10.5
NSD


7.1
5.4
NSD



5.2
4.6
NSD

13.7
14.8
NSD
X
Dieldrin

0.3
0.2
NSD


0.2
0.4
NSD


0.3
0.3
NSD



0.3
0.2
NSD


0.2
0.2
NSD



0.1
0.2
NSD

0.6
0.4
NSD
Weight Loss



NSD




<.001




<.001





< .05




<01





NSD



NSD
*No significant differences at .05 level

-------
                                       699
       trols yet this weight loss differences had no effect on the average
       pesticide residue concentrations.
           The pesticide residue data in both cancer and controls was also
       studied with regard to exploring socio-economic class differences
       measured by the Holllngshead Index \_3_J.  As had been previously noted in
       our serological survey Total DDT residues were here again significantly
       greater in the less affluent; dieldrin levels were greater in Social
       Class 4 and 5 than in Social Class 1 and 2 in the controls (Table II).
       4.  Discussion
           The fact that pesticide residue concentrations were not significant-
       ly different in cancer cases when compared with matched controls can be
          TABLE II - Total DDT and dieldrin residues (ppm) in adipose tissue by
                     social class groups.  White cancer patients and controls,
                     Dade County, Florida, 1972.
SOCIAL CLASSES
Controls
  I & II
  IV & V
"p" Value
Patients
  I & II
  IV & V
"n" Value
                n
               35
               72
               43
               81
                              TotaJLDDT (ppm)
Dieldrin (ppm)
5P
6.1
8.4
05>p>.01
S.D.
5.4
5.8

Range
0.5-25.0
0.7-29.0

X
0.2
0.3
<0.5
S.D.
0.2
0.4

Range
0-1.3
0-2.2

6.1 4.8
8.8 6.1
05>p>01
Tr.*-21.0
0.7-42.0

0.2
0.3
NSD**
0.2
0.3

0-0.9
0-2.6

*Trace Amounts
**No significant difference at .05 level
        considered  to  be  reassuring  or  to  say  the  least, and  in  this small study
        the data  suggests that  the incidental  environmental exposure to DDT and
        dieldrin  was the  same in  these  selected  cancer cases  as  the matched con-
        trols.  Earlier reports of similar types of  studies have reported con-
        flicting  results,  with  some  studies finding  significantly levels of

-------
                                        700
        Total DDT residues in cancer cases and others finding no significant

        differences (Radomski, Deichman, Ray  (4J,  Dacre and Jennings Q>^,

        Casarette, Fryer, Yauger and Klemmer  GJ ,  Hoffman, Adler, Fishbein and

        Bauer L7j .  This study does not support a  carcinogenic potential of

        incidental exposure to DDT and dieldrin in this area in these cancers

        and the data emphasizes that in future case control studies of persis-
                       f
        tent environmental pollutants, due consideration will have to be given

        to the more important geographic and demographic variables particularly

        the socio-economic variable.

        *This research was supported by the Division of Pesticides, Community
        Studies, Office of Pesticides, Environmental Protection Agency, through
        the Florida State Division of Health, under contract number 68-03-0088.
                                      REFERENCES

1.  DAVIES, J.E., EDMUNDSON, W.F., RAFFONELLI, A., CASSADY, J.C., MORGADE, C.  "The
    role of social class in human pesticide pollution" Amer. J. of Epid, 96, 335
    (1972).

2.  MILLS, P.A.  Revised method.  In Pesticide Analytical Manual, F.D.A., H.E W
    (1968).

3.  HOLLINGSHEAD, A.B.  "Two-factor index of social position"  A.B. Hollingshead  nub*
    New Haven, Conn. (1957).                                                    *

4.  RADOMSKI, J.L., DEICHMANN, W.B., CLIZER, E.R.  "Pesticide concentrations in the
    liver, brain and adipose tissue of terminal hospital patients",  Fd. Cosmet
    Toxicol. 6, 209 (1968).

5.  DACRE, J.C., JENNINGS, R.W.  "Organochlorine insecticides in normal and carcino-
    genic human lung tissue.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 17, 277 (1970).

6.  CASARETT, L.J., FRYER, G.C., YAUGER, W.L., KLEMMER, H.W.  "Organochlorine
    residues in human tissue.   Hawaii."  Arch. Environ. Health 17, 306 (1968).

7.  HOFFMAN, W.S., ADLER,  H.t  FISHBEIN, W.I., BAUER,  F.C.  "Relation of pesticide
    centrations in fat to pathological changes in tissues.  Arch. Environ. Health 15
    58 (1967).

-------
                               701
EPSTEIN (U.S.A.)

     The observations presented by the speaker, though of great
interest in themselves, do not appear to support his contention
that they are not consistent with the relationship of DDT and
dieldrin to human carcinogenesis.  The studies reported were
designed to compare residues of these pesticides in relatively
small human populations with and without a variety of malignant
neoplasms.  The studies clearly were not designed to investigate
the human carcinogenicity of dieldrin and DDT.  To achieve the
latter objective, large populations with widely varying body
burdens of these pesticides would have to be followed for several
decades.  Such studies, while feasible would be clearly compli-
cated by the ubiquity of environmental and human contamination
with both these persistant pesticides.


DAVIES  (U.S.A.)  (Editorial note: written answer submitted later)

     I agree with the comments from Dr. S.S. Epstein.  The ob-
servations though small at least might be considered reassuring
with regard to DDT and human carcinogenesis.  All that can be
said is that in the sample size studied there was no increase
in residues of these pesticides in patients with these malignant
neoplasms.

     As suggested by Dr. Epstein, prospective studies in high
and low exposure groups with sufficient years of exposure will
be necessary to settle the issue conclusively.  With the better
understanding of the epidemiology of the DDT residue in the
United States and with special categorization of special factors
such as social class it is feasible to do retrospective studies
on populations of fairly large size.  This would throw some
light on the issue but again one can foresee the interpretative
phenomena which would complicate such studies; these are: (1)
the concept of inducers and promoters in carcinogenesis and the
theory that two separate insults are required for human carcin-
ogenesis,  and  (2) is the issue that already, at least in Dade
County, insofar as DDT residues are concerned these are declin-
ing in the population and no DDT has been identified in air
samples taken in this area,for the last two years.

-------
                               702
                           DISCUSSION


 (Editorial  note:  the paper was  presented  by  J.A.  Santoluaito  (U.S,A
 who  answered  the  questions during  the  discussion).
WASSERMAN  (Israel)

      It  seens  valuable  to  compare  levels  of  OCI  in lipids ex-
tracted  from the  tumoral and  presumably health tissues  from the
same  patients  for an  appropriate comparison  of the storage pro-
cess.
SANTOLUCITO  (U.S.A.)

      Such  comparisons  would  of  course  be  interesting.   However,
the  levels of  organo chlorine insecticides  in adipose  tissue
have been  shown  to reflect body burdens  in  relation to exposure
rate.   Thus, while tumoral tissue  concentrations  of the insec-
ticides are  not  known,  the observation still holds  that body
burdens of DDT and dieldrin  were not different between cancer
and  matched  non-cancer cases.


OLOFFS  (Canada)

     I  think there  is a misunderstanding between the speaker  and
Dr. Wassermann.  According to my interpretation of  the paper  by
Dr. Davies et al.,  his group did not look at  adipose tissue
obtained from the  cancerous areas, merely at  adipose tissue  from
another area of the body.  Consequently, Dr.  Wassermann's ques-
tion is irrelevant, although the problem he raised  is of very
great interest and  significance.


CHAMBERS (Ireland)

     I  notice that  the results were presented for wet weight  of
tissue.  I believe  that by now we  should be attempting to pro-
duce our results as an expression  of the dry  weight of the tis-
sue as  a matter of  normal technique.  This may be the case es-
pecially when tissues have been  taken during  surgery when there
can be  great changes in wet weight during storage for example.


SANTOLUCITO  (U.S.A.)

     Your point is well taken provided, of course,  that the
dehydration process did not result in  losses  of the material  to
be measured.   Implicit in the wet weight methodology is that  care
must be taken to prevent or minimize water loss.

-------
                    TIERUNTERSUCHUNGEN
                      ANIMAL STUDIES
                  ETUDES SUR LES ANIMAUX
                    STUDI SUGLI  ANIMALI
                 ONDERZOEKINGEN  BIJ DIEREN
Vorsitzender - Chairman - President - Presidente - Voorzittev
                     L. COIN (France)

-------
                            705

                ANIMAL MODELS FOR HUMAN DISEASE

                         D, E, GARDNER

Experimental Biology Laboratory, Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, NC, USA
ABSTRACT

     Epidemiology and animal toxicology together yield health
effects data which serve as the guidelines for formulation of
reasonable air quality standards.   Epidemiological studies sug-
gest human health effects of pollutants in the ambient air, but
cannot provide direct "cause-and-effect" proof.   Community
studies must cope with a host of complex oovariates, are restric-
ted to a limited range of exposures, and often provide information
too late for preventive measures.   Toxicologiaal studies in
laboratory animals provide the opportunity to employ controlled
conditions, to utilize a wide range of pollutant exposures, and
to predict potential hazards.   These two disciplines complement
one another in providing information suggesting the possibility
of a cause and effect relationship which can then be used to set
standards and do prospective studies.   This paper will be dir-
ected toward the description, characterization, and evaluation
of currently available animal models which have been or could
be used as biological indicators of adverse human health effects
of environmental agents.

     New technological innovations often produce a change in type
and quantity of pollutants.   A variety of new substances could
be produced and distributed into the environment before their
effects on health are fully known.   It is only through close
coordination between human and animal studies that environmental

-------
                             706
science can keep abreast of this vapidly changing challenge to
our environment.

     Since it is not possible to present a detailed description
of all available animal models in the time allotted, this paper
will illustrate the contributions which some models have made
to our overall understanding of environmental toxicology and
indicate how these models can relate to epidemiological studies.

-------
                                    707
Introduction
     The synergistic interaction of epidemiologists, clinicians and animal
toxicologists has yielded an impressive body of scientific information
which points to the inescapable conclusion that contamination of
community air with environmental pollutants can produce profound health
consequences.  While epidemiologic studies suggest human health effects of
pollutants in ambient air, such community studies usually cannot provide
"cause-and-effect" proof since they must cope with a host of complex
covariates.  Furthermore, such studies are restricted to a limited range
of exposure, and often provide information too late for preventive
measures.
     Toxicological studies using animal models provide the opportunity
1) to control some covariates, 2) to utilize a wide range of pollutant
exposures, 3) to evaluate a possible threshold for production of adverse
health effects, 4) to study effects of single agents as well as the inter-
action of several pollutants, and 5) to study the basic mechanism of inter-
action between pollutant and the living system.  Most importantly, such
studies permit animals to be exposed to newly-introduced products and
serve as indicators of health effects before humans are subjected to
environmental exposure to new agents.
    What is the best choice of animal models?  The selection of the animal
model must reflect the need of the researcher.  Some researchers prefer
normal random bred healthy animals while other studies are conducted with
modified, but healthy, animals, such as inbred, specific pathogen-free or
germ-free.  In environmental health studies, specialized animals with
either induced or spontaneous specific diseases, such as emphysema,
genetic or infectious, may more sensitively reflect health hazards of
selected high risk individuals within the human population.  Pregnant
animals offer the lexicologist the opportunity to study not only the
potential effects on the parents but extend the study to other generations.
The essential quality of a good animal model is its ability to reliably
and sensitively predict a disease process in man.
     There are two general approaches that can be employed utilizing
animal models.  First are those studies that have an immediate applied
goal  centering around the detection of adverse health effects.  The
parameters indicating injury may vary from mortality to very subtle
cellular and subcellular responses.  This type of model seeks to identify

-------
                                  708
 the  target organ or function which is the most sensitive to the assault.
     The second approach has a different goal which is to study the
mechanism of the observed toxic effect.  These studies could involve
alteration in structure or function of organs or individual cells or sub-
cellular functions.  In this type of study it must be recognized that
while one seeks out a particular target one tends to lose identity with
normal physiologic influence of the whole animal.
     With all animal studies there are certain biological factors which
must be considered before extrapolating the observation to human popula-
tion.  Questions arise such as how to consider the life span of the
species and what segment of the animal's life to test.  It can be mis-
leading to try to extrapolate years of animal exposure to years of human
exposure.  Animals may not live long enough to develop diseases that
require a long latent period.  What dose in the laboratory animal
corresponds to what dose in man?  Does animal response always indicate
danger to man?  Does the animal physically and metabolically handle
exogenous agents in a manner similar to man?  The problem of small  sample
size must also be considered.  An adverse response with a relatively low
incidence (i.e.  1:1000) could be considered highly undesirable in  the
community, although the usual toxicologic study which employs 100  or
fewer animals per treatment group would miss this effect.  Table 1  lists
other more obvious problems that require consideration.
                             Table  1
  Cautions When  Using  Animal  Models  for Predicting  Effect in  Man
             1.   Species differences.
                      a.  metabolic
                      b.   longevity
                      c.  anatomic
                      d.   physiologic
                      e.  genetic
             2.   State of health.
             3.   Nutritional  requirements.
             4.   Route and  schedule  of administration.
             5.   Small  sample size.
             6.   Endogenous  flora.
             7.   Micro-environment of  test  animals.
             8.   Spontaneous  disease.

-------
                                 709
     Animal models have served to predict, substantiate or detect the
effects of environmental pollutants on alterations in lung function and
structure, resistance to disease, behavioral changes, and cancer.
Obviously this presentation cannot review all the animal models that have
contributed to our knowledge of environmental toxicology, but I would
like to discuss one in more detail as an example.
     There is good agreement between epidemiologic and animal studies
concerning the effect of polluted air on the infectious disease processes,
and increasing emphasis is placed on the role played by pollutants in the
enhancement of morbidity from respiratory infections.
     A model system which has been used in this type of study is to
expose animals to a pollutant either before or after a respiratory
challenge with an infectious microorganism.  Table 2 depicts in outline
form the effect of the pollutant on increasing susceptibility which can
be measured by effect on (1) mortality rates, (2) survival time,
                               Table  2
                           Infectivity  Model
                         Parameters of  Response
                 Whole  Animals
                      1.   mortality rates
                      2.   survival rates
                      3.   pathology
                 Host  Defenses
                      1.   Pulmonary Defense Cells
                               Numbers
                               Viability
                               Phagocytic Capability
                               Bacteriocidal Activity
                               Hydrolytic Enzymes Activity
                               Clearance Kinetics
                      2.   Immunological
                               Cell-mediated
                               Immunoglobulins
                               Antibody Levels

-------
                                710
Fiqure 1.   A model  for determining the effect  of a  test  substance  on
                ;  defenses.   Animals  are exposed in  separate  chambers
           to either the test substance or to  clean  air.   They  are  then
           combined and exposed  to an  aerosol  of viable   microorganisms.
           The animals are  then  separated and  various  health  indicators,
           such as  mortality,  are  studied.

-------
                                  711
(3) phagocytic capability, (4) bacteriocidal activity, (5) hydrolytic
enzymes activity, (6) inflamatory response, and (7) alteration in immune
competence.  Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of this model system.
Increased susceptibility to a number of microorganisms such as
Streptococci, Klebsiella, Diplococcus, and Influenza virus in mice,
guinea pigs, hamsters, and monkeys have been associated with exposure to
such environmental contaminants as 03, N02, S02, Mn, Ni, Pb, auto-exhaust,
and dust (Coffin [1], Ehrlich [2], Renters [3], Ardelean [4], Mai getter
[5], Hemphill [6], Port [7], Coffin [8]).  Since this effect was first
noted the model system has been expanded to study the mechanism of the
observed adverse effects (Gardner [9], Coffin [10], Gardner [11],
Goldstein [12]).
     At the present time other animal models are being developed which
may be applicable to community 'studies.  Models which study the effect of
pollutants on humoral and cellular immunity; teratogenesis, mutagenesis
and post-natal development; acceleration of aging, shortening of life
span; and tolerance to the pollutant.
     Within our society there exist certain high-risk individuals who are
predisposed to the adverse effects of pollutants.  Research on the Inter-
action of environmental pollutants and established human disease 1s
currently inhibited because so little of the needed research can be done
on human subjects.  But many diseases similar to those in humans occur
naturally in animals or may be deliberately induced on a predictable
basis.  Some natural diseases of animals that mimic human diseases are
emphysema, autoimmunity, atherosclerosis and cataracts.  A more complete
list of such models with references has been published (Jones [13]).
Obviously these animal models offer many advantages in the establishment
of controlled studies of the interaction of environmental factors and
pre-existing disease states.
     In conclusion it would be appropriate to re-emphasize the Importance
of communication between the investigators using animals and those with
human subjects.  By sharing ideas certain guidelines concerning
priorities, experimental design, and the practical application of the
data will be developed which will mutually aid each group in their
research.  Such animal studies, coupled wi1:h human studies, provide a
noble example of a partnership between two disciplines seeking to
Improve human existence.

-------
                                   712
                               REFERENCES

1   COFFIN, D, GARDNER, D.,  "Interaction  of biological  agents  and  chemical
   air pollutants," Ann.  Occup.  Hyq..  15, 219-234  (1972).

2  EHRLICH, R., "Effect of  nitrogen dioxide on resistance  to  respiratory
   infection," Bact. Rev.,  30,  604-614 (1966).

3  FENTERS, Ju, FINDLAY,  J.,  PORT,  C., EHRLICH, R.,  COFFIN, D., "Chronic
   exposure to nitrogen dioxide," Arch.  Environ. Health, 27,  85-89  (1973).

4  ARDELEAN, L, "The action  of atmospheric dust and gas pollutants  on
   infectious processes," Environmental  Control Seminar Proceedings,
   U. S. Dept. of Commerce,  pp.  287-295  (1971).

5  MAIGETTER, R., FINDLAY,  J,,  FENTERS,  Ju, EHRLICH, R., "Effect  of
   manganese dioxide on resistance  to  respiratory  infection,"  Presented
   at annual meeting Am.  Soc, of Microbiology, Chicago,  111.,,
   May 12-17, 1974.

6  HEMPHILL, R., KAEBERLE,  M.,  BUCK, W., "Lead suppression of mouse
   resistance to Salmonella Typhimurium." Science, 172,  1021-1032 (1971).

7  PORT, C., FENTERS, J,, EHRLICH,  R., COFFIN, D«, GARDNER, £„, "Inter-
   action of nickel oxide and influenza  infection  in the hamster,"
   submitted to Environ.  Research  (1974)..

8  COFFIN, D.,, BLOMMER, Eu, "Acute  toxicity of irradiated  auto exhaust
   indicated by enhancement of  mortality from Streptococcal   pneumonia,"
   Arch. Environ. Health, 15, 36-38 (1967).

9  GARDNER, D., HOLZMAN,  R.,  COFFIN, Du, "Effect of nitrogen  dioxide on
   pulmonary cell population,"  J. of Bacteriol,. 98, 1041-1043 (1969).

10 COFFIN, D., GARDNER, Do, HOLZMAN, R., WOLOCK, F., "Influence of ozone
   on pulmonary cells," Arch.  Environ. Health. 16, 633-636 (1968).

11 GARDNER, D., PFITZER,  £„,  CHRISTIAN,  R., COFFIN,  D., "Loss of  protective
   factor for alveolar mactophages  when exposed to ozone," Arch.  Intern.
   Med.. 127, 1078-1084 (1971).

12 GOLDSTEIN, E., TYLER,  W.,  HOEPRICH. P., EAGLE,  C.,  "Ozone  and  the
   antibacterial defense  mechanisms of the murine  luno," Arch. Intern.
   Hed. Symposia, 9, 165-168 (1971).

13 JONES, T.,, "Mammalian  and  avian  models of disease in man," Federation
   Proceedings. 28, 162-169

-------
                             713



                         DISCUSSION


AUBERT (France)


     I should like to ask the author which animal model he uses
or recommends in studying the phenomena of concentrations of
toxic chemicals, which increase the further one progresses along
the natural biological chains and which, beginning with infini-
tesimally small doses, may end in levels hazardous to the final
consumer - man.

     Some years ago now we presented the findings of a study of
these phenomena in respect of the ocean, using an original
method whereby the experimental marine trophodynamic basins re-
created, in the laboratory, the main natural biocenoses: the
pelagic chain, the benthic chain and the molluscan or crustacean
neritic chains.
                          *
     In fact we describe our method in the paper "Les chaines
trophodynamiques marines experimentales: methode d'fitude des
effets pathologigues consecutifs aux pollutions chuniques"
presented at this Symposium, to which reference may be made.

     My question is thus as follows: did the author use this
method?  Is he aware of similar findings by groups other than
our own?


GARDNER (U.S.A.)

     Mo, I have not personally used such an elaborate system
as you and your colleague have described.  Your model system
appears to systematically investigate the fate and potential
toxicity of chemicals as they pass through various biological
systems in hope to mimic what is occurring naturally.  There
are, of course, many studies designed to follow the transferral
of pesticides via the food chain.  These studies indicate that
many factors can directly effect the persistence, metabolism
and movement of such chemical agents through the ecosystem)
for example, the quality of water, abundance of plants and
animals, water temperature, species variability, etc.  In order
to obtain the most information from your model systems, all of
these variables need close control.  I will be looking forward
to seeing some of the toxicological data generated through the
use of your model system.


WASSERMAN (Israel)

     Toxic effects in the food chain are studied with the aim
of detecting the most susceptible species, whose damage or

-------
                              714
distruction would disturb the ecosystem and in the last instance
the man.

     The Ministry of Interior - Wildlife Research Group  - is
developing such studies to organocholrine insecticides movement
in the ecosystem.  Other aspects related towards this topic will
be reported in the Symposium on Biotoxicity which will be held
on July 1, 1974 at the Environmental Medicine and Biology Con-
gress in Paris.


BITTEL  (Prance)

     In my opinion, consideration should be given to the phen-
omena of concentration not on only the level of organisms and
tissues, but also on the sub-cellular level.


GARDNER (U.S.A.)

     I think Dr. Bittel's point is a good one; that is, it is
desirable to use the most sensitive techniques we have available
for determining the concentration at the target site.  In many
cases one may have to start at the tissue level but hopefully,
a more sensitive parameter would be developed to allow one to
study sub-cellular localization.


STARA (U.S.A.)

     I believe that the previous questions have considered
another aspect of animal effects.  There are two issues here.
The first is the use of animal models in public health appli-
cation i.e. toxicologic investigations to evaluate and predict
potential human health effects.  The second is the studies
concerned with uptake of hazardous materials in various animal
species themselves resulting in a potential distruction of a
species and a disruption of an ecological chain.  We must note
this difference.  I believe that Dr. Gardner addressed himself
to the first aspect of toxicology.


GARDNER (U.S.A.)

     I would like to add that although there are many different
applications for animal models in research, it was unrealistic
for me to try to review and discuss all those used in environ-
mental toxicology.  With each research goal, the animal model
must reflect the need of the researcher.  These needs vary gre-
atly.  I devoted my time to those animal models that mimic
human diseases and can thus be used for predicting possible ad-
verse effects resulting from environmental pollution.

-------
                               715

        DIE  TUMORERZEUGENDE WIRKUNG  FASERFORMIGER STAUBE

               F,  POTT,  K,  H,  FRIEDRICHS,  F,  HUTH

 Medizinisches  Institut  fur Lufthygiene und Silikoseforschung an
 der  Universitat Dusseldorf, BRD
 KURZFASSUNG

      Aus  fruheren  tierexperimentellen Vnterauohungen mit ver-
 sohiedenen faaerfOrmigen  und  kOrnigen Stauben wurde geaohloaaen,
 daae  die  kanzerogene  Wirkun^g  von  Aabeat  an die Faaerform gebunden
 ist und nioht  an seine  ahemiaahe  Zusammeneetzung.    Weitere
 Vereuohe  mit UlCC-Chrysotil und aehr  feinen Glaefaaern an Wiatar-
 Ratten ergaben, daaa  naah intraperitonealer Injekt-ion von nur
 2 mg  dieaer faaerfdrmigen St&ube  Tumoren entatanden.    Bei. dieaer
 Doeia bildete  aioh ke-ine  deutliche  Fibroae.    Hiatolog-iaoh
 handelte  ea aioh bei  den  Tumoren  meiat um aarkomcttdae Meaotheliome,

      Die  tierexperimentellen  Befunde  fuhren zu dem SohTuaa, daaa
 die Doeia-Wirkungabeziehungen bei der Tumorinduktion duroh faser-
 fOrmige Stdube von vier Faktoren  abh&ngig aind:   Faaersahl,
 FaaerdurahmeaaeFf  Faaerl&nge  und  Verueildauer am Ort der Virkung.
 Be mu88 damit  gereohnet uevden, daas  extvem feine  Glaafaaern
 auoh  beim Menaahen zu Tumoren ftthrent  da die Kanzerogenitat von
 Aabeat beim Meneohen  ervieeen iatt  und die Tumoren, die naah
 intraperitonealer  Injektion von Aabeat und von Glaafaaern bei
 der Ratte diagnoatiziert  uurden,  aioh nioht voneinander unter-
 Bohieden.

      Der  grdeate wirkaame Faaerdurohmeeeer uird auf 1 bie S ,VM
 geeahdtzt.   Glaafaaern mit einem Durohmeaaer von  <5,um werden
 in Deuteohland eret aeit  1961 hergestellt.    Mit dem Auftreten
von Meaotheliomen beim Menaohen iat- frilheatena 20 Jahve naoh

-------
                              716
Beginn der Inhalation extrem feiner Fasern zu rechnen.   Der
Beweis fiir die Ubertragbarkeit der tierexperimentellen Ergebnisse
auf die Humanpathologie wird daher kaum vor 1985 mVglioh sein.
ABSTRACT

     Earlier animal experiments using various fibrous and granu-
lar dusts led to the conclusion that the carcinogenic effect of
asbestos is linked to its fibrous form and not to its chemical
composition.  Further experiments on Wistar rats with UlCC-Chry-
sotil and very fine glass fibres revealed that tumours developed
after intraperitoneal injection of only 2mg of these fibrous
dusts.  This dose did not cause any clearly-defined fibrosis.
Histologicallyf the tumours were in most oases sarcomatous
mesotheliomas.

     The results of animal experiments lead to the conclusion
that, when tumours are induced by fibrous dustst the dose-effect
relationship depends on four factors:  numbert diameter and
length of the fibres and length of contact with the affected
area.  It must be expected that extremely fine glass fibres can
also cause tumours in humanst as the carcinogenic effect on hu-
mans of asbestos has been establishedj and the tumours diagnosed
in rats after the intraperitoneal injection of asbestos and glass
fibres did not differ from each other.

     The largest effective fibre diameter is estimated at .7 to
3 .urn.  Glass fibres with a diameter of <5 .urn have only been man-
ufactured in Germany since 1961.  The appearance of meaotheliomas
in humans can be expected at the earliest 20 years after the
initial inhalation of extremely fine fibres.  Thus until 1985
it will hardly be possible to prove whether the results of ani-
mal experiments can be applied to human pathology.

-------
                                   717
     Die tumorerzeugende Wirkung von Asbest 1st aeit etwa 40 Jahren
bekannt. In letzter Zeit wurden auoh andere faserige Staube im Tierexperi-
ment auf ihre Kanzerogenitat unterauoht. OTANTON und WRENCH (l) beriohte-
ten, dass naoh intrapleuraler Implantation von sehr feinen Glasfasern bei
Ratten Tumoren entetanden waren. Kornige Glaspartikeln fUhrten dagegen  in
einer signifikant niedrigen Haufigkeit zu Tumoren. POTT und ERIEDRICHS  (2)
kamen zu dem Ergebnis, dass naoh intraperitonealer Injektion von  100 mg
Glasfasern bei Ratten ebenfalls Tumoren entstanden. Auoh faserformiges
Magnesiumhydroxid mit der mineralogisohen Bezeiohnung Nemalith wirkte im
gleiohen Versuchsmodell kanzerogen. Demgegentiber induzierten kornige Mine-
rals taube, wie Biotit, Hamatit, Sanidin und Talk keine Oder nur verein-
zelte Tumoren.

      Bei Weiterfiihrung unaerer Tierversuohe haben wir wiederum Qlasfasern
benutzt, da mit diesem Material ein Modellstaub gegeben war, an dem die
BeBtimmung der Langen- und Durohmesserverteilung dea Faserkollektivs mit
grosser Genauigkeit moglich ist. Ihr weiterer Vorteil gegenttber den Mine-
ralstauben beeteht darin, dass sie nioht wie z.B. Asbest duroh minerali-
sohe Begleitsubstanzen verunreinigt sind. Die Qrossenverteilung der be-
nutzt en Glasfasern ist in den Abbildungen 1 und 2 dargestellt. Hiernaoh
besteht die feinere Olaswolle MN 104 aus Flasern, die zu 50 % diinner als
0,2 Mikrotneter bzw. klirzer als 11 Hikrometer sind. Bel der groberen Qlas-
wolle MN 112 sind demgegeniiber iiber 50 % der Pasern diinner als 1  Mikro-
meter bzw, kiirzer als 28 Mikrometer. Die Staube wurden in 2 ml 0,9 Differ
NaCl-Loeung suspendiert und Wistar-Ratten intraperitoneal injiziert. Die
Versuohsergebnisse sind in der Tabelle 1 zueammengefasst. Naoh einem
Beobaohtungszeitraum von 24 Monaten zeigt sioh, dass bei dem (Jlasfasertyp
MN 104 eine Dosis-Wirkung-Beziehung besteht. Die angegebene Tumorhaufig-
keit je Tiergruppe ist jedooh nioht als endgtiltig anzusehen, da ein Tell
der Tiere nooh lebt. Ausserdem ist beim Vergleioh zwisphen der Glasfaser
MN 104 und dem Amphibot-Asbeet Krokydolith zu erkennen, dass die  Turaorra-
ten bei gleioher Dosis ahnlioh sind. Die kanzerogene Wirkung der  Olas-
wolle MN 112 aoheint demgegenttber der der MN 104-Faser niedriger  zu sein.
Die hiatologisohe Diagnose der induzierten Tumoren ergab, dass es sioh  in
fast 90 % der £&lle urn Mesotheliome handelt. Die tibrigen wurden ale

-------
                    718
   99-i
   90-
   50-
    10-
     1
               GLASFASER  MN  104
                      O—O  Durchmessar
                      X—X  Ling*
      01   02   05   1   2     5  10  20   50  100
Abbildung 1:   Haufigkeitsverteilung von Lange und
             Durchmesser der Glasfaser MN  104

-------
90-
50-
Ot


"3
                    719
              GLASFASER  MN  H2
            o
             o
        o
 10-
  o
J
                  O—O  Durchmassir


                  X—X  !.*•••
   0,1   0,2   0,5   1   2    5   10  20    50  100
  Abbildung 2:  Haufigkeitsverteilung von Lange  und

               Durchnes&er der Glasfaser HN 112

-------
 Tumors after intraperitoneal injection of  fibrous glass, crocidolite and corundum  in  rats

                            (unfinished experiment about 2k months)

Dust
Fibre glass
MN 10k
ii
11
Fibre glass
MN 112
Crocidolite
DICC
Corundum

Dose
mg i.p.
in 2 ml
saline
2 .

10
2 x 25
20

2

?. x 25

Number
of rats
at the
start
80

80
80
ko

ko

ko

After
surviving
rats
38

21
-
9

17

25
2k months
% of rats
with tum.
10.0

33.8
68.8
27.5

lo.O

2.5
Histol. diagnosis
Mesothe-
lioma
7

23
k7
10

k

1
Spindle-
c. sarc.
1

3
6
1

-

-
.
o
• u
B tS
>> <0
i-4
/P '
fc O


-
2
-

-

-
•
o
h
Kt
O


1
-
-

-

-
•
O
• fc
o a
-H 10
4*
4> •
a o
1*

-
2*
-

2*

1*

Survival
time of
first rat
with tum.
days
576

210
19k
390

^52

5^5
                                                                                                       -J
                                                                                                       to
                                                                                                       O
Spontaneous tumor, not valued

-------
                                    721
Spindelzellsarkome  oder polymorphzellige  Sarkome  eingestuft.  Versuohe  wit
Mausen ergaben  zum  Teil eine niedrigere Tumorrate naoh  intraperitonealer
Injektion faserformiger Staube.  Bei  Goldhamstern  und Meerschwoinohen wurde
bisher kein Tumor gefunden, weder naoh Injektion  von Chrysotil  noch von
Glasfasern.

      Aufgrund  unserer inzwisohen urafangreiohen Versuohsreihen  ergibt  sioh,
dass die tumorinduzierende Eigensohaft faserfSrmiger Staube massgeblioh
duroh die spezielle PartikeIform, nioht dagegen duroh die  ohemisohe Zusara-
mensetzung bestimmt wird. Wir befinden Tins  mit dieeer Sohlussfolgerung in
Uebereinstimmung sowohl mit ST ANTON  und WRENCH (l)  als  auoh mit WAGNER,
B3RRY und TIMBRELL  (3).

      Die Dosis-Hi.rkung-Beziehung fiir die Tumorinduktion iat  naoh dieser
Itypothese vorwiegend abhangig von der Paserzahl,  der Paserlange,  dem Paeer-
durohmesser und von der Verweildauer der  Paser am Ort der  Wirkungt

      Eine Uebertragbarkeit der Brgebnisse  von Tierversuohen  auf  den Men-
sohen 1st nioht ohne weiteres zulassig, derm alle hier  benutzten  Applika-
tionsverfahren, namlioh die intraperitoneale und  intrapleurale  Injektion
und auoh die intrapleurale Implantation tniieeen als  unphysiologisoh  ange-
fiproohen warden. Da jedooh die kanzerogene  Wirkung  von  Asbest auf den  Men-
sohen bekannt iet und da die im Tierversuoh mit Asbest  und anderen  faser-
fdrmigen Stauben induzierten Tumoren sioh nioht voneinander unteraoheiden,
ersoheint der Hinweis auf ein mdgliohes Gesundheitsrisiko  ftlr den Mensohen
bereohtigt.

      Die wirksame Dosis iet unter anderem  abhangig von der Konzentration
atembarer J^sern. Die naohfolgend zitierten Konzentrationeangaben ttber Pa-
Bern in der Auasenluft Bind unter dem Vorbehalt zu  wertenf dass der Be-
griff "Paser" hinsiohtlioh seiner KenngrSsse L/D  international bislang
nioht einheitlioh definiert ist* So  fand THAER (4)  im Raum Prankfurt in
der Aussenluft  8000 Faaern/m3. SPURNY (5) ermittelte  an versohiedenen  Mees-
stellen zwisohen 1000 und 100.000 Fasern/iA Eigene Meesungen in  Dtisseldorf
und Gelsenkirohen erbraohten Konzentrationen zwisohen 1000 und 8000 Fasera/
 •»                                                                        •
wr bei einem gewahlten L/D-Verhaltnia von 5 s 1.  Bei  den erwuhnten  Hess-
programmen ist  eine Untersoheidung hinsiohtlioh der stoffliohen Zusammen-
setzung bisher nioht erfolgt.

-------
                                   722
      Die Konzentration 1st demgcgeniiber an Arbeitsplatzen von Betrieben,
in denen Pasern hergestellt oder verarbeitet warden, vermutlich wesentlich
hoher. Am Beispiel der GlasfaserIndustrie muse ausserdem darauf hingewie-
sen werden, da.es seit oa. 15 Jahren zunehmend feinere Pasern hergestellt
werden (6). Per Anteil der atembaren Pasern steigt dementsprechend an.

       Zusammenfassend 1st festzuhalten, daas aufgrund einer Vielzahl von
Versuohen mit Ratten die Kanzerogenitat faserfb'rmiger Staube naohgewiesen
wurde. Hieraus wird ein potentielles Gesundheitsrisiko fur den Menschen
abgeleitet, dessen Umfang erst duroh zukiinftige epidemiologische Untersu-
chungen ermittelt werden kann.

Literatur

1  3PAHTON, M.P. and C. WRENCH : Mechanisms of Mesothelioma Induction
   with Asbestos and Fibrous Glass
   J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 48 (1972) 797 - 821

2  POTT, P. und K.H. RR3EDRICHS : Tumoren der Ratte nach i.p. - Injektion
   faserfSrmiger Staube
   Naturwiss., 59 (1972) 318
3  WAGNER, J.C., ffiPfflY, G. and V. TIMBRELL : Mesotheliomata in rats after
   inoculation with asbestos and other Materials
   Brit. J. Cancer 28 (1973)  173-185
4  THAER, A.: pers. Mitt. 1973
5  SPURNY, K.R.: pers. Mitt. 1974
6  KEENAN» R*G. and J.R. LYNCH t Techniques for the Detection, Identifi-
   cation and Analysis of Fibers
   A.I.H.A. - J. 5 (1970) 587-597

-------
                              723
                        DISKUSSION
SCHLATTER (Schweiz)
     Bestehen Anhaltspunkte dafur, dass faserformige Staube in
der Nahrung zu Tumoren fiihren konnen?


FRIEDRICHS (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Eine Tumorinduktion durch oral aufgenommene Fasern lasst
sich nicht ausschliessen, uns sind jedoch keine Befunde bekannt,
die eine solche Wirkung wahrscheinlich  machen.


SCHLIPKOTER  {Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

1.   Das Auftreten von bosartigen Magentumoren ist bei peroraler
Applikation nicht bekannt, jedoch nach Inhalation sind Magentumore
beobachtet worden.

2.   Die kanzerogene Wirkung der Fasern ist tierspezifisch.  Da
jedoch Asbest bei Mensch und Ratte bzw.  Mause kanzerogen wir-
ken und da das gleiche mit Glasfasern bei Ratten und Mausen
beobachtet wurde, muss in der Zukunft faserformigen Stauben
grbssere Aufmerksamkeit geschenkt werden.

3.   Die von Pott und Mitarbeitern beobachteten Tumore  waren
nicht nur Mesotheliome sondern es wurden auch Sarkome sowie
andere bosartige Tumore diagnostiziert.


OLOFFS (Canada)

     Konnen Sie sich die negativen Resultate mit Goldhamstern
und Meerschweinchen erklaren?


FRIEDRICHS (Bundesrepublik Deutschland),

     Die negativen Befunde bei Goldhamstern und Meerschweinchen
konnen wir vorlaufig nur mit dem allgemeinen Hinweis darauf
erklaren, dass die Empfindlichkeit gegeniiber Substanzen ln
vielen Fallen grosse artspezifische Unterschiede aufweist.
Moglicherweise sind die Unterschiede im Immunverhalten, die
insbesondere zwischen Meerschweinchen und Ratten bestehen, von
Bedeutung.

-------
                              724
REEVES  (U.S.A.)

     Ich glaube/ zwei verschiedene Prinzipien kbnnen bei der
Entstehung von Lungenkrebs und pleuralen Mesotheliomen nach
Asbesteinatmung eine Rolle spielen   Das Lungenkarzinom scheint
eine relativ hohe Spezifitat als Agens zu haben; meines Wissens
hat bisher noch niemand die zuletztgenannte L'asion rait nicht-
asbesthaltigen faserfbrmigen Stauben hervorbringen kbnnen.
Paul Gross hat sogar nachgewiesen, dass Glasfasern nach Einatmung
in dieser Beziehung unwirksam waren.  Andererseits hat das Meso-
theliom eine viel niedrigere Agens-Spezifitat und kann durchaus
von der Geometric der Staube abhangen, da sowohl Asbestfasern
als auch Glasfasern mit Erfolg von Stanton A Wrench verwendet
worden sind.

     Weiter glaube ich, dass die offensichtliche Spezifitat bei
der karzinogenen Wirkung von Asbest mit der Bereitschaft der
Gasttiere verbunden ist, ferrogene Korper zu entwickeln.  Die
Arten mit der ausgepr'agtesten Fahigkeit, ferrogene Korper zu
entwickeln  (z.B. Meerschweinchen), sind  anscheinend immun gegen
eine Asbest-karzinogenese, wahrend Arten mit einer entsprechend
geringen Fahigkeit hierzu  (z.B. Ratten) am anfalligsten sind.
Die Bildung ferrogener Korper ist mbglicherweise eine Schutzmass-
nahme des Organismus.


FRIEDRICHS  (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Sicherlich muss daran gedacht werden, dass die Entwicklung
des Asbest-induzierten Bronchialkarzinoms von anderen Eigen-
schaften des Asbests hervorgerufen wird als die Entwicklung des
AsbestAnduzierten Mesothelioms.  Die Untersuchungen von Gross
erbringen jedoch unseres Erachtens nicht den Beweis dafur, dass
Glasfasern nicht zu einem Bronchialkarzinom fuhren kbnnen.

-------
                              725
           TERATOGENIC, MUTAGENIC, AND CARCINOGENIC
                    EFFECTS OF INSECTICIDES

                       LAWRENCE FISHBEIN

National Center for Toxicological Research, Jefferson, Arkansas
                              USA
ABSTRACT

     There is increasing concern over the possible toxicological
hazards posed by a spectrum'of environmental chemicals including
industrial pollutants, pesticides, food additives and drugs, ei-
ther considered singly as a class or specific agent or in combin-
ation.   A number of insecticides, based on aspects of their
ubiquity, persistence, presence and/or concentration in the food
chain as well as their biological and toxicological properties,
constitute a major source of potential environmental hazard to
mammal species including man.

     However, there exists considerable disagreement concerning
the scientific assessment of effects (notably teratogenio, muta-
genic and carcinogenic) of these agents, primarily because of the
variety of testing procedures employed within the three major
areas of toxioity, hence complicating comparisons within any one
area;  complexity of unambiguous recognition and interpretation
of the toxic event and finally the extrapolation and relevance
of experimental laboratory findings to man.

     To permit a more orderly assessment of the above effects
the possible interrelationships between teratogenioity, mutagen-
icity and oaroinogenioity will be cited as well as the most
salient features of the respective testing procedures employed

-------
                              726
with concomittant clarification of their principles, problems
and interpretations.

     The teratogenic, mutagenic and carcinogenic insecticides
that will be discussed include the following:

chlorinated hydrocarbons (DDT and metabolites);  cyclodienes
(dieldrin^ aldrin and endrin);  miscellaneous chlorinated in-
secticides (benzene hexachloride and Mirex);  organo-phosphorus
derivatives (dichlorvos (DDVP)S trichlorphonf malathiont para-
thion and methyl parathion) and aarbamates (aarbaryl).

-------
                                727
     The major objectives of this presentation is to highlight the
principal factors in the assessment of the teratogenicity, muta-
geniclty, and carcinogenicity of a number of the commercially
important chlorinated insecticides, and secondarily, to consider
some of the consequences of their increasing replacement by a
number of organophosphorus and carbamate insecticides.
     The complexity of unambiguous recognition of teratogenic,
mutagenic, and carcinogenic events is veil recognized.   Table 1
illustrates a number of the principal factors Influencing carcino-
genicity testing.   The cogent factors that must be vigorously
assessed in carcinogenesis investigations include:  route of admin-
istration, dosage, frequency of exposure; species, strain and sex
of test animal; age of animal, at the start cf the test; basic diet
and possible dietary contaminants (e.g., pesticides, metals -
mercury, cadmium, lead, arsenic and selenium - mycotoxins, PCB's,
estrogens, synergists; levels which can change based on geographical
and seasonal considerations), immunologlcal status of the animal
and duration of the experiment; homogeneity of the test material,
possible Impurities in air, water, bedding (pentachlorophenol,
trace metals, etc.), housing conditions (crowding stress, inter-
current disease, and drug therapy).   It should be noted that the
selection of doses, frequency of exposure, and duration of test is
still a matter of controversy.
     No less controversial, and often conflicting, are factors
concerning the final assessment of carcinogen testing as exemplified
by Table 2.  There is by no means common agreement as to assessing
either spontaneous or Induced tumor incidence in laboratory animals.
Diagnostic criteria applied to lesions and thoroughness of autopsy,

-------
                                728
                             TAME  1

      PRINCIPAL FACTORS INFLUENCING CARCINOOENICITy TESTPIQ

1.   Route of Administration, Dosage, and Frequenoing of Exposure.
2.   Homogeneity of Test Compound (Purified Material; Commercial Prep;
     Mixture of Isomers; Trace Contaminants).
5,   Species, Strain, and Sex of Test Animals.
4.   Age of Animal at Start of the Test.
5.   Lmnunologlcal Status.
6.   Diet, Nutrition, and Interactions.
7.   Possible Diet Contaminants (Pesticides, Heavy Metals,  Trace
     Elements, Mycotoxlns, PCS'a, Estrogens, Enzyme Inducers).
8.   Pollutants and Impurities in Air Water, Bedding (Pentachloro-
     phenol, etc.).
9.   Duration of the Experiments.
10.  Housing Conditions (Crowding Stress; Intercurrent Disease;
     Drug Therapy).
                             TABLE  2

              FINAL ASSESSMENT OP CARCINOGEN TESTING

1.   Analysis of Hlstological, Cytological and Electron Microscopic Aspects
     of Pre-Malignant of Malignant Change.
2.   Range of Precancerous and/or Hyperplastlc Lesions to Unequivocal
     Malignant Change.
3.   Confusion of Terminology ("Benign Tumor", "Hepatoma",  "Nodular
     Hyperplwia". "Benign Hepatoma").
4.   Extrapolation from Experimental Results to Determination of Safety
     Factor. (No Effect Level ?).

-------
                               729
with concomittant differentiation of benign and malignant tumors,
hyperplaeia, metaplasia, dyaplasia, and neoplasia being assuredly
fundamental in any valid assessment of carcinogenicity testing.
     The difficulty in the assessment of carcinogenicity testing is
best exemplified in the case of DDT.  Table 3 summarizes the results
of 18 studies with DDT involving a broad range of animal species,
strains, dosages, frequency of dosages, and duration of tests.  Of
special note is the lack of uniformity of test material1 from one
study to another, which ranges from p,p-DDT of no stated purity, to
technical material which can contain a mixture of at least 16
components, ranging from the isomeric DDT'a and DDD's to varying
levels of synthetic precursors and degradation products as shown in
Table 4.   Several multigenerational studies with DDT have also been
reported.
     Studies in 5 generations from the inbred BALB/c mouse strain
were carried out by Kemeny and TarJan (1) with dietary DDT at a
level of 2.8 - 3*0 ppm.  Chemical analysis of this basic diet
showed the presence of 0.2 to 0*4 ppn DDT as contaminant, possibly
accounting for the occurence of the few observed leukemia cases in
controls, as well as to the level of 12.496 of DDT fed animals with
leukemia and 21*.7% with tumors*
     Tumor and leukemia incidences, generation by generation
calculated by Kay (2) and noted by Terracini (3) did not increase
with succeeding generations giving rise to the question as to
whether the age differences in the number of mice in generation
groups may have marked the outcome (Table 5).
     Tomatis and co-workers (4) have been investigating the multi-
generational effect on technical DDT (70 - 7&% P,P - DDT, 2096 o,p -

-------
 PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY

-------
                                                       TABLE 4


                                            COMPOSITION CF TECHNICAL DDT

COMPOUND
l-Trichloro-2.2-bls (p-chlorophenyl )-ethane
(p,p'-DDT)a
l-Trlchloro-2-o-chlorophenyl-2-p-chloropheny-
lethane (o,p'-DDT)
1 , 1 -Dlchloro-2, 2-bis- (p-chlorophenyl )-ethane
(p,p'-DDD)
1 , l-Dichloro-2-o-chlorophenyl-2-p-chloropheny-
lethane (o,p'-DDD)
2-Trichloro-l-o-chlorophenylathyl p-chloroben-
zenesulfonate
2-Trlchloro-l-p-chlorophenylethanol
Bis- (p-chlorophenyl )-sulf one
tt-Chloro-i-p-ehlorophenylacetamide
dC-Chloro-4-o-chlorophenylacetamide
Chlorobenzene
p-Dichlorobenzene
1.1,1, 2-Tetrachloro-2-p-chlorophenylethane
Sodium p-chlorobenzene-sulfonate
Annonium p-chlorobenzene-sulfonate
Inorganic
Unidentified and losses
SAMPLE 1 SAMPLE 2
(SETTINQ POINT, (SETHNO POINT,
91.2 ), % 88.6 ), %
(a) 66.7, (b) 70.5,
(b) 72.9 (c) 63.5a,
(d) 64.5,
(e) 67.9
19.0 (c) 7.9,
(d) 15-3,
(«) 20.9
0.3 4.0
0.4 J^ 1.85
0.2 	
0.6 o.l
	 0.01
	 0.007



O.02 	

0.1 0.04S
6.5 5.1
SAMPLE 3
(SETTING POINT,
91.4 }, %
(a) 72.7,
(b) 76.7
11. 9b
O.IT"1
0.044
0.57
0.034
0.006




0.005
0.01fi
10.6
SAMPLE 4
(BY-PRODUCT
OIL), %

74. 8a

0.11



2.44
0.73


19.4
                                 o,.,              "*«»tiv.ly studies. " Miscellaneous fraction
                                 0.06* of p.p'-DDD isolated as such and 0.11* of the corresponding olefin  e Isolated

  r                   tt            •"?7Zln8 f°r * ^^  °f  W»CI*«- Ws -d^pr^e^1^ of
  aJ'w             ^  ^       T10'  lead  "^ IM«n"lun  o«-bonstes were obtained. 8 insoluble In boiling 955^
Qualitative testa for ferric,  ammonium,  hallde  and  aulfate  Ions were obtained.
                                                                                                                                      -J
                                                                                                                                      u>
                                                                                                                                      10

-------
                                 733
                            TABLE 5

 CARCINOMA INCIDENCE AMONG BALB/c MICE FED 2.8 TO 3.0 PPM DDT OVER 5
    GENERATIONS (CALCULATED FROM DATA OF TARJAN AND KEMENY  ( 1)
.
Groups
Fl
F-
2
F
F
F
Total

Total
Age
mo
26
22
18
15
11


-
No.
of
mice
10
35
69
264
505
683

406
Tumors Incidence %


Male Female
10
26
9
11
10
11.5

0.49
20
23
22
13
20
17.5
•
2.71

Total
30
49
31
24
30
29
Controls
5.20
Leukemia incidence %



Male Female Total
10
5.7
1.5
2.7
3-3
3.1
total
0.74
30
0
14.5
10.6
7.5
9.4

1.72
40
5.7
16
13
11
12

2.46
Totaia
inci-
dence
70
55
47
37
41
41

5.66
Total of male and female, both types of carcinoma.

 DDT, 0.5-1.556 P,P - DDD,  and 0.5$ P,P - DDE) fed to CF-1 inbred
 mice maintained aa specific  pathogen-free at dose levels of 2, 10,
 50,  and  £50 ppm.   Liver tumors appeared earlier in the F- mice fed
 50  to 250  ppm.    Out of several hundred liver tumors in the DDT-fed
 groups,  only k gave metastases to the lung.   Non-invasive, non-
 metastasing liver tumors predominated.   Difficulties of differentia-
 ting benign liver tumors from hyperplastic nodules were reiterated.
 There was  little  apparent evidence between P and F,, generations,
 either for all tumors or only liver tumors which represented the
 only tumor type (among 3 main types) to be dose related.
      Confusion persists in the interpretation of the tumorigenicity
 of  aldrin,  dleldrin, and endrin.  Of four studies (Table 6) dealing
 with the relationship between exposure to these chemicals and tumor

-------
          TABIE  6


AEDRIN, DIEU3RIN.  AND ENDRBI
AGENT
Aldrin, Dieldrln
Aldrin, Dieldrin
Dleldrln
Endrin
Aldrin, Dieldrin
SPECIES
Hat
(Osborne-Mendel )
Mouse
(CjHeB/fce)
Rat
(Carworth Farm
"E" Strain, SPP
Conditions )
Rat
(Osborne-Mendel)
Rat
(Osborne-Mendel )
DOSE
0.5, 2, 10, 50
100 or 150 ppm
(2 years)
10 ppm
(2 years)
0.1, 1.0, and
10.0 ppm
(2 years)
20, 50, 50 ppm
(51 months)
20, 50, 50 ppra
(21 months)
EFFECT
Pulmonary Itfmphosareoma
(Enhanced tumor incidence
in high survival-low
dosage group).
Hepatomas, Pulmonary
Adenoma, I^rmpoma, 17#,
1856 over-all tumor inci-
dence for Aldrin, Dieldrin
Non-Tumorigenl c
Inactive
Anti-Tumorigenic
REFERENCE
Fitzhugh, 0. 0., et al
Food. Cosmet. Toxicol.,
2 (1964) 551
Davis, K. J. and Fitzhugh,
Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.,
4 (1962) 187.
Walker, A. I. T. et al,
Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.,
15. (1969) ?45.
Deichmann, W. B., et al,
Ind. Med., 2i (1970) 426
Daichmann, W. B., et al
Ind. Med., 22 (1970) 426
                                                                                   •vl
                                                                                   U)

-------
                                735
Incidence, It was concluded in two studies by Fitzhugh and co-workers
that aldrin and dieldrln were tumorigenic in the rat and mouse.
(5, 6).
     In a third study involving 2 year oral exposure of rats and
dogs, aldrin was found inactive by Walker and co-workers (7).  In
a fourth study reported by Deichman and co-workers, aldrin and
dieldrin were judged to be antitumorigenic and endrin to be inactive
in the rar (8).
     Walker et al (9, 10) reported neoplastic liver changes in CF-1
mice fed low doses of dieldrin, DDT, /J-BHC, f-BHC, and phenobarbitone
on a long-term basis.
     Table 7 illustrates the spontaneous tumor experience with
Osborne-Mendel Rats of the FDA-strain and its University of Miami
substrain.   The 1959 spontaneous tumor incidences with the FDA
substrain of Osborn-Mendel rats were 22#.  Subsequently, the
incidence of this strain was much higher, for example reaching 30,44
and 48# in 1970.  The highest incidence in aldrin treated rats in
the 1952 FDA experiment carried out by Fitzhugh (but not reported
until 1964) was 53# at the lowest level of administration, 0.5 ppm
aldrin (Table 8).  This suggests according to Kay (2) that spontane-
ous variability might account for the apparent tumorigenlcity of
aldrin and dieldrin.
     Table 9 illustrates the data of Deichman and co-workers (8)
and shows that the incidence of tumors in the aldrin and dieldrin-
fed rats was much lower at all levels of dosing than the incidrnce
of spontaneous tumors in controls, and this was the basis for the
authors evaluation of anti-tumorigenicity for these compounds.
However, this conclusion would be reversed and aldrin and dieldrin
considered tumorigenic if the control incidence had been as low in

-------
                                          736
                                        TABLE 7
                 SPONTANEOUS TUMOR EXPERIENCE WITH .JQSBCMJ&JJEMPELJWIS
OP THE PDA STRAIN AND

INVESTIGATORS AND
REFERENCE NOS.

Pitzhugh et al. (27)
Davis ft Pitzhugh (28)
Davis & Pitzhugh (29)
Davis et al. (50)
Fltzhugh et al. (3!)
Hansen et al. (32)
Hansen et al. (33)
Hansen et al. (33)
Hansen et al. (33)
Byron et al. (3*0
Byron et al. (3*0


DATE

POOD
1959
1962
1963
196*
1964b
1965
1966
1966
1966
1967
1967

ITS UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI SUBSTRAIN /FROM KAY (2)7

NO. OP
RATSb
AND DRIBS
224
50
50
24
17
50
50
50
50
50
50
665
University of
Radomskl et al. (35)
Radomskl et al. (35)
Delchroarm et al. (36)
Deichnann et al. (37)


1965
1965
1967
1970


60
100
60
163



SURVIVAL*
(2 YEARS)
ADMINISTRATION
55
42
26
54
50
38
no Info.
no Info.
no info.
42
36

Miami0
no info.
no info.
45
maximum
survival
27 months

NO. WITH
TUMORS

49
22
24
8
3
23
16
18
15
16
17
211

15
26
14
79



TUMOR INCIDENCE
%

22
44
48
33
18
46
32
36
30
32
3*
32

25
26
23
48


      Starting age weanling or 3 weeks in all cases; diet Purina lab chow except
Refs. 27 and 31, ground commercial; Ref. 33 no Information. Duration of tests 24
months except Ref. 36,25 months; Ref, 37,2? months.

      Half male, half female except Ref. 37.75 males, 88 females.

    c Prom I960 and 1965 PDA stock.

-------
                                    737
                                   TABLE 8
     SURVIVAL RATES AND TUMOR INCIDENCES FOR OSBORNE-MENDEL RATS FED ALDRIN
AND DIELDRIN-CALCULATED FROM
DATA OF FITZHUGH
ET AL. (5)

24 MONTH
NO. OF RATS
DIETARY LEVEL SURVIVAL RATE MICROSCOPICALLY
PPM %
Control
0 50
Aldrin
0.5 50
2 50
10 42
50 25
100 17*
150 4
Dieldrin
0.5 42
2 63
10 25
50 21b
100 13a
150 4a
SECTIONED

17

19
19
22
18
11
9

22
23
18
20
18
11

TUMOR INCIDENCE
%

17.6

53
37
36
28
45


36
35
22
20
17
0
aP ~ 0.01 for difference from controls.
bP = 0.05 for difference from controls.

-------
                               738
1970 as In 1967 (Table 7).  Similarly, if the control incidence in
the Fitzhugh et al studies had been as high in 1952, as it proved
to be for the same colony in later years, then it could have been
concluded by these investigators that aldrin and dieldrin were antl-
tumorigenic rather than tumorigenic.
     The salient factors suggested by Wilson in determining the
teratogenicity of drugs are outlined in Table 10 and include:  the
chemical and pharmacological properties, the level - duration, and
material modulation of dosage, disposition within the conceptus and
susceptibility of species and individual.   Table 11 is a summary
of teratogenesis its causes, suggested mechanisms, and manifesta-
tions.
     Teratogenic effects of aldrin, dieldrin, and endrin in hamsters
and mice have been reported by Ottolenghi et al (11).  Single oral
doses of aldrin, dieldrin, and endrin, (1/2 LDc0) in corn oil and
administratered to pregnant golden hamsters on day 7, 8, or 9 of
gestation caused a high incidence of fetal death, congenital
anomalies and growth retardation.  (Most frequent defects were cleft
palate, open eye, and webbed foot.)   Pregnant CD-I mice given equiy.
alent oral doses of each pesticide on day 9 of gestation, showed
similar anomalies without concurrent increase in fetal mortality or
growth impairment.
     A crucial point concerning the evaluation of genetic risks by
chemicals is the choice of test systems on which to base practical
decisions and permit valid assessments.   It has been further
suggested by Bridges (12) and others that the evaluation of the
potential hazard essentially Involves 5 stages of decision making.
These are:  1) Is the agent mutagenic ?  2) Is the agent likely to
be mutagenic to man ?  3) What dose of mutagen is being received or

-------
                                    739
                                  TABLE 9
TUMOR INCIDENCES IN OSBORNS-MENDEL RATS FED ALDRIN.  DIELDRIN AND  BNDRIN OVER
   A MAXIMUM PERIOD OF 31 MO CALCULATED FROM DATA OF DEICHMANN ET AL.(8)
                              MALE
FEMALE
ALL
                          0   20  30  50   0   20  30  50   0    20   30   50
                 RATS    ppm ppm ppm ppm  ppm ppm ppm ppm  ppra  ppm  ppm  ppm
Aldrin
Histologically examined
% with benign tumors
% with malignant tumors
$ total tumours
75
7
19
26
45
5
7
11
46
2,
13
15
4i>
2 5
4
9
88
44
24
68
47
34
9
43
44
46
9
55
31
26
10
36
163
32
21
48
92
20
8
27
90
23
11
34
76
13
7
20
Dieldrin
Histologically examined
% with benign tumors
% with malignant tumors
% total tumors
75
7
19
26
48
2.1
6
8
38
5
13
19
44
2, 3
0
2.3
88
44
24
68
48
38
10
48
41
27
12
39
41
29
10
39
163
32
21
48
96
20
8
28
79
16
13
29
85
15
5
20
                                      Endrin
                          0   2   6   12   0   2   6   12   0    2  ^   12
                         ppm ppm ppm ppm  ppm ppm ppm ppm  ppm  ppm  ppm ppm
Histologically examined  75  47  44  42   88  48  45  49
% with benign tumors      7   9   5   0   44  55  47  33
% with malignant tumors  19  15   9  24   24  21  11  22
% total tumors           26  24  14  24   68  76  58  55
             163  95  69  91
              32  33  26  18
              21  18  10  23
              43  50  36  41
                                 TABLE 10
               FACTORS DETERMINIKQ TBRATOQENICITY OF DRUQ3
1.    Type of Drug (Chemical and Pharmacological Properties).
2.    Level and Duration of Dosage.
3.    Maternal Modulation of Dosage
4.    Access to the Conceptus.
5.    Developmental Stage at Time of Dosage.
6.    Disposition Within the Conoeptus.
7.    Susceptibility of Species and Individual.

-------
                                       740
                                    TABLE 11
                            SUMMARY OP TERATOGENESIS
         CAUSES
    MECHANISMS
Action of an agent
from the environment
on the embryo or the
germ cells,
e.g. Radiations
     Chemicals
     Dietary deficiency
     Infection
     Hypoxia, etc.
     Temperature
     Endocrine imbalance
     Physical trauma
     Placental failure '
Reaction within the
embryo or germ cells,
such as one or more
of following:
   Mutation
   Chromosomal
   nondisJunction
   Mitotlc interference
   Altered nucleic acid
    integrity or function
   Lack of precursors,
    substrates, etc.
   Altered energy sources
   Changed membrane
    characteristics
   Water-electrolyte
    imbalance
   Enzyme inhibition     '
 MANIFESTATIONS
Pathogenesis, Initiated
by one or more of followll|
   Cell death
   Mitotic rate change
   Reduced biosynthesis
   Altered differentiation
    schedules
   Impeded morphogenetic
    movement
   Etc.


   - and leading to abnoiJ
   tissue and organ develcf
   ment which determine tb*

    NATURE AND INCIDENCE
      of FINAL DEFECT

-------
                                                  TABLE 12

                                          MAMMALIAN TEST SYSTEMS
TEST
SYSTEM
ADVANTAGES
pi
;SADVAN£AGES
PRESENT
STATUS
                                                                       FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
Host-mediat-
ed assay
Cytogenetic,
direct analy-
sis  (mitotic)
Only feasible screening method
that detects point mutation, can
detect transient metabolities as
well as directly acting chemical.


Indirect detoxification as well
as potentiation by comparison with
direct test on indicators.

Simple, economical test.
Moderately skilled investigator
required.
Used to correlate carcinogenicity
with mutagenicity.
Applicable to a variety of hosts.

Direct observation of chromosomal
abnormalities.
Indirect indication
   active metabolite
as to organ or tissue
may be difficult.
                     Practical
                     screening
                     procedure
                     over 100
                     compounds
             Somatic and germ cells can be
             analyzed comparatively low in cost
             Moderately tine consuming.
             Can be adapted to standard toxi-
             cological protocol.
Needs highly trained
investigator.
Quantitative correl-
ation to point nutat-
ions not known.
Usually detects a
high percentage of
nonviable cells.

Chromatid aberrations
mainly detected.
                     Practical
                     screening
                     procedure
             Indicators, such as mammalian
             cells, that can divide in
             host and mutate at same rate
             as in vitro (i.e. mouse
             system).
             Localization of genetic
             effect in various organs.

             In bacteria, detection of
             multiple genetic events
             with a single indicator.
             Anaphase determination.
             Micro-nuclei determination.

             Application of newer strain-
             ing techniques.
             Automation of chromosone
             analysis.

-------
                                           TABLE 12 (CONTINUED)

                                        MAMMALIAN TEST SYSTEMS
TEST
SYSTEM
ADVANTAGES
                                                DISADVANTAGES
PRESENT
STATUS
                                                                        FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
Dcminant     Genetic test conducted in variety
lethal       of hosts.

             Easy to carry out by trained
             technician.

             Fits into ongoing toxicity
             protocol.

             Moderate cost and time.

             Determines stages of spermatogen-
             esis affected.

             Can be carried out on either
             chronic, sub-acute, or acute
             basis.
                                   Test for lethality.

                                   Indirect test for
                                   cytogenetic abnormal-
                                   ities.

                                   Sensitivity presum-
                                   ably less than viable
                                   inherited abnormal-
                                   ities.
Practical
screening
procedure.
Cytogenetic analysis of
live embryos.

Development of improved '
statistical procedures.

A higher precision in
timing of affected stages
of spermatogenesis.

-------
                               743
is likely to be received by the population or individual's at risk ?
4) What is the risk from being exposed to the agent and  5) What is
the acceptable risk ?   Analogous considerations could also apply
for carcinogens and teratogens.
     A number of procedures are presently available in mammals, the
majority of relatively recent origin, that can be used to determine
the mutagenic activity of chemicals.  Table 12 lists what is
generally considered the three most useful test systems (e.g., host-
mediated assay, dominant lethal and in vivo cytogenetic) in terms of
their advantages, disadvantages, present status, and future develop-
ment.  It is well recognized that other test systems are also
available or are being developed and refined, e.g., ranging from
bacterial, fungal, plant, insect, mammalian cell culture, and intact
mammal to reveal genetic damage, such as dominant lethality, trans-
locations, deletions and duplications and non-diejunction, chromosome
aberrations and forward and/or reverse, multiple specific locus, and
induced recombination gene mutations.   Tier approaches to the
assessment of mutagenicity are also advocated (13) by investigators
such as Flamm, De Serres and Bridges.
     Table 13 lists the cytogenetic andmutagenic effects of DDT that
have been reported, and once again illustrates the conflicting
results and the difficulty of assessment of the mutagenic status of
this most important insecticide.
     With the apparent diminishing use of the chlorinated hydrocarbon
and cyclodiene insecticides (primarily DDT and dieldrin) in the U.S.
and many European countries, the organophosphorus and carbamate
Insecticides are assuming an increasingly important role.   What are
the possible consequences of the enhanced use of these replacement

-------
                  744








               TABLE 13




CYTOOQflC AMD MOTAGEMIC EFFECTS OP DDT
SPECIES OR SYSTEM
Mouse
Mouse
Rat
Rat Kangaroo Cell
Line in Culture
Chinese Hamster
Cell Line
Drosophila
Melanogaster
Mouse (Dominant-
Lethal Test)
Rat (Dominant-
Lethal Test)
Host-Mediated Assay
(S. Typhlnurium)
Wasp
(Bracon Hebe tor),
Brime Shrimp
EFFECT
Chromosomal Damage
Chromosomal Damage
Non-Cy togenet io
Chromosomal Damage
DDTi Non-Cytogenetlc ,
Non-Mutagenlo
DDE: Cytogenetic
Weakly Mutagenic
Mutagenlc
Marginally Mutagenlc
Weakly Mutagenic
Non-Mutagenio
REFERENCES
Johnson, 0. A., and Jalal, S. M. ,
J. Heredity, 63. (1973) 7
Markaryan, D. W., Qenetika, 2 (1966)
132
Legator, M. S,, Palmer, K. A., and
Adler, I. D. , Toxicol. Appl. phar-
macol., 24 (1973) 337
Palmer, K. A., Green, S., and Legator,
M. S., Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.,
22 (1972) 355
Kelly-Oarvert, P., and Legator, M. S.,
Mutag. Res., 1J (1973) 223
Vogel, E., Mutat. Res., 16 (1972) 157

Epstein, S. S., et al, Toxicol. Appl.
Pharmaool. 2J (1972) 288
Palmer, K. A., Green, S., and Legator,
M. S., Food Cosmet. Toxicol., 11
(1973) 53
Buselmaler, W., et al., Blol. Zentral.
Bl., 21 (1972) 311
Grosch, D, S., J. Econ. Entomol., 60
(1967) 1177. Qrosch, D. S., Science,
155 (1967) 592

-------
                                                    TABLE 14
                                          ORGANOPHOSPHORUS INSECTICIDES
     AQENT
                     SPECIES OR
                                                             REFERENCE
Malathlon
Chick Embryo
 In Ovo
Wistar Rat
Human
                                      Teratogenlc
                                      Teratogenlc
                                      Chromosome
                    Walker, N. E., Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol., 19_ (1971) 590
                    Dobbins, P. K., J. Fla. Med. Assn., 54 (19&7) 452
                    Czelzel, A,, et al, European Env. Mutagen Soc. Meeting,
                     UPPSALA, Sweden, June 4-7 (1973)
                                                                                                                            Ul
Parathion
Chick Embryo
 in Ovo
Rat
Teratogenic
                                      Teratogenlc
                   Hunan

                   Rat,
                   Guinea Pig
                  Chromosome
                  Anomalies
                  Cytogenic
                  Changes
Khera, K. S., Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol., 8 (1966) 545

Fish, S. A., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., 96 (1966) 1148
Klmbrough, R. D., and Gaines, T. B., Arch. Env. Hlth.,
16 (1968) 805
Czeizel, A., et al, European Env. Mutagen Soc. Meeting,
 UPPSALA, Sweden, June 4-7 (1973)
Dikshith, T. S. S. and Datta, K. K., Bull. Env. Contain.
Toxicol., 9 (1973) 65; Dikshith, T. S. S., Env. Physiol,
Biochem., 2 (1973) l6l

-------
                                                    TABLE 15

                                   OROANOPHOSPHORUS AND CARBAMAT5  INSECTICIDES
     AGENT
SPECIES OR
  SYSTEM
EFFECTS
                                            REFERENCES
Methyl
Rkrathion
Diazinon
Carbaryl
(Sevin)
Rat, Mouse


Human


Chick Embryo
 In Ovo

Rat

Human
Guinea Pig,
Dog
                    Hamster,
                    Rabbit, Mouse

                    Rat, Mouse
                    Rat
                    Rat
                    Guinea Pig
                   Drosophlla
                   Helanogaater
Embryotoxlc


Malformations



Teratogenic

Teratogenic

Chromosome
Anomalies

Teratogenic



Non-Teratogenic


Carcinogenic



Teratogenic


Non-Teratogenic.
Non-Mutagenic

Non-Teratogenic

Mutagenic
                  Tanlmura, T., et al.,  Arch.  Env.  Hlth.,  1£ (196?) 6l?
                  Fish, S. A., Am. J.  Obstet.  Oynecol.,  2§ (1966)  1148

                  Ogl, G., and Hamada, A.,  J.  Jap.  Obstet. Gynecol. Soc.,
                   17 (1965) 569
                  Marliac,  J. P., Toxlcol.  Appl.  Pharmacol.,  7 (1965)  490

                  Dobbins,  P. K., J. Fla. Med.  Assn.,  5.4 (1967) 452

                  Czeizel,  A., et al, European  Env.  Mutagen.  Soc.  Meeting,
                   UPPSALA, Sweden,  June 4-7 (197?)

                  Robens, J. P.,  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol., 15 (1969)  152
                  Smalley,  H. E., et al, Toxlcol. Appl.  Pharmacol.,  15
                   (1968) 592                                       —

                  Well, C.  S., et al, Toxlcol.  Appl. Pharmacol., 21
                   (1972)
                                      Andrianova,  M.  M.  and Alekseev,  I. V., Vop.  Pitan, 29
                                       (1970) 71
                                      Zabezhinsky, M. A.,  Vop.  Onkol.,  16  (1970) 106

                                      Schtenberg,  A.  I.  and Ozhovan, M. V., Vop. Pitan., 50  (1971 )
                                      151

                                      Weil,  C. S., et al,  Toxlcol.  Appl. Pharmacol., 2_6  (1975) 621
                                      Weil,  C.  S.,  et al,  Toxicol.  Appl.  Pharmacol., 26  (1973) 621

                                      Brzheskiy, V. V., Genetika, 8 (1972) 151

-------
                               747
Insecticides ?   The organophosphoroue compounds such as malathion,


parathion, and methyl parathion currently in use, as well as the


carbamate insecticide Carbaryl (Sevin) are generally considered non-


persistent and have a margin of safety between their effective use
                                          •

concentrations and their minimum toxic concentrations to mammals.


They are however not without their potential carcinogenic, mutagenic,


and teratogenic risk as shown in Tables 11* and 15.


     In summary, some of the more salient characteristics of


teratogenicity, mutagenicity and carcinogenicity (particularly the


latter) have been examined and a number of conflicting,  contradictory,


and ambiguous examples In regard to the above toxieities of several


organo chlorine, organo phosphorus, and carbamate insecticides have


been cited*


      It  is suggested that  a major  step could be  taken to  ameliorate


 the  possibility of ambiguity in  toxicity testing if  there were  a


 central  repository of well characterized environmental, carcinogen,


 mutagen,  and  teratogen chemical  standards.    Perhaps the  WHO might


 well  serve as a focal point in this capacity.

-------
                             748
                         References

1.    Kemeny,  T.  and Tarjan,  R.,  "Investigation on the Effects
     of Chronically Administered'Small  Amounts of DDT in Mice",
     Experientia, 22,748 (1966).

2.    Kay, K., "Occupational Cancer Risks for Pesticide Workers",
     Environ. Res., 7*,243 (1974).

3.    Terracini,  B., "Multigeneration Studies on DDT.   Letters
     to the Editor", Food Cosmet.  Toxicol.,  8,478 (1970).

4.    Tomatis, L. , Turusov,  V.,  Day, N.,  and  Charles,  R.T., "The
     effect of Long Term Exposure  of DDT on  CF-1 Mice", Int.  J.
     Cancer,  10,489 (1972).

5.    Fitzhugh, O.G., Nelson, A.A., and Quaife, M.C.,  "Chronic
     Oral Toxicity of Aldrin and Dieldrin in Rats and Dogs",
     Food Cosmet. Toxicol.  2,551 (1964).

6.    Davis, K.J.  and Fitzhugh,  O.G., "Tumorigenic Potential of
     Aldrin and Dieldrin for Mice", Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.,
     4,187 (1962).

7.    Walker,  A.I.T., Stevenson,  D.E.,  Robinson, J.,  Thorpe, E.
     and Roberts, M., "The Toxicology and Pharmaco-Dynamics of
     Dieldrin (HEOD): Two Year  Exposures of  Rats and Dogs",
     Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.,  15,343  (1969).

8.    Deichman, W.B., MacDonald,  W.E.,  Blum,  E., Bevilacqua, M.,
     Radomski, J.,  Keplinger, M.,  and Balkus, M., "Tumorigenicity
     of Aldrin,  Dieldrin, and .Endrin in the  Albino Rat", Ind.
     Med., 39,426  (1970).

9.    Walker,  A.I.T., Thorpe, E.  and Stevenson D.E.,  "The
     Toxicology of Dieldrin  (HEOD),  "Long-Term Oral Toxicity
     Studies in Mice", Food Cosmet. Toxicol., 11,415  (1973).

1O.  Thorpe,  E.  and Walker, A.I.T., "The Toxicology of Dieldrin
     (HEOD).   II. Comparative Long-Term Oral Toxicity Studies in
     Mice with Dieldrin DDT, Phenobarbitone, /J-BHC and V-BHC",
     Food Cosmet. Coxicol., 11,433  (1973).

11.  Ottolenghi,  A.D., Haseman,  J.K.,  and Suggs, F.,  "Teratogenic
     Effects of Aldring, Dieldrin, and Endrin in Hamsters and
     Mice),  "Teratology,.!, 11  (1974).

12.  Bridges, B.,  "Environmental Genetic Hazards - The Impossible
     Problem" EMS Newsletter, 5,13  (1973).

13.  Flamm, W.G.,  "A Tier Approach to Mutagen Testing", First
     International Conference on Environmental Mutagens",
     Asilomar, Calif., Aug. 29 -Sept.  1. 1973.

-------
                             749
                         DISCUSSION
 EPSTEIN  (U.S.A.)
      Suggested  distinctions  between  tumorigens  and  carcinogens,
 have  been  repeatedly  examined  bv  a wide  range of  expert  national
 and  international  committees and  have  been  shown  to be totally
 lacking  in validity.   Illustrativelv,  it has been claimed  that
 DDT  and  Dieldrin should  be recorded  as tumorigenic  because both
 produce  mouse hepatomas  which  are clained to be "benign  tumors".
 However, DDT induced  hepatomas netastisizing to the lungs  if
 mice  are not prematurely sacrificed, DDT also produces nalignant
 lymphomas  in mice.  Dieldrin has  been  shown in  a  wide range of
 studies  including  those  recently  published  by SHELL Toxicologists
 (Thorpe  &  Walker,  1972/1973) to produce  hepatomas in mice  which
 metastasize to  the  lungs, and  a wide range  of extra-pulmonary
 malignant  tumors.   Dieldrin  also  provides liver cancers  and
 malignants in other organs in  rats  (Thorpe  & Walker, 1973).  These
 hepatic  and non-hepatic  neoscosms in mice and rats  following
 dieldrin treatment  occurred  in statistically significant inci-
 dences.  The uneauivocal carcinogenicity of aldrin  and dieldrin
 has been recently  summarized in testimony,  at recent (1974)
 hearings in litigation between EPA and EOF  vs SHELL, by  Saffiotti,
 U. , Farber, E., and Epstein; S.S.

FISHBEIN (U.S.A.)

     The comments of Dr.  Epstein  on the  carcinogenicity  of DDT
and dieldrin are noted and appreciated.   The "unequivocal  car-
cinogenicity of aldrin and dieldrin" which was  referred  to by
Dr. Epstein was derived  from calculations performed  on the data
 (on the  incidence of liver-tumors of CF-1 mice)  of Walker/
Thorpe,  and Stevenson  (Food Cosmet.  Toxicol., 11, 415-432,  1972)
employing  calculations as described by Mantel and Bryan  (J. Nat.
Cancer Inst., 27,  455-470, 1969)  using an assumed slope  on  one
probit per log dose, to  calculate the dose  corresponding to a
maximum  risk of one per  hundred million  mice.   The highest  cal-
culated dose corresponding to  a risk of  10~& was  obtained  with
the data at 1.25 parts per million of dieldrin  in the diet  fed
CF-1 mice  for 128 weeks.   The  values for Pmax for the experimental
points and Pmin for the  controls  were based on  two-tailed  95%
confidence limit binomial tables, and hence correspond to  97.5%
one-tailed confidence limits.

     With  regard to the  comment of Dr. Epstein  that  dieldrin has
been shown to produce hepatomas in mice  which metastasize  to the
 lungs, this was observed in  the study  of Walker et  al (Food
Cosmet.  Toxicol.,  11, 415-432,  1972) in  a male  and  a female mouse
 (out of  60 animals) fed  2.5  ppm dieldrin for 128  weeks.  The
 lung lesions comprised massive secondary tumors and  a small emboli
of tumor cells in pulmonary  vessels.

-------
                             750
     It is also important to note that a new criterion for
determining the carcinogenicity of a substance was used in the
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.) decision of October 1,1974
suspend all major uses of aldrin and dieldrin pesticides.  For
purposes of "carcinogenicity testing", tumorigenic substances
and carcinogenic substances are "synnymous" and a carcinogenic
substances is defined as "one that increases the incidence of
benign or malignant tumors in exposed animals, decreases the
latency period between exposure and onset of tumor, or results
in unusual tumors" (Chem. Eng. News 52, 13, 1974; Federal
Register, Oct. 18, 1974, p. 37246).


OLOFFS (Canada)

     In view of the last comments, it should also be mentioned
that O^p' - DDD, administered orally to humans at doses as
high as 1O gr/day for several months, has been used in the past
for the treatment of adrenocortical cancer.

-------
                              751
        TOXICOLOGY OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS RESULTING
         FROM FUEL ADDITIVES AND EMISSIONS ASSOCIATED
       WITH THE USE OF AUTOMOBILE CATALYTIC CONVERTERS

           J. F, STARA, W, MOORE/ A. W, BREIDENBACH

Environmental Protection Agency, National Environmental Research
Center, Environmental Toxicology Research Laboratory, Cincinnati
Ohio, USA
ABSTRACT

     The purpose of this paper -La to present the definitive toxi-
cologic investigative approach employed in our laboratory for
testing automotive emissions, fuel additives, and emission com-
ponents related to the catalytic converter emission control
system.

     A matrix for investigating the toxicology of individual
pollutants and emissions from mobile sources has been used to
determine the potential toxic effects.   The presented data are
illustrations of the response of selected animal models to the
catalyst-treated exhaust and to individual components such as
platinum and palladium.   The biological parameters studied were
markedly influenced by the use of the converter.

-------
                               752
Introduction
     The Environmental Toxicology Research Laboratory, NERC-
Cincinnati is engaged in the testing, evaluating and defining
potential harmful effects of environmental pollutants from mobile
and stationary sources.   The data obtained in experimental biologi-
cal models provide necessary input for the development of scientific
criteria, which in turn, serve in the process to establish realistic
environmental standards.   During the past year the toxicological
investigations conducted in this laboratory dealt primarily with
studies of individual catalytic converter emission components, and
exposures of animals to whole emissions from engines equipped with
or without catalysts.   Emphasis was placed in this area because
the United States automotive manufacturers have developed and will
install on many of the 1975 light-duty vehicles catalytic converters
to reduce concentrations of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons in
exhaust emissions.
     Since human exposure from this source is particularly related
to air pollution hazards, the route of animal exposure is primarily
by inhalation.   In many instances, however, the pollutants e.g.
heavy metal compounds, are found in more than one environmental
media and to provide relevant information on their public health
impact, several routes of entry are investigated.    In addition,
appropriate mammalian species of different ages (from embryonic to
aged models) are being used to optimize the possibility of reproduc-
ing the human response in the different segments of the population.
The experimental protocol for the definitive toxicologic investi-
gations is based on a matrix which is summarized in Table 1.    It
describes three types of investigations conducted in this laboratory.

-------
               753
            Table 1
1
[ACUTI [xroiuii I
1 »D jo lciO lrc
? ftmiQLOGICAl
PUIMONAIV fUNCMON
NfUIOPHYilOlOGiC
tISPONSI IIC
3 PAlMClOC*
GIOU 1 IIC HI
4 ilNSlTIVIIY DUMAL
QCUlAi ETC
S IIOCHEMICAL UMIN






iU»ACUfl IXPOSUII
1 PHTSIOIOOT
PUIMONAIT
IfMAWIOtAl NIU
PH11IOLOGIC Al
•iPtODUcnvi
7 IIOCHIMIillY
INIYMII
MHAiOlllti
3 PAIMOIOGT
LIGHT AMD IM
4 MfIA»OL»M
KINHtCV tODV
•UKDIN IK
t
111! tIPOtTi
1OPIN LIIIIATUIf.
INTflNAL]
1
ICHIONIC IKPO&UIIJ
SflfCTIVI IIMV ItOM
WHICH IVlt Ol IHt
IO FOItOWING li DIIMI
won PHOPCIC nvi
1 *n if HIMU Al
1 PHrilOlOGICAl
3 PAIHOLOGICAl
4 KIMINIAl
ANMTSti
S OIHIt AS
APMOPItATI

/
/
'

.Fig. 1.    A closed "nose only"
        rodent inhalation chamber

-------
                               754
(1)  The short-term acute exposure experiments in which high levels



of new compounds are tested to ascertain frank systemic effect;1 '



(2)  Subacute exposure experiments of longer duration at lower



levels where specific bioeffect end-points are measured to provide



physiological, biochemical and pathological parameters of injury;



and (3) Chronic, long-term, exposure studies conducted at realistic


                     (2 ?)
environmental levels.  >v    The approach for any given pollutant



will vary somewhat from the general scheme depending on what are



the gaps in current knowledge concerning the compound under invest!-



gation.



A.   Animal Exposure Systems



For the single pollutant inhalation exposure studies, several



aerosol and gas generating systems are presently in use.   An



example of a closed, "nose only" inhalation animal chamber system



is shown in Fig. 1.   The inhalation chamber permits exposure of



80 rodents simultaneously to high level aerosols or gases including



radioactive metal tracers.   In addition to this system, the



Inhalation capability of the laboratory includes 2l\ large animal



chambers (approx. 3 •  ea.) and 25 smaller portable chambers



(approx. 1/2 ir ea.), and among others, a single animal aerosol



generation system to measure pulmonary mechanics and cardiovascular



parameters in animals during exposure.   Another development during



the past year includes the use of telemetry for measurements of



respiratory and cardiovascular parameters in large animals (dogs'



or primates) which are being chronically exposed to various



pollutants in the larger chambers.  '



B.   Automotive Engine and Exhaust Exposure Systems



The installation of two engines (Ford 1975 prototype engine,

-------
               755
            Table 2
   IS MPH STEADY SPEED RUNS (TENTATIVE)
  (Exhoust Emission** Normalized to 7.5/1 Dilution)
Indol.n. {0.05% S| Indol.i.. (0.105C S)
Gottoui: With Converter (C) With (C) Without (C)
CO, ppm
THC, ppm
Particular:
Total, mg/m
Sulfate, mg/m
Mitral*, mg/m
7
9
9,4
4.1
.01
1
9
3O.2
12.8
.01
522
99
3.2
0.5
.04
•Measured in N-l •xpoiur* chambers
             Table 3
  AVERAGE PERCENT CONCENTRATION
    REDUCTIONS OF TAME J OVER I
 	(W/0 CATAIY5T)

   CO	93X

   THC	-SOX

   ALDEHYDES AND ACETYLENE	99+%

   OLEFINS.		93%

   AllPHATICS	_	.59%

-------
 Fig. 2.
             756
G.M. engine with "pelletized"
    catalytic converter
Fig.  3.    1975 Ford prototype engine
       with monolith catalytic converter

-------
               757
Fig.  4.    Dilution chamber for studies
             of exhaust emissions
      Fig. 5.  Irradiation chamber

-------
              758
  Fig. 6.   Animal  exposure  chambers for
            exhaust emission studies
  Fig. 7.   Schematic  diagram for toxicologic
            testing  of automotive emissions
                                      NOM-IIIADUTID
                                     IIK>ilMI CHAMII*
INC INI

-------
                              759
Chevrolet 1973 production engine with control devices) equipped with
catalytic converters enabled the laboratory to conduct subacute and
chronic inhalation studies of the emissions with and without the
catalyst.      Simultaneously, aerometry measurements were made of
the emission components as a part of any of the Toxicologic Assess-
ment of Mobile Emissions (TAME) experiments.   Figures 2-6 provide
a pictorial view of the exposure system.   They include the G.M.
and the Ford engines with the catalytic converters, a dilution pipe,
irradiation chambers for production of photochemical smog, and 28
animal exposure chambers connected to this system (approx. 1.25 nr
ea.).  The schematic diagram of the system, as well as aerometry
sampling ports is presented in Figure 7.
C.   Aerometry of the Catalyst Emissions
From the standpoint of potential health effects, the emission
components of greatest concern following the use of the catalyst
is the increased amount of particulates, particularly eulfates,
and the potential release of catalytic attrition products into the
                                                              tn\
atmosphere containing the noble metals platinum and palladium.  '
In addition, a shift in the individual hydrocarbons is also of
potential interest.   Table 2 summarizes the effects of the catalyst
control system in the 1973 G.M. engine on the exhaust emissions.
The data show that the oxidizing catalyst has successfully reduced
the levels of carbon monoxide and total hydrocarbons in the exhaust
stream; however, the amount of particulates was significantly
increased, especially the amount of 8ulfates.   A striking increase
occurred in the acidity of the particulate.   In one of our
experiments with the catalyst in place, the acidity of particulatee
were measured to be some 65 times higher than in the exhaust without

-------
                             760
                      Table  4


               RELATIVE ACIDITY LEVELS OF
EXHAUST EMISSION PARTICIPATE AT 24,2 km/Hr. (IS MPH)
  Opororing

   Co ndilion
               No Cololyti* Convener    With Catalytic Canvor'or
                High-S IndoUnt fo«l   »«S Indolin.  HlgK-S I
Rclativ* Atidily

ol Particulot*



Tolul Parliculol*

@ 7.S/1 Dilution,

 mfl/m1
          /.J
                      260
                      25 6
Fig.  8.    Mort-Hlity  rate  in infant  rats
                          TAMI
                                       ,
                                       -c*
     0  I
012)41*7

    Dlfl ol Il

-------
               761
   Fig. 9.   Body weight of lactating
                   female rats
    ISO
    300
   MO
    700
    uo
      TAMII (M fo*^»")
                 .CO
    MO
       0 1
                        TAMI J |
-------
                               762
catalyst; if additional sulfur were added to the gasoline, the
acidity increased 260-fold (Table 3).
D.   Biological Effects of Whole Emissions
In this series of studies, TAME-I (without catalyst) and TAME-J
(with catalyst), the primary animal species used were rodents; rats
and hamsters.   The animals were exposed to one of the following
atmospheres:  1)  catalytic treated irradiated exhaust;   2)  cataly-
tic treated non-irradiated exhaust;  3)  irradiated exhaust;

-------
         763
l;ig. 10.   Hamster lung tissue exposed
        to catalytic emissions
                      ,-^v
                      V
                 l^v.
Fig. 11.   Pulmonary changes in hamsters
       exposed to irradiated exhaust
       without catalytic converter

-------
                               764
exhaust exposed hamsters, the pulmonary changes were not as severe.
Pulmonary changes noted in the rats exposed to non-catalytic treated
exhaust paralleled those found in the hamsters.   In both the
Irradiated and nonirradlated exhaust exposed hamsters (TAME I),
some vacuolar changes were found in hepatic parenchyma! cells after
5 days of exposure.   Similar vacuolar changes in the renal tubular
cells were seen in the irradiated exhaust exposed hamsters.  In the
catalyst-treated exhaust exposures, TAME J, no significant treatment-
related morphologic changes were noted in either the rat or hamster
tissues.   In the clinical pathologic tests performed on animals
exposed to the catalytic-treated exhaust (TAME J), the only
statistically significant treatment effect was an increase in total
serum proteins.   In the animals exposed to the noncatalytic treated
exhaust (TAME I), there were statistically significant treatment
effects in both nonirradiated and irradiated exhaust exposures on
total protein, platelet count, RBC and WBC counts, white cell
differential, alkaline phosphatase, HB, HCT, PTT, SCOT,  and SQPT
levels.   The irradiated exhaust also produced a treatment effect
on levels of BUN and fibrinogen.   It should be noted that the
exhaust exposed animals in the noncatalytic-treated groups showed
a rather striking increase in hemolysia resistant RBC'a, which
necessitated manual determinations of WBC counts.   In explaining
the effects, the RBC related changes and alkaline phosphatase
levels could relate to the high levels of CO;  the WBC changes most
probably relate to the severe acute inflammatory response in the
lungs; the other changes could relate to hepatic and/or  renal
dysfunction.

-------
                    765



 Fig. 12.   Retention of 103Pd and  103Pt
                        in rats
     L-t.iti*« im
Fig. 13.    Retention of 191PtCl4  and 191Pt(S04)2
                 in rats following inhalation
                     INHALATION
                      EXPOSURE
                       DAYS

-------
                          766
Table  6.   Acute  Lethal  Toxicity  of  PdCl.
Species
Rat
Rat
Rat
Rat
Rabbit
Approx. LD50
5 mg/kg
70 mg/kg
200 mg/kg
6 mg/kg
5 mg/kg
Route
iv
ip
po
itr
iv
                    Table 7
         OEOMAL lOXICItr OF PAUADIUM AND
          HAIINUM COMPOUNDS IN •AHIIS
      Of lOtt'/fO MAIM
        iNICAtlvf CONIIOll
      PAUAO'UM MONOKIM
        IHOI
       AMMONIUM
       H)ii>cmoiorMi«o>il
      HAIINUM OIOXIDI |PIO,I    0

      HATINUM OKWOIIOI      01
       IBCIjl

      riATIhUMIITkACHlOIIDI    III


      1 HdHTICICIOHNIAWNtL  01
       MANGANIII fftlCAMONVl
       IMMII
04

Itlltl

01
      GLACIAL ACEUC ACIO

-------
                              767
E.   Biological Effects of Individual Components
Studies on individual components of catalytic converter emissions
are primarily directed to obtain needed toxicological data on the
sulfuric acid and sulfate particulate emissions, in addition to
                                         /o\
data already available in the literature,  '   However, the two
noble metals, platinum and palladium, which are used in the catalyti
material may be also emitted into the atmosphere particularly during
the period of catalyst degradation.   There is an extreme paucity
of toxicologic data on these two metals.   We have conducted a
series of acute and subacute experiments to obtain data on retention
of palladium and platinum after different routes of administration
(Fig. 12), and retention of various chemical compounds of platinum
after inhalation (Fig. 13).   Additional experiments such as acute
toxicity of PdCl- (Table 6), dermal toxiclty of various platinum
and palladium compounds (Table 7), neurophysiological studies
utilizing the visual-evoked potential screen (Table 8), eye irrita-
tion screen, pulmonary, cardiovascular, biochemical and pathological
effects have been investigated.   No significant amounts of Pt or
Pd were found in any of the tissues taken from animals exposed to
the whole catalytic exhaust for periods of one week to one month.
Conpendlum
     The field of fuel additive toxicology including the exhaust
components of controlled systems such as catalytic converters is -
for a research toxicologlst - an extremely gratifying one.   In
these investigations, the toxicology discipline should have as Its
primary goal the testing of substances that are considered for
commercial use and have not been as yet Introduced into the
environmental media.   Toxicologic research on such materials

-------
                              768
                         Table 8
                 VISUAL-EVOKED POTENTIAL SCREEN
                               REPRODUCIBLE DOSE-EFFECT
            METAL COMPOUNDS       THRESHOLD (m,/lg|
               COBALT                0.010
               CADMIUM              0.10
               CHROMIUM             0.40
               PALLADIUM             0.40
               BARIUM                2.0
               MANGANESE           2.0
               PLATINUM         MINIMAL EFFECT
                       Table 9
Overview of Public Health  Impact  of Fuels
             Fuel Additives
                             MQOMCtlON AMD CONIUMPTION IIAOM
     IWl 01 lull AMITIVI
       COKfOKINI
IJHMCH 1
AND U
IXVILOPMINll
Hoimmjiiox
«»D
VINOtNA
-JcantuupnoN
                                              «HH»tio«
     HUUIH MlluiatHCI  MOUiltMt
    IIHAICH *me«CHii  TOIKOW*!

-------
                               769
provides the decision-making bodies with information on the
potential toxicity of new substances or compounds and In this way
fulfill a vital function.   Table 9 summarizes the public health
overview and the role of toxicology in manufacturing, distribution,
and consumption of fuel additives.   It lists the population sub-
groups which may be exposed to these compounds.   It is in this
manner that toxlcologlsts can optimally coordinate their findings
with the epidemiologists and clinicians.
References
1.   Annual Report-1972.   Environmental Toxicology Research
     Laboratory.   National Environmental Research Center,
     Cincinnati, Ohio.   Environmental Health Effects Research
     Series A-670/1-73-036, January, 1973.
2.   Stephens, R.J., a. Freeman, J.F. Stara and D.L. Coffin.
     Cytologic Changes in Dog Lungs Induced by Chronic Exposure
     to Ozone.   Am. J. Path. 73(3):  711-718, 1973.
3.   Bloch, W.N., Jr., T.R. Lewis, K.A. Busch, J.O. Orthoefer,
     and J.F. Stara.  Cardiovascular Status of Female Beagles
     Exposed to Air Pollutants.   Arch. Environ. Health 21*: 31*2-351*,
     1972.
if.   Wieater, M.J., R. Iltis and C. Pfetzer.   Respiration Measured
     by Dae of an Implantable Strain Gage Sensor via Telemetry in
     the Dog.  (Abstract).  Medical Instrumental 8(2):  183,1974.
5.   Burkart, J.K., R.O. Hlnners, and M. Malancliuk.   Catalytic
     Converter Exhaust On leaions.   Presented at the Air Pollution
     Control Association 6?th Annual Meeting, Denver, Colorado,
     June 9-13, 1974.

-------
                               770
 6.   Pierson,  W.R., R.H. Hammerle, and J.T. Kummer.  Sulfuric

      Acid Aerosol  Emissions from Catalyst-Equipped Engines.  Presented

      at the Automotive Engineering Congress, Detroit, Michigan,

      February  25-March 1, 197
-------
                             771
STARA  (U.S.A.)

     Thank you for your compliment, Dr. Stupfel.

     As to your first question:  We have conducted an 8 year
study of air pollutant effects in beagle dogs - there the daily
exposure period was 16 hrs/day in order to compare at least
somewhat to usual heavier traffic condition in urban areas.  In
this experiment the dogs were fed during the 8 hours rest period.
Presently we conduct exposure experiments in rodents, from one
week to two months duration on a 24 hours exposure basis.  We
did have some problems with feed contamination and the animals
not eating it;  we now exchange feed more often and the animals
are eating it as shown by weight gains similiarity between pos-
itive and negative (clean air) control groups.

     I completely agree with your second comment dealing with
the metabolic rate of rodents during light and dark cycle and
the statement supporting 24 hours exposure of rodents.  As a
matter of fact we have performed experiments of effects of the
light and dark cycle using mitotic rate index in the cornea of
the eye of rodents and found significant differences.


SCHLIPKOTER (Federal Republic of Germanv)

1.   To what extent did you dilute vehicle exhaust emissions in
your excellent research inventigations?

2.   How do you explain the high mortality rate in your acute
studies, if this was not caused by the CO concentration in the
exposure chambers?


STARA  (U.S.A.)

1.   For the present studies with the catalyst device emissions
we dilute the auto exhaust at a ratio of 1O : 1 because we
want to test the acute  effects of auto emissions with and with-
out  the catalytic converters.  However,we have the capability
to lower the dilution down to realistic environmental levels,
e.g. 200 : 1.

2.   The  high mortality rate in the weanling rats was caused
by other emission components than the CO.  The CO exposure
group was our positive control group and resulted in a negligible
mortality rate.  The mortality was caused bv the combination of
total hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides and perhaps CO together in
the raw exhaust (a total of 75% mortality rate), and additionalv
the oxidants in the irradiated exhaust  (a total of 100% mortalitv
rate).

-------
                             772
CALANDRA (U.S.A.)

     What is your assessment of the significance to the general
population of the safety of the catalyst and its attrition pro-
ducts as well as the increased emission of sulfates?  This is a
health issue and not an economic one.


STARA (U.S.A.)

     My answer must be based in this forum on scientific data.
Thus far, in our experiments of one week and one month contin-
uous exposure, we have not found overt deleterious effects in
rodents exposed to the exhaust from engines eauipped with the
noble metals oxidizing catalyst.  That is not to sav that longer
chronic experiments may not show some positive results - perhaps.
But so far there is no technical evidence available to prove this
point either way.

      Oh, vou wish to know my personal opinion?  Well, I would be
happy to' discuss the matter further with you, but not from this
rostrum.

-------
                             773
           QUANTITATIVE ESTIMATION OF THE EFFECT OF
         VARIOUS PULMONARY IRRITANTS ON THE LUNG CELL
                          POPULATION

                        M, J, GRONSPAN

Medizinisches Institut fur Lufthygiene und Silikoseforschung an
der Universitat Dusseldorf, BRD
ABSTRACT

     Polyvinylpyridine-N-oxide (PVNO) is a polymeric non-toxic
substance which is utilised in the treatment of experimental and
human ailiaoais.

     After i-venoua injection in Rats, PVNO accumulated in the
macrophages of liver, spleen and bone marrow, but only poor in
the lungs.

     This distribution was reversed by the intra-traoheal injec-
tion of Phosphatydilserine, Gama-Globulinet Freund Adjuvant and
the inhalation of N°n» an^ followed by a large accumulation of
PVNO in the lung tissue*   We suppose that this increase is
caused by the migration to the lung of macrophages originating
from the HES of the body and which have previously pynocitosed
PVNO.

     Counts of the total number of cells recovered from the lung
waehings from rate which were treated with Freund Adjuvant, showed
a good correlation between the progressive accumulation of
in lung tissue and the progressive increase of the number of
alveolar cells in the lung washings.

-------
                             774
As part of an organ which comes first in contact with atmo-
spheric pollutants and other pulmonary irritants, the alveo-
lar macrophages play an important role in lung defence,
which is accomplished by a certain number of alveolar macro-
phages. It is a still unresolved problem whether this defen-
ce is executed by an invariable amount of macrophages or if
various pulmonary irritants can increase or diminish the
number of alveolar macrophages in the lungs. The physiologi-
cal and pathological mechanisms which elicit the increase or
diminution of the alveolar macrophages are incompletelly in-
vestigated, tool. We suppose that because the lung macropha-
ges are part of the general RES, any augmentation of lung
macrophages suppose that supply is a secondary one inasmuch
as the cells are furnished to the lung from the RE organs as
a response to pulmonary injury.
The number of alveolar macrophages on the one hand probably
depends from the chemical nature of the pulmonary irritant,
its retention in the lung and the duration of the exposure,
on the other hand from the age of the exposed being; all the-
se relationships are in detail. In order to clarify this
problem we have developed 2 methods to test the influence of
various pulmonary irritants on the cell population of the
lung.
The first method
Young and old rats were exposed to gaseous noxious agents
that contaminate urban atmospheres, 24 h per day. At diffe-
rent times the animals were killed and the lungs were washed
with saline. The alveolar macrophages were obtained from 23
lung washings per animal, using 1 ml of saline for each
washing. The number of cells and the cell size was estimated
with a. Culter Counter, Model FN.
The second method
Rats were injected i-v which Polyvinylpyridine-N-oxide (PVNO)
a polymeric non toxic substance which accumulate in the RES.
By means of a quantitative method (GRt)NSPAN, 1, 2), we have
estimated the amount of PVNO stored in the liver, spleen,

-------
                             775
bone marrow, and lungs 1-2 months after  the  i.v,  application
of PVNO, before and after the  i-tracheal administrative of
various substances or the inhalation  of  NO^.
Following experimental groups  are formed:
Group I   - only PVNO i.v. (50 mg/kg  body).
Group II  - PVNO and 3 mg of Phosphatidylserin  injected
            i-tracheally.
Group III - PVNO and 3 rag of Gama-Globuline  injected
            i-tracheally.
Group IV  - PVNO and 0,05  ml  of Freund  Adjuvant  complet
            injected i-tracheally.
Group V   - PVNO and 0,005 ml  of Freund  Adjuvant  complet
            injected i-tracheally.followed by exposure to
            N02 (20 ppm) for 48 hr.
Group VI  - PVNO followed by exposure to NOo  for  7 days.
Group VII - PVNO followed by i-tracheally injeccion of
            0,5 ml NaCl 0,9$.
In the experiments with Freund Adjuvant  we have made also a
lung lavage technique and the number and size of cells  in the lavage
 liquid was counted and correlated with the amount of PVNO found
 in the lung.

RESULTS
1. Physiologic distribution of PVNO (50  mg/kg)  in the normal
   Rat:
   When 50 mg PVNO/kg were injected i.v.  to  normal Rats 30
   days after the  injection," the liver contained  500  nig,
   the spleen 180  /ug, the bone marrow 150  /ug  and the lungs
   only 50 yug of  PVNO (fig. l).
2, The accumulation of PVNO in the  lung  following Phosphati-
   dylserine is important, and was  estimated  at 140  /ug
   {fig. 2).
3. The i-tracheal  injection of Gama-Globuline caused an accu-
   mulation of 100 /ug in the  lung  (fig* 3).
4. The greatest accumulation of PVNO  in  the  lung  occured 7
   days after the  i-tracheal injection of Freund  Adjuvant
   (200  ug) (fig. M.

-------
                                    776
 500
 200
  100
             DISTRIBUTION OF POLY-VINYL-
             PYRIDIN-N-OXID 21 DAYS
             AFTER I.V INJECTION (SOmg/Kg)
             (RAT 9 180-200g)
                                         200
                                       I
                                        • iso
100.
 so
     LIVER  SPLEEN LUNG BONE MARROW

Fig*  1.  Physiologic disposition
of PVNO
         ACCUMULATION OF PVNO IN THE
         LUNG FOLLOWING PHOSPH. SERINE
         INJECTED hTRACHEALLY
                                              Ko
           NaCI   PhS
                                        Fig. 2.  Accumulation of  PVNO in
                                        the lungs following i-tracheal
                                        injected Phosphatidylserine
200
'ISO
too
 50.
         ACCUMULATION OF PVNO IN THE LUNG   20°
         FOLLOWING  GAMA GLOBULN INJECTED  §
         t-TRACHEALlY                    3
                                        •ISO
     Ko   NaCI   G.G.

Fig. 3. Accumulation of PVNO in
the lungs  following i-tracheal
injected Gama-Globuline
                                         100-
                                          so.
         ACCUMULATION OF PVNO IN THE LUNG
         FOLLOWING FREUND ADJUVANT
                    INJECTED l-TRACHEALty
          NaCI   F.A.
Fig.  *f.  Accumulation of PVNO in
the lungs following i-tracheal
injected Freund Adjuvant

-------
                                 777
 200
|;50
 100-
  '
ACCUMULATION OF PVNO
IN THE LUNG FOLLOWING
I-TRACHEALLY INJECTED
FREUND ADJUVANT AND
48* EP05URE TO N02
           (20ppm)
      KO
        ';• Accumulation of PVNO  in
   the  lungs after Freund Adjuvant
   injected i-tracheally followed
   by exposure to NO,, (?0 ppm)  for
   ^8 hr.           ^
                                   CELLS
                                   V6\
                                  2,06
                                   IJlfi
                                   0,56
                                         I
                                     i
                                   :  •.  ',
                                   ;  M-•-....
                                              CELLS IN LUNG
                                            \  -k  WASHING
                                                            QFiiS
                                                            IN
                                                        LUNGTISSUE
                                                           200
wo
                                                            so
                                         S 8 10

                                                         30 DAYS
                               Fig. 6. Number  of  cells in lung
                               washings and PVNO  in lung tissue
                               after i-tracheal injection of
                               Freund Adjuvant
   KO  == Controls
   NaCl  = NaCl 0,9#
   GG  := Gamma Globuline
                              P.S.   Phosphatidylserine
                              F.A.   Freund  Adjuvant
   i
The  exposure  to  NO., determine an accumulation of  PVNO
which is simular to those  observed in  the normal  (fig.5).
In  the Hats which have received i—tracheally Freund  Adju-
vant,  and consecutivelly NQ0  for 48 hr.,  we have  observed
a large increase in the amount of PVNO in the lung tissues,
which was greater that the  increase caused by Freund ad-
juvant alone  (fig. 5).
Counts of the  total number  of cells recovered from the
lung washings  from Rats injected i-tracheally with Freund
Adjuvants show a good correlation between the progressive
accumulation  of  PVNO in lung  tissue and the progressive

-------
                            778
   increase of the number of alveolar cells in the lung
   washings (fig. 6).
The i—tracheally injection of NaCl not determine any accumu-
lation of PVNO in the lung tissue (fig. 2, 3, 4).

DISCUSSION
The results of this experiments demonstrated that it is pos-
sible to charge the RES of the Rat by means of Polyvinylpyri-
dine-N-oxide wich is pynocitosed in large amounts by the
macrophages from the liver, spleen, bone marrow and only poor
from the lung. By means of an i-tracheally injection of Phos-
phatidylserine, Gama-Globuline, or Freund Adjuvant alone or
followed by NOg, we can discharge the RES which mobilise the
macrophages loaded with PVNO to the lungs.
If the amount of PVNO found in the lungs of the normal Rat 30
days after the i.v.-injection is only 40-50  /ug, we assume
that this counted exprime a proportionally number of macro-
phages which have pynocitosed PVNO and which are present in
the lungs. We can accept that the amount of PVNO found in
the lungs is a mesure of the number of RE cells accumulated
in the lung as a direct consequence of an i-tracheally irri-
tation.
This irritation started from the lungs, reaches the fixed
cells of the RES which have previously pynocitosed the i.v.-
injected PVNO and determine this cells to migrate to the lung.
Our experiments demonstrate the existence of a mechanism
which suppose an intimate cooperation between lungs and the
RES of the body.
The fact that a component of the alveoles surfactant (Phos-
phatidylserine) and a substance involved in the host defense
of the lung (Gama-Globuline) are able to determine the migra—
tion of the fix cells of the RES is currently under investi-
gation.
Thus,  the augmentation or diminution of the number of alveo-
lar macrophages following exposure to various noxious agents
can be quantified directly with the help of the Culter Coun-
ter or by measuring the PVNO content of Rat lung after label-
ling the cells with this nontoxic polymeric substance these

-------
                            779
estimations providing important insight into the defence of
the lung because the alveolar macrophage 1st involved both
into the phagocytosis of inhaled particles and into the pro-
duction of antibodies.
 LITERATURE

 JjlJ  GRUNSPAN, M. und II. ANTWEILER: Biochemical and biophy-
      sical reactions of rat lung tissue to quartz and corun-
      dum with and without PVNO-oxide treatment.
      In: Inhaled Particles III. Ed. by W.H. Walton, Vol. 1.-
          Old Woking, Surrey: Unwin Brothers (1971), 373-378.

      GRUNSPAN, M. et H. ANTWEILER: Methode zur quantltativen
      Bestimmung von Poly-2-vinylpyridin-N-oxid in Blut und
      Gewebe.
      Int.Arch.Gewerbepath., 25 (1969), 338-346.

-------
                             781
          LOCAL EFFECTS OF INHALED LEAD COMPOUNDS ON
                           THE LUNG

             J, BRUCH, A, BROCKHAUS AND W, DEHNEN

Medizinisches Instltut fur Lufthygiene und Silikoseforschung an
der Universitat Dusseldorf, BRD
ABSTRACT

     The effecta of inhaled lead particles on the lung parenchyma
are reported.   The following findings were obtained;

1.   The ultrastructure of the alveolar macrophages and the
pneumocytes type I indicate a cytotoxia action of the inhaled
lead aerosol.

2.   The pneumocytes type I exhibit an increaoed H 3-thymidine
labelling index.   This finding can be explained by elevated
turn-over of cells at the alveolar wall.

3.   The determination of benzopyrene hydroxylase activity showed
a clear depression to 10% of the control values.

4.   In a chronic 15 weeks experiment with alternate inhalation
of lead and titan dioxide aerosolst lung clearance was impaired
by 33 to 39%.

     The lead concentrations used were in the range of 70 to
        3
170 jug/m t  i.e. close to the Vest German MAK-value.

     On the basis of these investigations it must be assumed that
inhalation of lead compounds of the described or even lower con-
centrations produce local toxic effects in the lung.

-------
                           782
Introduction

Number and vitality of alveolar macrophages play an essen-
tial role in the defense mechanism of the lung against
live and inanimate noxious agents. After BECK and colla-
borators (1) could demonstrate that lead compounds exhi-
bit a considerable cytotoxicity in vitro comparative to
that of quartz, we investigated the local effects of in-
haled lead particles on the pulmonary alveolar macropha-
ges and the alveolar parenchyma.

For this purpose four different test methods were employ-
ed:
1) electron microscopy; 2) determination of the H-3-thy-
midine index; 3) studies of the benzopyrene hydroxylase
activity; 4) determination of the retention of an inert
dust following chronic lead exposure.

Lead exposure was carried out by the evaporation of lead
oxide at approximately 700° centigrade and subsequent
condensation of the fine lead particles in the cooling
air current. Lead concentrations were measured with the
aid of membrane filters and subsequent atom absorption
photometry.

Electron microscopic studies of_ the lung parenchyma

The electron microscopic investigations were carried out
on rats having inhaled lead oxide at an average concen-
tration of 150/ug/nr5 for four days. The lungs were fixed
with glutaraldehyde according to the instillation method
and embedded in araldite. The alveolar macrophages showed
partly discrete, partly pronounced alterations especially
of the endoplasmatic reticulum. The normally parallel
arrangement of the reticular membranes changes into a
vapid structure showing cisternae-like bulgings with con-

-------
                          783
comitant detachment of the ribosomes. With increasing
damage the membranes transform into myelin-like bands,
which may extend to the external nuclear membranes in a
striking manner (Fig 1). At the same time alterations of
the mitochondria can be observed which are characterized
by the condensation and clotting of internal structures.
The lysosomes, in contrast, exhibit no damage even though
in a number of organelles a myelin-like transformation
of the lysosomal matrix is noticeable (Fig 2).

The ultrastructure of the epithelial lining of the lead-
exposed lung cannot be definitely characterized by mor-
phological description. However, it can be said princi-
pally that numerous young cell forms are to be observed
besides damaged cells. As an instance, there are cells
whose epithelial extensions detach from the basal mem-
brane, projecting freely into the alveolar lumen. The
cytoplasm of these cells contains some clotted electron-
opaque mitochondria. On the other hand, cells are also
observed containing exceptionely numerous reticular mem-
branes (Fig 3). It is  striking that many of the pneumo-
cytes type I super-impose their extensions over the api-
cal poles of type II cells. Under these extentions nume-
rous osmiophilic bodies collect which are regarded as
secretion products of type II cells (Fig 4). Another
striking feature are cells which are situated for the
greatest part underneath the pneumocytes type I and which
break through the epithelium with regular, coniform ex-
tensions. The cytoplasm of these cells is characterized
by abundant tonofibrils. However, mitochondria and other
cytoorganelles are sparse (Fig 5). According to locali-
zation and behaviour we are obviously dealing with young
cells which are migrating to the alveolar wall.

The ultrastructural findings permit the conclusion

-------
                           784
Exp. group
Control
Pb
No . labelled
type I-cells/
1000 cells
3,2
15,5
No. labelled 2
type I-cells/cm
inner lung surface
1,5 . 105
9,1 . 105
Tab 1
            Treatment
Inhalation  Ti02-conc,
time weeks  mg/m3
                              Lead-cone.
      Retention
TiO~      Increase
Tab 2
                                                    ge/control
I c
I Pb
II c
II Pb
15
15
15
15
18,8
18,8
27,7
27,7
0
82
0
168
0,40
0,53
0,69
0,96
0,10
0,10
0,18
0,29

33

39

-------
                          785
that the alveolar macrophages as well as the pneumocytes
type I in the alveolar wall are altered following inha-
lation of a aerosol as compared to normal animals.

Determination of the H-3-thymidine index of alveolar cells

In the second experimental series mice      inhaled the
same lead concentration of 150/ug/nr for 14 days. 1 h be-
fore sacrifice the animals were injected 100/u Ci H-3-
thymidine/kg body weight. 1/u thick sections of the aral-
dite embedded lungs were coated with a L 4 emulsion, the
autoradiograms developed after 14 days, and the sections
stained with toluidineblue-azur II. The labelled cells
were counted and related to 1000 unlabelled cells or a
unit area of the inner lung surface. Tab. 1 shows the in-
crease of labelled epithelial type I cells in the lead
exposed animals. There was no change of the labelling in-
dex of the pneumocytes type II.

Determination of the benzopyrene hydroxylase in alveolar
macrophages

In a third test series guinea pigs inhaled lead oxide of
an average concentration of 150/ug/nr for 4 days. The al-
veolar macrophages of these animals were collected by
pulmonary lavage, and the, ability of the cells to meta-
bolize benzo(a)pyrene was determined by means of a method
by DIAMOND (4) modified by DEHNEN et al. (3). Immediately
after inhalation a drastic decrease of activity to 10#
of the original value is found. After an inhalation-free
interval of 3 days the activity returns to control values.

Influence of lead inhalation on lung clearance capacity
for inert dusts                   >'    '  ,
In a fourth experimental series four groups of rats in-

-------
                                786
                  *
                   \
                 '

                ~>
 '.7
*il
Fig. 1 - Alveolar  macrophage  of  lead-exposed  rat.    Bulging of
         endoplasmic reticulum with  detachment  of  ribosomes (arrow)
         Large  phago lysosomes apparently  containing lead.
         1:25 000
Fig. 2 - Lead-exposed alveolar macrophage.   Myelin-like transforma-
         tion of endoplasmic reticulum (arrow).   1:20 000

-------
                               787
              t     ^
   r.
   '%>,  r<
• -     Mtf      •

Fig. 3 - Lead-exposed pneumocyte type I with exceptionally well
         developed endoplasmic reticulum.   Some mitochondria
         (arrow) exhibit condensad matrix and rarification of
         cristae intermitochondrialee.    1:JO 000
Fig. 4   Extension of pneumocyte type I  situated  over the  apical
         pole of a pneumocyte type  II (P2).  1:10  000

-------
                          788
haled titan dioxide dust in a concentration of 19 or 28
mg/m^ on 5 days of the week for 3 h. The dispersion of
the titan dioxide was performed with a Polly's generator.
Each day the fine dust concentration was determined gra-
vimetrically and, in addition, each hour by tyndalloscopy.
Two of the groups inhaled a lead aerosol of 82 or 168
/ug/nr for 5 h before the exposure to inert dust, while
the other two groups were not treated further and served
as controls. The inhalations were carried out for 15 weeks
in the described way, then the animals were killed, and
lungs and lymph nodes were examined for their content of
titan dioxide. The results of the analyses are presented
in Tab. 2 together with the inhalation data for all four
groups. In the lungs of the animals exposed to additio-
nal lead inhalation, significantly higher dust quantities
were found as compared with controls. The elimination was
impaired by 33 to 3996. With regard to the lymph nodes no
statistically significant differences were revealed.

Discussion

The effects on the* haemopoetic system and the central
nerve system have so far been in the foreground of the
discussion of toxic lead action. Our investigations de-
monstrate local effects in the pulmonary parenchyma fol-
lowing inhalation of lead aerosols. Both alveolar macro-
phages and epithelial cells are affected by the toxic
action, as demonstrated by a decrease in enzyme activity
in alveolar macrophages and an elevated turn-over of
type I cells. The biochemical and morphological findings
indicate that the primary point of attack of lead on the
cellular level is observed at the reticular membranes.
This ist in accordance with studies by SCOPPA and colla-
borators (5) who could demonstrate a reduction of the
activity of membrane-bound hydroxylases in liver cells

-------
                            789
Fig. 5 - Young cell form in the  alveolar wall mostly covered  by
        theneighbouring cells.   Coniform protrusions break
        through the epithelial  lining.  1:12 000
 after  oral  lead poisoning.  As result of the cellular da-
 mage an  impairment of lung clearance is found. Thus an
 increased retention of exogenous substances must be ex-
 pected following lead inhalation. Of further special in-
 terest in the context of air pollution is the result that
 carcinogenous hydrocarbons are metabolized to a lesser
 degree,  thus increasing considerably the period of time
 these  substances are present in the lung. The concentra-
 tions  chosen by us (70 to 170/ug/nr) are slightly lower
 than the MAK values valid in the Federal Republik of Ger-
 many but higher than the values normally measured in our
 cities.  In  some cases, however, we measured 24 h averages
 of  20  to 80 /ug/nr  in the atmosphere of a West German city
 in  the neighbourhood of a lead plant (2). The pronounced
 decrease of benzopyrene hydroxylase and the considerable
 increase of labelled cells in the alveolar wall give rise
 to;the supposition that even clearly lower concentrations
 than 70yug/nr can lead to local injury in the lung. The
 experiments are carried on in this direction.

-------
                             790
   LITERATURE

   1. BECK, E.G., N. MANOJLOVIC und A.B. FISCHER: Die Zyto-
      toxizitat von Blei. "Die gesundheitlichen Aspekte der
      Umweltverschmutzung durch Blei". Tagungsberichte In-
      ternationales Symposium, Amsterdam (Nederland), Octo-
      ber 2-6,  1972.- Luxembourg: Centre for Information and
      Documentation - CID 1973, 451-461.

   2. BROCKHAUS, A., H. WEISZ, K.-H. FRIEDRICHS und U. KRAMER-
      Das Vorkommen von Benzo(a)pyren und partikularem Blei
      bei unterschiedlichen Immissionssituationen.- Stutt-
      gart: G.  Fischer (im Druck),
      = Schriftenreihe des Vereins fiir Wasser-, Boden- und
      Lufthygiene,  H. 43.

   3. DEHNEN, W., R. TOMINGAS and J. RODS:  A modified method
      for the assay of benzo(a)pyrene hydroxylase.
      Analyt.Biochem., 53 (1973), 373-383.

   4. DIAMOND,  L.:  Metabolism of polycyclic hydrocarbons in
      mammalian cell culture.
      Int.J.Cancer,  8 (1971), 451-462.

   5. SCOPPA, P., M. ROUMENGOUS and W. PENNING: Hepatic Drug
      Metabolizing  Activity in Lead-Poisoned Rats.
      Experentia, 29 (1973),  970-972.
                          DISCUSSION
LYNAM (U.S.A.)
     The speaker stated that  air lead concentrations in cities
average 20 - 80/ug/m3.    I know of no data to support such fig-
ures.   In a study of air lead concentrations in seven major
US cities at 59 sampling sites, the annual average airborne lead

-------
                               791
concentrations measured for 24 hours a day for 1 ^ear ranged
from a low of 0.17/ug/m3 in a rural community in Los Alamos,
New Mexico to a high of 4.4/ug/m3 in Pasadena, California.  In
a study reported by Prof. BoudSne, levels in Paris, France of
2 - 3/ug/m3 are reported.   Data by Dr. Tsuchiya in Japan indi-
cate annual levels of lead in air in Tokyo of less than 2/ug/m3.
Data from the USEPA CAMP (Continuous Air Monitoring Program) in-
dicate lead levels in cities of a maximum of 1 - 4/ug/m3.  Could
the speaker support his figure of 20 - 80/ug/m3 average in lead
concentrations in cities?
BRUCH  (Federal Republic of Germany)

     It is correct that the annual concentrations of lead obs-
erved in cities average 2 - 3/ug/m3.   However, annual averages
of 8.3 - 11.9/ug/m3 were noted in areas of high traffic density
(1).    The concentrations of 20 - 80/ug/m3 we quoted are for
24-hour levels measured by us on particular days in highly in-
dustrialized areas (2).   Similar or higher levels were reported
from other areas having a lead industry (3) (Maximum level:
328/ug/m3j  half-yearly average:  50/ug/m3),   Since our find-
ings with respect to animals were obtained in some cases s  -er
only a few days' exposure, the 24-hour levels seemed to us to
offer a more suitable basis for discussion than the yearly av-
erage.

References

1.   COLUCCI, J.M. and Ch.R. BEGEMAN:  Polynuclear aromatic
     hydrocarbons and other pollutants in Los Angeles air.
     In:  Proceedings of the Second International Clean Air
     Congress.   Ed.  by H.M. Englund and W.T.  Beery - New York,
     London:  Academic Press 1971, 28-35.

2.   BROCKHAUS, A., H. WEISZ, K.-H. FRIEDRICHS und U. KRAMT
     Das Vorkommen von Benzo(a)pyren und partikularem Blei ~ji
     unterschiedlichen Immissionssituationen - Stuttgart:
     G. Fischer (im Druck).
     = Schriftenreihe des Vereins ftir Wasser-, Boden- und Luft-
     hygiene, H.43

3.   FUGAS, M., B. WILDER, R. PAUKOVIC, J. HRSAK and D. STEINER-
     SKREB:  Concentration levels and particle size distribution
     of lead in the air of an urban and an industrial area as a
     basis for the calculation of population exposure.   In:
     Tagungsberichte Internationales Symposium "Die gesundheit-
     lichen Aspekte der Umweltverschmutzung durch Blei", Amsterdam
     Oct. 2-6, 1972 - Luxembourg:  Centre for Information and
     Documentation -  CID 1973, 961-962.

-------
                              793

                    LOW LEVEL LEAD TOXICITY

            ALAN M, GOLDBERG AND ELLEN K, SILBERGELD

Department of Environmental Medicine, School of Hygiene and
Public Health, Baltimore, Maryland, USA
ABSTRACT

     Lead poi.Boni.ng in children is associated with several seri-
ous pathological and behavioral deficits.   Studies in adult
animals have been unable to support the association between lead
intoxication and behavioral dysfunction.   However, when suckling
mice are exposed to lead from birth they exhibit an increase in
spontaneous motor activity.   In this study, mice were exposed
to lead acetate (2,5 or lOmg/ml) from birth indirectly through
their mothers' milk.   At these doses, no classical signs asso-
dated with overt lead toxicity were observed.   However, growth
of the offspring was decreased 10% and in measurements of spon-
taneous motor activity from 30-150 days of age, the lead intoxi-
cated mice were more than three times as active as ooetaneous
controls.   To elucidate the basic mechanisms underlying this
lead-induced behavioral dysfunction, a combined, pharmacological
and neurochemical approach has been used.   The results suggest
a defect in the interactions of central cholinergic and aminergio
pathways.   This study emphasizes the necessity to examine effects
of potentially toxic compounds during critical stages of neuro-
logical development in order to assess fully the impact of these
compounds on humans.

     This project was supported in part by the national Insti-
tutes of Environmental Health Sciences grants 00034 and 00454
and a Starter Grant to EKS by the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers
Association Foundation.   EKS is a Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr. Fellow
in Neurosciences.

-------
                              794
      Clinical studies have documented a relationship between
lead intoxication and behavioral disorders in children  (Byers
and Lord  [1]; Chisolm and Harrison,  [2]; De la Burdee and
Choate  [3]; David, et al,  [4]).  These disorders have been
described as irritability, restlessness and agressiveness.
Studies in adult animal models have not reproduced these
findings which supports clinical knowledge on the relationship
between age and susceptibility to lead.  Recently, it has been
demonstrated that animals exposed to inorganic lead during
critical periods of neurological development (analogous to
early childhood exposure via pica) develop the behavior dis-
order of hyperactivity (Silbergeld and Goldberg, [5,6,7J;
Sauerhoff and Michaelson,  [8]; Allen, et al, [9]). Hyperacti-
vity is seen in animals exposed to levels of lead below that
which produces severe growth retardation, kidney damage,
paraplegia, or convulsions.
THE ANIMAL MODEL - The intention of this animal model is to
provide an analogue to childhood lead poisoning in terms of
equivalent age, gastrointestinal route and chronic nature of
low level lead exposure.  Inorganic lead (2,5,  or 10 mg/ml
lead acetate) was administered to the mother in the drinking
water and through her to the nursing offspring which were the
subjects of study.  These exposure levels of lead produced a
dose-related reduction of growth (about 10% at 5 mg/ml)  and
a retardation of several developmental landmarks (Table 1).
The offspring have no signs of acute lead poisoning but in
analyses conducted in collaboration with Dr.  J.J. Chisolm.
alterations in heme synthesis were found associated with a
blood lead level of 50-80 pg%.

-------
                             795
             TABLE 1.  DEVELOPMENTAL LANDMARKS IN
                  CONTROL AND LEAD-TREATED MICE3
                                  Day of Occurrence
     Landmark                Controls            Lead
Eye Openinj
Full Incidence
13
16
17
20
      of Hair
Coordinated Walking
Weaning
18
22
25
30
      Data from Silbergeld and Goldberg, [5].
      Between 30 and 150 days of age, these animals were
individually tested for levels of spontaneous motor activity.
In all cases, the lead-treated animals were about 3 times as
active as coetaneous controls (Figure 1).
     A number of points should be made about this animal model,
Increases in the level of lead exposure do not increase hyper-
activity but induce other sequelae of lead poisoning. Animals
whose lead exposure terminates at weaning also evince hyper-
activity as adults.  However, animals exposed to lead only post-
weaning do not develop the behavioral dysfunction, suggesting
that the behavioral toxicity of lead is dependent upon the
accessability and immaturity of the developing nervous system.

-------
                              796
         1750r
         1500
         125O
         10OO
        P 750
          500
          250
                30   40    50   60   70
                         AGE IDAYS I
ISO
                            FIGURE 1.

Spontaneous motor  activity  (counts per hour)  of lead-
treated and control mice  from 30 to 150 days  of age.
Activity was individually measured electronically;
results are shown  for  second  hour of measurement.  Open
circles and dotted lines  indicate results of  testing
lead treated animals;  closed  circles and solid lines
indicate controls.  Points  are means of 6-21  animals;
vertical lines are S.E.M.   The activity levels of
treated mice were significantly higher at each day.
(p<0.001).

-------
                              797
     Two major approaches were used to study lead-induced
hyperactivity.  In the first, the behavioral effects of drugs
with known mechanisms of action were investigated. Alterations
in behavioral response to these drugs may indicate specific
changes in neurochemical pathways following lead treatment. In
the second approach, neurochemistry of lead-treated hyper-
active animals was studied by measuring transport and steady-
state levels of neuroactive compounds.
PHARMACOLOGY - Lead-treated hyperactive mice were found to
respond behaviorally with marked differences as compared to
controls to a number of pharmacological agents  {Table 2). The
first observation to be made is that lead-induced hyperactivity
provides an animal model strikingly similar in  its pharmacology
to Minimal Brain Dysfunction hyperactivity in children. In
addition, a general observation can be made that drugs which
act to increase CNS catecholamine-receptor stimulation exacer-
bate lead-induced hyperactivity {1-dopa, benztropine, and
apomorphine). Drugs which are thought to enhance central chol-
inergic function suppress lead-induced hyperactivity  (physo-
stigmine, dimethylaminoethanol, and oxotremorine). Also, the
cholinergic antagonists, atropine and benztropine tend to exa-
cerbate the hyperactivity or reactivity of lead-treated animals.
     However, several drugs which have been proposed as cate-
cholandnergic agonists do not exacerbate lead-induced hyper-
activity but rather suppress it. Amphetamine, methylphenidate
and fenfluramine are drugs which enhance catecholamine function
by either increasing transmitter release or blocking reuptake.
The apparently contradictory responses of lead-treated hyper-
active mice to these agents may be partly explained by their
action on non-aminergic sites. Amphetamine, in  addition to
stimulating aminergic pathways can also enhance cholinergic
function.

-------
                                 798
 Table 2.
 EFFECTS OF DRUQS ON LEAD-INDUCED HYPEHACTIVITY
                                                a)
 DRUG (Dose mg/kg)
EFFECT ON LEAD-
TREATED HYPER-
ACTIVE CONTROLS
                                                    COMMENTS
Or-nethylparatyrosine  (50)
                               b)
d-amphetamine (10)          —


dimethylaminoethanol (200)

fenfluramine (20)

methylphenidate (25, ^0)

oxotremorine (0«08)         -

physostigmine (0.1-0.5)

apomorphine (10)            0



atropine (0.01)             0


benztropine (15)            +


1-dopa (50)                 -M


phenobarbital (20)          +4
                                       4-

                                       •H-


                                       0


                                       0
                  In treated, produces
                  "normal" response to
                  amphetamine} in controls,
                  abolishes amphetamine
                  response

                  In controls, some stereo-
                  typy
                                             In treated,  induces
                                             stereotypic  circling and
                                             increases  reactivity

                                             In treated,  increases
                                             reactivity

                                             In treated,  increases
                                             reactivity

                                             In treated,  increases
                                             reactivity
a)  Some  of  these  data  are  reported  in  Silbergeld and Goldberg,
    (6,7)* The rest  is  presented  in  material  submitted  for  publi-
    cation*

b)  +«increase in  activity;  --decrease  in activite;  p«no  change*
    Number of symbols denotes qualitative amount of  change;  — in
    treatedasuppression of  activity  to  that of predrug  baseline
    of  control animals*

-------
                              799
           It  is not  presently known  if  the other  aminergic
 agonists methylphenidate  and fenfluramine act  similarly on  the
 cholinergic system.
 NEUROCHEMISTRY - The  transport of neurochemicals  into neurons
 has been proposed as  an important step  in the  regulation and
 turnover of suspected neurotransmitters and may be  a valuable
 method  for studying CNS function  (Kuhar,  [10]).   High affinity
 transport  systems are observed experimentally  by  the low con-
 centrations against which neural tissue will accumulate the
 compounds. Thus, changes  in high affinity transport may reflect
 alterations in neurotransmitter function. Many of the drugs
 found to have differential effects on lead-induced  hyperactiv-
 ity are known to affect the high affinity transport of the
 catecholamines and acetylcholine. In 40-60 day old  Iead-.induca3
 hyperactive mice the  high affinity transport of dopamine,
 choline and tyrosine  were significantly affected  (Table 3).
 The transport of other suspected neurotransmitters  and a non-
 neuroactive compound, leucine, were not changed.
     The steady state levels of acetylcholine, norepinephrine,
 and dopamine were also measured in hyperactive animals.
 Preliminary results indicate that only norepinephrine levels
 are changed (25% increase). This is consistent with .the
 increases  in the transport of tyrosine,  a precursor of
norepinephrine,  and with the suppression of lead-induced
hyperactivity by a-methylparatyrosine,  a compound which
inhibits the synthesis of norepinephrine (Table 2).
CONCLpSIONS - Low level lead exposure has been shown to inter-
fere with central nervous system function and  to  result in
retardation of development,  in hyperactivity,  and in altera-
tions in response to many pharmacological agents. The mechan-
ism of action is probably related to an  inhibition of central

-------
                                   TABLE 3.
HIGH AFFINITY TRANSPORT OF NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND OTHER COMPOUND BY BRAIN TISSUE*
COMPOUND
3
H -choline
H -dopamine
3
H -GAB A
14
C -glycine
3
H -5-hydroxy-
tryptamine
14
C -leucine
3
H -norepinephrine
14
C -tyrosine
b
FINAL CONCENTRATION N
IN ASSAY MEDIUM

4
1.

2.

7.

4.


4.

1.

3.


25

0

05

67


3

06

3
-7
x 10 M
x 10~6M
-7
x 10 M
-6
x 10 M
-ft
x 10 M

-6
x 10 M
-6
x 10 M
-fi
x 10 M

8
15

9

6

6
i

6

5

8
LEAD HYPERACTIVE
AS % OF CONTROLS

52%°
81%°

98%

95%
CO
105% °


88%

99%
f^
115%
 Details of Methodology and Results  are in Material  Submitted for Publication.
 N=number of animals assayed in each group.
'p<0.01,  by Student's T test of the means for control and  treated  groups.

-------
                               801
  cholinergic  neurotransmission and concomitant alterations  in
  catecholamine pathways.  Cholinergic inhibition by lead has
  been demonstrated at the ganglion (Kostial  and Vouk [11])  and
  at the myoneural  junction (Silbergeld,  et al, [12,13]).
       This  animal  model  lends  experimental evidence to  support
  recent findings that some cases  of MBD  hyperactivity are
  associated with early exposure to lead  (David,  et al,  [4]).
  However, the question remains as to the significance of lead
  exposure in  the etiology of MBD  hyperactivity.
       The enhanced susceptibility of young children to  the
  effects of low level chronic  lead exposure  has  been reproduced
  in this animal model. This susceptibility may directly result
  from the immaturity  and  vulnerability of the  developing CNS.
  In young rodents,  the blood brain barrier is  more readily  per-
  meable than  in older animals.  Additionally, neurotransmitter
  pathways are rapidly changing in amounts of neurotransmitters
  as well as in activities of important metabolic enzymes
  (Benjamins and McKhann,  [14]). Therefore, it  is important  to
  carefully  choose  from populations at risk those groups likely
  to possess increased vulnerability in order to assess  fully
  the potential hazard from environmental  agents.
REFERENCES
1.  Byers, R.K.  and E.E. Lord.  Late Effects of Lead Poisoning
      on Mental Development.  Amer. J. Pis. Child 66:471-494,
      (1943).
2.  Chisolm, J.j. and H.E. Harrison.  The Exposure of Children
      to Lead.  Pediatrics 18;943-957. (1956).
3.  De la Burdee, B. and M.S. Choate. Does Asymptomatic Lead
      Exposure in Children Have Latent Sequelae?  J. Pediat. 81:6,
      1088-1091, (1972).

-------
                               802
4.  David, 0., J.  Clark and K. Voeller.  Lead and Hyperactivity.
      Lancet 11900-903, (1972).

5.  Silbergeld, E.K.  and A.M.  Goldberg.   A Lead Induced Behavioral
      Disorder. Life Sci.   131:1275-1285, (1973) .

6.  Silbergeld, E.K.  and A.M.  Goldberg.   Lead Induced Behavioral
      Dysfunction:  An Animal  Model of Hyperactivity.  Exp.  Neurol
      £2:146-157,  (1974).

7.  Silbergeld, E.K.  and A.M.  Goldberg.   Hyperactivity:  A Lead
      Induced Behavior Disorder.   Env. Health Persp.  ^7: , (1974) ,

8.  Sauerhoff, M.W.  and I.A. Michaelson.  Hyperactivity and Brain
      Catecholamine in Lead Exposed Developing Rats.   Science 1^2;
      1022-1024,  (1973).

9.  Allen, J.R., P.J. McWey and S.J. Suomi.  Pathophysiological
      and Behavioral Changes in Rhesus Monkeys Exposed to Lead.
      Env. Health Persp. 7;, (1974).

10. Kuhar, M.J.  Neurotransmitter Uptake:  A Tool in Identifying
      Neurotransmitter Specific Pathways.  Life Sci.   13:1623-
      1634, (1974).

11. Kostial,  K. and V.B. Vouk.  Lead Ions and Synaptic Transmission
      in the Superior Cervical Ganglion of the Cat.   Brit. J.
      Pharmacol. 12:219-222, (1957).

12. Silbergeld, E.K., J.T. Fales and A.M. Goldberg.   Evidence for
      a Junctional Effect of Lead on Neuromuscular Function.
      Nature 247:5435, 49-50,   (1974).

13. Silbergeld, E.K., J.T. Fales and A.M. Goldberg.   The Effects
      of Inorganic Lead on the Neuromuscular Junction.  Neuropharm.
      In Press, (1974).

14. Benjamins, J.  and G." McKhann,   Neurochemistry of  Development
     In Basic Neurochemistry«   Eds. Albers, et al. Little Brown,
     Boston, pp. 269-298.  (1972).

-------
                               803
                         DISCUSSION
KAMINSKI (U.S.A.)
1)   What were the dose levels in the figures shown in your
presentation?

2)   What was the lowest level at which you were able to observe
changes?

3)   Since the highest level i.e. 10 mg/ml is eauivalent to a
lead intake in a 6O Ib child of 5Og per day do you consider this
to be low lead level?

4)   Even the 5 mg/ml dose level of lead is 5OOO times the nor-
mal lead intake in our diet, this hardly is a low lead level.


GOLDBERG {U.S.A)

1)   In the manuscript all doses are indicated.  The data shown
for the developmental landmark- slide and the first drug slide
(amphetamines) relate to animals from the lOmg/ml dose.  All
the other data were from groups exposed to 5mg/ml.

2)   The lowest dose we have used is 2mg/ml.  This dose produces
hyperactive animals.

3-4) One cannot directly compare exposure in animals and expo-
sure in man.  Let me point out that these animals do not ex-
hibit the classical signs of lead toxicitv and have a blood lead
level of 50-80  ,ug %.  At the present time I would have to con-
sider that these animals are at low-level exposure.


TER HAAR (U.S.A.)

     If your idea of hyperactivity is correct, why are there
not evidences of increased hyperactivitv in the large group of
children in the United States who have blood leads in the
50-80 mg/lOOml range?  While there is speculation in the liter-
ature that an increase from 25-30 mg lead/lOOml may cause
hyperactivity, there is no evidence of this fact in the large
group of children in the higher lead in blood level.


GOLDBERG  (U.S.A.)

     At this point in time I would not conclude that lead is
etiologic in hyperactivity but I would pose it as a question.
Obviously there are many other factors that one would have to
consider.  Let me point out that the hyperactivity seen in
animals may be the first sign of lead poisoning and that other
sequelae develop at higher exposure.

-------
                              805

     STUDIES OF LEAD ENCEPHALOPATHY IN THE DEVELOPING RAT

    I, A, MICHAELSON, R, D, GREENLAND/ AND M, W, SAUERHOFF

Department of Environmental Health, University of Cincinnati,
College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio, USA
ABSTRACT

     Inorganic lead produces cerebral dysfunction and clinically
definable eneephalopathiee in man.   The expected sequelae of
pediatria lead enoephalopathy consist of altered behavioral pat-
terns and learning disabilities.   To date there have been feu
studies on the biochemical changes in brain following exposure
to inorganic lead.   Studies correlating toxiaity to behavioral
and brain neuroohemical changes following lead exposure have been
hindered because adult laboratory animals are resistant to the
central nervous system (CHS) effects of lead poisoning.   Such
studies have been impeded by lack of suitable experimental models
until Pentschew and Garro   showed that brain lesions develop in
neonatal rats when a pregnant vat newly delivered of her litter
is placed on 4.0% lead carbonate containing diet.   Lead passes
into the developing sucklings via maternal milk.   Lead poisoned
newborns have pronounced retardation of growth and during the
fourth week of life develop paraplegia and severe signs of lead
enoephalopathy3 namely extensive histological lesions of the
cerebellum and brain edema.

     We have employed this experimental model to study both sev-
ere and mild forms of lead encephalopathy in the developing rat.
In the former we have found a failure of cell multiplication in
the cerebellum.   Howevert in the latter we have found that during
the fourth week of development young rate display hyper activityt

-------
                              806
tremor's and stereotype behavioral patterns.   Pair-fed controls
ooetaneous to experimental groups do not display such activities.
Estimation of brain serotonin^ gamma-amino-butyric acidt nor-
epinephrine and dopamine suggests a disruption in catecholamine
metabolism during periods of altered behavior in lead exposed
developing rats.   The data indicate that under conditions of
chronic ingestion of relatively low levels of lead from birth
to adulthood brain dopamine metabolism is either unchanged or
slightly slowed.   On the other hand, norepinephrine metabolism
is increased by as much as 30% and leaves the brain (turnover
time) more rapidly than in control animals.

     It is possible that our findings on increased motor activity
and changes in brain monoamine metabolism may correspond to early
responses to lead exposure before recognized overt signs of toxi-
oity.

-------
                                   807
     The brain is exceptionally sensitive to  the  effects of inorganic lead
poisoning anH it is primarily the young - from birth to about  seven years
of age - who show the most serious damage following symptomatic lead poi-
soning.  Brain manifestations of lead induced toxic episodes and cerebral
related sequelae of pediatric lead encephalopathy are well defined and
there is considerable knowledge about the histopathological conditions of
brain tissue of those lead poisoned individuals who do not survive.  Our
laboratory raises three questions: (l) is there a neurochemical basis for
the cerebral and behavioral deficit as seen in some survivors  of lead en-
cephalopathy and more important (2) whether a long standing minor degree of
elevation of blood lead concentration would be associated with future neuro-
logic malfunction and (3) is impaired brain function associated with lead
ingestion which is asymptomatic or produces symptoms less severe than en-
cephalitis?
     Until recently experimental studies on lead  encephalopathy has been
hampered by the inability to produce in laboratory animals unequivocal
neuropathological or behavioral changes characteristic of the  human dis-
ease.  Most adult experimental animals do not display manifestations of
brain dysfunction as usually seen in children with lead poisoning. This is
not the case when young animals are used. Experimental lead encephalopathy,
with histologic features characteristic of the human disease [1,2], can be
produced in suckling rats by feeding diet containing 4.556 lead acetate to
lactating mother rats after delivery of her young. The lead is transmitted
to the newborns through the mother's milk which contains lead. While the
mother rats tolerate the diet [l] the sucklings develop paraplegia and ex-
tensive vascular damage to the cerebellum, frequently leading  to death.
     We have used this model to study the biochemical interaction of lead
with brain to seek a chemical basis fir behavioral aspects of  lead poisin-
ing as it relates to the CNS.  We found that  suckling rats ingesting lead
via the milk of mothers fed lead containing diet  results in a  pronounced
retardation in growth of the young and gross  discolorization of the cere-
bellum as previously described [l,2].  There  was  an apparent reduction in
brain weights in the lead exposed animals and a diminution in  DMA content
of the cerebellum suggesting failure in cell  multiplication and/or matur-
ation in this organ.  This appears to represent a working experimental
model of the more severe and fulminating forms of lead encephalopathy but is
much too destructive for the answer to the earlier question: Are there
brain effects associated with low levels of lead  ingestion which are

-------
                                   808
asymptomatic or which produce symptoms less severe than encephalitis or
usually looked for signs of lead poisoning?
     Our initial finding suggested that  low body weights of animals suck-
ling from mothers fed lead acetate and the  cerebellar changes were similar
to those seen in undernutrition.   Furthermore, it was observed that the ap-
pearance of paraplegia nad cerebellar  pigmentation occurred shortly after
the time when the neonates were capable  of  gaining access to the mothers'
4-5$ lead acetate containing diet [3],
     The question was raised whether access to the relatively greater
amounts of lead contained in the maternal solid food (24,OCX) pptn Pb) com-
pared to maternal milk could account for the histopathology observed in
reports using this regimen [l,2,3].  We  devised a means of sampling the
maternal milk for estimation of its  lead content.  Figure 1 demonstrate?
          I
          1
                  0  ,        58          13
                            DAYS  POST-PARTUM
16
 FIG. 1   Milk lead content (ppm) of lactating rats eating
         4.5$ (2.4& 24,570 ppm) lead acetate containing
         diet.  Normal milk contains less than 0.02 ppm Pb.

-------
                                    809
that a lactating rat eating 4.5$ lead acetate (2.4$ lead,  24,000 ppm Fb)
diet produces milk containing increasingly greater concentrations of lead
in relationship to length of exposure and increasing food  consumption  (nit
illustrated),  3y the sixteenth day they produce milk containing approxi-
mately 25 ppm lead, whereas milk from lactating rats eating normal diet
contains less than 0.02 ppm lead.  During suckling the developing rat  is
exposed to less than one thousandth (1/1000)  the amount of lead their
mothers had been eating during the first 3 weeks of the nursing period.
     Developing newborn rats suckling milk containing 25 ppm  lead are  cap-
able of climbing into mothers' food jars by 18 days of age and thereby
capable of consuming solid diet with a high lead content.   In order to keep
the lead exposure of the developing rat constant,  on the seventeenth day
the maternal diet was changed to one containing 25 ppm to  400 pmm lead,
comparable to, or sixteen times greater than  the amount they  had consumed
in the milk.  There is a consequential acceleration of growth rate due to
change from a liquid maternal diet to solid food in both control and exper-
imental animals. There was no paraplegia and  brains did noi^ contain^ pigmen-
tation as observed in earlier studies [1-3].   Neonatal rats exposed to
these relatively low levels of dietary lead for the first  three weeks  of
life exhibit hyperactivity, aggressiveness, and stereotype repetitive  be-
havior.  At 23, 2/» and 25 days of age, complete families of six siblings
from pair-fed controls or lead exposed groups were placed  on  a spontaneous
activity metering device for 24 hours.  Appropriate pair-fed  control and
experimental groups were tested on alternate  days for a single 2A hour
period.  Neonatal rats exposed to dietary lead for the first  3 weeks of
life exhibit a 40 to 93?& greater activity than coetaneous  pair-fed
controls (Figure 2).
     Exposure to lead via the regimen Described leads to a significant in-
crease in the amount of lead in brain within  5 days of the onset of ex-
posure (Figure 3).  The brain lead content of exposed animals continues to
increase but the levels are merely one tenth  that found when  sucklings are
weaned to mothers' 4«5# lead acetate diet [3].

-------
I
g
•J
    4.0T
    3.5
    3.0
    2.5
    2.0
     1.5
     1.0
    0.5
      .
10    15    20

  AGE  (DAYS)
                                   25
                                         30
FIG. 3   Brain lead content of neonatal rats suckling

        mothers eating A.5$ lead acetate diets (0-10)

        changed Of) to AO (0')> ^00 (:^)» and A,000

           ) ppm  lead containing diet (17-58).
                                                 O"  CD
                                                 O  X

                                                 M "S
                                                     -
                                                       —

                                                       •
                                                       (E
                                                      3
                                                      sr
                                                       01
                                                       "8
                                                    B3 0!
                                                    r»- 3
                                                    w 01
                                                      o
                                                    -
                                                       -
                                                                      RELATIVE PERCENTAGE
                                                                                Q
                                                                                :
                                                              -
                                                              3
                                                                                                no
o BJ
o
>^
C H- ^
3 <; CD
T ci m
° ^ no
M ^
~ ^
3 *< »
0 0 ±<
k<
i § CO
0? OP "^^ *
H
N CD
OJ 05
a a






















                                                                                                U-
                                                                                                LJ
                                                                                             o o

                                                                                             I i
                                                                                             2 >
                                                                                             r-n
                                                                                             m

                                                                                             o


-------
                                   811
     We have now studied the metabolism of brain  catecholamines using ani-
mals as described above except that  sucklings were weaned to a diet con-
taining 400 ppm lead.   Experimental  and control rats were killed at dif-
ferent ages and their brains analyzed for norepinephrine and dopamine
content (Figure 4).
           0.8
           0.7
           0.6
           0.5
           04
           0.3
           0.2
           0.1
* ft'0.05
• NOREPINEPHRINE
• DOMMINE
	CONTROL
	LEAD
                                              _L
                             _L
10      20      30
             AGE  DAYS
                                                      50
                             60
                       70
 FIG. k   Norepinephrine and dopamine in brain of  leaded
          and pair-fed control rats.

      It  is  interesting to note that in this study there appears to be
 slightly higher levels of norepinephrine and dopamine in lead treated rats
 but  the  small number of animals employed make difficult a statistical
 validation  of this impression.
      It  is  important to emphasize that this newer mode of developing lead
 intoxicated rats results in  subtle response (hyperactivity, aggressiveness,
 stereotype  repetitive behavior) and one might suspect similar subtle
 changes  in  neurochemical components.  Whereas steady state levels of tissue
 concentration yield static datum; metabolic activity or turnover provides
 mre meaningful data.  We have studied norepinephrine and dopamine turnover
 in brains of lead exposed developing  rats.  Since these chemicals in brains
 are  thought to be involved in motor activity and behavior, and because
 earlier  studies indicate increased activitv in the fourth and fifth week,

-------
                                    812
we Pxamined the turnover of catecholamines in 32 day old rats receiving
MX) ppm lead.
     We used the drug alpha—methyl tyrosine which is a specific inhibitor
of the enzyme tyrosine hydroxylase - the rate limiting step in catechol-
amlne biosynthesis.  As the neuronal metabolic activity continues the non-
replenished stores of the neurotransmitters are depleted.  The rate of
depletion is an indication of the neuronal activity.
     The data indicates that under conditions of chronic ingestion of rel-
atively low levels of lead from birth to adulthood leading to increases in
brain lead content and altered states of behavior,  that dopamine metabolism
is either unchanged or partially slowed; whereas norepinephrine turnover
is increased by as much as 30$, and that norepinephrine leaves the brain
    more rapidly in leaded animals then in controls (Figure 5).

RATE CONSTANT AMINE LOSS Khr'1)
7
c
TURNOVER RATE n'v«n*
TURNOVER TIME (hr»)
C
031
0.168
«
Pt>
0.29
0.147
SS
pb/c
0.93
0.88
109




C
0.18
0.069
5.6
Pb
0.21
0090
4.8
Pb/C
LIT
190
0.86
   1
         5 ',
         4 '
                     Pb
              OOPAMINE (DM)
                                            NOREPINEPHRINE (NE)
                               3      4           I
                                  TIME (HOURS)
           FIG. 5   Catecholamine metabolism in brain  32 day  lead
                    exposed (....) and control (       ) rats re-
                    ceiving alpha-methyl tyrosine,  300 mg/kg.

-------
                                813
     It is possible that our findings on increased motor activity and
changes in brain catecholamine metabolism may correspond to early responses
of lead exposure before the usually looked  for overt signs of lead toxicity.
It may also be that the criterion of what is a toxic level of exposure may
have to be redefined.
                            REFERENCES
1.  FENTSCHEH, A., GARRO, F.  "Lead encephalo- myelopathy of the suckling
    rat and its implications of the porphyrinopathic nervous diseases",
    Acta Neuropathol. (Berl.) 6, 266 (1966).
2.  THOMAS, J.A., DALLENBACH, F.D., THOMAS, M.  "Considerations on the
    development of experimental lead encephalopathy", Virchous Arch.
    [Pathol. Anat.] 352, 6l (1971).
3.  MICHAELSON, I.A.,  "Effects of inorganic lead on RNA, ENA and protein
    content in the developing neonatal rat brain", Toxicol. Appl.
    Pharmacol. 26, 539 (1973)-
                           DISCUSSION
STARA  (U.S.A.)
      I want to congratulate Dr. Michaelson and also the previous
speaker,  Dr. Goldberg,  for presenting data which  are badly needed
to clarify an extremely important question of neurological eff-
ects  of  lead in growing organisms.   I have two questions:
1.    Why did you not  expose the experimental animals through  the
intra-uterine route - since the major portion of  organogenesis
of CNS takes place during this period of development?
2.    Studies by Kostial et al.  in  Zagreb, Yugoslavia, show that
up to 50% of ingested lead is absorbed during the lactation
period in the neonate,  later, after weaning, the  absorption
rate  is  rapidly reduced.  Did you obtain data in  these experi-
ments on the absorption rate of lead in time and  on tissue bur-
den of Pb, particularly in the brain?

MICHAELSON  (U.S.A.)
1.    You may be correct about orgnogensis in a general sense
but I think you may be  somewhat in  error about the brain.  Xt is
Sf Tj£St!,.0J l6£u °?  the cent"l  nervous system in which we
axe interested.  The  brain of the new born human  is relat.1v*lv

-------
                              814
poorly developed and quite immature at birth. Relative to the
number of cells in the mature brain fifty percent of cortical
cells are present at birth and more significantly only 5 to 7%
of the cerebellar cells are present at birth.  You therefore
have an organ system which is replicating very rapidly in the
human from birth to about 24 to 30 months of age.  This corres-
ponds to the first three weeks in the newborn rat.  This is
what makes this experimental model of lead encephalopathy, so
interesting and of potential value.  Especially if you consider
that most human cases of pediatric lead encephalopathy coming
to hospitals at less than 7 years of age and indeed about 80%
of the cases suffering from bad encephalopathy are less than
4 years of age.  You can therefore appreciate that if our con-
cern is the pediatric population then we should look at the
neonate and not at the embryo which is an entirely different
problem from that the which we address ourselves.

2.   Within the time frame of our experiments there is a dose
related increase of lead in brain.  At the higher exposures
where the animals are severly intoxicated and die the brain
contains about 1O to 12 ppm  (wet weight) of lead.  This is
within the range found in young humans who have died following
lead ingestion.  In our relatively lower lead level exposure
studies in the absence of the overt signs of bad poisoning and
where the animals appear hyperactive there is about a five fold
increase in brain lead content over that of controls.  Other
than the brain we have not studied tissues for their lead con-
centration other than blood.  Both brain and blood levels remain
elevated for longer periods following removal of lead from the
diet.
SILBERGELD  (U.S.A.)

     We have begun work on effects of prenatal exposure to lead,
and the results suggest that the same decreases in growth and
alterations in behaviour as have been reported by us and by
Dr. Michaelson have also been observed on postnatal models.


EPSTEIN (U.S.A.)

     Drs. Goldberg and Michaelson are to be warmly congratulated
on their presentation demonstrating behavioral changes and
learning deficits in young rodents exposed to relatively low
levels of lead.  Sueh data are reflected in the recent and proper
decision of the EPA to phase out the use of lead as a gasoline
additive, a decision which is warmly endorsed bv the concerned
and knowledgeable scientific communities in the USA and else-
where.  The authors have no reason to be diffident about the
low levels thev tested especially in view of alarming evidence
of very high lead levels in street dust and close-to-traffic
"corridors."

-------
                              815
     Apart from the well recognized learning disabilities in
children recovering from acute lead poisoning, there have how-
ever been no adequate epidemiological studies on learning dis-
abilities in children with blood lead levels in the 6O-8O,ug/
lOOg range.  Such studies are difficult, because children'at
risk often live in slums where poverty and other social factors
are complicating elements.  Nevertheless, occupational studies
have recently demonstrated learning disabilities, altered
psychological performance and motor nerve conductivity distur-
bances in man exposed to lead with blood lead levels in only
the 60-8O  .ug/10Og range.

-------
                              817

 SUBCHRONISCHE ORALE TOXIZITAT VON CADMIUM BEI RATTE UND HUND

                     D, LORKE UND E, LOSER

Institut fur Toxikologie, Bayer AG, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, BRD
KURZFASSUNG

     Ea wurde die aubohroniaahe orale Toxizitat (90-Tage-Teat)
von Cadmium bei Ratte und Hund unterauaht.

3-monatiger Putterungaver such an Ratten  Je 20 mannliohe und 20
weibliohe Ratten evhielten Cadmium (ala CdCl ) in Dosierungen
                                            £j
von 0., lt 3, 10 bzw. SOppm 3 Monate lang tdglioh mit dem Putter
verabreicht.

     Bei den behandelten Ratten waren Aussehen, Verhalten, Futtev-
aufnahme, Waahetum und Sterblichkeit wUhvend der 3-monatigen
Veveuahszeit niaht beeinflusst.   Die Verabreiohung von Cadmium
veruraachte keine Blut-t Leber- oder fUerenechadigungen.

     Der eystolisahe Blutdruok way bei den behandelten Tieren
alley Vereuchsgruppen nicht erhOht. Sektionen und histo-patho-
logieche Untersuchungen ergaben keine Hinueiee fur Sohddigungen.
Cadmium uurde doeisabhangig in Nieren und Leber geapeiahert.

Z~monatiger Futterungevereuch an Hunden  Je 2 mannliohe und 2
weibliahe Hunde erhielten Cadmium (ale CdCl-) in Konzentrationen
von 0, 1^ 3, 20 bzu. 30 ppm 3 Monate lang mit dem Putter verab-
reicht.

     Bei den behandelten Hunden waren Aueeehen, Verhalten*
Futtevaufnahme, Waehetum und Sterbliohkeit in alien Veraucha-

-------
                              818
gruppen nicht verftndert. Blut-, Leber- oder Nierenschddigungen
wurden nach oralen Cadmiumgaben bis zu SO ppm im Putter nicht
verursacht.

    Systolischer und diastolisaher Blutdruak war en bei alien
Versuchsgruppen bis 30 ppm normal. Sektionen und histo-patholo-
gische Untersuchungen ergaben keine Hinweise fur SchSdigungen.
Cadmium wurde vor allem in Nieren und Lebern dosisabha'ngig
gespeichert.

    Doaen bis SO ppm Cadmium im Putter wurden von Ratten und
Hunden 3 Monate long schadigungsloe vertragen.
ABSTRACT

     The eubahronio oral toxicity (90-day test) of cadmium in
rats and dogs was tested.

3-month feeding experiment on rats  Cadmium  (as CdCl9) uas ad-
 J L    *    L         _ __ •. »-j-.     i     —                  £
ministered in doses of Of 13 Zt 10 and SOppm daily to 20 male
and 20 female rats for 3 months with their food.

     During the 3 months of the test, the appearance, behaviour,
food intaket growth and mortality rate of the treated rats re-
mained unchanged.   The blood, liver and kidneys were unaffected
by the cadmium intake.

     The systolic pressure did not increase in the treated ani-
mals in any of the test groups.   Dissections and histopatholo-
gical teete yielde'd no evidence of damage.   Cadmium accumulated
in the kidneys and liver in proportion to the size of dose.

-------
                             819
3-month feeding experiment ondoge  Cadmium (as CdCl.) was ad-
ministered in concentrations of 0, lf 3, 10 and SOppm for S
months to 2 male and 2 female dogs with their food.

     The appearance, behaviour, food intake^ growth and morta-
lity rate of the treated doge remained unchanged in all the
test groups.

     The systolic and diastolic pressure in all the test groups
up to SO ppm was normal.   Dissection and histopathologiaal
teats yielded no evidence of damage.   Cadmium accumulated
chiefly in the kidneys and liver in proportion to the size of
dose.

     Rats and doge withstood doses of up to SOppm of cadmium
with their food for 3 months without damage.

-------
                             820
1 . Einleitung
Schlieflt man die gewerbetoxikologischen Probleme beim Kon-
takt mit Cadmium aus der Betrachtung aus, so wird dieses
Metall praktisch nur oral vom Menschen aufgenommen. Es 1st
daher erforderlich, toxikologische Untersuchungen zur Ab-
schatzung der mb'glichen Gefahrdung durch den Umgang mit
cadmiumhaltigen Bedarfsgegenstanden nur bei oraler Verab-
reichung durchzufuhren.
Die in der Literatur beschriebenen Untersuchungen sind ent-
weder nicht mit oraler Applikation durchgefuhrt worden. und/
oder sie entsprechen nicht den Kriterien, die eine GefShr-
dungsbeurteilung mb'glich machen. Es erschien deshalb not-
wendig, weitere Versuche mit oraler Applikation durchzu-
f iihren.
2. Ergebnisse
Es wurde die subchronische orale Toxizitat (90-Tage-Test)
bei Ratte und Hund untersucht.
2.1. Ratten  Je 20 mannliche und 20 weibliche Ratten er-
hielten Cadmium (als CdClp) in Dosierungen von 1, 3t 10
bzw. 30 ppm 3 Monate lang mit dem Standardfutter verab-
reicht. Als Kontrollen dienten 40 mannliche und 40 weib-
liche Ratten.
Bei den behandelten Ratten waren Aussehen, Verhalten und
Futteraufnahme sowie Sterblichkeit wMhrend der 3-monatigen
Versuchszeit nicht beeinfluflt. Die Gewichtskurven (Abb. 1)
der behandelten Tiere verlaufen etwa wie die der Kontrollen,
Die Ergebnisse der bei Versuchsende durchgefUhrten Blut-
untersuchungen lassen erkennen, daB durch die 3-monatige
Cadmiumapplikation bis zur Dosis von 30 ppm im Futter bei
keinem der Parameter ein scha'dlicher EinfluB auf-
trat. Auch im Differentialblutbild wurden keine pathologi-
schen Befunde erhoben.
Die Leberfunktionsprtifungen (Tab. 1) ergaben keinerlei Hin-
weise auf eine behandlungsbedingte Veranderung. Alle leber-
spezifischen Enzyme sowie Bilirubin und Serumproteingehalte
lagen im Bereich der Norm. In der elektrophoretischen Auf-
trennung der Serumproteine unterschieden sich die behan-

-------
                                821
       330

       300



       250



       200



       150



       100



       50^
               CADMIUM
            Weeks —
            0    :
Abbildung 1S'

Tiergewichtskurven  von Ratten, die 3 Monate lang

Cadmium mit dem  Futter aufnahmen

                     Liver-Function-Tests At 3 Month
                                                        i
Tabelle  1 :
Oosis
ppm
ALP
GOT
GPT
SDH
mU/hnl
Total
Bilirubine
Tfig/WOml
Total Serum-
Protein
g/lOOml
Male Rats
0
1
3
10
30
87,8
77,6
83,6
82,4
82,9
27,8
32,3
27,6
34,7
33p
11,5
14,1
13,0
15,6
18,6
2J
2,7
2,5
2,5
3,1
0,14
0,15
0,20
0,19
0,23
6,6
6,8
6,9
7J
7,4
Female Rats
0
1
3
10
30
71,3
83,7
73,8
66,9
86,0
27,3
32,5
29,4
29,1
33,8
13,6
13,4
12,0
U,5
16,8
1,7
2,4
1,8
1,8
2,5
0,15
0,20
0,18
0,22
0,19
6,7
6,4
6,9
6,9
7,4
Leberfunktionsteste  bei  Ratten, die
Cadmium mit dem Futter aufnahmen
                                       Monate lang
                                                            Oppm
                                                            1 ppm
                                                            3 ppm
                                                            10 ppm
                                                            30 ppm
13

-------
                           822
delten Ratten nicht von der Kontrolle.
Die Nierenfunktion war bei behandelten Tieren nicht beein-
fluflt. Die Tab. 2 zeigt die wichtigsten Ergebnisse der
Nierenfunktionsteste. Auch hier hatten die behandelten Tiere
bis zur hochsten Dosisgruppe von 30 ppm stets physiolo-
gische Werte. Blutzucker- und Cholesteringehalte waren bei
alien Gruppen im Bereich der Norm. Die Messung des systo-
lischen Blutdrucks (Tab. 3) am Rattenschwanz mittels
Gartner-Manschette und Piezo-Element erbrachte sowohl nach
2- als auch nach 3-monatiger Versuchszeit bei den behan-
delten Tieren aller Versuchsgruppen keine hoheren Werte als
bei den Kontrollen. Diese bei 40 Tieren pro Versuchsgruppe
durchgefiihrten Messungen lieSen somit keinerlei durch
Cadmium bedingte  erhohte  Blutdruckwerte erkennen.
Die bei Versuchsende getb'teten Tiere wurden eingehend patho-
logisch-anatomisch untersucht, Hinweise auf Schadigungen
lietien sich nicht erkennen. Auch aus den Organgewichten
lassen sich keine Schadigungen ableiten. Bei Herz, Nieren,
Hypophyse, Gonaden, Harnblase, Uterus, Leber, Milz, Gehirn,
Schilddriisen, Nebennieren, Lungen, Thymus, Magen, Darme,
wurden aufgrund von histopathologischen Untersuchungen bis
zur hochsten Dosisgruppe von 30 ppm ira Putter keine Organ-
schadigungen festgestellt.
Cadmium wurde polarographisch in Leber, Nieren, Harn und
Faeces nach 1-, 2- und 3-monatiger Versuchszeit bestimmt.
Die Cadmiumgehalte nach 3 Versuchsmonaten (Tab. A) waren
in Leber und Nieren dosisabhangig erhoht. Diese Speicherung
1st, wie wir aus Analysen nach 1 und 2 Monaten wissen,
ebenfalls abhangig von der Dauer der Applikation. In den
Harnen waren dosisunabhangig nur Spuren von Cadmium nachzu-
weisen, wahrend die Hauptmenge des aufgenommenen Cadmiums
in den Faeces erschien.
2.2. Hunde  Je 2 weibliche und 2 mannliche Hunde erhielten
Cadmium als Cadmiumchlorid in Konzentrationen ebenfalls von
0, 1, 3, 10 bzw. 30 ppm 3 Monate lang mit dem Putter verab-
reicht.
Bei alien behandelten Hunden waren Aussehen, Verhalten,

-------
                               823
Tabelle 2;
                 Kidney-Functkxi-Tests At 3 Month
Dose
ppm
Uric
acid
Urea
Crea-
tinine
mg/100ml
Serum
GOT
LAP
mUArt
Total
Protein
mg/UOml
Urine
Male Rats
0
1
3
10
30
1,3
1,5
1,8
1,8
2,0
28,4
32,4
31,6
31,6
33,3
1,02
1,03
1,05
1JD1
1,06
7,1
5,7
5,2
V
7,0
",7
12,5
13,0
15,2
13,3
24,6
29,7
32.7
30,7
33,2
Female Rats
0
1
3
10
30
1,2
I/
1,6
1,5
2,3
33,2
33,9
32,3
31,9
36,4
1,02
1,04
1,05
1,11
1,14
4,7
3,3
4,1
3,0
W
4,4
4,8
3,5
5,2
5,5
26,2
27,7
.28,1
28,8
30,7
Nierenfunktionsteste bei Ratten, die  Cadmium
3 Monate lang mit dem Putter aufnahmen
Dose
ppm

0
1
3
10
30
Syst Blood Pressurefmm Hg), Rat Tdile Vein
At 2 Month
Male Rats
116,9
121,9
111,7
126,3
121,9
Female Rats
100,7
104,3
108,4
101,3
106,9
At 3 Month
Male Rats
121,4
123,9
121,4
125,8
121,1
Female Rats
106,2
103,8
103^1
101,1
104,2
  Systolischer Blutdruck von Ratten,  die Cadmium
  J> Monate lang mit dem Putter  aufnahmen

-------
                         824
Dose
ppm

Cadmium-Content At 3 Month
Liver
Kidneys
Urine (24")
Feces(24h)
ppm
Male Rats
0
1
3
10
30
0,05
0,17
0/1
3,18
8,77
0,13
0,49
1,06
4,98
12,06
0,04
0,04
0,05
0,07
0,07
1,03
0,71
1,90
11,63
46,96
Female Rats
0
1
3
10
30
0,05
0,59
0,39
2,96
8,91
0,13
1,10
1,17
5,07
12,54
0,03
0,04
0,06
0,05
0,08
0,69
0,87
2,55
22,87
54,13
Tabelle 4;
Cadmiumgehalte in Leber, Nieren, Urin und Faeces
bei Ratten, die 3 Monate lang Cadmium mit dem
Putter aufnahmen

-------
                            825
Futteraufnahme und Sterblichkeit durch die Zuraischung von
Cadmium zum Putter in alien Versuchsgruppen unverandert.
Auch das Wachstum war, wie die Gewichtskurven in Abb. 2
zeigen, unbeeinfluflt.
Die eingehenden Blutuntersuchungen bei alien Hunden (Tab. 5)
erbrachten keinerlei Hinweise auf behandlungsbedingte
Effekte. Auch im Differentialblutbild waren keinerlei Ver-
schiebungen im Anteil bei den einzelnen Leukozytenarten er-
kennbar.
Wie aus Tab. 6 hervorgeht, waren die Aktivitaten der leber-
spezifischen Enzyme in keiner Gruppe dosisabhangig erhoht.
Die Bromsulfophthaleinretention lag bei alien Versuchs-
gruppen im normalen Bereich. Auch Bilirubin- und Gesamt-
eiweifi-Konzentrationen waren nicht verandert. Bei der
Serumproteinelektrophorese ergaben sich keinerlei Verschie-
bungen im Anteil von Albumin und bei den einzelnen Globulin-
fraktionen.
Die Harnuntersuchungen sowie die klinisch-chemischen Be-
stimmungen (Tab. 7) zeigten keinerlei schMdigende Einflusse
durch die orale Cadmiumgabe. Auch aus Clearance-Totalunter-
suchungen von PAH und Inulin lassen sich keinerlei Nieren-
beeinflussungen erkennen.
Aus den bei nicht narkotisierten Hunden nach 3-monatiger
Versuchszeit durch Arterienpunktion gemessenen Blutdruck-
werten (Tab. 8) ergibt sich kein Anhaltspunkt dafUr, dafl
die mannlichen oder weibllchen Hunde nach der Cadmiumbe-
handlung erhohte Blutdruckwerte aufwiesen.
Aus anatomisch-pathologischen Untersuchungen und aus Organ-
gewichten lassen sich keinerlei Hinweise auf Organscha'di-
gungen ableiten. Die eingehenden histopathologischen Unter-
suchungen bei den in Tab. 9 aufgeftlhrten Organen erbrachten
lediglich normale Befunde.
Cadmiumanalysen in Leber, Nieren, Pancreas und Speichel-
driise zeigten dosisabhangig zunehmende Cadmiumgehalte in
diesen Organen. Die mittleren Werte finden sich in Tab. 10.

-------
                              : '
  n.o
  10.0
  9,0

  8,5; _

  11,0
  10.0



  9,0]

  8,5
   CADMIUM
Weeks—
                                                  Oppm
                                                  1 ppm
                                                  3 ppm
                                                 10 ppm
                                                 30 ppm
       0   1
 Abbildung 2
                                             II
13
 Tiergewichtskurven von Huriden, die  Cadmium 3 Monate  lang

 mit dem Futter  aufnahmen
                      Blood Studies  At 3 Month
Dose
ppm
Sed-rate
1h/2h
Hemogt.
g%
Hema-
tocr.
%
Ery.
K)6
Retics
%.
MCHC
T&
MCV
pm-*
Leucoc.
»3
Throm-
boc
103
Prothrom-
bintime
sec
Male Dogs
0
1
3
10
30
1/3
2/4
3/6
1/2
2/5
14,7
15,4
15,8
14,9
13,3
46
45
48
44
40
5,92
6,40
6,30
6,12
5,98
6
6
5
4
6
24
24
25
24
22
78
70
76
72
67
11
9
8
11
11
475
476
380
398
416
8
8
10
9
8
Female Dogs
0
1
3
10
30
2/4
1/2
1/3
4/9
1/3
16,8
15,8
15,8
15,6
16,4
48
43
46
44
45
7,23
6,27
6,14
6,29
6,72
9
6
5
6
7
23
25
25
25
24
66
69
75
70
67
8
8
7
7
8
532
463
426
476
591
10
10
10
10
10
Tabelle  5:

Blutuntersuchungen bei Hunden,  die Cadmium

J> Monate  lang mit dem Futter  aufnahmen

-------
                             827
                 Liver-Function-Tests At 3 Month
Dose
ppm
ALP
GOT
GPT
SDH
LDH
GIDH
mU/ml
BSP
Total
Bilirubine
mg/IOOml
Total Serum-
Protein
g/IOOml
Male Dogs
0
1
3
10
30
63
50
59
54
56
12,4
9,2
9,2
12,3
11,8
16,8
7,3
8,4
8.9
7,0
1,9
1/
1,2
0,9
1,3
82
109
73
87
119
1,6
0,8
1,8
1,1
1,0
0,20
0,15
0,27
0,25
0,27
0,12
0,14
0,12
0,20
0,17
6,6
6,7
6,8
6,7
6,6
Female Dogs
0
1
3
10
30
64
61
62
68
48
15,7
10,1
13,7
16,2
14,7
6,0
8,1
9,9
10,2
10,6
0,7
1,6
0,9
1,0
I/
198
56
43
59
142
1,6
0,8
0,8
0,7
1,4
0,24
0,17
0,22
0,20
0,20
0,14
0,15
0,17
0,14
0,21
6,3
6,7
6,8
6,6
6,6
Tabelle  6;
Leberfunktionsteste bei Hunden, die 3 Monate lang
Cadmium  mit  dem Putter aufnahmen
                  Kidney-Function-Tests At 3 Month
Tabelle 7;
Dose
ppm
Urea
Uric
acid
Crea-
tinine
Total
Protein
mg/IOOmt
Serum
Urine
Male Dogs
0
1
3
10
30

0
1
3
10
30
18,1
19,2
16,7
16,2
15,2
2,0
1,7
2,0
1,9
2,0
1,04
0,89
0,92
0,96
1,10
Female Dogs
16,7
18,9
19,7
17,3
15,9
1,6
1,6
1,6
1,8
1,8
0,93
0,97
1,10
0,87
1,28
25,1
24,7
32,7
25,1
36,7

20,9
30,1
34,3
46,0
47,4
Nierenfunktionsteste bei  Hunden,  die 3 Monate lang
Cadmium mit dem Putter  aufnahmen

-------
                                 828
Dose
ppm

0
1
3
10
30
Syst./Diast. Blood Pressure (mm Hg)
At 3 Month
Male Dogs
185/123
203/ 125
178/118
208/135
195/135
Female Dogs
183/115
190/123
213/135
183/123
193/125
 Tabelle 8;

 Systolischer und  diastolischer Blutdruck von  nicht
 narkotisierten Hunden,  die  Cadmium 3 Monate lang
 mit dem Futter aufnahmen
 Aorta arch
 Lung
 Heart
 Thymus
 Lymph nodes {cervical
      and  mesenteric)
 Liver
 Gall bladder
 Spleen
 Pancreas
 Kidney
 Urinary bladder
 Prostate
Gonads
Uterus
Thyroids
Adrenals
Salivary gland
Oesophagus
Stomach (body and
          antrum)
Duodenum
Jejunum
lleum
Upper colon
Lower colon
Skeletal muscle
Bone marrow (sternum)
Cerebral cortex "
Thatamic nuclet
Mid brain
Cerebellum
Medulla
Pituitary
Peripheral nerve
Eye
Optic nerve
Cervix
Tonsils
Central nervous
   system
Tabelle 9:

Zusammenstellung der histopathologisch untersuchten Organe

-------
                            829
Dose
ppm

Cadmium-Content At 3 Month
Liver
Kidneys
Pancreas
Salivary
gland
ppm
Male Dogs
0
1
3
10
30
0,14
0,24
0,51
2,67
6,21
0,60
1,30
2,60
12/0
15,45
0,03
0,04
0,08
0,32
0,62

0,05
0,08
0,12
0,16
0,36
Female Dogs
0
1
3
10
30
0,08
0,25
0,56
2,21
6,37
0,38
1/5
3/0
7,19
17,15
0,02
0,03
0,10
0,24
0,58
0,06
0,10
0,12
0,25
0,39
Tabelle 10;
Cadmiumgehalte in Leber, Nieren, Pancreas und SpeicheldrUsen
bei Hunden, die Cadmium 3 Monate lang mit dem Putter
aufnahmen

 3. Schlufibetrachtung .
 Wahrend der Versuchszeit kam es bei den Ratten und Hunden
 zu zunehmender Speicherung von Cadmium vor allem in Nieren
 und Lebern. Trotz dieser Speicherung wurden weder die Lebern
 noch die Nieren morphologisch oder funktionell geschSdigt.
 Auch eine Veranderung des Blutes konnte nicht gefunden
 werden. Selbst nach Dosen von 30 ppm Cadmium im Putter war
 sowohl bei. der Ratte als auch beim Hund der Blutdruck nicht
 erhb'ht. SchSdliche Einflilsse auf Reproduktionsorgane wurden
 nicht beobachtet. Hiermit konnte gezeigt werden, dafl bei
 oraler Gabe Cadmium selbst bis zu Dosierungen von 30 ppm
 im Putter ohne SchSdigungen 3 Monate lang vertragen wurde.
 Dieses Ergebnis veranlafite uns, weitere IMngerdauernde
 toxikologische Untersuchungen zu starten.

-------
                           830
                       DISKUSSION


PISCATOR  (Schweden)

1.   Hat man Kadmium und Zink im Standardfutter bestimmt ?


2.   Was 1st die Norm? Hat man nicht die 30ppm-Gruppen mit
Kontrollgruppen verglichen?


LORKE (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)


1.   Cadmium wurde im Standardfutter bestimmt. Die Konzentra-
tionen lagen zwischen O,O1 und O,l ppm. Zink wurde im Putter
nicht bestimmt.

2.   Der statistische Vergleich wurde mit der Individualkon-
trolle durchgefuflrt-  In unserem Institut liegen jedoch auch
samtliche bei vieien anderen Kontrollgruppen bestimmten Werte
vor. Daher haben wir einen guten Ueberblick  tiber die normale
Variation der untersuchten Parameter bei unsern Versuchstie-
ren. Alle im vorgetragenen Versuch gefundenen Werte lagen
innerhalb dieser Norm.


KJELLSTROEM   (Schweden)

     Die  von  Ihnen angegebenen Werte fflr die Cadmium-Konzen-
tration in der Niere waren  selbst bei  der Gruppe rnit der
hochsten  Belastung urn das Zehnfache niedriger als die Pegel,
die  nach  allgemeiner Annahme  zu Wirkungen fuhren. Auch nach
Berechnungen  auf Grund der  Dosis  selbst entsprechen die Wer-
te  fur die tagliche Aufnahme  durch den Menschen 1OO-2OO  ,ug
pro  Tag,  also Mengen, fur deren Wirksamkeit bisher noch kein
Beweis geliefert wurde. Ware  es nicht  ratsam, ein Belastungs-
kollektiv einzubeziehen, bei  dem  sich  tatsachlich Auswirkun-
gen  zeigten,  so dass man weiss, dass Ihre Methoden richtig
sind? Warum fuhrten Sie diese Untersuchung durch, wo es dpch
so viele  japanische und andere Untersuchungen gibt, die zei-
gen, dass man hohere Pegel  braucht, um erste Wirkungen zu
erzielen?
LORKE    (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Ihre Meinung, dass 30 ppm Cadmium in der Nahrung
schadigungslos vertragen werden, wird allgemein nicht ge-
teilt. In ersten Versuchen wollten wir no-effect-Dosen fur
Cadmium  finden. Weitere Untersuchungen mit hoheren Dosen und
fiber langere Zeit sollen uns helfen, auch Ihre Frage klar
beantworten.

-------
                           831
LAUWERIJS   (Belgien)

     Sie ziehen die Schlussfolgerung, dass bei Tieren, die
in ihrer Nahrung 1 bis 3O ppm Cadmium erhielten, keinerlei
von Cadmium ausgehende Wirkung festzustellen war.

     Mir scheint, aus den in Tabelle 7 dargestellten Ergeb-
nissen geht hervor, dass zumindest bei weiblichen Hunden
ein gutes Dosis-Wirkung-Verhaltnis zwischen Proteinurie und
Cadmium-Exposition besteht.

     Konnten Sie diese Ergebnisse etwas erleUitern?
LORKE   (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Eine durch Nierenschadigung bedingte Eiweissausschei-
dung beginnt oberhalb von 1OO mg/lOOml Urin, Alle bei unsern
Tieren gefundenen Eiweisswerte liegen erheblich niedriger
Mit den tiblichen Eiweissnachweismethoden  (Essigsaure-Kochpro-
be, Sulfosalicylsaure-Probe) waren samtliche Urine negativ.
Es ist keine Seltenheit, bei unbehandelten nierengesunden
Hunden Eiweisskonzentrationen bis zu 10O rog/lOOml Urin zu
finden. Aus keinem der von uns gefundenen Werte lasst sich
eine Nierenschadigung ableiten, Auch die elektrophoretisch
durchqefuhrte Auftrennung ergab keinen Anstiecr der nieder-
molekularen Fraktionen.

-------
                             833
            CRITERIA FROM ANIMALS EXPOSED TO KNOWN
            CONCENTRATIONS OF NITROGEN DIOXIDE AND
           OZONE WITH POTENTIAL USE IN EPIDEMIOLOGY

             G, FREEMAN/ L, JUHOS, N, J, FURIOSI,
                  W, POWELL AND R, MUSSENDEN
Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, California, USA
ABSTRACT

     A realistic concept of the pathogenesis of injury, induced
in animals by their residence in ambient concentrations of the
oxidizing gas, nitrogen dioxide (NO-)* hae been realised for the
rat.   Also, observations have been made in the monkey, Maaaaus
speoiosa^.   Physiologic and morphologic changes have been inves-
tigated starting immediately upon exposure of young animals and
then intermittently during an entire lifetime of exposure of
rats.   Effects varied from an early significant change in res-
piratory frequency, during exposure to approximately 0.8ppm of
NO-, to the development of a fatal, chronic disease resembling
  &
emphysema in man.   Associated physiologic sequellae in terms of
respiratory function and polycythemia were studied.   More re-
cently, similar observations have been made in rats exposed to
ambient concentrations of ozone (0-), a more injurious component
of smog, and to realistic mixtures of the interdependent oxidi-
zing gases, NO- and 0_.   Clinical, pathologic, physiologic and
hematologic aspects have been studied in parallel.

     Experimentally derived data will be discussed in relation
to detectable events that may logically be anticipated in man
exposed to reasonably equivalent circumstances*   The problem of
selecting appropriate end points, or criteria, quantifiable by

-------
                             834
or -in man for epidemiologic purposes will be considered from the
viewpoint of responses elecited in animals through controlled
experimental studies.   Included in the considerations will be
criteria for both cigarette-smoking and non-smoking populations
because smoking of tobacco is a fairly universal habit.   The
intended evaluations will be in support of the development of
an acceptable spectrum of health-related effects in countries
with populations subject to exposure to atmospheres polluted
with photochemical oxidanta.

-------
                               835
      Much has been learned about the responses of laboratory animals
residing in atmospheres polluted with either nitrogen dioxide
(Freeman et al. {L-^j ) or ozone (0,) (Stokinger et al. [5], Werthamer
et al.  [6j , Freeman et al. [7], Schlipkbter et al . [19] ) » but applic-
ation to the epidemiology of disease in man is difficult.  This is
due to the complexity of photochemical reactions themselves[8,9l , to
the variability of man's activities, and to the usual difficulties
in devising effective epidemiologic designs.
      At least four special criteria are required in grouping
individuals for a meaningful epidemiologic study of the effects of
oxides of nitrogen (NO ) and oxidents.  The first has to do with
residence in crowded, traffic-laden and industrialized areas and
alludes to the daily cycling of the toxic, interdependent, photo-
chemically induced atmospheric pollutants, NO^ and 0,, that occur
almost simultaneously during half of each day in varying ratios and
in fairly similar average concentrations [8,9]'  Thus, epidemiologic
observations have necessarily been related to the impact of the mix-
tures.  (Our experience with rats residing in atmospheres containing
either N02 or 0, reveals that, at least, in relatively short-term
experiments, 0, is about ten to twentyfold more injurious to the lungs
than N02 (Freeman et al. [lo]) ).
      Whereas one may limit atmospheric components selectively to
NOp and 0, under laboratory conditions, peroxyacetyl nitrates also
exist as photochemical products [8], and independent pollutants,
such as sulfer dioxide (S0_) [ll] « appear frequently to complicate
interpretation.
      The universal custom of cigarette-smoking is a second factor
in the epidemiology of NO -induced disease [l?]«  Among the injurious
components of tobacco smoke, oxides of nitrogen are found in hundreds
of parts per million (Haagen-Smit et al. [l?])i of which an undeter-
mined portion is N0_.  Of the large dose of NO  carried into the lungs
with each bolus of inhaled smoke, almost all is retained (Freeman et
al. [l1*]).  The close correlation between the prevalence of human
emphysema and chronic bronchitis with the amount of tobacco smoke
inhaled over a period of years [l2]is especially noteworthy and is
reminiscent of the disease readily induced in rats by exposing them
continuously to N02 in concentrations probably similar to

-------
                                  836
 those  in  the  tobacco smoke that traverses the airways of the smoker [4],
 As  a corollary, nonsmokers are largely spared from chronic obstructive
 pulmonary diseases regardless of their ambient environments.
     A  third, obvious factor is occupation.  This concerns confined
 concentrations of either NO2 or O3, or both, independent of concurrent
 photochemical activity.  This applies equally to NOX produced naturally
 by  bacterial  action on crops stored in silos, causative of silo-filler's
 disease in  farmers, and to industrial processes such as welding and the
 use of  explosives in mines.  High temperatures are reached in which the
 oxidation of  ubiquitous nitrogen is accelerated to form toxic oxides [9],
 Similarly,  certain occupational activities create high concentrations of
 either  N02  or 03 not achieved in photochemical reactions (Stokinger [15]).
     The  fourth factor is individual susceptibility, which includes the
 age of  initial exposure.  As a rule, the very young are thought to be
 poorly  defended against exogenously induced disease compared with maturing
 or  mature individuals, but this may not be universal, as we shall see.
 The elderly also are vulnerable due to the high probability of affliction
 with cardiopulmonary diseases and possibly to aging itself.  Individuals
 prone  to  respiratory allergy are particularly responsive to atmospheric
 irritants.  With regard to chronologic age, the type of response to
 exogenous insults may depend in part on whether an individual was born
 into a  polluted environment or was moved into it later in a virgin state,
 relative  to specific environmental components.
     What is  the evidence for this?  Using a species sensitive to N02,
 four-week-old rats increased their rates of erythropoiesis rapidly and
 developed polycythemia during continuous exposure to the gas [3].
(Figure l)  In contrast, animals exposed from birth generated red cells
 at  a rate less rapid than that expected of newborn rats when compared
 with normal litters born in clean air.  As a result, such exposed rats
 were relatively anemic upon attaining seven weeks of age,  and contrasted
 sharply with  the polycythemic rats of the same age that were exposed only
 during  the  last two of the seven weeks [14],
     Also,  the mechanical compliance of excised lungs of rats exposed to
 high subacute concentrations of NO2 <~15 ppm) from birth was not affected
 by  increasing the frequency of respiration.  Lungs of animals of the same
 age, exposed after they were a month old,  developed frequency dependence

-------
                              837

    O £  40
    h- "

          i

       ;
                              I  I   I  L_LJ J--L-1-1.

                             .
             	30 DAY OLD EXPOSED
             	CONTROL
             	NEWBORN  EXPOSED
I   i  I   I  I	I	l_l	I	I	1	l_l	1	1	L
           0    10   20    30    40   50   60   70

                            AGE   ci.iv.

           Fig. 1. Erythropoiesis in Immature Rats.



                                    ,  ---
                           H   Jli   48   60

                         Ml M'lllAIIONS I'lH MINIMI

                          JO.-'t'/l   I mi •«•«-•-»""
Fig. 2.  Frequency-Dependent Compliance (as percent  of value
         at lowest  frequency).


                      u
                      Q


                              30   M)  tO
                              AC,I
    Fig.  3.   Total Number of Alveolar and  Ductal Air Spaces

-------
                                   838
 of compliance,  presumably due to changes  in  the  small airways  1 14 1 .
(Figure 2)  Incidentally,  growth  of  the  lung—defined as  the  rate of forma-
 tion of tiew alveoli  in animals exposed  continuously to N02 from birth —
 was less than normal for  the  first  ten  weeks [14],   (Figure 3)   Thus,
 the failure of animals exposed from birth to have developed  small airway
 disease, as judged by frequency  dependence of compliance, may  have been
 determined by neonatal contact with NO2 .   Doth the hematologic  and respi-
 ratory observations  suggest altered responsiveness, reminiscent of the
                                    *     •*
 immuno logic tolerance of  animals exposed  neonatal ly to antimetaboli tes
 (Schwartz et al.  [16]).  Thus, the  significance  of very  early exposure
 relative to subsequent pathogenesis is  interesting and deserves further
 study.
      Whereas smoking is clearly  associated with  chronic  pulmonary disease
 in man, ambient ozone has not yet been  so identified epidemiologically fa].
 What is its impact on the nonsmoking population? Its odor is known to be
 detectable at a concentration of about  0.02  ppm; increased susceptibility
 to infection in animals begins at about 0.08 ppm; and eye irritation to
 peroxyacetyl nitrates is  noticeable when  the ozone concentration reaches
 about 0.1 ppm [8],  At that  level,  increased airway resistance  also
 becomes evident in some individuals,  and  it  is readily apparent when
 breathing a concentration of  about  0.5  ppm in air for three  hours on
 consecutive weekdays.  Exposure  to  an atmosphere of about 1.0 ppm rapidly
 becomes intolerable to man
      In contrast,  there is  little clinical  evidence of effect on the
 respiratory tract  during experimental  exposure  to NOZ at  levels below
 1.0 ppm,  although  the odor  is readily  detectable at a concentration of
 about 0.1 ppm [9].  To simulate maximum human exposure to the mixture of
 NO2 and ozone on a cyclic photochemical basis,  we exposed rats daily for
 four hours and observed pathologic effects  in the lungs that could relate
 potentially to chronic pulmonary disease [10],  Using a concentration of
 about 0.9 ppm of each of the two gases,  a lesion developed at the narrow
 junction of the respiratory bronchiole and  alveolar duct  through which air
 is conducted to and from the alveoli.  (Figure 4 atb). Spithelial cells were
 injured and replaced (Evans et al. flTj), often by hypertrophic  cells.
 The hypertrophic epithelium, supported by fibroblasts  and chronic  inflam-
 matory cells, proliferated at the level of the  smallest  airways  to form
 denser tissue.  Neither  its effect on lung function nor  its  reversibility

-------

 DEVELOPMENT OF LESIONS AT THE NARROW JUNCTION OF THE RESPIRATORY
 BRONCHIOLE AND ALVEOLAR DUCT EXPOSED TO 0.9 ppm OF NO  AND TO
                        0.9 ppm  OF 0^
                   '• • •           • • w





           Fig.  (4a.  Control rat exposed to clean air,
                               $E~"*5*

Fig.  '+b.   Rat exposed to 0.9 ppm  of  NO  and to 0.9 ppm of  0.
          simultaneously for four hours daily.

-------
                                 840
          EMPHISHMATOUS  LESION IN LUNGS  OF RATS  EXPOSED  TO

                     0.9  ppra  OF N02 AND 0.9 ppm of 0
Figure 5*  « Normal rat with excised  lunge at atmospheric pressure
Figure 5\> * R&"t after exposure continuously for three weeks to 0.9 of NO
            and 0.9 ppm of 0

Figure 5° t EraphysematouB lesions in lung seen in Figure b

-------
                              841
         RESPIRATORY BRONCHIOLE AND ALVEOLAR DUCTS IN RATS

Figure 6a  I Normal terminal bronchiole and neighboring alveolar duct


                                              ,,


                                               1

                                        ~r-'
                / ;
-------
                                    842
  has  been established.  As was the case with high subacute concentrations of
  NO2 [l,4]t with continuous exposure to a mixture of ozone and NO2—each at a
  concentration of about 0.9 ppm—rats developed an emphysema-like disease.
(.Figures 5a,  b,  c).  Also,  continuous exposure to a mixture of 2.5 ppm of NOg and
  one-tenth that concentration (0.25 ppm) of ozone resulted in disease of the
  alveolar ducts characteristic of the response to ozone rather than to NO2.
 (Figures 6a,  t>).  Thus,  it is  clear that ozone  is the primary cause of deep-
 seated pulmonary  disease  in the  experimental animal when mixtures of the
 agents are presented in concentrations and on  a schedule approximating man's
 experience with smoggy  atmospheres. Long-range studies are under way.
       Shifting our  attention to animal studies with higher subacute concen-
  trations of N02, of  the  order of 14 to 17 ppm [3,4],  the issue of smoking
  and  the epidemiology of  chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases [12],
  toward  which NO2 may be  contributory, come into focus.  Extrapolation to
  chronic human disease from the rat with a life span of about 4^ that of
  man  is  hazardous.  Nevertheless, the fortuitous similarity in the relative
  time  required for  the development of emphysema in the rat,  when compared
  with  its development in  man, warrants attention [1,3,4],  The clinical  and
  morphological features associated with habitual smoking of cigarettes are
  consistent with  the changes in the lungs of rats exposed to high,  subacute
  concentrations of  NO2 for long periods [1,3,4].  It is noteworthy,  also,
  that  ozone, which  is absent from tobacco smoke, induces a similar disease
  in the  rat at approximately one-twentieth the concentration of N02  when
  mixed with it in equal amounts [10].
       In summary, it would not seem feasible,  except in the case of  high
  occupational concentrations and in habitual smoking,  to distinguish between
  the  specific effects'of  N02 and O3,  epidemiologically.  As photochemically
  interdependent gases, they must coexist and act almost simultaneously.
  However, several recent  studies suggest that  biochemical changes in blood
  of man  (Buckley et al. [is]) may provide a handle by which to correlate
  the  atmospheric presence of these individual  pollutants and,  possibly,
  nitric  oxide (NO)  with systemic effects [14].
       This research was supported by Contract No. 68-02-1243 of the
  Environmental Protection Agency (USA), Division of Health Effects Research,
  Research Triangle  Park,  North Carolina, and in part by the National
  Institute  of Environmental Health Sciences, National Institute  of
  Health ( U.S.A.).

-------
                            843
References

1.  FREEMAN, G., HAYDON, G.B., "Emphysema after low-level
    exposure to N02/" Arch. Environ. Health, 8,125(1964).

2.  FREEMAN, G., STEPHENS, R.J., CRANE, S.C., FURIOSI, J.H.,
    "Lesion of the lung in rats continuously exposed to two
    parts per million of nitrogen dioxide," Arch. Environ. Health,
    17, 181 (1968).
3.  FREEMAN, G., CRANE, S.C., STEPHENS, R.J., FURIOSI, N.J.,
    "Pathogenesis of the nitrogen dioxide-induced lesion in the
    rat lung:  A review and presentation of new observations,"
    Am. Rev. Respirat. Diseases, 98,429 (1968).

4.  FREEMAN, G., CRANE, S.C., FURIOSI, N.J., STEPHENS, R.J.,
    EVANS, M.J., MOORE, W.D., "Covert reduction of ventilatory
    surface in rats during prolonged exposure to subacute
    nitrogen dioxide," Am. Rev. Respirat. Diseases, 106, 563
    (1972).
5.  STOKINGER, H.E., WAGNER, W.D., DOBROGORSKI, O.J., "Ozone
    toxicity studies:  III. Chronic injury  to lungs of animals
    following exposure at low level," Arch.  Industr. Health.
    16,514  (1957).
6.  WERTHAMER, S., et al., "Ozone-induced pulmonary lesions:
    Severe epithelial changes following sublethal doses,"
    Arch. Environ. Health, 20,16 (1970i
7.  FREEMAN, G., STEPEHENS, R.J., COFFIN, D.L., STARA, J.F.,
    "Changes in Dogs' lungs after long-term exposure to
    ozone," Arch. Environ. Health, 26, 209  (1973).

8.  U.S. Public Health Service, Air Quality Criteria for Photo-
    chemical Oxidants, National Air Pollution Control Adminis-
    tration Publication No. AP-63, Washington, D.C.  (1970).

9.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Air Quality Criteria
    for Nitrogen Oxides^ Air pollution Control Office Publication
    No.AP-84,Washington, D.C.  (1971).

10. FREEMAN, G., JUHOS, L.T., FURIOSI, N.J., MUSSENDEN, R.,
    STEPHENS, R.J., EVANS,M .J., "Pulmonary pathology of
    exposure to interdependent ambient gases  (NO- and 0.,),"
    in press, Arch. Environ. Health (1974)

11. U.S. Public Health Service, Air Quality Criteria^ for Sulfur
    Oxides, National Air Pollution Control Administration
    Publication No. AP-50, Washington, D.C.  (1969).

12. U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, The Health
    Consequences of Smoking, Chapter 2, Public Health Service,
    January 1973, pp.31-62.
13. HAAGEN-SMIT, A.J., BRUNELLE, M.F., KARA, J., "Nitrogen Oxide
    content of smoke from different types of tobacco," Arch.
    Industr. Health, 20, 399  (1959).

14. FREEMAN, G., et al.  Unpublished data.

15. STOKINGER, H.E., "Ozone toxicology.  A  review of research
    and industrial experience:  1954-1964," Arch. Environ. Health
    10,719  (1965).                                              ~~

-------
                             844
16.  SCHWARTZ, R., DAMESHEK, W.,  "Drug induced immunologic
     tolerance," Nature, 183, 1682 (1959).

17. -EVANS, M.J., STEPHENS, R.J., CABRAL, L.J., FREEMAN, G.,
     "Cell renewal in the lungs of rats exposed to low levels '
     of N02 ," Arch.  Environ. Health, 24, 180  (1972).

18.  BUCKLEY,  R.D., HACKNEY, J.D., CLARK, K., POSIN, C., "Some
     effects of ozone inhalation on human erythrocyte metabolism"
     (Abstract), Fed. Proc. Abstracts, 33, 335 (1974).

19.  SCHLIPKOTER, H.W.,  BRUCH, JOACHIM, "Funktionelle und
     morphologische Veranderung bei Ozonexposition."  Zbl.
     Bakt. Hyg., I Abt.  Orig. B 156,  486-499 (1973).
                          DISCUSSION
STUPFEL (France^
     Do you relate the effect vou reported on ervthropoiesis
and the apparition of pulmonarv emphvsema?


FREEMAN (U.S.A.)

     In growing and mature animals, we relate ervthropoiesis to
the hypoxemia of pulmonary disease (with or without the actual
development of emphysema).  However,  the reference to erythrop-
oiesis in the current presentation is to the difference in res-
ponse to exposure to NO., between neonatal (from birth) rats and
more mature neonatal rats.  The former fail to achieve the level
of erythrogenesis of normal rats in the neonatal state, at least
to the age of 90 days, whereas the somewhat more mature neonatal
animals are already able to respond with exaggerated erythro-
genesis (polycythemia).

     Although, it is presumed that the ervthrogenic response is
very sensitive and reflects some degree of oxygen-want, secon-
dary to the pulmonary effects of NO., room must be reserved also
for the real possibility that N02» or a reaction product, mav
penetrate the pulmonary-vascular barrier and effect an ervthro-
genic response on another basis also, for example, by affecting
red cells directly or the erythrogenic tissue.  At present, there
is little or no evidence for this.

-------
                       STOFFWECHSEL



                        METABOLISM



                        METABOLISME



                        METABOLISMO



                        METABOLISME
Voraitzender - Chairman - President - Pveeid&nte - Voovzittev
                  D.  BENINSON (Argentina)

-------
                              847
            SOURCES AND METABOLIC PATHWAYS OF LEAD
                       IN NORMAL HUMANS

      G, W, WETHERILL+, M, RABINOWITZ* AND J, D, KOPPLE"1"*"

+  Institute of Geophysics and Planetary Physics, University of
   California, Los Angeles, Ca, USA
++ Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Department
   of Medicine and School of Public Health, University of Cali-
   fornia, Los Angeles, Ca, USA
ABSTRACT

     Absorption, excretion and internal distribution of lead has
been studied in normal volunteer adult male subjects, maintained
under controlled diet and environment for periods of six months
•in a hospital metabolic unit.   Stable isotopes of lead were
used to iaotopioally label lead from food.   Thia permitted dis-
tinction of thia source from others (atmospheric and internal)
as body fluids and tissues exchanged "Lead internally and with
the external environment during the course of the experiments.
Lead concentration and isotopio composition in "blood, urine,
feces, hair, nails, sweat, bile, gastric and pancreatic secre-
tions and bone were determined by mass spectrometric stable iso-
tope dilution analysis.

     It was found that the concentration of lead in the blood of •
these subjects can be simply related to measurable parameters
such as the fraction of food lead absorbed in the gut (8 to 14%),
the daily quantity of internal lead excreted in urine, hair and
secretions into the gut (38 to SO.ug), and the characteristic
(e-folding) residence time of lead in the metabolic pool of lead
which exchanges rapidly with the blood (cv35 days).   Blood lead
concentrations could be predictably adjusted within the normal

-------
                             848
range of 0.14 to 0.27 .ug/g by controlling the dietary or atmos-
pheric input.   Response of the blood lead concentration to
removal and introduction of atmospheric exposure to lead at
                                           2
typical urban concentrations of 1 to 2 .ug/m  showed that about
16 ,ug/day are added to the blood from this source, which there-
fore comprised about 1/3 of the daily intake from all sources.

     These \same techniques were used to study the gastrointes-
tinal absorption of lead.   While fasting^ absorption factors
as high as 50% were found.   Differences between individuals
and chemical form were also observed.

-------
                               849
1.  Introduction
     The kinetics of the absorption, internal distribution, and excre-
tion of lead at normal concentration levels in normal humans is be-
ing studied with the use of stable isotope tracers.  The use of
these nonradioactive tracers (20l*Pb, 206Pb, or    Pb) permits label-
ling of dietary lead ingested over a particular period of time and
permits following the subsequent history of this lead as a consequen-
ce of physiological processes.  This technique has the advantage of
allowing kinetic studies to be carried out under constant, steady-
state total lead concentrations, and also minimizes problems of lab-
oratory contamination in chemical analysis, as the sources of lead
contamination have isotopic compositions markedly different from
those of the isotopic tracers.  Other important aspects of the meth-
odology are that all analyses are carried out using the accurate and
sensitive technique of mass spectrometric stable isotope dilution,
and that the human subjects are maintained on controlled diets and in
controlled environments in a hospital metabolic unit.  Simultaneous
metabolic balance studies are carried out for other elements.
     Results obtained on a first subject have been reported previous-
ly by Kabinowitz, Wetherlll, and Kopple [1] and preliminary results
have been given for a second subject [2].  In this work the subject's
normal diet was replaced with a low-lead diet.  This diet was sup-
               2QU.
plemented with    Pb, so as to maintain the pre-study level of lead
ingestion.  In both cases it was found (fig. 1 and 2) that ingestion
                          2QU
of a constant quantity of    pb nitrate with meals resulted in a ris-
ing concentration of this isotope in the blood, which approached a
steady state after — 100 days.  The e-folding time for the increase
   2Q11
in    Pb concentration is ~ 3S days.  The increase of concentration
   2QU
of    Pb in the urine followed that of the blood closely, whereas
other fluids (bile, saliva, pancreatic and gastrointestinal secre-
tions) showed a delay in labelling.  Hair, fingernails, and bone
were labelled more slowly.
     These results can be expressed quantitatively by reference to a
3-compartment model (fig. 3) wherein compartment 1 represents the
blood and those tissues which exchange rapidly £$ 3 days) with the
blood.  Introduction of compartment 2 permits representation of the
delay in labelling found for the bile and other secretions, and

-------
   .30
CO

§  .20

g

fe  .15
1
_j
« .10
I
1 .05
   .01
                     WEKAffE
                     TOTAL LEW
                    LABELLED
                    WET/Ktlfffi
                                                                                                           oo
                                                                                                           Ul
                                                                                                           O
         0  10  20  30  40  50  60  70  80  90  100
                             : EATEN	
                                                 110
                                                 X7
                                                SPUG
120  130 140  150  160 170  180  190 200 210 220 230 240
                                                         -HO SPIKt •
                                                                           •NORMAL DIIT-
                                         Days of  Diet
 Figure 1.  Blood  lead concentration of Subject A,   In  the response to  the diet containing
 labelled lead,  the blood lead showed the gradual appearance of labelled  lead.  However,  not
 all the blood lead will become labelled because of  sources of_unlabelled lead, such as  the
 atmosphere and  the skelton.  When  the dietary supplements of    PB and    7PB are withdrawn,
 the total lead  concentrations in the blood decreases by a corresponding  amount.  This indicates
 there is little tendency for the blood to maintain  a constant lead concentration in this
 concentration range.

-------
                                     851
                 Blood  Lead  Concentration  vs  Time  (Subject B)
                      •—Low Lead Diet + Norm         ^Clean Air -*l
•I :
                                              109  124    148     179
                               DURATION  OP STUDY (days)
     Figure 2.  Blood lead concentration of Subject B,  On  day  109  a  diet-
     ary supplement of    Pb was given in addition to the '    Pb,  and  at
     the same time atmospheric lead was removed by filtering.   The  total
     lead dropped slightly, reflecting the fact that the excess 207Pb did
     not exactly balance the loss of atmospheric lead.  On  day  124, the
     diut;iry supplements were discontinued.  The only remaining lead
     source was the low lead diet.  On day 148 the atmospheric  lead was
     reintrodijci-ii, and the total lead started to rise.  On  day  179  the
     iii.nn.il  "high lead" diet was reintroduced.  Detailed analysis of  these
               •in its calm!,itiun ui  the atmospheric contribution  given in
     ! .'Me 3.

-------
                                852
     M
M2
                                                                20
Figure 3.  3-compartment model used to obtain the parameters of
table 1.  M, is e short-lived c-ampartment consisting of the blooc'
and a similar mass of tissues and/or fluic's which exchange rapidly
with the blood.  M- is a short-lived compartment, the labelling of
which is delayed and is the source of lead in gastrointestinal se-
cretions.  M, is a long-lived compartment containing most of the
lead in the body, primarily in the skeleton.
compartment 3 may be identified with the long-lived  lead  pool of  the
skeleton.  Such a model is only a first approximation to the complex-
ity of human physiology.  In fact, our data cannot be fitted exactly
to this model.  Nevertheless this is a useful way of comparing  the
principal similiarities and differences between different subjects.
If desired, most results of the work could be formulated in a less
model dependent way.  The results of fitting the experimental data
for the two subjects are given in table 1.  The parameters of the
model were obtained at a constant value of total blood lead. It  is
found, however, that they are not strongly dependent on the value of
total blood lead, and have been successfully used to predict the  re-
sponse of blood lead to decreases in lead input up to 7G% for per-
iods of times sufficiently long to cause the total blood lead con-
centration to decrease by 2Q96.

-------
                               853
 Initial slope
 Daily tracer
     absorbed
        Table 1
    Model parameters

Subject A
.0024 + .0001

 17.5 + .2
Subject B
. 00115 + 10 Mg/gr day
 11.9 + .2
 Compartment 1 mass
                          7.3 +  .3
 Lead in Compartment 1  1830 +  75
 Lead in Compartment 2   260 + 100
          \L
           10
                        9.9 + .1 Kg

                       1825 + 50 us

                        900 + 100 pg
           20
.035 + .002
.020 + .002
.010 + .003
.005 + .005
.07 + .02
.02 + .01
.05 + .02
.024 + .002 A/
.015 + .002
.006 + .002
.003 + .002
.03 + .01
.0002 + .0001
.03 + .01
di
n
tt
it



     This report is not sufficiently long to allow adequate discus-
sion of all the data.  However, some details will be given regarding
two aspects of the study, the contribution of atmospheric lead  and
the gastrointestinal absorption of dietary lead.
2.  Contribution of atmospheric lead
     In these experiments it is possible to obtain a quantitative
value for the daily quantity of lead absorbed from a typical urban
atmosphere (2 jig Pb/m ) in several ways:
     (1)  The over-all lead balance during the course of the experi-
ment .
     (2)  The failure of the blood to become completely labelled.
The 206Pb/2(WPb ratio of the blood asympototically approaches a val-
ue distinctly lower than that of the food, indicating a non-dietary

-------
                                 854
 contribution of lead of normal isotopic composition to the blood.
      (3) Response of the blood lead concentration to removal and re-
 introduction of air lead by the use of atmospheric filters.
      The first two methods are dependent on the assumption that
 transfer of lead from the skeleton to the blood is equal to  the
 transfer of lead from the blood to the skeleton.  Otherwise  an ex-
 cess transfer of unlabelled lead from the skeleton will mimic an at-
 mospheric source of unlabelled lead.  This assumption is avoided in
 the third method, used for the second Subject (B).  Results  of the
 three methods are shown in table 2.  The good agreement found be-
 tween the methods is evidence that the assumption of a steady state
 for exchange with the skeleton is valid,  an assumption supported by
 other data.  The value found, ~ 16 ;ig/day is somewhat less than
 quantity absorbed da.ily from typical diets (2'f and 33 ;:g) .   The re-
 sult is in good agreement with estimates  based on the measured  con-
 centration of aerosol arid vapor lead in the air breathed by  the sub-
 jects,  estimates of daily respired volume and  lung absorption data,
 as measured by Booker et al L3] and Hursh and  Mercer l>]
                               Table 2
                    Respired Lead  Intake  C'^day)

 Subject
           Balance  Blood Labelling  Response to Filtered Air
     A       16  + 4       17  + 5

     B       19+3       16+6               16+3
3.  Absorption of dietary lead
     During the two long-term (~ 6 month)studies, 204Pb was substi-
tuted for approximately £ the lead in the subject's pre-study diet.
The    Pb was ingested as the nitrate in equal quantities with each
meal.  Under the controlled conditions of constant diet, environment
and daily routine, the absorption of 2(Wpb by the gut,  determined by
difference between dietary and fecal lead, was quite constant (8.5%
and 6.5% for Subjects A and B respectively).   In contrast to the
case of dietary lead of normal isotopic concentration,  absence of

-------
                               855
20'+
   Pb  in possible sources of contamination of the samples permitted
rather accurate measurement of the absorption factor.  These factors
were different for the two subjects, but within the range reported
by Hursn and Suomela [5].
     As discussed in the previous section, even in this urban envir-
onment, the most important single source of absorbed lead was diet-
ary.   Furthermore the potentially available lead is much greater in
the diet, since 40-50% of the total atmospheric lead is already be-
ing absorbed, in comparison with less than 1096 of the dietary lead.
In assessing the significant sources of lead in humans it is there-
fore necessary to study the variability of the gastrointestinal ab-
sorption when the controls on this quantity are relaxed.
     This was done near the end of the long term study with Subject
B.  On two occasions the effect of fasting and chemical form were
studied.  In the first experiment, the subject fasted for 8 hours
and then ate about 75 ;:g each of    Pb nitrate,    Pb cysteine, and
   Pb  sulfido and continued the fast for 6 more hours.  This was
                            o nil               o 07
repeated 35 days later with    Pb sulfide and    Pb nitrate.  The
next day    Pb cysteine was eaten with food.  Absorption was meas-
ured in two ways:  collecting and measuring unabsorbed lead in
fecus lor 10 days following ingestion and measuring whole  blood iit  6
                                                           i
and 24 hours post -ingestion. Absorption could be determined from the
blood data because the response of the blood lead to absorption had
been well established during the long term study.  The absorption
factors found are shown in table 3.  The results by the two methods
may be considered to be in agreement considering they were based on
a single day's response.  The  striking thing was the high  absorption
found while fasting.  This greatly enhanced absorption (up to 50%,
i.e. 8-fold) was found in both experiments, and must be considered  a
real effect.
     In order to learn if this effect was peculiar to Subject B, a
similar experiment was performed on another Subject (C) .  This sub-
ject had not participated in a long-term study and his blood  re-
sponse was not previously calibrated.  This was done in a  single
measurement, using 206Pb nitrate, taken with breakfast. This was
compared with the fasting absorption of Pb nitrate and Pb  sulfide
The absorption found for 2°'*Pb nitrate with food (14%), was higher

-------
                                856

                             Table 3

       Effect of fasting and chemical form on lead absorption

    Subject     Mode              Absorption            Absorption
                                (diet-feces)        (blood response)
                                     %                      %
       B      fasting nitrate        40                     35
       B          "      "           28                     25
       B      fasting sulfide        52                     45
       B          "      "           45                     41
       B      fasting cysteine       30                     22
       B      cystoine with food      6                      6
       B      nitrate with food       6
       C      fasting nitrate        36                     41
       C      fasting sulfide        14                     14
       C      nitrate with food      14
       A      nitrate with food       8.5
 than previously found  for the  other two  subjects.  While fasting,
 much more lead nitrate was absorbed, whereas lead sulfide while
 fasting was  only 14% absorbed.
      These experiments show that gastrointestinal lend absorption
 varies between subjects,  nnd is dependent upon chemical form.  Most
 significantly, there is a pronounced tendency toward greater absorp-
 tion when lead is ingested without food.  This effect should be con-
 sidered in connection  with evaluation of absorption following inges-
 tion of lead from paint,  putty, etc. by  children.  The variability
 in absorption found in these experiments shows that the lead absorb-
 ed by a given individual  is more than simply a function of the total
 lead ingested, and that much more information is required before the
 relationship between dietary and absorbed lead is understood.

      These results were  obtained  by Veterans Administration Project
No. 5016-02,  and were supported by NSF  KANN  grant GI  38339.

-------
                              857
                          References

      RABINOWITZ, M. ,  WETHERILL, G., KOPPLE,  J. ,  "Lead metabolism

      in the normal human:  Stable isotope studies". Science 182,

      725 (1973).


      RABINOWITZ, M. ,  WETHERILL, G., KOPPLE,  J. ,  "Studies of human
      lead metabolism  using stable isotope tracers", in press,

      Environmental Health Perspectives (1974) .


      BOOKER, D. V., CHAMBERLAIN, A. C. ,  NEWTON,  D. , STOTT, A. N. B.,

      "Uptake of radioactive lead following inhalation and injec-
      tion", Br. J. Radio 42. 457 (1969).

                                                  212
      HURSH, J. B., MERCER, T. T. , "Measurement of    Pb loss rate

      from human lungs", J. Appl. Phys. 28., 268 (1970).
      HURSH, J. B., SUOMELA, J., "Absorption of    pb from the
      gastrointestinal tract of man", Acta Radio. £» 108 (1968).
                           DISCUSSION
MAGI  (Italy)
     I should like confirmation of the theory that  75% of the
blood lead is taken in with  food whilst the remaining 25% is
absorbed  from the atmosphere.
     Was  an accumulation of  Pb     found in the blood and at what
levels did this cease?


WETHERILL (U.S.A.)

     Actually about 35% is absorbed from the atmosphere (when
the concentration is around  2yug Pb/m ) and about 65% from food.
Of course this will depend upon the lead content of the food
eaten, on the quantity of food  and the lead concentration of
the atmosphere.

-------
                             858
     As shown in out table 2, about 16 ,ug of Pb was absorbed per
day from the atmosphere.  As explained in section 2 of the text,
this was measured in 3 ways.  One of these was based on the fact
that the blood did not become entirely labelled (Fig. 1 and Fig.2).
           204
     The Pb    accumulated in the blood during the first part of
the experiment and approached a steady state value of about
. 07,ug/g after about 10O days.


PFANNHAUSER  (Austria)

     In connection with the intake of lead from food, I should
like to ask if the relatively high level was also found with
aerosols, which are not metal lead but lead oxides?


WETHERILL  (U.S.A.)

     We do not have an accurate value for the absorption of Pb
from aersols for two reasons:

1.  The atmospheric lead was not isotopically labelled.

2.  The respired volume during the entire course of the experi-^
    ment  can only be  estimated.
Reason  (2) is the more  serious.

     As discussed in section 2 of the text, the daily quantity of
atmospheric lead absorbed  (^16 ,ug/day) is in agreement with esti-
mates of a typical daily respired volume and the approximate
40% Pb absorption found by other v,*orkers.


COFFIELD  (Belgium)

     What was the length of time subject B was held in the no
lead atmosphere without changing any other experimental detail?
Did the subject come to equilibrium with regard to blood lead
level when there was no lead in air?


WETHERILL  (U.S.A.)

     The subject was maintained in the "clean air" environment
for a total of 39 days.  During the first 15 days, a sufficient
quantity of Pb20^ was added to this diet to offset the anticipated
decrease in absorption of respired lead.  This was very nearly
achieved, the total lead in the blood only dropping slightly.
Comparison of the increase in Pb in the blood with the decrease
in concentration of Pb of normal isotopic composition  (not shown
in fig. 2) permits calculation of the quantity of respired lead
removed without waiting to achieve a steady state.  During the

-------
                             859
                                                       2O4
remaining 24 days, all dietary isotopic supplements  (Pb    and
Pb207) Were removed, causing the total blood lead to decrease.
The decrease in lead of normal isotopic composition caused by
the removal of atmospheric lead continued as before, in agreement
with our previous finding that homeostatic mechanisms do not
operate to maintain a constant blood level.  Upon reintroduction
of air containing Pb and return to diet of previous lead content
the blood lead concentrations increased as expected.  The subject
did not come to equilibrium with regard to blood lead level during
this part of the experiment.  However, this is not necessary.
The non-equilibrium response can be measured just as well, with-
out the considerable inconvenience to the subject which would
result from maintaining the atmospheric control for > 100 days,
as required to achieve a steady state.  I would like to point out
that this experiment was designed to measure the contribution
of atmospheric lead at or near the subject's pre-study level of
blood lead concentration.  This does not necessarily or logically
imply that the steady state blood lead concentration would be
proportionately lower, following the removal of atmospheric
lead.  First of all, the contribution from deeper compartments,
primarily the skeleton, would continue.  We estimate this to be
about 7yug/day, but the exact figure is uncertain.

     Furthermore, it is possible that at sufficiently lowered
blood lead concentrations homeostatic mechanisms may operate
which tend to maintain a constant value of blood lead.  We have
found no evidence for such mechanisms when the total blood con-
centration is lowered by up to 25% but it is conceivable that at
lower concentrations such an effect could occur.


BERLIN (C.E.C.)

     In view of the attention presently given to atmospheric
lead and of the fact that your subjects were maintained indoors
in controlled atmospheres did you:

     - sample regularly the indoor atmospheric lead concentration,
       and if yes with what method?

     - determine the granulometry of the lead aerosols present
       in the ambiant indoor air?.


WETHERILL (U.S.A.)

     Indoor atmospheric lead concentrations were continuously
measured by capturing particulate lead on a millipore membrane
filter (0.45,u HAWP), with a retention rate > 95% for particles
>_ .05 /u.  Air was pulled through this filter at a rate of
approximately 1 m3/hr. for 5 day collection periods.  The lead on
the filter was determined by stable isotope dilution.  The sampler
hung above the subject's bed.  During the "clean air" phase of
the study, the air lead levels in the subjects room were lowered

-------
                             860
to O.072/ug/meter (0.062 to O.087) from about 2 ,ug/m .   No
detailed/examination of particle sizes was carried out.  However,
an activated carbon scrubber supplied by Dr. Ter Haar of Ethyl
Corporation was placed behind the membrane filter to capture
"vapor" lead.  This captured an additional 0.10 ,ug/m3 in outdoor
air and 0.05 ,ug/m3 in "clean air".  We do not know the chemical
or physical form of this "vapor" lead except that it was able
to penetrate the membrane filter to be captured by the carbon.
It could perhaps be TEL vapor or small (<.05/u) particles of
lead salts.                                 '

-------
                              861
         SUL PASSAGGIO TRANSPLACENTARE DI  INSETTICIDI
                           CLORURATI

                           C, GRASSO
Istituto di Igiene dell'Universita di Firenze, Italia
RIASSUNTO

     Sono stati ricercati e titolati gli ineetticidi alorurati
presenti -in aampioni di sangue prelevati a puerpere e ai rispet-
tivi figli neonati,    I prelievi nei figli sono stati eseguiti
prima ahe queeti aveesero assunto it primo pastof natufale o
artifioidle4 in manieva da titolave eiouramente soltanto gli
insettioidi clorurati pervenuti al figlio dalla madre, esaludendo
totalmente I'apporto di tali sostanse nel peviodo immediatamente
successive alia nascita.

     Le titolazioni sono state eeeguite nel aangue in quanta e&eo
vappresenta la via di traaporto dagli ineettioidi ai vari teesuti.

     I aampioni di aangue Bono stati pvelevati nella clinioa
Oetetrica dell'University di Firenze e nel reparto Pediatrico
dell'Ospedale di Arezzo, da donne di varia estrazione aociale,
lavoro, domiailiOj e dai riepettivi figli, alouni nati a tevmine
e sani (Firenze) e altri prematuri o affetti da qualahe forma
patologica (Arezzo),   Compleaaivamente sono stati eeaminati 70
oampioni di aangue.    Gli ineettioidi sono etati riceroati gae-
cromatografiaamentet con la seguente metodioa:  - estrazione
degli ineettioidi dai aangue eon solvent-is  - purifications
dell 'eluato in colonna di allumina;  - analiei gascromatografica
con detector a cattura di elettroni (Stronzio 90).   Tutti i
noetri oromatogrammi hanno preeentato piaahi di insettioidi olovu-
rati.    In tutti i oampioni esaminati e presents il pp'DDT in
quantity one arrivano oltre le 0,6ppmt il DDD e il DDE.   Gli

-------
                             862
altri insetticidi ricercati  (lindano, eptacloro, eptacloro epos-
sido t aldrin, dieldrin) sono presenti nella maggior parte dei
campioni con eacezione dell ' eptacloro epossido e del dieldrin,
pr&senti rispettivamente solo in 4 e -in 9 campioni.
     I cfomatogvammi degli insetticidi rilevati nel sangue d
madvi, e dei, rispettiwi, figli sono sinrili qualitativamente t ma non
quantitativamente , essendo sempve aupeyiori i tasai repeviti nel
sangue della madve riepetto a quelli dei figli.

     Risulta dunque ahe almeno in parte gli insettioidi presenti
nel sangue della madt>e pasaano durante la gravidanza nel eangue
del figlio.

     Pfesaooc'he per tutti gli ineetticidi, e tanto nel gvuppo
delle madri one in quello dei figli^ i taasi medi risaontrati
sono viaultati superiori nei soggetti di Arezzo rispetto a quelli
di Fivenze.   Sono in oorso altre prove per valutare I ' eventuate
aorrelasione di queato reperto con lo stato di salute dei neonati,,
ABSTRACT

     The chlorinated inaectioideo present in samples of blood
taken from puerperae and their children were investigated and
identified.   The samples were taken before the infants had been
given their first breast or bottle feed, so as to be sure of
titrating only those chlorinated insecticides which had reached
the child from the mother, by totally excluding the introduction
of these substances in the period immediately following birth.

     The titrations were carried out on the blood, since this -£8
the vehicle by which the insecticides reach the various tissues.

-------
                              863
     The blood samples were taken at  the Obstetrical Clinic of
the University of Florence and in the pediatrics department of
the Arezzo Hospital from women of various social categories,
working women and housewives, and from their offspring, some being
healthy children born at term, (Florence) and others born prema-
turely or with some pathological condition  (Arezzo).   70 blood
samples were examined in all.

     The insecticides were examined by gas  chromatography, the
technique being as follows:  - the insecticides were solvent-
extracted from the blood, the eluate was purified in an alumina
column, and a gas ohromatography analysis was made with an elec-
tronic capture detector (Strontium 90),   All our chromatograms
showed peaks of chlorinated insecticides.   In all the samples
pp'DDT was present in quantities exceeding  0.6 ppm and also DDD
and DDE.   The other insecticides investigated (lindane, hepta-
ahlorine, heptachlorine epoxide,  aldrin and dieldrin) were pre-
sent in most of the samples with the exception of heptachlorine
epoxide and dieldrin, which were found only in 4 and 9 samples
respectively.

     The chromatograms of the insecticides  taken from the blood
of the mothers and their children were similar in quality, but
not in quantity,  the counts found in the mothers' blood being in
each case higher than those for the children.

     This shows that to some extent at least the insecticides in
the mother's blood pass into the child's blood during pregnancy.

     The average  count of nearly all the ineeotioidee,  in the
mothers as well as in the children,  were higher for the subjects
from Arezzo than  for those from Florence.   Further tests are in
hand to see whether these results can be correlated with the
state of health of the newborn children.

-------
                                   864
1. INTRODU2IONE

          L'ormai accertata diffusissima presenza degli insetticidi  cloru-
rati nell'ambiente (Grasso /1-2/)» e cons eguent entente anche in tutti gli
aliment! utilizzati dall'uomo (Grasso e coll.,  Mazzetti e coll. /3-4-5-6-£^,
ha portato a ricercare e titolare le quantita di tali insetticidi che 1'uo-
mo adulto accumula nel proprio organismo durante la propria vita (Grasso  e
coll. /o/). Si dispone ormai di numerosi dati largamente sufficient! a di-
mostrare che queste sostanze si depositano in quantita apprezzabili  nell'-
organiemo umano, soprattutto nel tessuto adiposo.
          Si era eupposto da tempo che una certa quantita di insetticidi
clorurati potesse anche passare dalla madre al figlio durante il periodo
della gravidanza e fosse percio1 reperibile nei tessuti del neonato. Questa
ipotesi e stata controllata sia sugli animali da esperimento sia diretta-
mente sull'uomo, anche con lo scopo di indagare sugli eventual! effetti no-
civi che queste sostanze potrebbero produrre in tali circostanze.
          II passaggio placentare degli insetticidi clorurati fu dapprima
dimostrato BU cani, eonigli, topi (Pinnegan e coll., Backstrom e coll.,
Mohn e coll. /9-10-11/). Successivamente furono eseguite ricerche anche
sull'uomo: furono analizzati tessuti di neonati di pochi mesi (Piserova
Bergerova e coll., Abbot e coll., Casarett e coll. /^2-13-1^7) ed in essi
furono reperiti insetticidi clorurati, a conferma di quanto osservato negli
animali.
          In seguito furono condotte ricerche piu accurate su neonati mor—
ti subito dopo la nascita, confrontando i titoli di insetticidi clorurati
in essi rinvenuti con quelli dimostrati nella popolazione adulta vivente
nello stesso ambiente e, in alcuni casi, nelle rispettive madri. Zavon e
coll. ^15/1 Gravibesen e coll. /1^7, Charley e coll. /l^/ seguendo questo
indirizzo esaminarono i piu diversi organi e tessuti tra cui il sangue del
cordone ombelicale. Selby e coll. /IB/ ricercarono gli insetticidi cloru-
rati tanto nel sangue matemo quanto nel tessuto placentare delle stesse
donne.
          I risultati di tutte le suddette ricerche concordano nell'indica-
re la possibility del passaggio placentare di tutti gli insetticidi  cloru-
rati, dimostrando la presenza nei neonati di tali sostanze in quantiti
eguali o di poco inferiori a quelle riscontrate nella popolazione adulta

-------
                                   865
della zona o addirittura nelle rispettive madri.
          La nostra ricerca, traendo spunto dalle precedent!, si proponeva
di indagare nella maniera piu precisa e piu attendibile possibile il pas-
saggio degli insetticidi clorurati dalle madri ai rispettivi figli durarrte
la gravidanza. A questo scopo si e proceduto alia titolazione di tali sostan
ze sia nel sangue prelevato dalle puerpere ohe in quello prelevato dai
rispettivi figli, sani o portatori di una qualsiasi patologia, prima che
essi avessero assunto il primo pasto, natvirale o artificiale che fosse.
          La metodica adottata, al contrario di quelle utilizzate nella
maggior parte delle ricerche precedent!, consente di titolare aicuramente
soltanto gli insetticidi clorurati pervenuti al figlio dalla madre, eeclu-
dendo totaibmente I1 influenza di qualunque apporto di tali sostanze nel pe-
riodo successivo alia nascita*

2. MATERIALS E METODO

          Per eseguire le titolazioni programmate secondo i criteri sopra
esposti, e stato scelto come materiale da esaminare il sangue, sia in base
a considerazioni pratiche relative alia semplicita del prelievo, trattando-
si di bambini vivi, sia in base a oonsiderazioni relative al fatto che gli
insetticidi clorurati pervenuti nell'organismo, usufruiscono del sangue co-
me via di trasporto ai tessuti.
          I campioni di sangue sono stati prelevati nelle provincie di
Arezzo e di Pirenze, da donne di varia estrazione sociale, domicilio, lavo—
ro, comunque tutte presumibilmente esposte allo stesso rischio di assunv
zione di insetticidi clorurati, e dai rispettivi figli, del quali alcuni
nati a termine ed altri prematuri. Tutti i neonati di Arezzo erano affetti
da qualche forma patologioa (ittero, broncopolmonite, emorragia intracra-
nica), mentre tutti quelli di Firenze erano sani al momento della nascita.
          I campioni di sangue sono stati prelevati presso la Clinica Oste-
trica e Ginecologica dell'Uhiversita di Firenze e presso il Reparto di Pe-
diatria dell'Oepedale di Arezzo, ove i Primari e tutto il personale, medi-
co e non medico, ci hanno fornito una preziosa collaborazione.
          La titolazione degli insetticidi clorurati e stata eaeguita per
mezzo di gas-cromatografia con detector a cattura di elettroni.

-------
                                  866
          Sono stati ricercati e titolati i eeguenti insetticidi: pp'DDT,
DDE, DDD, Lindano, Eptacloro, Eptacloro Epossido, Aldrin,  Dieldrin.
          II metodo utilizzato per 1'analisi gas-cromatografica e il se-
guente. I campion! di sangue sono stati trattati con EDTA per evitarne la
coagulazione; ml 1 del compione e stato messo in un irobuto separatore da
ml 10, ad esso sono stati aggiunti ml 3 di una miscela acetone-etere etili-
co 1:1, si 6 agitato il tutto per un minuto e ei sono lasciate separate le
due faai; si e poi ripresa la faee etere-acetone e tale operazione e stata
ripetuta tre volte. Gli estratti sono stati riuniti e mess! ad evaporare
fino a complete essiccamento; il residue e stato ripreso con ml 2 di ben-
zol o, passato in colonna di allumina ed eluito con ml 75 di benzolo. L'elua
to, evaporate fino a ml 1, 6 stato iniettato nel gas-cromatografo con si—
ringa Hamilton in quantita tali da poter evidenziare gli insetticidi pre-
sent!. II gas-cromatografo usato fe un RSCo con detector a cattura di elet-
troni (stronzio 9°)i c°n colonna di vetro (lunghezza m. 1,90| diametro in—
terno mm. 4t fase stazionaria QP  15$ su DC 200) e con registratore Honey-
well Electronik 0,1 mV. Le temperature di esercizio sono le seguenti:
iniettore 220°C, colonna 210°C, detector 22O"C. Gas di trasporto: azoto PP;
flusso 120 ml/min.
          Solvent! usati: acetone, etere etilico, benzolo per spettrofoto—
metria ridistillati.
          Tutti i nostri cromatogrammi hanno presentato picchi di ineetti—
cidi clorurati.
          In precedenza avevamo fatte soluzioni standards  dei diversi prin—
cipi attivi pur! al 99»9$ in beneolo puro per spettrografia, ridistillato.
                     f\
Dalla soluzione 1.10**  g/ml, eseguita per pesata, si perveniva, per euocea-.
                                          /J        rj
sive diluizioni, alle conoentrazioni 1.10   e 1.10~' g/1.  Di queste solu-
zioni e stata fatta una serie di iniezioni con siringa Hamilton da 1 a 10
ul e se ne e mieurata 1'altezza in mm. dei corrispondenti picchi.
          In un grafico in cui in ascisse sono riportate le quantita iniet-
tate in  /ul e in ordinate 1'altezza dei picchi dei cromatogrammi dei cam-
pion! di sangue con quell! delle soluzioni standards e applicata la formu-
la proposta da Hartman per la determinazione quantitativa:
                                          V w h2
                 concentrazione in ppm
                                          W v hi

-------
                                   867
in cui  V   -  volume estratto in ml
        w   »  peso della soluzione standard in ng
        v   *  volume dell'estratto iniettato in ml
        H   •  peso del campione in g
        M  •  altezza in mm del picco della soluzione standard
        h2  •  altezza in mm del picco del sangue

3.  RI5ULTATI

          I risultati delle titolazioni eseguite sono riportati in tab*  1.
I dati qui esaminati si riferiscono a campioni di sangue prelevati da 21
neonati fiorentini privi di  manifestazioni patologiche e dalle rispettive
madri; e inoltre da 14 neonati aretini portatori di qualche manifestazione
patologica e dalle rispettive madri• Si tratta quindi, complessivamente,
di ?0 campioni di sangue.
          L'osservazione dei dati riportati in tab. 1 consente le seguenti
oonsiderazioni principali:
          1.  In tutti i 70 campioni di sangue esaminati e presents il
              pp'DDT in quantita relativamente elevate, fino ad oltre
              0,6 ppm; anche il DDD e il DDE sono presenti in tutti i cam-
              pioni, per quanto in ciascun caso in quantita notevolmente
              inferior! a quelli del pp'DDT, ma senza consistent! diffe-
              renze tra di loro.
          2.  Degli altri insetticidi clorurati ricercati, il Lindano,
              1'Eptacloro e  1'Aldrin sono present! nella maggioranza dei
              campioni di sangue, con frequenza e con concentrazioni decre
              scenti nell'ordine sopra indicate; 1'Sptaoloro Epossido e  il
              Dieldrin, metabolit! rispettivamente dell1 Efctacloro e dell'-
              Aldrin, sono al contrario present! solo in un numero estrema-
              mente esiguo di campioni (rispettivamente 4 e 9)•
          3*  I risultati appaiono sostanzialmente simili nel gruppo delle
              madri e in quello dei neonati* Per quanto nella maggioranza
              de! casi tanto i valor! singoli che quell! medi riscontrati
              nelle madri (tab. 2) siano di poco superior! a quell! dei  fi-
              gli, tali difference dimostrano infatti ben di rado una si-
              gnificativita statistica (tab. 3): soltanto in un caso

-------
                                  TABELLA 1.


Taasi di inaetticidi clomrati riscontrati  su campion! di sangue di madri e di rispettivi

                         neonati delle  provincie di  Arezzo e Firenze,
Prove-
nienza





x
J
4
5
FI
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AR





-




Categoria
Ma-
dri
X

X

X

X

X

Pigli
non
Pat.

X

X

X

X

X
Pat.










Tassi ematici ppm 10
pp'DDT
3.470
3.810
10.000
3.300
6.110
6.650
3.290
7.410
4.420
9.610
DDE
611
515
109
513
115
763
398
773
954
619
DDD
343
750
850
312
375
550
449
899
500
608
Lindano
121
113
246
-
779
974
168
196
137
784
Epta-
cloro
1.230
1.160
597
119
652
583
714
574
510
838
Eptacloro
Ep.
-
-
-
835
_
-
-
-
-
-
Aldrin
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce

Dieldrin
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                                                             CO
                                                                                                             a*
                                                                                                             CO

-------
TABELLA 1.  (Seguito)


6
7

e

o

10

11

Prove-
nienza
FI
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AR












Gategoria
Ka-
dri
X

X

X

X

X

X

Pigli
non
Pat.

X

X

X

X

X

X
Pat.












Tassi ematici ppm 10 •*
pp*DDT
5.000
6.300
6.530
6.300
1.500
4.400
4.800
4.400
1.600
1.600
2.330
4.000
DIE
716
482
750
438
839
312
575
475
409
287
359
196
DUD
388
515
611
343
662
272
391
501
200
280
266
280
Lindano
1.220
459
186
156
1.750
2.300
6.920
480
1.410
162
528
337
Epta-
cloro
1.080
691
652
521
1.500
892
550
450
-
-
804
-
Eptacloro
Ep.
-
-
-
-
-
942
-
-
-
-
-
-
Aldrin
tracce
tracce
tracce
tracce
119
85
71
450
28
26
73
42
Dieldrin
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            oo

-------
TABELLA  1.   (Seguito)
Prove-
nionza

19

13
14
15
16
17
PI
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AR












Categoria
Xa-
dri
X

X

X

X

X

X

Pigli
non
Pat.

X

X

. X

X

X

X
Pat.












Tassi ematici ppm 10 "^
pp'DDT
2.500
1.830
2.000
1.830
847
847
1.700
1.000
2.450
2.350
2.000
7.500
DUE
441
233
315
378
227
227
400
183
406
362
306
125
DDD
366
233
433
400
266
266
235
205
324
388
272
181
Lindano
4.660
112
450
574
1.080
1.820
297
106
894
142
257
138
Epta-
cloro
687
-
-
-
1.310
847
709
554
1.560
550
-
-
Eptacloro
Ep.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
_
-
-
-
-
Aldrin
773
-
71
140
99
132
425
300
206
47
-
-
Dieldrin
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                             GO
                                                                             vj
                                                                             o

-------
1.  (Seguito)
Prove-
nienza

1ft


';'
9O





9\
O
PI
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X




AR








X
X
X
1
Cat ego ri a
Ka-
dri
X

X

X

X

X

X

Pigli
non
Fat.

X

X

X

X




Pat.









X

X
Tassi eoati-ci ppm 10 "^
pp'DDT
1.000
2.330
1.660
2.500
2.900
3.540
2.940
13.900
44.300
16.400
30.100
61.900
DDE
312
375
566
383
375
312
541
879
4.840
3.860
3.230
4.760
HUD
227
357
250
285
400
300
231
833
1.510
333
616
2.840
Lindano
185
608
425
398
659
411
381
165
720
1.000
930
312
Epta-
oloro
787
206
1.510
1.450
1.310
800
854
449
1.650
630
4.520
870
Eptacloro
Ep.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
lldrin
418
134
115
862
67
48
595
-
120
210
240
87
Dieldrin
-
-
-
-
-
-
657
-
-
-
_
-

-------
TABELLA  1.   (Seguito)
Prove-
nienza

f\M
24
25
26
27
28
29
PI












AH
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Categoria
Ka-
dri
X

X

X

X

X

X

Pigli
non
Pat.












Pat.

X

X

X

X

X

X
Tassi ematici ppm 10
pp'DDT
11.100
7.500
7.140
4*400
3.170
9.440
3.330
8.330
2.820
7.770
3.900
9.760
DIE
1.300
1.080
866
1.540
392
730
459
3.490
439
3.120
609
2.880
DDD
857
840
571
400
347
400
282
923
391
300
400
789
Linda.no
8.580
650
4.700
780
418
675
156
160
4.600
5.260
3.710
375
Epta-
cloro
1.940
1.000
6.220
1.100
600
893
372
3.870
647
175
941
675
Eptacloro
Ep.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Aldrin
122
140
122
100
-
tracce
50
370
tracce
tracce
71
362
Dieldrin
348
208
370
375
-
-
-
-
-
-
294
-
                                                                               00
                                                                               ^J
                                                                               to

-------
TABKT.T.A 1.   (Seguito)


30

31

32

33

34 .

35

Prove-
nienza
PI












AR
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Categoria
Ka-
dri
X

X

X

X

X

X

Piffli
non
Pat.












Pat*

X

X

X

X

X

X
Tassi emati-ci ppm 10 •*
pp'DDT
36*600
34.700
30.300
7.070
46.000
31.000
9.130
11.300
12.600
7.540
5.710
20.750 ,
HIE
4.500
5.660
4.070
5.160
4.600
4.170
714
656
1.710
2.660
452
1.490
DDD
760
6.250
2.400
125
5.010
710
500
»
454
1.770
280
400
710
Lindano
2.280
2.590
7.690
2.080
2.030
1.160
592
141
1.270
2.320
192
96
Epta-
cloro
3.650
3.110
3.510
2.830
2.960
1.500
800
200
4.090
371
404
120
Eptacloro
Ep.
-
—
-
-
-
1.500
—
-
1.010
-
-
-
Aldrin
—
203
tracce
176
tracce
2.300
tracce
tracce
530
223
—
tracce
Dieldrin
-
-
—
250
-
280
-
-
2.150
-
-
-
                                                                                    CO
                                                                                    -J
                                                                                    u>

-------
                                      874
                              TABELLA 2
Valori medi relativi ai tassi del singoli ineetticidi clorurati riscon-
trati in campion! di sangue di madri e dei rispettivi neonati delle
                   provincie di Arezzo e Pirenze
i
Insetticida
l pp'DDT
DDE
DDD
LIND.UTO
EPT..CLORO
EPTACLORO EP.
ALDRI1I
DIELDHIN
Valori medi su ppra 10
Campioni di Firenze(n.2l)^
Uadri
3.287^.210
463+ 222
382* 163
1. 083-d. 665
810+ 376
-
145* 219
31 + 143
Neonati
4.543+3.S60
420+ 204
417+ 206
496+ 581
508* 409
84+ 267
107* 207
-
Campioni di Arezzo (n.14)
Uadri
17.514+16.^20
2.012+ 1.800
1.129+ 1.281
2.704+ 2.778
2.307+ 1.7P2
72+ 270
89+ 146
225+ 571
Neonati
17.030+15.900
2.946+ 1.660
1.006+ 1.622
1.252+ 1.388
1.239+ 1.185
79+ 390
262+ 589
79+ 137
                            TABELLA 3
Significativita statiatica delle difference dei valori medi di inaettioidi
cloruxuti riscontrati su campioni di sangue di madri e dei rispettivi neo-
                nati delle provincie di Arezzo e Pirenze
    Insetticida
   Pirenze
 Tladri
   Arezzo
 Madri
   Neonati
ArezzoJ Firenze
                                                                   Lladri
   pp'DDT
0,027-t>0,01
               0,02>t>0,01
   DDE
              0,02>t>0,01
               0,001>t
               0,02 > t>0,01
   DDD
                             0,10>t>0,05
                              0,10> t>0,05
   LUTDuL'O
0,20>t>0,10
               0,20>t>0,lO
               0,20> t>0,10
   EPTACLORO
0,001>t
0,02>t>0,01
               o,05> t > 0,025
   EPT^CLORO EP.
                                            0,30> t>0,25
   ALD2IN
0, 60. -'t?- 0,50
               0,001>t
               0,503*
   DIELDRIir
0,60 *
               0,30>t>0,20
               0,20 ^ t>-0,10

-------
                                   875
              (coppie di Firenze,  Eptacloro)  la significative,ta statistica
              supera il valore di  t - 0,001;  in quattro casi  poi (coppie di
              Pirenze: pp'DDT; coppie di Arezzo: Lindano,  Eptacloro e DDE)
              il valore di 7 e compreso fra 0,02 e 0,01.
          4.  Pressoche per tutti  gli insetticidi, e tanto nel  gruppo delle
              madri che in quello  dei figli,  i tassi medi  riscontrati sono
              risultati superiori  nei soggetti di Arezzo che  in quelli di
              Firenze (tab. 2); tuttavia una  concreta significativita sta-
              tistica della differenza dei valori medi (t  < 0.001)  ha potu-
              to essere evidenziata, per quanto riguarda i neonati, solo
              per il DDE e 1'Aldrin; per quanto, invece, riguarda le madri
              il valore di t e il  risultato inferiore a 0.001 soltanto per
              il pp'DDT (tab. 3).
          5.  I neonati aretini presentano i  quadri patologioi  piu  vari e
              non 6 pertanto possibile, dato  il basso numero  di osservazio-
              ni, tentare di correlare i tassi ematici degli  insetticidi
              clorurati con le manifestazioni morbose dei  neionati. Anche
              la ricerca di un eventuale rapporto tra taeso ematico di in-
              setticidi clorurati  e peso alia nascita {ipotesi  giustificata
              da talune osservazioni sperimentali relative all'azione di
              tali sostanze sul netabolismo del Ca e quindi presumibilmente
              nel processo di ossificazione)  non conduce ad alcun risultato
              concreto per analoghi motivi.
          In conclusione, le rioerche in questa sede riferite dimostrano
con sicurezza la costante presenza di inaetticidi clorurati nel sangue di
neonati prima dell'assunzione del  prime pasto e sembrano pertanto convali-
dare eenza riserve, data la sicura esclusione di un'origine alimentare
post-natale dei suddetti insetticidi, la possibility del pasuaggio  per via
placentare di tali sostanze, che in effetti si trovano costantemente anche
nel sangue materno.
          II reperimento di tasai  ematici piu elevati di insetticidi cloru-
rati in neonati portatori di qualche manifestazione patologica  e generati
da madri ease pure presentanti tassi di tali  sostanze relativaraente maggio-
ri lascia aperta I1ipotesi di una eventuale correlazione fra  tali eventi
(elevato livello ematico materno—> elevato livello ematico neonatale —>
 presenza di patologia neonatale).

-------
                                     876
           Tuttavia il fatto che cio' si sia verificato esclusivamente nei
 campion! di sangue provenienti da una sola delle due circoscrizioni terri-
 torial! prese in esame lascia adito a talune perplessita. Lreventuale
 esistenza di una tale correlazione richiede quindi un piu approfondito con—
 trollo, sulla base dell'analisi di un maggior numero di campion!,  di un piu
 chiaro riferimento a talune situazioni patologiche neonatali  e d!  una piu
 estesa e piu precisa distrlbuzione topografica dei campion! prelevati.

 BIBLIOGRAFIA

 1)  GRASSO C., BERNARDI G.t MARIOTTINI E.: Ann. San. Pubbl.,  2gf 453, 1968.
 2)  GRASSO C., BERNARDI 0., MARIOTTINI E.: Ann. San. Pubbl.,  £g, 1029, 1968.
 3)  GRASSO C.: Atti del Convegno sugli insettioidi. Firenze 24-25  novembre
     1962.
 4)  MAZZETTI G., GIACHETTI A., GRASSO C.:  Agricoltura n. 12,  1968.
 5)  GRASSO C.: Atti III Convegno sulla Qualita. Perugia 25-27 maggio 1964.
 6)  GRASSO C.( LANCIOTTI E., BERNARDI G.s  n. Ann. Ig. Microb., 22, 434, 1971.
 7)  GRASSO CM BERNARDI G.t BARONTI L.: N. Ann. Ig. Microb.,  23_, 29, 1972.
 8)  GRASSO C., BERNARDI G., MARIOTTINI E.: Ann. San. Pubbl.,  23, 1593, 1968.
 9)  PINNEGAN J.K., HAAO H.B., LARSSON P.S.I Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.  Med.f
     I£, 357, 1949.
 1C)  BACKSTROM J., HANSSON E., UlLBERG S.:  Toxic, Appl. Pharmacol.,
     1, 90, 1965-
 11)  MOHN M.H., WILSON R.A., ISE G.H.: Pish. Wildlife Giro. (167),  47, 1963.
 12)  PISEROVA BERGEROVA V., RADDMSKI J.L.,  DAVIES J.E., DAVIS  J.H.,:
     J. Ihdustr. Med. Surg., 36, 65, 1967.
 13)  ABBOT D.C., GOULDING R., TATTON J.O.:  Brit. Med. J.f 3_ (5611), 146, 1968.
14)   CASARETT L.J.,  PYER O.C.,  YANGER W.L.Jr.,  KLAMMER H.W.: Arch.  Environ.
     Health, Jj[f  306,  1968.
15)   ZAVON M.R.,  TYE R.,  LATORRE R.:  Ann. New York Acad.  Science, 160.  196,  196q
16)   GRAVIBESEN C.(  CHESEL  I.,  UNTERMANN H.W.:  Obetet.  Gynecol.,  19,  161,   1971
     1971.        .
17)  CURLEY A., COPELAND M.FM KIMBROUGH R.D.:  Arch. Environ Health,
     J2, 628, 1969.
18)  SELBY L.A., NEWELL K.M., HAWSER G.A.,  JUNKER G.: Environ  Res.,
     2, 247, 1969.

-------
                              877
                         DISCUSSIONE
ROSIVAL (Cecoslovacchia)
     Dai risultati delle nostre ricerche (Rosival, SzAkolay,
Uhn6k) emerge una prevalenza del DDT totale sul BHC totals a
livello dell'utero nel secondo e terzo mese.di gravidanza, ed
inoltre una concentrazione di DDT totale e dl isomeri $ e y di
BHC piu elevata inregioni pianeggianti che in region! di media
montagna.  II tasso del DDT 6 pixl elevato di quello del DDE
(il livello medio del DDT in regioni pianeggianti 6 di 0/128
ppm; in regioni di media-montagna 6 di 0,028 ppm> il livello
raedio di DDE in regioni pianeggianti 6 di 0,046 pr™, in regioni
di  media-montagna di 0,OO6 ppm).


     Cio1 denota una diversity nella capacity di penetrazione
dei residui nel caso del latte materno in rapporto alia costanza
della correlazione fra DDT e DDE nel grasso umano, ed alia pos-
sibilita che la placenta svolga una funzione d'organo metabolico
attivo.

     La prevalenza del DDT sul DDE,indica sia breve durata all1
esposizione che material! a basso tenore in lipidi.


WASSERMAN  (Israele)

I composti OCI e PCB attraversano la placenta e sul piano
qualitative li troviamo nei tessuti del neonato come pure nelle
varie fasi della vita intrauterina.  La piu elevata esposizione
all'OCI e PCB si verifica quando il neonato viene alimentato
unicamente con latte materno, poiche" quest'ultimo contiene ali-
quote piu elevate di composti OCC che non 11 latte vaccino.
I dati forniti dalla D.ssa Grasso  meritanto attenzione vista
iHmportanza di considerare le donne incinta come indice dell'
esposizione tossica  ambientale.


DANIEL (Gran Bretagna)

     Ha la D.ssa Grasso costruito altri parametri per spiegare
le  osservazioni relative ai neonati di Arezzo?

     Erano le donne dei due gruppi della medesima condizione
sociale?  Avevano esse il medesirao tenore alimentare?  Nei gruppi
considerati vi erano delle fumatrici?

     E1 forse premature attribuire gli effetti unicamente ai
livelli di insetticidi clorurati present! nel sangue materno.

-------
                              878
GRASSO (Italia)

     Le condizioni delle donne del due gruppi erano le piu'
simili possibili.

     Non ho attribuito gli effetti agli insetticidi clorurati
reperiti: ho detto che gli studi proseguono per approfondire
1'osservazione fatta.

-------
                               879
       MODIFICATION OF THE HOMOLOG AND ISOMER COMPOSITION
          OF A POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL MIXTURE DURING
             PASSAGE THROUGH TWO BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

        B, BUSH/ F, D, BAKER/ C, E, TUMASONIS/ FA-CHUN LO
                         AND C, L. HOUCK

Division of Laboratories and Research, New York State Department
of Health, New Scotland Avenue, Albany, NY, USA
ABSTRACT

     The polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) mixture Aroclor 1254 was
administered to breeding populations of hene and vats at 6 mg/kg
body weight for 6 Desks,   The populations Here observed then and
during the subsequent 20-week clearance period.   Egg yolks and
tissues of adults, embryos and fetuses, chicks and pups were ana-
lyzed;  and the fate of 16 individual homologs and iaomers of
Aroclor 1254 was observed during the build-up and decline periods.
The toxicity of the PCB mixture in the hen can be attributed ei-
ther to a metabolite of 3,4,2*,3',6'-pentaahlorobiphenyl or to
the intrinsic toxicity of the more persistent 3,4,2 ',4 ',5 '-penta-
chlorobiphenyl or 2f3f4,2',4'i5t-hexachlorobiphenyl.    In the rat*
however, both of these pentachlorobiphenyla were eliminated rela-
tively vapidly.   Hence 4,4'- substitution is move important in
determining persistence in the chicken than in the rat.

     Analyses of rat fetuses showed that there was little placen-
tal transfer of PCB.   However, PCB was passed from mothers to
pups as soon as suckling began.   By contrast, the chick embryo
was exposed to PCB present in egg yolk from its earliest develop-
ment.

-------
                               880
     Analyses of geese and duck collected in New York State con-
firmed results of laboratory studies with regard to PCB persis-
tence.   The laboratory results indicate that the concentrations
of PCB in eggs of some wild birds, which as reported by other
workers are frequently greater than 10 ,ug/gt may quite possibly
be a factor in the reduced reproductive success of these species,

-------
                                    881
1.   Introduction
     The toxicity of commercially produced polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)
mixtures has been fairly well demonstrated and reviewed in recent years
(e.g., Fishbein [17, Hammond et al. [2."] ).  The toxicity of the mixtures
themselves and of several components of typical mixtures has been
determined in a wide variety of living organisms.  In long-term low-level
experiments, the concentrations of PCB in various tissues of populations of
animals have been determined.  In short-term experiments, metabolic products
of several individual PCBs have been isolated and characterized.  In some
studies with commercial mixtures, metabolic changes in composition of the
ingested mixture have been noted) both changes with time and differences
between organs in the same animal have been observed.  A more thorough
investigation of such changes was one of the primary aims of the present
work.

     The toxicity of PCB mixtures first drew wide attention in the poultry
industry because newly hatched chicks are highly susceptible to the
compounds*  Since this rediscovery (the toxicity had been clearly
demonstrated in 1937 by the U.S. Surgeon General CSee 2j), residues of PCB
found in wildlife have been blamed for reduction in the reproductive
success of various species of birds and of some carnivorous mammals, e.g.,
otters and mink.  Another aim of the present work, therefore, was to
investigate the effect of a low-level intake of a common PCB mixture
(Aroclor 1254) on the young of an avian and a mammalian species.

2.   Experimental
     Aroclor 1254, kindly donated by Monsanto Chemicals, St. Louis, Mo.,
was dissolved in the detergent Tween 80 (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis,
Mo.) and then emulsified with water.  The concentration was adjusted to
give the animals a daily intake of 6 mg/kg body weight.

     Twelve white Leghorn hens and two roosters were used for the first
experiment.  Details of the experiment and some conclusions have been
reported by Tumasonis et al. [31 and Bush et al. [4] .  Wistar rats (125
male, 125 female) were used in the second experiment.

     Extraction of PCB from tissue samples and from eggs was carried out
by the usual methods (e.g., Bush and Lo [5] ).  Possible residues of DDT-
related insecticides derived from animal feed were eliminated by
oxidative clean-up with chromic acid in acetic acid.

     Analysis was carried out with 7600A Chromatographic System (Hewlett-
Packard, Avondale, Pa.) using electron capture detection*  The stationary
phase was Apiezon L (2# on Gaschrom Q, 80*100 mesh), and the areas of the
eighteen peaks, as identified by Sissons and Welti f6,7Jfwere integrated.
For quantisation, the area of each peak was divided by the area of the
corresponding peak in the chromatogram produced by a known mass of Aroclor
1254.  This ratio permitted a rough quantitatlon of the peak in pg/g*  We.
have called each such value the notional concentration of the PCB compo-  .
nent in the tissue extract.  The mean of these notional concentrations
gives an estimate of the total mass of PCS present in the tissue*  The
notional concentrations and their means were displayed as logarithmic bar
charts using the Wang Programmable Calculator and Data Plotter (Wang Inc.,
Tewksbury, Mass.).  An unmodified residue would give a set of 19 equal

-------
                                     882
bars (18 peaks plus the mean).   The  value  of  each mean is printed above it.

3.   Results and Discussion
     3.1  The hen experiment
     Embryonic mortality reached 100% in eggs laid by hens which had been
exposed to the PCB intake for 3 weeks.  Exposure was terminated 6 weeks
after the commencement of the experiment.   Chicks started to hatch again
from eggs laid in the 15th week of the  experiment, i.e., 9 weeks after
termination of intake.
         100.0
       i IOO.OJ- CHICK, 5 DAYS 
-------
                                     883
an exposure terminated not more than 4 or 5 months earlier (liver
composition and egg composition are highly correlated, Bush et al. C-O ).
Moreover, such a residue would be more toxic to embryos than an older
residue containing relatively more of the hsxa- and heptachlorobiphenyls.
                        IO
                       <\J
                       X «
                       o
                       I
                              4   •   12
                                 WEEK
  Figure 2.    Change in the ratio of the notional concentration of peaks
               12:9 in egg yolks with time.
     Extrapolation to avian wildlife in general to indicate the absolute
potency of a particular residue burden would not be valid.  The 12t9 ratio
might, however, provide a valuable indication of the age of a residue as
one parameter when interpreting the data from surveys of wildlife
populations.

     3.2  Wildlife survey

     In a limited survey of avian wildlife in New York State, two species
of duck have been found to be most contaminated by PCBi  the greater
scaup ( Avthya marila nearctica) and the white-winged scoter (Melanitta
       ij.  T
deqlandij.  The 17 samples of scaup had a mean level of 5 ± 7
(mean ± SD) in the liver, with values ranging from zero to 32 (ig/g.
Eight samples of scoter had a mean breast-muscle level of 7 ± 67
with values ranging from 1.5 to 50
     Figure 1 shows the residue patterns of three samples of duck liver.
All show contamination by PCB mixtures other than Aroclor 1254, as
evidenced by the high relative concentration of some of the later peaks
and, in the second scoter sample, of several early peaks also.  However,
there is a distinct resemblance between these patterns and those of hens
contaminated with Aroclor 1254.  The ratios of peaks 12»9 in the duck
samples are 6, 2 and 10 respectively, indicating that the first two
probably result from relatively fresh exposure.  Thus the mean notional
concentration of 14 ug/g in the first scoter sample may be more embryo-
toxic than the mean of 50 ng/g in the second sample.

     3.3  The rat experiment
     The reproductive success of the rats was not affected by the level of
PCB intake in this experiment.  Intake was terminated after 9 weeks, and
the breeding population was observed for a further 16 weeks.  Analysis of
the tissues of adults, fetuses and pups (both sucklings and weanlings)
showed a marked difference in elimination efficiency when compared to the
hen.  (A detailed report on this study is in preparation.)

-------
                                     884
     Figure 3 shows typical PCB patterns after 3 weeks of  exposure  and 4
weeks after termination of exposure,  i.e.,  in week 13.  Peak  12 does not
persist, and only material eluting after that peak could be implicated in
any biological effect on the rat.  Two  liver microsomal enzymes, aniline
hydroxylase and cytochrome P450, were significantly activated by the
exposure.
                     WEEK 9
        IOO.O- RAT, ADULT FEMALE : LIVER
                                                    WEEK 13
                         IOO.O - RAT, AWIT FEMALE : LIVE!
           _ FETUS,FEMALE: CARCASS (COMPLETE)
           i LL .ii.il Li..
                                                      12  19  18
                                                                 MEAN
Figure 3.
                     MEAN

                        PEAK

PCB residue patterns in rats after 3 weeks of intake of Aroclor
1254 and 4 weeks after termination of intake.
     The major components of Aroclor 1254 are the components of peaks 9,
12, 13 and 14 (Bush et al. [4] ) and of these, only peaks 13 and 14 remain
in the rat in the 13th week.  These represent 3,4,2*,3',4'-pentachloro-
biphenyl plus 2,4,5,2',4',5'-hexachlorobiphenyl (peak 13) and 2,3,4,2',4',
5'-hexachlorobiphenyl (Sissons and Welti [6,7J ).  It is probable that the
first constituent of peak 13 is eliminated because it contains the same
substitution pattern on one ring as peak 12; hence the two main components
of the residue would have the substitution pattern 2,4,5, and both have
4,4'-substitution.  The minimal effect of the PCB intake on the rat and
its young may be due to the rat's ability to eliminate all but these two
compounds, which may themselves be relatively innocuous.

     Analysis of the fetus, however, showed that the lack of effect on
fetal viability is probably best explained by protection of the developing
fetus from PCB contamination by the placenta.  The mean PCB concentration
in fetuses was 2 ng/g, in sucklings 50 p,g/g and in weanlings 20 ng/g
during the experiment.  Comparison of these levels with the concentrations
in the mothers at the same time (e.g. Figure 4) indicates that little PCB
reached the fetus.  Only the sucklings became contaminated, and by that
stage any possible phase of development which was sensitive to attack by
PCB must have passed.

4.   Conclusions
     The work reported here indicates that there are subtle differences in
metabolic efficiency for pentachlorobiphenyls with differing substitution
patterns between.a mammalian and an avian system.  It suggests also the
importance of the placenta in protecting the fetus from lipophilic agents
such as PCBs.  It offers the possibility of evaluating the importance of
PCB residues of unknown origin found in wildlife specimens by comparison
with model laboratory systems.
     The levels reported by other workers in a variety of avian species,
if they reflect mixture patterns similar to those reported here, may pose
a threat to the early stages of development of the species and hence to
their reproductive success.

-------
                                885
     REFERENCES.
    FISHBEIN, L., "Chromatographic and biological aspects of polychlorinated
    biphenyls", J. Chromatogr. 68, 345 (1972).

    HAMMOND, P. B., NISBET I. C. T., SAROFIM, A. F.,  DRURY, W. H», NELSON,  W.
    RALL,  D. P., "Polychlorinated biphenyls - Environmental Impact",
    Environ. Res., 5,  249 (1972),

    TUMA90NIS, C. F.,  BUSH, B., BAKER, F. D., "PCS levels in egg yolks
    associated with embryonic mortality and deformity of hatched chicks",
    Arch.  Environ. Contain. Toxicol., 1, 312 (1973).

    BUSH,  B., TUMASONIS, C. F., BAKER, D. F., "Toxicity and persistence of
    PCB homokgues and  isomers in the avian system", Arch. Environ. Contain.
    Toxicol.. (in press).

    BUSH,  B., LO, FA-CHUN, "Thin layer chromatography for quantitative
    polychlorinated biphenyl analysis", J. Chromatogr.. 77, 377 (1973).

    SIS90NS, D., WELTI, D., "Structural identification of polychlorinated
    biphenyls in commercial mixtures by gas chromatography", J, Chromatoqr.,
    60, 15 (1971).

    WELTI, D., SISSONS, D., "The proton chemical shifts of polychlorinated
    biphenyls", Org. Mag. Resonance, 4, 309 (1972).
                            DISCUSSION
DANIELSON (Sweden)

1.   How precisely  do you draw conclusions about relative toxicity
of the  various chlorinated biphenyls from your experiments?

2.    Does not the  technical  PUB used in  the experiments contain
contaminants?


BUSH  (U.S.A.)

1.   Embryo-toxicity of the  residual PCBs mixture  deposited  in
the eggs by the  hens 9 weeks after the  termination of exposure
was more potent  than the residue deposited during  the build-up
phase  of the experiment.  Thus 50%  embryonic  mortality was
caused by approximately SO.mg/g PCB at  the beginning and by  only
10/mg/g during the clearance period.  Toxicity in  the hen at the
latter period  must be attributed to the components of peaks  12,
13 and 14, these being the  only PCB present at this time.  The
rat eliminated peak 12, and hence any  toxic effects observed
must  be attributed to peak  13 and 14 material.

 2.   The technical PCB used in these studies was  free  of mat-
 erials such as  the dioxins  to the best  of the author's know-
 ledge.

-------
                              887
       INFLUENCE DES PESTICIDES ORGANOPHOSPHORES SUR LE
         METABOLISME DES GRAISSES NEUTRES CHEZ LE RAT

             J, P, BUCHET, R, LAUWERYS ET H, ROELS

Unitfi de Toxicologie Industrielle et MSdicale, UniversitS Catho-
lique de Louvain, Bruxelles, Belgique
RESUME

     Le probleme toxicologique pose par I'utilisation sans cesse
ar>ois8ante dee pesticides organophoaphor&s eat I'effet a long
terme d'une exposition continue a de faiblee concentrations, pay
exemple sous la forme de residua alimentaires.   Outre I'inhi-
bition den cholineateraaeat I 'inactivation de nombreuses hydro-
loses peut §tre imputes aux eaters organophoaphorea;  c'est
notamment le aas d'enzymes importantea impliquees dans le meta-
bolisme des lipides.

     Des Etudes effectueee in vitro ont permia la caracterieation,
au moyen d'eatera organophoaphorea,  de diveraee activites gly-
c&ridaaiquea dana troia tiaaua du rat  (coeurt intestin, et tiaeu
adipeux).   Dans le but de verifier si I'inhibition de oes ao-
tivite's enzymatiquea obaerve'e in vitro ae reproduiaait in vivo
et} en mSme temps, d'en examiner lea oonsSquenaea eventuelles,
dee animaux ont ete aoumia (lea unat 3 moia;  d'autres, un an)
d un eater organophoaphor£ melange a I'alimentation (normale ou
enrichie de graisae).   AprSs sacrifice, diveraes activitea en-
zumatiques (Upases et cholinesteraaea) ont ete determineea;
divera dosagea de eonatituanta des graiaaes neutrea (acidea graa,
glyc£rol, cholesterol) ont en outre ete effeotues.

     Cea travaux prSliminairee permettent de mettre clairement
en evidence I'interference d'un eater  organophoephor&  avec le

-------
                              888
mgtabolisme des graisses neutres in vivo.   A des doses ou auoun
signe clinique d'intoxication ne peut encore Stre observe" t cer-
taines activites lipasiques tissulaires, subissent une reduction,
Cette diminution n'a toutefois pas la m§me importance que celle
subie par les cholinesteraaes, enzymes dont l'activit& reste le
meilleur temoin d'une exposition excessive aux eaters organophos-
phores.
ABSTRACT

     The toxicological problem raised by the ever-increasing use
of organo-phoaphorus  pesticides is the long-term effect ^f con-
tinued exposure to weak concentrations, for example in the form
of residues in food.   Apart from inhibition of the cholinestep-
ase8f the inactivation of numerous hydrolases can be attributed
to organo-phosphorus  esters.   This is especially the case with
certain important enzymes involved in lipidic metabolism.

     Various glyceridase activities were observed in vitro in
three rat tissues (heart, intestine and adipose tissue), using
organo-phoephorus  esters.   In order to see whether the inhibi-
tion of these enzyme activites which had been observed in vitro
would be reproduced in viyo^ and, at the same time, to examine
the possible consequences, an organo-phoephorus  ester was ad~
ministered to certain animals(in some cases for three months,
others for one year), mixed in with their food (normal or fat-
enriched).   After they had been killed, various enzyme activi-
ties (Upases and cholinesterases) were determined;  various
quantitative analyses of neutral fat constituents (fatty
glycerol, cholesterol) were also carried out.

-------
                              839
     This preliminary work showed clearly that an organo-phospho-
rus  eater does in fact interfere with the metabolism of neutral
fata in the living animal.   There ie a reduction in certain ac-
tivities of lipaae tissues even with doses which do not give rise
to any clinical signs of poisoning.   This reduction in activity,
however, is by no means as important as that suffered by the
cholinesterasest and it is the activity of these enzymes which is
the best indicator of excessive exposure to organo-phosphorus
esters.

-------
                                    890
 1.     Introduc jdon.
       L1action des esters organophosphores  sur  les  esterases  agissant prefe-
rentiellement sur les esters aliphatiques simples ou  les triglycerides a
courtes chaines d'acides gras a  fait 1'objet de nombreuses etudes.  Au
contraire, leur action sur les esterases hydrolysant  les glycerides a
longues chaines d'acides gras (en d'autres  termes les lipases) est encore
peu connue : seule la lipase pancreatique a regu quelque attention.
       Dans un premier temps, nos travaux ont eu pour  but la caracteriaation
des activites enzymatiques responsables de  1'hydrolyse des graisses neutres
dans les trois tissus du rat (coeur, intestin et tissu adipeux).  L'utili-
sation des esters organophosphores nous a permis de mettre en evidence dans
ces trois tissus des activites mono et diglyceridases.  Les resultats de
ces travaux ont ete publics [l-^J.
       Nous nous sommes orientes dans la suite vers I1etude des activites
triglyceridases de ces tissus.  Nous avons  constate que les deux activites
responsables de  l'hyd"olyse des triglycerides, a savoir la lipase hormono-
sensible (HSL) et la lipoproteine lipase (LPL), pouvaient toutes deux etre
inhibees aussi bien in vitro que in vivo par les esters organophosphores
(resultats non publics).  II etait done interessant de verifier 1'effet
sur le metabolisme lipidique d'une exposition continue a de faibles concen-
trations de pesticides organophosphores.
2.    Partie experimentale.
      Cinquante jours apres la naissance,des rats femelles (souche Sprague-
Dawley) ont ete sounds par groupes de dix pendant un  an a quatre types
d1alimentation dont la base est une farine  classique  : la farine DOS de la
firme U.A.R. {Villemoisson sur Orge, France).
      Le regime A est constitue de farine enrichie en matieres grasses par
addition de 20 % d'huile de mais ; le regime B  contient en plus 10 ppm de
I1ester organophosphore Triamiphos (T = 0)  ou 5~aniino-(bis dimethylamido)
phosphoryl 3~phenyl-1,2,U-triazole ; le regime  C est de la farine sans
aucune addition et enfin le regime D, la farine additionnee  de 10 ppm de
T = 0.  Chaque semaine les animaux ont ete peses et chaque mois du sang a
et6 preleve pour la determination de 1'activite cholinesterasique erythro-
cytaire de fagon a controler 1'absorption de 1'ester organophosphore.   Les
figures 1  et 2 montrent les courbes de poids corporel  et 1'evolution de i»
activite cholinesterasique des globules rouges durant le traitement.   L"
administration de 10 ppm de Triamiphos permet de maintenir un taux d'inhi-

-------
                                     891
     400
   ^300
   d
   Q
   s
   "•
   §200
   CL
   REGIME GRAS


*
1
§
§





u
100-
S
50S||
I
U

                    10
20
30           40
   TEMPS  (semaines)
Fig. 1  Courbe de poids et  activite  cholinesterase erythrocytaire des

        rats temoins et traites  au Triamiphos (regime normal).
        PJxposes (—  —; \^\]  )  ; controles  (-     - ;  i ;  ).
      400
    -300
    i '
    o


    I200
                                       REGIME NORMAL
                              1
                     10
 20

1



:
,




'

                                              30           40
                                                   TEMPS (semaines)
                                                                        50
                                          X
                                          --

                                          ui
                                          u)
                                          g

                                          U:
                                          Ifl
                                                                           •
                                                                           i •
Fig. 2  Courbe de poids et  activite  cholinesterase erythrocytaire des

        rats temoins et traites  au Triamiphos (regime gras).
        Exposes (	; i  I  )  ; controles  (	  - ; ,  t  } .

-------
                                    892
bition de la cholinesterase du sang total compris entre i»0 et 50 % (par
rapport a 1'activite cholinesterase des aniraaux temoins correspondents,
conside"ree comme 100 %}.
      Aucune difference dans 1'augmentation de poids n'est observee entre
le groups traite et celui non traite au pesticide, lorsque le regime est a
base de farine normale.  Par centre, lorsque de 1'huile de mais est ajoutee
les animaux soumis au triamiphos ont un poids nettement superieur a celui
des animaux temoins des la 10eme semaine.  Cette difference se maintient
pendant toute la periode d1observation et ce malgre I1augmentation de poids
constate'e a partir de la SOeme semaine chez les animaux temoins, soumis au
regime riche en graisse (A) par rapport aux temoins soumis au regime normal
(C).
      A la fin de la periode d'exposition, les animaux ont ete sacrifie"s
et las mesures suivantes effectuees :
- activite"s cholinesterases dans les homogenats de coeur, intestin et
  cerveau et dans le se"rum et le sang total,
- activite"s mono-, di- et  triglyceridaaes (HSL et  LPL) dano les  homogenate
  de coeur, intestin et tissu adipeux,
- contenu en acides gras, glycerol et cholesterol totaux des homogenats
  de coeur et d'aorte et concentration en acides gras libres du serum.
      L'examen de ces resultats, permet de degager les tendances suivantes:
- apres un an de regime riche en graisses ou non, certaines activites
  lipases ont subi une reduction de 1'ordre de 10 a 20 % sous 1'influence
  de 10 ppm de triamiphos (la difference n'est toutefois statistiquement
  significative avec les deux regimes, qu'en ce qui concerne la monogly-
  c^ridase du coeur),
- les activites cholinesterases subissent de plus importantes reductions et
  cheque fois significatives au seuil de 5 % ' ± **0 % pour le coeur et le
  sang total, + 25 % pour 1'intestin, + 75 % pour le s^rum et J 10 f seule-
 " ment pour le cerveau.  Cette dernie're inhibition tr§s iSgeTe, s'explique
  par le manque de permeabilite" de la barrifere he'mato-ence'phalique au meta-
  bolite actif du triamiphos [$]•
- en ce qui concerne les dosages d'acides gras, glycerol et cholesterol,
  les constatations suivantes peuvent etre faites (tableau 1) :
a. dans le se'rura des animaux soumis au regime normal contenant 10 ppm de
   triamiphos, la concentration en acides gras libres est reduite signifi-
   cativement de 30 %.  Get effet est peut etre la resultante d'une

-------
                                   893
              TABLEAU  I  : Dosage  des  constituents  des  graisses  apres
                          un  an de  traitement  au triamiphos  (10 ppm)
                          chez le rat.
       Substance dose'e
Regime normal
   (n - 10)
Regime gras
  (n = 7)
       Acidea gras litres
       du serum

       Acides gras totaux
       dans 1'aorte

       Glycerol total
       dans I1aorte

       Cholesterol total
       dans I1aorte
      69* +
      65
     122
    110
    100
                           91
    175
    * P<0.05
    + Re'sultats exprime"s en % du groupe te"moin.

reduction de la lipolyse (par inhibition de la HSL) chez les animaux
traitSs par le pesticide.  La concentration en acides gras libres du serum
ne change cependant pas chez les animaux sounds au regime gras et recevant
du triamiphos.
b. dans les homogenats d'aorte, les concentrations en acides gras et
   glyce'rol ne changent pratiquement pas chez lea animaux soumiB a 1'ester
   organophosphore" et au regime gras alors qu'elle tend § diminuer sans
   toutefois atteindre le seuil de signification chez les aniraaux soumis
   au regime normal et au pesticide : en ce qui concerne les dosages de
   cholesterol dans 1'aorte, on observe, suite a 1'administration du
   tri-amiphos, une augmentation de concentration de 22 % (P<0,01) chez
   les animaux soumis au regime normal et de 75 % (P<0,001) chez ceux
   soumis au regime gras.
3.   Conclusion.
     Ces travaux prSliminaires ont mis en Evidence 1'interference d'un
                                                              ,prf...
pesticide organophosphore avec le mStaboliame des lipides alors qu'aucun
aigne clinique d1intoxication ne peut encore etre observS.  ConcrStement,

-------
                                     894
 cette interference du triamiphos se traduit dans notre etude par  :
 - un gain de poids plus important des animaux sounds au regime gras,
 - la reduction des activates glyceridases de differents tissus du rat
   (reduction significative dans le cas de la monoglyceridase du coeur).
 - des differences de teneur en constituents des graisses dans le  serum et
   les homogenats de coeur et d'aorte, et specialement dans ce dernier
   tissu, une augmentation nette de la concentration en cholesterol.
 Ces observations suggerent que I1interference possible des pesticides
 organophosphores avec le metabolisme lipidique merite de retenir  I1atten-
 tion.  De telles investigations devraient d'abord etre repetees avec
 d'autres pesticides organophosphores a:'in de verifier si les reponses
 biologiques observees suite a 1*administration prolongee de triamiphos
 sont conmunes a d'autres representants de ce groupe de pesticides.

 Ce travail a etc finance par le Fonds de la Recherche Scientifique Medi-
 cale (projet 1198) et le Fonds de Developpement Scientifique (UCL).
 J.P. Buchet a beneficie d'un mandat de Charge de Recherches du Fonds
 National de la Recherche Scientifique.
References
1  BUCHET, J.P. et LAUWERYS, R., "Inhibition of rat heart diolein hydrolase
   and brain acetylcholinesterase by organophosphate esters in vitro"«
   Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 218, 369-371 (1970).

2  LAUWERYS, B. et BUCHET J.P., "Inhibition of diglyceridase and cholines-
   terase activity in rats by organophosphorus and carbamate esters", Tox.
   Appl. Fharmacol. . 19, 1*06 (1971).

3  BUCHET, J.P. et LAUWERYS, R., "Characterization of a diglyceride lipase
   in rat heart and intestine", Life Sciences, 10, 371-3J6 (1971).

U  BUCHET, J.P., ROELS, H. et LAUWERYS, R., "Further characterization of
   mono and diglyceride lipases in rat tissues", Life Sciences, l!*, 371-
   385 (1971*).

5   LAUWERYS,R.  et BUCHET,  J.P., "Studies on the mechanism of toxicity of
   the organophosphorus pesticide triamiphos", European J. PharmacQl. 16,
   361-366 (1971).

-------
                              895
      DISTRIBUTION AND METABOLISM OF POLYCHLOROBIPHENYLS

                M, BERLIN. J, C, GAGE/ S, HOLM

Department of Environmental Health, University of Lund, Sweden
ABSTRACT

     The relation between the structure of the polyohlorobiphen-
yls (PCBs) and their susceptibility to metabolic degradation has
been studied in the mouse.   The excretion and retention in fat
have been investigated with six pure compounds:  3, 5, 3 ',5'-tetra-
chlorobiphenyl (I), 2,5,3 ',4 '-tetraahlorobiphenyl  (II), 2,5,2',
4 ',5 ' -pentachlorobiphenyl (III), 2,3 ,4,2 ' ,4 ' ,6 ' -hexachlorobiphen-
yl (IV), 2,4,5,2',4',S'-hexachlorobiphenyl  (V) and 2, 3, 4, 2 ', 4 ',
5 '-hexaahlorobiphenyl (VI).   Compounds III, IV and  V were ob-
                     14
tained labelled with   C, the excretion of these three was meas-
ured over 21 days, and the retention of all six compounds in fat
was measured 7 and 21 days after dosing.

     The results obtained with III, IV and V conform with the
current view that two vicinal carbon atoms are involved in arom-
atic hydroxylation; III and IV have such an unsubstituted pair
and are not retained in fat and are vapidly excreted, while V,
which does not have the unsubstituted pair of carbon atoms, is
retained in fat and excreted only very slowly.   Compound VI,
however, disappears very slowly from fat although  it contains a
pair of unsubstituted carbon atoms in the 2,3 position, and it
is suggested that hydroxylation at this position is  blocked by
o_-chlorine substitution on the other ring, but only  if the two
rings are approximately co-planar.   With three o_-chlorine
atituentB in the molecule, as in IV, the two rings cannot be
co-planar, and hydroxylation at the 2,3 position ie  possible

-------
                              896
     The Zt4 position, as in II and III, is available for hydpoxy-
lation even with o_-Qhlorines on the other ping.   The tetrachloro
compound I does not contain two adjacent unsubstituted carbon
atoms, and its retention in fat is intermediate between the
Values obtained with PCBs that are slowly and rapidly excreted.
It seems likely that the 3,S-dichlorophenyl ring can undergo a
slower metabolism by a mechanism somewhat different than occurs
with II, III and IV.

-------
                                 897
   Over 70 different components containing up to 10 chlorine atoms
have been detected in the commercial mixtures of polychlorobiphenyls
(PCBs). Evidence in the literature is conflicting on the relative rates
of biodegradation of different PCBs, but it seems likely that the lower
chlorinated components, which form a considerable part of the PCBs>
liberated into the environment, are preferentially degraded in the
lower stages of food webs.  Jensen and Sundstrom [l] have  not
identified PCBs with fewer  than five chlorine atoms in human fat.
   Together with other laboratories in Sweden, we are  engaged in a
programme to assess  the risks to health from those PCBs that are
absorbed and  retained by man; this programme is supported by the
National Swedish Environment Protection  Board.  We have  already
presented our preliminary results on the distribution and retention in
the mouse of 2, 5, Z',41, 5'-pentachlorobiphenyl (Berlin et al. [2]}; a
PCB which occurs in traces in human fat.  This compound is rapidly
taken up by the tissues after oral or intravenous administration,
mainly  by the liver and brown fat,  and then it migrates  to the general
body fat where it reaches a maximum about 24 hr after  dosing, at a
time when the concentration in other tissues is falling rapidly. A
localized higher concentration was maintained in the nasal sinuses and
bronchi, and 32 days after the dose the lungs were the  most clearly
defined  organ in a whole-body autoradiogram, with radioactivity located
in the bronchial epithelium.  Radioactivity  is excreted in faeces with a
half-time of about 6 days, and we have subsequently shown that the
compound excreted is  mainly a free and conjugated hydroxy derivative
of the PCB.
   At a  meeting in Stockholm where these  preliminary  results were
discussed,  we suggested that the biodegradation of PCBs in the
environment might not be influenced primarily by the degree of
chlorination, but that it was dependent on the presence of two vicinal
unsubstituted carbon atoms  in the molecule,  a condition more likely to
be satisfied in low than in high chlorinated PCBs. This  was based on an
earlier  suggested mechanism for the hydroxylation of chlorobenzenes
(Jondorf et al.  [3j ), and is  in line with modern views on aromatic
hydroxylation (jerina [4j ).  We have now tested this hypothesis by
studying the retention and excretion by the mouse of six pure PCBs
(Fig 1),   supplied by Decent  C.A. Wachtmeiater of the Wallenberg

-------
                                 898
                                         Ci
                                                      Cl
                                Cl
                                         in
                            Cl
                                         Cl
                                     Cl
         Chemical structure of PCBs used in the experiments.

Laboratory,  University of Stockholm. Compounds  III,  IV and V were
                      14
obtained labelled with  C.
   The six compounds were administered orally in the lipid phase of
an aqueous emulsion to groups of 3-6 mice.  With the three radioactive
compounds the excretion of radioactivity over a 21-day period, and
the tissue retention  1,  7 and 21 days after dosing were determined as
described in our earlier publication. In addition, all of the compounds
were determined in  fat 7 and 21 days after dosing by the analytical
method of Jensen et al. [5J .
   Fig 2  shows the faecal excretion of the three radioactive PCBs III,
IV and V, expressed as a percentage of the dose; less than 1% of the
dose is excreted urine. Compounds III and IV,  both of which contain a
pair of unsubstituted.carbon atoms, are excreted with half-times of
about 6 days and 1 day  respectively, while compound V, which does
not contain the pair  of carbon atoms, is very slowly excreted.  As
expected, the differences between the rates of excretion are inversely
related to the retention of  radioactivity in fat and skin,  the main body
reservoirs of PCB (Fig 3). The very rapid excretion of IV  is not due

-------
                        899
       1OO
    •o
    «
    o
    X
    o
    k
    •
                   5        10       15

                     Days after dosing
                    20
25
   Fig. 2.  Excretion of  radioactivity  in  faeces
Dose
 165
  13
       fat   skin    liver
  31
 SO


 25


  0
 SO


 25


  O
150
                        1OO
                         SO
          7 days

          21 days
                                            &ea
         vertical lines Indicate range
Fig. 3. Retention of radioactivity In tissues


       calculated as PC B equivalent

-------
                                 900
to incomplete absorption from the gut, as 1 day after dosing the
concentration in liver per/ug dose was found to be more than double
that of the other two, and Fig 3 shows that it remained higher after 7
days. The concentrations of PCB in fat at 7 and 21 days  after dosing
are shown in Fig 4. The good agreement between the chemical and
radioactivity measurements with compounds III, IV and V indicates
that all of the radioactivity in fat was present as unchanged PCB.  The
results with these three compounds support our original hypothesis,
but the prolonged retention of hexachlorobiphenyl VI, which contains
two unsubstituted vicinal carbon atoms,  indicates that this is not the
only structural requirement for the metabolism of the PCBs.
   The recent investigation of Jensen and Sundstrom [l]  into the
retention of PCBs in human fat suggests an explanation of the failure
of compound VI to be metabolized and excreted. These authors found
that few PCBs with three or four o_-chlorine substituents were present
in fat, but PCBs with one or two £-chlorines were abundant, and they
suggested that £-chlorine substitution may influence metabolic
degradation. The structural difference between the two
hexachlorobiphenyls IV and VI  is IV,  which is rapidly metabolized,
             Dose   25    25    165    13    31
                                                  31
        O
        •o
           150
           100
        O   50
        o>
        c
                    I
                                     7  day*
                                    21  days
               Fig. 4.  Retention of  PCB  In fat
                                     D0   U
, ,
1








J
\

\
\
s
fy
^
'<,
^

ft
\


\
tf
't
>
2
;
>
. E

-------
                                 901
has three o-chlorines, while VI,  which is not metabolized, has only
two. With two £-chlorines the biphenyl molecule can assume a
co-planar configuration while with three £-chlorines it cannot,  and it
seems likely that £-chlorine  substitution can inhibit hydroxylation in
the 2, 3 position of the other ring, but  only if the two rings are
co-planar.
   Jensen and Sundstrom found traces  of III in human fat,  and rather
more of 3,4, 2', 3', 6'-pentachlorobiphenyl, and they concluded that
two £-chlorines could depress hydroxylation in the 3,4 position. Our
investigation has indicated that III is fairly rapidly metabolized in the
mouse, so the o-chlorine substituents  have little or no influence on
this pair of carbon atoms. The concentration in fat is,  however,  a
function of not only the rate of absorption but also of the rate of
intake,  and it is possible that these two pentachlorobiphenyls constitute
a considerable proportion of the PCBs in human diet, although positive
evidence of this is  not available.
   The low  retention of the tetrachlorobiphenyl II in fat is  to be
expected from the presence of a 3,4 pair of unsubstituted carbon  atoms,
but I, which contains no such pair,  shows a retention in fat that is
intermediate between that of II and of the slowly metabolized
hexachlorobiphenyls V and VI. Jondorf et al. fsj have shown that
1, 3, 5-trichlorobenzene  gives a small proportion of a hydroxy
derivative,  and it is possible that the 3, 5-dichlorophenyl group does
not undergo the rapid metabolism associated with a vicinal
unsubstituted pair of carbon atoms, but that degradation proceeds by
an alternative slower mechanism.

                          REFERENCES

1      JENSEN,  S. , SUNDSTROM, G.,  "Structures  and levels of most
       chlorobiphenyls in two technical PCB products and in human
       adipose tissue",  Ambio 3  (1974), in press.

2      BERLIN.  M. ,  GAGE, J.C.,  HOLM,  S., "The metabolism and
       distribution of 2, 4, 5, 2', S'-pentachlorobiphenyl  in the mouse",
       National Swedish Environ  Protection Board Publ 4E.  101-108,
       (1973).

-------
                               902
        JONDORF,  W.R., PARKE, D.V., WILLIAMS, R.T.,  "Studies

        in Detoxication. The metabolism of halogenobenzenes.  1, 2, 3-,

        1,2,4- and  1, 3, 5-trichlorobenzenes", Biochem. J. 61,

        512-521 (1955).


        JERINA, D. M. , "Hydroxylation of aromatics, chemical models

        for the biological processes", Chern. Technol. 3(2), 120-127

        (1973).


        JENSEN, S., JOHNELS,  A.G., OLSSON,  M., OTTERLIND,

        G. , "DDT and  PCB in herring and cod from the Baltic, Kattegat

        and Skagerak", Ambio Special Report 1, 71-85 (1972).
                        DISCUSSION
DANIEL  (U.K.)
1.   Have you  determined the level of  glutathione in the liner
following the  administration of the various  polychlorobiphenyls?

2.   Does the  degree of ortho-substitution affect the difference
spectrum given with microsomal suspensions.


HOLM  (Sweden)

     The present investigation has been  limited to a study of
the relation between the structure of  the  PCBs and their excretion
and retention  in fat.  It is hoped that  it may be possible to
extend the  investigation to include a  more detailed study of the
mechanism of biodegradation.  The point  raised by Dr. Daniel
will be  considered at that time.

-------
                              903
         RELATION OF THE PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL STATE OF A
           PLASTIC IZER, DI-C2-ETHYLHEXYDPHTHALATE
      (DEHP) TO ITS BIOLOGICAL DISPOSITION AND ACTION

                 R, J, RUBIN AND C, 0, SCHULZ
Department of Environmental Medicine, Johns Hopkins School of
Hygiene and Public Health, Baltimore, Maryland, USA
ABSTRACT

     DEHP, a highly water-insoluble plastiaizer which has been
shown to be widely distributed in the environment as well as to
be a contaminant of human blood stored in vinyl plastic bags, was
prepared in 3 different vehicles.  Each preparation represented
a different type and degree of oil-in-water dispersion.   These
were respectively: (2) a sonicated, aqueous emulsion which was
milky white and opaque, (2) a detergent-dispersed suspension in
S0% DMSO, 5% Tween 80 in saline which was opalescent, and (3) a
detergent-solubilized preparation in 25% DMSO, 10% Tween 80 in
saline which was completely transparent and, microscopically,
exhibited no droplets.  DEHP (250mg/kg iv) in each of these S
preparations, had a markedly different effect on in vivo reticulo-
endothelial (RE) function in rats, implicating the physical state
of the DEHP in the HE effect.  There appeared to be an optimal
droplet size for maximal inhibition of RE function with (3) having
no significant effect.  The kinetics of disappearance from blood
and distribution were also markedly different for DEHP in (1) and
(S).  In  (1), it disappeared biexponentially and accumulated pri-
marily unchanged in the liver while in (3) it disappeared mono-
eteponentially and accumulated primarily in the eviscerated car-
cass.  DEHP, solubilized in Tween 80, resulted in a respiratory
distress syndrome and lethality due to an acute alveolar inflam-
matory response which was not seen with either compound alone.
(Supported by grants ES34, ES 454 and ES 44887 from NIEHS and
contracts NAS-S-22071 from NASA and 72-29903 from NHLI).

-------
                              904
1. INTRODUCTION.  The annual American production of phthalate
ester plasticizers is approximately one billion pounds [1].
With recent evidence of its widespread environmental distribu-
tion and contamination of human blood stored in plastic bags,
considerable interest has centered on its potential toxicologic
hazard  [2], Because DEHP, the most widely used phthalate, is a
water-insoluble oil, we have been interested in its disposition
and biological effect when administered in various vehicles
that result in different physical states. Three different form-
ulations have been studied:  (1) a sonicated emulsion in 3% gum
acacia  (DEHP=50 mg/ml).  This preparation is milky white and
completely opaque.  Under phase contrast microscopy it
exhibits 19xl06 droplets/ml with a diameter of 1.9-2.6y,
(2) a detergent-dispersed suspension in a vehicle of 50% DMSO
and 5% Tween 80 in saline  (DEHP=100 rag/ml). This preparation
is opalescent and contains 5.4xl06 droplets/ml of diameter
10.5-15P-  (3) a detergent-solubilized preparation in a vehicle
of 25%  DMSO and 10% Tween  80 in saline  (DEHP=50 mg/ml). This
preparation is completely  transparent and under phase contrast
microscopy exhibits no visible droplets.  Extensive Brownian
movement suggests subraicron  solubilized micelles of DEHP.
Dilution of these 3 preparations with rat plasma to an extent
that mimics their in  vivo  dilution results in the settling out
of additional oil droplets with the first two preparations
but has no effect on  the solubility of DEHP in the third.
2. RESULTS. In Table  1 are shown the effects of the three
different  formulations of  DEHP on in vivo reticuloendothelial
function in rats. The dose-response curve for formulation  (1)
is shown for doses  of DEHP between 125-500 mg/kg.  There
is no  significant alteration at 125 mg/kg with the maximum
inhibitory effect seen at  250 mg/kg.  At  this latter dose  the

-------
                              905
detergent-dispersed preparation  (formulation  (2)) produces an
approximately 2.5 fold greater effect while the detergent-
solubilized preparation (formulation  (3)) results in no
significant alteration.  These results clearly implicate the
particle size and number in the RE effect and indicate no
direct inhibitory effect of DEHP.

                          TABLE  1.

 EFFECT OF  DEHP  ON  RETICULOENDOTHELIAL FUNCTION  IN  RATS

                    %  CHANGE IN  CLEARANCE HALF-TIME
 DOSE                       FORMULATION
 mg/kg iv            (1)	(2)	(3)
 125                -  9 ± 5
 250                +75 ± 5*     +210  ± 10     +10  ±  5
                           *
 500                +77 ±5
 Twenty-four hours  after  the  administration of  the  indicated
 doses of  DEHP or appropriate vehicle  for  each  formulation,
 a  test dose of  carbon  particles was injected i.v.  and  the
 clearance of the carbon  from the blood was followed.   The
 carbon clearance was monoexponential.  Half-time was
 calculated from the rate of  clearance and the  data are
 shown as  the mean  % change in  clearance half-time  from the
 respective vehicle-injected  controls  ± S.E.M.   Increases
 in clearance half-time represent paralysis of  RE function.
 *
    - p<.001

-------
                              906
     The clearance rates of both emulsified and solubilized
DEHP are shown in Table 2.  The emulsified DEHP disappears
biexponentially with rate constants for the initial rapid a
phase and slower 3 phase of .200 and .021 min  , respectively.
In addition, approximately 90% of the injected dose disappears
from the blood during the ot phase.  The solubilized DEHP
disappears monoexponentially with a rate constant of .036
min  , which is not significantly different from that of the
0 phase for the emulsified DEHP.  No rapid distribution phase
is seen.
                          TABLE 2.
         KINETICS OF DEHP DISAPPEARANCE FROM  BLOOD

  FORMULATION      FIRST-ORDER RATE CONSTANT (min" )_(x±SEM)_
                          a  phase          B phase
  Emulsion in
  4% BSA               .200  ±  .082       .021 ± .017
  Detergent-
  solubilized               	          .036 ± .055
    C-labelled DEHP at a dose of 200 mg/kg was injected i.v.
  in the indicated formulation.  At 2, 5, 15, 30, 45, and 60
  minutes, blood samples were taken and the amount of unchanged
  DEHP remaining in the blood was determined.  After 1 hour
  approximately 5% of the initial concentration of the
  emulsified DEHP and 20% of the solubilized DEHP remained in
  the blood.  In these experiments DEHP was emulsified in 4%
  bovine serum albumin (BSA).  Visually and microscopically
  this preparation was similar to the one in 3% gum acacia.
  Preliminary experiments indicate that the in yiyg rates of
  disappearance from blood are also similar.

-------
                              907
     In Table 3 is shown the distribution of emulsified and
solubilized DEHP at 1 and 24 hours after i.v. injection.  It
can be seen that the liver contains 48.4% of the emulsified
dose as unchanged DEHP after 1 hour; after 24 hours this
organ still retains 9.6% of the dose.  In contrast, at 1 and
24 hours the liver contains only 11.3 and 0.2% of the solu-
bilized dose, respectively.  Likewise, significant amounts of
the emulsified DEHP are found in the spleen at 1 and 24 hours
while only small or trace amounts of the solubilized DEHP
are recovered in that organ.  In contrast to the preferential
uptake of the emulsified DEHP into liver and spleen, the
solubilized DEHP is recovered primarily in the eviscerated
carcass (i.e. skeletal muscle and bone).  Note the lack of a
significant difference in the distribution of the two forms
of DEHP into lung. In spite of its lack of a major accumula-
tion in the liver, the solubilized DEHP is readily metabolized
to water-soluble metabolites. In fact, after 1 hour there is a
slightly but significantly greater accumulation of metabolites
in the liver, and after 24 hours a significantly greater amount
of the solubilized DEHP is recovered in the urine and feces
as metabolites.
     During these experiments we noted that rats given the
detergent-solubilized DEHP die in respiratory distress at
doses of DEHP which have no overt effects when administered
as aqueous emulsions.  The respiratory distress begins almost
immediately and death occurs within 90 minutes.  At autopsy
the lungs are grossly enlarged and covered with dark, hemorr-
hagic patches.  The DMSO, Tween 80-containing vehicle alone
does not produce the pulmonary damage and subsequently we
found that DMSO could be left out of the preparation without

-------
                                 TABLE 3.
                   TISSUE DISTRIBUTION OF 2 DOSAGE FORMS OF DEHP
                         (% of injected dose: 200 mg/kg iv)
                  EMULSIFIED
SOLUBILIZED
% recovered as DEHP (±SE)
LIVER
CARCASS
SPLEEN
LUNG
1 hr.
48.4+5.2
12.1±3.1
6.1H.O
1.2±0.1
24 hrs.
9.6±1.4
2.910,2
1.810.4
0.3±0.02
% recovered as H.O-soluble
LIVER
CARCASS
EXCRETA :
1 hr.
1.7±0.3
1.610.6
4.3+1.6
24 hrs.
1.2+0.3
0.210.1
53.212.8
1 hr.
**
11.3 +0.5
33.5**+1.7
0.6* +0.08
1.3 10.2
metabolites
1 hr.
3.0* ±0.3
10.9**±1.8
6.2 ±0.5
24 hrs.
0.2 ±0.05
**
12.4 ±4.0
**
TRACE
vO
0.2 ±0.05 »
(±SE)
24 hrs.
0.5 ±0.05
0.6 10.2
66.9* ±4.3
 Intest.  cont,
 Feces
 Urine

            **
p<0.05  or    p<0.01 when compared to corresponding emulsified  distribution

-------
                               909
 altering the respiratory syndrome and lethality. Table 4 shows

 the effect of Tween 80-solubilized DEHP on lung weight/body

 weight ratios and lethality in rats.  The varying doses of

                           TABLE 4.
            LETHALITY OF TWEEN 80-SOLUBILIZED DEHP AND
                  EFFECT ON LUNG WEIGHT IN RATS

                  LETHALITY           WET_LUNG WT/BODY WT
             No.  Dead/No.  Treated       (x ±  SEM)xlQ3

  DEHP       vehicle       DEHP       vehicle      DEHP #
  Dose       injected    treated      injected   treated
  mg/kg      controls    	      controls
  200           0/10         0/10        5.02±0.15*   5.85±0.17+

  250           0/8          4/17        4.78±0.14*   6.18±0.36+

  300           0/13        10/15        4.7510.12*   7.1710.62*
  *
  Not  significantly  different  from  non-injected  controls
   (4.6910.16)
  **
   Data  reported only  for  animals surviving  for  90 minutes

  Statistically different  from corresponding vehicle-injected
  controls  (p<.01)
DEHP were achieved by injecting various volumes of the same
concentration of DEHP in  13.3% Tween  80.  Each dose level was
controlled by a group of  rats receiving an equal volume of
vehicle alone.  The vehicle alone produces no significant
alterations in lung weight/body weight ratios when compared
to non-injected controls.  In addition, no deaths are seen
with the vehicle-injected controls.  However, a clear dose-
response relationship can be seen for lung weight/body weight

-------
                              910
ratios and lethality as a function of DEHP dose.  The acute
LD5Q for the DEHPrTween 80 solution lies between 250-300 mg/kg.
At 150 mg/kg there are no overt symptoms and the lung weights
are not significantly different from controls. We have further
observed that the administration of 300 mg/kg of corn oil or
another closely related plasticizer, di(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate
solubilized in Tween 80 produces no lung alterations nor
deaths.  Thus, the results shown in Table 4 must be due to some
specific interaction between the micellar DEHP and Tween 80.
Histologically, vehicle-injected lungs are indistinguishable
from non-injected control lungs.  The pulmonary lesion seen
with solubilized-DEHp is due to an acute alveolar inflammation
and is characterized by a dramatic thickening of the intra-
alveolar septa arising from the migration of polymorphonuclear
leukocytes from the capillaries.  As the acute pathology
progresses, other blood elements can be seen in the alveolar
walls; occassionally, migration across the wall into the air
spaces themselves can also be seen.  Time course studies
indicate that the pathological lesion is fully developed with-
in 15 minutes after injection and, in animals that survive,
can be seen for at least 50 hours.  In addition, the lesion
can also be seen histologically following doses of DEHP as
low as 50 mg/kg.
3. CONCLUSION. These experiments demonstrate that alteration
of the physical state of the dosage form of DEHP leads to
differences in biological activity, kinetics of disappearance
from the blood, tissue distribution, and, perhaps most import-
antly, unmasks a type of pathology not previously seen. These
results emphasize the necessity for knowledge of the physical
state of DEHP in evaluating its toxicologic potential and
signals a concern for the interaction with Tween surfactants
that are so readily available in the human diet.

-------
                                 911
  REFERENCES



  1.   Graham,  P.R.  "Phthalate Ester Plasticizers - Why and

          How  They  Are Used".  Env. Health Perspectives 3_:3

          (1973).   DHEW Publication No.  (NIH)  73-218.



  2.   conference on Phthalic Acid Esters.   Env.  Health

          Perspectives Vol.  3 (1973).   DHEW Publication

          No.  (NIH) 73-218.



                          DISCUSSION


De BROIN (Netherlands)

Two questions:
1.   Type of metabolic change of DHEP and structure of metabolites?

2.   May DEHP be categorized as a microsomal enzyme inhibitor in
view of its effects upon barbital sedative action?


RUBIN (U.S.A.)

1.   First a mono-deesterification of the DEHP to form the monoester,
MEHP.  This is followed by oxidation of the terminal carbons of the
remaining side-chain to form the alcohol,  ketone and terminal carboxyl
group.  This is followed by 3-oxidation that results in a shortening
the sidechain by 2  carbons.

2.   Although DEHP  prolongs hexabarbital sleeping time, our studies
indicate that it does not do so by inhibiting the microsomal meta-
bolism.  It apparently affects the distribution of the hexabarbital
to the brain or perhaps even brain sensitivity to the bariturate.


BUSH  (U.S.A.)

     Did you measure passage of your emulsions and mycellular
dispersions through the Gl tract?

-------
                              912
RUBIN (U.S.A.)

     Following the oral administration of DEHP in corn oil, we
have observed the almost quantitative  excretion of the DEHP as
water soluble metabolites in the urine and feces.  The presence
of these metabolites  in urine indicates the passage of either
the DEHP or its metabolites  through the systemic circulation.
However, we have not been able to find any evidence of DEHP or
its metabolites in the blood following oral administration
(single intragastric dose).  We interpret these results to mean
that the rate of GI absorption is slow while metabolic conversion
and urinary excretion of metabolites are rapid.  This would tend
to minimize the accumulation of either DEHP or its metabolites
in the systemic circulation.

-------
                              913
        THE EFFECT OF MERCAPTODEXTRAN AND N-ACETYLHOMO-
         CYSTEINE ON THE EXCRETION OF MERCURY IN MICE
              EXPOSED TO METHYL MERCURIC CHLORIDE
                  J, AASETH+ AND T, NORSETH++
+  University of Oslo, Rikshospitalet, Oslo, Norway
++ Institute of Occupational Health, Oslo, Norway
ABSTRACT

     In order to prevent the reabsorption of biliary excreted
mercury in methyl mercuric chloride exposed mice, the animals
were treated- with a macromolecular polythiol (Meroaptodextran)
synthesized by thiolating a dextran compound using N-aoetylhomo-
oyteine thiolactone.

     The polythiol given in food at a concentration of 5% reduced
the average biological half time of mercury from 11.6 days to 5.9
days.   Faecal excretion of mercury compounds was not changed
during 10 dayst but urinary excretion increased by a factor of S.

     The effect of the maoromoleoule seems to be related to N-
acetylhomooyeteine being released in the gastrointestinal tract.
N-aoetylhomocyeteine thiolaotone had the same effect as the macro-
molecule.   Corresponding results could be obtained by intravenous
injection of N-acetylhomooysteine.   The mechanism seems to inc-
lude the formation in the gastrointestinal tract and in the blood
of a N-aoetylhomooyeteine-methyl-merourio complex.   This complex
is easily absorbed when formed in the gastrointestinal traott and
it is rapidly excreted in the urine.

-------
                                  914
1.    Introduction.
      Biliary excretion of  methyl mercuric salts  is  higher than
faecal excretion indicating intestinal reabsorption (Norseth,
Clarkson fl] ).   A  sulphydryl  substituated poly vinyl has been
demonstrated to increase the elimination probably by complexing
mercury in the gastrointestinal tract (Clarkson, Small,  Norseth
[ Zj).  The aim  of  the present investigation is to study the  effect
of mercaptodextran,  a thiolated dextran of high molecular weight
(Jellum, Aaseth,  Eldjarn[3]),  on mercury excretion and retention
after exposure of mice to  methyl mercuric chloride.

2.    The  effect of Mercaptodextran on excretion of mercury.
      Female mice weighing about 20 g were given a single
intravenous injection of 5 /umol Hg/kg as  radiolabelled  methyl
mercuric chloride.  Mercaptodextran (SH-500) was synthesized from
dextran with average molecular weight  of  500,000 (Eldjarn,  Jellum
 [4]).  Ten mice  were given a diet containing 5% SH-500,  and
10 mice served as controls.   The animals were  started on  the
diet  to  be  tested  48  hours prior to the injection of methyl mercuric
chloride.   Radioactivity was determined every other day in  the
whole animal using a whole  body counter.   The semilogarithmic
graphs  of  the body burden of mercury in  control  and treated animals
is seen to be approximately linear  over the time period of obser-
vation.   Accordingly a constant fraction of the body burden  was
excreted per  time unit, and the biological half-times (  t ± )  of
                                                          2
mercury can  be calculated according to the  formula
      B_ : B   .  e "  7"t  where  >-  = In2/ti
       to                            2
                                B  = initial body burden of mercury
                                B  = body  burden  of  mercury after
                                                   a  time period t
Mercaptodextran reduced the biological half-time  of  mercury after
exposure to methyl mercuric chloride from  11  days in control
animals  to 5.9  days  in the treated  animals ( Fig. 1).
      Thus Mercaptodextran  decreased the biological  half-time  of
mercury by a factor of two,  which equalized the  reduction previously
shown for  a polyvinyl  resin  (Clarkson,  Small, Norseth I 2)).
      During the treatment with Mercaptodextran  radioactivity in

-------
                                 915
 O)
J£
 O>
 O
1
3
i
2
i i
4
i

i i
6
i
8
1

1
10
                                     Days
 Fig. 1
Retention of mercury in 2 groups of 10 mice at different
time intervals after  a  single intravenous injection of
methyl mercuric chloride.  Triangles  indicate mean
values in the control group,  and squares  indicate  values
in the  group treated with food  containing 5% mercapto-
dextran (SH-500).  Standard  deviation is given in the
figure.

-------
                                916
faeces and urine  was determined daily.   The total amount of
mercury  excreted in  faeces  and  urine  during 10 days is shown in
Fig.  2.   Faecal  excretion of mercury unexpectedly did not change
as  a  result of treatment with SH-500.   Mercaptodextran,  however,
increased the urinary output of mercury by  a factor of 5.   About
40% of the dose  given was recovered in the urine of experimental
animals  versus about 8% in the  urine  of  controls.
                      FAECES
                40  r
             S
             o
             _  20
             5
             £
                        SH-500   Cont.
                      URINE
             8
             •g
             £
                20
                        SH-500   Cont.
Fig. -2    Mercury excretion for  10 days in faeces and urine from
          the same  groups of mice  after a single intravenous
          injection of methyl mercuric chloride.
          The bars  denoted SH-500  and cont.  represent mean
          excretion  from mice treated orally with SH-500 and from
          the controls,  respectively.   Experimental range is
          indicated.

-------
                                 917
 3.    The effect of N-acetylhomocysteine and  its thiolactone  on
      excretion of mercury.
      As  the  synthesis  of  Mercaptodextran  involves  the  use of
 N-acetylhomocysteine thiolactone, the latter compound was mixed
 in the diet of a mouse  group in  a concentration of  10/umol/g  food.
 The thiolactone appeared to have an  effect almost similar to that
 of Mercaptodextran.
      The similar effect of Mercaptodextran and N-acetylhomo-
 cysteine  thiolactone indicates that the active  agent in both cases
 is N-acetylhomocysteine.   The thiolactone  is  easily  hydrolyzed,
 and  the macromolecule SH-500 ( = N-acetylhomocysteinylaminoethyl-
 dextran)  may well  release  N-acetylhomocysteine in  the  gastro-
 intestinal  tract by  enzymatic cleavage.
      In order to identify  the active agent,  groups of mice were
 given intravenous injection of  500/umol/kg  of SH-20 (mercapto-
 dextran,  average molecular weight 20.000), N-acetylhomocysteine
 thiolactone or N-acetylhomocysteine immediately after the mercury
 injection,  6 mice served as controls.  Urinary excretion of
 mercury  was increased by a factor  of about  5 when N-acetylhomo-
 cysteine  was given  intravenously (Fig. 3).   Treatment with SH-20
 or N-acetylhomocysteine thiolactone was  less  efficient.
      The latter experiment supports  the hypothesis  that N-acetyl-
 homocysteine released  in the gastrointestinal  tract is responsible
 for the effect of Mercaptodextran.   Thus,  in  the gut a  complex
 may be formed v/hich is different from that normally excreted in
 the bile.   This compound,  probably a methyl  mercuric-N-acetyl-
 homocysteine complex is,  in the same way as the biliary complex,
 easily reabsorbed,  but  is  rapidly excreted  in  the  urine.
      Provided  that only the biliary  excreted mercury in the gut
 is available for  complexation,  the highest estimated effect is a
reduction of the biological half-time of mercury by  a factor  of 4.
 By  increasing the dose  of  N-acetylhomocysteine thiolactone to  10
and 30/umol/kg per day given in the food the biological half-time
was  reduced  to 1.3 and 1.1 days respectively, versus 8.1 days
in the controls.   This  reduction  in the biological half-time by a
factor of  about 7  is incompatible with the hypothesis of complex-
ation  only of  biliary excreted mercury in the  gut.   The formation

-------
                                918
               10  r
                     FAECES
           41
           8

                      SH-20    NAHT    NAH    Cont.
                    URINE
               10  r
01
13
•*-
O
"c

I
                                rfl
                                 \
                      SH-20    NAHT
                             NAH
Cont.
Fig. 3    Mercury excretion for  2  days in faeces  and urine from
          mice after a single intravenous  injection of methyl
          mercuric  chloride.   The bars denoted SH-20,  NAHT,  and
          NAH represent mean excretions  from  12,  6,  8,  and
          6 mice, treated intravenously with 500/umol/kg  of
          mercaptodextran (SH-20), N-acetylhomocyateine thiolactone
          or N-acetylhomocysteine, and the column denoted  cont.
          represents excretion from 6  control animals.  The bars
          showing urinary excretion indicate values  for  the  first
          and second day.   Experimental range  is indicated for
          each group.

-------
                                919
of a rapidly  excreted complex,  possibly  between methyl mercury
and N-acetylhomocysteine, accordingly is thought to  occur in the
blood as well as in the gut.
     References
     NORSETH,  T. ,  CLARKSON, T.W., "Intestinal  transport of
     203Hg-labelled methyl  mercury  chloride:  Role  of biotransfor-
     mation in rats", Arch. Environ. Health,  p.  568 (1971).

     CLARKSON, T.W., SMALL, H. ,  NORSETH,  T. , "Excretion
     and absorption of methyl mercury after polythiol resin
     treatment", Arch.  Environ.  Health,  26,  p.  173 (1973).


     JELLUM,  E. ,  AASETH, J. , ELDJARN,  L. ,  "Mercaptodextran,
     a metal  chelating and  di sulphide-reducing polythiol of high
     molecular  weight",  Biochem. Pharmacol. , 22,  p.  1179(1973).


     ELDJARN,  L. ,  JELLUM,  E. ,   "Organomercurial-poly-
     saccharide, a chromatographic  material  for the separation
     and isplation of SH-proteins", Acta  Chem. Scand. ,  17,
     p. 2610  (1963).

-------
                              921
         POLLUTION DES ALIMENTS PAR LES HYDROCARBURES
      PARAFFINIQUES:  ETUDE DU DEVENIR DE CES SUBSTANCES
                  CHEZ LES ANIMAUX SUPERIEURS

                          J, TULLIEZ

Laboratoire de Recherches sur les Additifs alimentaires, INRA-
CNRZ, Jouy-en-Josas, France
RESUME

     L1etude du metaboliame dea hydrooarburee aliphatiquee chest
lee mammifevee preaente un interSt certain, a la lecture de plu~
aieure travaux reoente, faiaant etat de I'augmentation trds nette
depuie 1940 tdee cae de lipidoae folliculaire de la rate et de
I'accumulation d'hydrocarburea dane lea nodulea lymphatiquea ches
I'homme,  Dee hydrooarburea aliphatiquea ont egalement ete isoles
du tieeu arteriel et dee plaques ath6vomateit.eea ohez I'homme.
Dee ISaione, aolSroaee et degenSreaoenoea ont ete provoqueea ohea
le rat et le lapin apres ingeation prolongSe de doses importantee
d'huilee mineralee.   Lea hydrocarburea ieolSe dea tiaaua humaina
ont pu Stre identified oomme provenant de I'ingeation d'huilee
minSvalea qui aeulea renferment dea cyoloparaffineaf en revanche,
lea n-alcanea peuvent provenir egalement dea alimentst lea vege-
taux renfermant & l'6tat naturel de 0,001 d, 0,1% de n-alaanea
lourda (Cl? a °31).

     E« dehora de tout usage thevapeutique ou di&tetique, la
quantite annuelle d'hydrocarburea ingirea par individu a ete
evalu&e d. 400g aux Etate-Unie.   La FDA a evalue a SOg/an/individu.
la quantitS d'huilee miner ale 8 ingereea.   L'origine de oea der-
nidrea ae aitue au niveau dea traitementa teohnologiquea alimen-
tairea (enrobage dea fruita, revStement intdrieur dea emballagea
alimentairea en carton, agent de dfmoulage ...).

-------
                               922
     Le d&veloppement recent de  la production de  levures d'alcanea
destinies & I 'alimentation animale et plus tard sans doute a Z
mentation humaine pose un probleme analogue.   Ces levures^
elles sont cultivees BUT gas-oil* oontiennent des residua d'hydro-
carbures (ayalo et iso-paraf fines) dont le taux maximum autorisg
est de Ot08%.   Des sources nouvelles de protSines , telles les
algues spirulines, aontiennent des quantites non negligeables
d'hydrocarbures (0,15% d' hep tade" cane ) .
     Les travaux suivants sont
     - Une etude de I' absorption des diffSrentes paraffines et
des quantit£s rSaiduelles non metabolise' es3 fixees dans la oar-
casse de I'animal.

     - Une experience destinee d. suivre I 'accumulation de I'hepta-
deoane dans les carcasses et lea diffSrents tissus de rats rece~
vant un rSgime oil les spirulines constituent la source unique
prot&ines .

     - Une etude plus fine du stockage realisee, &galement aur
ratst (J la suite de I'ingestion d'un regime alimentaire renfermant
une dose elevee de dodecyleyclohexane.   Un niveau de saturation
des tissus en ce produit ayant ete atteint, I 'Evolution de la
quantit^ stockee a ete etudiee ohez des rats eoumis d un
amaigrissant.
ABSTRACT

     Several recent studies noting the very distinct rise since
1940 in the incidence in humans of follicular lipidosis of the
spleen and hydrocarbon accumulation in the lymph nodules are of
considerable interest in the study of the metabolism of

-------
                               923
hydrocarbons in mammals.  Aliphatic hydrocarbons have also "been
isolated in human arterial tissue and atheromatous plaques.  Pro-
longed ingeetion by rats and rabbits of considerable quantities
of mineral oils produced lesions, scleroses and degenerative ef-
fects.  It has been possible to identify the source of hydrocar-
bons isolated in human tissues as the ingestion of mineral oils,
which are the only source of cycloparaffins.  On the other hand,
•n-alkanes can also come from food, since plants contain in their
                                       C      C
natural state between 0.001% and 0.1% ( 17 to  31) of heavy n-alkanet

     The annual hydrocarbon intake per person, apart from that ta-
ken for therapeutic or dietetic purposes, has been estimated in the
United States as 400g.   The FDA has estimated the intake of mineral
oils per person per year as 50gt the source of which is to be found
in technological food processing (wrappings of fruit, inner lining
of cardboard food containers, non-stick coatings, etc.).

     A similar problem is created by the recent development of
alkane yeast production for animal feeding and later, doubtless,
for human food.  When these yeasts are cultured on fuel oil, they
contain hydrocarbon residues (cyclo- and iso-paraffins), the maxi-
mum permissible proportion of which is 0.08%.  New sources of
proteins, such as spiruline algae, contain not inconsiderable
amounts of hydrocarbons (0.15% heptadecane).

     The following studies are presented:
     - A comparative study of the absorption of different paraf-
fins and non-metabolized residues in the animal carcass.
     - An experiment to trace the accumulation of heptadecane in
the carcasses and different tissues of rats given a diet «n which
spirulines constitute the sole source of proteins.
     - A closer study of the storage in rats given a diet with a
large dodecylayolohexane content.  When the saturation of the tis-
sues with this substance reached a certain level, the development
of the quantity stored was studied in rats subjected to a reducing
diet.

-------
                                   924
     Introduction
     Les hydrocarburas aliphatiques ont ate1 mis en evidence chaz las memmi-
feres 11 y a deja longtemps, mais la role biologlque de ces substances,
souvent conside'rees comme inertes, n'sst pas clair, Ds nombreuses etudes
effectuees sur te Rat, IB Poulet, IBS ruminants at les poissons ont permis
de deceler das n- at das cyclo-alcanas ainsi qua das paraffines ramifie'as
au nivsau de divers organes et tissus, at en particulier dans la foie, la
rate at 1'ancephale. Las paraffines sont figalement prasantes chez 1'Homme
ou leur existsnce a 6ta signalee dans la rate, IB foie, las ganglions  lym-
phatiquas m^sente'riques, las ganglions du systema porta hfipatique, las tis-
sus da 1'ertere femorala at dans IBS maninges.
     L1absorption des hydrocarburas aliphatiquas 93t maintenant bien admi-
se, aussi attribue-t-on laur presence chaz les animaux superieurs a una
origina alimentaira (vegfitaux en particuliar) et, en ce qui concerns las
cycloparaffines, aux contaminations des aliments par les huiles minerales.
Les quantities ingerees par 1'Homma sont en augmentation constants,, compte
tenu d'une part de 1'usage des huiles da paraffins en technologie alimen-
taire lenrobage das fruits, ravfitement interieur das emballap;es alimantai-
res en carton, agent da demoulage), 3 des fine thSrapeutiques ou dans des
regimes basse-calorie, et d'autre part, das hydrocarbures accumulfis chez
diverses especes animales dont nous consommons les tissus,
     Le dSveloppement recant de la production de levures d*alcanas desti-
nies a 1'alimentation animale et plus tard sans doute a I1alimentation
humaina, pose un problems analogue. Ces levures, lorsqu'alles sont culti-
v6es sur gas-oil, contiennent des rfisidus d'hydrocarbures (cyclo at iso-
paraffines) dont la taux maximum autorisfi est de 0.08 \, Enfln, des sources
nouvelles de protsines, tellss les algues apirulines, contiennent des quan-
titis non nSgligeables d'hydrocarhures [0,15 % d'heptadecane).
     L'ingestion d'origina allmantalra a et6 Svaluee a 400 g/tfite/an aux
U.S.A.,quantit6 a laquelle 11 faut ajouter 50 g d'hulles minfirales. On peut
se demander quelles sont les repercussions de telles quantitds ingfirees sur
I'organiame humain. En affet, BOITNOTT et MARGOLIS ont fitabli une corrfila-
tlon antre la quantlt£ d'inclusions sous forme de gouttalattes dans IB foie
volre mime la degonerescence das cellules he"patiquas et la quantit§ meaurfie
d'hydrocarbures dans ce tissu t d'autre part, lls ont mis en Evidence une
relation antre Is nombre da cas de lipidose folliculaire de la rate et
I'utillsation ou la consommation crolssante d'huiles minerales depuls 1940.

-------
                                  925
LIBER et ROSE. etudiant les cas de lipidose folliculaJre. ont constatS qua
les rates da sujets attaints etaient plus riches en Isomeres ramifies tan-
dis qua les rates normales contanaiant sssentiellement das n-alcanes. CAIN
a montre qua les meninges de sujets attaints de meningiomes ranferment das
quantities de paraffines plus importantes qua eelles de sujets sains. Une
constatation identique a et6 faite au niveau de 1'aorte de lapins souf-
frant d'atheroacleross. De plus, das lesions, scleroses et d£generescances
ont etd provoquees chez le Rat et la Lapln apres ingestion prolongee de
doses irnportantes d'huiles minerales. Enfin.l 'utilisation accrue de pesti-
cides ou de produits aglssant en synergie avec les pesticides, peut fitre
a 1'origins de 1'augmentation des paraffines tissulaires chez les mammifa-
res, du fait de leur role inhibiteur des processus de detoxification micro-
somale.
     II Qxiste quelques travaux concernant 1'absorption d'huiles minerales
et des differentes classes d'alcanes chez le Rat et les ruminants. Les taux
de retention apparente (ingere molns excrete) ont 6tS determines pour dif-
ferentes longueurs de chalne et les voles d'absorption stabiles.
     Nous rapportons lei les travaux concernant 1'absorption, la retention
et 1'accumulation chez le Rat de divers hydrocarbures paraffiniques.
I. Bilan metabolique at retention
   Les experiences ont port6 sur :
                                         Heptadecane
                                         Elcosane
     - Cinq n-parafflnes                 Hfineicoaans
                                         Tetracosane
                                         Dot rlacontane

     - Deux cyclo-paraffines             Dodecylcyclohexane
                                         Heptadecylcyclohexane
     - Deux paraffineB ramifieas         2,2,4,4,6.8.6. heptamethylnonane
                                         2,6,10,14 tetramethylpentadecane
                                         (Priatana)
     Pour cheque hydrocarbure etudie, huit rats femelies de 150 g environ
recoivent individuellement au jour 0 une dose de 15 mg du produit consi-
dera, incluse dano leur nourrlture en solution dans 1'hulls d'arachide
entrant dans la ration. Urines et faces de trois rate sent collectea pen-
dant dix jours tandls que pour 1'etude de la retention, les animaux sont
abattua respectivament 1.2.3,5.7,10,15 at 21 Jours apres 1'administration.

-------
                                    926
     Les conclusions de  ces  premieres etudes sont IBS suivantes :
     Las hydro carburea envisages n'ont donne lieu a aucuns Elimination uri-
naire. En revanche, il exists uns elimination fecale qui donna una idee du
nivaau de retention apparente. Ces resultats na parmettent pas da degager
de ligne generals applicable S 1 'ensemble des paraffines et ce d'autant
plus qu'il existe une assez grande variability individualle. Toutafois. il
ressort qua la retention apparente est treg elevee, de 1'ordre de 90 a
95 p. 100, tant qua le nombre d'atomea decarbone raste inferieur a 24.
     En ce qui concerne la retention du produit inchange au nlveau de la
carcassa, las resultats obtenus permettent de divisar les paraffines en
deux categories :
- d'une part, les isoparaf fines qui semblant avoir un comportement parti-
culier : bien que donnnnt lieu a una retention apparente importanta, elles
ne sont a 1'origina qua da quantites residuslles non metabolises tres fai-
bles, voire nulles ;
- d'autre part, n-paraf fines et cyclo-paraf fines paraissent avoir un com-
portement identique, saul la nombre d'atomes de carbone intarvenant. Da
plus, il sembla qu'il existe une discontinuity au nivsau C_0-C  i an deca.
les retentions sont du mama ordre de grandeur et la niveau, 15 jours apres
1'ingestion, se situe autour de 8 p. 100 da la dose ingeree i au-dela da
cette limite, la retention decrolt Jusqu'a davenir nulla(cas riu dotriacon-
tane).
     Les resultats concernant la retention nous amenent a constater qu'a-
pres une diminution assez rapida durant les trois premiers Jours, les quan-
tites residuelles re ten UBS dans la carcasso entiera attaignent un palier
entre la 5eme et le 21eme Jour, compte tsnu de 1 a variability individualle.
Caci nous a conduit naturellement a envisager una accumulation chaz 1 'ani-
mal a la suite d'una administration prolongea,
II. Accumulation at localisatian tissulairB
                                  consistent 3 repatar 1' administration da
15 mg d1 heptadacana et de dodacylcyclohexana durant 7 Jours consecutifs a
conduit a das resultats comparables, a savoir 1' accumulation dans la car-
casse d 'environ 7 p.ldO de la dose ingaree, signifiant que durant catte
periods 1' accumulation est lineaira. On observe una fixation preffirentiel-
le au niveau des graissas da reserve (300 ppm) at du muscla (35 ppm) . Pour
ce qui est des organes preleves, las teneurs se situant entre 3 et 20 ppm
pour foie, coBur, poumon, rate ou rein.
                                                  a B^B realises dans le

-------
                                   927
cadre d'un ensemblG d'6tudes concernant la toxicologis das alguas spiruli-
nas en collaboration avac le Lahoretoire da Toxicologis de la Facultfi da
Pharmacie. II s'ast avere qua ces alguas renfermaiant 0.2 p.1DO d'hydro-
carburas dont las deux tiers sont constitues par da  I'haptadecane. La re-
tantion da cette paraffins a ete etudi§a chaz la Rat  racavant un regime
contenant 25 p.100 d'algues spirulines. La retention dans 10s carcasses a
ete rnasuree tous IBS moi3 pendant 12 mois at a la fin da cetta experience
las tanaurs dans las divers organes ant et6 datarminees.
     Las resultats sont las suivants :
     - La quantity residuelle d'haptadecana dans les carcasses plafonnedes
le 4emo mois ; alia attaint en moyenno 17 mg chez la femelie at 33 mg chez
le male, ca qui correspond quel que solt le sexe a environ 65 ppm par rap-
port au poids vif S 1'abattage.
     - Au niveau dss organes at tissus, les teneurs  las plus elevees sont
indiquees ci-dessous :                   ,
                                        
-------
                                   928
     - Les chiffres correspondent aux quantites residualIBS dans IBS car-
casses nous invitent 5 conclurs 5 une difference de comportement des deux
produits 6tudies :
. pour le dodecylcyclohexane, il semble qua 1'on attelgna un maximum voisin
da 130 mg des le 2ema moia i
. en revanche, les 370 mg d'aicosane accumula's ne peuvent 6tre consideres
comma un maximum meme si la teneur dans le tissu adipeux semble s'Stre
stabilises.
     - Un point commun est constitue par le fait que 1'accumulation s'est
effectuee de fagon quasi linealre et que les teneura finales observees
tant au nlveau du muscle que du tissu adipeux sont voislnes pour les deux
hydrocarbures.
     - II est difficile de comparer les resultats o tit en us lors de 1'amai-
grissement du fait des differences relevees dans les quantites stockees et
dans les poids des animaux en fin d*accumulation, mais nous pouvons noter
qu'une utilisation partialle des reserves lipidiquaa entrains une mobili-
sation d'abord lente des hydrocarbures stockes SB traduisant par un accrois-
sement de la teneur dansle tissu adipeux. Puls lorsque toutes les reserves
ont ete utilisees, seule subsists una faible quantitfi  residualle correspon-
dant sans doute a cells flxee au nlveau das lipides structuraux.
     - Soulignons encore le fait que dans le cas du dodecylcyclohexane
seule la moitie1 de la quantit6 stockee est metabolisee en 5 mois lorsqu'un
regime normal est distribue ad libitum aux animaux.
     - En ce qui concerns les quantitds residuelles obaervSes au niveau
des divers organes, elles sont tres volslnes an fin d'accumulation pour
les deux hydrocarburas. Nous an retrouvons environ 130 ug dans las poumona
et les reins alors que le cerveau. la rate et le cosur n'en contiennent
que de 10 a 30 ug. En revanche, pour les rats amaigris comma pour ceux qui
recevalent ad libitum une alimentation normals, les organes n'en contien-
nent que de 3 a 15 ug.
Conclusion
     Les hydrocarbures envisages sont tres largement absorbes tant que le
nombre d'atomea de carbons n'est pas trop elevei en fonction de leur nature,
ils donnent lieu a une accumulation plus ou molns importante dans les car-
casses et dans tous les cas, le tissu adipeux est la lieu de fixation pr6-
ferentiel. Enfin, lorsqu'on cease I1administration, la quantitd stockee eat
mobilises lentement meme si les animaux sont soumls i un regime lipidopriva.

-------
                              929
                          DISCUSSION


MERIAN  (Suisse)


     Vous  avez 6tudi6  les me'canismes metaboliques apr&s adminis-
tration orale des hydrocarbures.  Puisqu'on trouve environ 0,5
a 1 mg d1hydrocarbures par m  dans 1'atmosphere des rues, 1'i-
nhalation joue aussi un rOle important.  80% des hydrocarbures
dans 1'air sont des paraffines 2O% des aromates.  Est-ce que
vous voulez faire des commentaires en relation a cette inhalation
qui est principalement une inhalation d*essence.


TULLIEZ  (France)

     Je dirai tout d'abord que le chiffre de 80% de paraffines
parmi les  hydrocarbures presents dans 1'atmosphere me surprend
quelque peu.  Toutefois, il est certain que cette presence per-
manente de paraffines dans 1'air devait susciter 1'etude de leur
absorption par la vole pulmonaire et ce d'autant plus que mfime
lors de 1'administration per os de n-alcanes ou cycloalcanes a
chalne longue, le poumon est 1'un des sites de fixation prSffiren-
tielle   (nettement apres le tissu adipeux et le muscle cependant);
or il a 6t6 d6crit des cas de pneumopathies huileuses et d'olSo-
granulome  pulmonaire chez 1'Homme.

-------
                              931
           DISTRIBUTION IN THE BODY OF THE FLUORIDE
            INTRODUCED FROM THE DIET IN HIGH DOSES
                  AND ITS PLACENTA TRANSFER

           G, SCASSELLATI SFORZOLINI AND A, SAVING

Institute of Hygiene, Medical Faculty, University of Perugia,
Italy
ABSTRACT

     Rabbits were fed on a controlled diet containing different
amounts of fluoride (Ippm and 60ppm of F  in the water).

     After a certain period of this treatment the rabbits were
mated andt after the birth of the baby rabbits^ were "killed to-
gether with the new-borns.   The following parameters were con-
trolled during the course of the experiment which lasted 100 days.

     a) daily excretion of the fluoride with the urine;
     b) daily elimination of the fluoride with the faeces;
     c) dosage of the fluoride in the blood;
     d) dosage of the fluoride in the bonesf teetht muscles and
        principal soft tissues of the rabbits at the end of the
        experiment;
     e) dosage of the fluoride in the new-born rabbits and in
        the placentas.

     The data was compared with the results obtained by similar
researches on non-pregnant rabbits (controls).

     From all researches carried out the Authors conclude that:

-------
                              932
     - Fluoride -introduced from the diet ia partly eliminated
with the faeces and partly absorbed;  a very small part of the
absorbed fluoride is found in the blood, while a large amount,
proportional to that introduced, is excreted with the urine.

     - The hard tissues (teeth and bones) fix notable amounts oj
fluoride in proportion to the quantity introduced, while in the
soft tissues the amount of fluoride is always small.
                       t
     - During the pregnancy the rabbits, especially those treated
with high concentrations of fluoride, eliminate a higher quantity
of the halogen with the urine than the control rabbits, while a
smaller quantity is fixed in the hard and soft tissues.

     - The placenta allows the transfer of the fluoride to the
foetus in an almost constant quantity;  in fact the quantity of
fluoride found in the new-born rabbits is always the same, inde-
pendent of their weight and the quantity of fluoride taken by
the mother.   The placenta itself in part fixes the fluoride,
especially when the amount introduced is very high.

     In rabbits fed on diets containing different amounts of
fluoride, during the pregnancy, therefore, a part of the halogen
is subtracted from the incorporation into maternal tissues,
passing through the placenta to the foetus;  the urine excretion
and the placenta are the regulating organs of an excessive pas-
sage of the fluoride to the foetus.   This is also demonstrated
by the rarity of mottled enamel of deciduous teeth in endemic
fluorosis areas.

-------
                                 933
1*    Introduction

      It is well known  that  the biological  action  of fluoride is
different depending  on its  concentration;  in fact while  it has been
shown that an  excess of fluoride  introduced into  the body may represent
a danger owing to its  high  toxicity,  it  is also certain  that an
insufficient introduction of this element  affects the mineralisation
process of the biological hard tissues (bone and  teeth)  and influence
the  formation  of dental  caries.

      Sereral papers  have been published  directed  to study the
distribution in the  body of the fluoride introduced in optimum doses by
the  digestire  tract  and its passage from the mother to the- foetus, in
order to contribute  to the  study  of dental carlea prophylaxis by the
fluoride.
      Less numerous instead  are the researches directed to investigate
the  placenta transfer  when  the fluoride  is introduced in high doses.
      Smith and Smith [11, Uc Clure[2], Marci[31,  have emphasized the
rarity  of  mottled enamel in deciduous teeth in endemic  fluorosis areas
and  have connected this fact to the limited permeability of the human
placenta to a  certain  amount of fluoride (Gardner et al.[43, Feltman
and KoselCS],  Ziegler  [6],  Ericsson and  Ullberg [7], Auermann et al.[8l,
Gedalia et al. [0],  dedalin et al.[10],  Blayney and Hill [11] ,Ericsson
and  nammarstrSo [12],  Gedalia et  al.USl, Gedalia [14])  and also of the
placenta of laboratory animals, such  as  rabbits and rats (Hurray [15],
Ifaplesden et al.[16l).

3.    Experimental

      To study  the distribution of the fluoride in the body and its
placenta transfer we used rabbits, because the placenta of these
animals is classified  under group IV  of  Grosser** classification, that
is haemooorial as human  placenta  (Stefanelli [17]).
      The research was  carried  out on 20 primiparous rabbits aged 4
months  and weighing  about 2 Kg, kept  in  metabolic cages throughout the
treatment period, in order  to collect daily separately the faeces and
urine.

      To all the animals  food and water containing two different amounts
of fluoride were administered in order to study the different
distribution in the  body of the halogen  introduced from the diet in
optimum and in  high doses, normally  considered toxic*
      The 20 rabbits were diTided  into two groupsi the first group was
kept  as a control and therefore not mated, while the second group was
mated.

      For further details of this research, we refer to our works
published in detail  (Seppilli et al.[18], Scassellatl Sforzolini et

-------
                                  934
2,1   DistrijwUjmj)f the f luoride  in^ the body of  control rabbit a
      (Group  I)
      Daring  the first tiro weeks of the experiment the 10 rabbits were
fed daily on 100 g of food  (containing 20.203 ppm P~) and  non-
fluoridated  water and in the daily faecea and urine the fluoride
present was  determined  (Tab. I). The  rabbits were successively
subdivided into two sub-groups a)  and b)t the rabbits of the sub-group
I-a)  were fed daily on  100  g of food  and water containing optimum doses
of fluoride  (l ppm of F~)j  the rabbits of sub-group I-b) were fed daily
on 100 g of  food and water  containing high doses  of fluoride (60 ppm of
r).
      In the  first two weeks of this second phase  of the experiment in
the faeces and urine the fluoride was determined  daily (Tab* II), while
for the rest of the experimental period which lasted in all 100 days,
the fluoride was measured once a week only in the urine (Fig. 1). In
the sane rabbits the fluoride present in the blood was also determined
(Tab. III).

     At the  end of the  experimental period, all the rabbits were killed
and in the h\ard and soft tissues the  fluoride present was measured
(Tab. IV and Fig. 2).

      From the results given in the tables and in  the figures we can
emphasize that!

l) The amount of fluoride eliminated with the faeces is connected with
   the means of its administration; in fact the highest percentage of
   the halogen is eliminated when it  is introduced only through the
   food.

8) The urinary excretion of the fluoride in both the sub-groups remains
   relatively constant during the whole period of treatment and the
   amount found is proportional to the quantities introduced.
3) The quantities of the: fluoride found in the blood are constant in
   time and  always very low, even if  in proportion to the quantities
   introduced.

4) The tissues wich most concentrate the fluoride are the hard tissues
   (teeth and bones), while in the soft tissues the amounts found are
   always small}  the amount of fluoride fixed by the various tissues
   increas'es with the increase of the amount introduced.
8.2  Distribution in the body of the fluoride during the  pregnancy MJ
     its placenta transfer (Rabbits Group II).

     As in the experiments on the control rabbits, this group was
subdivided into two sub-groups! to every rabbit of each sub-group II-a)

-------
                              935
and Il-b) was given food and fluoridated water, containing two
different amounts of fluorides 1 ppm of F~ and 60 ppm of F~, following
the same proceedure described for the control rabbits) the onlj
difference was that the treatment with food and non-fluoridated water
lasted only one week.

     After 9 weeks from the beginning of the experiment, all the
rabbits were mated. For these rabbits also* as in the controls, the
treatment lasted a total of 100 days, during which time the urinary
excretion was determined once a week (Fig. 3).

     At the end of the experiment, both the rabbits and the new-boras
(these last immediately after the birth) were killed and the fluoride
in the different tissues of the mothers, in the plecentas and in the.
new-boras "in toto" was determined (Tables VI, VII, VIII).

     The results of this second group of researches hare been compared
with the results of the researches carried out on control rabbits
(first group) (Fig. 4).

     From the results  shown in the tables and in the figures we can
emphasize that!

l) During the pregnancy the amount of fluoride excreted with the urine
   greatly increases in both the sub-groups and in particular in sub-
   group Il-b), and than decreases immediately after the pregnancy to
   levels more or less normal.

2) The weights of the new-boms and of the placentas of rabbits of the
   same sub-group don't differ substantially, whereas the new-borns of
   rabbits from sub-group Il-b) constantly weight less than the new-
   borns of rabbits of sub-group Il-a).

3) In the hard and soft tissues of pregnant rabbits the amount of
   fluoride present is always less than that found in the same tissues
   of non-pregnant control rabbits.

4) In the new-borns, independent of their weight, fluoride is always
   found in the same quantity for two sub-groups*

5) In the placentas fluoride is always present and in quantities
   proportional to the amount introduced*

3.   Conclusions

     From the researches carried out we can concludes

- Fluoride introduced from the diet is partly eliminated with the
  faeces and partly absorbed; a very small part of the absorbed
  fluoride is found in the blood, while a large amount, proportional
  to that introduced, is excreted with the urine.

-------
                               936
- The bard tissues (teeth and bones) fix notable amounts of fluoride
  in proportion to the quantity introduced, while in the soft tissues
  the amount of fluoride is always small*

- Daring the pregnancy the rabbits, especially those treated with high
  concentrations of fluoride, eliminate a higher quantity of the
  halogen with the urine than the control rabbits, while a smaller
  quantity is fixed in the hard and soft tissues.

- The placenta allows the transfer to the fluoride to the foetus in an
  almost constant quantity) in fact the quantity of fluoride found in
  the new-born rabbits is always the same, independent of their weight
  and the quantity of fluoride taken by the mother. The placenta itself
  in part fixes the fluoride, especially when the amount introduced is
  rery high.
     In rabbits fed on diets containing different amounts of fluoride,
during the pregnancy, therefore, a part of the halogen is subtracted
from the incorporation into maternal tissues, passing through the
placenta to the foetus; the urine excretion and the placenta are the
regulating organs of an excessire passage of the fluoride to the
foetus. This is also demonstrated by the rarity of mottled enamel of
deciduous teeth in endemic fluorbsis areas.

-------
                                                  Table I
fig of F"  eliminated  daily with the faeces and urine of control rabbits fed on diet containing fluoride
and non-fluoridated  water. Average from 10 rabbits with standard deviation (£_)  and variation coefficient
(Cyg). Determinations carried out for two weeks: weekly averages with test of significance of the difference
between the  two averages  (£  and  P).
Days from
beginning
of treatment
2nd
3rd
4t!i
5th
6th
7th
Average of
1st week
8th
10th
12th
14th
Average of
2nd week
1
I
Rabbits fed on 2.0203 nig of P~ daily
(only with the diet)
Faeces
/ig F~ eliminated daily
4 average fron 10 rabbits)
1226.4
1261.8
1151.7
1252.1
1230.5
1167.6
1215.0
1144.5
1175.7
1214.3
1190.2
1181.3
1.3124
>0.05
£_ °v£
53.5884 4.3695
58.5525 4.6404
55.5822 4.8261
59.4675 4.7494
54.9675 4.4670
56.4998 4.8385
52.7445 4.6085
47.4654 4.0372
52.7565 4.3446
48.7644 4.0971
I

Urine
jug PT excreted daily
(average from 10 rabbits)
330.3
304.6
328.9
290.4
340.3
298.8
315.6
320.2
297.4
312.6
316.5
311.8
0.3509
>0.05
.£_ Oy#
24.3363 7.3679
23.3445 7.6639
26.4354 8.0375
23.4153 8.0631
25.6131 7.5266
23.5635 7.8860
24.1833 7.5525
21.8184 7.3364
20.4822 6.5522
23.8839 7.5462
I


-------
                                                                Table II
/ig of 7" eli=ir.ated daily with the faeces and urina of control rabbits  (group I) fed on diet containing fluoride and water containing different
 mounts of fluoridei sub-group I-a) •  1 ppn of K~; sub-group I-b) • 60  ppn od F~. Average from 5 rabbits per sub-group with standard deviation
 (ff_)  and variation coefficient (£~g).  Determinations carried out for two weeks: weekly averages with test of significance of the difference
 between the two averages (.t and F).
!
3sys from
'searijming
of treatment
I
2nd
1 3rd
4th
| 5th
! 6th
i 7th
' Average of
1 1st wfcek
cth
10th
12th
14th
I Average of
2nd week-
is
2
Sub-group I-a)i
rabbits fed on 2.0553 ag of r daily (2.0203 mg with the diet and
0.035 n**with the water)
Faeces * Urine
fig F~ eliminated
daily (average
from 5 rabbits)
i
1230.6
1240.5
1231.2
1246.6
1215.8
1204.5
1228.2
1200.4
1170.8
1205.2
1217.3
1198.4
2.6695
>0.05
' S^* r excreted
2_ ' &£ { daily (average
» from 5 rabbits)
a
52.6496 4.2783 jj 363.5
54.2095 4.3699 " 352.4
52.7350 4. 2832 f 325.4
50.4291 4. 0453 ( 360.6
50.6659 4.1689J 371.5
54.0900 4.4906. 318.6
i ——————
S 352'°
p
5
50.1499 4.1777! 327.3
50.9904 4.3551 ! 394.O
50.6277 4. 2007 i 345.6
55.6316 4.5700J 326.4
! 	
\ 348.3
| 0.2050
• >0.05
£_ ' 5vi§
i
!
25.71 ?7I7. 0736
25.9347|7.3594
25.165417.7336
25.34 50J 6. 5592
25. 87371 6.9M6
25.45881 7.9908
1
1
1
26.3110'8.0388
25-1319,6.3786
25.67291 7.4285
25. 3311 [7.7607
t
t
1
*

j Cub-group I-b) i
1 rabbits fed on 4.0203 m« of 7~ daily (2.0203 mg with the diet and
2 mg with the water)
Faeces J Urir.e
jug F- elininated
daily (average
from 5 rabbits)
2045.0
2026.0
2100.5
2000.4
2020.8
2030.4
2037.2
i 2022.4
198O.6
2010.0
1990.2
2000.8
1.9147
>O.OJ
jpg F" excreted
0~ Cv£ ndaily (average
Sfroo 5 rabbits)
n
63.1485 3-0879 « 645.1
i
63.3597 3.1273 jj 755.2
65.9239 3-1384 3 602.4
66.1231 3.3054 ?. 704.6
65.8506 3.2586 3 621.3
66.0425 3.2526 5 746.2
•1
	 	
S 745,8
•i
65.6656 3.2469 J 781. 8
63.5744 3-2098 jj 750.0
63.9507 3.1816 I 791.6
63-9352 3.2125 j 800.6
J 781.0
„„ 	 .„<„„ i
; 1.0345
| >0.05
5L cvj=
45.8?33 7.1141
47.7?44 6.32S7
52.5~94 6.5527
43.5?£6 6.1£"4
49.2923 6.CC17
46.03*5 6.1f95
4S."1336 6.2335
50.91-7 6.-7F90
49.6C-0 6.266C
45.9CC5 5.7332

                                                                                                                                                                VO
                                                                                                                                                                U)
                                                                                                                                                                Co

-------
                                                                    Table III
                pjn Of r-in th* Mood of eontj-ol rabbit* (group I)  f«l on di.t containing fluoride and water containing different
                tmnmt,  of fluortdai  aid-group 1-4) . 1  pp. of »-i aub-froup I-b)  . 60 pt. of *-.  Average fro» 5 rabbit! p.r eu"
                with standard deviation (£_)  and variation coefficient (£
Ktmrj froei
beginning
ef treataent
1
3
6
10
24
48
72
96
120
144
16ft
Average

Sub-group I-a)« "~
rabbi te fed 
    •« of I" In tli» hard «n I-a) - 1 mm of r~; aub-i-roBp I-b) . «0 ran of r. Average fro« 5 rabbita per sub-rroup .vit-i
    atandard deviation (ff_)  (oaleulated on f value* in total matorJi.1) and variation coalriciwit (Cy^).


OrrieU





Bore.
Teeth
Internal

thyroid
Kurcl*


rabbita fed on 2.0553 ag of r daily
(2.0203 w with the diet and O.035 •* with th* wat*r)
Average froa 5 rabbits
Dry
neijglt
(In g)
of total
ewterla]
113.1624
5.9380

40.301S
0.3999
448.05 6C

> of
aahea
over dry
•eight

39.4554
81.6100

4.8540
29.5460
3.3101

pod Of
r in the
aahea


697.4960
422.5$ 50

55.9730
n.d.
101.0240

p«a» of
r in
dry
Bttarial

347.0145
344.6804

2.7170
n.d.
3.3440

ng of r
in total
•aterlal


39.6690
2.0479

0.1095
n.d.
1.4983





«_ Cyjt
4.3559 11.0008
O.2O44

0.0157
-
9.9809

14.3378
, -
0.2320 ,15.4842
1

Sub-group 1— b) i
rabbits fed on 4.0203 Bg of F~ daily
{2.OTC3 »r with the diet end 2 eir with the writer)
Average from 5 rabbits
Dry
weirtit
(ing)
of total
aatarial
152.0224
4.7734

32.0635
0.4877
349.1742

•f. of
aahea
over dry
weight

45.4759
83.5546

5.2780
30.1360
4.6040

ppa of
T~ in the
aehea


1206.6740
60C.3140

119.4810
n.d.
279.9760

t>ia of
r in
dry
•aterlal

548.7461
673.7126

6.3062
n.d.
12.6°01

«« of P-
in total
•aterlal


83.4217
3.2159

0.2072
n.d.
4.5C09

i
1
1

£- | &r2*
1

9.53SF Jii.TJie
0.2510 '10.9145
|
C.C142 '16.913?'
_ 1 _
O.<"03 1 14. 6925!
i
(a) _ luaga, heart, liver, paneraaa. epleen, kUneva and «*nltala.
n.d.- aon detectable.

-------
                                                      Table V
mg ot TT fixed by the various cre«ns of the ocntrol rabbits («roup I) fefl for 100 days with diet containing fluoride
and water containing different amounts of fluoridei subgroup I-a) • 1 TWO of F~t sub-ftroup I-b) - 60 ppra of F".
Animal*
Sub-group I-a) I
rabbit» fed on 2.0553 mg of 7~
daily < 2. 020 3 mg with th* diet
and 0.035 ng with the water)
Sub-group I-b) t
rabbits fed on 4.0203 mg of F~
daily (2.0203 mg with the diet
ar.d t og with the water)
Total mg of F-
f ixed by the
various organs
examined
43.5247
91.3407
mg of 7~ found in th8 various organs of the rabbits
i of
Bones total 7~
fixed
39.8690 91.6009
83.4217 91.3303
i
•f. of
Teeth total f
fixed
2.0479 4.7051
3.2159 3.5208
internal *?
or^a fixed
0.1095 0.2516
0.2022 0.2214
1
. * of
Bueole total f"
fixed
1.4983 3*4424
4.5009 4.9276
t
                                                     Table  VI

Weight of newborn rabbits and of the placentas of rabbits  (group II)  fed  for 100  days with diet  containing fluoride  and  water
containing different amounts of fluoride:  sub-srou-a II-a) - 1  m>m of  F~;  sub-group Il-b) » 60  pro  of  F~.
Saf
rabbits
Ir £ 'S
ir «• 5
.. oo-..

1 C >-. -H
I-. 0 r- T! ,E
*-• *• '*'
C- I • "3 .C *
o i t;
j. c i. i E
V +> +» ^^
i .- i- -n jr t.
3 .2 o *•
n c V v • o
I- E E i t
O O -0 <—
ev r. C U
c c. 3 t.
-~ T- f^ «• c?
a —at
t S >>•"
t- O rt fj C
w •- X
c^^J4*
^ ** ** ?


1
2

3
4
5

Average

1
2
3
4
5
Average
Fresh wgt Tin g) of each
I

64.0
56.5

57.5
61.4
49.7

II

60.0
42.5

62.3
£2.8
70.4

III

59.0
66.5

63.5
70.3
45.1

IV

37.0
60.0

64.7
•»
46.8

V

-
55.0

-
, —
ta



50,0
71.3
39.8
54.2
48.7

52.0
49.8
33.2
44.3
39.8

43.2
37.9
30.4
48.7
45.9

-
66.4
44.3
47.4
-

-
-
-
39.0
-

Tresh wgt
(in K> of
all
newborno

220.0
280.5

228.0
194.5
212.0

227.0

146.1
225.4
147.7
233.6
134.4
177.4
Dry wjrt
(in g) of
all
newboms

46.5920
66.3400

52.4322
40.4851
47.0122

50.5723

28.0565
46.8349
30.79H
50.4469
26.2363
36.4732
£ ashes
dry wgt

12.8322
10.0976

13.8742
11.1245
13.4990

12.2855

10.8413
H.7510
13.8115
15.1015
12.0842
13.3179

?resh wjvt (in g)
i of all placentas

4.9
7.3

5.0
4.1
1 4.7

! 5.2

4.8
6.0
5.5
7.7
5.0
5.8
Placentas
Dry wgt (in g)
of all placentas

0.8243
0.9498

0.8444
0.7614
0.8021

0.8364

0.7825
0.9830
0.9700
1.2000
0.8205
0.9512

% ashes over
dry wgt

10.0736
11.2230

10.3242
9.0136
9.8764

10.3042

11.0078
12.0548
14.5964
13.5882
10.9878
18.4474

-------
                                                             Table VII
    Big of f In the hard and soft tissues of pregnant rabbits (group II) fed for 100 days with diet containing fluoride and water containing
    different asounts of fluoride: sub-group Il-a): - 1 ppo of T"; sub-group Il-b): - 60 ppm of 7~. Average from 5 rabbits per aub-proup with
    star-lard deviation (o~ ) (calculated on F~ values in total material) and variation coefficient



/s— ..__ —
Grgs2is




Bones
Jeeth

Tr.terr.al
Thyroid
j-U»Cl«


ouo-group Il-a) :
rabbits fed on 2.0553 ng of f daily
(2.C2C1 v.g with the diet and 0.035 as with the water)
Average from 5 rabbits
Dry
weijrht
(ir. «)
of total
eeterial
125.4000
4.1612

35.2565
0.4301
379.7241


£ of
ashes
over dry
weight

41 .4947
SO. 6046

5.1060
25.7212
4.2984


pro of T
in the
ashes


753-8870
410.3700

52.0600
n.d.
91.1910


T>PB Of
IT in dry
material


312.B238
331.6034

2.6602
n.d.
3.9197


mg of F~
in total
material


39.2281
1.3865

0.0939
n.d.
1.4884



-
— £**


4.3547 11.1010
0.1418 10.2316

0.03^4 14.5215
_
0.2355 15.8244


Rub— croup Il-b) I
rabbits fed on 4.0203 mg of F~ daly
(2.0703 OK with the diet and 2 n«t with the water)
Average from 5 rabbits
Dry
i weifht
(in K)
of total
material
120.6348
5.6O44

38.7018
0.3863
548.4061


* of
ashes
over dry
weight

44.3772
80.0978

5.1920
28.3154
4.8925


ppm of F~
in the
ashes


1075.1500
716.9420

80.1800
n.d.
192.6900


ppffl Of
F" in dry
material


477.1227
576.1901

4.1626
n.d.
9.4273


ag of P~
in total
material


57.5576
3.2292

0.1611
n.d.
5.1700


i

£- , HvS
(

6.6043 , 11.P217
0.3555 ' 11.P065
i
8.025-7 • 15.9765
— : _
0.776C ' 15.0105
1
f
(*) - Lungs, heart, liver, pancreas, spleen, kidneys and genitals.

n.d.- nor. detectable.
                                                                 Table VIII

   Be Of f  in the newborn rabbits  and  in the  placentas  of rabbits  (group II) fed for 100 days with diet containing fluoride and water containing
   different erounts  of  fluoride: sub-group Il-a) -  1 ppm  of F~j  sub-group Il-b) » 60 pan of P~. Average from 5 rabbits per sub-group with
   deviation (o_) (calculated  on the values of 7" in the total material)  and variation coefficient

Material
:reirboms
Placentas
Sub-group li-a)s
rabbits fed on 2.0553 mg of T daily
(2.0203 a* with the diet and 0.035 m« with the water)
Average from 5 rabbits
Dry *; cf
neifht [ashes
(in 5) lover dry
of total Wight
aat«rial •
50. 572 J
O.B3«
12.2655
10.3042
ptm of 7"
in the
ashes
32.9960
257.5410
ppm of T~
in dry
material
4.0557
26.5423
jag of y~
in total
material
0.2051
0.0222
£. £v^
3.2174 15.6870
0.3267 '14.7180
1
l
Sub-group II-b)i
rabbits fed on 4.0203 mg of P~ daily
(2.0203 RK with the diet and 2 mK with tha water)
Average from 5 rabbits
Dry
weight
(in E)
of total
material
35.4732
0.9512
t of
ashes
over dry
weight
13.3179
1 2.4474
P3B Of F"
in the
ashes
43.2944
1072.6350
ppo of T
in dry
material
5.7659
133.5155
eg of T~
in total
material
0.2103
0.1270
SL £v5
3.1873 15.1558
2.0641 16.2531

-------
— 900-
o
•B
£s
t I5O-
J^»
|
I
— ' A /
X\ f" ^v "/' 	
/ \ /
\ / \ /
X N / V '
X

                                                                         .^ —— — ( overage 82U ) rabbits

                                                                                        tub-group I-bl
3
  350
 300-
 250-
                                                                                    (average 322.6) rabbits

                                                                                         sub-group I-a!
                                                                                         vo
                                                                                         *>
                                                                                         K>
           T"
           2
T
 3
T
 4
"I

 6
1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1-

8       9      10      11      12

               we«k» of treatrnenl
  Fig. 1.    F~ excreted with  the urine of  control rabbits (group I) fed  on diet containing
             20.203 PP» of F~  and water containing different amounts of F~:  sub-group I-a)

             = 1 ppm of F~.  sub-group I-b)  = 60 ppm  of F".

-------
                                943
400-,
350-
300-
250-
200-
 150-
 100-
 50-
  Fig. 2.
            Rabbit* tub-group l°-a)
                                 Rabbits tub-group l°-b)
Distribution of the fluoride  in control rabbits (group I)
fed for 100 days on diet  containing 20.203  PP» of T~ and
water containing different  amounts of F~:   sub-group I-a)
s i ppm of F~j  sub-group I-b) «= 60 ppn of  F~.

-------
                                                                                               Rabbits

                                                                                               sub-group Q-b
                                                                                               Rabbits

                                                                                               sub-group [la
          •
                  .
                                                               1st ten days 2nd ten days 3rd ten days   last

                                                                                           . week of
                                                                                            treatment
   o treatment with the diet and  non - fluoridated water




Fig.  J>.    T~ excreted  with the  urihe of  pregnant  rabbits  (group  II) fed  on diet  containing

           20.205 PP» of  F~ and  water containing different amounts  of F~:   sub-group Il-a)

           = 1  ppin of F ;sub-group Il-b)  = 60 ppm  of F  .
                                                                                                                   -
                                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                                  -

-------
                         945
      Rabbits group I
    - Rabbits group []
A   = F" introduced  in 100 days of treatment
           F~ eliminated  in 100 days with the urine
           F" eliminated  in 100 days with the faeces
     F" found in various organs and tissues


O    F" found in the placentas and in the new-born
     rabbits
     10 mg of F*
 A      B      C     D
 Rabbits tub-groups La land Q a)

                                                      1
                                                                 ll
                                                                   I
                                                   A      B       CD
                                                   Rabbits sub groups I bl and lib)
Fig.
       Distribution of  the fluoride  in control rabbits (group I)
       and in  pregnant  rabbits (group II)  fed for  100 days  on diel
       containing 20.203 ppn  of F~ and water containing different
       amounts  of F~ :   sub-groups I-a) and  Il-a) = 1 ppm of F~;
       sub-groups I-b)  and Il-b) = 60 ppm  of F~ .

-------
                                946
                           References

  1    SMITH, M.C., SMITH, H.V., "Mottled enanel of deciduous
       teeth", Science. 81, 77 (1935).

  2    Me CLURE, F.J., "Flnoridation of drinking water and control
       of dental caries", p. 197, Bethesda, Md., National Institute
       of Dental Research (1962).

  3    UARCI, F., "Incidenza della carle, della fluorosi e contenu-
       to di fluoro nello smalto nei soggetti di et& scolare di ana
       zona fluorotica (Campagnano Romano) a distanza di 6 anni dal_
       la sostituzione delle acque", Paradontol. e Stomatol. 5,
       456 (1967).

  4    GARDNER,  D., SMITH, F.A., HODGE,H.C., OVERTON, D.E., FELTMAN,
       R., "Fluoride content of placental tissues as related to
       fluoride  content of drinking water", Science, 115, 208 (1952).

  5    FELTMAN,  R., KOSEL, G., "Prenatal ingestlon of fluorides and
       their transfer to the fetus", Science. 122, 560 (1955).

  6    ZUEGLER,  E., (1956),  clt. by Gedalia, 1970.

  7    ERICSSON, T., ULLBEAG,  S., "Etude autoradiographique de la
       repartition du radiofluor chez la souris et le rat", J.Dentaire
       Beige. 4, 237 (1959).

  8    AUEJoiANN, E., BOIUIIS, W., GROSSER, H., "Uber den Uetabolismus
       des fluors im Neugeborenen-Stadiun". Advances in Fluorine
       Research  and Dental Caries Prevention, 2, 215 (1963).

  9     GEDALIA,  I., BRZEZINSKI,  A., PORTUGUESE,  N., BERCOVICI, B.,
       "The Fluoride Content of Teeth and Bones of Human Fetuses",
       Arch.Oral.Bio1..  9, 331 (1964).

10    GEDALIA,  I,, BRZEZINSKI,  A., ZUKERUAN, H.,  MAYERSDORF,  A.,
       "Placental Transfer of Fluoride  in the Human Fetus at Low
       and High  F-Intake", J.Dent.Res.. 43, 669  (1964).

11    BLAINEY,  J.R., BILL,  I.N., "Evanston dental caries study.
       XXIV.  Prenatal fluorides-value of waterborne fluorides  during
       pregnancy",  J.Amer,Dent.Assoc..  69, 291 (1964).

.12    ERICSSON, Y., HAUMARSTRtiH, L., "Mouse placental  transfer o£
       P._ in comparison with Ca. *, Aota Odont.Scand.. 22. 523
       (1864).                   45

13    GEDALIA,  I.*, ZUKERUAN,  H., LEVENTBAL, H., "Fluoride content
       of teeth  and bones of human fetusesi in areas with about I
       ppm of fluoride in drinking water", J.Aner.Dent.Assoc.,  71,
       1121 (1965).

-------
                               947
14    GEDALIA, I., "Distribution in placenta and foetus",
      Fluorides and Human Health, W.H.O., Monograph Series
      n, 69, p. 128, Genera 1970*

15    MURRAY, 11.11., "Maternal transference of fluorine",
      J.PhTSiol. 87, 388 (1936).
16    MAPLESDEN, D.C., 110TZOK, I., OLIVER, W.T., BRANION, H.D.,
      "Flacental Transfer of Fluorine to the Fetus in Rats and
      Rabbits", J.Nutrition. 71, 70 (i960).
17    STEFANELLI, A., "Istologia ed Embriologia", Ed.Ateneo,
      Roma 1959, p. 403.
18    SEPPILLI, A., SCASSELLATI SFORZOLJNI, G., SAVING, A.,
      PASCASIO, P., "Ricerche *in vivo1 sulla distribuzione
      nell*organ!smo dello ione fluoro introdotto per ria di-
      gerente", dt press in L'Igiene Moderna (1974).
19    SC1SSELLATI SFORZOLINI, G., SAVING, A., PASCASIO, F.,
      "Hicerche sul passaggio dello ione fluoro attraverso la
      placenta. Contribute allo studio della fluoroprofilassi
      della earie dentaria nel periodo pre-natale", at press
      in L »Igiene Moderna (1974).

-------
        WECHSELBEZIEHUNGEN




            INTERACTIONS



             INTERAZIONE



             INTERACTIES
'- Chairman - President - Presidents -
     J. CARSTENSEN  (Denmark)

-------
                              951
                   CADMIUM-ZINC INTERACTIONS

                          M, PISCATOR

Department of Environmental Hygiene, Karolinska Institute,
Stockholm, Sweden
ABSTRACT

     Cadmium accumulates with age in the human kidney.   "Normal"
exposure causes cadmium concentrations of less than 7 S .ug/g wet
weight in renal cortex at age SO.   This "normal" accumulation
is accompanied by an equimolar increase in zinc.   It has been
estimated that at a cadmium concentration of about 200 ,ug/g wet
weight in renal cortex tubular function will be disturbed.   The
mechanism behind this tubular dysfunction is thought the replace-
ment of zinc by cadmium in certain renal enzymes.   There is,
however, a lack of data on zinc in relation to cadmium concen-
trations from 75 to 200 .ug/g wet weight.   Animal experiments
have shown that exposure to cadmium will cause an increase in
venal zinc, but exposure has generally been quite high and dur-
ing short periods of time.   Normal horses accumulate cadmium
during a life-time, and thus constitute a suitable material for
studies of long-term exposure to small amounts of cadmium.
Cadmium and zinc were analyzed by atomic absorption speotrophoto-
metry in renal cortex from 37 horses.   Cadmium concentrations
varied from 5 to 2SO ,ug/g wet weight.   At lower concentrations,
i.e. <.-60 ,ug/g wet weight* the increase in zinc was equimolar to
the increase of cadmium.   However, with increasing concentrations
of cadmium, zinc did not increase to the same extent, thus indi-
cating a disturbance in the cadmium-zinc relationship.   It can
be suggested that cadmium may exert an influence on zinc enzymes
in the kidney at relatively low concentrations, not far from the
present "normal" values.

-------
                                    952
1.     Introduction
      Cadmium and zinc  have many  common physico-chemical properties and
 occur together  in  nature. There  are, however,  large biological differen-
 ces.  Zinc  is an essential metal  with short biological half-time, and
 occurs in  high  concentrations  in all body compartments. Cadmium is non-
 essential,  has  an  extremely  long biological half-time, and accumulates
 in liver and kidney, the  latter  organ containing about one third of the
 total  body burden. The placenta  differentiates effectively between the
 two metals, so  that whereas  the  newborn has an excess of zinc, cadmium is
 virtually  absent.  Cadmium will accumulate with age i" the human kidney,
 and it has bee/i estimated that at a cadmium concentration of about 2UO
 jjg/g  wet weight in renal cortex, renal tubular dysfunction may occur. In
 Europe and the  U.S. mean concentrations at age bO are at present about
 30 ug/g wet weight, whereas  higher levels have been found in Japan. For
 further information on metabolism and effects of zinc and cadmium see the
 books  by Prasad et al. ft] • and Friberg et al. C21 respectively.
      The renal  tubular dysfunction caused by cadmium is characterized by
 the urinary excretion  of  low-molecular weight proteins - "tubular protein-
 uria". The mechanism behind  this dysfunction is thought to be a replace-
 ment  of zinc by cadmium      in  enzymes taking part in reabsorption, and
 in catabolism of proteins. Vigliani pQ reported that simultaneous ad-
 ministration of zinc to cadmium-exposed rabbits alleviated the renal
 damage caused by cadmium alone.
      Several  animal experiments  have shown that exposure to cadmium will
 cause  increases in the zinc  concentrations in  liver and kidney (see for
 example Bunn and Matrone  [4j , Banis et al. Qj] , Anke et al. (V) ,
 Roberts et al.  [?J , Cousins et  al. [ifif] , bchroeder and Nason CO J. In
 these  experiments  large amounts  of cadmium were added to the diet and the
 cadmium intake  was of  the same magnitude as the zinc intake - the con-
 centration in the  diet or in water being 5u mg/kg or more. This increase
 is due to  a redistribution of body stores of zinc, since it was found in
 a  study on calves  that the increase in liver and kidney was accompanied
 by a  decrease in zinc  concentrations in muscle and bone. Furthermore,
 there  was  a decrease in intestinal absorption of zinc (Roberts et al.Qj),
 Petering et al. 0°J found that  when the concentration of zinc was <2 mg
 Zn/kg  in the diet, and 2 mg/kg of drinking water, cadmium at relatively
 low concentration  (3.4 mg/kg of  drinking water) caused a decrease in the

-------
                                     953
    Zn yumol/g dry weight
      8-
      3


      2-


      1 -
01    234
                                  6    780    10   11  Cd /umol/g dry weight
Figure  1.   Concentrations of cadmium and zinc  in renal cortex from 37
            Swedish  horses.

-------
                                   954
   Zn yumol/g dry weight
                                                      M8
3   4|   5    6
    100 419/9 w*i w*ighi
                                             ft   10   11 Cd/imol/g dry weight
                                              ml wclghi
Figure 2.  Regression  lines for cadmium and zinc  in  renal  cortex.
         1 Normal  human  beings (age 6-50 years, n =  3fa)
           from Piscator and Lind  |j2J.
        II Normal  human  beings (age 10-yO years,  n = 87)
           from Hammer et al. [J3J.
       Ill Normal  horses with A:  cadmium concentration below 2.5 umol/g
           (n = 20), and B: above 2.5 |imol/g (n = 17)
        IV Experimentally exposed swine (n = 12,  whole kidney)
           from Cousins  et al.

-------
                                   955
zinc concentrations in rat testes, whereas such a decrease was not noted
when the zinc concentration in drinking water was increased to b mg/kg.
     These results from animal experiments show that cadmium may cause
alterations in zinc metabolism and that certain tissues may be depleted
of zinc, when cadmium causes an increase of zinc in liver and kidney.
     The relationship between cadmium and zinc in organs from human beings
without known industrial exposure has been studied using autopsy cases.
Schroeder et al. fllj showed that there was a parallel  increase in cad-
mium and zinc levels in kidney with age. Piscator and Lind £l2) found  the
same relationship in renal cortex and could also show that the increase
in zinc was equimolar to the increase in cadmium, the regression equation
being Zn = 1.13 Cd + 0.5 (umol/g wet weight). Furthermore, an estimate of
the base value for zinc in renal cortex was obtained, being about 34 ^ig/g
wet weight {160 jjg/g dry weight). Hammer et al. JJ3J found that the reg-
ression equation was Zn = O.y5 Cd + 29.4 (|imol/g ash),  or, transferred to
wet weight, Zn = 0.95 Cd + 0.41. However, the cadmium concentrations in
these studies have been generally below 75 jjg/g wet weight. There was  a
need for a study of cadmium-zinc relationships at higher cadmium con-
centrations, i.e. up to 200 jjg/g. Normally exposed horses provided the
necessary material.
                 i
2.   Studies on horses
     Liver and kidney were obtained from a total of 37 horses, 1-25 years
of age, killed at two slaughter-houses, one in the South of Sweden, and
one in the North. Cadmium and zinc were determined with atomic absorption
spectrophotometry in the same way as for organs from human beings (Pisca-
tor and Lind  [j2] ). In figure 1 zinc concentrations are shown in relation
to cadmium concentrations in renal cortex. It is seen that at concentra-
tions of cadmium above 3 ^imol/g dry weight (about 70 jjg/g wet weight),
there is not a corresponding increase in zinc as seen at Tower concentra-
tions.
     In figure 2 the regression  lines for the two human studies, the
horse study, and one experimental study are shown together. The horse
material was divided into two groups with 2.5 ^mol/g as border value.  It
is seen that at  low cadmium concentrations the horses do not differ from
the human groups, but at higher cadmium concentrations there is no longer
an equimolar increase in zinc.

-------
                                   956
3,   Discussion
     The results obtained and the results from other investigations sug-
gest that at moderate increases in cadmium concentrations to about 75
jjg/g renal cortex (wet weight), there will be an equimolar increase in
zinc and the amount of zinc necessary for normal physiological  functions
is probably adequate. At higher concentrations of cadmium the rate of
zinc accumulation will decrease and will  no longer be equimolar.  The
reason for this may be that the cadmium-binding protein, metallothionein,
which is the main transport and storage protein for cadmium, contains more
cadmium and less zinc than normally, i.e. when there are equimolar amounts
of cadmium and zinc. This would mean that some zinc would still be avail-
able for enzymatic functions. Another possibility is that an equimolar
relationship in metallothionein still exists, in which case less  zinc
would be available for enzymatic functions in the renal  cortex, and hence
decreases in enzymatic activities can be  expected.  That  very subtle chan-
ges in cadmium-zinc ratios can influence  enzymatic activity is  suggested
by the experimental  fundings of Cousins et al. [&J , who in swine found
that the activity of the zinc enzyme, leucine aminopeptidase, was already
decreased at a cadmium concentration of 78 ug/g in whole kidney (corre-
sponding to about 10U ug/g in renal  cortex).  It is, however, also possible
that other metals may have been influenced in this  experiment,  since high
doses were given. Indeed in some of the animals described in the  intro-
duction the copper metabolism was also disturbed,  which  was not the case
in the human studies by Piscator and Lind Qf].

-------
                                    957
                              References
 I     PRASAU, A.S.  (Ed.), Zinc metabolism. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield.
      Illinois  (1966)
 2     FKIBERG,  L.,  PISCATUR, M., NORDBEKG, G., Cadmium In the Environment.
      CRC  Press,  The Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland, Ohio (1971)
 3     V1GL1ANI-, E.C.,  "The biopathology of cadmium", Amer. Ind. Hyg.
      Ass.  J..  30,  329  (1969)
 4     BUNN,  CLARA R.,  MATRONE, G. "In vivo interactions of cadmium,
      copper, zinc  and iron  in the mouse and rat", J. Nutr., 90, 395
      (1966)
 5     BANIS,  R.J.,  POND, W.G., WALKER, E.F., O'CONNOR, J.R., "Dietary
      cadmium,  iron and zinc interactions in the growing rat", Proc. Soc.
      Exp.  Biol.  Hed..  130, 802  (1969)
 6     ANKE,  M., HENNIG, A., GKOPPEL, B., LUUKE, H.,  "Der Einfluss des
      Kadmiums  auf  das Wachstum, die Fortpflanzungsleistung und den
      Eisen-, Zink- und Kupferstoffwechsel", Arch. Exp. Veterina'rmed.,
      25,  799  (1971)
 7     ROBERTS,  K.K., MILLER, W.J., STAKE, P.E., GENTRY, R.P.. NEATHERY,
      M.W.,  "High dietary cadmium on zinc absorption and metabolism in
      calves fed  for comparable  nitrogen balances",  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.
      Hed..  144,  9U6 (1973)
 8     COUSINS,  R.J., BARBER, A.K., TROUT, J.R., "Cadmium toxlcity in
      growing  swine",  J. Nutr.t  103,964(1973)
 9     SCHRUEDLR,  H.A., NASON. A.P., "Interactions of trace metals 1n rat
      tissues.  Cadmium and nickel with zinc, chromium, copper, manganese",
      J. Nutr.  I04, 16/ (1974)
10     PETEKING, H.G.,  JOHNSON, M.A., STEWER, K.L.,  "Studies of zinc meta-
      bolism in the rat. I.  Dose-response effects of cadmium", Arch.
      Environ.  Health.  23, 93  (1971)
 11    SCHROEDLR,  H.A., NASON. A.P., TIPTON, I.H., bALASSft, J.J., "Essen-
      tial  trace  metals in man:  Zinc. Relation to environmental cadmium",
      J. Chron. Pis..  20, 179  (1967)

-------
                                958
 12    PISCATOR, M.,  LIND, B., "Cadmium, zinc, copper and  lead in human

      renal  cortex", Arch.  Environ. Health, 24, 426 (1972)

 13    HAMMER, D.I.,  COLUCCI, A.V., HASSELBLAD, V., WILLIAMS,  M.E.,

      PINKERTON, C., "Cadmium and  lead in autopsy tissues", 122nd Annual

      Convention of  the American Medical Association,  June 23-27, 1973,
      New York City, N.Y.
                             DISCUSSION


DIEHL  (Federal  Republic of Germany)

     The great  concern about cadmium in the environment goes
back primarily  to the unfortunate Itat-Itai incident  in Japan.
A number of  authors have already voiced doubts  that the symptoms
seen there could have been due to cadmium toxicity per se.   What
we have heard in Dr.  Lorke's paper ("Subchronische orale Toxizi-
tat von Cadmium bei Ratte und Hund")  strengthened the impres-
sion that cadmium toxicity is not as high as previously believed.
Do you think, on the basis of your studies and  of other infor-
mation you have on Zn/Cd interaction, that the  Itai-Itai inci-
dent could have been due to a combination of elevated dietary
cadmium intake  and insufficient zinc intake?
PISCATOR  (Sweden)

     Since the  pollution was caused by a zinc-mine,  the levels
of zinc in rice were above normal and thus the intake  of zinc
was sufficient.  The calcium intake however, is  low  in the ac-
tual area and the  Itai-Itai disease is caused by cadmium acting
on a sensitive  population with calcium deficiency.   Cadmium is
highly toxic, the  long biological half-time causes an  accumula-
tion in the kidney which after many years may reach  high levels.

     Dr. Lorke's paper stressed what was known before  that
short-term exposure to relatively low amounts of cadmium does
not cause any major dysfunction, but that does not mean that
cadmium has a low  chronic toxicity.


SCOPPA  (Italy)

     Have you any  idea about the biological half-life  of thionein,
or metallothioneins?

-------
                              959
PISCATOR (Sweden)

     No, but the half-times may well be different in liver and
kidney, the latter being a catabolic organ.


van der KREEK (Netherlands)

     We learned from one of the earlier introductions that cad-
mium is stored in the thyroid and pituitary glands.  You studied
the Cd/Zn balance in the kidney.  Did you study also the Cd/Zn
balance in the thyroid  and pituitary glands and the possible
influence of excess Cd on the function of thyroid and pituitary
glands?
 PISCATOR  (Sweden)

      We have not studied Cd/Zn balance in other organs.   In
 connection  with experimental  studies on the effects of cadmium
 on  calcium  deficient animals  also the parathyroids are studied,
 but not the thyroid or  pituitary glands.


 HISLOP  (U.K.)

      Would  you  care to  comment on the distribution of Cd in
 kidney and  why  did you  chose  to analyse the cortex?


 PISCATOR  (Sweden)

      The  cadmium  concentrations are highest in the cortex and
 it  is easy  to standardize the sampling technique.

-------
                              961
           HEPATIC DAMAGE AND ORGANOCHLORINE RESIDUE
                 CONCENTRATIONS IN BODY TISSUES

               P, C, OLOFFS* AND D, F, HARDWICK++

+  Department of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser University,
   Burnaby, B.C., Canada
++ Department of Pathology, Medicine, University of British
   Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., Canada
ABSTRACT

     Liver specimens, taken from patients with hepatic cirrhosis,
contained significantly higher concentrations of DDT, but signi-
ficantly lower concentrations of heptachlor epoxide, than speci-
mens from controls.   Concentrations of dieldrin were not signi-
ficantly different.  No significant differences were found between
oirrhotios and controls in the concentrations of any residues in
brain and adipose tissues.   None of the specimens contained
detectable amounts of aldrin, heptachlort lindane, or the alpha
or gamma isomers of ohlordane.

     There was a highly significant association between lipid
contents and residue concentrations in livers.   Cirrhotia livers
with severe fatty infiltration, determined by histopathological
examination, and confirmed analytically, contained significantly
higher amounts of DDT and heptachlor epoxide than did those with
minimal or no fatty changes.

-------
                                   962
1.   Introduction
     Reportedly, certain diseases, especially those affecting the
liver, have been associated with tissue residue concentrations signi-
ficantly higher than in healthy persons (1).  But other workers have
found no association between tissue residue concentrations in humans and
a variety of pathological conditions (2).  The purpose of our studies
was to determine whether or not concentrations of organochlorine pesticide
residues in tissues of patients with hepatic cirrhosis were higher than
in those from controls, and to investigate causes responsible for any
differences.
2.   Materials and Method
     Specimens of liver, brain, and adipose tissue were collected at
autopsy, within 48 hours of death, from patients judged clinically to
have died of hepatic failure with cirrhosis of the liver.  For a control
group, an additional series of tissues was collected from patients judged
clinically not to have cirrhosis.  Residues were extracted from each
tissue specimen, identified, and quantified as described In detail by
Oloffs e_t^ aJL (3).  Lipid concentrations in the liver tissue specimens
were measured gravimetrically (3).
     For histopathological examination, sections of each liver, fixed in
Formol Calcium and stained with haematoxylin and eosin, were examined
microscopically for the following: fatty change, fibrosis, central lobular
congestion, and bile stasis.  Each was ranked on a scale from 0 (- normal)
to 5 (•= most severe).  All slides were examined at the same time in order
to assure consistent judgement.  The specimens were not identifiable in
any way and were presented at random for review.  Half of the slides were
examined twice in this fashion with consistent results.
3.   Results and Discussion
     DDT residue concentrations in liver were significantly (*) higher
in the specimens from cirrhotics than in those from controls, but hepta-
chlor epoxide concentrations were significantly (**) lower.  No statis-
tically significant differences could be demonstrated for residues in
adipose and brain tissues.  Lipid content of liver specimens was higher
(*) in the cirrhotic patients than amoung controls (Table 1).  Lindane,
aldrin, heptachlor, alpha chlordane, and gamma chlordane were not detected
in any of the specimens.
     Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides and some of their metabolites

-------
                                   963
          Table I Mean Residue Concentrations (ppb) of Dieldrin,
                  Heptachlor Epoxide, and DDT in Human Tissues
                              CIRRHOTICS
        CONTROLS

Dieldrin
Heptachlor Epoxide
Total DDT—
Lipid (% b. w.)
Dieldrin
Heptachlor Epoxide
Total DDT-/
Dieldrin
Heptachlor Epoxide
Total DDT-/
X
8.07
19.28**
473.09*
7.97
89.33
91.45
3681.48
2.00
2.29
34.92
,X
LIVER SPECIMENS
(22;40)
(50;12)
(62;0 )
(62;0 )
ADIPOSE TISSUE
(50;12)
(59;3 )
(62;0 )
BRAIN TISSUE
(0;59 )
(4;55 )
(59 ;0 )
X
5.98
34.21
273.64
5.08
113.66
109.31
4248.38
2.32
2.30
46.52
(n ;n )—
p* o'
(21; 28)
(48 ;1 )
(48;1 )
(49;0 )
(38;3 )
(39;2 )
(41;0 )
(1;20 )
(1;20 )
(21;0 )
Pi/
40
0.1
2
5
20
20
50

40
     a/
     —  Z probability that two means belong to the same population;
difference considered significant (*) where P ^ 5, highly significant
(**) where P <_ 1.  -  DDT + DDE + DDD  -  n  - number of specimens with
concentration above, n  » number of specimens with concentrations below
lower limit of quantification: thus n  + n
                                     P
obtained and analysed.
total number of specimens

-------
                                   964
are highly lipophilic, and they tend to partition into fatty tissue and
become concentrated therein.  The much higher concentrations in adipose
than in liver tissue (Table I) demonstrate this clearly.  Furthermore,
since lipid content was significantly higher in cirrhotic than in control
livers, the question arose to what degree the residue levels in liver
tissue may depend on, and vary with, the lipid content, i. e., differences
between residues in cirrhotic and control livers may be due to the respec-
tive lipid contents, rather than to other liver pathology.  Linear corre-
lation coefficients indeed indicated a positive correlation between
hepatic lipid and residue concentrations, rather than between liver patho-
logy and residue concentrations.  In no case was the correlation negative.
     Analysis of the liver data from the cirrhotic patients, grouped
according to tissue Injury determined by hlstopathological examination,
further supports this view.  Heptachlor epoxide, total DDT, and lipid
concentrations were significantly (**) higher in livers with moderately
severe and severe fatty infiltration, thus confirming the demonstrated
association between lipid content, as determined gravimetrically in the
laboratory, and residue concentrations.  Grouped according to degree of
flbrosis, however, the differences were reversed.  Both DDT and lipid
contents were significantly (*) lower in the group with severe fibrosis,
because connective tissue had displaced lipid and thus diminished the
reservoir for the lipophilic DDT residues.
4.   Conclusion
     We have demonstrated that residue concentrations in livers vary
strongly and closely with lipid content, regardless of the pathology.
Where hepatic cirrhosis was associated with severe fatty infiltration,
the residues were higher than those in the controls or in cirrhotics
having low liver lipid concentrations.  In association with severe fibro-
sis or bile stasis, the residue concentrations were below those in the
controls.  If altered hepatic function, rather than liver lipid content,
were a major factor contributing to acquisition of pesticide residues In
body tissues, differences should have been found also between residue
concentrations in adipose and brain tissue from the cirrhosis group and
concentrations in the same  tissues from the control group.  We conclude
that lipid content in the liver was the prime determinant of pesticide
residue concentration.

-------
                                   965
                               References
(1)   Radomski,  J.  L.,  Deichmann,  W.  B.,  and Clizer,  E.  E.  Pesticide
     concentrations in the liver, brain  and adipose  tissue of  terminal
     hospital patients.   Fd.  Cosmet. Toxicol.   (1968)  6:  209-220
(2)   Morgan,  D. P., and  Roan, C.  C.  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticide
     residues in human tissues.  Arch. Environ. Health.   (1970)
     20:  452-457
(3)   Oloffs,  P. C., Hardwick  D. F.,  Szeto S. Y., and Hoerman D.  G.
     DDT, dieldrin, and  heptachlor epoxide in  humans with liver  cirrho-
     sis.  Clin. Biochem.  (1974) Vol. 7, No.  3.  In press.

-------
                              967
          INFLUENCE DE CERTAINES DROGUES SUR L'EFFET
      TOXIQUE DECLENCHE PAR L'AFLATOXINE Bx DANS LE FOIE
                         YVONNE MOUlJ
Institut de Recherches Scientifiques sur le Cancer, Centre
National de la Recherche Scientifique, Villejuif, France
ABSTRACT

     The effects of a pretreatment of animals with phenobarbital
on the inhibition induaed by aflatoxin B- on RNA synthesis in
liver have been studied in rats and mioe.

     Eats are relatively susceptible to aflatoxin action.   Pre-
treatment with phenobarbital decreases the inhibition of trans-
cription due to aflatoxin administration.

     Mice are much more resistant than rats to toxic and carci-
nogenic effects of aflatoxin B-.   However, pvetreatment of
animals with phenobarbital3 enhances the inhibition of RNA syn-
thesis induced by aflatoxin in liver.   Thus, phenobarbital may
potentiate the toxic effect of drugs in certain animal species.
Implications of these results are discussed.

-------
                                 968
        L'aflatoxine B , mycotoxine secretee par AsperjglUis fla_vus,
est le plus puissant des hepatocancerogenes connus a ce jour. Elle
suscite un interSt particulier en raison de sa presence possible
comme contaminant des aliments de 1'homme et de certaines eapeces
animales ; c'est un danger potentiel se"rieux qui doit  fitre pris en
consideration Fvoir la revue de WOGAN (1)1.
        En dehors de son action cancerogene qui se manifeste toujours
apres un temps de latence relativement long, 1'aflatoxine B.
declenche a court terme des effets  toxiques dans le foie.  Ces effets
se traduisent sur  le plan morphdogique par des alterations nucle'aires
et cytoplasmiques. Sur le plan biochimique, lea deviations metabo-
liques induites par 1'aflatoxine touchent surtout la  synthese des acides
nucleiques (RNA et DNA) et des prote"ines.  L'inhibition de la synthese
de RNA correspond k un blocage du me'canisme de transcription
comme  le prouvent les diminutions d'activite" RNA  polyme"rase des
noyaux  de foie isoles a partir d'animaux traite"a par la mycotoxine.
        L'aflatoxine est me'tabolise'e par des systfemes enzymatiques
responsables de la transformation des drogues,  systemes qui aont
localises dans les membranes du re'seau endoplasmique.  II a 6t6
montre"  que la molecule biologiquement active n'est pas 1'aflatoxine
elle-mSme mais un de  ses metabolites forme's au cours de sa
metabolisation FMOULE et 'FRAYSSINET (2)1.
        Le  traitement des animaux par certains compos£s,tela lea
barbituriques^eat  connu pour induire la synthese d'enzymes
intervenant dans la metabolisation des drogues par 1'interme'diaire du
cytochrome P4_n.  Le present travail concerne 1'action d'un traitement
prealable par le phenobarbital sur les propri^t^s toxiques de
1'aflatoxine B. chez deux especes qui pr^sentent de facon constitutive
une grande difference de senaibilit^ k ses effets : le rat et la souris.
C'est ainai que  pour le rat, la DL   oscille entre 1 et 7 mgAg selon
lea souches de rat alors que pour la souris, elle se situe aux environs

-------
                                 969
de 60 mg/kg.  Ces differences de  sensibilite se refletent sur le plan
me'tabolique : une dose de 1 mg/kg d'aflatoxine B. donne"e au  rat
Wistar (souche Commentry) inhibe la synthese des RNA nucle"aires
de 80 % (temps  d'action :  3 heures) alors que dans les m&mes
conditions, une  administration de 60 mg/kg a la souris Swiss ne
ddclenche qu'une inhibition de 40  %. Des re'sultats du mSme ordre
sont enregistres au niveau de 1'activite RNA -polyme rase des noyaux
isole*s a partir des foies de cea deux especes  (Tableau I).
       Le traitement pre"alable des rats au phe"noba rbital a tou jours
comme  re'sultat de diminuer 1 'inhibition produite par 1'aflatoxine  B.
sur la transcription e'value'e,  soit par 1 'incorporation iri vivo  de
pre*curseurs  dans le RNA  nucle*aire, soit par  la mesure in vitro de
1 'activit^ RNA polyme"rase des noyaux Isolds (Tableau l). La
stimulation des  systemes  de me'tabolisation avant 1 'administration
d'aflatoxine B. aboutit  done a une diminution des effets toxiques
produits par la toxine.  Ces re*sultats confirment les observations de
GUMBMANN et WILLIAMS (3), Mac LEAN  et MARSHALL (4) et
NEAL (5) concernant les variations des pouvoirs toxique et
cance"rogene de 1'aflatoxine B. apres action des barbituriques,
       Les re*sultats obtenus avec la souris sont totalement differenta.
Le traitement prealable des animaux par le phdnoba rbital produit
dans la plupart des cas une augmentation de 1 'inhibition de la
transcription induite par 1'aflatoxine B. (Tableau I). Ainsi par un tel
traitement, on peut sensibiliser une espece animale normalement
r^sistante aux  effets toxiques de certains composes.  Des observations
analogues avaient 6t6 faites pour le t^trachlorure de carbon e
[GARNER et Mac  LEAN (6)], le  i, i, i-trichior^thane [CARLSON (?)j
et la monocrotaline JALLEN et al. (8)  chez le rat et pour la re"trorsine
chez le cobaye f WHITE et al. (9)1; cependant, c'est la premiere fois,
a notre connaissance, que la potential! sati on des effets toxiques de
1'aflatoxine B  par le phe"noba rbital est

-------
                                 970
                            TABLEAU I
   INFLUENCE DU TRAITEMENT AU PHENOBARBITAL SUR
     L'INHIBITION DE LA TRANSCRIPTION DANS LE FOIE
     PAR L'AFLATOXINE B  CHEZ LE RAT ET LA SOURIS
                                         Inhibition
                           Synthese in vivo
                              de RNA * *
                   Activite
                 RNA polym^rase
                des noyaux isoles
   Rats
   - Aflatoxine (1 mg/kg)
   - Phenobarbital puis
      aflatoxine
   Souris
   - Aflatoxine (60 mg/feg)
   - PWSnobarbital puis
    aflatoxine
83
35

41

63
74
55

33

48
     Temps d'action de 1'aflatoxine : 3 heures
     * Le % d'inhibition est calcule" par rapport aux te'moins
    respectifs trait^s ou non par le phe*nobarbital.
                                 14
   * * Injection d'acide orotique-   C, 30 minutes avant le
    sacrifice.
       L'implication de ces resultats est importante sur le plan de la
metabolisation des drogues dont les me'canismes se re"velent
extrSmement complexes et dont la stimulation peut aboutir a des
situations ambivalentes. D'autre part, elle souligne le danger
potential que peut presenter la superposition d'action de certaines
drogues et, dans ce domaine,  on doit eVoquer les effets susceptibles
d'atteindre 1'homme dont le cadre de vie se trouve envahi par la
presence de composes capables d'interf^rer avec son propre
m^tabolisme.

-------
                               971
REFERENCES
1. WOGAN, C.N.,  Methods in Cancer Research,  7,  309 (1973).
2. MOULE, Y. et FRAYSSINET, C. , FEES Letters, 25., 52(1972).
3. GUMBMANN, M. R.  et WILLIAMS, S. N. ,
       Biochem.  Pharmacol. , 19. 2861 (1970).
4. Mac LEAN, A.E.M. et MARSHALL, A.,
       Br. J. Exp. Pathol., 52., 322 (1971).
5. NEAL, G.E.,  Biochem. Pharmacol., 2l_, 3023(1972).
6. GARNER, R. C.  et Mac LEAN, A.E.M.,
       Biochem.  Pharmacol., 18, 645(1969).
7. CARLSON, G. P.,  Life  Sciences, 1_3, 67(1973).
8. ALLEN,  J.R. ,  CHESNEY, C.F. et  FRAZER,  W.J.,
       Toxicol. Appl.  Pharmacol., 23, 470(1972).
9. WHITE, I.N.H., MATTOCKS, A.R.  et BUTLER, W. H. ,
       Chem. Biol. Interactions, 6_,  207 (1973).

-------
                               973
      BRONCHITE  CHRONIQUE ET PERTURBATIONS FONCTIONNELLES
          RESPIRATOIRES  EN RELATION AVEC L1EXPOSITION A
          DIVERSES  NUISANCES :  ETUDES DANS DIFFERENTS
                  GROUPES  SOCIO-PROFESSIONNELS

   Q. T,  PHAM, B, MIRE, J,  MARTIN/ P,  SADOUL, J.  H,  KNELSON

Unit€ de  Recherche  14,  INSERM,  Physio-Pathologie  Respiratoire,
Vandoeuvre-les-Nancy, France
RESUME

      Une  etude  epidemiologique  a  port£  BUT 581  ouvriers de sexe
masoulin, ages  de  40  4  60  ans,  de differents  groupes sooio-pro-
feseionnels  habitant  la meme  region  de  I'Est  de la Franoe (ou-
vrierB du  batiment,' ouvriers d'une usine 8i.d6rurgi.que,  travail-*
leure sans exposition profeeeionnelle particuli&re).    Lee eujete
ont ete interregna  d.  I'aide d'un  questionnaire  de  la bronahite
(questionnaire  C.E*C.A.)t  examinee du point de  vue olinique et
fonationnel.    Lee  examena fonationnels suivanta ont ete pratiques:
determination de la oapaoite vitale  (CV) du volume  expiratoire
maximum eeaonde (VEMS)f du volume residuel (VR)t oaloul deo rap-
porte VEMS/CV,  VR/CTj  Epreuvee au CO,  en  respiration  unique et
en regime stable au repos  et  au oours d'un effort  de 40 watte.
L'analyse dee symptdmes de bronohite ainsi que  des perturbations
fonotionnelles  observees a ete  faite partiouliSrement  en fonotion
des nuisances professionnelles  reneontrees par  les ouvriers du-
rant  leur travail.    L'exposition profeeeionnelle  paratt,  oertest
•jouer un  rOle non nSgligeable sur les symptdmes de bronohite et
sur lee perturbations fonotionnelles, mais le role des habitudes
tabagiques est  apparu beauooup  plus  important;   les nuisances
entratnent q"uelques troubles  respiratoires ohez les non fumeurs,
maie  oes  troubles 8ont  beauooup plus frequents  et  plus importants

-------
                               974
chez les sujets exposes et gros fumeurs.   II apparent un effet
potentialisateur nuisance et fumee de tabac et ceci eat particu-
lierement net lorsque I'on compare les groupes apres standardi-
sation de I'dge.
ABSTRACT

     An epidemiological survey was carried out on 581 male wor-
kers aged between 40 and 60 from different social and professional
groups and living in the same region in Eastern France (building
operatives, iron and steel workers, workers with no specific
occupational health risks),   The test subjects were given a
bronchitis questionnaire (ECSC questionnaire) and underwent a
clinical and functional examination.   The following functional
tests were carried out:  measurement of the vital capacity (VC)
of the maximum volume exhaled per second (MVES) and of the resi-
dual volume (UV), calculation of the MVES/VC and PV/TC ratios;
tests for CO by single breath and continuous breathing, both at
rest and under a 40 watt load.   The bronchitis symptoms and the
functional disorders that were noted have been analysed with
particular regard to the occupational health risks encountered
by the workers in their jobs.   Indeed, occupational health risks
do seem to have a not inconsiderable effect on bronchitis symp-
toms and functional disorders, but the effects of tobacco smoking
habits appeared to be far greater;  some respiratory troubles in
the non-smokers are the result of the health risks to which they
are exposed, but these troubles are much more frequent and move
serious in the subjects who are exposed to health risks and are
heavy smokers.   Health risks seem to be potentiated by tobacco
smoke, and this is shown especially clearly when the groups are
compared after standardization for age.

-------
                                     975
          L1etude du role des nuisances atmospheriques dans le develop-
pement des maladies pulmonaires chroniques doit tenir cotnpte de nombreux
facteurs, tels que la pollution atmospherique generale, les variations
climatiques, les conditions socio-economiques, mais aussi des expositions
professionnelles et des habitudes tabagiques comme le souligne B. FERRIS
(4).

          Pour etudier plus particulierement ces deux derniers facteurs,
trois groupes socio-professionnels diffirents habitant la roeme region, done
sounds aux memes ambiances generales mais differents dans leurs expositions
professionnelles et dans leurs habitudes tabagiques personnelles ont ete
examines. Les resultats observes dans ces trois groupes sont ici presentes
et discutes, d'abord en considerant separement les groupes, puis plus
specifiquement en fonction des expositions.

MATERIEL ET METHODE

          Les examens ont ete menes dans une ville de 1'Est de la France,
aupres de trois groupes 3 peu pres egaux de travailleurs. Le premier
groupe est constitue d'ouvriers du batiroent sounds professionnellement
aux poussieres et aux intemperies, le deuxieme groupe est constitue
d'ouvriers d'une usine siderurgique sounds durant leur travail & des
polluants multiples (poussieres, fumees, gaz irritants), enfin le
troisieme groupe est form6 de travailleurs peu exposes professionnellement,
constitue essentiellement par les employes et petits commer^ants de
1'agglomeration.

          Seuls les bournes de 40 3 60 ans ont ete choisis, dans les deux
premiers groupes par tirage au sort sur la liste nominale professionnelle
apres elimination des sujets ayant une radiographie anormale (sequelles
de tuberculose, silicose, abces du poumon etc ...} et dans le troisieme
groupe, sur la liste electorale apres elimination des sujets pouvant
appartenir aux deux groupes precedents. Le tirage au sort est fait en
sorte que la repartition soit d peu pres identique dans chaque tranche
d'age de 5 ans entre 40 et 60 ans.

          Ainsi, 196 ouvriers du batiment (groupe I), 200 ouvriers de
I1usine siderurgique (groupe II) et 185 habitants de 1'agglomeration

-------
                    FREQUENCE DE LA SYMPTOMATOLOGY DANS LES 3 GRODPES SOCIO-PROFESSIONNELS


Toux 0 Exp. 0
Toux +• Exp. 0
Toux + Exp. +
Toux + Exp. +
Dyspnee d* effort
GROUPE I
Ouvriers bat.
(196 sujets)
(100) 51 Z
(17) 8,5 Z
(38) 19,5 Z
(41) 21 Z xx
(37) 18,9 Z
GROUPE II
Ouvriers sidSrurg.
(200 sujets)
(89) 44,5 Z
(9) 4,5 Z
(38) 19 Z
(64) 32 Z
(43) 21,5 Z
GROUPE III
Habitants
(185 sujets)
** (107) 58 Z
(4) 2,1 Z
** (55) 29,6 Z
xxx (19) 10,3 Z
(39) 31 Z



X
XX
XX

                                                                                                                      VO
                                                    Tableau I

Les astfirisques placfis aprSs les chiffres de la 36 colotme indiquent les  conparaisons des chiffres  de  la ISre
colonne et de la 36, et ceux entre les colonnes, les comparaisons inter-colonnes.
* p < 0,05    xx p < 0,01
xxx  p  <0,001

-------
                                     977
(groupe III), soit au total 581 sujets, ont 6te examines par la meme
equipe de medecins et techniciens et par les meme equipe de medecins et
techniciens et par les memes appareillages. Un interrogatoire standard de
la bronchite chronique est utilise1 (interrogatoire adopte par fa
Comnunaute Europeenne Charbon et Acier (2), derive de celui du British
Medical Research Council (10}). II pennet de connaitre la symptomatologie,
les habitudes tabagiques, les expositions professionnelles des sujets.
Un examen clinique est ensuite pratique, suivi des epreuves fonctionnelles
comportant : la determination de la capacite vitale (CV), du volume
expiratoire maximum seconde (VEMS), du volume residual (VR) et les calculs
des rapports VEMS/CV et VR/CT ; des epreuves au monoxyde de carbone :
transfert du CO en apnee, transfert et ductances du CO en regime stable
au repos et au cours d'un effort de 40 watts.

RESULTATS

          Dans les groupes Studies, les rSponses au questionnaire
permettent de dire qu'il y a plus de sujets se plaignant d'une toux et
d'une expectoration chronique s depuis au mo ins 2 ans (r£pondant ainsi &
la definition de la bronchite chronique) chez les ouvriers de 1'usine
sidSrurgique (groupe II) par rapport aux ouvriers du batiment (groupe I)
et aux habitants de 1*agglomeration (groupe III). Cette difference est
hautement eignificative (p < 0,01 et p < 0,001). C'est aussi dans le
groupe III qu'il y a le plus de sujets sans symptomatologie. II n'y a pas
de difference quant & la frequence de la dyspn£e d'effort qui est signaled
dans les trois groupes A peu pres chez I sujet sur 5.

          Les examens fonctionnels montrent que les valeurs spirographiques
sont dans 1'ensemble meilleures dans le groupe des ouvriers de sidSrurgie
(groupe II) par rapport aux deux autres, malgrg les donn£es cliniques
anterieures. Dans les trois groupes, on note une dScroissance de la
capacit€ vitale et du VEMS en Z des valeurs theoriques (ces valeurs
tiennent compte d6j4 des facteurs taille et 3ge des sujets) en fonctlon de
1'Sge. Ceci pennet de dire que les anomalies spirographiques sont plus
frSquentes chez les sujets 3ges, en particulier dans le groupe III
(Fig. I et 2). II n'existe pas de difference significative dans les
fipreuves au monoxyde de carbone pour les trois groupes, d'un groupe d

-------
                                        978
   C Wheor.

  110, V.
  105.
  100.
  95.
   90-
  05.
                               VEMS%fh«or.

                             110HV.
                                             105.
                                             100^
                                             95-
                                             90.
                             esJ
                                                                      Bcfimrnl
      40-44
               45-49
                       50-54
                               55-60 001
                                   ~~T	
                                    40-44
	1	
 45-49
                                                                    50-54
                                                                             55-60
                                                                                 on»
  Fig.  1.  Modifications  de la  CV#the-   Fig. 2.  Modifications du VEMS#-
  orique pour  un groupe d'ouvriers de    theorique  pour un  group d'ouvriers
  eiderurgie.
                             de  siderurgie,

                             CV*rheor.
 DuCO
105.
100.
 95-
 90-
85-
   V.
                                            105.
                                            100-
                                            95
                                            90.
      40-44
<5-<9
                        50-54
                  55-60 ons
                                                                  A
                                                                  Hotnlonti
  Fig.  3.  Modifications  du CO repos-
  $theorique pour un groupe d'ouvriere
  de siderurgie.
                                     0       1-9     10-19
                              Fig.  *f.   Effete du tabac sur  la
                              CV^theorique.

-------
                                     979
 1'autre  et  d'une tranche d'age 3 1'autre lorsqu'on exprime les resultats
 en  pourcentage  des valeurs theoriques (Fig.  3).

          En fonction du tabac, on note peu de  modifications de la
 capacite vitale Z de theorique (Fig. 4)  mais par centre le VEMS Z de la
 theorique est plus abaisse chez les plus gros fumeurs, ceci dans les trois
 groupes  socio-professionnels et laisse  penser que I'obstruction bronchique
 est plus marquee chez ces sujets (Fig.  5). L'efficacite ventilatoire jugee
 par la ductance du CO est plus abaissee chez les fumeurs, par rapport
 aux non  fumeurs, mais il n'y a pas de difference selon I1importance des
 habitudes tabagiques (fig. 6).
 VEMSMheor.
no-,'/.
105.
100
 95
 90
        \
              \
                           HotMlontt
        0      1-9     10-19   «20ci9ar»««
    Fig. 5.  Effete du tabac  sur
    le VEMStftheorique.
 OuCO repos V. theor.
105. V.
                                      100.
                                       95.
                                       90.
                                       as.
                W     10-19
 Fig. 6.  Effets du tabac  sur le
 C0-repos#theorique .
           La difference dans 1*exposition tenant compte des groupes socio-
 professionnels, comme il vient d'etre present§, est relativeroent grossiire.
 Au sein du meme groupe, les sujets sont plus ou moins exposes et il est
 plus logique de consid€rer les sujets selon leur exposition individuelle.
           L'on constate ainsi que le taux de bronchite est toujours plus
 eleve chez les sujets ayant une exposition professionnelle, ceci quelie

-------
                                    980
 que soit la tranche d'age envisagee (fig. 7). Cependant 1'influence du
 tabac est aussi indiscutable  : chez les non  fumeurs, les sujets exposes
 ont certes un taux de bronchite plus eleve (21 %) que les non exposes
 (6,5 %), mais ce taux est nettement plus bas que chez les sujets sans
 exposition professionnelle mais gros fumeurs (39,5 %). Chez les gros
 fumeurs, exposes professionnellement, le taux de bronchite atteint 63,5 Z
 (pres des 2/3 des sujets) 'Fig. 8).
                                            so v.
60.
40.
20.
 OJ
      l~~l non rxfxuri

    40-44
45-49
50-54
55-40ons
Fig.  ?.   Taux de  bronchite selon age
et expositions professionnelles.
                                            60,
                                            20.
                              OJ
                                                 I  J non fipoitl
                                    A/on  A/meurs     Gro» /umeura
                             Fig.  8.  Taux  de  bronchite
                             suivftnt tabac  et  expositions
           La frequence de la dyspnee est aussi plus grande chez les gros
 fumeurs qui sont exposes professionnellement 3 d'autres polluants (Fig. 9),
 Quelques unes des donnees fonctionnelles, dont les valeurs moyennes sont
 rappelees dans le tableau II, montrent indiscutablement des perturbations
 plus marquees chez les sujets fumeurs et exposes professionnellement a des
 nuisances. Cette difference est surtout tres significative pour TCO/V.
 La plus grande frequence d'un syndrome obstructif (rapport VEMS/CV .<65Z)
 est rappelee dans la fig. 10.

           La nature de 1'exposition professionnelle joue-t-elle un role ?
 Ce point a ete particulierement etudie dans le groupe des ouvriers
 siderurgiques ou les expositions sont les mieux caracterisees. Dans ce

-------
              CV Z,  VEMS  %  et  TCO/m2 EN FONCTION DE LfEXPOSITION,  DES HABITUDES  TABAGIQUES  ET  DE I/AGE


                                                       CV 5!
                               Non ExposS
Expos6 profesaionnellement
40-44 ana 45-49 ana
Funeur
Non Funeur

Fumeur

Non Fumeur

Fumeur
Non Fumeur
106,17
(13,4)
105,10
(20,3)

105,00
(14,3)
*
106,01
(28,3)

14,29
€6,1)
*
18,25
(5,5)
95,16
(14,0)
102,73
(17,6)

96,14
(19,9)

108,00
(19,5)

13,33
(3,1)
19,36
(5,8)
50-55 an s 55-60 ans 40-44 ans
96,23
(25,3)
94,83
(13,8)

95,32
(17,5)

99,82
(15,2)

13,17
(2,52)
14,20
(3,6)
91,95
(14,4)
101,00
(29,6)
VEMS %
89,2
(21,5)

99,33
(27,1)
TCO/m2/min . /nonHg
11,92
(2,7)
**x
17,60
(7,4)
100,40
(15,9)
104., 23
(18,8)

100,65
(21,3)
*
115,23
(24,3)
(apnge)
12,67*
. (3,1)
14,29
(6,1)
45-49 ana
98,68
(17,33)
95,40
(17,1)

98,23
(23,9)

104,90
(27,7)

11,62**
(4,0)
13,33**
(3,1)
50-55 ans
96,09
(16,7)
98
(18,0)

95,87
(19,8)

104,84
(18,1)

10,64***
(3,0)
**
13,17
(2,5)
55-60 ans
93,98
(14,54)
92,9
(15,66)

88,57
(20,9)
*
99,15
(20,3)

9,94***
(2,6)
**
11,92**
(2,7)
                                                     Tableau  II


 Lea ast£risquea place's aprSs  lea chiffrea  des  colonnes de droite  comparent cellea-ci avec  lea colonnes
correapondantes, a gauche.   * < 0,05   **   < 0,01     *** < 0,001.
                                                                                                                         10
                                                                                                                         oo

-------
                                     982
                                        VEMS/CV  <  65V.
 Dyspnee
40.
30.
20-
 10
              1-9
                     10-19   »20cigar«ll«
Fig.  9.   Effets du  tabac eur  la
dyspnee.
                                        25.
                                        20.
                                        15.
                                        10
                                         5J
     0        1-9       10-19   %,20cigar*rt*s
Fig. 10.   Effete du  tabac sur  le
VEMS/CV.
  groupe, nous avons distingue les sujets sans exposition, ceux exposes
  unique ment aux poussieres, et ceux ayant une exposition multiple, poussieres
  fumees et vapeurs chimiques.

            La frequence de la toux et de 1'expectoration chroniques est
  plus importantes chez les sujets exposes surtout aux poussieres. II n'y a
  pas de difference nette dans la frequence de la dyspnee ou des poussees
  pulramaires aigues durant les trois dernieres annees. Les habitudes
  tabagiques sont comparables dans les trois sous-groupes selon la nature
  de 1'exposition (Fig. 11). La comparaison des donnees fonctionnelles de
  ces trois sous-groupes est rappelee dans les tableaux III et IV. On ne
  constate pas de difference notable dans les valeurs spirographiques. Par
  centre, il existe une baisse significative de TCO/V et de la ductance
  du CO a 1'effort dans les groupes sounds a une exposition multiple. Ces
  resultats font se demander si 1'exposition aux polluants ne deteriorerait
  pas plus specifiquement 1'efficacite des echanges, et soulignent 1'interet
  pour les etudes epidemiologiques non seulement des techniques spirogra-
  phiques classiquement utilisees, mais  aussi des epreuves permettant de
  juger de 1'efficacite des echanges, en particulier des epreuves au CO.

-------
                                    983
                         REPARTITION SELON (.'EXPOSITION
                   60.

                   40

                   20

                    OJ

             I
60.

40

20

 0
                      Tbux chr.  Exprcl chr.   Dyifmff £pwx/« pulm
                                              CD •
                              Habitude lobagiquf
                        1a9
            10 a 19   2.20 cigar»H«
                  Fig.  11.  Les differents effets  pul-
                  monaires et  habitudes  tabagiques en
                  fonction de  1'exposition.
DISCUSSION
          Dans cette etude, nous nous sonnnes adresses  3 deux groupemenCs
socio-professionnels bien definis alors que le  troisieme  groupe est
constitue par les habitants de I1agglomeration. Comme  le  souligne  B.  FERRIS
(3) et FLETCHER (5), les groupes de travailleurs constituent des popu-
lations speciales et eelectionnees. Les sujets  doivent etre  en bonne  sante
pour pouvoir obtenir leur travail, d'autre part les personnes qui  peuvent
avoir un certain degre d'atteinte pulmonaire ne choisiraient pas le metier
d'ouvrier metallurgiste mais plutot un metier repute peu  expose comme
celui de commer^ant par exemple. Ceci pourrait  expliquer  les differences
que nous avons constatees du point de vue spirographique  entre le  groupe
des ouvriers de 1'usine siderurgique avec les autres groupes. D'autant que
pour le groupe des habitants de 1*agglomeration, nous  n*avons pu faire

-------
                              RESULTATS EN FONCTION DE L1EXPOSITION DUBANT LE TRAVAIL
I II
aucune exposition exposition aux
n - 31 poussieres
n - 64
CV Z de la thfiorique
M 98,60
o 19,30
VEMS Z de la thSorique
M 103,00
a 27,00
VEMS/CV Z
M 76,50
o 9,20
VR/CT %
M 27,10
a 7,80

99,20
16,70

99,40
21,60

74,40
13,00

26,25
6,70
III Test t
poussieres, I-II I-III II-III
flanges et vapeurs
n - 98

99,90
16,80

101,40
22,5

74,70
10,70

26,39
8,18
                                                                                                                        vo
                                                                                                                        00
                                                    Tableau  III
 (Ne  figure pas dans  ce  tableau  le  sous  groupe  des  7 sujets exposes  aux fumges et/ou aux vapeurs chimiques).  II
n'y a pas de difference significative au point de vue  spirographique  selon les expositions professionnelles.

-------
                                RESULIATS EN FONCTION DE L'EXPOSITION DURANT LE TRAVAIL





REGIME STABLE
TCO/m2, ml/min/mnHg
Repos
M
a
Exercice
H
a
TCO/V
Repos
M
0
Exercice
M
a
APNEE
TCO/m2
M
a
DuCOZ de la thgorique
Repos
M
a
Exercice
M
a
I
aucune 'exposition
n - 31





13,81
2,66

14,77
3,92

2,11
0,65
2,62
0,72


13,55
2,50


99,10
13,40

105,70
15,90
II
exposition aux
poussiSres
n - 64




12,91
4,17

13,69
3,60

1.94
0,69
2,63
0,83


12,58
2,72


99,70
-10,60

104,70
14,80
III Test t

poussi&res,
fumees et vapeurs I~III II-III
n - 98



12,66
3,59
•f y ^ ^
13,35
3,96

1,80
0,63 *
2,34 * *
0,72
r

12,60
2,73
™ f • •*

98,30
12,00

100,70
12,5 * *
                                                                                                                         CO
                                                                                                                         Ul
                                                Tableau IV

 Ne figure pas dans ce tableau,  le  sous-groupe  composg de 7 sujets exposes aux fumees et/ou aux vapeurs cbimiques

C'est surtout les mesurea au CO  a 1'effort  (TCO/V et  ductance) qui distinguent le sous-groupe des sujets exposes
 aux polluaats multiples.                                                              or        j      Fw.ca

-------
                                    986
lea eliminations d'apres les radiographies comme pour les deux autres
groupes pour lesquels les radiographies systematiques de medecine du
travail ont pu etre faites tous les ans. Afin de rendre le plus comparable
possible les groupes socio—professionnels, nous n'avons choisi que des
sujets homines, de 40 a 60 ans, en echantillons stratifies par 5 ans d'age
et nous avons suppose qu'habitant la me me petite agglomeration les facteurs
atmospheriques seraient les mimes. En fait, selon les vents dominants, la
repartition des fumees et poussicres de 1'usine sur 1'agglomeration peut
etre differente d'un jour a 1'autre. Ceci etant, 1'etude comparative qui a
ete faite ici permet de bien souligner, comme 1'ont deja fait LOWE et coll.
(9), FRAPPIER-DAVIGNON et coll. (6), I1influence importance du facteur
tabagique qu'il faut prendre en consideration chaque fois que 1'on veut
etudier le role des pollutions dans lee maladies pulmonaires chroniques.
Loin cependant de conclure comme LOWE (9) qu'il s'agit du seul facteur
important, les resultats ici presentes montrent que la pollution profesion-
nelle joue un role indiscutable. Les resultats montrent aussi qu'il y a un
effet potentialisateur indiscutable du tabac et les facteurs de nuisance
atmospherique professionnelle. L'interet des epreuves au CO dans les
enquetes epidemiologiques est ici bien souligne par les differences
observees seulement avec ces tests dans les groupes distingues selon leur
type d'exposition professionnelle.

Travail ayant beneficie de  1'aide financiere de la Commission des
Communautes Europeennes.
                               BIBLIOGRAPHIE
        BECKENKAMP,  H.W.,  Chronische  Bronchitis  und ..Arbeit splat z.
        in Thorax Krankheiten.  Dtsch  Med.  J.,  5,  23-26  (1971).

        BR1LLE,  D.,  VAN DER LENDE,  R.,  SANNA RANDACCIO,  F.,  SMIDT,  U.,
        MINETTE,  A., Commentaires relatifs au questionnaire  de la CECA  pom-
        1'etude  de la bronchite chronique  et de  I'emphyseme  pulmonaire.
        2eme Edition, Luxembourg (1972).

        FERRIS,  E.G.Jr., BURGESS, W.A., WORCESTER,  T.,  Prevalence of
        chronic  respiratory disease in  a pulp mill  and  a paper mill, in
        United States, Brit. J. Industr. Med., 24,  26-37 (1967).

-------
                                    987
4      FERRIS, B.C.Jr., Epideroiological studies on Air Pollution and Health.
       Arch. Environm. Health, 16, 541-555 (1968).


5      FLETCHER. C.M., ELMES, P.C., FAIRBAIRN, A.S., WOOD, C.H., C.H., The
       significance of respiratory symptoms and the diagnosis of chronic
       bronchitis in a working population. Brit. Med. J., 2, 257-266 (1959)


6      FRAPPIER-DAVIGNON, L., JEGIER, S., DROUIN, C., MARIER, J., ROY, L.P.,
       TOURANGEAU, F.J., Etude de 1'effet combine de la pollution atmosphe'-
       rique, de 1'exposition professionnelle et des habitudes de tabac
       dans les affections pulroonaires obstructives. I - Methodologie.
       Hyg. et Med. Soc., 102, 1537-1541 (1973).


7      HIGGINS, I.T.T., OLDHAM, D.D., COCHRANE, A.L., GILSON, J.C.,
       Respiratory symptoms and pulmonary desability in a industrial town
       Brit. Med. J.  2, 904 (1956).


8      HIGGINS, I.T.T., COCHRANE, A.L., GILSON, J.C., WOOD, C.H., Popu-
       lation studies of chronic  respiratory disease. A comparison of
       miners,  foundry workers and others, in Staveley. Derbishire, Brit.
       of  Industr. Med.,  16,  255-268  (1959).


9      LOWE,  G.R., CAMPBELL,  H.,  KHOSLA, T., Bronchitis in  two  integrated
       steel-works. 3 - Respiratory  symptoms and  ventilatory capacity
       related  to  atmospheric pollution, Brit.  J. of  Industr. Med., 27,
        121-129  (1970),

 10     Medical  Research Council's committee on  the  aetrology of chronic
       bronchitis  (1960). Standardised  questionnaires on  respiratory
       symptoms. FLETCHER,  C.M.  (Chairman), CLIFYON,  M.,  FAIRBAIRN, A.S.,
       FRY,  J., GILSON, J.C., HIGGINS,  I.T.T.,  MAIR,  A.,  PEMBERTON, J.,
       ROGAN,  J.M., SMITH,  D.H.,  and WOOD, C.H. (secretary), Brit. Med.
       J., 2, 1665 (1960).


11     MINETTE, A., Le probleroe de la bronchite chez les ouvriers metal-
       lurgistes, Cahiers Med. Trav., 4, 71-127 (1966).


12     PHAM, Q.T., GIMENEZ, M., MYRE, M., CHASPOUL, H., MARTIN, J.,
       Contribution a  1'epidemiologie de la bronchite chronique chez les
       Travailleurs du batiment.  Bull. Physio-path. Resp.,  8, 769-795 (1972)


13     PHAM, Q.T., MYRE, M.,  MARTIN, J., KNELSON, J., GRAIMPREY, J.,
       Prevalence de  la bronchite chronique dans differents groupes socio-
       prp_fe8_si_onne_ls_v II Ouyriers d'une usine  siderurEique, Respiration
       (a  paraitre).


14     RAE, S., WALKER, D.D., ATTFIELS, M.D., Chronic bronchitis and dust
       exposure in British coal miners, Inhaled Part. Vap., 2,  883-896
       (1970).


15     WORTH, G., MYSERS, K., SMIDT, U., GASTHAUS,  L., The  epidemiology
       of  bronchopulmonary symptoms in  coal miners, foundry workers.
       chemical, and  bakers,  Bull. Physio-path. Resp., 6, 617-636 (1970).

-------
                              988
                          DISCUSSION
LEFEVRE (Belgique)
     Voulez-vous donner des precisions sur le calcul du facteur
de transfert du CO envers les sujets fumeurs ou non fumeurs.


PHAM  (France)

     Ce facteur de transfert a 6t6 e"tudi6 par la technique en
respiration unique (single breath) et par la technique en &tat
stable.  Pour chaque sujet, 1'analyseur est reglS au point z6ro
sur 1'air expire du sujet  (fumeur ou non fumeur) afin d'eViter
les inconvenients de la "back pressure"

-------
                              989
           LARMBELASTUNG, KOHLENMONOXIDEBELASTUNG UND
                     KOMBINATIONSWIRKUNGEN

     M, HAIDER/ E, GROLL-KNAPP/ M, NEUBERGER, H.-G, STIDL
Institut fur Urawelthygiene der Universitat Wien, Osterreich
KURZFASSUNG

     FUr die Featlegung von LUrmgrenzwerten aind u. a. Vnterau-
chungen der zeitueiligen HOraohwellenveraohiebung  (TTS) und dee
Htfrerholungsvorganga von Bedeutung.   In unaeren Experimenten
konnte gezeigt werdenf daaa die Rtlckbildung der H&rerrnUdung bei
gleiohzeitigev Ldrmbelaetung sahon ab 65 dB verzOgert werden kann.
Zwischen 75 und 85 dB steigt diese VerzOgerungswirkung stark an
und sahlagt bei etwa 85 dB in zunehmende HOrermUdung urn.
     •f
     Uber die Kohlenmonoxiduirkung auf den Menachen konnten wir
eine Reihe payohophysiologiacher Experiments durchftihren, u. a.
konnten dabei Auswirkungen auf die Informationeverarbeitung im
Gehirn mit Hilfe von computeranalyeierten Potentialen nachgewiesen
werden.   Urn Aufeahlilaae Uber mOgliche Kombinationsuirkungen zu
erhalteni uurden 20 Vereuohapereonen in einem Doppelblindverauoh
4 Stunden mit 200 ppm Kohlermonoxid  belaatet und wtlhrend der letz-
ten 1/4 Stunde einem Ldrm von 105 dB auageaetzt.   Die Hdraoh-
uellenveraohiebung und der Verlauf der HSrerholung (1 Stunde)
zeigten keine statistiaoh aignifikanten Unterschiede.

     Vahrend fur hohe COHb-Werte synergiatiaohe Wirkungen mit
Larm auf daa Horainneeaystem beaohrieben aind, zeigen dieae
Ergebniaae, daaa bei geringen Doaen die beiden Umweltnoxen in*
different* alao voneinander ueitgehend unabhangigt wirken dtlrften.
Der Ldrm bevirkt die Horechwellenverachiebung duroh Einuirkung

-------
                              990
auf die Haarzellen im Innenohr, wahrend das Kohlenmonoxid eher
die zentrale akustische Informationsverarbeitung beeinflusst.

     (Mit finanzieller UnterstHtzung des Osterreichischen "Ponds
zur FSrderung der wissenschaftlichen Forschung" und der  "All-
gemeinen Unfallversicherungsanstalt". )
ABSTRACT

     In determining  limits for noise  levels  two of  the important
.factors are investigations into  temporary  threshold shifts  (TTS)
and the hearing recovery process.   In our experiments we were
able to demonstrate  that the regression of aural fatigue from
coincident noise  levels could be delayed from 65 dB upwards.
This delaying effect  increases sharply between 75 and 85 dB and
at approximately  85  dB suddenly  changes to an increase in aural
fatigue.

     We were able  to  conduct a series of psyahophysiological ex-
periments on the  effect of carbon monoxide on man.   One of our
findings was evidence of the effects  on data processing in  the
brain, which was  obtained with the  help of computer-analysed
potentials.   In  order to obtain data on possible combined  ef-
fects  20 subjects  were subjected to 200 ppm  carbon  monoxide for
4 hours in a double  blind test,  and during the final quarter of
an hour a noise at a level of 105 dB  was added.   No statisti-
cally  significant  differences were  found between the temporary
threshold shifts  and hearing recovery time (1 hour).

     While noise-related synergistic effects on the auditosensov-y
system are described for high COEb values,  these results show
that the effects of both environmental contaminants, in small
doses,  are probably indifferent,  and therefore mainly independent
of each other.    The noise,  acting on the hair cells of the inney
ear,  produces temporary threshold shifts, while the effect of the
carbon monoxide is rather on central acoustic data processing.

-------
                           991
1) Einleitung
LSrm und Kohlenmonoxid sind zwei so welt verbreitete Umwelt-
noxen, daft es sehr wichtig erscheirit, auch ihre mogliohen
Kombinationswirkungen sorgfSltig abzugrenzen.  Fur hohe COHb-
Werte konnte eine synergistisehe Wirkunp - wahrscheinlich
aufgrund der hervorgerufenen Hypoxidose im Innenohr - mit
LSrm nachgewiesen werden. Fur geringe Dosen mussen aber die
moglichen Kombinationswirkungen noch eingehend untersucht
werden. Eirien Beitrag dazu sollen unsere Untersuohungen
uber Horerholung unter LSrmbelastunp, sowie uber Kohlenmono-
xidwirkung auf das Zentralnervensystem und schlieBlich uber
das Zusammenwirken von La'rm- und Kohlenmonoxidbelastung bei
der Beeinflussung von Horermiidung und Horerholunp; liefern.
2) Horerholung unter LMrmbelastung
Der iSrmbedingte Horverlust beruht auf der Summierung wie-
derholter Gehorermudungen. Die HorsehSdip.unp, wird durch eine
Stoffwechselinsuffizienz der Innenohrhaarzellen bewirkt und
schreitet umso intensiver fort, je haufiger ein nooh ermii-
detes Ohr neuerlichen LSrmbelastungen ausgesetzt ward. Un-
tersuchungen uber zeitweilige Horschwellenversohiebungen
(TTS) sind sehr wichtig, urn die GesetzmSftigkeiten der Hor-
ermiidung und der Horerholung aufzuklSren und entsprechende
prophylaktische MaBnahmen vorzuschlagen. In einigen expe-
rimentellen Untersuchungen (Schwetz et al. 1, Doooler et
al. 2) konnten wir die Horerholung bei gleiohzeitiger Ein-
wirkung eines weiften Rauschens bzw. eines OktavbandgerSu-
sches mit 2ooo Hz Mittenfrequenz untersuchen. Wir konnten
dabei nachweisen, daft die gleichzeitige Gerauscheinwirkung
die Gehorerholung stark zu reduzieren vermag. Bereits bei
eine^m "Ruheiarmpegel" von 65 dB ist die Verzogerung der
Horerholung nachweisbar, wenn auch erst nach einer Stunde
und nur in geringem Ausmaft. Bei einem "RuhelSrmoegel" von
75 dB Oder zwischen 75 und 85 dB steigt die Verzogerungs-
wirkung stark an und schlagt bei 85 dB  und dardber in zu-
nehmende Horermiidung um. Die beobachteten HorerholungskuF-ven

-------
                            992
 dB
 30
 25-
 1Q
                                           65beo.
                                           75,65,30 erw.
                                           3Obeo.
                        15'   30'   60'   120'
Abb.l Zeitlicher Verlauf der [lorerhol imp;  bei  gleichzei'
    •r LarmeinWirkung von 3o, 65, 75, 85 und  95 dB (au:v
gezoRene  Kurvori ) .  Die stri chliorten Kurven stellen die
nach Pormeln  crrechneten Worte dar. Nach  einer Stunde
weicbt nogar  die Horerholunp, unter Gerliuscheinwirkunp,
von 65 dB von  don  berechneteri Erwartungswerten ab.

-------
                           993
         CLICK
                                            EP1
                                           EP2
                    100msec
                                              O

                                              CO
Abb.2 Akustisch evozierte Potentiale mit  und  ohne  Kohlen
monoxideinwirkung. Die schematische Darstellung der
spSten Potentialanteile ISBt erkennen,  daB nur geringe
Amplituden- und Latenzunterschiede bestehen.

-------
                            994
sind in Abb. 1 den  rifjch  Bercchnunpyn (Ward 3) erwarteton
K u r ven ge gf-'n fibe rge s te ) 11 .
5) Auswirkungen geringer  Kohlomnonox i ddoscn auf Himpoton-
   tiale urid Horfunktion
In einigen Versuehsreihen  (Grol 1-Knaon ot al . JO konnton
wir nachweison, daft auch  goririge Dosen vori Koh 1 en mono x id
Veranderungen bei  computeranalyaierton HirnpotonliaIon  ho-
wirken konnen. Die dui-ch  Cllc:kr,  ovo7.ierton Pol,f-nl.i n 1«-  7,eip,-
t,en daboi  allerdirip;s  riur  uohr fori np;o UntorGcbiodp
CO-Bedingunp; und  Kontrol Ibocli np-.unp;. Die:-, ir.t in Abb.?
stellt. Die Amplitudon  sind untep CO-K i nwi rkunp, Ptwar,  re-
duziertv. Mehr Unto rschiedc1 zeip;en die lanp.r.omnn Hirnnoten-
tiale. Solche bilden  aich  bei spiel swei tie 7.wischon  zwo i  Roi -
zen, einem Warnreiz und einem imnerat.i ven F^ei?,, in F,rwar-
tungssituationen  au:?.  Boiapiele  mit dout lichen Kndorungpn
unter  CO-Einwi rkung frep;en\\b^r dor Kontrollbedi np.unp,  mil.
Normalluft sirid in Abb. 3  p;e/,eip;t. Offonsi chtlinh kann  die
Informationsverarbeitunp;  im Zentralnervonpystem ,durch  F,in-
wirkung von Kohlenmonoxid  nuch in ger-ingen Donen ger.tort
werden. Die Storung  1st deutlicher bfi e lokt,rint:hen  Kirn-
potentialen, die  mit  komplexen Si tuat i onen, wie F>war>tungci-
vorgangen, verknupft  sirid.
Ototoxische Wirkungen des  Kohlenmonoxi dt; r^ind r,eit  langem
beschrieben, durften  aber erst bei hoheren Konzentrationen
auftreten. Horverluste  wurderi vor allem nach Kinwirkung von
Generatorgas bei  einem bet rScht 1 i chen Pro7.ent.sat7  de r  unter-
puchten Pernonen  gefunden. (Lumio 5)
4) Kombi nationswirkungen  von La'r-m und Kohlenmonoxid
Es gibt eine Heihe von klinischen Beobachtungen uber Arbeits-
situationen, bei  denen sowohl La'rmbelaytunp. al? auch Koh-
lenmonoxidbe'lastung  vorlagen. Es ist  dabei schwierig fest-
zustellen, ob die eine odor die  andere Noxe aich in  finer
Horstorung auswirkte, oder ob beide Noxen oine kombinierte
Wirkung batten  (Wageniann  6). In  Tiervorsuchen wurde  einer-
seits  eine durc-.h  I-.a'rm verzogerte Koh lenmonoxidauRscheidung

-------
                            995
                NOmULQEHALT
                                        *0 pprtiCO
     VpGRO
     VpV»L
Abb.3 Beispiele von Erwartungswellen mit und ohne Koh-
lenmonoxideinwirkung.  Die  untereinander gezeichneten 3
Kurven jeder Vp. entsprechen  den 3 Abschnitten eines
Vigilanztests.

-------
                           996
        TTS 3000
                                    CO
      2OdB
      16
      14
      12
      10
                          16
32
64
• in.
Abb.4 Zeitlicher Verlauf  der  HSrerholungskurven nach 15
Minuten L&rmbelastung  (Io5  dB OktavbandlSrm,  2ooo Hz
Mittenfrequenz). Die ausgezogene  Kurve  mit vorheriger
CO-Belastung und die strichlierte Kurve ohne  CO-Be-
lastung zeigen nur geringe^statistisch  nicht  signifi-
kante Unterschiede.

-------
                            997
 behauptet  (Zorn  7)  und  andererseits treten durch Koblenmo-
 noxid  bewirkte histologische VerSnderungen an den Haarzel-
 len bei  gleichzeitiger  L&rmeinwirkung  friiher ein (Kittel
 und Theissing 8). In  diesen Fallen 1st also eine syner-
 gistische  Kombinationswirkung  gegeben. Die COHb-Werte  lagen
 allerdings  in den letztgenannten Untersuchungen sehr hoch.
 Sie betrugen 5o/8 und  mehr.
 Urn AufschlUsse fiber mSgliche Kombinationswirkungen auch bei
 Einwirkung geririgerer Kohlenmonoxiddosen  zu erhalten,  ha-
 ben wir  die Horermiidung (TTS)  und die  H5rerholung mit  und
 ohne vorherige CO-Einwirkung bei 2o Vpn untersucht. Sie
 wurden in  einem  Doppelblindversuch entweder einer Atmospha-
 re von 2oo  ppm CO oder  normaler Atemluft  fUr je ^ .Stunden
 ausgesetzt. WShrend der letzten 15 Minuten wurden sie  je-
 desmal mit  einem OktavbandlSrm von Io5 dB und einer Mitten-
 frequenz von 2ooo Hz  beschallt. Die zeitweilige HSrschwel-
 lenverschiebung  wurde mit TesttQnen von 3ooo und 4ooo  Hz
 nach 4,  8,  16, 32 und 64 Minuten geprUft. Die H8rerholungs-
 kurven fQr  Testtbne von 3ooo Hz sind in Abb.^ dargestellt.
 Die TTS-Werte nach  kombinierter CO- und LSrmeinwirkung sind
 bei der  ersten Messung  etwas hoher als in der Kontrollsi-
 tuation, bei den weiteren Messungen aber  praktisch gleich
 und bei  der letzten Messung nach einer Stunde sogar etwas
 niedriger.  Keiner der Unterschiede war statistisch signi-
 fikant.  Die COHb-Werte  liegen  zum Zeitpunkt der Beschallung
 bei ca.  13?. Bis zu dieser H5he verhalten sich demnach Koh-
 lenmonoxidbelastung und LSrmbelastung  hinsichtlich der zeit-
 weiligen HSrschwellenverschiebung i,ndif ferent. Die Ursaehe
 liegt  wahrscheinlich  darin, dafi> Kohlenmonoxidwirkungen in,
 geringen Dosen mehr zentral angreifen, also die akustische
 Inf<5rmationsverarbeitung im Rahmen komplexerer Aufmerksam-
 keits- und  ErwartungsvorgSnge  beeintrSchtigen, wShrend LSrm
•hinsichtlich der TTS  vorwiegend die Punktion der Haarzellen
 im Innenohr herabsetzt.  Synergistische Wirkung zwischen
 LSrm und Kohlenmonoxid  wird offensichtlich erst dann  fest-

-------
                           998
stellbar, wenn auch die Hypoxidose in den Haarzellen des
Innenohres durch Kohlenmonoxid allein ein merkbares Aus-
maft erreicht.
Es wird Aufgabe weiterer Untersuchungen sein festzustellen,
ob, wann und unter welchen Umweltbedingungen mit dem Beginn
synergistischer Wirkungen zwischen Kohlenmonoxid und L&rm
beim Menschen zu rechnen ist.
 Literatur :
 1)  Schwetz  P.,  Donner R.,  Langer ft.  und  Haider  M. ,
    Experimentelle  Horermudung und ihre Ruckbildung  unter
 Ruhe- und Larmbedingungen
 Monatsschr.  f.  Ohrenhei Ikunde , Laryngorhinologie ^_,  162
 (197o)
 2)  Doppler  U.,  Haider M. ,  Scheiblechner  H.  und  Schwetz P.,
    Experimentelle  Horermudung und ihre Rilckbildung  unter
 industrieShnlichen ,  schmalbandigen La'rmbedingungen
 Monatsschr.  f.  Ohrenheilkunde , Laryngorhinologie 6^,  2^5
 (1973)
 3)  Ward W.D. ,
    Temporary  Threshold Shift  in a Changing  Noise Level
 J .acoust .Soc.Amer. 32, 235 (196o)
 4)  Groll-Knapp  E., Wagner  H., Hauck  H. und  Haider M. ,
    Effect of  low Carbon  Monoxide Concentrations on  Vigilance
 Computer-Analysed  Brain  Potentials
 In: Carbon  Monoxide  - Origin, Measurement and Air Quality
 Criteria, 116-119, DUsseldorf (1972)
 5 )  Lumio J .3 . ,
    Otgneurogical Studies of Chronic  Carbon  Monoxide  Poison-
     in  Finland
 \cta oto.-laryng.  (Stockholm),  Suppl .  65-112  (19*48)
 6 )  Wagemann  W. ,
    Das  otologi_sche  Bild der Kohlenoxidvergiftung
 Zschr.  f.  Lar.Rhin.Oto.  38,  691 (196o)

-------
                              999
   7) Zorn H. ,

      Die kombinierte Wirkunp; physikalischer  und  chemischer
   Noxen, aufgezeigt am Beispiel der Schadigung durch  La>m
   und CO

   Schriftenr. Arb.Med.Soz.Med.Arb.Hyg.Stuttgart, Bd.27  (1968)

   8) Kittel G. und Theissirig G.,

      Histologische Ur^tersuchungen dei- Cochleaan HSutchenprg.-
   £ajraten und Treppenserienschrii tten nach hochgradiger  pro-

   trahlerter Hypoxldose
   Arch. f. klin.  u. exp. Ohren-, Nasen- und  Kehlkopfheilkunde

   191, 53*1 (1968)
                        DISKUSSION


JANSEN  (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Ihre Beobachtungen iiber Horermudungen stimmen nicht mit denen
Von Ward viberein.  Dies 1st auch anderen Forschern aufgefallen.
Ward erklarte, dass seine Beobachtungsformeln nur fiir einmalige
Schallereignisse gelten.  Frage:  Haben Sie nur  "einmalige" Oder
"intermittierende" Gerausche  in Ihren Untersuchungen angewandt?


HAIDER  (Oesterreich)

     Wir haben zwar zur Erzeugung der Horermiidung  dieselben
Versuchsbedingungen wie Ward angewandt, haben aber die Horer-
holung  langer beobachtet als Wart dies urspriinglich tat.  Daraus
ergaben sich die Unterschiede.  Wart hat in neueren Untersuchungen
unsere  Ergebnisse bestatigt.

-------
                              1001
    REVALUATION OF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL HEALTH EFFECTS FORMERLY
     ATTRIBUTED TO MEASURED LEVELS OF NITROGEN DIOXIDE IN
       VIEW OF SYNERGISTIC EFFECTS DUE TO CO-POLLUTANTS

              PETER 0, WARNER AND LAZIER STEVENS

Wayne County Department of Health, Air Pollution Control Division
Detroit, Michigan, USA .
ABSTRACT

     Data have been collected to -indicate the presence of several
synergistically interfering air contaminants in ambient air in
the immediate vicinity of Chattanooga* Tennesseet where epidemi-
ological studies have classically related observed human respir-
atory effects to measured elevated levels of NO, alone.

     Such data appear to support recent evidence showing the re-
lationship between levels of small particle sulfate aerosol and
indicence of respiratory disease.

     The possible synergism between sulfate aerosol and NO^ is
discussed and compared to data from the recent U.S. Government
Community Health Environmental Systems Study (CHESS) partiaulate
in the particle size range below 3.5 microns.

     Levels of aerosol sulfate recently measured in an urban in-
dustrial area are presented together with sulfate distribution
as a function of particle size range.

     It follows from these data that adverse health effects clas-
sically attributed to nitrogen dioxide may be accounted for either
totally or in part by the presence of epidemiologically interfering
compounds such as aerosol eulfate or acid mist whose specific meas-
urements have not previously been a part of epidemiological surveys.

-------
                             1002
Introduction
     Between November 1968 and Apr±l 1969, a study of "acute
respiratory illness" was conducted among families residing in
the areas of the Greater Chattanooga School District which in-
cludes Hamilton County, Term., and Walker County, Ga.  These
areas are in close proximity to a large TNT plant which may be
considered responsible for elevated levels of nitrogen dioxide
for which reason the area was chosen as a single-pollutant re-
lated population study. [1]
     Conclusions flowing from this study have been employed as
classical evidence of human health effects attributable to ex-
posure to ambient levels of nitrogen dioxide.  Evidence con-
tained in this discussion would, however, suggest that in ad-
dition to NO 2 emissions there were, in fact, significant quan-
tities of other TNT process-related contaminants (acid mists
such as nitric and sulfuric) on a scale which would preclude
the assumption that the study area represents an environment
in which observed respiratory symptoms may be related exclu-
sively to nitrogen dioxide exposure.
Consideration 1 :  Discussion of the Physiological Effects of
                  Human Exposure to Nitrogen Dioxide as These
                  Relate to the Chattanooga Study
     Since ventilatory performance has been related to NOo ex-
posure by reason of a number of studies! 2 J and because toxic
properties of NOg are usually attributable to irritation of
mucous membranes , it was apparently determined that ventilatorv
performance would be used in the Chattanooga Study as an index
of NOo exposure in school children together with information
gained through questionnaires.
     While a number of socioeconomic factors in addition to
home exposure to cigarette smoke was considered and resolved
by Shy e_t al. , [I] exposure to other TNT production related co-
pollutants which included the synergistically related particu-
late-SO ?(SO ) couple was apparently considered negligible or
equivalent in comparing test areas.
Consideration 2;  Discussion of the Physiological Effects of
~~          "      Human Exposure to Sulfuric Acid Mist, Nitric
                  Acid Mist, and Sulfur Dioxide as Physiolog-
                  ically Interfering to the Effects of Nitro-
                  gen Dioxide

-------
                               1003
     As  described  in Air Quality  Criteria  for  Sulfur Oxides,
physiological  response  to sulfur  dioxide and sulfur  trloxide
are  as follows: [3)- Incidence  of chronic pulmonary disease
                 - Prevalence of  respiratory symptoms
                 - Changes in ventilatory  function
     Here  it appears from reference  to Consideration 1,  that
ventilatory functions are affected in the  same manner by sul-
fur  oxides as  by nitrogen dioxide.   In this  regard,  reference
to the difficulty  in obtaining even  interference-free sulfur*
oxide atmospheres  for the purpose of studying  specifically
SOX  community  epidemiology is presented in Air Quality Criter-
ia for Sulfur  Oxides.[3]
     Such  combined exposures  which are also  typified by  "in-
crease in  pulmonary flow resistance,"[3]  would be  expected to
produce a  sensitized individual on the basis of laboratory ex-
periments  which show, "A three  to four fold  potentiation of
the  irritant response ..."  [3] when conditions of synergistic
exposure are observed.
     Such  sensitizatlon  has appeared as a  result of  synergis-
tic  exposure tests  involving  sulfur  dioxide  where  successive
exposure to contaminated air  has  produced  a  post exposure per-
iod  of 1-5 hours during  which pulmonary resistance continued
at test level  or even increased slightly.[3]
     As a  further example  of  post exposure sensitization such
contaminants as carbon monoxide which are retained by the body
in equilibrium for  several hours after exposure are known to
produce human  systemic imbalance as measured by elevated blood
carboxyhemoglobin,  where  several researchers have related this
imbalance  to sensitizatlon or potentiation to develop high
blood chlolesterol levels[4]  of the degree associated with
arteriosclerosis.  Indeed, it is  the post exposure sensitivity
of siblings and their families to contract respiratory illness
which is the basis upon which Part II of the classical N02
population exposure study in  Chattanooga was founded.[5]
Consideration 3i  Major Non-Nitrogen Oxide Emissions in  the
                  Control Area
     In evaluating the presence and degree of symptoms attri-
buted purely to WO^ in this classical study,  it is important

-------
                               1004
to note that according to a Summary Report of Air Pollution
Evaluations prepared by the U. S. Army Environmental Hygiene
Agency, Edgewood Arsenal, the boiler plant proximate to the
TNT plant at Tyner, Term., which is adjacent to the test area,
produces daily the following non-nitrogen oxide emissions:
     25,500 Ibs of particulates - daily  [6]
     16,100 Ibs of sulfur oxides - daily [6]
while the Sellite stack emits:
     23,900 Ibs of sulfur dioxide - daily [6]
      2,120 Ibs of 1OO$ sulfuric acid mist - daily [6]
     Equally important, as noted among the conclusions of this
emissions inventory,[6]  is the statement, "Oxides of nitrogen
sulfuric and [ sic]  nitric acid mist, sulfur dioxide, and par--
ticulates are all being presently emitted in quantities suf-
ficiently large as to have air pollution potential."
     In brief, while a maximum of only 96,400 Ibs/day of N02
emission is accounted for, 1.5 times this quantity or 151,1OO
Ibs/day of other respiration relatable contaminants are co-
emitted.
     Evidence of these concentrations of equally or more harm-
ful air contaminants exists in the community as measurable
levels of sulfur dioxide in the range of 0.0,32 to O.047 ppm ac-
companied by sulfuric acid mist at levels of 1.1 to as much as
13.0 mg/m3.[6]   These levels may be the result of recorded
Oleum-Sellite plant source emission volumes of 9,3OO ppm sulfur
dioxide together with 326,000 pg/m3 of total acid mist.[6]
     Supplementary to these measurements are percentage sul-
fates found in suspended particulates, reported during the
1969 Study by Shy, et al.[1]  These findings show high levels
of suspended sulfate in the NOg area which vary from an overall
mean of 11.2 Pg/m3 particulate sulfate to a 90th percentile
average high of 20.7 wg/m3.  Since these relatively high sus-
pended sulfates are measured in a low sulfur dioxide air shed,
it is certainly a valid inference that otherwise unaccounted
for sulfuric acid mist is responsible for the balance of sul-
fate and at least a portion of respiratory symptoms classical-
ly attributed purely to nitrogen dioxide.  The inference at-

-------
                               1005
tached prlma facie, to the presence of sulfate aerosol is dis-

quieting in the light of recent evidence observed in the re-

ports of the U. S. EPA Community Health Environmental Systems

Study (CHESS).  Published data resulting from this study of

five major U. S. areas indicate significant correlation between

incidence of respiratory health effects and measured elevated

levels of sulfate aerosol.[7]   To date, no certain lower limit

of sulfate aerosol has been attributed to observed health ef-

fects.  Detroit, Michigan measurements show sulfate concentra-

tions averaging 11 percent of suspended dust in the respirable

range below 10 v diameter over the five year period ending in

1970.

     Assessment of epidemiological symptoms attributed to ni-

trogen dioxide may be accounted for by one or more of the fol-

lowing alternatives.

Possible Explanations of Observed Respiratory Symptoms Attri-
buted to NO.,

     a.  Symptoms of air-related respiratory disorders are the
         product of a synergistic effect resulting from ex-
         posure to a combination of pollutants, i.e., nitrogen
         dioxide and combined sulfuric acid and nitric acid
         mist.
     b.  Symptoms which result from exposure to levels of
         nitrogen dioxide greater than O.O83 ppm are observed
         in a population which is rendered sensitive by virtue
         of background exposure to steady and/or intermittent
         high levels of combined acid mist (HNOo and/or H2SO^).
     c.  Symptoms are a result of exposure to acid mist only,
         rather than to actual nitrogen dioxide levels measured.
Conclusion
     We conclude that the basis for epidemiological health ef-
fects representing long term exposure of populations to WOp
at ambient levels of 0.05 ppm or less is faulty and founded
upon inappropriate evidence.
     As a result, we conclude that the degree of hazard at-
tached to long term, low level exposure to NO, is unnecessari-
ly strict and represents rather the sensitivity of individuals
who are coincidentally exposed to substantial levels of other
non-nitrogen dioxide pollutants (H-pSO^ and HNO~ mists) which
are equally or more hazardous than NOg?
     We encourage further research to better elucidate popula-
tion health effects attributable to nitrogen dioxide; mean-
while, we would identify as premature any extraordinary mea-
sures to drastically reduce or eliminate exclusively atmos-
pheric emissions of nitrogen dioxide, in view of evidence
which suggests the equal or greater need to limit respiratory
burden of coambient aerosol particulate sulfate and acid mist.

-------
                              1006
                         References


1.   C.M.  Shy,  et al., "The Chattanooga School Children Study:
     Effects of community exposure to nitrogen dioxide,
     J. Air Poll. Control. Assoc. 20 (8):  539 (1970)

2.   Air Quality Criteria for Nitrogen Oxides, Environmental
     Protection Agency, APCO Publ. No. AP.84, 1971. Ch. 9.

3.   Air Quality Criteria for Sulfur Oxides, Environmental
     Protection Agency, APCO Publ. No. AP-5O, 197O Ch. 9.

4.   "Concern grows over CO Pollution, "Chem. Eng. News 48  (3):
     7  (Jan. 19, 197O)

5.   C.M. Shy, et al., "The Chattanooga School Children Study:
     Effects of  community exposure to nitrogen dioxide.  II
     Incidence of acute respiratory illness," J. Air Poll.
     Control Assoc. 2O (9): 582  (197O)

6.   Summary Report of Air Pollution Evaluations, Volunteer
     Army Ammunition  Plant, Tyner, Tenn., U.S. Army Environ-
     mental Hygiene Agency, Edgewood Arsenal, Md., 1965-67.

7.   j.G. French, et  al.,  "The Effect of Sulfur Dioxide and
     Suspended Sulfates on Acute Respiratory  Disease," Arch.
     Env. Hlth.  27, 129-133,  1973.
                          DISCUSSION
 STEENSBERG (Denmark)
      The paper is of particular interest because the Chattanooga
 studies have been an important basis for considering criteria
 for nitrogen oxides.  Even on this basis - which now seems to
 be too weakly founded - the working party behind the WHO tech-
 nical report no.  5O6 did not find sufficient basis for estab-
 lishing NO  criteria.  I am therefore interested to know whether
 other studies are under way on the influence of nitrogen oxides
 on human health.
 WARNER (U.S.A.)

      It is my understanding that the Chattanooga area is being
 restudied.  In addition,  another study,  EPA's Community Health
 Environmental Systems Study (CHESS)  is presently in progress,
 and it is hoped that this study will better elucidate the re-
 lationship between measured levels of air contaminants and
 observed health effects.

      Here, the investigation of the health effects attributable
 to sulfate aerosol forms  an especially interesting aspect of
 the CHESS study.

-------
                              1007
VELI-PEKKA LEHTO (Finland)

      Is  it  reasonable  to  conclude  that  the  NC>2-liinit  is  too
 strict,  if  it would  lead  to  raising  the permited  level of  N02-
 Is  it not better to  say that the N02-limit  seems  to be safe  if
 we  want  to  develop safe limits.


WARNER (U.S.A.)

     This is a question of degree.  What degree of control of
N0» must be exercised in order to  achieve the degree of  safety
required for reason of human health?  Perhaps future studies
will show that our efforts could be better  spent controlling
air pollutants exclusive of NO9 that are more obviously  health
related.                       ^
BATES (Canada)

     Was the source of S02 in Chattanooga sufficiently close to
the source of NO , that the contours of the NO  levels in
Chattanooga woulS also be the contours of maximal distribution
of sulphate?


WARNER  (U.S.A.)

     The sources of S02, sulphate  (as acid) and NOX were from
the same plant.  Damage to vegetation characterized as "acid
damage" was reported in the U.S. Army industrial Hygiene Study.
This particular acid-sulphate damage was reported within a 1
mile radius of the plant.  High and moderately high suspended
sulphates and nitrates were also observed; these over most*of
the study and control areas of Greater Chattanooga.

     In other words measured levels of sulphate and nitrate as
well as acid damage to vegetation  are reported in the study area.
FREEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     The data presented refer to stable sources of NO2 emissions
only in view of the N02  dependent levels of ozone on photo-
chemically generated pollutants, can the interdependent NOj
level alone be considered by itself circumspectly?* Ozone, de-
pendent upon N02 , is 10-20 times as toxic as NO, itself.  What
is the thinking in this regard?

-------
                              1008
WARNER (U.S.A.)

     This is an interesting question.  Stationary or stable NO_
sources,  rather than traffic sources of  NC>2, would hopefully
lead to a better, more ozone free examination of N02 effects.
It is not altogether clear from the study data whether or not
traffic related hydrocarbons were eliminated as as possible
ozone producing interference.

-------
                              1009
         ON THE INTERACTION OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS

             K, A, BUSTUEVA+ AND  I, V, SANOTSKY+H"

+  Central Institute for Advanced Medical Training, Moscow, USSR
++ Institute of Labor Hygiene and Occupational Diseases, Moscow,
   AMN, USSR
ABSTRACT

     In evaluating the health effects of ahemiaal and physical
factors, -it is of great importance to know the possible inter-
actions between different pollutants.   The biological effects
of interactions, when present* may be synergistic, antagonistic
or additive.   Each type of interaction calls for a different
evaluation and different practical measures.   As yet the under-
standing of such effects is not clear, probably because of dif-
fering definitions of terminology.   For example, the combined
effect of eulfur dioxide and particulates is interpreted as a
synergistic effect;  in the author's opinion, this is an aggra-
vating effect.   The type of interaction depends on the levels
of concentration observed - for example, the synergism shown at
high levels of concentration is not always demonstrated for low
levels of concentration.   In fact there is little evidence of
synergistic effects from ambient air pollutants;  the more com-
mon type of interaction is additive in effect.

     Examples of each type of interaction will be presented.

-------
                             1010
     Recent years have witnessed a noticeable growth in the
interest towards the interaction of different atmospheric
pollutants and industrial toxins. More and more facts are
being amassed proving that the combined presence of two and
more substance in the air that is inhaled can significantly
change the degree of the toxic effect that is characteristic
of each component of the mixture. Moreover, the ultimate
effect of the combined action may be characterized as sum-
mation (total or partial), potentiation or antagonism.
     It is quite understandable that the nature of the com-
bined action is of considerable practical significance,
first and foremost, when establishing air quality standards,
both for atmospheric air and air in industrial premises.
     The character of the combined action (summation,
potentiation, antagonism) depends not only on the direction
of the effect of each component in the mixture, but also on
the level of active concentrations, for instance, lethal
concentration levels and chronic action threshold, or even
maximum permissible concentrations (MFC).
     An experimental investigation aimed at verifying this
supposition has revealed that narcotic substances of one
group, in case of combined action, usually sum up, bothat
lethal concentration levels and at chronic action threshold
level. As for substances from different groups, for in-
stance, narcotics and irritants, then the transition from
lethal level to threshold level proceeds according to various
laws, depending on concrete toxins: either a summation is
observed, or an "independent" action according to Elkins
classification. Independent action, according to our data,
may sometimes be classified as sub-clinical antagonism.

-------
                             1011
     Experience points to an exclusively rare appearance of
potentiation in case of chronic combined action at chronic
action threshold level. As an example, we may refer to the
clinical observations when there was a combined action of
ethanol and arsenic, ethanol and thiuramdisulfide, ozone and
sulphuric acid aerosol by A.I. Nevskaya and T.A. Kochetko-
va [13.
     The significance of the active levels may be demon-
strated using the example of the interaction of SQg and HOp.
For the range of concentration in the open atmosphere, this
is summation of effects (0*1. Shalamberidze [2] ), and for
a higher level it is antagonism (L.S. Mitina [3] ).
     The experience gained by Soviet hygienists in their
study of the combined action of different chemical sub-
stances within the range of concentrations typical of the
outside atmosphere (25 combinations), has led to the con-
clusion that the most frequent character of this action is
total summation of effects (K.A. BuStueva [4] ). Only for
certain mixtures was there independent action (S02 + CO).
     The nature of the combined action of several atmos-
pheric pollutants has been taken into consideration in
sanitary legislation for practical purposes.
     The most complicated question  is that of evaluating
the character of the combined action of gases and aerosols.
One of the prime difficulties in making such an evaluation
is that besides the changes in the organism's reaction, the
presence of aerosol can alter the depth to which the gas
penetrates, and only on account of this, the character of
the effect may change. And the latter can no longer be con-
sidered the result of the genuine interaction of the com-
ponents.
     In particular, an example of the latter can be seen
in the combination of the inertly suspended sulfur dioxide
cinders in the period of toxic fogs in London.

-------
                            1012
     It is known that sulfur dioxide is a compound that dis-
solves well in water, as a result of which it is absorbed in
the main in the upper respiratory tracts. Even in case of
high concentrations, the absorption of S02 in the upper
respiratory tracts varies from 48$ to 81.3$, giving an
average of 61.6S& (I.D. Gadaskina [5] )• In the presence of
aerosols and high humidity, S02 dissolves in the moisture
that condenses around the aerosol particles. On the aerosol
particles the S02 is "conducted" to the alveolae where it
is released in view of the great affinity in the lung
tissue, creating a high local concentration* This, as could
have been expected, lies at the basis of the unfavorable con-
sequences of toxic fogs*
     The first experimental proof that an aerosol could alter
an organism's response to an Irritant gas was presented by
Dautrebande in 1939* He termed such an aerosol a "vector",
and concluded that the adsorption of a gas on aerosol
particles boosts the number of gas molecules that reach the
lung alveolae.
     This process was studied more intensively in the 1950s.
The significance of size of particles was noted (Dautre-
bande L.,et al. [6] ), as well as the physico-chemical
peculiarities of gases and aerosols (La Belle C., et al*),
the level of active components (Amdur M., [7] ), the affin-
ity of gases to aerosol particles in lung tissue (Goetz A.,
[83 ).
     Therefore, in the period of toxic fogs there was an
intensification of the effect because of the change in the
site where S02 came into contact, and not due to interac-
tion in the scientific understanding of this process. Never-
theless, it is necessary to emphasize that for practical
purposes, the very fact that the effect is intensified is
what is important, not its scientific interpretation.
     Another explanation of the types of combined action of
gases and aerosols should be sought in the reactions of the
organism. For example, in case of intratracheal introduction
of copper oxide the fibrosia process in  the lungs weakened

-------
                             1013
if this was followed by prolonged inhalation of low concen-
trations of nitric oxides by the animals (I.V. Sanotsky,
I.P. Ulanova, N.M. Karamzina, T.A. Kochetkova  [91 ).
     The presence of copper oxide in the lungs weakened the
irritating action of nitric oxides. In other cases, for in-
stance, under the action of coal dust and carbon monoxide
(V.K. Navrotsky  [103), or silicon oxide and radon (V.S. Ku-
shneva  [11 ]) pulmonary fibrosis intensified.
     The simple summation effect was illustrated upon the
interaction of sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid aerosol in
low concentrations (K.A. Bustueva  [121),
     In industrial hygiene, when dealing with relatively
constant mixtures of substances whose composition is not
fully known, the standards are figured out according to the
leading component which determines tho clinical character of
the mixture's action as a whole. Simultaneously it is
necessary to take into consideration the need for hygienic
standardization according to the most typical component
which characterizes the source from which the toxins are
emitted.
     A number of formulae and charts have been proposed for
evaluating the nature of the combine action of different
chemical substances. However, the main shortcoming of the
majority of these formulae for interaction of substances, in
our opinion, is that they are based on the false supposition
that at different quantitative levels the direction of the
combined action of the toxins is the same. However, their
practical usage is very limited without taking a differen-
tiated approach, with due consideration to the latter factor.

-------
                                    1014
Rei'erences

 1.  MSSKAYA A.I. and KOTCHETKOVA T.A. , "Occupational hvgiena and
     diseases" (USSR) 2, 20-9 (1961)

 2.  SHALAMBEHYDZE O.P. "Hygiene and Public Health"  (USSR) No.  II,  1969

 3.  T'TYTIM L.S. "Hygiene and Public Health"  (USSR)  No.  10,  3-8 (1962)

 4.  BlJiVTUEVA K.A. et al. "Proceedings of the XIV All-union  Congress  of
     Hygienists and Public Health Doctors", Moscow 26-29  September  1972,
     122-5

 5.  GADASKYNA I.O., "Pharmacology and Toxicology" (USSR) £, 51-53 (1964)

 6.  DAUTREBANDE, L., SHAVER, I., CAPPS, R., Arch. Intern. Pharmacodynamie.
     1951, 85, 17-48

 7.  AMDUR, M.,  Int. J. Air Poll.. 1959, v. 1.  170-183

 8.  G03TZ, A.,  Int. J. Air, Water Poll., 1961, v.4, No.  3/4

 9.  SAWOTSKY I.V. ULANOVA, I.P. KARAMZYNA, N.M. and KOTZETKOVA I.A.  "The
     toxicology  of the new industrial chemical products" 1969i  2nd adition*
     47

10.  NAVROTZKI V. K., "Qcjaipat icinal. Ji^giejie_and  Ojccupat ional  diseases" 1961 f  9

11.  KUSCHNEVA V.S., "Occupational hygiene and  occupational  diseases" I960,  1

12.  BUSTUEVA K.A. "Maximum allowable  concentration  of atmospheric pollutants"
     9th Edition 1967

-------
                   EXPOSITIONS!NDIKATOREN
                   INDICATORS  OF  EXPOSURE
                  INDICATEURS  DEPOSITION
                  INDICATORI DI ESPOSIZIONE
                   INDICATOREN VAN EXPOSIE
VoTs-itzender - Chairman - President - Presidente - Voorzitter

                    J.L.  MUNKMAN (Canada)

-------
                              1016
                         DISCUSSION
JOOSTING (Nederland)

     Please would you be so kind as to tell us something more
about the ways inhaled aerosols can influence the effect of
other inhaled substances, e.g. gases.  It seems to me that the
uptake of gases by the lung and their effect would not be
influenced by e.g. the harrowing effect of an inhaled aerosol
on the lumen of the airways, because breathing will continue.
Please would you correct me if I didn't understand you well?
BUSTUEVA  (U.S.S.R.)

     The  interaction of inhaled aerosols and gases has an
appreciable influence on their biological effectiveness.
     The  overall effect depends not only on the depth of pene-
tration   into the  lungs, but also on the speed of adsorption and,
most important, of desorption of the toxin from the surface of
the particles  (Sanockij, I.V.  (1969) Toksikologija novyh
promyslennyh vesestv  (Toxicology of new industrial substances)
v. II, p.  6) .

     The  combined  effect usually, diminishes when there is
significant interaction between gas and aerosol  (hydrocarbons 4
A2°3>'
     Litau, V.G. & Solov'ev, V.I.  (journal Gigiena turda i
Profzabolevanija,  1973, No. 9, P. 58) detected a sharp increase
in the action of steam products of thermal destruction of oils
(ethers,  aldehydes, ketones, organic acids and carbon monoxide)
in the presense of oil vapour, which cannot easily be explained
as being  due to deep penetration of this mixture into the lungs,
or to the processes of adsorption and desorption of the toxin
from the  surface of the particles.  The indirect effect of oil
vapour on the phospholipid marginal layer of the respiratory section
of the lungs  (sulfactant) is of significance.

-------
                              1017
          MERCURY AND OTHER ELEMENTS IN BLOOD OF THE
                       DUTCH POPULATION

      E, M, DEN TONKELAAR+, G, J, VAN ESCH+, B, HOFMAN+,
            P, L, SCHULLER* AND J, H, L, ZWIERS++

+  National Institute of Public Health, Bilthoven, Netherlands
++ Central Laboratory TNO, Delft, Netherlands
ABSTRACT

     For a number of years problems have existed about the tox-
icity of heavy metals and other elements occurring in the envi-
ronment in higher levels than in the past.   Concern about this
started with the Minamata disease in Japan, caused by methyl-
mercury in fish.   Also reports from Sweden about fish caught
in lakes polluted with mercury caused some alarm.   To see
whether the Dutch population, especially people eating much
fish, were in danger of (me thy I)mercury intoxication, the mercu-
ry content of blood and hair was determined in a number of people.
In this population the relation between fish-eating habits and
mercury content was studied.   People Here asked whether they
ate fish at least once a week, at least once a month, at least
once a year or never and were divided into 4 groups accordingly.
Questions about fish eating were asked for sea-fish and for
freshwater fish, because the mercury content of the latter is
generally higher.   From the results a clear correlation was
found between fish eating habits and mercury content of the
blood.   This correlation was found especially when freshwater
fish was considered.   However, the mercury content of the blood
was, even for the heaviest fish eaters, relatively low compared
with the results for Swedish and Finnish fish eaters and much
lower than the level at which clinical symptoms can be expected.

-------
                              1018
The mercury content of hair did not correlate very well with
blood, although in oases of relatively high mercury content of
blood, the level in hair was also higher.   But in general, for-
screening purposes of a population, mercury content of hair is
not a valuable parameter.   From this study the conclusion can
be drawn that as yet no necessity exists for limiting the fish
consumption of the Dutch population.

-------
                                  1019
   Introduction

           In order  to evaluate the possible risk of (methyl)mercury
   intoxication resulting from fish consumption, blood and/or hair was
   collected from people with known fish eating habits for determination
   of the total mercury content. Because people with a high and a low
   fish consumption were taken, it could be studied whether fish eating
   caused an increase in body burden of mercury. In the meantime we
   wanted to get an impression about the mercury content in blood of the
   Dutch population, compared with people from other countries. Hair was
   Included in this study to examine whether mercury in hair could be
   used as a reliable index for determination of the total body burden
   of mercury.

2, Materials and methods

             Blood was obtained from 127 and hair from &f persons. People
   were questioned about their fish eating habits, graded in eating sea-
   fish at least once a week, at least once a month, at least once a year
   or never. The same was asked for the consumption of freshwater fish,
   since this is known to have in general a higher mercury content than
   sea-fish. A special effort was made to get persons who told to ate
   much or on the contrary never fish. The people involved were partly
   from our own institute or found with the help of some hospitals. In
   that way we also got samples from a little fishing-town called Volen-
   dam, where people are known to catch and eat much eel (freshwater fish).
             Blood was sampled in heparinized tubes and the mercury
   content was determined in whole blood by means of neutron activation
   analysis. Mercury in some samples of hair was also determined by
   neutron activation analysis, but in most samples by atomic absorption
   apectrometry. These samples were washed thoroughly before analysis.

J. Results
   Blood
             Prom the frequency distribution (fig.1) it can be seen that
   mercury in blood does not show a normal distribution. Therefore the

-------
                            1020
    number of samples           BLOOD
     35

          Frequency distribution of  the mercury  content  in whole  blood.
     30
     25
     20
     15
     10
Total number of samples: 127, PPb = ng/ml.
                       PI
                                           •
                                                    n
                      12    16    20   24   28    32
                                          mercury content
                     Pig I.
number of samples
                 HAIR
 25
 20
  15
 10
           Frequency distribution of the mercury content in hair.
           Total number of samples 87»
                    n  n   n
                                               n
      0.6     1.8    3.0
                 Pig 2.
                     12     16
                                        mercury content

-------
                               1021
Table 1. Mercury content in whole blood compared with consumption
         of sea-fish or freshwater fish

sea-fish
number of samples
median value (ppb)
range ( ppb)
% > 4.0 ppb
freshwater fish
number of samples
median value (ppb)
range (ppb)
relative fish consumption x )
3

49
4.4
1.3-40.5
53

20
7.3
1.8-40.5
2

46
2.4
1.0-10.7
24

32
3-2
1.3-32.5
1

18
2.0
0.8-9.9
11

40
2.4
1.0-10.7
0

13
1.5
0.3-4.0
0

34
1.9
0.3-7.3
x) 3 = at least once a week, 2 = at least once a month, 1 = at least
   once a year and 0 = never
Tabel 2. Statistical evaluation of the results from table 1 after
         logarithmization of the figures

sea-fish
number of samples
log lOx + SD
P gr 3 / gr 2, 1 and 0
P gr 2 / gr 1 and 0
freshwater fish
number of samples
log lOx + SD
P gr 3 / gr 2, 1 and 0
P gr 2 / gr 1 and 0
relative fish consumption
3
49
1.69+0.33
-
-
20
1.86+0.32
-
•
i
2
46
1.43+0.23
< 0.001
-
32
1.54+0.28
< 0.001
-
1
18
1.32+0.28
< 0.001
N.S.
40
1.41+0.24
< 0.001
< 0.01
0
13
1.16+0.26
< 0.001
< 0.001
34
1.31+0.29
< 0.001
< 0.01

-------
                                1022
median value instead of the mean was estimated. This was 2,9 ppb
(ng/ml), range 0.3-40,5 ppb.
From the frequency distribution it was found that
 4#    is    0-1 ppb
32#    is    0-2 ppb
68#    is    0-4 ppb
8356    is    0-6 ppb
       is    0-8 ppb
       is    0-10 ppb
Only 8 values were higher than 10 ppb, varying from 10.7-40,5 ppb.
To correlate the values in blood with fish consumption the samples
were divided into 4 groups, of which group 3 consisted of people
who according to their own statement ate fish at least once a week.
Samples of people eating fish at least once a month, once a year
or never were divided into group 2, 1 and 0 respectively. This was
done for sea-fish as well as for freshwater fish. The results of the
mercury content in blood for each group are summarized in table 1.
Because the values do not meet the requirements of a normal distribu-
tion statistical analysis was carried out with the logarithms of the
figures. After multiplying the figures by'a factor 10, Student's -t-
test was carried out on the logarithms. Hie results are given in
table 2.
From the tables it is obvious that a dose response relationship is
found between mercury in blood and fish consumption. There' is a marked
difference in median and log value, especially between group 3 and the
other groups. According to statistical analysis the mercury content
in blood of people in group 3 is significantly higher than that of
the other groups, for sea-fish as well as for freshwater fish. In
addition the mercury content in blood of people in group 2 is significant-
ly higher than that of group 0 for sea-fish and of group 1 and 0 for
freshwater fish. In all cases the differences are more marked when
freshwater fish is taken into consideration. This was expected since
it is generally known that the mercury content of this type of fish,
like  fte\,pike and pike-perch is higher than that of sea-fish.

-------
                               1023
Table J. Mercury content in whole blood of people eating much sea-fish,
         but less freshwater fish, compared with people eating little
         or no fish at all

number of samples
median value (ppb)
range (ppb)
log lOx + SD
|P gr 3 / gr 1 and 0
relative sea-fish consumption
3.X)
30
3.6
1 - 33-5
1.57+0.28
m
1+0
31
1.7
0.3 - 9.9
1.25+0.27
< 0.001
x) Only people eating sea-fish at least once a week, but less fresh-
   water fish

Table 4. Mercury content in hair compared with fish consumption
         (sea- and freshwater fish combined)

number of samples
nedlan value (ppm)
range (ppm)
% > 0.9 ppm
log lOx + SD
P gr 3 / gr 2, 1 and 0
relative fish consumption
3
17
1.6
0.6-13.2
94#
1.26+0.29
-
2
35
0.5
0.2-3.5
17#
0.71+0.28
< 0.001
1
21
0.5
0.2-5.2
19*
0.76+0.34
< 0.001
0
9
0.3
0,1-2.6
22$
0.64+0.44
< 0.001

-------
                               1024
          Because a number of people with a high consumption of sea-
fish were also eating much freshwater fish, it is difficult to estimate
the share that sea-fish has in the ultimate mercury content of the
blood. Therefore a group was made of people belonging to grpup 3 for
sea-fish, but to a different group for freshwater fish. This group
was statistically compared with a combination of group 1 and 0 for
sea-fish (table j). It is obvious that also the consumption of much
sea-fish causes a statistical significantly higher mercury content
in blood than when fish is eaten very little or never.

Hair
          The frequency distribution of mercury in hair is given in
fig. 2. Also in this case no normal distribution is found. The median
value is 0,6 ppm (ng/g), while it can be calculated that:
6Q%     is     0 - 1 ppm
83$     is     0 - 2 ppm
92$     is     0-3 ppm
95$     is     0 - 4 ppm
Only 4 values were higher than 4 ppm. Of these probably 3 values
(resp, 12,  16 and + 200 ppm) have nothing  to do with fish consumption,
but can be  caused by external contamination (use of shampoo containing
mercury). These values have been omitted from the calculations. One
value of 13.2 ppm belongs to the same person having a very high con-
sumption of both sea- and freshwater fish  and a blood content of
40.5  ppb.
          In table 4 the results of the mercury content in hair are
given in relation to fish consumption (sea- and freshwater fish taken
together).  Also the statistical evaluation of the logarithmized values
is shown. Prom this table it is obvious that hair of people with a
high  fish consumption contains more mercury than that  of  people eating
less  fish.  Of the  former group 94$ has a mercury content  of 1 ppm or
  higher contrary  to 18$ for the latter groups. Between the groups
.that  eat fish at least  once a month, at least once a year or never
no differences exist in mercury content of hair.

-------
                                         1025
mercury in hair (ppm)


   3.5


   3.0
          Fig- 3
group 3
group 2
group 1 or 0
                                         40.5"
                      t
                      13,2
2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0


0.5

0
V
A
A *
A *
0
A
A
A
• • • A
• 0 •
s ••/
a» •
• **
          1
                                    6
               8
10    11
                                                            12
                                                            mercury in blood

Comparison of the mercury content  in blood with that in hair

in 47 samples.  Group 3 consists of people eating fish  at  least

once a week,  group 2 at least once a month, group 1 at least

once a year and group 0 never.
  number of samples


  100




   80
   20
         Fig.
                            D  Data from Finland and Sweden

                            EU  Data from the Netherlands


                     Frequency distribution of  the mercury content in whole blood

                     of  people in this study compared with data from Finland and

                     Sweden including people with high fish consumption (data

                     derived from Berglund et al.,
                                                                        -ft-
            25     50     75    100    12S    150    175    200    225        650
                                                                mercury content in blood

-------
                                1026
 Correlation between_blood and hair
           According to Japanese and Swedish studies (Berglund et al.,
 1971) a correlation exists between mercury content in blood and hair.
 Prom 47 persons in our study samples of both blood and hair were ob-
 tained. The results for the mercury content are represented in fig.3
 to study whether a correlation could be found. From this figure it
 is obvious that no clear correlation is present between values of mer-
 cury in blood and hair. Although a slight correlation was found by
 using Kendall's rank correlation test, this was caused mainly by the
values of the people with a high fish consumption. Among people eating
 less fish sometimes relatively high values in blood are combined with
 low values in hair, but also the opposite is found.
           For the whole group with a mean value of 1.3 PP"i in hair
 and 4.7 ppb in blood a factor of about 280, but showing a large range,
 could be calculated. This Is of the same order of magnitude as the
 factor of about 250 found by Berglund et al. (1971).

 Discussion
           Although the material selected for this study does not
 constitute a random test sample of the Dutch population, a number
 of valuable conclusions can be drawn. There is a clear correlation
 between fish consumption and mercury content in whole blood. This
 applies especially for people that according to their own statement
 consumed much sea- and freshwater fish. Some of them were even eating
 fish twice a day.
 The mercury content in blood was less than 10 ppb in 94$ of the people.
 In general the increase caused by fish consumption amounted to a few
 ppb's only. The mercury content in hair also showed a relation with
 (high) fish consumption. However  because there was only a slight
 correlation between mercury in blood and hair (except for people with
 high fish consumption) determination of mercury in hair can not be
 used for the estimation of the mercury body burden of the Dutch popu-
 lation. Regarding to the mercury content of hair possibly other factors
 (like external contamination) play a role.
           Although an obvious correlation was found for mercury in

-------
                               1027
blood and fish consumption, the values obtained In this study are very
low compared to values obtained In other countries. In the Swedish re-
port of an expert group (1971) a frequency distribution is given of
the mercury content in blood cells of people without clinical symptoms
but with a high fish consumption . These data have been modified to
whole blood (by dividing them by a factor 2) and in fig.4 they are
compared with our results. It can be concluded that 98% of our data
fall within the lowest group of the Swedish frequency distribution.
          Recently a study was published (Skerfving, 1974) in which
mercury levels in blood and hair of Swedish people consuming contami-
nated fish were compared with the health status. Clinical observation
of people with mercury contents in blood of up till 200 ppb and in one
case even 650 ppb did not show any abnormalities that could be ascribed
to (methyl)mercury intoxication. Comparing our data with those mentioned
In Berglund et al. (1971) the conclusion can be drawn that the mercury
content in blood and hair in our study was relatively low or of the
same order of magnitude as found in other studies for a normal popula-
tion.
          The preliminary results of a study in which 1200 blood
samples of l8 year old Dutch men were analysed, show even a lower median
value. In this case no data about fish consumption are known. It can
be concluded that as yet it is not necessary to limit fish consumption
in the Netherlands.

References

P.Berglund, M.Berlin, G.Birke, R.CederlSf, U.von Euler, L.Friberg,
B.Holmstedt, E.Jonsson, K.G.LUning, C.Ramel, S.Skerfving, A.Swensson
and S.TeJning (1971).
Methyl mercury in fish, a toxicologlc-epldemlologic evaluation of
risks.
Report from an expert group. Nordisk Hygienisk Tidskrift Suppl. 4.

S.Skerfving (197^). Methylmercury exposure, mercury levels in blood
and hair and health status in Swedes consuming contaminated fish.
Toxicology 2  J - 2J.

-------
                              1028
                       DISCUSSION
CLEMENTE (Italy)
1.   Could you please say what were the average Hg concentrations
in the fish eaten by the Dutch population?

2.   Were the hair samples washed carefully before analysis?
If so it is hard to attribute the high Hg content in the hair
to contamination by shampoos containing Hg.  Hg in shampoos may
in fact cause external contamination in the hair but this would
surely be eliminated by proper rinsing.


DEN TONKELAAR (Netherlands)

1.   The average Hg concentration in sea fish is approximately
0.1 to O.3 ppm in freshwater fish approximately 0.5 ppm, occasion-
ally higher, up to 1 to 2 ppm.

2.   The hair was thoroughly washed before the analysis.  Be-
cause hair contains many S-containing proteins it probably forms
chemical bonds with the mercury contained in some shampoos which
is therefore not eliminated by rinsing.


Van der KREEK (Netherlands)

     Shampoos contains Hg as a preservative, not only in the
Netherlands, but in most other countries too.  The concentration
in the shampoo never exceeds 3O ppb.  I wonder if it is possible
that this 30 ppb can lead to a Hg content of the hair of 200 ppm,
the case you mentioned in your introduction.


DEN TONKELAAR (Netherlands)

     The Hg concentration in shampoo is low, but our analysis
mainly concentrated on the ends of the hair.

     The high levels were found among girls with very long hair.
In these cases the ends were perhaps as much as four years old
and thus have been washed very frequently.  In view of the fact
that Hg can form chemical bonds with hair such a high level could
be possible after a number of years.

-------
                              1029
DENNIS  (Canada)

     In a Saskatchewan survey it was found that recency of fish
eating  (fresh water fish within two weeks of sampling) was more
closely correlated to higher blood mercury levels than frequency
of fish eating.

     In the same Saskatchewan survey involv-ing 679 blood  samples,
month  of sampling was a significant variable, as the fishing
lakes are only free of ice for some 4-5 months of the year;
during these months blood mercury levels are significantly higher
and so is the consumption of fresh-water fish.


DEN TONKELAAR  (Netherlands)

     We did not consider this point in our study.  Most of the
blood and hair samples were collected during the summer and
autumn.  Sea fish is eaten throughout the year in the Netherlands,
and freshwater fish mainly in summer  (roughly up to October).
Since the Hg found in fish is usually in the form of methylmer-
cury, which has a fairly long half-life in man  (approximately
70 days), I feel that the season in which most fish is eaten
cannot have a  particularly great influence on the results of
measurements of mercury levels in the blood and hair.
 BERNSTEIN  (Canada)

 1.    Were  whole  strands  of  hair  collected  for analysis,  and if
 so, were any  of  the  hair samples with  high mercury levels seg-
 mented  to  compare levels in proximal and distal segments?

 2.    In reference  to one of the  former queries from the  audience,
 could not  exogenous  mercuriferous substances  applied to  hair bind
 quite firmly  to  hair protein and therefore be difficult  to remove
 by washing the hair  sample?


 DEN TONKELAAR (Netherlands)

 1.    In most  cases the  ends of the hair were  collected and in
 no case were  whole strands  analysed.

      However, in one case a girl was  found to have 20O ppm Hg
 in the  ends of her hair.  Individual hairs from her neck were
 later analysed and found to contain 2.3 ppm.

 2.    I  fully  agree with this observation.

-------
                               1030
SANTARONI (Italy)

     I should like to know what the author thinks about the
possible value of measuring levels of Hg contamination from the
food intake of representative population groups and the amounts
of Hg inhaled, given that blood levels are too variable in time,
according to what our Canadian friend said, whilst measurements
of hair can, as you said yourself, be affected by contamination
from extraneous agents which are not necessarily metabolized.


DEN TONKELAAR (Netherlands)

     Mercury levels in various food stuffs should certainly be
determined so that an estimate of daily Hg intake may be made.
On the other hand, according to English data, average daily
intake can also be estimated from the mercury content of the
blood.

-------
                              1031
          THE CELL CULTURE AS TEST SYSTEM IN APPLIED
                     ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE

         E, G, BECK, N, MANOJLOVIC AND ANNA B, FISCHER

Hygiene-Institut, Oekologisches Zentrum, Justus Liebig-UniversltSt,
Giessen, and Med.Institut f.Lufthygiene und Silikoseforschung,
Diisseldorf, BRD
ABSTRACT

     The results of epidemiological studies in the field of en-
vironmental hygiene are the basis for controlled experimental
research to identify the relevant effective factors.   Human
beings can only be used as test persons under certain circum-
stances and with special safety precautions^ to test the biolo-
gical effect of these substances singly and in combination.  The
laboratory animal and the cell culture are the appropriate test
systems.   The cell culture test system has been developed to
such an extent that it is suitable for examining both the acute
and the chronic biological effects of foreign matter from the
environment.   The harmfulness of a substance in vitro indicates
its harmfulness also in vivo.   The laboratory animal and the
cell-culture are closely connected with regard to method and
validity of results.

     The object of the research is the use of the two test systems
as screening processes for rapid assessment of environmental pol-
lutants (toxicity, carcinogenicity).    It is intended that these
processes contribute to the elucidation of epidemiological find-
ings and serve to facilitate decisions on preventative measures
in the field of environmental protection.

     Results will be presented which have been obtained with the
cell culture test system.   The substances tested were atmospheric
dust (extracts^ components) from immissions in industrial conglo-
merations and urban and rural areas.

-------
                                1032
In pharmacological and toxicological research the test system cell
culture has attained a firm place.   Quite apart from the consider-
able saving of time and cost, this system offers the following ad-
vantages: 1. the possibility of studying events on the cellular level;
2. the use of homogeneous cell populations; 5« experimental conditiond
which are easy to survey, i.e. defined, quantifiable and reproducible;
*4. due to the merits stated under points 1 and 2 a good possibility
for statistical affirmation.   The limits of this method should,
however, also be pointed out: 1. lack of those integration mechanisms
(humoral, nerval) to which the cell is subjected in the whole orga-
nism; 2. lack of metabolization of offered substances in the sense of
their activation or detoxification; J>. difficult and limited extrapo-
lation of results on animals or man, though correlations do exist.
As an example, studies in the field of pneumoconiosis research should
be cited which showed a good correspondence of the relations between
the frequency of silicosis of mine dusts, their fibrinogenic action
in vivo, and their cytoxicity in vitro (1,2).

In slides the test objects, i.e. diploid and permanent proliferating
and nonproliferating cells in vitro and the test parameters like cell
morphology, physiology, functions, and specific faculties are pre-
sented (figs. 1 to 5).

Alveolar macrophages are a test system providing a link between in
vivo- and in vitro-conditions.   The exposition can take place in
vivo as well as in vitro, while for the evaluation of the effects
the advantages of the in vitro system can be used.   Alveolar macro-
phages play a decisive role in the defense of the lung against
particulate air pollutants.   As it is possible to cultivate them
as a homogeneous cell population, the cell culture offers the oppor-
tunity for investigations which are non-existent in vivo.   AB an
instance, experiments were conducted by BRUCH et al. regarding the
question whether the faculty of macrophages to metabolize benzo(a)-
pyrene is influenced by inhaled lead (J>).   After exposition to a lead
aerosol, the alveolar macrophages of the experimental animals were
obtained by pulmonary lavage, cultivated in vitro, and incubated with
benzo(a)pyrene.   It was noted that the quantity of benzo(a)pyrene
metabolized by the alveolar macrophages of lead exposed animals is

-------
                          1033


        CELL TOXICOLOGY

        I.  Test  objects:
            cells in  vitro

       II.  Parameters:
            a) morphology
            b) physiology
            c) functions
            d) special functions or abilities

                  Fig.  1
CELL TOXICOLOGY

I. Test objects  In vitro:

   a) diploid cells      (mammalian,
   b) permanent cells
   c) macrophages
   d) lymphocytes
                                         proliferating
 Including human)

(mammalian,        non-proliferating
 including human)   <«"hout stimulation)
                   Fig.  2
 CELL TOXICOLOGY

 II.  Parameters In vitro;
     a) Call morphology:
       1. Form and structures:  nuclear and nucleotar structure
                              endoplasmic retlculum
                              lysosomes
                              lipid droplets
                              vacuoles
                              degenerating formi
       2. Morphoklnetica:
       motility
       membrane activity
       plasma flow
       necrobiosls
                    Fig.  3

-------
                                  1034
          CELL TOXICOLOGY

          II.  Parameters in vitro:
              b) Cell physiology!
                1. Energy metabolism:
                 2. Structure metabolism:
                            Fig.
                            lactate production
                            glucose consumption
                            0,,-consumption
                            ATP/ADP quotient
                            RNA synthesis
                            protein synthesis
           CELL TOXICOLOGY

           II. Parameters In vitro:
              c) Cellular  functions:
                 1. Reproduction or cell kinetics: cell number
                                              mltotic rate
                                              plating efficiency
                                              generation analysis
2.  Permeability:

3.  Phagocytosis/Pinocytosis

            Fig. 5
                                              (DNA metabolism)
                                              enzyme release
                                              dye uptake
only a  fraction of the control  values proving  impairment of this
specific  cellular function.   These experiments  confirmed earlier
findings  concerning the disturbance of benzo(a)pyrene metabolism of
alveolar  macrophages following  in vitro exposition to lead or ambient
dusts  (4).    In the course of the investigations on the cytotoxicity
of particulate air pollutants it was found  that  in this case dose-
effect  relationships must be  regarded from  the point of view of the
hit theory.    Microkinematographic observations  have shown that one
lead particle is capable of causing lysis of a cell (1 particle +  1
cell =  1  hit = cell death).   As regards the lung, one should also
proceed from the assumption that punctual damages occur during the

-------
                                 1035
inhalation of particulate matter, which, upon accumulation, can be of
pathogenetic significance.   BINGHAM and colleagues demonstrated a
distinct reduction in the number of alveolar macrophages which could
be obtained by lung washings from rats having inhaled lead for a
longer period of time (5).   Moreover, BRUCH et al. detected a reduced
lung clearance in lead exposed experimental animals (6).

Alveolar macrophages are differentiated postmitotic cells which also
do not multiply under normal tissue culture conditions in vitro.
However, with the use of diploid fibroblasts and permanent cells the
essential property of the cell to proliferate can be tested.   Dose-
response relationships concerning one substance can be established
and also different substances can be compared with each other.   To
give an example, the influence on cell growth and metabolism of the
environmentally relevant heavy metals lead, cadmium, mercury, zinc,
and tin was studied in a mouse fibroblast line and clear concentration
dependencies were found.   Different doses of these metals cause a
509» reduction of replication* with Sn showing the lowest and Cd a
1000-fold higher cytotoxicity, while Pb, Zn, and Hg are in between.
Thus in this model a Toxicological rank order could be established (7).

Fibrous materials gain increasing importance in the context of en-
vironmental toxicology.   In animal tests it was proved that besides
asbestos also glass fibres induce the formation of foreign body
granulomas and malignant tumours (8,9).   In cell cultures fibriform
material causes a specific incorporation mechanism which is dependent
on form and length of the fibre (*O.   The delayed and incomplete
phagocytosis leads to a localized leakiness of the cell with persis-
tent but compensated loss of enzymes and increased energy metabolism.
The engagement between the cell and the fibre results in a chronic
irritation which ia being discussed as one of the causes of tumour
formation.   In this context it is of interest that fibrous material
induces the formation of giant cells in vivo as well as in vitro.
In vitro it was proved that the polycarocytes caused by asbestos or
glass fibres are the product of cellular fusion (10).

Cellklnetic and biochemical studies contribute to the elucidation of
the modes of action.   Such fundamental investigations are often only

-------
                                 1036
possible with the aid of  cell cultures.   Following assessment of  the
relations between the results obtained in cell culture as a screening
system for the evaluation of the  toxicity of novel environmental
noxious substances.

It has been known for many years  that cells in vitro can be trans-
formed into tumour cells  by a number of DNA- and RNA-viruses.   The
first report concerning the oncogenic transformation in vitro by
chemicals was given  by  BERWALD and SACHS in 19&? (11).   In the
meantime, tissue culture  cells are being used more and more in tumour
research for the evaluation of the oncogenic capacity of chemical
substances and their modes of action (12,13)*   This test system
offers several advantages as compared to the whole animal.   The
starting point of cancer  is the malignant change of the cell.   The
cell culture makes possible the direst study of this event with regard
to morphological and functional aspects.

The test objects and parameters for oncogenic transformation in vitro
are presented in figs.  6  and 7«
          CELL TOXICOLOGY
          II. Parameters in vitro:
             d) Specific functions or abilities
               1. Drug metabolism
               2. Stimulation e.g. by PHA (lymphocytes)
               3. Bactericidal action, virus susceptibility (interferon
                  production)
               4. Migration of cells in the electric field

                          Fig. 6
In the context  of air pollution research, the question  is of  para-
mount importance  whether particulate air pollutants or  their  extracts
are capable  of  transforming cells in vitro.   In the  literature  only
a few papers are  known under this aspect.   Special mention should be
made of  the  studies executed by FHEEDHAN and collaborators  on the
transforming action of extracts of "city smog"  OA).    The  authors

-------
                                     1037


                     ONCOGEN1C TRANSFORMATION  IN VITRO

                     I. Test systems;

                             CHEMICAL  CARCINOGEN
                                    CELL
                            (rat, mouse, hamster)
                                /      foetus  in vivo

                     culture In vitro  culture in vitro
                              INOCULATION INTO
                              ADEQUATE ANIMAL
                                Fig.  7

could demonstrate  that the city  smog extracts  contained one  or more
factors with a 600-fold oncogenic capacity than pure  benzo(a)pyrene.
As  the decisive proof for  transformation in vitro to  have occurred
the  capability of  the cells to form tumours in an adequate animal
was  considered.

The  difficulty that  some carcinogenic substances have  to be  activated
or  metabolized in  vivo limits the use of in vitro/in  vivo experiments
                     ONCOGENIC TRANSFORMATION IN VITRO
                      II. Parameters:
                         multllayered growth
                         (loss of contact inhibition)
                         loss of specific growth patterns
                         Increased multiplication
                         (decreased generation time)
                         increased plating efficiency
                         altered metabolic behaviour
                         (Increased glycolysls)
                         altered karyotype
                         unlimited proliferatlve capacity in vitro
                         tumour formation after Inoculation
                         in adequate animal
                                Fig.  8

-------
                                  1038
like the one  described above.   DI  PAOLO et al. developed  an elegant
test system  combining in vivo-  and  in vitro-methods  in  such a manner
that exposition occurs in vivo  while the transformation takes place in
vitro  (15).    To date this  test system has yielded  the  expected results
in  12  carcinogenic substances.    The new test promises  to  become a
suitable  screening method for the assessment of the  carcinogenicity
of  environmental pollutants or  their metabolites.


The investigations regarding the  toxicity and oncogenicity of en-
vironmental  chemicals in vitro  demonstrate the increasing significance
of  the cell  culture as a test system in applied research.    It is the
aim of these studies to employ  the  cell culture, also in connection
with the  experimental animal,  as  a  screening system  for the rapid
detection of noxious substances in  the environment.
                            LITE RATUR
 l)   LAUFHUETTE, D.W., K. ROBOCK und W. KLOSTEBKOETTER "Untersuchungen
     iiber  die cytotoxische Wirkung von Grubenstauben aus dem  Saarkar-
     bon" t ErgebniBse von^ Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiet der Staub- und
     Silikosebekampfung im Steinkohlenbergbau, Vol. 8, S. 131-138,
     Verlag Gliickauf , Essen (1971)

 2)   BECK, E.G., R. HOLUSA, D.  JIRAKOVA, B. KYSELA, K. ROBOCK und
     V.  SKODA "Ueber die unterschiedliche Wirkung von zwei Quarzen im
     Tier - und. Zellversuch und ihre physikaliechen Halbleitereigen-
     schaften", Staub- Reinh. Luft  33, 3-7 (1973)

 3)   BRUCH, J., A. BROCKHAUS und W. LEHNEN "Elektronenmikroekopische
     Beobachtungen an Rattenlungen  nach Exposition mit partikelf8rmi-
     gem Blei", Internationales Symposium; Die geeundheitlichen Aepekte
     der UmweltverBchmutzung durch  Blei, Amsterdam, ".-6. Oktober 1972,
     published by the Commission of the European Communities, Luxembourg,
     pp. 221-230 (1973)

 4)   BECK, E.G., N. NANOJLOVIC,  A.B. FISCHER "Vergleichende Untersuchungen
     fiber die Zelltoiizitat atmOBpharischer Schwebestaube" , Proc. 3rd
     Intern. Clean Air Congress.  Dtisseldorf, VDI-Verlag,  pp.  A3 - A
 5)  BINGHAM, E., E.A.  PFITZF.R, W. BARKLEY, E.P.  RADFORD "Alveolar macro-
    phages* reduced number in rats after prolonged inhalation of lead
    sesquioxide" , Science,  162, 1297 - 1299 (1968)

-------
                                   1039
 6)  BRUCH, J.,  A.  BROCKHAUS, W. DEHNEN "Ueber lokale Effekte inhalierter
     Bleiverbindungen auf die Lunge",  Internationales Symposium Umwelt
     und Gesundheit,  Paris 24-28. Juni (1974)

 7)  FISCHER,  A.B.  unveroffentliche Ergebnisse

 8)  POTT, P., K.-H.  PRIEDRICHS "Tumoren der Ratte nach i.p.  - Injektion
     faserfbrmiger  Staube", Naturwissenschaften, 59, 318 (1972)

 9)  STANTON,  M.F., C. WRENCH  "Mechanism of meeothelioma induction with
     asbestos  and fibrous glass", J. Nat.  Cancer Inst., 48, 797 - 821
     (1972)

10)  BECK, E.G.,  S. SETHI, W. HILSCHER  "Vergleichende in vivo- und in
     vitro-Untersuchungen zur Riesenzellbildung durch Aebest- und Glas-
     fasern",  Verh. Dtsch. Gee. Path., 56, 662 (1972)

11)  BERWALD,  Y., L.  SACHS "In vitro transformation with chemical carcino-
     gens", Nature, 200, 1182-1184 (1963)

12)  HEIDELBERGER,  C., "Chemical carci no genesis, chemotherapy: cancer* s
     continuing core  challenges - G.H.A.  Clowes Memorial Lecture",
     Cancer Res., 30, 1549-1569 (1970)


 13) THUST, R., T.  SCHRAMM "Neoplastische Alteration durch chemische
     Karzinogene in vitro", Arch. Geschwulstforsch, 39» 249-263  (1972)

 14) FREEMAN,  A.E., P.J. PRICE, R.J. BRYAN,  R.J. GORDON, R.V. GILDEN,
     G.J.  KELLOFP,  R.J. HUEBNER  "Transformation of rat and hamster em-
     bryo  cells by  extracts of city smog. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA,
     68, 445-449 (1971)

 15) DI PAOLO, J.A.,  R.L. NELSON, P.J. DONOVAN, C.H. EVANS,  Host-mediated
     in vivo-in vitro assay for chemical carcinogenesis, Arch. Pathoi.,
     95, 380-385 (1973)
                             DISKUSSION

BIANCO  (Italien)

      Ich  habe drei Fragen:
      - Welche Technik wurde bei  den rnhalationsbelastungsversuchen
benutzt?                                                      '

      - Haben Sie  die Konzentration der  verschiedenen Partikel
in der fur  die inhalative Belastung verwandten Luft  bestimmt?
c^   ^~ J*?811,818 die Korn9rossenverteilung und die geometrische
Standardabweichung  der Partikel  ermittelt?

-------
                             1040
BECK (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Die zitierten Tierversuche wurden von Dr. Bruch und Mit-
arbeitern (Diisseldorf, BRD) durchgef uhrt.


BRUCH (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Die Technik der  Ver suchsdurchf iihrung wurde in dem Vortrag
"Ueber lokale Effekte inhalierter Bleiverbindungen auf die
Lunge" beschrieben.  Das Bleiaerosol wurde durch Kondensation von
verdampftern Bleioxid erzeugt.  Die Bestimmung der Konzentration
erfolgte an Membranfiltern mit Hilfe der Atomabsorptionsspektro-
metrie.  Die Grosse der Teilchen war kleiner als 0,5,urn.


HINE (U.S.A.)

     Haben Sie Schleimhautzellen  oder Lymphocyten von Personen
untersucht, die Expositionen gegenuber Cadmium, alkylierenden
Agentien oder schwer verunreinigter Stadtluft aufwiessen?


BECK (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Solche Untersuchungen sind geplant.  Als vorbereitende
Versuche haben wir Zellen von Tieren untersucht, die liber
langere Zeit atmospharischen Feinstaub einzeln oder in Kombina-
tion mit Fremdgasen  (SC>2/ N02) inhaliert hatten.  Wir stellten
fest, dass die Zahl der aus der Lunge gespulten Makrophagen
dieser Tiere reduziert und dass spezifische Funktionen der Al-
veolarmakrophagen  (z.B. drug metabolism) beeintrachtigt waren.
Von Dr. Manojlovic  (Dusseldorf, BRD) wurden zur Prufung der
individuellen Disposition Lymphozyten von Versuchspersonen in
vitro mit Quarz und PHA inkubiert und anschliessend Mitose-
sowie Transformationsrate der Lymphozyten untersucht.


ZIELHUIS (Niederlande)

     Wie erklart Herr Dr. Beck die von Cooper  (USA) verbffent-
lichtan  Angaben, aus denen sich kein Hinweis einer erhohten
Sterblicnkeit infolge von Erkrankungen der Atemwege ergibt, und
was sagt er zu der allgemeinen Erfahrung, dass es keine erhohte
Sterblichkeit durch Erkrankungen der Atemwege gibt, im Blick-
winkel seiner Versuche und insbesondere der "Treffer-Theorie"?

     Mit anderen Worten, wie vereinbart er seine Versuche mit
dem weiten Erfahrungsschatz der Humanmedizin?

-------
                              1041
BECK (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Ziel des Dbersichtsreferates liber die Verwendung der Zell-
kultur in der Umweltmedizin war, den Stellenwert dieses Test-
systems aufzuzeigen und bestehende Korrelationen zwischen Er-
gebnissen von in vivo- und in vitro-Untersuchungen darzustellen.
Die Untersuchungen liber die Wirkung von partikelformigem Blei
in der Zellkultur und im Tierversuch sind also hier in diesem
Zusammenhang zu sehen.

     Ira Falle des Bleis wird besonders von Toxikologen die
Meinung vertreten, dass erst der Nachweis einer chronischen^
Toxizitat gesundheitspolitische Massnahmen rechtfertigt, Praven-
tivmedizinern geniigt fur solche Massnahraen dagegen bereits der
begriindete Verdacht fur eine Gesundheitsgefahrdung vor allem der
Personen, die durch Krankheit oder 'Alter in ihrer Widerstandskraft
geschwacht sind, besonders, wenn berucksichtigt wird, dass Blei
innerhalb der "toxischen Gesamtsituation" nur einen Faktor unter
vielen darstellt.

     In der Zellkultur ist bei Applikation von partikelformigen
Stoffen die Dosis-Wirkungs-Beziehung unter dem Gesichtspunkt
der Treffer-Theorie zu betrachten.  Dies gilt letztlich auch
fiir die Zellen in der Lunge nach Inhalation partikelformiger
Stoffe.  Jeder aktive oder passive Kontakt eines Staubteilchens
mit der Zelle ist als ein Treffer zu betrachten.  Jeder Treffer
wird eine Reaktion der Zelle auslosen.  Die Summation der Ein-
zelereignisse kann pathogenetisch bedeutungsvoll sein.


DANIEL (G.B.)

     Gewebekulturen bieten eine Moglichkeit, Verbindungen auf
ihr toxikologisches Potential hin zu untersuchen.  Sie stellen
ferner eine verfeinerte Methode dar, die sich zur tiefergehenden
Untersuchung des Wirkungsmechanismus von Verbindungen auf der
Zellebene eignet.  Ich mochte den Referenten fragen, welche
biocheraischen Parameter seiner Meinung nach als die empfindlichsten
Indikatoren toxischer Wirkung anzusehen sind.  Ich spreche nicht
von histochemischen Verfahren;  mir geht es darum, mehr quanti-
tative Angaben zu sammeln, so dass die Dosis-Wirkungs-Beziehung
festgestellt und damit die Beurteilung des jeweiligen Risikos
erleichtert werden kann.


BECK (Bundesrepublik Deutschland)

     Auch wir sind der Meinung, dass das Testsystem Zellkultur
inzwischen soweit ausgereift ist, dass es sich zur Prlifung
sowohl der akuten als auch chronischen biologischen Wirkung von
Fremdstoffen der Umwelt eignet.  Beziiglich Ihrer Frage, welche
biochemischen Parameter unserer Meinung nach als die empfindlichs-
ten Indikatoren  einer  toxischen Wirkung anzusehen sind, mochte

-------
                              1042
ich in erster Linie die Zellpermeabilitat nennen.   Ein intakter
Zellstoffwechsel ist die Voraussetzung zur Aufrechterhaltung
einer physiologischen Permeabilitat.   Wird Z.B.  der Energiestof f-
wechsel durch toxische Einwirkung gehemmt, so ist  ein Enzymverlust
die Folge.  Eine Storung der Zellpermeabilitat wird aber nicht
nur durch einen toxischen Eingriff in den Energiestoffwechsel
verursacht, sondern ebenso durch direkte Wirkung auf die aussere
Zellmembran.  Als Kriterium fur den Nachweis einer erhohten
Permeabilitat wird von uns die Freisetzung intrazellularer Enzyme
herangezogen, gemessen an ihrer Aktivitat im iiberstehenden Nahr-
mediurn.  Die extrazellulare Enzymaktivitat ist ein reprasentativer
Indikator fur die Permeabilitat der Zelle.  Dabei  sollte besonders
hervorgehoben werden, dass wegen der geringen benotigten Proben-
menge kontinuierliche Messungen der Enzymaktivitat und parallel
dazu morphologische Untersuchungen der Zellen im Versuchsablauf
mbglich sind.  Als weiterer Indikator fur eine Storung der Per-
meabilitat dient die Aufnahme saurer bzw. der Verlust fluoro-
chromer Farbstoffe.  Die Fluorochromasie kann quantitativ erfasst
werden, entweder mit Hilfe der Impulszytophotometrie oder aber
durch Messung der Emissionsenergie des in den Oberstand freigesetz-
ten Farbstoffes.

     Als weitere empfindliche Parameter fur eine toxische Wirkung
auf zellularer Ebene eignen sich der ATP/ADP-Quotient und der
O^-Verbrauch  (kontinuierliche polarographische Messung) als
Ausdruck des Energiestoffwechsels.  Von besonderem Wert als
Kriterium fur eine Schadstoffwirkung ist schliesslich die
Aufzeichnung des Habitus und der Motilitat der Zellen im Zeit-
rafferfilm.  Auf diese Weise lasst sich das Verhalten von Zellen
(Vermehrung und Motilitat) kontinuierlich registrieren und
quantitativ auswerten.

-------
                              1043
         EPIDEMIOLOGY OF PESTICIDE AND METAL RESIDUES

                      ANTHONY V, COLUCCI

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, USA


 (Editorial Note: Paper  presented  by J.A.  Santolucito)
ABSTRACT

     Studies relating to the epidemiology of pesticide and metal
residues involve the formulation of appropriate research models.
These models must be formulated in order to quantitate the impact
of exposures involving multiple routes to man and to test speci-
fic hypothesis relating these pollutants to adverse health effects,

     Crucial to all of these studies is the investigation of hu-
man body burdens of these residues using both the general popu-
lation or selected subgroups at greater risk either from occupa-
tional or geographic exposure.

     The studies we have conducted have been designed to address
a number of questions in several areas.   The first series of
investigations was aimed at determining which tissues are most
suitable for monitoring body burdens of the residues in human
populations.   Thus blood, urine, hair, feces and placenta were
analyzed for pesticide, trace metal and synthetic organic resi-
dues.   In addition, multiple tissue sets were collected at
autopsy and analyzed.

     The second series of studies was designed to test specific
hypothesis relating disease risk  to pollutant levels.   Typical
of the questions investigated were the relationship between met-
als and organic burdens and cardiovascular disease and toxemia
of pregnancy.

-------
                              1044
     The final phase of our research efforts focused on linking
tissue burdens with refined laboratory indices of health impair-
ment.   Examples of these studies include the effects of metals^
organics and pesticides on placental enzyme activity, hematolo-
gical indices and detoxification mechanisms along with changes
in other critical clinical parameters.

     This linkage of clinical and laboratory approaches to a
coordinated epidemiological system allows not only a current
assessment of risk in these populations but, in addition, a move
predictive posture as new pollutant problems arise.

     To date these studies have yielded interesting preliminary
results.   Whereas easily collected specimens such as hair and
blood have proved utility in estimation of environmental expo-
suret these tissues cannot, as yet, be considered a good quan-
titative indicator of many body pollutant burdens.   Studies of
occupationally exposed groups or groups of individuals with
clinically evident disease have failed to clearly implicate
pollutant burdens with either disease production or aggravation
although, in general* the blood levels of these individuals do
reflect increased exposure to pollutants.   Studies of multiple
tissue sets collected at autopsy are encouraging inasmuch as it
appears these tissues will provide useful information about the
pollutant burden for constructing predictive models and, in
addition, provide flashback capabilities.

-------
                                    1045

1.   Introduction
     Studies relating to the epidemiology of pesticide and metal residues
involves the formulation of appropriate research models.  These models must
be formulated in order to quantitate the impact of exposures Involving mul-
tiple routes to man and to test specific hypothesis relating these pollu-
tants to adverse health effects.
     Crucial to all of these studies is the investigation of human body
burdens of these residues using both the general population of selected sub-
groups at greater risk either from occupational or geographic exposure.
     To those of us concerned with health effects, clear definition of the
linkage between pollutant burdens and biological response becomes a matter
of great importance.  This is particularly true because human pollutant
burdens can elicit a broad spectrum of biological responses that are not
clearly separable.   Specifically, a pollutant burden can exist with no
associated physiological changes or it can be associated with physiological
changes that are sentinels of disease and have a strong association with
morbidity or mortality.
2.  Approach
    In addressing Itself to these problems,  our group has currently mount-
ed projects in several  areas.  The first series of investigations is de-
signed to determine what tissues are most suitable for monitoring pollutant
burdens 1n large populations.  Thus, blood,  urine, hair, excreta, and pla-
centa are assayed for selected trace metals  and synthetic organic com-
pounds.  In addition, multiple tissue sets are being collected at autopsy
and analyzed.  Whenever possible, study groups are chosen because of their
exposure to an appropriate pollutant gradient.  Another aspect of this
first series of studies 1s the establishment of a national  tissue bank to
provide flashback capabilities as new problems eirerge, and to allow accu-
rate assessment of tissue distribution profiles of the various pollutants
in the human population.
    The second series of studies we are conducting is designed to test
specific hypotheses that relate disease risk and pollutant levels.   Typi-
cal of the questions investigated are such problems as the relationship
of specific metals to Indices of cardiovascular disease and the trans-
placental transfer of metals and toxemia or  pregnancy.  The rationale is to
correlate pollutant burdens with known disease symptoms and assess their
role 1n disease production or aggravation.  Focusing on selectively vul-
nerable or occupationally exposed groups permits direct assessment without

-------
                                    1046
the large dilution factors operative in general  population studies.
     The final phase of our research efforts is  focused on linking  pollutant
burdens with refined laboratory indices of health impairment.   Specific
examples of these studies include the effects of metals and organic  com-
pounds on profiles of placental enzyme activity  and pollutant-induced
changes in detoxification mechanisms.
     Selection of tissues for evaluation of pollutant burdens  is  currently
under active investigation by our group.  A number of studies  have  indicated
a correlation between trace metal content in hair and exposure; an  example
is shown in Table 1.  As can be seen, levels of  arsenic, cadmium, and  lead
in hair closely follow the exposure gradient, whereas zinc and  copper
levels do not.  The latter two metals, it should be recalled,  are essential
to man, and homeostatic mechanisms for their metabolism are known to exist.
     Studies of occupationally exposed groups such as men exposed to cad-
mium dust from superphosphate production have established the  utility  of
blood as an index of exposure.  In these workers (Table 2), plasma  levels
of cadmium and zinc were elevated in both the intermediate- and high-expo-
sure groups.  By contrast, urine levels failed to show any correlation with
exposure.
     Attention has been focused on organic pollutants as well.  By  exam-
ination of the plasma of over 700 healthy individuals, polychlorinated bi-
phenyl (PCB) residues, ranging in concentrations up to 29 parts per  billion
(ppb), could be found in 43%.  In addition, residues of pp'DDDT and  DDE
were found in 84% and 63%, respectively, of the  individuals tested.  Inter-
actions involving ethnic differences and ethnic  residence were noted for
most residues as well.  Residues of polychlorinated biphenyl were found more
frequently and at higher levels in white, urban  residents and  rare  (4.1%)  in
rural blacks (Table 3).  In refuse workers potentially exposed  to poly-
chlorinated biphenyl from incineration of numerous materials,  residues of
PCB were identified in the plasma of 81% (32 of  37 workers) while only 11%
(6 of 54) of the control group showed abnormal evidence of these  residues.
Median levels of PCB for detectable samples were 2.6 ppb (exposed),  3.7 ppb
(controls), and maximum levels in plasma were 14.1 ppb (exposed)  and 20.2
ppb in the contrcls.  Scalp hair in this study was found to be of no util-
ity in estimating exposure to PCB. (Table 4)

-------
                                  1047
           TABLE I.   DISTRIBUTION OF TRACE METAL LEVELS IN HAIR
Metal
Arsenic
*•
Cadmium
Copper
Lead
Zinc
Exposure*
Ranking (City)
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
Arithmetic
Mean, ppmt
10.6
5.2
1.7
0.8
0.4
3.5
2.0
1.3
1.3
0.9
25.7
15.3
11.8
12.6
22.5
107.1
44.3
14.3
12.1
7.6
154.0
145.2
156.6
155.4
154.2
Standard
Deviation, ppm
7.00
6.00
1.48
0.33
0.26
4.94
K54
0.99
1.30
0.58
28.1
7.5
3.0
6.0
34.7
131.8
49.3
14.1
11.4
5.0
33.7
30.8
26.0
36.9
32.5
Sample
Size
31
16
32
13
28
45
85
37
21
37
45
37
25
21
37
45
25
37
21
38
45
25
37
21
38
*Exposure Ranking 5>4>3>2>1.
tParts per million.
               TABLE II.   AVERAGE CADMIUM AND ZINC  LEVELS  IN  URINE
               AND PLASMA OF WORKERS EXPOSED TO CADMIUM DUST


               Exposure
               Category	Cadmium	Zinc
                  Plasma  Concentration,  yg/100 ml
               Low              0.42+0.7            54+32
               Intermediate     2.7 +2.7           136+68
               High	1.9 +2.0	104+64
                   Urine Concentration,  pg/Liters
               Low                1.04             630+550
               Intermediate       1.14             440+350
               High	1.10	630±40Q

-------
                                   1048
     TABLE III.   PLASMA RESIDUES OF  SELECTED  CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS*
Race-Residence
Grouping
Rural black
Urban black
Rural white
Urban white

Total DDT,
ppbt
20.90
12.50
5.57
4.71
Mean
Percent
Measurable
100
98.3
97.0
99.0
Plasma Residue
Total PCB,
PPb
0.35
1.97
3.18
2.35

Percent
Measurable
4.1
49.3
50.9
55.7
 *Sample taken among residents  of Charleston  County, South Carolina.
 tAbbreviations:   DDT,  dichlorodiphenyl  trichloroethane; ppb, parts per
billion; PCB, polychlorinated biphenyl.
          TABLE IV.   PLASMA LEVELS  OF  POLYCHLORINATED  BIPHENYLS
                     IN REFUSE WORKERS AND  CONTROLS
Group
Control
Exposed
refuse
workers
No. of
Observations
54
37
No. With
Measurable
Level s
6
32
%
Measurable
11
81
Mean Levels,
ppb*
3.7
2.6
Maximum
Levels
PPb
20.2
14.1
*ppb - parts per billion
     As can be seen from studies of this type, easily collected tissues,
such as hair end blood, can be of utility in estimation of exposure.   How-
ever, a great need exists to relate these levels of pollutants in the hair
and blood to actual tissue burdens.
     To begin this task, our group has conducted feasibility studies  fo-
cused on trace metal analysis of multiple tissue sets collected at autopsy.
Preliminary results have revealed some trends between the amounts of lead,
copper, iron, cadmium, and zinc in scalp hair and the amounts in bone,
kidney, liver, lung, and aorta tissue, but more data will be needed before
rigorous, predictable relationships can be established.
     When we have  investigated the relationship between pollutant burdens
and selected populations at risk or subjects with disease, the problems
have become even more manifest.

-------
                                     1049
      Studies  in maternal-fetal  tissues  have  provided evidence for accumu-
 lation  and  transplacental  transfer of metals.  Analysis of these sets
 (Table  5) demonstrated  that placental cadmium  levels were one to two times
 the  levels  found  in maternal or cord blood.  It was observed also that
 erythrocyte cadmium levels were roughly  three  to five times plasma cadmium
 levels, and that  maternal  erythrocyte cadmium  levels were somewhat higher
 (27%) than  those  noted  for the fetus.   In addition, cadmium levels in the
 meconium were very similar to those found in maternal blood.  The data on
 lead  is only  partially  complete, but its transfer and accumulation is al-
 ready known.  The problems relating mercury  to fetal Minamata disease are
 familiar.
      TABLE V.  RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN CADMIUM AND LEAD LEVELS OBSERVED
                IN TISSUES FROM MOTHERS AND NEWBORN CHILDREN
Arithmetic Mean
Tissue
Placenta
Cord Plasma
Maternal plasma
Placenta
Maternal scalp hair
Maternal perineal hair
Maternal whole blood
Maternal erythrocytes
Cord blood
Cord erythrocytes
Merconium
No.
of Pairs
100
100
100
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Cadmium Lead
(uq/100 qm) (yfl/100 gin)
7.3
1.4
1.5
6.8
374.0
309.0
3.7
7.1
4.6
5.6
8.6
96
« • •
• * *
• • *
2,933
1,236
33
58
44
46
26

Ratio,
Lead to Cadmium
13.2
• • *
* * •
• * »
7.8
4.0
8.9
8.2
9.6
8.2
3.0
     These data are thus clearly indicative of transplacental  transfer of
cadmium, yet metal levels could not be causally linked to increased blood
pressure or decreased weight of the newborn infant,  nor could  they be
shown to increase in toxemia of pregnancy as has been alluded  to by other
workers.
     Studies in persons who died of cardiovascular disease demonstrated
no consistent elevation in renal cadmium concentrations, and the apparent
elevations in renal cadmium concentrations previously observed may have
been occasioned by the confounding effects of the widely varying renal
cadmium levels noted in cancer deaths.
     Similarly, although elevated levels of plasma cadmium were observed
in superphosphate workers, these elevated levels could not be linked to
changes in hemoglobin levels, hematocrit readings, blood pressure, and
cholesterol or serum lipid levels in the exposed groups.

-------
                                    1050
     Thus,  it  is clear that  the mere presence of a pollutant in tissue
 is  not always  sufficient evidence of disease potential, and one must be
 careful  in  ascribing  the cause of disease to pollutants fortuitously
 associated  with clinical symptoms.  Pharmacological experience has taught
 us  that the toxicity  of an agent  is not  always expressed at the site of
 maximum concentration, and it may be manifested only by subtle changes.
 Thus,  our final series of studies currently underway is designed to link
 the effects of pollutant burdens with  refined laboratory indices of health
 impairment. These studies are designed  to answer several questions.  First*
 what subtle biochemical changes occur  in individuals under certain pollu-
 tant burden stresses? Second, what changes in readily assayable tissue
 can correlate  or quantify these effects? And finally, what is the dose-
 response relationship between pollutant  burdens and changes in critical phy-
 siological  and biochemical systems?  These studies are recent in conception,
 but the preliminary results  appear promising.  One promising index current-
 ly  under investigation utilizes the profiles of placental enzyme activity.
 This two-part  project examines enzymes that may be induced or altered by
 specific pollutants such as  hydroxylases and metalloenzymes and, in
 addition, other enzymes that are rate-limiting for selected metabolic
 cycles.
      Assessment of changes in nonenzymatic areas is also necessary.  Thus,
 we  examine  protein profiles  and critical  substrate levels in blood and
 other tissues  as well.  Bioenergetic and immunologic systems may also
 reflect effects of pollutant burden.   In our laboratories, preliminary
 studies are underway, and attention is being focused on development of
 mitochondrial  and  microsomal assays that reflect such pollutant burden
 sensitivities.
      Clearly,  the  problems encountered in linkage of refined laboratory
indices to pollutant burdens  are even more complicated than those encount-
ered in other studies.  Inhibition of any enzyme by a pollutant is an effect
worthy of note, but relation  of  this effect  to disease production in man
requires careful documentation.   Similarly,  direct or indirect changes  In-
duced by exposures  to pollutants  in  areas known  to be sentinels of disease
must be carefully evaluated.   Adverse  effects must be separated from
normal or even beneficial  changes  and  dose response  is a  prime concern.
Transient changes in any dimension can have  a  cause  far  removed from
pollutant effects themselves, and clear patterns in  controlled studies

-------
                                  1051
 must be obtained.   It Is our belief*  however, that these biochemical and
 physiological  Indices hold great hope for the future.   Factors such as
 these are applicable to living human  populations In a  practical sense and
 have the advantage  of being relatively Inexpensive to  assay and are be-
 coming very well standardized.
      In the design  and Implementation of all these studies, a critical need
 exists for multiple tissue analysis.   In response to this need, we have
 Initiated on a pilot scale a national tissue bank designed to permit pre-
 sent and future evaluation of pollutant levels.  By accumulation of tissues
 from humans at autopsy, we can assess the relationship between pollutant
 burdens 1n various  tissues.  Similarly, this tissue bank will permit
 collection of sufficient tissues from cases of verified disease and
 allow more comprehensive Investigation of correlations between patterns
 of pollutant burdens and these disorders.  In addition, this tissue bank
 will provide flashback capabilities should, as almost  certainly will be
 the case, new pollutant problems arise in the future.
      This discussion has given only a brief overview of our efforts In
 the area of assessing and characterizing effects of pollutant burdens, but
 we feel it represents an Integrated approach to the solution of these com-
 plex problems.
                              DISCUSSION
SILBERGELD  (U.S.A.)
      With reference  to the first  slide,  showing levels  of various
metals, is  there any relationship,  direct or inverse, between the
lead  and zinc levels observed in  your sampled population?

SANTOLUCITO (U.S.A.)
      The data presented were preliminary and because of the small
sample size inferences on  a relationship between lead and zinc
levels were not made.

-------
                              1053
   STORAGE MAP OF ORGANO-CHLORINE COMPOUNDS (OCC) IN HUMANS
      EPIDEMIOLOGICAL DEDUCTIONS FOR FURTHER MONITORING

        M, WASSERMAN+, L, TOMATIS++, DORA WASSERMAN+
+  Department of Occupational Health, Hebrew University-Hadassah
   Medical School, Jerusalen, Israel
++ World Health Organization - International Agency for Research
   on Cancer, Lyon, France
ABSTRACT

     It is characteristic of living organisms to carry the foreign
compounds which enter them through continuous cycles of activity
like their own components.   Some of the compounds on the environ-
ment accumulate to some extent in the animal body.   This storage
constitutes a dynamic process.

     In the framework of a joint programme WHO-International
Agency for Research on Cancer and the Hebrew University-Hadassah
Medical School, Department of Occupational Health, Jerusalem* the
OCI storage in humans has been investigated in various populations
in Africa^ Asia and South America.

     Data obtained in these studies led to the conclusion that the
age group 25-44 years stored the highest amount of OCI in both
sexes for most populations.   Since after the age of 45 years a
change in the amount of OCI stored was observed, it is suggested
that the age group of 25-44 years may characterize the OCI storage
level of a community and can be compared with the mean storage
level of stillborns in order to assess the increase in man's OCI
impregnation from his fetal life.

     The paper presents a map of the storage level of OCI in hu-
mans throughout the world according to data reported in literature.
Suggestions for the way of further monitoring are presented.

-------
                              1054
     The importance of the assessment of the OCC body load in the
general population and in occupationally exposed workers evolves
from the circumstances of continuous pollution of the environment
with remanent, biologically active compounds.

     The OCC map we intend to draw has this justification.  More-
over/ it may constitute a reference point for further epidemic-
logical studies.

     A quarter of a century has passed since the first publication
of DDT storage in man (Howell, 1949).

     The study of OCC storage in the general population and
occupationally exposed people, which began in the U.S., spread
to Europe, Asia, and the other continents and has now reached
great development in Japan.

     From the data available on OCC storage, the following facts
emerge:

     1. The storage of OCC in man is a widespread phenomenon,
in fact they are a current constituent of humans living in the
second half of this century.

     2. The storage of OCC is proportional to the degree of ex-
posure, since occupationally exposed people store the highest
levels  (128).

     3. The storage of OCI is higher in men, and there is a
direct relation to age, starting with intrauterine life up to
the age of 45 years.  In some countries, (USA, Israel) this
direct relationship exists for all the age groups, while in
others a decrease in the storage level occurs after 45 years of
age.

     4. The geographical location of the groups samples seem
to have an influence on OCI storage.  The storage is higher in
south and east Europe when compared with north and west Europe.
The same applies when we compare Canada to the United States.
The cause of these geographical differences may be local agri-
culture or sanitary practices.

     5. The physiological state of the body  (e.g. pregnancy),
obesity, loss of weight and pathological conditions like liver
disease (86), carcinoma  (85), seem to influence the storage
level of OCC in opposite directions.  (The milk of obese women
contains lower amounts of OCI than that of women with normal
weight  (Germany, DDR  (70)).

     6. Race also seems to influence the storage level.  Davies
(30) found higher concentration in Negroes of the United States.
In South Africa, a lower level of OCI storage was reported by us
in non-white people (127).  It is possible that socio-economic
conditions may explain such differences.  In a study of OCI serum
levels in a multiracial population, significant differences were
found among the various ethnic groups: sera from Chinese con-
tained the highest levels of p,p'-DDT and 0-BHC.   Koreans had
the highest levels of Dieldrin, and people from triracial back-
grounds had the highest levels of y-BHC (64).

-------
                              1055
     7. There is a bidirectional relation between OCX. and some
drugs which influence their storage level by activation or in-
versely by inhibition of enzymatic systems involved in the meta-
bolization of these compounds.  (Volunteers receiving diphenyl-
hydantoin (31) as well as patients receiving phenobarbital and/
or diphenylhydantoin (137) had a lower OCI storage level when
compared to controls.  In an OCI plant, one of the workers who
took phenobarbital and diphenylhydantoin over 25 years for post
traumatic epilepsy had no or trace amounts of DDT and DDE residues
in his serum  (73).
     8. The banning of special OCC which reached too high a
level in special areas (e.g. 3-BHC in Japan) led to decrease in
storage of the banned compound  (B-pHC in Japan decreased 20-50%
(89)).
     9. The exposure of the general population to OCI occurs
especially from contaminated food but also from household use
(B-BHC residue was higher in the milk of non-farm women in
Japan  (9,114)).  Mothers in non-agricultural families consume
larger amounts of beef and milk daily, when compared to farm
women  (49).
     1O. The greatest exposure of  the general population,  non-
occupationally exposed to OCCr  is that of infants fed by mother's
milk.  Mother's milk has a higher OCC residue than cow's milk
and  in some regions the exposure is high enough to cause bio-
logical effects.   (Inhibition of corticoids synthesis, gluconeo-
genic enzyme  activity, and interference with calcium, vitamin
D and sex hormone metabolism  (7)).  In Guatemala, OCI residue
of mother's milk is 25-30 times the average  level found in the
USA, England, and Sweden  (Lofroth, 76).

     In conclusion, the epidemiological and analytical findings
regarding the OCC storage in man provide, at this time, a
reasonable basis for adopting a more uniform approach in assessing
the  storage levels of these compounds  in the general population.

     Accordingly, we propose:

     1> The age group 25-45 years should constitute a reference
group  characteristic of the OCC storage of  a community.

     2. A uniform method  for  the entire analytical procedure  of
OCC  assessment should be  adopted.

     3. The findings should be  reported both as OCI in extracted
lipids and in whole tissues or  biological fluids.

     4. The measurement of OCI  residues in  the human body  should
be considered as  a component  of a national  program in public
health, since it proved to be a valuable indicator of the  ex-
posure to OCC and  consequently  a basis  for  implementing suitable
preventive programs.

-------
                                     1056
Table 1. Storage of OCC in fat tissue of humans (ppm). North America
Authors
Laug et al .
Hayes et al.
Dale & Quinby
Hoffman et al.
Quinby et al.
Hoffman et al.
Hayes et al.
Ket

52
29
55
100
54
51
Fisherova Bergerova 43
et al.
Zavon et al.
Shafer & Campbell
Edmunds on et al.
Morgan & Roan
Da vies & Edmundson
Curley et al.
Warnick

Price & Velch
, * n PS
Jpbs, A.R.
Biros and Walker
Durham et al.
Cassaret et al.
Kadis et al.
Read & McKinley
iitcey et al.
Mastromatteo. E.
143
108
37
82
30
24
136

98
59
14
35
20
62
102
103
80
Country
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA, Chicago
USA, New Orlean
USA
USA
USA
USA, Florida
USA, Arizona
USA, Florida
USA, Atlanta
USA, Utah

USA, Michigan
USA
USA
USA, Alaska
USA, Hawaii
CANADA
CANADA
CANADA
CANADA, Ontario
T.DDT BHC
5.3
11.7
6.7
10.3
12.7
10.4
slO.3
10.6
7.6
2-31

6.5
12.4
8.8
9.0
7.2
5.3


3.0
5.7
4.3
4.9
4.8
9.2


0.20,,
0.57*

0.48*
0.60*






0.55







1.07*
0.01*
Die!.


0.15
0.11

0.14
0.29
0.22
0.31

0.22
0.14

0.24
0.20
0.15
0.15




0.01
0.12
0.22
PCB















2.0
»2 0
ba • \J




HCB






















Year
1950
*•* vw
1955
*•* W ti
1961
*«^W J
1964
* W V
196]
*JU J
1963
1965
A. J \J ^
1966
1964
*• Jv "
1964
J-7D*t
IQfiR
*J\JiJ
1967
J.JU /
1966
±J\J\J
1969
1968
1969
1970
1972
1Q7P
ij 1C.
1Q7rt
1-7/U
1960
*.j\j\j
1968
±Tj\j\j
1967
10 CO
x?97
1969
1970
Table 2. Storage of OCC in fat tissue of humans  (ppm).  South America
Authors
Wassermann et al.
Wassermann et al.
Fernandez et al.
Astolfi et al.
Ref.
129
126
42
10
Country
BRAZIL
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINA 2
T.DDT
7.9
13.2
6.6
.7-30.
BHC
0.25*
2.43
0
Diel.
0.13
0.30
PCB

HCB

Year
1970
1969
1970
1970
  Only one isomer.

-------
                                     1057
Table 3. Storage of OCC in fat tissue of humans(ppm). Europe,
Authors
Abott et al.
Abott et al.
tobinson et al .
tobinson et al.
•lunter et al.
:gan et al.
Cassidy et al.
Widmark & Jensen
Bjerk, J.E.
Wei he, M.
Vlieger et al.
laier-Bode, H.
^ngst et al.
•ngst & Knoll
WUncher & Acker
Acker & Schulte
Jorneff, j.
Jarchet, R.
layes et al.
:ournier, E.
:ournier et al.
Ref.
1
2
105
104
58
38
21
140
15
138
120
79
40
39
142
4
17
11
50
44
45
Jonezyk & Bojanovska 60
Juszkiewisz & Stecy
)chynski & Bronicz
Jogusz, M.
'rojanowska et al.
61
91
16
116
'askovskaya&Komarova!19
Uracheva
ialacka et al.
tosival et al.
)enes, A.
Denes & Tarjan

Jerend et al.
Soos et al.
'esendor/er et al .
Adamovi c et al .
ftizicovici et al .
tondroiu & Jordache-
(aloyanova, F. scu

-------
                                     1058
Table 4. Storage of OCC in fat tissue of humans (ppm). Asia.
Authors
Dale et al.

dassermann et al.
Jassermann et al.
iJassermann et al.
tfassermann et al.
lughal & Rahman
Jassermann et al.
lishimoto et al.
iizutani et al.
)oguchi et al.
Curley et al.
Ui, I.
hurley et al.
Casai , A.
Suzuki et al.


fatsumi et al.
Kawanishi et al.
Ref.
28

121
123
135
133
83
131
88
81
27
23
117
23
66
110


112
68
Country
INDIA

ISRAEL
ISRAEL
ISRAEL
ISRAEL
PAKISTAN
THAILAND
JAPAN, Kochi
JAPAN, Kyoto
JAPAN, Tokyo
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN, Hiraga



JAPAN, Usaqa
T.DDT
12-31

19.2
15.4
14.4

25.0
13.0
6.9
9.7
3.7
2.5


8.1
4.5
2.1
4.0
4.2
6.4
BHC
0.86
-1.7


0.47



12.2
11.7
3.2
1.5


4.3
2.4
3.0
4.0
2.4
2.7
Diel.
0.03
-0.06


0.12



0.46
0.19
0.33
0.13



0.16
0.21
0.43
0.16
0.13
PCBs





2.75



4.7


5.0
0.8






HCB











0.08








Year
1965

1963
1965
1969
1973
X973
1970
1970
1972
1972
1973
1972
1973
1972
1970
1971
1972
1971
1973
Table 5. Storage of OCC in fat tissue of humans (ppm).  Oceania.
Authors
Jick, M.
tassermann et al .
Luqq, R.
Jrotiy & Siyali
Jrewer & Grath
Darcre, J.C.
Copplestone et al.

Dyment et al.
Ref.
13
124
77
19
18
26
22

36
Country
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIA
NEW ZEALAND
NEW ZEALAND
NEW ZEALAND

NEW GUINEA
T.DDT
9.5*
9.4
3.1

5.8

5.4
3.9

BHC

0.68



0.50



Diel.
0.05
0.67
0.21

0.27

0.41
0.27

PCBS








0.0
Fable 6. Storage of OCC in fat tissue of humans (ppm). Africa.
Authors
tassermann et' al.
tfassermann et al.
nlassermann et al.
Jassermann et al.
ufassermann et al.
Ref.
127
125
132
130
134
Country
SOUTH AFRICA
NIGERIA
NIGERIA
KENYA
UGANDA
T.DDT
6.38
8,75
6.50
4.60
2.90
BHC
2.41
0.68
0.30
0.29
0.08
Diel.
0.04
0.22
0.18
0.10
0.04
PCB$





HCB



1.25





Year
1965
1968
1969
197?
196fi
1963
1965
1969
1971

HCB





Year
1969
1967
1970
1970
1970
* Arithmetic mean.

-------
                                   1059
Table 7. OCC residues in mother's whole milk (ppb).
Authors
Bjerk, J.E.
Westoo & Noren
Egan et al.
Knoll & layanaman
Acker & Schulte
Engst & Knoll
Kontek et al.
Bogusz, M.
Gracheva, G.V.
Komarova, L.F.
Komarova, L.F.
Mandroiu &Jordaches cu
Adamovi c et al .
Adamovic et al
Laug et al.
Quinby et al.
Curley & Kimb rough
Mi Ison et al .
Savage et al.

.of roth, 6.
Ref
15
139
38
70
3
39
72
16
47
71
71
78
5
7
74
99
25
141
107

76
Olszyna Marzys et al. 92

Lugg, R.
Newton & Greene
Horn ab rook et al.
Gejvall et al.
Takeshi ta & Inuyama
Takeshi ta & Inuyama
Kato et al .

Oura et al.
Anonymous
Anonymous
Narafu, T.
Hidaka et al.

77
87
56
46
111
111
67

94
9
9
85
53
[Tattori Res.Hyg.Inst.115
Kamata, I..
Osaka Pref.
Osaka Pref.
lay ash i, M.
layashi , M.
Yishimoto et al.
Yagai , I .
lagai, I.
lagai, I.
pagai, I.
64
93
93
49
49
90
84
84
84
84
Country
NORWAY
SWEDEN
ENGLAND
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
POLAND
POLAND
USSR
USSR, Urban
USSR, Rural
T.DDT
50-100
113.0
130.0
320.0
112.0
230.0
280.0
715.6
0-1000
100.0
190.0
ROMANIA, Vrancea
SERBIA
SERBIA
USA, Black
USA
USA
USA, White
USA

207.5
587.1
130.0
145.0
70.0
170.0
7.4950

CENTRAL AMERICA 310QP
GUATEMALA

AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIA
NEW GUINEA
GHANA
JAPAN, Agric.
JAPAN, Nonagr
JAPAN

JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
OAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN, Agric.
28633

170.0
142.0
29.0-959
29.0
BHC


13.0

18.0






Diel.


6.0








Q- 560.0
5.0
14.0


7.0


79.0


6.0

o-sqo! o-ii.q


.0-
10QO
2.0
X.O
79 J3 142.9
, 660250.9
19-105.0] 18:

33.0
60.2
56.2
740
49.0
115.4
96.0




15.0

0-12J)
0-43P
0-
12.0



20-400.0
95.0
124.0
90-1800
21.0
43.0
56.3
JAPAN, Nonagr. 63.5
JAPAN
JAPAN, Oshima
JAPAN, Nagato
JAPAN, Yanai
JAPAN, Ass a

20.0
31.0
12.0
33.0
120.0
109.3
5.0
4.7
70-160
161.5
180.0
92.6
143.4

163.0
219.0
94.0
247.0
1.0
2.0
3.7






PCBs




1030













40.0
.100.0


HCB




153JD


















75. (W
52. a
<5.q86D




30.0
3.4
3.1

50.0






30.0























Year
1972
1968
1965
1971
1971
1970
1971
1972
1964
1970
1970
1971
1969
1972
1951
1965
1967
1973
1971

1971
1973

1969
1970
1972
1972
1970
1970
1971

1972
1971
1972
1970
1972
1972
1972
1971
1972
1971
1971
1971
1972
1972
1972
1972

-------
                               1060
                           REFERENCES
 (1)  Abbott,  D.C.,  Goulding,  R.,  and  Tatton,  Y.O'G.,  British
     Med.  J.,  3:146,  1968.
 (2)  Abbott,  C.D.,  Collins, C.B.,  and Goulding,  R., Brit.  Med.
     J.,  11:553  1972.
 (3)  Acker, L. and  Schulte, E.,  Ernaehrungs Forschung,  16:559,
     1971.
 (4)  Acker, L. and  Schulte, E.,  Umschau,  71:848,  1971.
 (5)  Adamovic, V. M,  Hus,  M.,  and Djukic,  V.,  Second Yugoslav
     Symp.  on Pesticides,  Zagreb,  1969.
 (6)  Adamovic, V.M.  et al., Hrana i isgrana,  11:12, 197O
 (7)  Adamovic, V.,  Sokic,  B., and Petrovic, O.,  Ernaehrungs
     Forschung,  16:579,  1971.
 (8)  Aizicovici  et  al.,  Travaux  Scientifiques de 1'Institut
     d'Hygiene de' lassy,  p.  142,  1960-1966.
 (9)  Anonymous,  Pestic.  Business,  56:458, 1972.
(10)  Astolfi,  E.  et al.,  Arch. Argent. Pediat.,  68:20,  197O.
(11)  Barchet,  R.  et al.,  Deut. Lebensm.-Rundsch.,  68:69, 1972.
(12)  Berend,  E.,  Keeskemeti,  I.,  and  Koppa, G.,  Eg§szs§gtudomanv
      14:388,  1970.
(13)  Bick,  Marjorie.,  Med.  J. Aust.,  1127, 1967.
(14)  Biros, G.J.  and Walker,  A,C., Bull.  Environm. Contain, and
     Toxicol. , 5:317,  1970.
(15)  Bjerk, J.E.,  Tidsskr.  Norske Laeqeforen, 92:15,1972.
(16)  Bogusz,  M.,  Pol.. Tyg. Lek.,  27:637, 1972.
(17)  Borneff,  J.,  Zentralbl.  Bakteriol.  Hyg.  I Abt. Orig.  B. ,
      155:220,  1971.
(18)  Brewerton,  H.V.  and McGrath,  H.J.W., N.Z. Jl. Sci., 10:
      486,  1967.
(19)  Brody, M.N.  and Siyali,  D.s./Med-  J- Aust.,  1:158, 1972.
(2O)  Casarett, L.J.  et al., Arch.  Environ. Health, 17:306, 1968.
(21)  Cassidy,  W.et al.,  Monthly Bull. Min. Health Lab.  Serv.,
     26:2,  1967.
(22)  Copplestone,  J.F.v  Hunnego,  J.N., and Harrison,  D.L., N.Z.
     J.  Sci.,  16:27, 1973.
(23)  Curley,  V.  et  al.,  Nature,  242:338,  1973.
(24)  Curley,  A.,  Copeland,  M.F.,  and  Kimbrough,  R.D., Arch.  •'•-
     Environ.  Health,  19:628, 1969.
(25)  Curley,  M.  And Kimbrough, R., Arch.  Environ.  Health,
     18:156,  1969.
(26)  Dacre, J.C.,  Proc.  U.  Otago Med. School, 47:74,  1969.

-------
                              1061
(27)  Doguchi, M. et al., Ann. Rep. Tokyo Metrop. Res. Lab. Pub.
     Health. 22:131, 1971.
(28)  Dale, W.E., Copeland, M.P., and Hayes, W.J. Jr., Bull.
     World Health Organ., 33:471, 1965.
(29)  Dale, W.E. and Quinby, G.E., Science, 142:593, 1963.
(30)  Davies, J1E. and Edmuridson, W.F. Epidemiology of DDT, 1972,
     Chapter 4, pp. 39-48.
(31)  Davies, J.E. et al., Food Cosmet. Toxicol., 9:413, 1971.
(32)  Del Vecchio. V. and Leoni, V., Nuovi Ann. D'Ig. Microbiol., 28:107, 1962.
(33)  D£nes. A., Die Nahr, 6:48, 1962.
(34)  Denes, A. and Tarjam, Robert, MTA V. Oszt, 18:379, 1967.
(35)  Durham, W.F. et al.,'Science, 134:1880, 1961.
(36)  Dymentr P.G. et al., Bull. Environ. Contain. Toxicol.,
     6:532, 1971.
(37)  Edmundson, W.F., Davies, J.E., and Hull, W., Pesticides
     Monit, J., 2:86, 1968.
(38)  Egan, H. et al., Brit. Med. J., 11:66, 1965.
(39)  Engst, R. and Knoll, M., Ernaehrungs forsqhung, 16:569,  1971.
(40)  Engst, R., Knoll,  R., and Nickel, B., Pharmazie, 62:654, 1967.
(41)  Engst, R., Knoll,  R., and Nickel, B., Pharmazie, 24:673, 1969.
(42)  Fernandez, J.C.G., Boletin de la seccion plaguicidas, 2:1, 1970.
(43)  Fiserova-Bergerova, V., Radomski, J.L., Davies, J.E., and
     Davies, J.H., Ind. Med. Surg., 36:65, 1967.
(44)  Fournier, E., Can, Nutr, Diet., 6:31, 1971.
(45)  Fournier, E. et al., J. EuropSen de Toxicol., 1:11, 1972.
(46)  Gejvall, T., Jensen, S., and Lofroth, G., Personal Comm-
     unication, 1972.
                         i
(47)  Gracheva, G.V., Zdorovia Naselen, No. 1:125, 1969.
(48)  Halacka, H., Hakl, J., and Vymetal, F., Cesk, Hy., 10:188.
     1985.
(49)  Hayashi, M., J. Jap. Med. Ass., 68:1281, 1972.
(5O)  Hayes, W.J. Jr., Dale, W.E., and Le Breton, R., Nature,
     199:1189, 1963.
(51)  Hayes, W.J. Jr., Dale, W.F., and Burse, V.W., Life Sci.,
     4:  1611, 1965.
(52)  Hayes, W.J. Jr. et al., AMA Arch. Ind.  Health 18:398,  1958.
(53)  Hidaka, K., Ohe, T., and Fujwarak, Progr, Med., 82:519,  1972.
(54)  Hoffman, W.S., Adler   H., and Fishbein, w.I., Arch. Environ.
     Health, 15:758, 1967.

-------
                              1062
(55)  Hoffman,  W.S.,  Fishbein,  W.I.,  and Andelman, M.B.,  Arch.
     Environ.  Health,  9:387,  1964.
(56)  Hornabrook,  R.W.,  Med.  J. Aust.,  25:1297, 1972.
(57)  Howell,  D.E.,  Proc. Okl.  Acad.  Sci., 29:31, 1948.
(58)  Hunter,  C.G.,  Robinson,  J., and Richardson, M., Brit. Med.
     J., 1:221, 1963.
(59)  Jobs, A.R.,  Environ, Health Perspect., 1:79, 1972.
(6O)  Jonczyk,  H.  and Bojanovska, A.,
(61)  Juszkiewicz, T. and Stee, J.,  Polski Tygad. Lekar. , 26:462
     1971.
(62)  Kadis, V.W.  Breitkreitz,  W.F.,  and  Johasson,O.J.,  Can. J.
     Pub. Health, 61:413, 1970.
(63)  Kaloyanova,  F., XVII Int. Congress of Occ.  Hygiene.Buenos
     Aires, Sept. 1972.
(64)  Kamata , I.,  Jap.  J. Hyg., 27:439, 1972.
(65)  Kanitz , S. and Castello,  G., Giornale Igiene Med. Prevent.,
     1:7, 1966.
(66)  Kasai. A., In: Fifth International Congress on Rural Medicine,
     Varna, 1972.
(67)  Kato, K., et al., Ann.  Repr. Kanagawa Prefect. Inst. Pub.
     Health, 21:85, 1971.
(68)  Kawanishi, A., Asanuma,  S., and Nakaraura, S., J. Jap. Ass.
     Rural Med.,  22:278, 1973.
(69)  Klemmer, H.W., Rashad,  M.N., and Mi, M.P., Pesticides and
     the Environment:  A Continuing Controversy. 1973, pp. 53-61,
     Environmental Protection Agency, Chamblee, Georgia.
(70)  Knoll, W. and Jayaraman  , S., z. Gesamte Hyg., 19:43, 1973.
(71)  Komarova, L,I., Pediatr, Akusherstvo Hinekol., 35:   19-20 1970.
(72)  Konte, K.M.  et al., Ped. Pol., 44:183, 1971.
(73)  Kwalick, D.S., JAMA, 215:120, 1971.
(74)  Laug, E.P.,  Kunze, P.M.  and Prickett, C.S., AMA Arch. Ind.
     Health, 3:245, 1951.
(75)  Llinares. V.M. and Wassermann, M., Medicina y Seguri dad del
     Trabajo, 59:29, 1967.
(76)  Lofroth, G., The Ecologist, 1:8,  1971.
(77)  Lugg, R., Personal Coiranunication, 1970.
(78)  Mandroiu, V. and Jordichescu, M., Iqiena.  20:363. 1971.
(79)  Maier-Bade,  H./ Med. Exptl., 1:146, 1960.
(80)  Mastromatteo, E.,  In: Conference  of Epidemiology and Tox-
     icology of Pesticides, Amsterdam, 1971.
(81)  Mizutani, T. Matsumoto,  M., and Fujwara, K., Progr. Med.,
     81:666, 1972.

-------
                               1063
 (82)  Morgan,  D.P.  and  Koan,  C.C.,  Arch.  Environ.  Health,  20:452,
      1970.

 (83)  Mughal,  H.A.  and  Rahman  M. A.,  Arch.  Environ.  Health,  27:
      396,  1973.

 (84)  Nagar,  I.,  Ann. Rep.  Yamaguchi  Prefect.Res.  Inst.  Pub.
      Health,  14:93,  1972.

 (85)  Narafu,  T., J.  Clin.  Nutr., 39:26,  1971.
 (86)  Nawa,  H.,  J.  Okayama  Med. Soc.,  85:47, 1973.

 (87)  Newton,  K.G.  and  Green, N.C., Pestic.  Monit.  J.,  6:4,  1972.
 (88)  Nishimoto,  I.,  Uyeta, M., and Tave,  S., Progr.  Med.r  73:275,
      1970.
 (89)  Nishimoto,  T.  et  al., Progr.  Med.,  82:515,  1972.

 (90)  Nishimoto,  T.  et  al., Progr.  Med.,  82:974,  1972.

 (91)  Ochynski,  J.  and  Bronisz, H., Bromatol. Chem. Toksikol.,
      5:345,  1972.

 (92)  Olszyna Marzys, A.E.  et al.,  Bol.  of.  Sanit.  Panaraer.,
      74:93,  1973.

 (93)  Osaka Prefect,  The  countermeasures  for damages  due to agri-
      cultural pesticides,  2nd item of 1st clause  of  Chapter  XII.
      A draft of the plan of  Environmental Administration,  p.
      392-395, 1973.

 (94)  Oura,  H. et al.,  J. Jap. Ass. Rural  Med., 21:3OO,  1972.

 (95)  Paccagnella,  B.,  Prati. L., and Cavazzini,  G.,  Nuovi  Ann.
      d'lgiene Microbiologia, 18:17,  1967.

 (96)  Pesendorfer,  H.,  Eichler, I., and Glofke, L., Wien. Klin.
      Wochenschr.,  85:218,  1973.

 (97)  Prati,  L.,  Pavanello, R., and Ghezzo,  F., Bull. Wld.  Hlth.
      Org.,  46:362,  1972.

 (98)  Price,  H.A. and Welch,  R.L.,  Environ.  Health Perspect.,
      1:73,  1972.

 (99)  Quinby,  G.E.,  Armstrong, J.F.,  and Durham, W.F.,  Nature,
      207:726, 1965.

(10O)  Quinby,  G.E.  et al.,  JAMA,  191:175,  1965.

(101)  Rodomski,  J.L.  et al..  Food Cosmet.  Toxicol., 6:209,  1968.

(102)  Read,  S.T.  and McKinley, W.P.,  Arch. Environ. Health,  3:
      209,  1961.

(103)  Ritcey,  W.R.,  Savary, G., and McCully, K.H.,  Can,  J. 'Pub.
      Health,  64:380, 1973.

(104)  Robinson,  J.  and  Hunter, C.G.,  Arch, Environ. Health,  13:
      558,  1966.
(105)  Robinson,  J.  et al.,  Brit. J. Ind.  Med.,  22:220,  1965.

(106)  Rosival, L. et al., In: Proceedings  of the  4th Int. Cong.
      on Rural Medicine,  Usuda, 1969,  Tokyo, Jap.  Ass.  Rural Med.,
      pp.  40-42.

-------
                              1064
(107)  Savage,  E.P.,  et al.,  Pesticides Monit.  J., 7:1,  1973.
(108)  Schaffer,  M.L. and Campbell, J.E., Advances in Chem. Ser.
      No.  60,  Amer.  chem. soc.,  Wash.  D.C.,  pp. 89-98,  1966.
(109)  Soos,  K.,  Celeszky, V. and Tarjan, R., Egeszsegtudomany,
      16:70, 1972.
(110)  Suzuki,  Y.,  Sugaya, H., and Sasaki, S.,  J. Jap. Ass. Rural
      Med.,  22:276,  1973.
(Ill)  Takeshita, T.  and Inuyama, Y., Ann. Rep. Shimane Prefect.
      Inst.  Pub. Health, 12:27,  1970.
(112)  Tatsumi, M.  et al., In:Fifth International Congress on
      Rural Medicine, Varna, 1972.
(113)  Tatton,  J.O.G. and Ruzicka, J.H.A., Nature, 215:346, 1967.
(114)  Tokutsu, K.,  Koyama, T., and Yokoyama, C., Ann. Rep.  Wakayaftia
      Prefect. Inst. Publ. Hlth., 19:59, 1972.
(115)  Tottori Pref.  Hyg. Res. Inst., Rep. Tottori Pref. Hyg. Res.
      Inst., 12:22,  1972.
(116)  Trojanowska,  M. et al., Forensic Sci., 1:239, 1972.
(117)  Ui,  J.,  Laekartidningen, 69:2789, 1972.
(118)  Unterman,  W.H., Gavrilescu, C.,  and Chisel, I., Igiena,
      19:69, 1970.
(119)  Vaskovskaya,  M.F. and Komarova,  L.I.,  Scient. Conf. of
      Young Scientists, Kiev, 1965.
(120)  Vlieger, M.  et al., Arch.  Environ. Health, 17:759, 1968.
(121)  Wasserman,  M. et al., Arch. Environ.  Health, 11:375, 1965.
(122)  Wasserman,  M. and Wasserman,  D., 15th International Cong.
      on Occ.  Hlth,  Vienne Abstracta,  Part 2,  6(2):954, 1966.
(123)  Wasserman/  M., et al., Pesticides Monit. J., 1:15, 1967.
(124)  Wasserman,  M. et al., Ind. Med. and Surg., 37:295, 1968.
(125)  Wasserman,  M. et al., Proc. of Lagos  Int. Seminar on Occ.
      Health for Developing Countries, 1968.
(126)  Wasserman,  M. et al., La Semana Medica, 16:459, 1969.
(127)  Wasserman,  M. et al., S.A. M.edical J.,  646-8, 1970.
(128)  Wassermanv  M., Wasserman,  D.,  and Ivriani, I., Pesticides
      Symp.  Fla, 1970.p. 311.
(129)  Wasserman,  M. et al., Ind. Med., 41:22, 1972.
(130)  Wasserman,  M,, et al., Ann. soc. Beige Med. Trop., 52:509,
      1972.
(131)  Wasserman,  M. et al., S.E. Asian J.  of Trop. Med. and Publ
      Hlth., 3:280,  1972.
(132)  Wasserman,  M. et al., Environ.  Physiol. Biochem., 2:59,
      1972.
(133)  Wasserman,  M., Wasserman,  Dora, and  Cucos, Simi., First
      Asian cong.  on Rural Med., Nov., 1973.

-------
                              1065
(134)  Wasserman,   M. et al., Bull. Environ. Contain, and Toxicol.f
      In press.
(135)  Wasserman,   M. et al., Pesticides Monit. J., 1974, In Press.

(136)  Warnick, S.L. Pestic. Monit. J. 6:9, 1972.
(137)  Watson, M.,  Gabica, J., and Benson, W.W., Clinical Pharm.
      and Therap.  13:186, 1972.

(138)  Weihe, M.,  Ugeskr. Loeg., 128:881, 1966.
(139)  Westoo, G.,  and Noren, K., Norkforsk, Biocid-information,
      14:6, 1968.
(140)  Widmark, G.  and Jensen, S., Miljovardsforskning Statens
      Offentliga utregningar, Stockholm, 43:171, 1967.
(141)  Wilson, D.J. et al., Amer. J. Dis. Child., 125:814, 1973.

(142)  Wuncher, K.  and Acker L., Med. Ernahrung, 1O:5. 1969.
(143)  Zovon, M.R., Mine, C.H., and Parker, D.K., J. Amer. Med.
      Assoc., 193:887, 1965.



                          DISCUSSION


VAN DER KREEK  (Netherlands)

     I quote your fact 10 "the greatest exposure of the general
population, is that of infants fed by mother's milk."

     Your showed us a slide with data on concentrations of OCC
in fat of infants and neonates.  These concentrations in infants
do not differ  from the concentrations in adults.  Therefore I
do not understand your fact 10, which is not confirmed by the
residues in the fat of the infant.  Do you have an explanation?


WASSERMAN  (Israel)

     At the birth, the OCI storage  level  in newborns  is about
50 percent of  their mothers'  OCI  storage  level.   There is a
continuous increase of the OCI level - a  positive  age correlation
until the age  of  about 45 years.   In the mother's  milk, the OCI
concentration  is  rather high  (in  Guatemala it was  reported at
about 3000 ppb) which means a hazardous non-occupational exposure.


OLOFFS  (Canada)

1.   Considering  the  difficulties and problems  in PCS quantifi-
cation  (number of components  and  differential metabolism), how
valid is it  to compare data from  the many sources -  especially
some older ones - and to  base conclusions on  such data.

2.   During  a visit to DDR 2  years ago,  I had the impression
that human  tissue burdens of  DDT  should be rather high  in  this
area as DDT  use seemed  to be  rather prevalent.   I find  it  inter-
esting  that  the data you presented, Dr.  Wasserman, confirm this.

-------
                              1066
WASSERMAN  (Israel)

     The LGC method for PCBs assessment is rather more laborious
than uncertain.  The LGC peaks of PCBs were identified by a
number of experienced laboratories.

     The present data on stored levels of PCBs in man reported
in the literature, which show differences from country to
country, may be interpreted in the light of local socio-geogra-
phical conjunctures to which the general population is exposed.
REUTER  (U.S.A.)

     Has any attempt been made to correlate DDT consumption
 (by nation and /ears) with tissue levels observed?


WASSERMAN  (Israel)             &

     Hayes et al[AMA Arch. Ind. Hlth, 18, 519  (1972)]  had found
lower levels of stored DOT in vegetarians than in meat eaters,
in U.S.A.  The same phenomenon was reported by Dale et alfBull.
WHO, 33:471,465] in India.  To some extent, a similar situation
for ElHcimos in Alaska, was also reported by Dale.


HOLL  (Federal Republic of Germany)

1.   Apart from the fact that the toxicity of DDT is still an
open question, and evaluation will have to take into consideration,
that the Federal Republic of Germany placed a legal ban on the
use of DDT on man  (Law on the Trade in DDT of 7 August 1972).
Exceptions are only applicable to entomology and parasitology.

2.   The question of increased concentrations of HCH in mother's
milk and cow's milk  (vice versa in the infant) was of some im-
portance in the south-western border area of Germany at the
beginning of 1974, the reasog.grobably being bound up with waste
disposal problems  (via soil^water)•  Special studies are being
carried out and results so far obtained can be made available.

     Have you become aware of similar relations?  They show  the
urgency and importance of international arrangements concerning
environmental contamination across national frontiers.


WASSERMAN  (Israel)


     No comment.

-------
                              1067
     EVALUATION OF THE HEALTH EFFECTS OF NITRATES IN WATER

             NACHMAN GRUENER AND HILLEL I. SHUVAL

Environmental Health Laboratory, Hebrew University-Hadassah Med-
ical School, Jerusalem, Israel
ABSTRACT

     The standard for nitrates in drinking water was established
as 45 mg/1 based on limited epidemiological and experimental evi-
dence.   We initiated a broad range of toxicological and epidem-
iologioal studies to provide a scientific basis for evaluating
the health effects of nitrates in drinking water.   The two epi-
demiologieal studies to be reported upon here are part of this
project.

     One of the studies which was done among 408 healthy infants
who consume appreciable amounts of tap water in powdered milk for-
mula showed that those infants who consume water with nitrate con-
centrations over 45 mg/l exhibited significantly raised methemo-
globin levels in their blood.   The second epidemiological study
was done under controlled conditions in a hospital to attempt to
determine the threshold value of nitrates in water which can cause
a significant increase above "normal" methemoglobin levels in in-
fants.   In this study with 115 infanta we showed that nitrate
levels in drinking water of about 100 mg/l can cause a signifi-
cant increase in infants' methemoglobin levels.

     The possible health significance of a slightly raised or
subclinical methemoglobin level as found in the two studies is
discussed in light of results from toxicological studies and
general considerations in evaluating the risk of population ex-
posure to chemicals in the environment.

-------
                                    1068
   The standard for nitrates in drinking water was initially established
based on limited epidemiological evidence that indicated that no cases of
infant methemoglobinemia occurred in areas with less than 45 ppm of
nitrates (as NO,) in the water [1].  Since the standard was established
there has been considerable controversy on the subject. Some European re-
searchers have reported that they were able to detect raised methemoglobin
levels in so called normal infants in areas where occasional clinical
cases of the disease were reported [2], In addition, clinical disease was
also reported among infants exposed to water having less than 45 ppm of
nitrates. Suggestions that a stricter standard be enforced have been made
as a result of such studies.
   On the other hand, extensive areas in the U.S. and Europe supplying
water showing nitrate levels above the standard have reported little or no
clinical cases of the diseases. Since nitrates are difficult to remove
from water by economically feasible means moves have been made for a more
liberal standard reflecting the lack of clinical disease in such areas.
   Since the epidemiological and toxicological base for establishing the
nitrate standard was relatively limited, the project reported upon here
was initiated to clarify some of the basic questions concerned with the
health effects of nitrates in drinking water.
   The following general questions served as guidelines in carrying out
the evaluation of the suitability of the current nitrate standard in
drinking water:
   1. Can a dose-response relationship be established between intake of
      nitrates in drinking water and the development of raised methemo-
      globin levels in infants?
   2. At what threshold level of nitrates in water is the first effect
      detectable?
   3. What environmental, nutritional, physiological or genetic factors
      influence this relationship?
   4. What is the health significance, if any, of chronic subclinical or
      slightly raised levels of MetHb?
   5. Are there direct toxic effects of exposure to nitrates and/or
      nitrites other than raised MetHb?
   6. Can new sensitive parameters be used to detect health effects due
      to exposure to nitrates other than raised MetHb  levels?

-------
                                    1069
    In many areas of the coastal plain of Israel concentrations of nitrates
in the water supply range from 50-200 mg/1. On completion of the epidemio-
logical study involving 2473 infants in the environs of Rehovot having a
mean NO, concentration of 70 ppm, it became apparent that there are no sig-
       •j
nificant differences between the mean MetHb levels in the infants in this
area as compared to infants of the control area (nitrate level of 5 mg/1
[3]. A possible explanation to this lies in the infant feeding practices
where only 6% of the infants included in the study received appreciable
amounts of tap water together with formula prepared from powdered milk. The
Gaza area was considered to be favorable for such a study since preliminary
investigations indicated that well over 50% of the infants up to two years
of age received powdered milk formula with tap water.
    The Gaza area study has provided some confirmation that infants in
areas with water supplies having concentrations over 45 mg/1 of nitrates
who consume appreciable amounts of tap water in powdered milk formula show
raised MetHb levels. As can be seen in Fig. 1, infants in the low nitrate
group  (under 45 mg/1) show similar MetHb levels (mean = ,74%) regardless of
milk regime while infants who consume  powdered milk only in the medium and
high nitrates group  (46-200 mg/1) have a significantly raised mean MetHb  .
level of 1.18%while those consuming powdered milk and other milk show MetHb
of  .99%. Although no clinical cases of infant methemoglobinmeia were re-
vealed among 285 infants in the medium and high nitrate group, 26 of them
showed significantly raised MetHb levels of over 1.8%; of them 23 (10.7%)
received either  only powdered milk formula or powdered milk formula in
addition to other types of milk. Only 3.2% of the infants in the low
nitrate group showed raised MetHb.
    Under normal field conditions many difficulties hamper the possibility
of detecting a dose-response relationship between nitrate intake and met-
hemoglobin levels especially in the low range. To overcome some of these
problems a controlled experiment was carried out in a hospital located in
an area normally supplied with water high  in nitrate,content. In this study
we attempted to determine the threshold value of nitrates in water which
can cause a significant increase above "normal" MetHb levels in infants.
    For five days 104 hospitalized infants ranging from one week to ten
months were exposed  exclusively to water whose nitrate content was exactly
controlled. The infants received mainly formula prepared from milk powder.
The exposure schedule was: the first and fifth days, low nitrate content

-------
                                     1070
                    I Z
                    1.0
                    0.8
                 < .
                 < .
                    0.4
                   02
  Powdered milk only
  Powdered milk + other milk
  Other milk only
n= (408)
                                          a  b   c
                                       MEDIUM  HIGH
                                        NITRATES
                                       46 - 200  mg/l
                         FIGURE 1.
 LH.'AN HETHEMOGLOBIN LEVELS IN INFANTS ON DIFFERENT  MILK REGIMES,
 CONSUMING OF LOW ANT) MEDIUM TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS OF NITRATES - GAZA.

  (15  mg/l),  and the second,  third and fourth days, high nitrate content
 (108  mg/l).  The high  nitrate water was from a well that served as the nor-
 mal  supply to  the  hospital.  There was a significant rise on the second day
 compared  to  the first one i.e.,  following the first exposure to nitrate.
 The  mean  MetUh  level  on the  third day decreased almost to the original
 level  in  spite  of  the fact   that  the high exposure continued. It remained
 constant  on  the fourth day  (high  nitrate  intake) but dropped even lower
 than  the  first  day on the fifth day (low  nitrate again). This may hint of
 an adaptation mechanism.
    This  work indicates that  nitrate levels in drinking water of about
 100 mg/l  can cause a  significant  increase  in infant Metllb levels. If this
 exposure  is  stopped recovery  is rapid.  It  is worthy to note that the mean
 Metllb  level of  22  infants in  the  Gaza  area on "milk powder only" and who
 received  water  having high nitrate  concentrations  (mean 82 mg/l)  had a
mean Metllh level of 1.37% as  compared  with a mean  of 1.30% for the 104
hospitalized infants  exposed  to approximately the  same level  of nitrates
in their powdered milk  formula.

-------
                                   1071
     The  Gaza  study  appears  to provide  support  for  the present maximum
 recommended standard  of 45  mg/1  of NO,  in drinking water. The fact  that
                                     •J
 the  first  signs  of  raised MetHb  levels  clearly appear in  infants  exposed
 to water just above the standard (45-55 mg/1 NO  )  suggests that little if
 any  safety factor is  provided by this  standard.
     The  full  health significance of  slightly raised MetHb levels  such as
 reported upon here  is yet to be  established. Whether such subclinical met-
 hemoglobinemia is deletrious in  itself  or whether  such exposure is  only of
 importance to the extent that clinical  cases of  the disease develop re-
 quires further study.
     The  question of why and how  subclinical methemoglobinemia develops in
 certain  individuals into the clinical form of  the  disease still remains
 unanswered. Other possible  direct toxic effects  of nitrates and nitrites
 cannot be  overlooked  as well. Our lexicological  studies with rats and mice
 pointed  out the  following findings:
     1. Nitrites  can pass the placenta and cause  raised MetHb in the fetus
       [4].
     2. Pregnant  rats  are particularly sensitive  to exposure to nitrites
       and the pups showed  poor  growth  [5].
     3. Rats chronically exposed  to sodium nitrate  and nitrite in their
       drinking water  for 16 months show distinct deviations in heart
       blood vessels even at the level  of 200 ppm  [6],
    4. Exposure of  mice  to nitrites in drinking water causes behavioral
       effects such as  lowered motor activity and an increase in isolation
       induced aggression [7].
    CONCLUSIONS
       The results  of the two epidemiological studies which encompassed
2891 infants up to  24 months of age indicate that there is a relationship
between  intake of nitrates  in drinking water consumed mainly as  powdered
milk formula and raised MetHb levels. The effect was detectable  and signi-
ficant even in the  group of infants exposed to water containing  45-55  ppra
of NO^. Even though no clinical  cases of methemoglobinemia were  detected,
it is felt that the appearance  of a significant increase above the normal
MetHb levels in infants when exposed to water with nitrate concentrations
slightly above the current standard of 45 ppm is sufficient  to provide
direct epidemiological support  for the current  standard.  The health signi-
ficance of such subclinical  levels of MetHb is  unclear  and its is  still

-------
                                1072
unknown why only a small number of infants exposed to such levels of
nitrates in water develop clinical cases of the disease.
    There is still much to be learned about the association of nitrates  in
drinking water and raised MetHb levels in infants. What role does the
powdered milk formula actually play in the development of MetHb? How ef-
fective are vitamin rich foods such as citrus juice and tomato juice in
preventing raised MetHb? What is their mode of action? Why do only a small
percent of infants exposed to high nitrates in water develop clinical
cases of methemoglobinemia? A fuller understanding of these questions is
still required.
    However, despite the many questions that remain unanswered it is
apparent that nitrates are potentially more toxic than generally assumed.
Until those questions are fully elucidated the standard would best be
maintained as is while being kept under constant scrutiny and review.
References
1.   Walton,  B., "Survey of the literature relating  to infant
     methemoglobinemia  due to nitrate  contaminated water",
     A.J.P.H., 41, 9861 (1951)
2.   Knoteck, Z., Schmidt, P., "Pathogenesis, incidence and
     possibilities of preventing alimentary nitrate  methemo-
     globinemia in infants", Pediatrics,34, 78  (1964).
3.   Shuval,  H.L., Gruener, N., "Epidemiological and toxicological
     aspects  of nitrates and nitrites  in the environment", A.J.P.H
     62,  1045 (1972).                                             '	
4.   Gruener, N., Shuval,  H.I., Behroozi, K., Cohen, S., Shechter,
     H.,  "Methemoglobinemia induced  by transplacental passage
     of  nitrite in rats",  Bull. Env. Cont. Toxicol., 9, 44,  (1973),
5.   Shuval,  H.I., Gruener, N., "Health aspects of nitrates  in
     water",  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Report, to be
     published  (1974).
6.   Gruener, N., Yarom, R., Shuval, H.I., "Histological changes
     in  rat heart arteries after chronic administration of
     nitrates and nitrites", Proer Eur. Svmp. on Impact of
     Ecological Factors on Peripheral  Vascular Disease,
     September, 1973,
7.   Gruener, N., The effect of nitrites on isolation-induced
     agression in mice", Pharmacol.  Biochem. Behav.  (in press)

-------
                              1073
     RECHERCHES CONCERNANT L'INFLUENCE DE L'ENVIRONMENT
        POLLUE AUX RADIATIONS IONISANTES OU SUBSTANCES
            CHIMIQUES SUR LES NOYAUX LEUCOCYTAIRES

             GH, ROSCA, STELA ROSCA/ E, T, BARSAN

Facultfi de MSdecine, Institut de MSdecine et de Pharmacie, Cluj,
Roumanie
RESUME

     Les auteura ont e^tudie1* BUT un grand nombre de aujeta,  lea
modifications de I'appendice nucl6aire au niveau dea  leucocytes
du aang pSripherique.

     D'une part, lea recherohea ont ports aur 500 aujeta prove-
nant de:
a)   maladee expoaSa d. dea vadiationa ioniaantea  (vayona X  ou
gamma) au aouva dea pvocedurea the'rapeutiquesj
b)   cadres mSdicaux et auxiliairea tvavaillant dana  dea Bevvioea
de radiothevapie ou la vadio-diagnoatique;
c)   diffdrenta aujeta venant pour I'examen  ou le control pevio~
dique medical.

     Lea analyaea cytologiquea ont m-ia en 6widenoet d. un pourcen-
tage varie"* mate eurtout dana le caa b)j la  pv&aence  de nombreuaes
excroiaaonceanucl&airea aoua la forme d'appendicea  nucl&airea.

     D'autre part, on a fait dee investigations ches  lea pevaonnea
qui trayaillent dans un environnement ohimiquement  pollu6  (benzdne
colorants ohimiquea et alooola), dont on a pratique" dea examena
h&matologiquea>   Lea analyses ont Sgalement mis  en Evidence lea
aapecta  dea  mSmea modifications  oytologiques.

-------
                               1074
     Dans  toutes  les deux cat6govi.ee dee  sujets on a compare  lea
donn&es en Tea rapportant a celles dee  sujets de  contrdle,  tout
en relevant lee aspects qualitatifs et  quanti.tati.fB de diverses
formes d'excroissances  nuclSaires.
ABSTRACT

     The authors have carried out tests on a  large number of per-
sons in order to study the changes in the nuclear appendix in
peripheral blood leukocytes.

     Research was carried out on 500 test subjects taken from the
following groups:
a)   patients exposed to ionising radiation (x-rays or gamma rays)
ae part of therapeutic treatment;
b)   medical and auxiliary staff working in therapeutic and diag-
nostic radiology units}
c)   various persons coming for examination or periodical medical
checks.

     The cytological analyses revealed the presence in varying
degrees, particularly in the case of group b), of numerous nuc-
lear growths in the form of nuclear appendices.

     In addition, blood tests were carried out on persons working
in a chemically polluted environment (benzene, chemical dyes and
alcohols).    Various aspects of the same cytological changes were
also revealed by these analyses.

     For both categories of test subjects, the findings were
compared with those of the control subjects,  special attention
being given to the qualitative and quantitative aspects of various
forms of nuclear growths.

-------
                                   1075
1. INTRODUCTION

    Les recherches cytologiqu.es dStailleee de Davidson et Smith;
Kosenow et Scupin, de meme que celles des plusieurB autres chercheurs
(Caratzali; Porter; Ruhren; Popovici; De Bernard! et Griva; Asley et
Jones; Capra P. Marzani, etc.) Bur la frequence et la morphologic de
certainee ezcroissances nucleaires des leucocytes Banguins ont releve
des aspects particulierement interessants d'une grande utilite pour la
pratique medicale (2, 3, 4, 7, 17* 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 28).
    Un grand nombre d*autres recfaerches experimentales et de laboratoire
ont demontre la liaison qu'ont ces appendices nucleaires, non seulement
avec le sexe des porteurs (drumsticks), mais egalement avec 1*action
nocive de certaines substances chimiqueB ou de facteurs physiques
(mutantes?), qui, se sont montres susceptibles d'induire, dans certaines
conditions, des modifications de la structure nucleaire. (l, 4, 5, 6, 7i
10, 11, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 26, 27, 31).

2. HYPOTHESE DE TRAVAIL

    Vu les donnees de la litterature medicale de specialite quant a
1*action nocive de certains facteurs chimiqueB physiques ou biologiques,
Bur 1'organisme huraain en general, et en particulier sur ses structures
cellulaires, ainsi que Bur la maniere du comportament cytologique
(microscopique), nous nous Bommes proposes d'etudier:
    - la frequence et 1'aspect morpho-cytologique des excroissances
nucleaires (appendices nucleaires) au niveau des leucocytes;
    - les m§mes valeurs, obtenues chez des personnes travaillant dans
des milieux pollu^s par dee rayons ioniBants ou des substances chimiques
nocives, par rapport a un lot temoin.

3. KATERIBL ET KETHODE

    Le travail a comport6 I'&tude des 1000 personnes, des deux sexes
agSes de 18 - 60 ans, qui nous furent envoy^es afin d'examiner leur
tableau eanguin.

-------
                                   1076
    On a fait des recherches sur 3 grands groupes de personnee.
    Groupe A, comportant 200 jeunes sujets, sur lesquels on a effectu4 les
examens imposes par leur engagement dans la production.
    Groupe B. comportant 500 sujets ayant travaille effectivement 1-20
ans dans des milieux polluee avec diverses substances chimiques telles
ques le benzene, lee colorants synthetiques, lee alcools, I1acetone etc.
    Groupe C. comportant 300 personnes divisees en deux Bous-groupes:
le Boue-qroujje C-l. comprenant des sujete exposes a I1action des rayons
ionisants (rayons gamma, rayons x) a 1'occasion de certains precedes
therapeutiques ou bien dans un but diagnostique, et le jpus-groupe C-2.
dont les sujets £taient represent^ par les medecins et dee techniciens,
qui developpaient leur activite quotidienne dans les services de radio-
diagnostic et de radiotherapie.
    Les frottis de sang peripherique furent colores par la methode
classique de Kay-Criinwald-Giemsa et furent ensuite examines et photo-
graphies au microscope (imersion).
    Sans tenir compte de leur signification, nous avons enregistre les
types suivants d'excroissances nucleaires (sur 100 neutrophilee examines
chez chaque sujet):
    l) Le type "A" (Kosenow et Scupin) dit aussi celui de "1'appendice
pedicule" qui a la forme d'une "baguette de tambour", de "goutte sus-
pendile" ou de "mollet de poule" ("drumstieke", d'apres Davidson et
Smith). II s'agit d(une granule chromatique, d'un diametre de 1,5 microns,
bien delimitee et liee au noyau par un mince filament chromatique
(fig. 1-a).
    2) Le type "B" (Kosenow et Scupin) dit aussi celui des "appendices-
sessiles", ou bien "tags" (d'apres Davidson et Smith). Ceux-ci apparais-
saient comme des granulations chromatiques similaires, comme  formes et
dimensions a celles de la premiere catSgorie.  Elles sont depourvues de
filament d'union, sont eessiles et acollees au noyau (fig. 1-b).
    3) Le type "C" (Kosenow et Scupin) ou bien celui dee small-clubs"
(d'apres Davidson et Smith), etant donnfi qu'elles apparaissaient comme
des excroissances nucleaires pediculees, termineeB per une t8te en forme
de massue, dont les dimensions se trouvent toujours au-dessous d'un micron.
Leur aspect est similaire a celui d'une "^pingle". (fig. 1-c).

-------
                                   1077
    4) Les excroiseances nucleaires ayant la forme de certains lobes
(Davidson et Smith), sesailes ou plus rarement liees au noyau par 2 ou
3 filaments, moins chromatiquete et moins homo genes. Lea lobes toujours
un diametre de 2 microns (fig* 1-d).
    5) Des excroissances nucleaires de forme conique qui sont des
filaments chromatiques ayant une extremitS algue I1aspect d'une aiguille
ou de stalactite, jamais granulees ou lobule'es (fig. 1-e).
    6) Nous en avons ajoute" le groupe des excroissances nucle'aires diffi-
cilement ou bien impossible S. classifier 4 cause de leurs formes atypi-
ques, non caracte'ristiques.

4. HESULTATS ET DISCUSSIONS

    Nous avons enregistre" les r^sultats de nos observations dans des
tableaux et des graphiques, et nous les de'montrons par des microphoto-
graphiee.
    De 1'analyse des donne'es statistiques offerte par nos tableaux et
graphiques, il est a mentionner les suivants aspects plus particuliers:
    Le lot temoin (gronpe A)
    Des excroissances nucleaires apparaissent seulement sur 38,47 % des
noyaux leucocytaires surtout pour le type "B" (16,76$). Le type "A"
touche des valeurs plus grandes chez le sexe feminin (6,98$) Par rapport
au sexe masculin (0, 16%). Rapportant les indices de fr6quence des
divers types d*appendices nucle'aires sSpar^ment a chaque groupe d'Sge,
1'on constate une croissance, parallele a 1'fige, des noyaux modifies,
(de 34,40?J pour le groupe de 18 - 20 ans jusqu'au 41 ( 91% pour le groupe
de 51 - ^0 ans). (tabl. I, graph, nr. l).
    Pour ce qui concerne les personnes travail 1 ant dans un milieu pollue"
par des substances chimiques nocives, le nombre des cellules depourvues
de modifications nucleaires est diminue d'une maniere significative,
jusqu'au pourcentage de 40,93$. Le nombre des noyaux comportant diverses
excroissances est egalement SlevS, pour les deux sexes, ayant une fre-
quence presque double par rapport au lot temoin et aux types 2, 3 et 4.
Par centre, le nombre des appendices pe'dicule's diminue, tandis que les
formations sessiles augmentent serieueement et atteignent des valeurs
importantes, notamment chez les personnes ayant une activite" prolongee
dans le milieu pollud (tabl. II, graph. 2, 5).

-------
                               1078
Figure la
    Figure Ib

 Figure IG
Figure Id

                           Figure le
          FIGURE 1.   Les microphotographies avec 1'aspect
          des divers types d'excroissances nucleaires.
          (la "drumsticks"; Ib "tags"; le "small-clubs";
          Id "lobes"; le "Aiguille")

-------
Le tableau n° I


represente les indices de frequence des divers types d1appendices


nucleaires ohez les personnee du lot "A" (temoin) sSpare en 5


groupes, par Sge et sexe.
1'aoe Cellules
sans


18-20
21-30
3MO
41-50
51-60
MED.G.RAI
appenoices
•* f Toul
66, 65,20 65,60
64,25 60,70 62,1.8
59, 63,70 61,35
62,66 57,70 60,16
55,66 60,40 58,03
.61,50 61,5*. 61,53
Cellules avec des divert tjpii d'appndices
t
•? f Total
1,00 6, 3,50
0,5 8, 4,25
0, 7,70 3,85
0,66 7, 3,83
1,66 6,20 3,93
0,76 6,98 3,87
•
r7 | total
22, 14,60 18,30
18, 16,80 17,40
17, 14, 15,50
16,50 18,70 17,60
16,35 13,60 14,98
17,97 15,54 16,76
t
•* | Total
1, 5,20 3,10
3,50 4, k 3,75
It, 5,70 7,85
7, 5,60 6,30
7,33 7,22 7,26
6,17 5,14 5,65
m
** • Total
3, 5,50 4,25
6, 6, 6,
9, 8,30 8,65
5,33 5,80 5,56
12, 8,60 10,30
7,07 6,84 6,95
A
•? • Total
7, 2,50 4,75
6,25 3,70 4,97
3, 1,30 2,15
7, 4,50 5,75
7, 2,80 4,90
6,05 2,96 4,50
P
** • Total
+
0, 1, 0,50
1,50 0,80 1,15
0, 1,30 0,65
0,85 0,70 0,78
0, 1,20 0,60
0,47 1,00 0,74
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       >J
                                                                                       vo

-------
Le "tableau n° II


comprend les indices de frequence des divers types d1excroissances


nucleaires pour les 3 groupes des personnes examinees.
Gr.
A
B
C-l
C-II
Cellules
sans
jmnpnrtir.M
r* T . .1
W 1 ot i I
61,50 61,54 51,53
38/0 43,45 40,93
50,52 42,76 46,64
1.2, 56, 39
Cellules avec des divers types d
*
Total
f •
0,76 6,98 3,87
1,60 4,95 3,28
1,70 4,56 3,04
1, 1,90 1,45
•
Total
f •
17,97 15,5* I6,7f
27,90 ZS,1.? 27,8:
ZO, 32,36 26,18
25, 30,18 27.5S
t
Total
•- f
6,17 5,U 5,65
12,40 7,78 10,09
8, 6,74 7,34
5, 15,07 10,03
appendices
A
-* Total
«r 9
7,07 6,84 6,95
14,60 9,97 12,28
14, 10,18 12,09
13, 13,18 13,09
A
*• . '""
6,05 2,96 4, 0
4, 3,30 3,65
6, 2,42 4,21
13, 2,67 7,8".

0
Total
•* t
0,87 1, 0,74
1,80 2,08 1,94
0,02 0,98 9,50
1, 1, 1,
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      oo
                                                                                      o

-------
                                                  1081
:


                             , i.
.-
                                C-l
                                                              '
                                                                                     IOH«UtUT» . C-I

-------
                                   1082
    Chez les personnes irradiees pour des fins diagnostiques ou thera-
peutiques, les tests cytologiques indiquent une valeur elevee de 1'in-
dice general de frequence des noyaux ayant des modifications de surface
(53|36$). Les types 2-3 et 4 d1appendices nucleairea presentent toujours
des valeurs presque doubles par rapport au lot temoin. De mSme 1'on a
enregistre une diminution des formations pediculees, mSme pour celles
caracteristiques au sexe feminin (le sexe nucleaire femelle). (tabl.  II,
graph. 3, 5).
    Chez les personnes qui travaillent dans un milieu pollue par des
rayonnements ionisants: medecins, personnel technique et cadres moyens
auxiliaires (1'Sge variant entre 25 - 50 ans), les aspects morpholo-
giques et de frequence des excroissances nucleaires, mentionne's pour le
sous-groupe anterieur C-l, sont encore plus marques et plus significa-
tifs, A notre avis il s'agitt dans ce groupe, d'une action chronique
cumulative du milieu pollue par des rayons sur 1'organisme humain.
Generalement, voir-me'me chez les femmes, les excroissances pediculees
diminuent d'une maniere manifesto, tandis que les formations sessiles,
atteignent, pour ce sous-groupe C-2, les valeurs les plus eleveas
(tabl. II, graph. 4, 5)-
    Les donnees que nous avons obtenues par des analyses morpho-cytolo-
giques et statistiques, effectuees sur un grand nombre de cas, t^moignent
de la possibilite de deceler certaines modifications de la surface nucle-
aire. Ces modifications de la surface nucleaire, permettent, outre 1'eta—
blissement du sexe nucleaire, des estimations sur le degre d'action de
plusieurs noxes chimiques ou physiques du milieu pollue BUT I'organisme
humain en general et notamment sur les cellules leucocytaires. L1augmen-
tation marquee du nombre d'excroissances nucle'ajres chez les personnes
qui travaillent dans un milieu pollue (gr. E-C), se trouve favorise'e ou
bien constitue 1'expression, la manifestation cytologique, de 1'action
des agents nocifs, sur la surface et le contenu nucleaire. Les modifica-
tions peuvent 3tre dues a des me'canismes differents, tel quej I'ipaisse-
ment de la membrane nucleaire, le plissement de la membrane nucleaire,
la pycnose, la karyolyse, la n^crobiose.

-------
                                   1083
    En guise de conclusion nous pouvons dire que les tests cytologiques
effectues chez un grand nombre de personnes venues en contact  avec des
milieux pollues, indiquent:
    1. L1existence,  au niveau des noyaux leucocytaires,  de plusieurs
types d'excroissances nucle'aires, dont certaines refletent par leur
forme et frequence le degre de nocivite du milieu pollue1 sur 1'organisme
et notamment sur les cellules leucocytaires.
    2. Ces excroissances nucleaires ayant la forme dfappendices ont une
frequence elevee, et modifient leur forme (en predominance lea formations
sessiles) en rapport direct avec l'9ge et le temps passe dans  le milieu
pollue par des substances nocives chimiques ou par des rayons  ionisants.

                          REPERENC  E S
 1.  D'AMATO P.,  "Radiation and chemically  induced mutations in Durum
    Wheat.  - Symp.  on Genetics and Wheat Breeding. Hungary June 12 -
    le,  1962
 2.  BAMFORD SOPHIA, MITCHELL G.W, CASSIN CLAIRE, GORMAN ANITA, FRENCH
    BREDA,  "Purhter Observations  on  Neutrophil Appendage  in Sex Chromo-
    somes Aberrations - Acta Cytogenetica,  vol. 10,  1966/3, pg 323
 3.  BARR M.L.,  "Cytological tests of sex - The Lancet,  19>6/7
 4.  BECKER P.E.  "Humangenetik. Ed. 1968, G. Thierae Verlag Stuttg.
 5.  BENEA V, LEANDRU LIA,  POPA A, DUMITRESCU ANCA, "Influenta iso-
    topului radioactiv P-32 asupra semintelor si puie^ilor unor ras,inoase.
    Cercetari de genetica. Bucuresti.  Lucr. Prim.Simp.Nat. de Genetica
    1964, pg. 417
 6.  BENVENUTI A, BUAITTI A, D'AHATO  P, RAGOZZINI R,  "Mutazioni  somatiche
    nella patata indotte dalla radiazione  gamma - L'Agricult. Italiana
    1963/Dec.pg. 449
 7.  CARATZALI A. "Nuclear Sex Appendages of Leucocytes  -  Genital Anoma-
    lies Chapter 11. Ed. 1969
 8.  COMINGS D.E. "The Tationale for  an Ordered Arrangement of Chromatin
    in the Interphase Nucleus - Amer.  J. of Human Genetics, vol 20,
    1968/5, pg. 440
 9.  FEST GH., KELEMEN AGNETA., "Unele aspecte ale ac-fciunii teratogene ale
    mwdicamentelor. - St.Cerc.Embriol.Citologie. Seria  Embriol. 1969/2
    Pg.  92
10.  PODOR 0. "Biologia molecular^ §i medicina moderna.  Eld. MedicalS,
    Bucure§ti, 1969
11.  FORD C.E. "Human Cytogenetics -  Proc.  of the  Intern.  Congr. of Human
    Genetics. Roma 1961, pg 21

-------
                                  1084
12. GROUCHY J., Cytogenetic Studies in Irradiated Marrow and Blood Cells
    Proc. 9th.Congr.Europ.Soc.Haemat.Lisbon 1963
13. KAPLAN A.R., "The use of cytological  data in heredity counseling
    -Amer.J.of Mental Defic. 1969/4, pg.  636
14. KOULISCHER L. "Cytogenetique et clinique - Rev.Med.Bruxelles,
    1964/3, pg. 137
15. LAZANYI A. "Stuiul citologic al efectului unor  sulfamide asupra
    meristemului activ din radacinile  de  bob (Vicia faba L). - Comunic.
    Acad, RPR t. XII nr. 3, 1962, pg.  359
16. LUERS THEA., PETZEL G.f "Zell Kernmorphologische Gesichtsdiagnose bei
    Pelger Anomalie - Blut 1958/4, pg. 185
17. MARBANI CAPRA P. "L'esame morfologico dei polinucleati quale metodo
    di deterroinazione del sesso croraosomico - Minerva Medica, 1957/14,
    P&2
18. MICHAELIS P. "Genetical Interactions  between  nucleus and cytoplasinic
    cell constitution - Pth. Biol. 1961/7-8.
19. MILCU ST.M.MAXBJILIAN C. "Genetica Umaria.Ed.Stiintifica' Bucuresti,
    1966
20. MITTWOCH URSULA "Sex Chromosomes - Academic Press, 1967, New-York,
    London
21. MOORE K.L. "Sex Chromatin.-Chepter 10 - Anomalies Genltales, 1969
22. MORARU  I., ANTOHI ST. "Introducere in genetica molecular^, Ed.Med.
    Bucuresti, ed. 11, 1966
23. PREDA V., "Genetica Medical^. Ed.  litograf. 1972, Cluj.
24. RAICU P. "Genetica.Ed.Didactic£.Buc., 1974
25. RAICU P. "Citogenetica.Ed.Academiei.Bucuresti,  1969
26. SALAJAN GH., MARCU T. ,"Cercetari cu privire la influenza radia^iilor
    gamma asupra spermei di aaur si berbec.-Lucrari Stiint.Seria Med.
    Veterinara" si Zootehnie. XXI, 1965, Pg. 61
27. TUCHMANN DUPLESSIS H., "ObBerva"tii asupra teratogenezei  experiraentale
    Stud.Cercet.Embriol.Citol.Seria Embriol. 1964/1, pg. 11
28. TURPIN  R., LEJEUNE J. "Les Chromosomes Humains, Paris, Ed.  Gauthier
    Villars, 1965
29. TUGUI I., "Actiunea biologica a radia-fiunilor ionizante  asupra orga-
    nismului animal. - Natura 1967/6, pg. 11
30. VALLEBONA A. "Influenza delle radiazioni ionizzanti sulla  eredita-
    rieta1 Umana  - Estratto  dall'VIII ConveRno  della Salute  - Ferrara
    20-21 Maggio 1961
31. VISPELD J. "Radiation  Induced  Chromosome Aberrations in Human Cells
    - Danish Atomic Energy Commission Research Establishment - Rise
    Report, nr.  117,  oct.  1966
32. YOSIDA H..THOSIDA, KAZUO MORIVAKI, YOSHIKAZU  KATANO, KAZUHIKO
    P. UTSUMI "Cytological Studies on the Effect  of Radiation, Modifica-
    tion of Frequency of Xray induced Chromatid Breaks in Erlich Tumor
    Cells by Pretreatment with Dinitrophenol - Japanese J. of Genetics,
    Vol. 36, supp. 94, pg. 94, 1961.

-------
                   EXPOSITIONSINDIKATOREN
                   INDICATORS OF EXPOSURE
                  INDICATEURS D'EXPOSITION
                  INDICATORI DI ESPOSIZIONE
                   INDICATOREN VAN EXPOS IE
                         (Continued)
Voraitzender - Chairman - President - Presidente - Voorzitter

                     W.J. LLOYD (U.S.A.)

-------
                              1087
      STANDARDIZATION OF ALA-D ACTIVITY DETERMINATIONS AT
     THE EUROPEAN LEVEL; INTERCALATION AND APPLICATIONS

           A, BERLIN"*", K.-H, SCHALLER++, j, SMEETS+

+  Health Protection Directorate, Commission of the European
   Communities, Luxembourg
++ Institut fur Arbeits- und Sozial-Medizin und Poliklinik fur
   Berufskrankheiten, Erlangen, BRD
ABSTRACT

     In view of the difficulties with blood lead analysis^ at
levels corresponding to a normal environmental exposure to lead,
the possibility of using ALAD activity changes for the assessment
of such exposures has been explored.

     A "European Standardized Method" has been developed, cali-
brated and tested in an intercomparison programme.   The results
of these tests compare very favourably both with blood lead and
ALA in urine determinations.   The interlaboratory coefficient of
variation in the ALAD intercomparison programme was of 10%.

     The method has been applied within the framework of a small
population survey conducted by nineteen laboratories.   The pre-
liminary results of this survey seem to indicate that statisti-
cally significant differences might exist in ALAD activity levels
between similar population groups in different cities.

-------
                              1088
Introduction
      Lead is amongst the priority pollutants to be dealt with,
within the Environmental Action Programme of the European Com-
munities approved by the Council of Ministers on 19 July 1973.
      Its universal presence in the environment makes a system-
atic monitoring of this element in the various media an extreme-
ly arduous task.
      Attempts have been made to assess man's exposure to lead
by measuring the blood lead levels.   This approach has led to
fruitful results in cases of professional and accidental expo-
sures.   The analytical techniques for blood lead determinations
at these levels are sufficiently accurate, and most often only
likely to be in error by excess, to serve as a diagnostic tool
to detect abnormally high exposures to lead.
      In order to assess the accuracy and reliability of blood
lead measurements at concentrations corresponding to a normal
exposure to environmental lead, we have completed two interna-
tional intercomparison programmes on blood lead measurements
designed for this purpose  (1, 2).   These programmes, carried
out at a two year interval, have not shown any marked improve-
ment in the results, in spite of the efforts made by the labora-
tories in the interval to improve the reliability of the measure-
ments .
      It is still possible to conclude that none of the technlques,
as currently used by the laboratories, seem to be accurate and
precise enough to detect, on one hand the small differences in
blood lead  levels that might result from different environmental
exposures to lead,  and, on the  other, to compare results ob-
tained by different laboratories.
      The discovery that the activity of delta-aminolevulinic
acid dehydratase  (ALAD) in red  blood cells is affected by small
changes in  blood lead  levels, at concentrations normally found
in unexposed populations  (3, 4) has led us to consider the
possibility of using ALAD activity as a bio-analytical tool to
assess small changes in environmental exposure to  lead.

-------
                              1089
      The recent confirmation (5)  that the depression of ALAD
activity by lead is an in-vivo effect and not simply an in-vitro
artifact strengthens our suggestion that the decrease in the
value of the correlation coefficient between blood lead levels
and ALAD activities, at low blood lead levels, is mainly due to
the increased uncertainty in the accuracy of blood lead deter-
minations.

Chronological development and main features of the "European
Standardized Method" for ALAD determination
      A small study performed in June 1972 with the collaboration
of nine laboratories has shown that ALAD activity ratios can be
determined with good reliability, especially in comparison with
blood lead or ALA in urine  (1), even when each laboratory used
its own method.
      These results were sufficiently encouraging to set out with
the development of a "standard method" having a general accepta-
bility.   For comparing results obtained by different laboratories
a standard method is needed, since activity determinations are
not absolute determinations and since control groups in different
areas may have different base lines.
      In June 1973 a preliminary common procedure was elaborated
by the participating laboratories.   From June to September 1973
it was tested by each laboratory with respect to the ease of
manipulation, accuracy and reliability.   During these tests the
sensitivity to light of the porphobilinogen formed was discovered.
      In September 1973 at a technical seminar in Erlangen all
the participating laboratories had the possibility to test
jointly the method, including minor modifications.   Some of the
results obtained are reported further on.   At the end of the
seminar the final, currently used, method was approved.
      The calibration of the method and some of the results ob-
tained to date in population surveys are described below.
      The principle of the method adopted for the determination
of delta-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase activity is well known (6)

-------
                                  1090
It  is  based on  the incubation of  the enzyme on an  excess sub-
strate of delta-aminolevulinic  acid.   The porphobilinogen  formed
within a fixed  time is  mixed with modified Ehrlich's reagent  and
the  colour developed measured photometrically against a blank.
The  quantity  of porphobilinogen produced  is a measurement of  the
delta-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase activity.
       A schematic diagram of the  procedure adopted is given in
Figure 1.   The details of the  procedure  are described elsewhere (6)
         SAMPLE  PREPARATION        BLANK PREPARATION
                o,2 ml venous blood         o,2 venous blood
             +  1,5 ml dist.  water        +  1,5 diat. water
                     Hemolysis by 57°C for 10 rain.
             +  1 ml ALA-sol.           +   1 ml TCA-HgCl2-80l.
                                     +   1 ml ALA-sol.


                     Incubation by 37°C for 1 hr.


             +  1 ml TCA-HgCl2-sol.


                         Centrifugation and Filtration


                            1 ml of supernatant
                         +  1 ml Ehrlich's reagent


                            5 min.  reaction time

                    Extinction  measurement of sample and blank at
             555 nm in 1 cm cell.


             Calculation:
             P.P. corr. x 55x 2 x 100  = /imols  ALA • min"1 • LRBC"1- U/L
             Hct (j) x GO x 0,062'
 Figure 1:   Diagram  of the procedure  for the determination of
             ALAD activity in  blood with the "European Standard-
             ized Method".

-------
                               1091
      The present method is aimed at assessing activity levels in
blood corresponding to low levels of exposure to  environmental lead.
The steps normally leading to an enhancement of the activity,
(i.e. hemolysis with Triton X 100) necessary when determining the
ALAD activity of persons exposed to lead, have been omitted.
      The method has been designed in such a way that two techni-
cians should carry out the sampling in the field;  the number of
tasks that have been assigned to be performed during the sampling
will reduce considerably the workload to be performed in the lab-
oratory .
      For normal blood the optical density values obtained range
from 0.5 to 1.0, giving ALAD activities in U/L from 30 to 60.
Calibration of the method and intercomparison study
      A first test of the reproducibility of the method was carried
out during the technical seminar in Erlangen where the technicians
of each of the 16 laboratories analysed a series of 10 identical
samples.   The average coefficient of variation for these analy-
ses was of only 3% with a standard deviation of 2%  (Table 1).
Ub.

1
ft
3
4
5
6
7
B
9
10
It
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1C
+ S.D
No. precision
Innerics
C.V.94
2,56
2,56
2,4
2,8
7,2
2,16
<,1
0,517
4,8
1,3
6,7
3,45
	
0,6
0,6'
	
	
1,73
4,16
2,98
2,02
precision froa precision from day to day, precision from day to day,
week to week fro* lab to lab from lob to lab, fron technician
(two blood snapl.) to technician
(two blood samples)
C.V.* C.V.* C.V.X
}
20,30
21,58
11,7
11,26
8,25
6,2
14,01
15,22
7,49
10.2O
	
7,09
2,10
6,29
	
2,73
5,00 j
\






1 11,7
or
12,5








/






9,5
or
13,5









9«»7 12,1 11,50
5,83
Table  1:   Comparison of the variation  coefficients  for the
           ALAD determination with  the  "European  Standardized
           Method".

-------
                               1092
      Following the technical seminar each laboratory was re-
quested to select five persons to act as internal standards.
An ALAD activity analysis was to be carried out at least weekly
for a minimum of three weeks.   A statistical analysis of these
week to week results shows a coefficient of variation of 10%
with a standard deviation of 6%.
       These  results were considered sufficiently satisfactory to
 undertake the  next  step of  the  study:   an  international  inter-
 laboratory comparison  programme.
       The lack of  stability in-vitro of ALAD prevented,  as in
 the case of  the internal standardization,  the simple shipment of
 blood samples.  Two persons, Miss  J.  Trotter and one of the
 authors (K.H.S.) volunteered to act as international references
 and to visit all the participating  laboratories.    A programme
 was set up in which in addition to  donating blood,  they  would
 carry out the ALAD  activity determinations alongside the local
 laboratory and also verify  the  calibration of the spectrophoto-
 meters with  standard  filters.
       The activity values found were as follows:
                                Blood Trotter    Blood Schaller
 Average as analysed by Trotter          45.9,-            36.0-
                                        3                b
 Average as analysed by the local
       laboratory technicians           46.1-            36.6,.

       The calculated  coefficients of variation are presented in
 Table 1, column 4  for  the analyses  carried out by Trotter and
 column 5 for the ones  performed by  the local laboratory techni-
 cians.   The slightly  larger coefficient of variation obtained
 by Trotter (12.1 vs 11.5%)  can  be easily explained by the un-
 familiar conditions under which she had to work each time;  it
 can only be  concluded  that the method, as elaborated, is not
 sensitive to the technician.
       At the same  time as determining ALAD activity values on
 the two international  references, a number of laboratories also
 measured the blood lead values;  a coefficient of variation of
 over 20% was found for these determinations.   While already
 significantly higher  than the coefficient of variation calculated
 for ALAD activities (12%) it is quite acceptable when compared
 with the interlaboratory coefficients of variation of 43, 52 and
 75% obtained in the intercomparison programme (2).

-------
                              1093

,. 2-5-
k
1
TJ
O
Z
_«
1
S
5
£1.5-
**
<
D

0 '
*« "
n ^
cr <
O.5


European Standardized Method
Analyst. Technicians (1973)


xi 1,26 ^_j 	
^-" 	 "^
I





o

European Standardized Method
Analyst: Trotter (1973)


x = 1,27 f_/-
| 	 '

	 1





2.5-




1,5-






OS-







_T
x.1,84 ^jj

J



^




Different ALA -D
Methods'(1971)
Ana ly st :lechn icians





CM
•D
§
2




o
HI
£




„.
?
o
Z
|-
t>
<

Q
1
^
J

         laboratories
laboratories
                                                   laboratories
Figure 2:  ALAD ratios obtained by different  laboratories  and
           Miss Trotter with the  "European  Standardized Method"
           (1973) and during an ALAD  intercomparison  programme
           (1971) with different  ALAD methods.

      The comparison, in Figure 2, of the activity ratios  ob-
tained by the different laboratories  for the  two bloods having
served as international references using the  "European  Standard-
ized Method"  with the results obtained in the 1972 experiment (1)
clearly shows the significant improvement which  has been achieved
through the standardization.
      In Figure 3, a Youden plot  of the  results  obtained for  the
two blood samples has been made (the  10% tolerance values  have
been indicated).   The plot shows that in some laboratories sys-
tematic errors still exist.   The possible  causes are being
examined at present.
      The results obtained for the ALAD  activity determinations,
as expressed by the activity ratios,  are compared in  Figure 4
with the ratio for blood lead values  on  the same samples and  the
results obtained for ALA in urine in  the intercomparison programme
of 1972  (1).    For ALAD, only 15% of  the laboratories deviated
more than 10% from the average ratio, while more than 50%  devi-
ated for both ALA in urine and Pb in  blood.

-------
                                  1094
X


_,
^
0
i
<
39
OC
4
o
Uj3O

25




0


o x
X
H x
© x
X 13
x
•"a




0 x
"x^/®
0^© 3 <®
fax °
7jx0 © a
H



	
© x^-0,872t
© /
a BX fc
X


B







25 » 35 40 49 5i> 55
                          SAMPLE TROTTER
                                         ALA-D U/L
  Figure  3:
Youden plot of ALAD results from the  European inter-
comparison programme, December 1973/January 1974.

Plot of  "high level"  sample (Trotter)  versus "low
level" sample (Schaller).    (Magid, E.  1974).

Laboratory Technician results from  lab.  no. x.

Miss Trotter's results.
11
2.5-
1.5-
r»«i.
ALA-D
European Standardized Method
(1973)
Sv 1.26 _, 	 -~- '
^"
                                                         2.5
                                                        iffiis-
                                                Pb-B

                                              Different Methods
                                                (1973)
              Laboratories
                                           Laboratoriea
                                                             Laboratories
 Figure 4:   Comparison of ALAU, ALAD and Pb-B determinations.

-------
                              1095
ALA-D U/L
    80

    70
           N.20
           y«1,094x «1,08
           r« 0,9535
        10   20   30   40   50
          Analyst: I.H.E.
                                 60   70   80  ALA-D U/L
Figure 5:  Correlation coefficient and regression line for the
           relationship between the ALAD results measured by
           two laboratories in the same city for the same blood
           samples.
      IHE: Institut d'HygiSne et d'Epid6miologie, Bruxelles.
     UTIM: Unite de Toxicologie Industrielle et MSdicale,
           University Catholique de Louvain, Bruxelles.
	mi              mi-a-L    '"in '•              	LIT ni ir	~—-*~	—._
      An  additional test of the method was  carried  out by  two
laboratories in close geographic proximity  to  each  other;   these
laboratories carried out a  double ALAD analysis  on  the blood of
twenty individuals taken at random.   The results are reported
in Figure 5.   The high correlation coefficient  (0.95), the slope
close to  unity and the small  intercept of the  regression  line,
are all  indicative of the reliability of the method.
Possible use  in population  surveys
      As indicated  earlier, this "European Standardized Method"
has been developed  as  a  possible bioanalytical  alternative tool
to blood lead determinations  in assessing small changes in envi-
ronmental exposure  to  lead.

-------
                               1096
      We have made a first attempt to use this method to examine
if the reported differences in blood lead averages  found by  var-
ious European researchers  (i.e.  8, 9, 10} are significant.
      Each of the laboratories having participated  in the  elabo-
ration of the standardized method examined  the ALAD blood  acti-
vity values in groups of 50 males aged between 18 and 40,  in
principle non-smokers and not engaged in manual  work.   The
groups were so chosen in order to obtain a minimal  dispersion of
values.   Simultaneously, blood  samples were sent to "central
laboratories" for lead analysis  and were also analysed, if pos-
sible, locally for this element.   While all the ALAD activity
analysis results are available and computed, some lead results
are still lacking.   The results are reported in Table 2.    The
statistical analysis seems to indicate that the differences  are
significant in many cases.   The correlation with the blood
leads already measured was rather poor;  it can only be said
that the range of ALAD values was smaller than the  range of  Pb
values.
ALA-D (/umol* ALA • •in'1 • 1 RBCT1)      Pb - B
                                                             ml)
Laboratories
load (ABDULLA)
Hamburg (AJIGEHEB)
Geaova (BOHSIGTORE)
?«pi« (BOUDEHE)
BruxtllM (BKUAUX)
Auterdaa (HE BBUIR)
Hiaeeldorf GHELEHTER)
Eire (GRIMES)
Lawanne (GUILLHUH)
HelBinki (HEBHBERB)
Luxembourg (HOFFMAKH)
Bnixellea (LAUWERYS)
KSbenhaven (HAGID)
Glugow (MOORE)
Zllrlcb (HOSEHMUBD)
London (SATEBS)
Erlangen (SCHALLER)
Hil«no (SECCHI)
B«rlln (VAGUER)

Median
49,0

42,9
52,2
34,7

29.7
41,2
44,9
41,2
34,6
3«,6
45,0
47,5
40,1
29,8
51,5
27,3
40,5

w
Range Median
2,5/97,5 percentlles <
34-63 6

35 - 51
20-55 26,4
18 - ft? 19.4

15 - 57 10,2
29-65 12,0
28 - 61
28 - 55 8.2
23 - 57
23 - 57 23.3
33 - 65 6,8
25-69 | 22,7
25-56 '
19 - 4} 18,3
21-46 15,9
3,0- 43
34-49 •
I
Range
,5/97,5 percent! !•«
4-10


15-44
12 - 32

9-12
7-30

4-22

9-39
2-26
16- 35

10- 33
1O - 2*



 Table  2-    Results for ALAD and Pb-B by population studies on
            identical groups in different countries.
            Measurement of ALAD activity in human blood samples
            using the "European Standardized Method .

-------
                              1097
Conclusion
      One must await the complete blood lead results before def-
inite conclusions may be drawn from this population survey, but
already the narrow range of values obtained in a homogeneous
population indicates that the biological variability in ALAD
activities for a given population is not larger than the vari-
ability (biological and/or analytical) in blood lead values (11).
      The reproducibility and precision of the method, its low
cost per analysis, the easy implementation by many laboratories
(no elaborated equipment required) should allow this method to
be used as a possible alternative to blood lead determination
when carrying out population surveys of exposure to lead or when
assessing a local situation with respect to a set of "biological
quality guides"  (12).

Acknowledgements
      In listing the laboratories having participated in this
programme the authors wish to acknowledge the fact that the ela-
boration of the  "European Standardized Method" has only been
possible through their efforts.
      The authors wish to thank Madame Langevin and Miss Trotter
for their technical contribution and for the coordination of
this programme.   Special thanks are also due to Professors Recht
and Valentin for their advice and encouragement during this whole
study.

-------
                              1098
              List of participating laboratories

 1.    Institut d1Hygiene et d'EpidSmiologie, Bruxelles,
      Belgique (P. BRUAUX)

 2.    Unite de Toxicologie Medicale et Industrielle, University
      Catholique de Louvain, Bruxelles, Belgique  (R. LAUWERYS)

 3.    Klinish Kemish Afdeling, Bispebjerg Hospital, K^benhavn,
      Danmark (E. MAGID)

 4.    Zentralinstitut flir Arbeitsmedizin, Hamburg, BRD  (J. ANGERER)

 5.    Med. Institut fur Lufthygiene der Universitat Dusseldorf,
      BRD  (L. GHELERTER)

 6.    Institut fur Arbeits- und Sozialmedizin, Universitat
      Erlangen-Niirnberg, BRD  (K.-H. SCHALLER)

 7.    Institut fur Wasser-, Boden- und Lufthygiene, Berlin, BRD
      (H. M. WAGNER)

 8.    UniversitS Paris Sud, France (C. BOUDENE)

 9.    Department of Pathology and Bacteriology, Regional Hospital
      Galway, Ireland (H. GRIMES)                                 '

10.    Istituto di Medicina del Lavoro dell'Univer-sitS di Genova,
      Italia  (D. BONSIGNORE)

11.    Clinica del Lavoro, Universita di Milano, Italia  (G. SECCHI)

12.    Institut d'HygiSne et de la Sant§ Publique, Luxembourg
      (P. HOFFMAN)

13.    Universiteit van Amsterdam, Nederland  (A. de BRUIN)

14.    University of Glasgow, Department of Materia Medica, UK
      {M. R. MOORE)

15.    Department of Employment, Central Reference Laboratory,
      London, UK  (M. H. P. SAYERS)

16.    Department of Epidemiology and Biometry, Institute of
      Occupational Health, Helsinki, Finland  (S. HERNBERG)

17.    Forskningslaboratory, Lund, Sverige  (M. ABDULLA)

18.    Institut Universitaire de Mgdecine Soclale et Preventive,
      Lausanne,  Suisse  (M. GUILLEMIN)

19.    Kantonspital Zurich, Schweiz (H. ROSENMUND)

-------
                               1099
References

1.    BERLIN, A., DEL CASTILHO, P. and SMEETS, J. ;   "European
      Intercomparison Programmes", Proceedings International
      Symposium Environmental Health Aspects of Lead - Amsterdam
      1972 page 1033.   Published by the Commission of the
      European Communities, Luxembourg 1973.

2.    BERLIN, A., LAUWERYS, R. , BUCKET, J.P., ROELS, H. ,
      DEL CASTILHO, P. and SMEETS, J.j  "Intercomparison Prog-
      ramme on the Analysis of Lead, Cadmium and Mercury in
      Biological Fluids" presented at the International Symposium
      on the Recent Advances in the Assessment of the Health
      Effects of Environmental Pollution;  Paris 1974.

3.    HERNBERG, S., NIKKANEN, J. ;  "Effect of Lead in Delta-
      Aminolevulinic Acid Dehydratase.   A selective review".
      Pracov l§k 2A, 77-83 (1972) .
4.    NIKKANEN, J. , HERNBERG, S. , TOLA, S.}  "Modifications of
      the Delta-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase test and their
      significance for assessing different intensities of lead
      exposure".   Work-Environment-Health, 9_, 46-52 (1972).

5.    LAUWERYS, R. , Private communication.

6.    BONSIGNORE, D. , CALISSANO, P. and CARTASEGNA, C.;  Med.
      Lavoro, 5J[, 199-205  (1965).

7.    BERLIN, A. and SCHALLER K.H.?  "European Standardized
      Method for the Determination of Delta-Aminolevulinic Acid
      Dehydratase Activity in Blood".   Zeit ftir Klin.  Chem. und
      Klin. Biochem. , 121, 389-390  (1974).

8.    LEHNERT, G. , MASTALL, H. , SZADKOWSKI, D. and SCHALLER K.H.;
      "Berufliche Bleibelastung durch Autoabgase in grosstadt-
      strassen.   Dtsch.med.Wechr. , 95, 1097 (1970).

9.    HAEGER-ARONSEN , B. ;  "Effect of lead on 8-ALAD activity in
      red blood cells".   Arch, environ. Hlth. £3, 440  (1971).

10.   VIGLIANI, E.G. and ZURLO, N. ;  "Lead in blood and lead in
      urine values of adults not exposed to lead living in Milan."
      Report work conf . inorg. lead, Amsterdam (1968) .

11.   ZIELHUIS, R.L. and VERBERK, M.M. }  "Validity of Biological
      Tests in Epidemiological Toxicology".  Int. Arch. Arbeitsmed.
      3£, 167-190 (1974) .

12.   ZIELHUIS, R.L.j  "Biological Quality Guide for Inorganic
      Lead".   Int. Arch. Arbeitsmed. 32, 103-127  (1974).

-------
                               HOC
                          DISCUSSION
ZIELHUIS  (Netherlands)
     The speaker suggests ALAD measurements as a possible alter-
native for Pb in blood levels in monitoring Pb exposure for
population groups.   However, in population surveys the investi-
gator is often limited in his degrees of freedom to organize the
taking of blood;  he has to make use of the opportunities given
to him by circumstances, e,g, one may have to take blood at
night, on Friday.   Blood samples have to be investigated within
about 2 hours for measurement of ALAD, but they can be left in
the laboratory for some days in the case of measurement of Pb.
Therefore, ALAD measurement for monitoring of population groups
will meet many more logistic problems than Pb in blood measure-
ment.
BERLIN  (C.E.C.)

     We are aware of these logistic limitations, which are not
quite so severe since up to 5 hours can elapse between sampling
and analysis.   Methods for increasing the conservation time
are still being investigated.

     However, in view of the quality of the results obtained at
present for ALAD in comparison with blood lead, we feel that
the increased logistic difficulties are warranted.

-------
                              1101
         LEAD SURVEY OF CHILDREN - ARGENTON - BOOLAROO
                     NEWCASTLE - AUSTRALIA

                     K, H, OUW AND A, BELL

Division of Occupational Health and Pollution Control - Health
Commission of New South Wales, Australia

(paper presented by S,R.  Leeder,  U.K.)

ABSTRACT

     A survey of possible health effects due to contamination of
the environment by lead emissions from the Sulphide Corporation
Pty.  Ltd.t Cockle Creek,  New South Wales began in 1972 and was
continued by the Medical Branch of the Division of Occupational
Health and Pollution Control in 1973.

     While the results in 1972 did not indicate that the children
in the Argenton-Boolaroo area were at any risk from abnormal
lead absorption, the survey at that time was not considered by
the Division to be adequatet as it was based predominantly upon
lead-in-urine results  (n - 257) and only to a le&ser extent upon
lead-in-blood results  (n = 41).

     At the International Symposium on Lead in Amsterdam in 1972
the matter of environmental lead pollution was discussed, and it
was decided to adopt the recommendations set down by R. Zielhuis
in his paper "Lead Absorption and Public Health, an Appraisal of
Hazards"  (as amended), that is, that  50% of the children tested
should have a lead level of 20 .ug or  less per 100 ml. of blood,
98% should have 35 .ug  or leas per 100 ml. of blood, and 100%
should have 40 .ug or lese per 100 ml. of blood, as adequate indi-
cations that no health hazard due to  lead absorption exists.
Accordingly, a further 204 children and infants were investigated,

-------
                              1102
and blood lead levels determined.    Haemoglobin levels uere also
checked.

     The haemoglobin levels were found to be normal for age in
all children and infants tested* and results of the 204 lead-in-
blood tests showed that 200% had 40 ,ug or less per 100 ml.  of
blood* 98% had 35 ,ug or less per 100 ml.  of blood and 83% had
20 ,ug or less per 100 ml.  of blood.

     As a result of all the tests carried out in 1972 and 19?3t
no public health hazard due to abnormal absorption of lead could
be demonstrated in the vicinity of the Sulphide Corporation lead
smelter at Cockle Creek.

-------
                                  1103
1.     Introduction
       Excessive lead absorption in children due to the ingestion of lead-
containing materials, such as paint flakes, has been widely reported in
the literature  (Gibaon, 1892;  Henderson,  1954f  Freeman, 1969).
Excessive absorption due to lead in ambient air, and residence In areas
close to emission sources of lead, is less veil documented, and still a
matter of contention.   This survey reports on the lead absorption of
children residing close to a large lead-smelting complex (Sulphide Corpor-
ation Pty. Ltd.,) known to be an emission  source of airborne lead.   770
workers are employed by the Corporation, and current annual capacity for
the chief products is of the following orderi
                        Zinc metal         70*000 tons
                        Lead bullion       28.000 tons
                        100$ sulphuric acid 130.000 tons
         The smelter is  located at Cockle Creek  near Newcastle,
New South Wales, Australia,  and the townships of Argenton and
Boolaroo are situated North  and South-West of the lead smelter
respectively. The residents  of these townships  living within a
radius of 2 km of the lead smelter, might reasonably suspect that
their health could be affected by absorption of lead from the  en-
vironment. The route of such absorption might be by inhalation of
airborne lead, or by ingestion of contamined food. Children  and
infants might be especially  at risk, due to their predilection for
absorbing environmental  lead.
         A lead survey into possible effects was carried out  in 1972.
The results did not indicate abnormal  lead absorption However,  the
1972 survey was not considered to toe adequate,  as finding were based
predominantly upon lead-in-urine results (n = 257) and only  to a
lesser extent upon lead-in-blood results (n = *tl).
       The lead-in-blood  level  is now regarded as the sole valid criterion
(Steiafeld 1971).
       A  further survey, based  entirely upon lead-in-blood tests and
haemoglobin values, was therefore conducted In 1973.
2.     Method
       Two hundred and four children and infants were included in the
survey.   They were drawn from both Argenton and Boolaroo, in response to
an  appeal to parents to submit their children for testing.   The blood
lead and haemoglobin levels for each child were estimated.   50  al

-------
                                    1104
quantities of whole blood, standards and secondary controls were sampled
by means of an Oxford Sampler, and placed in a Spinko nderooentrifuge tube.
Red cell lysis and chelation were performed using Saponin-Ammonium
Pyrrolidine Dithiocarbamate reagent.   After mixing in a vortex mixer the
ohelated lead was extracted into methyl isobutyl ketone and the extract
tested in a Varian Model 6l Carbon Rod Atomizer.   The unknowns were read
against the standard calibration curve*   By questionnaire, information
from parents was sought to determine whether the child indulged in "pica",
or was the child of a lead-smelter worker, and the geographical location of
each child's residence.
       Levels of lead in ambient air of the residential areas were obtained
by the Air Pollution Control Branch of the Division of Occupational Health
and Pollution Control.
3.      Results ;
        Histogram 1.
        Shows the distribution of the blood lead levels in the 204 chil-
dren. As  can be seen from the histogram, the frequency distribution of the
blood lead levels was UNIMODAL, with a mean of 15 /ugm/100 ml. of blood,
and a standard deviation of 5«94yugm/100 ml.
        Histogram 2.
        Shows the age distribution of the children in the survey. The
majority  were school children in the age range of seven to twelve years
old. Twenty one were less than three years old. The youngest was a baby
aged ten  months; the oldest child in the survey was fourteen years. There
was no significant correlation between blood lead levels and age (corre-
lation coefficient = 0.1-9)-
       Histogram 3.
        Shows the distribution of the haemoglobin estimations on the
 children.   No child had a haemoglobin  level below 10 g per 100 ml.  and
none of the children were considered to be anaemic.
        Tables I - T.
        Show the blood lead results for certain sub-groups from the total
 survey population,  who were possibly at greater risk of lead absorption,
 due to their social, or geographical circumstances.
 AIR POLLUTION DATA
        Ambient lead in airi   Measurement of ambient lead in air,  in the
 vicinity of the lead smelting complex at Cockle Creek was commenced on the
 27 June 1972.   Initial measurements (up to 21 July 1972) from 30 sample

-------
                                 1105
rrequency
0

28

94
HISTOGRAM 1

49
N = 204

21
< 4

   0-4    5-9    10-15    16-20   21-25
Blood lead in ^ug/lOO ml.

               BLOOD LEAD  falSTRIBUTION.
26-30    31-35   36-40
40 +
1

zz

19
HISTOGRAM 2

75
80
N = 204
7

  <1     1-3.9  4-6.9   7-9.9   10-12.9  13-15
          Vre in years
         AQE  DISTRIBUTION OF CHILDREN  EXAMINED
                            HISTOGRAM
Frequency
2

15

57
62

37
N * 204

10
1
  .0-10.9 11-11.012-12.9  13-13.9  14-14.9  15-15.?  16-16.9
  b in  GM/100nj[AEMOQLOBIN  DISTRIBUTION

-------
                                    1106
TABLE 1     Blood lead and lib. levels of children whose parents work
at Sulphide
N =
Child Identification
No.
39
113
123
124
150
177
159
Mean
Corporation
7
Blood Lead
13
12
14
7
17
9
19
13
Pty. Ltd.,

/u£/100tnl . Hb. tfii/KXM , .
13.6
12.3
12.4
12.4
15.4
14.3
15.4
13.5
        II
Occupation  of parents   Ho.  of        Average Blood          Stswlnrd
                        Children      Lead Juc/l
-------
                                     1107
TABLE  III
Blood lec.c? and lib. levels in children with  definite Histoiy
                    of "PICA"
                              N
                        17
                          Mean
Child identification I
NO. y
53
68
80
84
85
86
90
91
92
186
187
189
205
206
207
44
17
TJi'-iLE IV
History of No. of
"Pica" children
Yea 18
No 125
TABLE V
ric.ce of Ttesidenoe No. of
Children

Ar^enton 93
Boolaroo 77
Hood Lead Hb.
^g/lOOml.
23
15
25
14
10
16
25
28
29
17
11
14
14
21
18
11
19

Moan blood lead
/UG/lOOml .
18.2
14.2

Mean Blood
level -
yujsAoOml.
15.5
14.9
gm/lOOml .

11.3
12.8
12.8
14.7
13.7
13.7
12.5
13.6
13.7
12.6
11.6
12.3
12.4
12.2
12.2
12.8
12.8

Stendard
Deviation
5.8
4.9

Standard
Deviation

5.8
5.8

-------
                                    1108
sites at various distances ranging from 275 to 2000 metres from the works
gave an average value of 9-6 yugm/m  (range from 0.15 - 31.6 yugm/m  ,
24 hour period samples)*   Lead emission control at the works has been
improved since 1972.   Prom the beginning of August 1972, 5 fixed monitor-
ing stations were chosen, and sampling was carried out on a rotational
basis in accordance with the E.P.A. Standard procedure. (E.P.I. Federal
Register).   The average lead in air from August 1972was 2.2 yugm/m .
4*     Discussion
       At the International Symposium on Lead in Amsterdam in 1972 the
matter of environmental lead pollution was discussed, and it was decided
to adopt the recommendations set down by R. Zielhuia in his paper "Lead
Absorption and Public Health, an Appraisal of Hazards" (as amended,
Zielhuis 1972) that is, that 5096 of the children tested should have a lead
level of 20 yug /100 ml. of blood, 98$ should have 35  A« or less per 100ml
of blood, and 100# should have 40  A« or less per 100ml. of blood, as
adequate Indications that no health hazard due to lead absorbtion exists.
The  lead-in-blood  level is now regarded as the sole valid criterion. Using
this corrected "Amsterdam" permissible percentile distribution standard,
the  distributions  in this survey among the children weret  8# of children
had  blood lead levels of 20 yug/100ml. or leas, 9Q# had levels of 35
100ml. or leas and 100& 40  /ug/lOOml. or leas.   Thus, it can be seen
that the distribution for lead in  blood in this survey is within noraal
limits.
          The distribution of haemoglobin levels among the children
surveyed are shown in Histogram 3.  For our  survey population the normal
level of haemoglobin varies  from 11.8 gm/lOOml. for the child of 10 months
to 13.4 gm/100ml.  for the child of 14 years.   The generally agreed
definition in New  South Wales of the lower limit of haemoglobin below which
anaemia is considered to be  present ranges from 10 gm/lOOml. at birth
rising to 11.0 gm/100ml. at  14 years.  (Hendry 1973, Lovric 1973 - Personal
communications).   From Histogram  3 it can be seen that none of the
children in this  survey could be regarded as  anaemic.
       A lead  survey in Bristol, U.K.,  (Report of a Committee under the
Chairmanship of  Sir Brian Windeyer appointed  to inquire into Lead Poison-
ings at the RTZ  Smelter at Avonmouth)  showed  that there was an increased
risk of lead absorption among lead smelters children  because of lead dust
brought into the home by their fathers.   Tables 1 and 11 show blood lead
and  haemoglobin  levels  of seven children in our survey whose parents work

-------
                                    1109
at the Sulphide Corporation Pty. Ltd.   Analysis shows that there was no
significant difference in the mean blood lead levels between the group of
Sulphide workers children and the children whose parents work elsewhere
( p) 0*05).  This finding is not surprising, as lead workers in the
Sulphide Corporation don clean work clothes before they start their shift,
and change back into street clothes at the end of their shift.   There is
thus no reason to suspect that these workers bring lead dust into their
home environment.
Pica
       Children exhibiting the pica habit are also more at risk from lead
poisoning than children without this habit.   "Pica" is defined as eating
unnatural foods, including dirtt plaster and paint flakes*   In the first
year of life, it takes the form of mouthing, but not ingestion, of any
object the infant can grasp*   Later on, the child begins to eat non-food
substances, but the habit usually disappears when the child Is between 3
and 5 years of age.   Emotionally disturbed children tend to acquire this
habit. (Chisholm, Jr. 1970)*   In this survey, pica was considered present
in children of any age when the answer to the following question on the
questionnaire form was in the affirmative.   "Has your child ever had the
habit of chewing or eating any non-food items such as toys, old paint,
soil etc".   Children with a history of "pica" were compared with those
without a history of NpioaH.   The total of respondents was 143» IS of
whom gave a history of "pica".  (Tables III and IV.).
       No statistically significant difference in the mean blood lead
levels was found, (p} 0.05).
       As far as this survey is concerned, children with a history of "pica"
did not show an increase in lead absorption*   Children, of course, often
place non-food items in their mouths, and some mothers may have given
negative answers to the "pica" question for fear of being told that they
had not trained their children correctly.
Place of residence
       Comparison of possible differences in lead absorption by children
living in the townships of Argenton and Boolaroo was also carried out.
Argenton. is north of Sulphide Corporation and Boolaroo is south-west of
the industry, and both areas are approximately the same distance from the
Sulphide Corporation.   The Standard Wind Analysis in the area (combined
summary 9099 and 1500 Hr. reading, 1967-1971), showed that the prevailing

-------
                                    1110
wind drift from the Sulphide works was towards Argenton.   Figures avail-
able for 1972 and 1973 show the same trend.   Assuming other factors
remain equal, and that lead pollution from the Sulphide works is an
important factor in lead absorption among children, then we would expect a
greater degree of absorption in children living in Argenton than in
Boolaroo.   Table 7 shows the mean blood levels of the Argenton and
Boolaroo children.   No significant difference was found between the blood
lead levels in the two groups. (p>0»05).
       In summary, judged by the internationally accepted criteria
(Zielhuis, 1972), none of the children surveyed showed an abnormally high
blood lead level, or low Hb. level, and none of the potentially high
exposure groups had elevated blood lead levels.   The children surveyed
were not a random sample, but they did comprise about 50$ of all school-
age children in the area, and we have no reason to think that they were
unrepresentative of all children in the area*   Comparison with other
studies of blood lead levels must be made with caution.   Differences in
socio-economic status, age, and perhaps most importantly, in laboratory
analysis can all hinder a true comparison between sample groups.   However,
the results of this survey do support the initial conclusions of an earlier
survey done at Cockle Creek in 1972«  there was no excessive absorption of
lead among children examined, despite their proximity to a lead smelting
complex*
 REFERENCES
 Chisolm Jnr. J.J.  (1970)   Poisoning due to Heavy Metals.  Paediatrio
                            Clinics of North America 17,  599.
 Freeman, R.  (1969)         Chronic lead poisoning in childrent  a review of
                            90 children diagnosed in Sydney,  1948-1967.
                            Aust. paediat. J. 5*27.
 Gibson, J.L., Love W., Bardie D.., Bancroft, P., and Turner A.J.(1892).
                            Notes on lead-poisoning as observed among
                            children in Brisbane.  Inter-colonial Medical
                            Congress of Australia.  Transactions of the
                            Third Session, Sydney, 76.

-------
                                 1111
 Henderson, D.A. (1954)
 Steinfeld J.L. (1971)
 Zielhuis (1972)
A follow-up of cases of pluralism in children.
Aust. Ann. Tiled.  3*219.
Medical Aspects  of childhood Lead Poisoning.
H.S.U.H.A. Health Reports. Vol.86 No.2  140-143.
Environmental health aspects of Lead.  Lead
absorption and Public Health:  An appraisal of
Hazards.  U.S.A. Environmental Protection.
Agency Report.  Amsterdam, Oct.2-6, 1972.
HARRISON (U.K.)
                           DISCUSSION
     Was  the particle size distribution of the  airborne  lead
measured?  This would be highly  relevant to  pulmonary retention.
LEEDER  (O.K.)
     The lead particle size was  not determined in that survey/
but  in  1972, the Division of Occupational Health and Radiation
Control did make a  study of the  lead particle  size, and  the
conclusion was:
               "the  percentage by weight of particles smaller
                than 5 microns varied between 74 and 39 percents
                of the total with an average  of 55%"

-------
                              1113
        RECENT EPIDEMIOLQGICAL STUDIES OF ENVIRONMENTAL
                   LEAD OF INDUSTRIAL ORIGIN

     A, E, MARTIN/ F. A, FAIRWEATHER, R. ST.J. BUXTON AND
                         LI LA M, ROOTS

Department of Health and Social Security, London, United Kingdom
ABSTRACT

     During the past three years Local Authorities in the United
Kingdom have carried out a number of epidemiological surveys in
the vicinity of lead works.   In some of these the proportion of
children and sometimes of their mothers with raised blood levels
living in the vicinity of the works was higher than expected.
The levels were highest in those living close to the works.  Fur-
ther epidemiological studies showed also that the families of
lead workersf even when living some considerable distance from
the works sometimes had markedly raised blood levels.   In the
latterf the source of the raised lead intake was believed to be
lead particles on the person or clothing of the workers^ notwith-
standing the provision of changing and shower rooms at the works.
In the case of families living in the immediate vicinity of the
works the respective importance of the pathways by which lead
was leaving the works could not be ascertained.   High lead con-
centrations were found in the dust within and in the vicinity of
the houses and this was thought to be due in part to dust leaving
the works on the footwear of employees, on vehicles and particu-
larly on the wheels of vehicles.   Some airborne or deposited
lead derived from ventilation flues and chimneys would also be
present.   In one case where particularly heavy pollution was
obviously coming from the works the factory management voluntarily
agreed to the closure of the plant pending the installation of
more satisfactory filtration equipment.

-------
                              1114
     Individuals with seriously raised blood levels were investi-
gated further and as far as possible other sources of excessive
lead ingestion were excluded.   In no case was any individual
found with clinical symptoms of lead intoxication.   The atten-
tion of the Medical Officers of Health throughout the country
was drawn to the importance of investigating lead pollution from
all sources.   The Departments of Employment and of the Environ-
ment took immediate action to tighten pollution control and a
Code of Practice produced by the former, has now been issued
laying down methods by which pollution of industrial origin may
be minimized.   The surveys indicate the need for periodic checks
to ensure the effectiveness of the anti-pollution measures adopted
by industry.

-------
                                  1115
Introduction
Towards the end of 1971 the London Borough of Tower Hamlets reported
strong evidence of lead pollution in the neighbourhood of a large lead
works.  This particular area is in the middle of London and therefore an
urban site and the contamination arose from a smelter from which the
lead was being emitted from the chimney.  The pollution problem was
therefore mainly in the vicinity.

The second site which we wish to discuss is derived from an extremely
large smelter in an area which is an industrial estate surrounded by
countryside.  The contamination is from several sources with high level
emission and low level emission with some take home problems, the cattle
and vegetation in the neighbourhood being involved to lesser extent.

The third area is semi-rural with a lead mill and chemical factory as
the sources.  This was not such a severe problem as the two previously
mentioned but has certain particular facets of interest*

The fourth episode derived from old lead mines which exist in the area
on which a smelter has now been built.  This is essentially a rural
neighbourhood and the problems which existed were derived partly from
take home lead and partly from the high lead levels in the soil from the
proximity of the mines*

The fifth site was again a London based source, the neighbourhood being
mainly docks with many industries in the area.  There were houses around
which were mainly blocks of flats built before the turn of the century,
some of these being very close to the factory area.  The emissions came
from a high level from the chimney and the problems were essentially
vicinity ones.

Physical Data
In surveys of this sort undertaken by a variety of different people the
data is not always as homogeneous as one would wish.  We have in most
cases managed to get reasonably complete information.  The first area
in our discussion has houses close around the factory the nearest being
approximately 100 meters away and we have examined in the survey the
houses up to 500 meters.  Being an urban site, there is little soil

-------
                                   1116
which is available for analysis but dust has been examined in the
gutters and other appropriate sampling places, and the figures obtained
ranged up to IJOOppm of lead.  Dust was also gathered from the rooves
in the neighbourhood and some samples were up to 5,000ppm of lead*  Lead
in air samples gave a mean daily concentration of 3pe/m  with a maximum
2k hour figure of 28ug/m .  Grass and vegetation were examined, and the
figures for grass were of the region of 500ppm lead while plane tree
leaves were found to have iSOOppm lead.

At the second site the nearest house was 2km from the smelter and
therefore from the environmental point of view the house contamination
problem was likely to be of relatively small importance.  Lead in air
samples taken in the works canteen gave average values from 1.1 to 7*9
jig/m .  Heavy deposits of lead were found on vegetation in the vicinity.
The  outer leaves of green vegetables within one mile of the smelter
yielded 32ppm, from one to one and one half miles I6ppm and at a
distance of one and one half to two miles 8ppm.

The  third site had houses 75-250 yards from the works.  Dust at 150 yards
away ranged from 10,000 to 50,000ppm lead, and soil samples in the
gardens of these houses all contained less than 3»000ppn.

In the fourth situation as one would expect the soil had very high lead
values 2,000 to 45,000ppm and the lime stone dust content in the
neighbourhood ranged from 175-270ppm.  Grass in this neighbourhood had
15ppm of lead.  Dust in the area ranged from 300-JJ2,OOOppm lead when
obtained from the children's houses.
The  last site in London had a very high dust level in the vicinity of
the  factory; the levels of lead ranged from 2,000-80,000ppm; and mud
since soil is not readily obtainable in this neighbourhood ranged from
l,000-19»000ppm.
Blood Lead Values
At the. first works which had a vicinity problem,  pre-sehool children were
examined,  that is children under 5 years.  16 of 39 children were found to
have blood lead values of greater than the maximum acceptable level of

-------
                                   1117
 findings represent a 40 % increase in blood lead of those children who
 lived between 100 and 400 meters from the  factory. These findings compared
 with ppe-school children living 400 to 500 meters from the factory where
 11  out  of 80 had blood lead values which were raised,that is 13.7$, and
 only one was over 6o^J.£/100ml. Of the mothers who were examined, those
 living  between 100 and 400 meters from the factory 3 out of 25,that is 12$,
 had raised blood lead values but in the group which lived 400-500 meters
 from the factory there were none out of the 53 examined whose blood lead
 findings were increased.

 In  the  second survey which did not have a  vicinity problem the nearest
 houses  were 1,600 metere from the factory  and in consequence there were
 no  raised blood lead findings in those children that were examined.  In
 the other London borough where the children were examined, those who
 lived in houses less than 500 yards from the factory 124 out of 220
 children had raised blood findings, of these 8 were greater than fiOfig/
 100ml.

 Workers families have been found also to be at r.isk.  In the first
 survey  the workers  children were not separated from the other children
 but on  subsequent examination of the data  it was observed that the only
 2 workers' children who were sampled had higher values than their
 colleagues.  In the second study it was noted that the blood lead
 findings of the children expressed on a frequency distribution curve
 showed  a shift to the right.  There were actually only a small number
 in  this study who had  blood lead  levels of  greater than  JfOpg/lOOml.
 In  the  third study  the control group children were found to have
 rather  high levels,  the reason for which is  not known.   10 out of
 93  had  blood lead levels in excess of ^0/ug/lOOml, whereas  of the
 workers'  children 7  out of 13 were also high.   This difference must
 be  important.  In the  fourth study 13 out of 31 children had blood
 lead values greater  than 'tO^g/lOOml. These children had a mean value
for their group of 'O/wg/lOOml,  while control groups which were
available had mean values of 22 and 25^/g/lOOml,  respectively so that
the difference between  the control values and  the exposed  group is
a significant one.

-------
                                  1118
Consideration of the Results
Blood lead values are difficult to interpret in that there are problems
with sampling and with the technical analysis.  If the sampling is to be
done on children and particularly where a repeat sample may be necessary
it is desirable to use a capillary sample rather than undertaking
venipuncture.  On the other hand capillary samples are much more likely
to be contaminated and therefore have a higher failure rate and a more
frequent need for a second sampling than using blood from a venipuncture.
It should however be noted that where skin cleaning is undertaken prior
to obtaining a capillary sample the skin swabbing must be done with care
and must not be skimped otherwise spuriously high results may be obtained.
It is also important that the blood is free flowing and should not be
squeezed out of the ear or fingertip,  The technical variations have
been noted in an inter-laboratory study which is being carried on in
 the U.K.       The results of this are not yet available but the
conclusion which appears to be a likely outcome is that where blood
lead estimations are being done in large numbers by a single person
using one technique, the estimates are more likely to be consistent and
reliable.  Where only a few are being carried out there is less likelihood
of the consistency and reliability which are needed for such measurements.

It has been our custom not to accept a single raised blood lead as being
representative of the individual's lead profile.  In each case a repeat
sample has been examined usually obtained at a clinic or hospital rather
than in the atmosphere of the home which may have a high lead in air
characteristic.

Subsequent Action
Where the repeated blood lead value has been found to be raised the
individual has been referred for a further medical opinion.  In each
case the general practitioner was informed and where appropriate the
paediatrician was asked to handle the subsequent treatment and progress
of the child.  In no case has any child or adult been found to have any
deleterious effects which could be attributed to the excessive
ingestion of lead*
The next point with regard to subsequent action is that of considering
from where the lead has come.  It is important to exclude other sources

-------
                                   1119
 of  lead  such as paint  from woodwork  or off toys, eye make-up  and  so  on,
 and having  excluded all  individual sources the environmental  situation
 for the  affected people  as a whole should be considered*
 Other  Investigations
 There  are still many aspects of  the  lead problems which are not fully
 understood;for example there is  still discussion as to how far excessive
 lead intake in a child can be related to hyperactivity or to  an
 alteration  in behaviour.  As a result of the first investigation  which
 we  have  been discussing  an additional study was undertaken into the
 intelligence, reading  ability and behaviour of the group of school
 children.   The Weschler  Intelligence Scales were used, and using  school
 children it was concluded that the lower levels of intelligence and
 higher rates of behavioural disorder were found to be related to  social
 factors  rather than the  effects  of lead*
 Conclusion
 Uach study  had its own characteristics in the form of the different type
 of  lead  source and the geography of  the neighbourhood*  We have used the
 blood  lead  values as our criterion of excessive lead ingestion, but we
 would  like  to have other tests which would indicate early toxic effects.
 The number  of blood samples was  small in relation to the number of
 people exposed so that the techniques used provided relatively coarse
 assessments of the situation.

 Acknowledgmenta t  We must express our thanks to all who took part  In the
 organization and conduct of these surveys and in particular to Professor
Barbara Clayton, Dr W  C Turner, Mr P Broughton and Dr D Barltrop,  to the
Medical Officers of Health responsible for the local organization  of the
 surveys  in their areas (Dr R Adams, Darley Dale;  Dr Q K Brown, Greenwich}
Dr E II Hargreaves, Rothwell; Dr R Kind, Market Harborough;  Dr J E  Epsom,
Southwarkj Dr W Maughan, Beverleyj Dr P P Morgan, Chesterj  Dr. R 0 Taylor,
Welwyn Garden City; Dr It * Watton, Tower Hamlets; and Dr R C Woffinden,
Bristol) to the various laboratories and to the factory managements who so
willingly cooperated.

-------
                               1120
 REFERENCES

 Department of Employment (1973) Lead : Code of Practice

 for Health Precautions, London


 Lansdown, R.C., Clayton, B.E., Graham, P.J., Shepherd, J., Delves, H.T.,

 and Turner, W.C. (1974). Blood-lead levels, behaviour and intelligence t

 a population study. The Lancet, i,  538.
                         DISCUSSION
EPSTEIN  (U.S.A.)
     The results of the  reported studies, like previous studies
in children living in vicinity to smelting plants in El Paso,
Toronto, and elsewhere clearly demonstrate a correlation
between elevated blood levels and proximity to the smelting
plants.

     The data presented  do not support the confident assertion
that "no harmful effects had been found" in children with
elevated blood  lead levels.   Detection of low level lead toxiclty
required a sophisticated battery of specialized testing for
learning disabilities, behavioural anomalies, disturbances in
co-ordination and in motor nerve conductivity velocity.

     The author is also  requested to provide data on air lead
levels in the smelting plants studied.


MARTIN  (U.K.)

     The observation  "no harmful effects have been found" does
not necessarily mean  that no harmful effects occurred.  The
surveys were carried  out by local authority public health depart-
ments and any abnormality, such as a raised blood lead level in
a child, had to be referred to the child's family doctor with,
if necessary, a suggestion that he might seek the advice of  a
(named) consultant paediatrician.  Tl\us in the Tower Hamlets
survey all such children needing further investigation were
referred to a paediatrician at the Great Ormond Street Hospital
for Sick Children.  In  the Tower Hamlets survey a special inves-
tigation of intelligence and behavioural defects was undertaken
by Landsdown and his  colleagues and reported in The Lancet  (1974,
i, 538)

     The measurement  of  air lead level in the works was beyond
the scope of the investigation.

-------
                              1121
CHARLTON (U.K.)

     What examinations were undertaken to investigate the trans-
port of lead in clothing?  Have the lockers in which worker's
clean clothing is stored been checked?  Is there any relation-
ship between the distance workers have to travel home and the
lead transported home.


MARTIN  (U.K.)

     Any follow-up of employees was the responsibility of, and
was undertaken by the Department of Employment Factory Inspec-
torate  and by  the works doctor.  Lead dusts were found in the
underclothing, socks, and on the boots of workers and also in
their cars.  Changing and washing facilities  in the works were
checked.

     It was  noted 'that some of the workers/whose families were
affected,lived some miles from the works.
DIEHL  (Federal Republic of Germany)

     Dr. Martin's observation  that rather  high  lead  exposure  in
the  vicinity of  lead works is  not associated with  any  symptoms
of lead intoxication of the population  is  in full  agreement with
other  results presented at this  conference.  De Graeve has re-
ported on  a population group in  Belgium which is exposed  to
elevated lead levels in drinking water  and McNeil  has  studied
the  population of Smeltertown, Texas, which has been exposed  to
high environmental  lead levels for 3 generations.  In  no  case
were indications of lead poisining observed.

     I am  interested in this problem from  the viewpoint of food
 legislation.  In some countries  (the Federal Republic  of  Germany
 for  instance) very  strict  legislation is now in preparation which
 sets very  low limits for lead, mercury, cadmium and  arsenic in
 foods  - with the argument  that this is  necessary to  protect the
health of  the consumer.  After 4 days of this conference, I do
not  have the impression that such measures are  justified  in
view of recent research results. I have already mentioned the
 case of lead.  Turning to  mercury I would  like  to  recall
Bernstein's paper at this  conference indicating that a Canadian
population group consuming very  much fish  with  mercury contents
of up  to 4.4 ppm is not showing  any symptoms of mercury intoxi-
cation.  I was glad to hear from den Tonkelaar  that  no necessity
 is seen in 'the Netherlands to  limit fish consumption although
much fish  is consumed there, and although  some  of  the  fish caught
 in Dutch waters  contains over  0,5 ppm mercury - the  limit set
in the USA.  As  to  cadmium, Lorke has found no  toxicity of a
dirt containing  30  ppm Cd  in subchronic studies with rats and
dogs.  All this  information indicates to me that no  hasty leg-
islation is necessary to set limits for these elements in the
general food supply.  I would  like to hear Dr.  Martin's comment
on the attitude  taken by the UK  authorities in  this  respect.

-------
                               1122
MARTIN  (U.K.)

     Detailed surveys  involving many thousands of analyses have
been made of the  lead, cadmium and mercury content of foods in
the UK  and  the results published by the Ministy of Agriculture
Fisheries and Food.  These yielded information on the respective
content of  individual  items of the diet and on the total diet
of the  average man.  Britain  is not a big fish-eating country
and in  the  case of mercury/ Investigations of heavy  fish-eaters
did not show levels  of mercury in the body which could be judged
potentially dangerous.

     Food contamination  in the UK is controlled by,  for instance,
the Lead in Food  Regulations  or, in other cases, by  measures
which prevent the sale of shellfish from polluted areas.  While
the contamination of food in  manufacture of as a result of spray-
ing in  agriculture can be controlled, it is not practicable to
limit the natural content of  foods.  Thus a retailer could not
be expected to know  the  mercury content of the individual fish
or the  cadmium content of the kidneys or liver he sells for
human consumption.

-------
                              1123
    VARIAZIONI DELL'ATTIVITA' ALA-DEIDRATASICA ERITROCITARIA
       IN RAPPORTO ALL'ETA' ED AL SESSO IN SOG6ETTI NON
              PROFESSIONALMENTE ESPOSTI A PIOMBO

                   G, C, SECCHI/ L, ALESSIO
Clinica del Lavoro "Luigi ty£voto" della Universita di Milano,
Italia
RIASSUNTO

     Lo studio dell'attivita ALA-deidratasica (ALAD) eritrocitaria
di soggetti sanif non professionalmente esposti a contatto oon
piombo ed abitanti in una grande cittd induatrializzatas ha dimo-
strato che queata attivitd enzimatica diminuisce progressivamente
oon 1'aumentave dell'etd;  queato fenomeno & interpretato come
espvesaione di un progreeaivo inoremento delZ'aooumulo di piombio
nell'organismOf oon il paaaare degli anni.

     Nei soggetti di sesso femminile il dearemento dell'attivitd
ALAD eritrocitaria 4 meno e-oidente e piU tardivo she nei soggetti
di eeeao maechile.
ABSTRACT

     A study of ALA-dehydrataae  (ALAD) activity in the red blood
oella.of healthy aubjecte who are not exposed to lead in the
oourae of their work and who live in an industrial city ahoue
that this enzyme activity diminishes gradually with age.   This
phenomenon ia taken to reflect the gradual increase in the amount
of lead accumulated in the organism over the years.

     In female subjects, the decrease in ALAD activity in the red
blood cells is lees evident and  slower than in male subjects.

-------
                                    1124
1.    Introduzione
      E' state ormai estesamente dimostrato che 1'attivita ALA-deidratasi-
ca (ALAD) eritrocitaria e elettivamente inibita dal piombo; questa inibi-
zione e particolarmente cospicua nella intossicazione conclamata da piom-
bo, ma e gia dimostrabile anche in occasione di modesti increment! dello
assorbimento di questo metallo! una parziale inibizione di questa attivi-
ta enzimatica, per esempio, e stata documentata in soggetti che vivono in
vicinanza di fonderie di piombo (Secchi e coll. [ij, [21, Nordman e coll.
[3]) e persino nella popolazione generale di citta fortemente industrially
zate (Secchi e coll,  [ij,  fzl , Henberg e Nikkanen MJ, Hernberg e coll.
£5] ).  L1inibizione dell'ALAD eritrocitaria e percio considerata un sen-
sibile parametro, atto a documentare gli effetti sull'organismo umano del
1'inquinaraento ambientale da piombo.  In questa ricerca abbiamo studiato
il comportamento dell'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria in soggetti abitanti in
una grande citta industrializzata, non esposti professionalmente a piombot
suddivisi secondo il sesso e di eta progressivamente crescente, al fine di
indagare se le variazioni di questa attivita enziraatica potessero documen-
tare un eventuale progressive accumulo di piombo nell'organismo, che gra-
dualmente aumenta con il progredire dell'eta.
2*    jfateriali e metodi
      La ricerca e stata condotta su 168 soggetti viventi in Milano: di es
si 89 erano di sesso maschile e 79 di sesso femminile.  La casistica  e
stata suddivisa per sesso e per eta e sono stati costituiti i seguenti
gruppi:  sangue del funicolo ombelicale (11 maschi - 10 femraine); soggetti
di eta compresa:fra 3 e 6 anni (9 maschi - 9 femmine); fra 8 e  11 anni (15
maschi - 15 femmine); fra 12 e 15 anni (6 maschi - 7 femmine)} fra 20 e
40 anni  (30 maschi -  20 femmine); fra 60 e 90 anni (18 maschi - 18 femmi-
ne).  Tutti i soggetti esaminati erano apparentemente sani, non risultava-
no esposti a contatto con piombo per motivi professional! ne al momento
dell'esame ne in precedenza, non erano forti consumatori di alcoolici. II
campione di sangue per la determinazione dell'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria
(0,8 ml) e stato ottenuto in occasione di prelievi di sangue per scopi

-------
                                    1125
medici (screening di massa, ecc,.)»   L'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria e sta-
ta determinata secondo il metodo Europeo Standardizzato dalla C.C.E.(1973).
3.    Risultati
      I risultati sono esposti nella tabella I.  L'esame del risultati di
mostra che nei primi 3 gruppi presi in considerazione (sangue del funico-
lo ombelicale, soggetti di eta compresa fra 3 e 6 anni e fra 8 e 11 anni)
1'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria si mantiene del tutto costante e che non esi^
stono differenze fra i due sessi, Nei soggetti di sesso maschile si osser
va successivamente un progressive decreraento dell'attivita ALAD eritroci-
taria con il progredire dell'eta: esso e modesto nei gruppo di soggetti
di eta compresa fra 12 e 15 anni, diviene piu manifesto nei soggetti di
eta compresa fra 20 e 40 anni, raentre nei soggetti di eta compresa fra 60
e 90 anni 1'attivita enzimatica e ridotta del 50$£ ed oltre rispetto ai va
lori osservati nell'eta infantile.  Nei soggetti di sesso femminile, in
vece, i valori dell'attivita enzimatica si mantengono praticaraente a li -
velli costanti anche nei gruppi di eta compresa fra 12 e 15 anni e fra 20
e 40 anni ed un decremento di essi si osserva solo nei soggetti di eta
compresa fra i 60 e 90 anni.  Anche in questo gruppo il decremento  della
attivita enzimatica e certamente inferiore a quello osservato nei gruppo
corrispondente di soggetti di sesso maschile.
4.    Discussione
      Un'analisi statistica dei risultati ottenuti dimostra che 1'attivi-
ta ALAD eritrocitaria subisce con il progredire dell'eta una progressiva
riduzione.  Questo fenomeno e chiaramente evidente nella casistica di ses_
so maschile e si manifesta gia a partire dal 3° quinquennio di vita. Es-
so sembra indicare 1'effetto di un progressive aumento dell'accumulo di
piombo nell'organismo umano, con il passare degli anni. Le ricerche di
Beasley e coll. [6j hanno, d'altronde, dimostrato che in soggetti sani
anche i livelli di piombemia si innalzano gradualmente con 1'aumentare
dell'eta (e tuttavia da rilevare che altre indagini, condotte in epoca
precedente, non avevano evidenziato questo fenomeno - Hofreuter e coll.
    , Hammond [8J ).  La progressiva riduzione dell'attivita ALAD eritro

-------
                                 1126
Tabella I - VARIAZIONI DELL'ATTIVITA' ALA-DEIDRATASICA ERITROCITARIA
            IN RAPPORTO ALL'ETA' ED AL SESSO IN SOGGETTI NON PROFES-
            SIONALMENTE ESPOSTI A PIOMBO.

N° del soggetti
SESSO MASCHILE
ALAD
U.I./L G.R.
N° del soggetti
SESSO FEMMINILE
ALAD
U.I./L G.R.
SANGUE DEL
FUNICOLO
OMBELICALE
11
42,25
10
41,09
3-6
anni
9
45,40
9
44,46
8-11
anni
15
45,32
15
44,66
12 - 15
anni
6
38,45
7
46,53
20 - 40
anni
30
32,18
20
42,10
60-90
anni
18
20,46
18
34,84
            ANALISI DELIA VARLANZA PER UN MODELLO MISTO, ESSENDO RAN-
            DOMIZZATA LA VARIABILE ETA' E FISSA LA VARIABILE SESSO.
SORGENTE DELLA
VARIAZIONE
SESSO
ETA'
INTERAZIONE
SESSO- ETA'
HtRORE
SS
1621,39
6831,6?
1645,76
8099, 18
df
1
5
5
156
MS
1621,39
1366,33
329, 15
51,92
F
31,23
4,15
6,39

P
< 0,001
<0,10
<0,01


-------
                                    1127
cLtaria con 1'aumentare  dell1eta non  e altrettanto  evidente nella  casisti
 ca di sesso femminile da  noi esarainata:  in questa  casistica  il  fenoraeno
 e  ben evidente  solo a partire dalla  6° decade  di vita.  Ne deriva che nei
 soggetti di sesso  femminile,nell'eta adulta,I1attivita  ALAD  eritrocita-
 ria risulta piu elevata che  nei soggetti di sesso  maschile,  come  d'altron
 de gia constatato  da Haeger  Aronsen  e coll. 9  , da noi  stessi I  2| e da
                 •                          L J                L J
 Valloton e coll 110}•   La casistica  da noi studiata e costituita  da sog-
 getti abitanti  nella stessa  citta  e  pertanto si puo ritenere che  tutti
 i  soggetti esaminati fossero esposti allo stesso assorbimento di  piombo
 per via inalatoria.  Le differenze da noi riscontrate fra i  due sessi
 potrebbero pertanto  essere attribuite, in via  di ipotesi,ad  un  diverse
 assorbimento di piombo  per via digestiva,per different! abitudini alimen
 tari fra i due  sessi.   Questa ipotesi non ci serabra sufficiente ad in -
 terpretare i risultati  ottenuti,in quanto le prime differenze fra i due
 sessi si osservano gia  nei 3° quinquennio di vita,quando le  abitudini
 alimentari non  sono in  pratica different! e, soprattutto,non esiste an-
 cora quel maggior consume di vino  e  di alcoolici nei sesso maschile che,
 secondo recenti dati (Moore  e coll.Till , Krasner e coll.[l2J, Secchi e
 Alessio I13j),  potrebbe giustificare una piu spiccata inibizione  della
 attivita ALAD eritrocitaria*  Altri  fattori debbono pertanto essere in
 gioco: essi potrebbero  collegarsi  alle emorragie periodiche  del sesso
 femminile,tali  da determinare nella  donna 1'esistenza di una popolazio-
 ne eritrocitaria costituita  da cellule piu giovani. E1 d'altra parte
 noto come 1'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria  sia particolarmente  elevata nel
 le cellule rosse piu giovani (Battistini e coll.j141).  Questa seconda
 ipotesi pu6 essere convalidata dal fatto che le prime differenze  fra i
 due sessi,per quanto riguarda i  livelli  di attivita ALAD eritrocitaria,
 si osservano a partire  dal 3° quinquennio di vita  e che invece  dalla
 6° decade di vita in poi, 1'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria subisce un de-
 cremento anche  nei soggetti  di sesso femminile.

-------
                                  1128
5.   Bibliografia
     1. SBCCHI G.C., ALESSIO L. and CAMBIAGHI G.: Ricerche sull'attivi
        ta ALA-deidrasica eritrocitaria di soggetti non esposti a con-
        tatto professionale con piombo ed abitanti in zone rural! ed
        urbane. Med. Lavoro 62, 435-450, 1971.
     2. SECCHI G.C., ALESSIO L., CAMBIAGHI G. and ANDREOLETTI F.: ALA-
        Dehydratase activity of erythrocytes and blood lead levels in
        "critical" population groups. Proc. International Symposium
        "Environmental Health Aspects of Lead", Amsterdam, October 2-6,
        1972, p. 595-602.
     3. NORDMAN C.H., HERNBERG S., NIKKANEN J. and RYHXNEN A.: Blood
        lead levels and erythrocyte delta-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase
        activity in people  living around a secondary lead smelter-work.
        Environ. Hit., 10, 19-25, 1973.
     4. HERNBERG S., NIKKANEN J.: Enzyme Inhibition by Lead under Normal
        Urban Conditions.  Lancet, 1, 63-64, 1970.
     5. HERNBERG S., NIKKANEN J., MELLIN G., LILUIS H.: /^ -aminolaevu-
        linic Acid Dehydratase ,as  a Measure of Lead Exposure. Arch. En-
        viron, Health, 21, 140-145, 1970.
     6. BEASLEtf W.H., JONES D.D., MEGIT A., LUTKINS S.G.: Blood Lead
        levels in a Welsh rural community. Brit. Med. J. 4, 267-270,
        1973.
     7. HOFREUTER D.H., CATCOTT E.J., KEENAN R.G. and XINTARAS C.: The
        public health significance of atmospheric lead.  Arch.Environ.
        Health,  3,  568-574,  1961
     8.HAMMOND P.B.: Essays in Toxicology .Vol.1. Acad.Press,N.Y.1969,p. 115
     9. HAEGER-ARONSEN B., ABDULLA M. and FRISTEDT B.I.: Eccets of lead
        on delta-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase activity in red blood
        cells. Arch. Environ. Health, 23, 440-445, 1971.
    10. VALLOTON M.N., GUILLEMIN M. et LOB M.:  Plombemie et activity
        de la dehydratase de 1'acide delta-aminolevulinique dans une
        population  lausannoise.  Schweis. med. Wschr., 103,547-550,1973^

-------
                                 1129
       11. MOORE M.R., BEATTIE A.D., THOMPSON G.G. and GOLBDERG A.:
           Depression of delta-aminolaevulinic acid dehydratase activity
           by ethanol in man and rat.  Clinical Science,  40, 81-88,1971.
       12. KRASNER N., MOORE M.R., THOMPSON G.G., McINTOSH W., GOLDBERG
           A.: Depression of erythocyte delta-aminolaevulinic acid
           dehytratase activity in alcoholics. Clinical Science (in press),
       13. SECCHI C.G., ALESSIO L.: Erythrocyte ALA-dehydratase activity
           in critical general population groups and in workers esposed
           to lead (1974, in press,)
       14. BATTISTINI V., MORROW J.J.,  GINSBURG D., THOMPSON G.,  MOORE
           M.R., GOLDBERG A.: Erythocyte delta-aminolaevulinic  acid
           dehydrase activity in anaemia.  Brit. J. Haematol. 20,177-l84>
           1971.
                           DISCUSSIONE
HERNBERG (Finland!a)
      Dispone Lei di  misurazioni di piombemia per  il Suo gruppo?
 II  ricorso a questi  dati Le avrebbe forse risparmiato molte
 congetture circa 1'accumulazione  di piombo con  1'avanzare dell1
 eta.   Come Lei certamente sapra,  il collega S.  Tola ha djtmo*-
strato che il rapporto piombemia/ALA-D & in pratica quasi sempre
 il  medesimo  (Work-Envir. Health 10, suppl.l, 1973).
ALESSIO  (Italia)
      I livelli di  piombo nel sangue sono stati  determinati nei
 gruppi di eta compress  fra 2O e  40 anni; i livelli di piombemia
 sono risultati significativamente piCt elevati nei soggetti di
 sesso maschile.
      Per quanto riguarda gli altri gruppi di eta  purtroppo non
 dispongo ancora dei  dati riguardanti i livelli  di piombo nel
 sangue.

 CARNOW (U.S.A.)
      Lei fa notare una differenza di sesso all'eta di 12 anni.
 Ha  Lei preso in considerazione il fumo quale possibile spiega-
 zione di questo fenomeno?
      Ev stato dimostrato che i fumatori di sigarette haono in
 genere un tenore di  piombo piu elevato nel sangue per effetto
 dell'assorbimento  dal fumo.

-------
                               1130
 ALESSIO (Italia)

      In questa ricerca non S stata valutata 1'influenza del fumo
 di tabacco sull'attivita ALAD eritrocitaria.


 HINE (U.S.A.)

      II nostro gruppo ha studiato ±1 tenore in  pioinbo nel sangue,
 nei tessuti molli e nelle ossa di persone da 1  a 90 anni.  I
 livelli piO elevati di pioinbo nei tessuti sono  stati riscontrati
 nei soggetti compresi tra i 3O e i 7O anni, mentre in seguito si
 § notata una diminuzione.

      L'inibizione pid elevata dell'ALAD nelle vostre serie tra
 i 6O-90 anni avrebbe luogo a pid basse concentrazioni di pioinbo.
 Si renderebbe pertanto necessario un altro fattore al fine di
 spiegare la diminuzione del valori dell'ALAD da voi osservati.
ALESSIO  (Italia)

     Poiche non dispongo ancora del dati riguardanti i livelli
di pioinbo nel gruppo da Lei indicato non posso attualmente
escludere o confermare le Sua interessante ipotesi.

-------
                              1131
       SIGNIFICATION DES INDICATEURS BIO-ANALYTIQUES DE
      [.'EXPOSITION AU PLOMB AU SEIN D'UNE POPULATION NON
                  PROFESSIONNELLEMENT EXPOSEE

   P, BRUAUX, F, CLAEYS-THOREAU, A, LAFONTAINE, M, LEGRAND,
                  R, DE BOECK, I. SWYNGEDOUW
avec I1aide technique de Mmes M. Milissen-Vande Riviere et
J. Verhoeven-Daulne.
Institut d1Hygiene et d'Epidemiologie, Bruxelles, Belgique
RESUME

     Au coura d'une enquSte epidemiologique effectuee au sein
d'une population non aeleationnee et non profeaaionnellement
exposeet lea auteura ont etudi£ la signification de quelques
indicateura bio-analytiques de I 'exposition au plomb:  plombemie,
ALAD et ALAU.   Apr&e avoir deceit bvievement les techniques
utilis&es et discutS lea reaultata obtenus^ ils arrivent aux
conclusions suivantea:

     - la mesure de 1'A.LAD, paratt un indicateur sensible de
I'exposition non pvofeeaionnelle au plomb tandis que la mesure
de I'ALAU semble devoir Stre ecavtee;

     - la meaure de la plombemie reate delicate et insuffiaamment
reproductible pour Stre utilisee dda a present mais il existe
indiacutablement une correlation valable entre la plombemie et
I'activitS ALAD.
ABSTRACT

     During an epidemiological survey on sections of the popula-
tion uhiah had not been specially selected and were not occupa-

-------
                              1132
tionally exposed to lead the authors investigated the value of
some bio-analytical •indicators of exposure to lead:  lead in the
blood, ALAD and ALAU.    After giving a brief description of the
techniques employed and discussing the results obtained, they
come to the following conclusions;

     - ALAD measurement appears to be a sensitive indicator of
non-occupational exposure to lead, but ALAU measurement must,
it would seem, be eliminated;

     - the measurement of lead in the blood remains difficult
and is not reproducible enough to be used at present, though
there is unquestionably a valid correlation between blood lead
level and ALAD activity.

-------
                              1133
Introduction
Bien que le saturnisme soit connu depuis la plus haute anti-
quitg, I'intSrSt des toxicologues pour le plomb s'est rSveil-
16 recemment en raison des multiples pollutions dues aux con-
ditions techniques de la vie moderne.
Les principaux indicateurs bio-analytiques actuelleraent pro-
pose's pour I1exposition non professionnelle au plomb sont la
mesure de la plombSmie, celle de 1'activite1 de la dShydratase
de 1'acide deltaaminole'vulinique dans le sang  (ALAD) et celle
de I'excrStion de 1'acide deltaaminole'vulinique dans les
urines (ALAU). Les probl&mes techniques pose's par le dosage
de la plombeinie ne sont pas encore entiSrement r6solus
(Berlin et coll.) (1) particulierement en ce qui concerne les
faibles teneurs que 1'on peut rencontrer dans  les expositions
a la pollution saturnine de 1'environnement.
Au cours de la prSsente enquete Spide'miologique, les auteurs
se sont attache's S dSgager la signification de la mesure de
1'ALAD, de I1 ALAU et celle de la plombe'mie dans I1 estimation
des risques sanitaires que comporte la pollution de 1'envi-
ronnement par le plomb.

Population examinee
La population choisie n'est pas professionnellement exposSe
au plomb et peut etre consid6re"e comme 6tant en bonne sante".
Au cours de notre enquete qui s'est gtale"e de  fin 1972 3
dSbut 1974, cette population a etS examin6e deux fois.
1. Lors de la premiere sgrie d'examens, nous avons effectug
   le dosage de I1ALAD chez 143 personnes et le dosage de
   1'ALAU chez 140 d'entr'elles.
   Nous avons classg cette population en 106 homines, 37 fem-
   mes, 66 fumeurs, 69 non fumeurs ainsi que par age.
2. La deuxiSme sSrie d'exaraens a portg pour la quasi totali-
   t6 sur les memes personnes rgexamine'es S environ un an
   d'intervalle. Cette seconde s£rie a comport^ le dosage de
   1'ALAD et de la plomb6mie et nous n1avons retenu que les
   124 personnes pour lesquelles nous avons pu obtenir ces
   deux mesures sur le meme Schantillon.

-------
                             1134
   Ces 124 personnes se repartissent en 86 homines, 38 fem-
   mes ,  60 non fumeurs et 63 fumeurs.

Materiel et Mgthodes
          d£ 1'ALAU
   Pour ce qui est de I'excrStion de 1'ALAU, les auteurs ont
   utilis6 la mSthode classique de DAVIS.
   Dojsa£e_de JL'ALAD_
   Lors de la premiere s6rie d'examens, nous avons utilise"
   une technique d6rivee de celle de BONSIGNORE  (2).
   Lors de la deuxieme serie, nous avons suivi strictement
   la methode europgenne standardis6e decrite en d6tail par
   ailleurs (3). Les principales dif£6rences avec notre
   technique initiale sont les suivantes :
   - remplacement du TRITON X 1 00 comme agent h6molysant par
     eau distillee;
   - incubation a pH 6,4 au lieu de pH 7;
   Afin d'6viter toute confusion dans 1'expression des r6-
   sultats, nous donnons ,  ci-apres, la formule du calcul des
   unites que nous avons utilisees  :
Unites=microm6les ALA/min/L  RBC-Hct
   E  : extinction mesurSe
   Hct :  hematocrite
   K  : facteur  d'etalonnage  du  spectrophotoiretre  =  1.099
 3. Mes^u£e_d_e J:a_plLomb^iniLe
   Pour  ce qui  est  de  la mesure de  la plombemie,  nous  avons
   utilise une  technique d* absorption atomique  sans  flamme.
   II serait Sgalement hors  de  propos d'entrer  ici  dans  les
   details de cette technique dont  nous  ne  citerons  que  les
   principales  Stapes.
   Appareil utilise1 : AA Perkin Elmer 6quip6  du four graphite
   (avec  tube special pour solution organique)  et du
   "Deuterium-Corrector" avec "Gazstop".
   L'Schantillon  (sang total heparine) est  dilu6  6  fois  dans
   une solution a 0,5% de TRITON  X  100.  Apres hgmolyse,  on

-------
                                1135
     injecte   10 microlitres de cette dilution  dans le four
     graphite. On  realise 1'Stalonnage interne  par addition de
     quantites connues d'une solution standard  de plomb.
  Resultats et Discussion
  Afin de  faciliter la comprehension et  I1interpretation de nos
  resultats,  nous  les avons pre'sente's sous  forme de tableaux
  et graphiques.
  1. Do_sage_d«3 ,1'ALAU
     Le  tableau  1  resume les rSsultats de  nos  dosages d'ALAU.
     On  peut  en  tirer les quelques  considerations suivantes  :
     - toutes les  valeurs de 1'ALAU que  nous avons dSterminees
       sont basses :  elles  se  situent toutes en-dessous de
       5 mg par  gr de crSatinine.
     - 1'analyse statistique n'a montrg  aucune correlation  si-
       gnificative entre les mesures d'ALAD et d'ALAU dans  les
       divers groupes de population conside're's.
     En  conclusion,  il nous a  paru  que  le dosage  de  1'ALAU  ne
     semblait pas  repr^senter  un  indicateur bio-analytique  sen-
     sible de 1'exposition  non professionnelle au plomb et
     c'est la raison  pour  laquelle  nous  avons  abandonng cette
     me sure.

                              TABLEAU  1.

Repartition des mesures  de I'excrStion de 1'acide deltaaminolgvulinique dans  les urines.
(exprime'es  en mg d'acide  deltaaminolfivulinique  par gramme de crfiatinine).
Milligrammes d'A.L.A. par gramme de
cr6atinine
<1
1 i 2
2 a 3
3 a 4
4 a 5
Pourcentage

26 I
SO \
20,3 t
2,5 \
1,2 \
Pourcentage.
cumulg
26 1
76 \
96,3 \
98.8 \
100 1

-------
                                        1136
           Graphique 1   ALAD   lere et  2eme  aerie
                                                             lere serie Bl 37,*t6
                                                             2eme serie m 3
                                                                          unite
              Graphique 2   Plombemie
100
 90
 80
       cumule
 60
 50
 kO
 30
 20,
 10
12  15
20
85
30
35
'to    i»5
50
55
                                                                      60

-------
                             1137
2.  Do£a£e_d£ JL'ALAD - Comparaison entre les re"sultats obtenus
   lors des deux series d'examens.
   Le graphique 1  illustre cette comparaison. Rappelons qu'il
   s'agit des memes personnes examinees a" environ 1 an
   d1intervalle. Bien que la technique utilised n'ait pas Ste"
   strictement la meme, on peut remarquer que les rSsultats
   sont cependant assez proches : les moyennes ont ite" de
   37,46 et de 35,7 unites, respectivement pour les premiere
   et deuxifeme series d'examens.
   Cependant, il faut souligner que 1'adoption de la methode
   europ^enne standardised a permis d'obtenir vine moindre
   dispersion des rgsultats : 90i des r^sultats obtenus sont
   compris entre 19,5 et 48 unite's alors que dans la premiSre
   sSrie, ils s'Stalaient de 10 5 57 unite's.
   Nous avons 6galement compare1 les valeurs individuelles
   obtenues £ 1 an d'intervalle : le coefficient de corre"-
   lation est de + 0,56. (valeur limite + 0.28 pour p=0.01).
   On pourrait done penser, bien qu'il soit nScessaire de le
   confirmer par des experiences ultSrieures, que la valeur
   ALAD est assez stable chez un meme individu.
   Ajoutons que lors d'un essai realise" chez 6 volontaires
   de notre laboratoire, le coefficient de variation de la
   mesure ALAD, determined une fois par semaine pendant 4
   semaines cons6cutives, a &t6 de 6,29$.
3.  Me_sures_ de_La £l^mb_gmie_
   Le graphique 2 r6sume les rgsultats de nos 124 d6termina-
   tions.
   Remarquons que :
   - 60$ des plombSmies se situent en-dessous de 20yg. $
   - 90$ en-dessous de 31yg $
   - 98$ en-dessous de 40ug $.
   Ces valeurs se rapprochent assez fort des valeurs guides
   propose'es par ZIELHUIS (4) . On pourrait en conclure que
   la population que nous avons examin6e ne semble pas etre
   expos6e 9 un risque appreciable au point de vue exposition
   au plomb.

-------
                             1138
   Le graphique 3 illustre bien la difference entre ces
   2 groupes :  les femmes ont une activite" ALAD nettement
   plus elevee  que les hommes. Nous avons utilise le test t
   pour ^valuer le degr6 de signification de la difference
   entre les 2  moyennes. Le calcul de t donne : 3.061  : la
   valeur limite de t au niveau 0.01 etant 2,62, nous pou-
   vons en deduire que la difference est significative.
5.  £ompjireii^on  de£ mesures^ ALAD_eiitr_e_fuine_u_rs_et^ non frjmeurs
   Le graphique 4 montre la difference entre ces 2 groupes :
   les fumeurs  ont manifestement une activite ALAD plus bas-
   se. Le test  t dont le calcul donne la valeur 3.275 indi-
   que egalement une difference significative entre les 2
   moyennes .
6.  Ac£ivi^e_de  .I'ALAI^en .rap_pojt_ £ve_c_l_^ag_e_
   L'analyse statistique a montre qu'il existait une diminu-
   tion progressive de I1 ALAD avec 1'age.  Cette  diminution
   s'est manifestee dans les  deux series d'examens mais elle
   n'est significative qu'au  niveau p=0.05 :  les coefficients
   de correlations calculus ont $t& respectivement pour les
   premiere et  deuxieme series de -0,19 et -0,186 (valeur
   limite pour  p O.OS=-0,17).
   Le  tableau 2 nous montre ces correlations entre les di-
   vers groupes. L'exaroen de ce tableau nous permet les con-
   siderations suivantes :
   a.  Pour les mesures d'ALAD, nous retrouvons les differences
      signalees entre les hommes et les femmes d'une part,
      les  fumeurs et le s non fumeurs d'autre part.
      Corollairement, les plombSmies sont plus elev6es chez
      les  hommes que chez les femmes et chez les fumeurs que
      chez les non fumeurs. Cependant, I1 analyse statistique
      montre  que ces differences sont moins significatives
      que  pour les mesures  de 1'ALAD. Ceci est dO 3 une dis-
      persion relativement  plus grande pour les mesures de
      plombemie.

-------
                                     1139
              Graphique 3  ALAD  hommes-femmes
100
 96
 80
 70
 60-
 50

 30. i
 20
 10
     cufflule
                                                           homines m 5^.13
                                                           .population total*
                                                                     « 55,70
                                                     	femmes m 39.25
                                                                         unite
12  15     20    25      30     35      ^0
                                                       50
                                                               55     60     65
             Graphique k  ALAD   fumeurs  -  non fumeurs
100-
   % cumule

50
»

30
20
                                                       	fumeurs m 33»26
                                                       	population totale
                                                                     • 55,70
                                                       	non  fumeurs
                                                                     • 38,32
                                                                          unite
                                          40
                                                 II
                                                                      -a

-------
                                 1140
                              TABLEAU 2.

Correlation entre Ics moyennes ALAD et Plombemie dans les divers groupes de population.





Population
totale
Homines
Femraes
Fumeurs
Kon fumeurs
Nombre de
sujets



124

86
38
63
60
ALAD
Unites



35,70
I
34,13
39,25
33,26
38,32
Plorobemie
vg I



20,69

21 ,74
18,31
22,17
19,23
Coefficient
de corrfila-
tion
r

-0.39

-0.40
-0.26
-0.51
-0.21
Valeur
limite
de r
pour
p-0.01
-0.23

-0.28
-0.41
-0.32
-0.33
         Pour les mesures  d'ALAD et de plomb6mie, on observe
         une correlation negative.  Cette correlation est signi-
         ficative au  niveau  p=0.01  pour la totalit6 de la
         population examin6e,  pour  le groupe des homines et ce-
         lui des fumeurs.  Elle est  moins significative pour les
         autres groupes.
         L'examen du  tableau 2 montre clairement que nous n'a-
         vons une correlation  significative entre ALAD et plombe'-
         mie que lorsque la  moyenne ALAD du groupe consid6r£ est
         infe"rieure 3 la moyenne g6ne>ale et lorsque la moyen-
         ne de la plombemie  est par contre supgrieure 3 la moyen-
         ne g^ndrale.  Les  difficulty's techniques de la mesure de
         la plombe'mie,  surtout pour les valeurs basses, pour-
         raient expliquer  ce fait.
         La mesure de  1'ALAD nous parait done etre un indicateur
         bio-analytique valable et  sensible de 1'exposition sa-
         turnine d'une  population non professionnellement expos€e
         au plomb, surtout que 1'on dispose actuallement d'une
         mSthode bien standardised  permettant de comparer les
         r^sultats obtenus dans divers pays.

-------
                             1141
Conclusions ge"ne"rales
Bien que cette enquete ait 6t6 tres limited et qu'elle doive
etre 6tendue 3 d'autres groupes de population, notamment 9
des groupes critiques, il nous semble que 1'on puisse en tirer
les quelques conclusions provisoires suivantes :
1. Dans l'e"tat actuel de la pollution de 1'environnement par
   le plomb et pour la population que nous avons  examinee, il
   ne parait pas y avoir de risque sanitaire appreciable si
   1'on se re"f
-------
                              1142
                   REFERENCES

 1 .  BERLIN  et  coll.

    European  Intel-comparison Programmes

    Proceedings  Inter.  Symp.

    Amsterdam  2-6/10/1972  - EURO  5004  DBF.  p.1033


 2.  BONSIGNORE D.,  S.  coll.

    Un  semplice  metodo  per la  determinazione  della  6-amino-

    levulinico-deidratasi  nel  sangue - Med. Lavoro.

    56,  199(1965)


 3.  The  European Standardized  Method for  the  determination of

    ALAD activity  in  Blood - Doc.  CCE  2318/2/73e


 4.  ZIELHUIS  (11  et  12/12/1972)

    Biological Quality  Standards  for Inorganic  lead

    Working document  -  CCE Luxembourg.
                        DISCUSSION
HERNBERG (Finlande)
     Je voudrais fairs deux observations au sujet de votre
interessante 6tude: premierement,  en 1972,11168 collSgues MM. Tola,
Nikkanon et moi-meme avons Studifi une population d1environ
1.5OO personnes.  Nous avions trouvfi qu'en normalisant vis-a-vis
de la plombemie,ni I1age, ni le tabagisme n'avaient pratiquement
d'effet significatif sur ALA-D.  De plus nous avons constatS que
le rapport PbB ALA-D £tait le meme pour une exposition profession*
nelle nouvelle, pour un taux constant d1exposition et aussi long-
temps aprSs la fin de 1'exposition.  Ainsi 1'ALA-D reflate la
teneur en plomb du sang et les differences que vous avez trouvSes
peuvent tr&s probablement s'expliquer par des PbB difffirents.
Les r^sultats auxquels je me suis r6f6r6 ont 6t6 publics  il y a
un an dans Work-Environment-Health  (Tola, S., Wk-Environ. Hlth
1O, suppl. I/ 1973).  En second lieu je pense que la raison pour
laquelle vos valeurs t  gtaient plus significatives pour ALA-D
que pour PbB est que vous ne devriez pas utiliser la statistlque
t pour la distribution log. normale d'ALA-D.  Si, au lieu de
cela, vous aviez calculi le logarithme des valeurs ALA-D, je
pense que le test t aurait donnfi le meme rfisultat que pour PbB,
J'estime done que 1'explication de  la divergence apparente est
simplement que vous avez employ6 une mfithode statistique inade-
quate .

-------
                              1143
BRUAUX (Belgique)

1.   Pour ce qui est de la premiere observation du Dr. Hernberg,
je suis d'accord avec lui sur le fait que les differences que
nous avons observSes dans les mesures de l'ALA-D suivant le sexe,
1'age, le tabagisme sont associees a des differences dans la
plombemie.  Le tableau 2 montre d'ailleurs clairement la corre-
lation negative existant entre les valeurs ALA-D et celles de la
plombemie.  Ce que nous avons voulu montrer dans ce travail
c'est que la mesure del'ALA-D est plus sensible et plus precise
que celle de la plombemie.  Ceci explique que les differences
statistiques entre les differents groupes soient plus significa-
tives pour les mesures de l  ALA-D que pour celles de la plombemie.

2.   Quant a la deuxieme observation, je puis dire que le test
t a ete applique sur les valeurs logarithmiques de 1"ALA-D ce qui
rend, je pense, 1'application de ce test valable pour evaluer
la difference entre les moyennes.

-------
                              1145
        DIAMETRE ERYTHROCITAIRE MOYEN CHEZ LES ADULTES
        HABITANT UNE VILLE AVEC UNE ATMOSPHERE POLLUEE
        PAR LE PLOMB INORGANIQUE DE SOURCE INDUSTRIELLE

                   N, W, GHELBERG, E, BORDAS
Institut de Sant6 Publique et de Recherches M£dicales, Cluj,
Roumanie
RESUME

     Noua nous aommea proposes d*examiner le comportement du dia-
metre erythrocytaire moyen (DEM; ,u) ches lee adulte8 d'une ville
dont lfatmosphere eat polluee - ville P - pat* du plomb inorganique
de provenance industrielle.   359 sujets non exposes profession-
nellement au plomb (groupe P) ont &t& examines aomparativement a
deux groupes temoina:  le groups Tt aomprenant 125 temoina, et
le groupe C - de oontrdle - oomprenant 100 ouvriere professionnel-
lement exposes au plomb ma-is sans symptbmea oliniques.

     Chez le groupe P la valeur moyenne (x + s) du DEM etait de
?.?6 + 0.64, alora que anez lea sujets du groupe Tt la valeur
moyenne etait 7.06 + 0.49.   C'eat chez le groupe C que la moyenne
etait la plus elevee (8.00 + 0.24).   Lea differences ont &t&
significative a tp<0i01).

     Lea aspects dea courbea Price-Jones obtenua pour lea trois
groupes aont caracteriaes par la categorie dea dimensions d. pour-
centage de frequence maximale,par la baiaae du peak, un glissement
vera la droite et la presence d'une tratne a droite3 allant de T
vers Pf plus marquee pour C.

     Lea faita ci-deaaus demontrent que I'influence prolongee du
contact avea le plomb environnant determine une tendance vers la

-------
                              1146
macrocytose chez la population adulte exempte de signea cliniquea.

     On considere que I'etude du DEM pourrait constituer une me —
tJiode de screening pour 1e diagnostic de groupss en cas d1'expo-
sition au plomb chez dea groupes de population habitant des zones
urbaines avec des degres different^ de pollution par le plomb.
ABSTRACT

     We decided to examine the behaviour of the mean erythrocyte
diameter  (MED; ,u) in adults living in a town - town P - whoee
atmosphere is polluted by inorganic lead of industrial origin.
359 subjects not occupationally exposed to lead (group P) were
examined  and results compared with two control groups:  group T3
comprising 115 subjects and group C> comprising 100 workers oc-
cupationally exposed to Iead3 but showing no clinical symptoms.

     In group P the mean value  (x + e) of the MED was 7.76 +_ 0.64,
whereas in group T subjects the mean value was 7,06 + 0.49.   The
mean was  highest (8.00 + 0.24) in group C.   The differences were
significant (p<.0.01).

     The  Price-Jones curves obtained for the three gorups are
characterized by size category at the maximum percentage frequ-
ency ,, by  a drop in the peak levelt a displacement towards the
right and a gradual lengthening of the curve to the right, from
T towards P3 more marked in the case of C,

     The  above data show that prolonged contact with  lead in the
environment tends  to cause macvocytosis in an adult population
showing no clinical symptoms.

     It is thought  that  the study of  the MED might be used as a
screening method for group diagnosis  in cases of exposure to
lead of population groups  living in urban areas with  various
degrees of lead pollution.

-------
                                   1U7
1. INTRODUCTION

      En partant de la nScessite et de 1'actualite de certains test
de screening h valeur de diagnostic de groupe dans 1'Evaluation de
1'influence du plomb de 1'atmosphere de certaines villes BUT la popu-
lation, nous nous sommes proposes 1*etude du comportement du diametre
erythrocytaire moyen (DEK), respectivement la courbe Price-Jones.  Nous
avons porte notre choix sur ce parametro de laboratoire clinique pour
les raisons suivantes:
a) il peut reflechir 1'affaiblissement d'une fonction physiologique
   vital e, I'hematopoi&se,  qu'une exposition professionnelle au plomb
   peut, comme on le Bait,  affecter;
b) on a propose (l) de considerer que I1alteration significative de
   I'hematopolese correspondrait au niveau III de pollution de I1atmos-
   phere des villes, conformement a la classification de 1'O.M.S.  (2);
c) dans le cas des intoxications au plomb, la plupart des auteurs  (3-8
   etc.) enoncent 1'existence d'une anisocytose a microcytosej d'autres,
   moins nombreux (9-12) plaident par contre pour I1existence d'un cer-
   tain degre de macrocytose* Albahari et collab. (13) soutient qu'il
   n'y a ni megalocytose ni microcytose, tandis que de Bruin (8) signals
   1'accroissement du nombre des  erythroblastes et quelquefois celui des
   m<5galo - et macroblastes dans la moelle osseuse. Nous n1 avons cependant
   pas rencontre de donnees coiicernant la population du milieu urbain
   faiblement pollue au plomb, et en 1'absence des signes cliniques;
d) les resultats de nos travaux ant^rieurs (14-16} Ghelberg et collab.
   donn^e en coura de publication), ou nous avons etudie certains  para-
   metres de laboratoire utiles dans 1*appreciation des troubles du pro-
   cessus h£matopo'ietique chez dee groupes d'enfants et d1 adultes  habitant
   une ville dans I1atmosphere de laquelle le plomb represente la nocivite
   potentielle prinoipale,  plaident pour 1'utilifiation de 1'indicateur DEM;
e) la determination DEM presente des avantages aussi bien du point de vue
   du materiel biologique a examiner, que de celui de I1 exam en proprement
   dit et peut @tre pratique^  dans les conditions d'un test de screening.

-------
                                   1148
2. MATERIEL ET METHODS
      En accord avec certaines donn^es de la litt^rature (l?)i nous avons
juge1 utile d'effectuer lea analyses sur des groupee plus restreints, mais
de maniere repetSe  (1971-1973)• Nous avons examine au total:
      - 115 adultes temoins - groupe T - de villes exemptes d'une pollu-
        tion  specifique au plomb ( < l.o ftg Pb/mc air/24 heures);
      - 359 adultes non-exposes professionnellement au plomb, mais habi-
        tant  une ville dont 1'atmosphere est polluee par des entreprises
        de metallurgie non-ferreuse (0.91-22.89 fig Pb/mc air/24 heurea,
        avec  une moyenne de 3*98; Ghelberg N.H. Radulescu N.D.,
        Mihalka St. - donnees en cours de publication) - groupe P; et
      - un groupe de contrfile - C - de la mime ville que le groupe P,
        mais  travaillant dans des entreprises de metallurgie non-ferreuse
        (a la fonte, I1agglomeration et le raffinage du plomb) et exempts
        de BymptCmes cliniques au moment du prelevement de sang*
      Nous avons determine DEM (en ft ) de 100 hematics pour chaque sujet,
en utilisant  de minces frottis de sang peripherique a coloration May -
Griinwald - Giemsa;  on a aussi trace les courbes Price - Jones par
groupes (T,P,C).
    f
3. RESULTATS
      Les resultats obtenus sur les groupes de oujets examines, exprimes
sous forme de moyennes arithmetiques et leur paramitres, figurent dans
le tableau I*
      II ressort du tableau I que les moyennes DE»  vont en croissant,
de T (7.06 + 0.49) a P (7«76 * 0.64)  puis a C ou la moyenne est la plus
elevtSe (8.00 + 0.24).  Les differences des moyennes  DEM entre les groupes
sont significatives (test "t";  p<0,05).  Pour une vue plus suggestive BUT
les valours du tableau I, contparativement avec les  valeurs moyennes indi-
viduelles considerees comme normales  (6),  nous pr4sentons la figure 1.
      Dans la figure 2, nous donnons  les courbes de type Price - Jones
pour les 3 categories de sujets: T, P et C.

-------
                                   1149
                             TABLEAU I
      LE PIASTRE KOYEN ERYTHROCYTAIRE (DEM)  CHEZ LES GROUPES
                           BE SUJETS fen u )
Le groupe '

T -
T -
T —
T -
T -
Total
P -
P -
P -
P -
Total
P -
Total

C
1/1971
2/1971
3/1972
4/1972
5/1973
T/1971-1973
1/1971
2/1972
3/1972
4/1972
P/1972
5/1973
P/1971-1973
/ 1973
n
52
10
11
16
26
115
100
53
37
53
143
116
359
100
3=SS =
7
7
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
X
=J=S3I = r
.08
.15
.88
.02
.08
.06
.69
.75
.88
.83
.81
.74
.76
.00
s
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
54
38
49
49
12
49
71
57
65
57
59
63
64
24
X
±±= = = ±£
7.
7.
6.
7.
7.
6.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
±t.-
06
13
68
00
07
98
67
73
86
67
73
72
70
98
- 7
- 7
- 6
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
- 7
-8
.10
.17
.90
.04
.08
.14
.71
.77
.90
.99
.89
.76
.82
.02
Observations  '
T  « sujets sans exposition professionnelle au Pb et  qui  habitent
     des villes dont la teneur en plomb de 1*atmosphere est  de
     < 1.0^i^24 heures - groupe terooin;
P  = sujets sans exposition professionnelle au Pb et  qui  habitent
     dans une ville a atmosphere polluee;
     0.29 - 12.22 yug Pb/mc air/24 heures.
C  = sujets de la ville P et qui travaillent en outre en  milieu
     pollue au Pb;  groupe de contrSle.

-------
                                          1150
                                      T  T
                 y^
                     6,5
                                     v,o
                                                        das qroupas -
                                                            pp pJ3  c
1971-1975
G coupe s da
so
5 	 1
*
~jat&x

e.68






ps^ S|











II
£$• Jf^vT^-^p1 J,



u
1
                                                     a
                                              nor molaa
               Obw")  Fbur T.P.C ^-oir lobleoul
       Fij°qire  1   :  Diametre erithrocytaire moyen en  fonction de
                       1'intensite  de I1exposition au plomb.
50
         (courbe don qroup«
         do lo Wolila' das au-L
                 chaz Ics s
                nt la i^roupa.aoit lOO'N)
                                       I
                                                 3 «illea,«jroup«T,t«moirm ( N- 115)
                                                 villa P«xj« P,populol1o^(N-3v)9)
so   ;

20   ,

«0
 a

   ^
                                                 villa f, groi.pc. C.Ouvnara ( N-(OO)
                                                                       noo -fccrausa. (Pb)
        5,0
        4
                                                                        l*tT t    t
                                                                          XT xp xc
 1
(0.5
      Figure   2   :  Gourbes Price - Jones des groupes des  differentes
                      categories de sujets.

-------
                                   1151
      On peut voir dans la figure 2 le comportement de la courlbe T, qui
 correspond presque parfaitement aux donnees de la litterature, mais qui
 differe categoriquement des deux autres groupes - P et C - toutes deux
 deplacees vers la droite et avec une tralne a droite. Cette me"thode,
 celle de la courbe Price - Jones, permet done elle aussi de voir I1instal-
 lation d'un certain degre d'anisocytose avec I1augmentation de la fre-
 quence des macrocytes, qui est d'autant plus accentuee que 1*exposition
 au plomb a ete plus intense.
      Pour souligner certaines relations entre la grandeur DEM et les
 conditions de I1exposition au plomb, nous pre"senton8 quelquee details
 concernant le groups C (Ghelberg N.W. et collab. - donnees en cours de
 publication). Ce groupe, qui a corapris 100 sujets a moyenne de vie de
 39.4 - 7*6 ans, avec une anciennete moyenne d1exposition au plomb de
 14.5 - 6.8 ans et une moyenne DEM de 8.00 - 0,24 u, nous 1'avons divise
 en sous-groupes: qu'ils etaient ou non des fumeursj en fonction de
 1'anciennete du travail en milieu a plomb;  et en fonction du lieu de tra-
vail. Nous avons calcule les valeurs moyennes du DEM d'apres les subdi-
visions mentionnees. On a constate des differences significatives
 (p < 0,05) de DEM entre lee fumeurs (8.04 - 0.25) et les non-fumeurs
 (7.94 1 0.20) et entre les ouvriers de la fonderie (8.07 - 0,25), par
rapport a ceux de I'agglomerage (7»91 - 0.20).
     On a calcule" les coefficients de correlation totals entre certains
 caracteres du groupe C. II en est resulte un rapport direct» liniaire,
 entre 1'Sge et 1'anciennete dans le travail (r = 0.470;  p < 0,01; ce qui
etait previsible), mais aussi entre 1'age et le DEM (r « 0.211;  p < 0.05)
 et respectivement entre I1anciennete en milieu a plomb et le DEW
 (r = 0.198;  p = 0.05).

4. CONCLUSIONS
      L'etude du diamfctre erythrocytaire moyen (DEM) sur ies groupes de
population a degree differents d1exposition au plomb, en tant que polluant
de 1'environnement (pollution urbaine et celle du milieu de travail) nous
a perm is les constatations  suivantes:

-------
                                   1152
      1. Chez les groupea d'adultes du milieu urbain faiblement pollue
         au plomb de provenance industrielle, le DEM £tait plus clave1
         que chez nous propres temoins, d^notant une anisocytose a
         macrocytoae moderee.

      2. Chez les ouvriers professionnellement exposes au plomb, mais
         sans symptOmes cliniques, la frequence des macrocytes £tait
         d'autant plus marquee.
      3. La determination DEM et les courbes de type Price - Jones par
         groupes de sujets, se sent averes utiles dans le diagnostic
         de groups de I1influence du plomb d'environneraent sur les
         groupes de population.

      Nous conclurons done, que 1'indicateur etudi<§ se presente comme
utile dans son application en tant que test de screening pour 1'appre-
ciation de I1influence du plomb sur 1'organisme.
                           REFERENCES
(l)   GOLDSMITH, J.R. "Epidemiological Bases for Possible Air Quality
      Criteria for Lead", APCA Journal. 9*  714
(2)   WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION, Atmospheric Pollutants.  Technical
      Report Series No. 2?1 (1964).
(3)   FABRB, L. Lee on de toxlcologie.  vol.X., Herman et Cie Ed. ,
      Paris, Prance (1945)«
(4)   DEROBERT, L. , Intoxications et maladies professionnelles. Ed.
      Medical es Plamarion,  Paris, Prance,  (1954).
(5)   PATTY, P.A., Industrial Hygiene  and  Toxicology,  Vol.  Ill,
      Interscience Publisher, New-York,  London,  U.S.A. England (1962).
(6)   ALTERAS, I., et collab. Metodele laboratorului clinic. Ed.
      Medicala, Bucureqti,  R.S.  Romania  (1964).
(7)   CADARIU, Gh. , BARHAT, B. ,  (sous  la redaction de) Igiena  mun-
      cii. Ed. Medicala, Bucure^ti,  R.S. Romania (196?).

-------
                                  1153
(8)    BRUIN,  A.,  de  "Certain Biological Effects of Lead Upon the
      Animal  Organism",  Arch.Bnviron.Health. 23. 249  (1971)

(9)    SAITA,  G.,  PIOCCHI,  P.,  CATTANEO, E "Diametro e volume globulare,
      indice  di sferocitosi, indice  di  saturazione nell'anemia  saturninay
      La Medicina del  Lavoro.  43.  99 (1952)

(10)  HASAN,  J.,  HERNBERG, S.,  "Interactions of Inorganic Lead  with
      Human Red Blood  Cells",  Werk-Environment-Health. 2. 26.(1966).

(11)  PILAT|  L.,  GAVRILESCU, N.,  (sous  la redaction de), Bolile profes-
      sionale,  Ed. Medicala, Bucuresti, R.S. Romania  (1966).

(12)  KUPETZ, G., W.,  "Beitrag zur Fehldiagnose bei beruflicher Blei-
      intoxikation,  Zsch.arztl. Fortbild.. 67. 1031  fl973).

(13)  ALBAHARI, C,,  et collab.  "La nocivite1 hematologique du plomb",
      Nouvelle Revue Francaise dl|Hematologie.  5. 689  (1965)*

(14)  GHELBERG N.W., BRETTBR,  E.,  COSTIN, L.,  CHITUL, E., "CercetSri  cu
      privire la apari^ia corpusculilor Heinz  sub  influenta  concentra-
      •^iilor  mici de plumb din aerul atmosferic",  Igiena  fBuoarest).  15.
      209 (1966).

(15)  GHELBERG, N.W.,  COSTIN,  I.,  TOMUS, R., NAGY, S., TORNER,  G.,
      MAJOR E.t BAKI,  L.f  "Modificari sanguine la popula^ia  adulta In
      functie de poluarea atmosferei comunale  cu concentra^ii variabile
      de plumb",  Clu.iul  Medical (Clu.i.  R.S. Romania). 44f 447 (1971)*

(16)  GHELBRRG, N.W.,  NAGY, S., BODOR,  E., TOMUS, R.t PLIERSICA,  Z.,
      BALCMIRI, P.,  VLAD,  I.O., SECELEAN, L.f  "Unele  modificari biochi-
      mice In condi^iile polu&rii mediului  cu  plumb", Igiena (BucurestjJ.
      21. 521 (1972)

(17)  FINKLEA,  J., P., HAMMER,  M.D., HINNEES,  T.A., PHIKERTON,  C.,
      Human Pollutant  Burden^ ACH Symposium Volume,  Pall, U.S.A. (1971)•

-------
                              1155
        PREVALENCE OF SUBCLINICAL LEAD EXPOSURE IN 761
      ASYMPTOMATIC SCHOOL CHILDREN:  DENTINE LEAD LEVELS
                   AS A RETROSPECTIVE MARKER

         HERBERT L, NEEDLEMAN+ AND IRVING M. SHAPIRO**

+  Children's Hospital Medical Center, Harvard Medical School,
   Boston, Mass., USA
++ Center for Oral Health Research, University of Pennsylvania,
   Philadelphia, Pa., USA
ABSTRACT

     Dentine lead levels were measured from shed deciduous teeth
of 761 Philadelphia schoolchildren with no prior history of lead
poisoning and residing in two school districts, one considered
high risk for lead exposure, and one considered low risk.   Black
children in public schools from areas of deteriorated housing had
marked elevations of dentine lead (mean of 198 ,ug per gram, in
174 children), with 20 percent of the children having levels in
the range associated with toxicity.    White children from newer
housing had the lowest levels (mean of 41.7 ,ug per gram, 304
children), but a group of white children from intact housing
living near and attending school adjacent to a major lead pro-
cessor also had elevations of dentine lead (mean of 136 .ug per
gram, 71 determinations).   Lead exposure as defined by dentine
lead levels is more serious and widespread than previously ack-
nowledged, and extends to groups other than those traditionally
accepted as at risk.

-------
                                    1156
   Recent attempts to study the effects of low level lead exposure have
produced conflicting conclusions.  While Burde (l) has reported increased
incidence of perceptual-motor dysfunction, and behavior disorder,  and
David (2) reported a higher incidence of increased lead storage in some
hyperactive children, the studies of Kotok (3), Albert, et al, (4), and
Lansdowne, et al, (5), purported to find no relationship between lesser lead
exposure and psychological function. As discussed in the paper by McNeil and
Ptasnik on "Evaluation of Long-term Effects of Elevated Blood Lead Concen-
trations in Asymptomatic Children" presented at this symposium and during
the  panel on "The Scientific Data Base Required for Decisions to Protect
Human Health" two reports of neuropsychological sequelae in high lead children
from Smeltertown, Texas, USA draw opposing conclusions as to  effects bf
exposure. These differences may be due  in part to  problems in experimental
design and  insensitive psychological  outcome measures.

    To have validity, a  study  of the neuropsychological effects of  low  level
 lead exposure should meet the following criteria:
     (1) It should employ a reliable  and valid  index of exposure to  lead.
     (2) It should utilize neuropsychologic instruments sensitive enough
 to detect subtle impairment,  and broad enough to  sample performances in at
 least these areas: perceptual motor,  linguistic,  and attentional  behaviors.
     (3) It should identify and scale other factors known to affect neuro-
 psychiatric development which act to  confound the effect of lead.   Among
 these are birth status, nutritional history,  early rearing quality,  and
 significant illnesses in the subject's history.
     (4) It should obtain its subjects  in a sampling procedure free of bias.
     (5) It should study a sample large enough to allow stratification of
 other variables that may confound with the effect of lead.
    To employ sensitive neuropsychologic instruments at their current
 stage of development requires the study of children at least six years of
 age.  If exposure has occurred earlier in the life of the child,  blood

-------
                                    1157
 lead  concentrations  cannot be  considered  reliable  indices  of  exposure,
 since they may  by  this  time have  returned toward normal. Lead is  deposited
in bony tissue.  The deciduous tooth offers a painless, spontaneous,
universal biopsy of bony tissue in children after their sixth year.
   In 1962 Altshuler, et al,  (6),  demonstrated elevations in whole tooth
lead in both fatal and non-fatal cases of lead poisoning.  Our initial
study of lead content of whole teeth from asymptomatic children from the
"lead belt" of urban Philadelphia showed that urban children had nearly
five times the concentration (mean-51.1 Jug/g, N-69) observed in their
suburban counterparts (mean»11.0 jug/g, N»40) (7).
   Subsequent studies (8,9) showed that lead is concentrated  in the
secondary dentine adjacent to the pulp, a tissue continuously laid down
during the life of the tooth.
   When we compared dentine lead levels from nine children who recovered
from  lead poisoning to healthy children from suburban Boston and  Iceland,
we found striking differences  (10).  The mean concentrations were: for
lead poisoned children, 601 ± 225 pg/g> for Boston children,  84 ± 56 ;ig/g,
and for Icelandic children, 35 i 29.8 jjg/g.  The lowest level observed in
a child with overt lead poisoning was 292 jaq/g.
   Strehlow's studies in the baboon have confirmed that tooth storage
of lead is dose related, permanent, and unaffected by chelation  (11).
   We will present data today that indicates that the study of lead levels
in the circumpulpal dentine of shed deciduous tooth provides  a reliable
index of past exposure, and offers a  tool to study large numbers  of
 "normal" children  attending school.   In addition, our data demonstrate
a higher prevalence of  exposure than  heretofore  reported,  and also show
that  children attending school near a lead processor have  significant
elevations in tooth  lead  levels.

-------
                                    1158
                                   METHODS




   Two Philadelphia school districts, one considered high risk and the




other low risk for lead exposure, were identified and entered into the



study in 1971.  The districts were chosen on the basis of yield, in previ-




ous years, of known cases of plumbism.




Characteristics of the Districts




   The western half of District 5 is considered within the acknowledged




"lead belt" of the city, from which many of the cases of frank plumbism




are reported.  The population is predominantly black.  Although the




population is mobile, it tends to remain within the lead belt.  The houses




are older than 40 years, and many are in a severe state of deterioration.




The eastern half of District 5, which is highly industrialized, ends at




the Delaware River, and its population is predominantly white.  The row




houses in this area are old, but in generally good repair.  Diagnosed




lead poisoning is rare from this sector.




   District 8 is the area into which Philadelphia expanded after World




War II.  The houses are therefore newer, and in generally good repair.




The ethnic constitution is predominantly white.  In this district,




diagnosed lead poisoning is extremely rare.




   From each participating school, every child in first grade was given




a letter to his or her parents informing them of the nature of the study.




When a tooth was presented, the teacher was asked to examine the child's




mouth for a fresh socket.




Biochemical Methods




   Biochemical methodology is described more fully elsewhere  (12).  whole




teeth were embedded in self-curing acrylic.  A 600 u slice was cut through




the center of the tooth.  Under a dissecting microscope, the circumpulpal




zone of dentine was inserted into a vice to a depth of 300 u.  The free




area of the slice was then chiseled away.  The circumpulpal dentine,

-------
                                    1159
measuring 600 by 300 ju, was dried at 60°C and weighed.  After dissolving




in 0.1 ml of 70 percent HClO/j, the samples were analyzed by Anodic



Stripping Voltammetry  (Environmental Sciences Associates).




   From six public schools and three parochial schools in District 5,




and three public and one parochial schools in District 8, samples of




interior dust, playground dirt and gutter dirt were obtained.  Two




schools in suburban Philadelphia away from major traffic patterns or




industry were similarly sampled.




Results




   Striking differences in lead dentine levels between students in the




two school districts were found  (Table 1).  The highest levels were found




in the public schools of District 5, where the student population is




predominantly black, but the white parochial schools  in District 5 also




had elevated dentine lead levels.  Children in one parochial school, St.




A.1s had marked elevation of tooth lead levels  (mean  of 136 fig per gram,




71 children) with some individual values among the highest measured in




this study.




   Figure I shows the cumulative frequency distribution of dentine lead




levels for all public school students, and for parochial  students attending




St. J.'s in District 8 and St. A.'s in District 5.  While only 3% of the




public and 6.6% of the parochial students of District 8 had dentine levels




greater than 100 ug/g, 66% of the black public school students and




43% of the white students of St. A.'s had levels in excess of 100 pg/g.




Nineteen percent of the black students from District  5 had dentine levels




in the range associated with frank lead poisoning.  Eight percent of




St. A.'s students also exceeded  300 fig/g.  Table II shows the substantial




elevations of lead in dust and dirt in and near the schools of District  5.

-------
                                   1160
                                   Table I

             Concentration of Lead in Dentine According to School
         School
N
Mean Dentine Lead
   (uq/q) + SEH
District 8
T,H.
B.
R.B.P.
W t H* X*«
St. J. #
District 5
N. ft
V. »
St. A. *
P.T.
P.L.D.
J.R.L.
G.C.
J.E.
J.F.

114
59
69
62
76

40
51
71
34
19
46
33
29
58

42+2.8
40±2.9
37+2.6
48+3.6
46±2.8

66i5.6
92±7.8
136+15.6
120+21.2
131+24.7
208+29.0
188±30.2
169+27.5
191+19.7
       ft • Parochial Schools


Discussion^

   These data portray a prevalence of increased body burden of lead  in

groups considered at risk greater than heretofore reported, and show that

-------
                                      1161
                *«
                                              turner *
                                                       runic

                                                       ti. J
                                              • nine? i
                                             0-- - - - -o runic
                                                       ft. *
                         M     IM    !••     »••     «••   »•••


                             .IINflNI lllkt CONCINttATIOM <••/•)
Figure  I


Legend:   Cumulative frequency distribution of children from District 5 and
          8 according to  dentine lead  level.

-------
                                           1162
                                        Table II

                          qistribution of Children According to

                     Dentine Lead Levels by School District and Pace
                               Range of Lead Concentrations (uq/g)

                            0-50       51-100   101-200     201-300

                     H     £  1*>     £   (V)-    N  J*L     H   1*1
                                                     301-400     400

                                                      N  
-------
                                    1163
other groups of children than ordinarily acknowledged have elevated




body lead burdens.  While 7-12% of high risk groups previously studied




are reported to have blood lead levels in the range associated with




hazard ( ~-60ug/g) (13), our data show that 66% of black children have




elevated dentine lead levels, with 19% in the range found in clinical




lead poisoning.




   The elevated lead levels in the white parochial school children




attending St. A.'s were unexpected, since their homes were in generally




good repair.  Located one city block away from the playground of St. A.'s




is a. major manufacturer of paints and lead stearates for plastic fabrica-




tions.  This finding is consistent with the effects of residence near




stationary sources of lead reported by numerous observers (5,14,15), and




supports the statement of the National Academy of Science's Task Force




on Lead: "The swallowing of lead contaminated dusts may well account in




large part for the higher mean blood lead content in urban children, and




the rather large fraction whose blood lead content falls in the range of



40-60 ug/100 ml"  (16).  Our data show that children in intimate proximity




to lead processors may experience severe enough exposure to raise their




body levels into the range associated with toxicity.




   In addition to industrial sources of lead, the entire area of District




5 is subject to extremely heavy automobile traffic.  The dust lead levels




in the western part of the District, taken at some distance from the lead




factories, but yielding concentrations of lead in the same range, suggest




that automobile emissions were important sources of dust and dirt lead.




   This unexpected finding of elevated dentine lead levels in children




in housing of good repair, but who live and attend school close to a




major lead processor, as well as the anticipated finding of elevations




in children who live in deteriorated housing, suggests that both lead in

-------
                    1164







               Table III




Lead in Individual Environmental Samples




                 Lead Concentration (ug/g)
School
pistrict 8
T.H.
R.B.P.
W.H.L.
St. J.
District 5
V.
St. A.
P.T.
P.L.D.
J .R.I/.
G.C.
J.E.
J.F.
Suburban
H.
L.
Interior Dust
635
293
939
388
2838
929
3074
4947
1889
3782
15680
2066
5327
3388
3411
1206
3666
4416
3206
1854
1517
946
579
277
Playground Dirt
403
444
424
421
8683
—
• •»
761
493
2578
533
3252
983
17256
w
1207
88
67
38
118
Gutter Dirt
2626
270
1605 .
1528
3031
8201 '
6340
2392
»•»
2729
280
4332
•»«•
1515
537
1359
834
550
714

-------
                                    1165
paint and airborne lead are sources, and that children living in deterio-

rated housing are in fact being exposed to both sources.

   This method of dentine lead analysis now provides a means to conduct

large scale retrospective cohort studies in older children considered

asymptomatic for lead.  If sensitive measures of a broad band of neuro-

psychological functions are then employed, and other important variables

related to development are scaled and treated by statistical techniques

appropriate and powerful enough to segregate the effect of lead, the

long debated question of low level lead effects should not prove perma-

nently refractory to inquiry.

References

1.  Burde, Brigitte de la, and Choate, M. S.  Does asymptomatic lead
    exposure in children have latent sequelae?  J. Pediat. 81;1088-1091,
    1972.
2.  David, 0., Clark, J., and Voeller, K.  Lead and hyperactivity.  Lancet
    2: : 900-903, 1972.

3.  Kotok, D.  Development of children with elevated blood lead levels: A
    controlled study.  J. Pediat. 80;57, 1972.

4.  Albert, R. E., Shore, R. E., Sayers, A. J., et al.  Presented at NIEHS-
    EPA Meeting on Low Level Lead Exposure, North Carolina, 1972.

5.  Lansdownc, R. G., Clayton, B. F., Graham, P. S., et al.  Blood lead
    levels, behavior, and intelligence.  The Lancet  (London) 1_» 538, 1974.

6.  Altshuler, L. F., Halah, D. B., Landing, B.: Deciduous teeth as an
    index of body burden of lead.  J. Pediat. 60;224, 1962.

7.  Needleman, H. L., Tuncay, O. C., and Shapiro, I. M.  Lead levels in
    deciduous teeth of urban and suburban American children.  Nature 235;
    111, 1972.

8.  Carroll, K. G., Needleman, H. L., Tuncay, O. C., and Shapiro, I. M.:
    The distribution of lead in human deciduous teeth.  Experientia 28;
    434, 1972.

9.  Shapiro, I. M., Needleman, H. L., and Tuncay, O. C.  The lead content
    of human deciduous and permanent teeth.  Environmental Research 5:
    467-470, 1972.

10. Needleman, H. L,, and Shapiro,  I. M.  Lead  in deciduous teeth:  A
    marker of exposure in heretofore asymptomatic children.  Int. Symp.
    Environmental Health Aspects of Lead  (D. Barth,  et al, Eds.).

-------
                               1166
11.  Strehlow, C. D.  The use of deciduous teeth as indicators of lead
     exposure.  Unpublished doctoral dissertation, N.Y.U.,  1972.

12.  Shapiro, I. M., Dobkin,'B., Tuncay, O. C.,  and Needleman, H. L.
     Lead levels in dentine and circumpulpal dentine of normal and lead
     poisoned children.  Clin. Chim. Acta 46;119-123, 1973.

13.  Lin-fu, J. S.  Undue absorption of lead among children - A new look
     at an old problem.  N.E.J.M. 286;702-710, 1972.

14.  Mclntyre, M., and Angle, C.  Air lead: Relation of lead in blood of
     Black school children deficient in glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase.
     Science 177:520, 1972.

15.  Weekly Report, Center for Disease Control.   Human Lead Absorption-Texas
     Vol. 22, P405, 1973.

16.  Lead: Airborne Lead in Perspective.  National Academy of Sciences,
     National Research Council.  Washington, D.C. MAS, 1972.
  (Study supported in part by a grant  (DE-0262J)  from the National
   Institute of Dental Research).


                           DISCUSSION


GUINEE   (U.S.A.)

      You used the phrases "range of  chemical  lead  poisoning"
 and levels  "associated  with toxicity".

      Are you implying that the 2O% of the children in this range.
 all had some type of clinical symptoms?


 NEEDLEMAN  (U.S.A.)

      My exact language  was that  "nineteen percent  of the  black
 students  ...  had dentine levels in  the range associated  with
 frank lead  poisoning".   We have  tested 16 subjects who  had been
 treated for lead poisoning.  The lowest dentine level was
 292/ig/g;   the highest  was over  800,ug/g.  Nineteen percent of
 the'black  subjects  had  dentine levels within that  range.   Some
 of these  "asymptomatic" children had levels  greater than
 800/ug/g.   Eight percent of the  white students also had dentine
 levels  in  that range.

-------
                             1167
ALBERT (U.S.A.)

     Were blood leads determined in children who had elevated
dentine lead levels and was there a correlation?
NEEDLEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     While there is little relationship to blood lead level at
age 8 (about two years after tooth shedding), in another study
a close relationship between blood lead level at the time of
shedding was found.


ALESSIO (Italy)

     I should  like to know if in the cases he has examined the
author has looked for a correlation between  dentine lead con-
centration and levels of lead in the urine after chelate drugs
have been administered.
NEEDLEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     I am  sorry but the urinary data was not  available  to  us
though examination of hospital charts.


CARNOW  (U.S.A.)

     Did you examine deciduous teeth pulled out  earlier than  6
years and  was there any age related difference?

Comment; There was a third El Paso study - the first  one carried
out by our group with the city of El Paso.  Our  findings paralled
those of the CDC and included anaemia,  symptoms  suggesting neuro-
physiologic dysfunction and so on.  The statement  to  a  previous
speaker regarding the need for removing lead  from  food  "since
studies show no damage" must be carefully examined and  such
judgments  made on the basis of the total literature and not on
any single study - particularly one of  variance  with  others which
examined the same population.


NEEDLEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     We did have an opportunity to mesure lead levels in some of
these teeth and could find no age related difference.

-------
                              1168
ZIELHUIS (Netherlands)

     What is the effect of caries on Pb in tooth?  What is the
intraindividual variability of Pb in different teeth in the same
child?
     What is the timelag between : Pb in blood -   > Pb in teeth?


NEEDLEMAN (U.S.A.)

     We scaled dental caries and could find no relationship to
lead concentration.  We also studied different teeth from the
same mouth and found general agreement as to lead concentration
between teeth.  The critical factor appears to be the accuracy
with which the slice is taken from the central plane.  I have
no data on the time relationship between blood and tooth lead
levels.


KAMINSKI (U.S.A.)

     It is true that teeth, as any other calcified organ in the
body can act as a storage area for lead, but I do not believe
that one can distinguish by this method whether the elevation
of the lead content in the deciduous teeth was the result of a
continuous low level exposure to lead or as a result of infre-
quent but massive exposure to lead such as may occur in Pica.

     Were there any air lead determinations made to show the
correlation to which you have referred to, that is automobile
traffic or industrial sources of lead.
NEEDLEMAN  (U.S.A.)

     I agree that our analysis does not discriminate between
acute high level exposure, and chronic lower  level exposure.
We are working on that problem.  We did not have air lead deter-
minations but the small number of dust lead determinations
 (table III) shows levels as high in the western part of District
5 as those taken adjacent of the paint factory.  These suggest
to me at least that another source is bringing the lead levels
in the western half to meet those near the stationary source.
The automobile and truck traffic in the western half is extremely
heavy.


McCABE  (U.S.A.)

     You have reported an interesting tool, i.e., tooth lead
analysis, that was used to survey a high-risk p6pulation of
children who were exposed to excess amounts of lead from their
dwelling units or from an industrial source.

-------
                              1169
     I would like to know however,  your rational for relating
any possible deliterious effect in these children to their meas-
ured levels of tooth lead.
NEEDLEMAN (U.S.A.)

     We have presented prevalence exposure data today based
upon dentive lead concentration.  Having identified these high
lead children,  one can now measure the relationship of exposure
to deficit by traditional epidemiological techniques.  These
would be essentially similar to studies employing blood lead
levels, but the advantage of using dental tissue is that one
can study older children and still have a measure of their
earlier exposure during critical periods of brain development.

-------
                              1171
      LEAD ETHANOL AND S-AMINOLAEVULINIC ACID DEHYDRATASE

                       MICHAEL R, MOORE

University of Glasgow, Department of Materia Medica, Glasgow,
United Kingdom
ABSTRACT

     Delta-aminolaevulinic acid (ALA) dehydratase activity is
depressed by lead and by ethanol both "in vivo" in man and ani-
mals and "in vitro".   When erythrooyte ALA dehydratase activity
was measured in normal subjects and compared with blood lead
values, a highly significant negative exponential regression
curve was obtained.   It was found, however, that in a group of
alcoholics* in whom blood ethanol levels wqre not measurable,
there was no relationship between erythrocyte ALA dehydratase
activity and blood lead levels, even when paired for ALA dehy-
dratase activities with the control values.

     In rats, the combination of lead and ethanol administration
gave erythrocyte ALA dehydratase activities significantly greater
than the separate depressed levels of activity but significantly
lower than the control activity, "in vitro" experiments on rat
liver gave similar results.

     It is suggested that these results are linked through the
cofactor reduced Glut at hi one which potentiates ALA dehydratase
activity and is depressed during lead exposure yet elevated by
ethanol administration.

-------
                                     1172
1 .   Introduction    It has long been accepted that  lead has a direct effect upon
Haem biosynthesis (Goldberg,  1972).   In  particular lead has been shown, both by
direct studies of activity and also by measurement of excreted urinary  S amino-
laevulinic acid (ALA), to markedly inhibit ALA dehydratase (EC, 4,2,1, 24) the
second enzyme in the haem biosynthetlc pathway.   Similarly acute ethanol
intoxication depresses the activity of ALA dehydratase.   When normal subjects
consumed whisky, blood ALA dehydratase  activity  was depressed as blood ethanol
concentrations rose  to a maximum and rose 'pari-passu' with depression of blood
ethanol levels (Moore et al, 1971).   In chronic alcoholics blood ALA.
dehydrotase activity is also depressed  even when blood ethanol  concentrations are
zero, normal activity only being regained after about one week's abstention from
ethanol  (Krasner et al, 1974).
     The present studies have been designed  to examine the effects of  these rwo
factors on ALA dehydratase activity separately and together.
2.   Materials and Methods   (i)   Human  Studies  These were carried out on a
group of alcoholics attending an outpatient clinic at Stobhill Hospital.   None
were receiving any medication for their condition or for associated conditions.
 (ii)  Animal Studies were carried out on male Sprague Dawley rats weighing
200g.  fed with diet 41, to which had been  added 1  per cent lead acetate, for five
weeks.  At the end of this time,  two hours prior to death by cervical  dislocation,
 half of this group were injected with 2ml 30-per cent  ethanol/soline solution;
the other half being injected with an  isocaloric glucose/saline solution.   In
addition, a second  group of 12 animals on diet 41 without added lead acetate
were separated into two groups and injected in a similar manner.  After death,
blood was collected from the carotid artery in heparinised bottles and the liver
was excised.
    In  all experiments blood ALA dehydratase activity was measured by the CEC
 Standardised Method (1973) and tissue ALA  dehydratase by the method of Moore
et al,  1971, the results being expressed in both cases as nmol ALA/mtn/mlRBC
or /g wet weight rat liver (Units ALA D).  Lead levels were measured by
Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption spectrophotometry and blood ethanol values
by gas liquid chromatography.

-------
                                    1173
Results are expressed as Mean - Standard Deviation.
3.  Results   (i) Human Studies   A group of 88 alcoholic patients was examined
together with a group of 22 normal volunteers.  All gave blood samples with
informed consent.   Blood ALA dehydratase activity, lead and ethanol values
were measured in all patients (Table 1).   In all cases blood ethanol levels were
negative.   In the control group, a highly significant regression line was obtained
with equation:-             __,  -0.582 PbB.
                 ALA.D  = 57.2e
In the alcoholic group, there was no correlation between blood lead and ALA
dehydratase although both  mean lead levels were higher and mean ALA dehydratase
activities lower (Table I).    When alcoholics with greater than the lower limit of
normal for ALA D activity  (25 units) were compared with the normal group, there
was no significant difference in mean ALA dehydratase activity or in mean blood
lead levels.  There was however no significant correlation between these values
in the alcoholics.
TABLE 1      ALA DEHYDRATASE  AND LEAD LEVELS IN ALCOHOLICS

Normals
Alcoholics
Alcoholics
(ALA.D>25)
Number
of
Patients
22
88
23
Erythrocyte
ALA.D
Activity (Units)
32.6
18.2
28.3
+
+
+
9
12
6
.1
.6*
.6
Exponential regression
Blood Lead coefficient (r)
(ug/lOOml) (ALA.D v PbB)
21
29
21
.3*
.6±
.5±
5
11
6
.2
.6*
.4
-0
-0
-0
.582
.060
.240
                   * P < 0.01 with respect to normal values
(ii) Animal Studies    In the 'in vivo1 studies significant depressions of
erythrocyte ALA dehydratase were observed at mean blood lead concentrations
of 132 - 38 yg/lOOml whole blood and at mean blood ethanol concentrations of
194 - 41 mg/lOOml whole blood.   When these were combined at similar
concentrations of 123 - 60 ug leod/lOOml whole blood and 189-34 mg ethanol
per 100 ml whole blood/ the activity  of erythrocyte ALA dehydratase was
significantly elevated over the two separate depressed activities though lower
than the initial control value (Table  11).

-------
                                      1174
 TABLE 11  THE EFFECT OF LEAD AND ETHANOL ON RAT ERYTHROCYTE
                          ALA DEHYDRATASE
n
Group 1 ,
(Control) U
Group 2
(Ethanol) '°
Group 3 .
(Lead) '°
Group 4
(Lead + 10
Ethanol)
Blood Blood Erythrocyte ALA
Rhanol Lead Dehydratase
(mg/lOOml) (ua/100ml) (Units)
0 10.4-!" 8.3 7.26 - 3.25
194 - 41 12. 8^ 7.9 5.13 - 3.35*
0 132 * 38* 4.97 - 3.49*
189 - 34 123 - 60* 6.41 - 3.55+

           Significance with respect to control:-   *  P< 0.001
                                               +  P<0.05
    In a subsequent experiment in vitro, with rat liver as a source of the enzyme,
it was found that ALA dehydratase activity was again depressed by both ethanol
and lead separately but elevated by these  compounds together (Figure 1), although
still  lower than the control value, at all times,
4.  Discussion   In these  experiments it has been shown firstly that ALA
dehydratase activity normally a good bioanalytical measure of lead exposure,
ceases to  be so in alcoholics.  In addition,  it has been shown that depressions of
ALA dehydratase by both lead and ethanol separately are partially reversed when
these are  combined both 'in vitro' and "in  vivo'.  The linking factor in these
experiments seems to be the levels of reduced glutathione (GSH) in the system.
Lead  is known to bind to  sulphydryl groups and other workers have shown that
addition of GSH to systems measuring ALA dehydratase minimises the depression of
activity due to lead (De Barriero,  1969).  Conversely, although GSH is a cofactor
for ALA dehydratase, excessive concentration of GSH lowers the activity of ALA
dehydratase (Moore et al, 1971).  Ethanol oxidation substantially alters the redox
potential of the cell, and in doing so, alters the ratio of reduced to oxidised
glutathione (GSH/GSSG) in the cell.  It  is therefore suggested that although lead
depresses GSH levels and thus lowers ALA  dehydratase activity,  and ethanol raises
GSH  levels and lowers activities, these two in conjunction, act in opposite
directions and lead to an  effective maintenance of activity. (Fig. 2)

-------
                                  1175
Ficmre  1 • THE EFFECT OF ETHANOL ON RAT HEPATIC ALA DEHYDRATASE
  y        '  ACTIVITY 'IN VITRO1 IN THE PRESENCE OF A FIXED
             CONCENTRATION OF LEAD

              HEPATIC ALA.D
              ACTIVITY (UoHs)
            40 —
            35 —
NO LEAD
LEAD 1(T6 M
                                           ETHANOL (mg/lOOml)
  Figure  2 :  Inter-related  effets of lead and ethanol  on
                GSH and ALA.D  activities.
      MSXoA
                                                       * AMINOLAEVULINIC ACID
                                                        fOWHOI LINOGEN
                                                            HAEM
          ACE1YL CoA

-------
                                     1176
   It is suggested therefore that in the use of ALA dehydratase as a bioanalytical

measure of lead exposure or as a measure of ethanol consumption in alcoholism,
cognisance be taken of the effects of ethanol and lead respectively.


5.  References
(1)  De Barriero, O.C., Effect of cysteine on 5-aminolaevulinate
    hydrolase from liver in two cases of experimental intoxication.
    Biochem.Pharmacol. ]Q_, 2267  (1969)

(2)  Goldberg, A., Lead Poisoning «.  Haem biosynthesis.
    Brit.J.Haematol.  23,521 (1972)

(3)  Krasner, N,, Moore, M.R.,  Thompson, G.G.,  Mclntosh, W. and
    Goldberg, A., Depression of erythrocyte Saminolaevulinic
    acid dehydratase activity  in alcoholics..  Clin.Sci. and Molec .Med.
    46, 415  (1974)
(4)  Moore,  M.R., Beattie, A.D.,  Thompson, G.G., Goldberg, A.,
    Depression of S aminolaevulic acid dehydrase activity by ethanol
    in man and rat.   Clm.Sci. 40,81 (1971)

-------
                              1177
        THE USE OF TRACER TECHNIQUES AND ENVIRONMENTAL
    SOURCES FOR EVALUATION OF THE LEAD PROBLEM IN CHILDREN

              GARY TER HAAR+ AND REGIME ARONOW++
+  Ethyl Corporation Research Laboratories, Detroit, Michigan,
   USA
•f+ Children's Hospital of Michigan, Detroit, Michigan, USA
ABSTRACT

     Many literature references cite the fact that, especially
in the United States, children living in deteriorated housing
have a problem with lead poisoning.   Eating leaded paint has
been recognized as the prime cause of elevated blood leads.
Recently, there has been speculation, originally by the U.S.EPA,
that children may eat dust containing lead exhausted from auto-
mobiles and that this may contribute significantly to the child-
hood lead problem.   This paper compares lead in paint on houses
with lead from automobiles as a source of lead in soil and pro-
poses a new tracer technique to evaluate whether children eat
dust and air-suspended particulate.

     To determine the lead source in soilt we analyzed lead in
soil around old painted houses in the city and in rural areas
remote from traffic.   The concentration and distribution of lead
around the city and rural houses was nearly identical, with the
highest concentrations near the houses.   Thus, it is clear that
lead in the soil was due to paint and that lead antiknocks were
not a significant contributor.

     To estimate the ingestion of dust and airborne particulate,
a naturally occurring radioactive tracer (lead-210) was used to

-------
                              1178
determine the relative amounts of dust and other lead-containing
materials* such as paint, eaten by the children.   Analysis of
paint samples showed very low levels of lead-210,  while dust
samples contained at least 100 times as much lead 210.    Stable
lead and lead-210 were measured in the excreta of children sus-
pected of having elevated lead body burdens and of children li-
ving in good housing where lead poisoning is not a problem.
The "high lead" children excreted much more stable lead than the
"normal" children.   Despite the differences in stable  lead
excretion between the groups* excretion of lead-210 was essenti-
ally the same.   These results do not support the hypothesis
that these children eat dust and air-suspended particulate.

-------
                                    1179
1.   Introduction
     Lead poisoning in children,  especially those under k years old,  is
prevalent in areas of our larger cities where housing has deteriorated.
Historically, almost all cases of lead poisoning in children have been
attributed to eating paint chips with a high lead content /1,27-
Recently, Fine et al £%/, in a study in Illinois, found that elevated
blood lead was also common in smaller cities.  In their study, they
screened children from poor housing areas and concluded that the lead
problem is not confined to large cities.  The common factor between the
large and small cities was deteriorated housing.
     Recently, it has been speculated that soil, dust, and air-suspended
particulates may also contribute to the lead problem in children fi\]•
     This paper considers two aspects of the childhood lead problem:
     1.  The major sources of lead in soil around houses where children
         play.
     2.  The extent to which children ingest dust and air-suspended
         particulates.
2.   Lead in Soil
     Past studies have shown that deteriorating paint is an important
source of elevated lead in soil.   Hardy et a^ [*J', have reported on anal-
ysis of lead in soil near a barn remote from traffic in rural Lincoln,
Massachusetts.  Soil next to the barn contained 2000 ppm of lead, and the
level was 160 ppm 20 feet from the barn.  Bertinuson and Clark /&J, con-
cluded that urban housing appears to be a larger contributor to elevated
lead in soil than emissions from vehicular exhaust.  Fairey and Gray /"£/,
found high concentrations of lead, in soil in yards, with the highest
concentrations generally near the houses.  They attributed this lead to
paint and ashes.
     In our study, we sampled soil at 9 sites around each of 18 frame
houses in widely scattered urban areas of Detroit.  These areas are char-
acterized by old houses that had been painted with lead-based paint,
presumably for many years.  Analysis confirmed that aJLl houses were coated
with paint containing lead.  Similarly, soil samples were taken at 9 sites
around each of 18 houses of brick construction.  In «.n cases, these
houses had painted trim.  For each urban house, surface samples were taken
at the following locations:

-------
                                    1180
     Dirt in the street gutter.
     Soil between the sidewalk and curb adjacent to the curb.
     Soil two feet toward the house from the front sidewalk.
     Soil on each of the four sides of the house within two feet  of the
        house.
     Soil ten feet from the house in the front and back yards.
     We also sampled soil around 7 farmhouses in an area remote from
traffic located about 30 miles from the nearest city and about 50 miles
north of Detroit.  Samples were taken from the surface in the  same manner
as used for the urban samples.  Table I is a summary of the data  from this
survey.
                                 Table  I
                                Lead  in  Soil
                              Lead  in Soil, ug  Pb/g  dry  soil
Sampling Within 2 Feet
Location of House
Urban Frame
Urban Brick
Rural Frame
Barn*
2010
468
2529
2000
10 Feet
from House
1*36
178
609
570
Near
Sidewalk Curb
627 572
32^ 612
-
-
Gutter
966
1213
-
-
    *  From Hardy et al
     Lead in soil within 2 feet of the urban frame houses averaged 2010
ppm, with no obvious bias for front, sides, or back.  Lead in soil in the
middle of the yards averaged h% ppm, and again there was no bias toward
front or back.  The distribution around the brick houses was similar, but
the lead levels were lower.  The average concentration within 2 feet of
the house was U68 ppm, with 156 ppm in the front yard and 200 ppm in the
back yard.  As with the frame houses, there was no evidence of higher
concentrations in the front yard compared to the back.  The data for lead
in soil around the rural farmhouses are very similar to those for the
urban frame houses.  The average lead concentration was 2529 ppm within
2 feet of the farmhouses and 609 ppm at 10 feet.
     The comparison indicates that most of the lead in soil is due to
paint, baaed on the following reasoning.  The lead in soil within 2 feet
of the frame houses in the city averages just over 2000 ppm.  The lead in
soil 10 feet from these houses averages over kOO ppm and is similar in the

-------
                                    1181
front and back yard.   If vehicular traffic were a significant source of
lead, the front yard would contain more lead than the back.   Since these
data at 2 feet and 10 feet from the house are similar to our data from
frame houses in rural areas and to the data of Hardy et al f^J}  it is
clear that traffic is not contributing significantly to lead in the soil
in the yards of the painted frame houses.
     This conclusion is supported by the data on lead in soil around the
brick houses-  The lead in soil within 2 feet of these brick houses is
more than double that at 10 feet, indicating that the painted trim of the
house is the prime source.  As expected, the much smaller painted surfaces
of the brick houses result in much lower lead concentrations near these
houses than those near the painted frame houses.  As with the painted
frame houses, the concentrations 10 feet from the houses are similar in
the front and back yards.  Here again, it is evident that traffic does
not have a significant effect.  The lead in the street gutter was similar
for both brick and frame houses.  Thus, all evidence points  to paint as
the prime source of elevated lead in the yards, where the children would
be most likely to play,
3.   Lead in Dust
     The data from the first part of the study show that paint is the
major source of lead in soil around the houses where children usually
play.  The role of lead in air-suspended particles and in fallout dust
must be considered separately, since lead in gasoline significantly
contributes to the lead content of air-suspended particles and fallout
dust.
     To distinguish between the leaded paint a child might eat and the
contribution of lead he might receive from eating dust, it is necessary to
find a material that is present in dust but not in paint.
     Lead-210, a naturally occurring radioactive isotope of lead, is a
useful tracer for this purpose.  It is generated from radon, which is
present in the soil.  Part of the radon escapes to the air and part stays
in the soil.  The radon disintegrates with a half life of 3  days to prod-
uce lead-210, which has a half life of 22 years f&J.  Because it is
present in the atmosphere, fallout dust is enriched in lead-210, while
paint has very low concentrations of lead-210.  The topmost  layer of soil
is depleted as the radon escapes, but rain brings the lead-210 back to
earth where the soil's topmost layer retains the isotope.  Thus, the
concentration of the isotope is relatively constant with depth.

-------
                                    1182
     We found concentrations of lead-210 and stable lead in nonfood mate-
rials as shown in Table II.  These results show clearly that ingestion of
paint will add little lead-210 to the daily burden, while ingestion of
dust and soil can quite readily be detected.

                                 Table II
Lead and Lead- 210 in Nonfood Materials
(Range of Values)
Stable Lead,
Percent
1-12
1.7-3-T
0.10-0.19
0.01-0.50
0.03-0.30
Lead- 210,
pCi/g
0.005-0.07
100-600
3-39
0.2-1.3
0.7-4.6
Ratio,
pCi Lead- SlO/fJS Stable Lead
k x KT8 - 7 x 10-6
3 x 10~5 , k x 10~2
2 x 10-5 _ 4 x io-2
h x 10~5 _ i x 10-2
2 x 10"^ - 2 x ID'2
  Paint Chips
  Urban Fallout
    Particulate
  Fallout Dust
  Yard Soil
  Street Dirt
     The concept was to use lead-210 as a tracer to determine the amount
of dust and perhaps the amount of soil eaten daily by a child.   As lead
and lead-210 are absorbed poorly in the gut,  an estimate of the lead and
lead-210 ingested can be made from analyses of fecal matter.
     If a child has a high level of stable lead in his fecal matter and a
 normal level of  lead-210, we would conclude that the lead elevation is a
 result of  eating paint.  However, if both the stable lead and lead-210
 are high in the  fecal matter, we would conclude that dust and soil are
 contributors in  addition to paint.
     At  Children's  Hospital of Michigan, we collected urine and fecal
 samples  from children who were suspected of having elevated body burdens
 of lead.   The evidence used was  one or all of the following:
     1.  X-ray showed radio opaque materials in the gut.
     2.  History of pica.
     3.  Elevated blood lead.
     4.  X-ray showed lead lines in the long bones.
     Fecal and urine samples were taken from eight such children.  These
 children were one to three years old and all had exhibited pica tend-
 encies.  All stool  and urine were collected separately during the first
 24 hours after admission to the  hospital to insure samples representative
 of the child's usual environment, not  that of the hospital.  To provide

-------
                                    1183
a baseline,  combined stool and urine samples were taken from 10 children
of the same age level (l to 3 years) who lived in good housing in Detroit
and its suburbs where lead poisoning is not a problem.   All samples were
collected during the late spring and early summer months.   These samples
were analyzed for stable lead and lead-210.
     Table III shows the lead and lead-210 data for the normal children
and the "high lead" children.  The normal children averaged h micrograms
lead per gram dry feces, with a range of 2 to 7-   Of the eight children
suspected of having elevated lead body burdens,  two had fecal lead values
(k and 7 micrograms lead) within the normal range.   However,  the remaining
six were 1* to 400 times higher.  Despite these differences in stable lead
excretion between the two groups,  the groups were essentially identical
in the lead-210 content of their feces.  The "high lead" children averaged
0.040 picocurie lead-210 per gram dry feces, while the normal children
averaged 0.044.
                                  Table III
Lead and Lead- 210 in Excreta
Normal
Stable Lead,
ug/g dry
3
2
3
7
7
3
3
5
k
k

Children
Lead- 210,
pCi/g dry
0.019
0.021
0.027
0.120
0.087
O.OUl
0.026
0.028
0.044
0.024
Avg. 0. 044
Hospitalized Children
Stable Lead,
ug/K dry
19
20
18
49
4
7
to
1640


Avg.
Lead- 210,
pCi/g dry
0.046
0.018
0.021*
0.047
0.050
0.039
0.063
0.037


0.040
     Statistical examination of the lead- 210 data show that they are log
normally distributed and that there is no statistical difference in the
concentration of lead-210 between the two groups.   The results  of this
experiment do not support the hypothesis that these young "high lead"
children eat dust.

-------
                                  1184
      An examination on the ratio of lea.d-210 to stable lead in the  diet  of
these children clearly shows the difference between the normal  and  "high  lead"
children. As a baseline, the ratio in food irs about 5 x 10"  to 20 x 10
pCi lead-210y^if!; lead. For the normal children, the ratio varied from 6  x  10
to 17 x 10  . For those children who were clearly intestine lead, the ratio
varied from 2 x 10   to 2 x 10  . This ratio of 10   is similar to  that for
a paint containing 5 % lead and 0.05 pCi lead-210/g paint if one takes  into
account that the child received some lead-210 in his food.  The lead-210
data for these 18 children can be related to the amount of lead-210 that  is
normally present in the diet.  The normal children in this study excreted
an average of 0.67 picocurle of lead-210 per day in 15 g excreta (dry
weight).  This value agrees very well with an estimation based on lead-210
data of Morse and Welford /§/ for adults.  They found that adults ingested
about l.l). picocuries of lead-210 per day.  Using literature estimates that
a child consumes about half the food of an adult /IO, Il7, an intake of  0.7
picocurie of lead-210 per day would be expected for a child.
4.  Summary
    This report has described the results of a two-part study to determine
whether lead emitted from motor vehicles contributes to the lead problem
in small children.  In the first part, we determined lead in soil around
houses in urban areas and rural areas.  The data from the urban areas
clearly show that the principal cause of elevated lead in the soil in the
yards is leaded paint on these houses.  These data were confirmed by meas-
urements of lead in soil around farmhouses, which showed lead in soil
concentrations as high as any that have been reported in urban soil.
     In the second part of the study, we determined whether children ingest
measurable amounts of particulate or dustfall.  We used a naturally occur-
ring tracer, lead-210, which is present in relatively large amounts in
dust but nearly absent from paint.  The results showed that these children
with pica (and other evidence of high lead intake) and normal children
excreted identical amounts of lead-210.  Examination of the ratio of lead-
210 to stable lead in the feces and in the possible sources indicates that
the source of lead in these children was paint.  Consequently,  dust and
air-suspended particulate were not shown to be sources of lead in these
urban children.

-------
                                  1185
                                APPEHDEC
                            Study Techniques
Soil Samples
     Soil samples were collected by taking the topmost layer of soil.   All
soil samples were dried at 100°C overnight.  Lead was extracted with hot
dilute nitric acid and determined by atomic absorption.
Biological Samples
     The samples from the normal children were collected in acid-washed
plastic containers for 2k hours by the mother.
     Urine and fecal samples from children admitted to Children's Hospital
were collected separately in lead-free containers during the first 2k  hours
after admission.
     All fecal and urine samples were weighted and dried at 100°C.  The dry
weight was recorded and the sample was taken into solution with nitric and
perchloric acid.  The lead was taken into methylisobutyl ketone and anal-
yzed by atomic absorption.
Lead-210 Analysis
     Only a small portion of the methylisobutyl ketone-lead solution was
used to determine lead.  The remainder was oxidized with nitric acid.
After fuming three times with a few ml of HC1, the lead-210 was determined
by the method of Black /12/.

-------
                                   1186
                                REFERENCES

 1.   CHISOLM, J. J., Jr., "Lead poisoning/1 Scientific American, 22h, 15-23
     (1971).
 2.   CHISOLM, J. J., Jr., "Childhood lead intoxication, diagnosis, manage-
     ment and prevention," Medical Times, ^8, 92-106 (1970).

 3.   FINE, P. R., THOMAS, C. W., SUHB, R. H., COKNBERG, R. E., and FLASHNER,
     B. A., "Pediatric blood lead levels," JAMA, 221, 1^75-79 (1972).
 k.   EPA's Position on the Health Effects of Airborne Lead, Prepared by
     Health Effects Branch, Processes and Effects Division, Office of
     Research and Monitoring, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Washington, B.C., November 29, 1972.

 5.   HARDY, H. L., CHAMBERLIN, R. L., MALOOF, C. C., BOYLEN, G. W., Jr.,
     and HOWELL, M. C., "Lead as an environmental poison," Clinical Phar-
     macology and Therapeutics, 12, 982-1002 (I97l).

 6.   BERTINUSON, J. R. and CLARK, C. S., "The contribution to lead content
     of soils from urban housing," Interface, 6, 1073 (1973).

 T.   FAIREY, F. S. and GRAY, J. W., Ill, "Soil lead and pediatric lead
     poisoning in Charleston, S.C.," The Journal of the South Carolina
     Medical Association, 79-82 (l970Ti
 8.   PATTERSON, R. L. and LOCKHART, L. B., Jr., The Natural Radiation
     Environment, Edited by J. Adams and W. Louden, The University of
     Chicago Press, 383-392 (196*0.
 9.   MORSE, R. S. and WELFORD. G. A., "Dietary intake of 210Pb," Health
     Physics, 21, 53-55 (1971%
10.   KING, B. C., "Maximum daily intake of lead without excessive body lead-
     burden in children," Amer. J. Pis. Child. 122, 337-3^0  (l97l).

11.   BARLTROP, D., "Sources and significance of environmental lead for
     children," International Symposium, Environmental Health Aspects of
     Lead, Amsterdam, October 2-6, 1972.

12.   BLACK, S. C., "Low-level polonium and radiolead analysis," Health
     Physics, J, 87-91 (1961).

-------
VERZEICHNIS






   INDEX






   INDEX






  INDICE






   INDEX

-------
                              LIT
 AASETH,  J.,  913
 ADLER, M.W.,  77
 ALBERT,  R.,  1167,  2061,  2068,
   2069
 ALESSIO,  L.,  1123,  1129,  113O,
   1167         	
 ALLART-DEMUL,  C. ,  13O3
 ALLEGRINI, M. , 1697
 ALLEN, J.R.,  385,  397
 ALTMAN,  D.G.,  289
 ALTSHULER, B., 2061
 ALTSHOLLER, A.P.,  21O9
 ANDERSON, J.,  1449,  1461,  1468,
   1469
 ANGERER, J., 1317, 1327, 1328
 ARHIRII, M., 339
 ARONOW, R., 1177
 ARSAC, P., 603
 AUBERT, M., 1613

 BABCOCK, L.R., 2083
 BACKHAUS, F., 2231
 BAKER, F.D., 879
 BARHAD, B., 333
 BARQUET, A., 695
 BARRATT, R.S., 1397, 1779
 BARSAN, E.T., 1O73
 EARTH, D.S., 1875, 1877, 1921,
  1922, 1925,~19l6, 1928, 1930,
  1931, 1933, 1934, 1935, 1939,
  1940, 1950, 1959, 1960, 1962,
  1963, 2073,
BASTENIER, H., 1303
BATES, D.V.,  1007, 1967, 1978,
  1979, 2001, 2003,~2T5~2
 BATTI, R., 1531
 BEACONSFIELD, P., 2397
 BECK, E.G., 1031, 1O40, 1041
 BEITZ, L., 1417, 1430
 BELCHER, R., 1779
 BELL, A., 1101
 BENARIO, M., 2169
 BENINSON, D., 845, 1878, 1924,
   1927,  1934, 1935,  1941, 1949,
   2297
 BENSON,  F.B., 423
 BERGLUND, B., 119
 BERGLUND, 0., 119, 142
 BERLIN,  A., 552, 611,  629, 693
   859, 1087, 1100, 1238, 1959,
   2003,  2185, 2254,  2257
 BERLIN,  M., 156, 491,  895, 1259
 BERNA, M.,  231
 BERNER,  A., 1729
 BERNSTEIN,  A.D., 1O5,  116, 117
   1029,  2298     	          '
 BERNSTEIN,  D.,  431
 BIANCO,  A.,  1039
 BIERSTEKER,  K.,  1881,  1924.  192i
   1933,  1934,  1943,  1957,  1958.
   1959                         '
 BIGNON,  J.,  1189,  1196,  1197
 BINDER,  R.E.,  669
 BITTEL,  R.,  714,  1441, 1449.
   1469           	
 BLACKBURN, C.R.B., 63
 De BOECK, R., 1131
Den BOER, M.C.,  1247
BOGDANOVIC, E.,  2271
BONNAUD, G., 1189
BONNEFOUS, M., 51O
Underlined numerals denote authors
Arabic numerals denote participants in discussions

-------
                             LIII
BORDAS, E., 1145
del BORGHI, M.f 18O7
BORLAUG, N., 2397
de BORTOLI, M., 1287
BOTZENHART, K., 1757
BOUDENE, C., 6O3, 612
le BOUFFANT, L., 1645, 1651
BOUHUYS, A., 669, 675
BOUQUIAUX, J., 1239, 1298
BOURBON, P., 269
                                 CACCURI,  S., 1823
                                 CAGNETTI, P., 1451
                                 CALANDRA, J.C., 772
                                 CANTON, J.H., 1479, 1489
                                 CAPURRO,  P.U.,  1579
                                 CARNOW, B.W., 45, 313, 353, 266,
                                   368,  588,  1129, TT67
                                 CARPENTER, L.,  1729
                                 CARPI di  RISMINI, A., 2397
                                 /^ADOfimxTO   T  »   -> n F-
null****.., r., £«                CARSTENS,  L.A. ,  385
BOURDEAU, Ph., 263 363, 366,    "«<"—™  -   «"
  51O
BOUVILLE, A., 1531
BRADEN, M., 485
BRAETTER, P., 2255, 2301
•»•*» mxm»»  T^ **   •* -* •*  ICQ
                    1954
                                CARSTENSEN,  J.,  969
                                CARTER, M.H.,  1399
                                del CASTILHO,  P.,  2185
                                CASULA, D.,  1693
wwusj.-j.fiK, *-., ^33, *juj.        CERNIK, A.A.,  1207, 1221, 1237,
BRAMAN, R.S., 117, 258, 1328,     2254
  1363, 137O, 1397, 1954        CERQUIGLINI-MONTERIOLO, S., 13O1
BRAVO A, H., 468, 2091, 2160,     1383
  2161                          CHAMBERS, P.,  1O4, 259, 397, 51O,
BREIDENBACH, A.W., 751            702' 2045
	  ..   	  	  	       CHANTEUR, J. ,  2386
                                CHAPMAN, R., 193,  2O7, 2O8, 21O,
                                  645, 658   	
                                CHARLTON, J.,  112O
                                CHATTOPADHYAY, A., 1685
                                /*V»T «*T T H  %«    *t it M v»
0nci.i4J&HDn\,np n«n* * t JX.
BRILLE, D., 269. 356, 667
BROCKHAUS, A., 781
BROMBERG, P.A., 1989
BROOKS, A.G.F., 77,
BRUAUX, P., 1131, 1143          ^          ^
BRUCH, J., 781, 791, 1O4O, 12O6 CICOLELLAf A  ~^
de BRUIN, A., 259, 911, 2O59    CIGNA    -  '   '  ~
BUCKET, J.P., 631, 887, 2185    clAEYS.,KOPr,11Tt/i:,—7
BULCRAIG, W.R., 209
BURGER, E.J.jr., 145, 155,
  156, 157
                                CLAEYS-THOREAU,  P.,  1131
                                CLAUDE, J.R.,  397
                                CLAYTON, J.W.jr.,  371,  383,  383
                                CLBMENTE, G.F.,  260,  1028, 1451,
0USTUJSVA, K. , JLUUy
BUTLER, G.C., 1431, 1884, 193O  nfM    '
  1937, 1948, 1955, 1956, 1978  COIN, L., 7O3
BUXTON, R. St.J.,  1113          COLMAN, R., 485
BYRNE, A.R., 245, 258, 259, 26O,COLOMBINI' M- •
  1370
BUSH, B., 879, 885, 911, 1339
BDSTUEVA, K. , 1O09
                                                159

-------
                             LIV
COLUCCI, A.V., 1043
COOPER, W.C., 555, 568, 569,
  1196
COTE, R.W., 47
CROCKER, K., 2O68
CROSSMANN, G., 14O7
CRUZ, R.,  1685
COCU, M.,  333

DAHL, R.,  2231
DAMS, E.,  513, 1430
DAMS, R.,  4O9
DANIEL, H., 1645, 1651
DANIEL, J.W., 877, 902, 1041
DANIELSON, L., 116, 885
DAVID,  0., 588, 1549
DAVIDOW, B., 545
DAVIES, J.E., 695
DAVOUST, P., 2384
DEAN, G.,  190, 643
DEHNEN, W., 781
DELEANU.M., 1583
DELCARTE,  E., 1675
DELVES, H.T., 2215, 2258
DEMUYNCK,  M., 409
DENNIS, C.A.R., 1O29, 1543,
  1953
DEPAUS, R., 1341
VOn DEPKA, J., 506
DERWENT, R.G., 1669
DESBORDES. J., 1199
DEVOTO, G., 1693
DIEHL, J.F., 958, 1121
DIETERICH, B.H., 2451
DIETL, F., 1853
DI FERRANTE, E., 1956
DJURIC, D., 1829
DOBIN, D.D., 1223
DOBRYSZYCKA, W., 685
DOLGNER, R., 279
DONALDSON, W.T., 1399, 1405,
  1406
DONNIER, B., 1613
DONZELLI, A., 231
DUBOIS, L., 1331
DUGANDZIC, M. 2285
DUMONT, M., 2231
DUNCAN, K.P., 2175
DUNCAN, L.J., 1241
DUPUIS, P.J., 491, 1196, 1314

EDWARDS. H.W., 1277, 1285, 1286
EFTHYMIOU, M.L., 1789
EGELS, W., 1407
EISENBUD, M.f 431
ENGLISH, T.D., 401, 47O, 471,
  472
EPSTEIN, S.S., 552, 569, 749,
  814, 1120, 2367, 2382, 2383,
  2384, 2385, 2386
van ESCH, G.J., 1O17
ESPINOSA, M.E., 2O91
EVENDIJK, J.E., 1351.

PACCHETTI, S., 1287, 1298, 1299
FAGNIART, E., 1675
FAIRWEATHER, F.A., 1113
FALK, H.L., 2331, 2348, 2349,
  2350
FAVRETTO, L. , 1511
FAVRETTO GABRIELLI,  L., 1511
FERRAIOLO, E.G., 18O7

-------
                             LV
FERRARI-BRAVO, P., 1797
FINE, P.R., 1223
FINKLEA, J., 193, 645
FISCHER, A.B., 1O31
FISHBEIN, L., 725. 749
FLOREY, C.f 289
FONDIMARE, A., 1199, 12O6
FOURNIER, E., 1433, 1439, 1789
FREDERIKSON, M., 1959
FREEMAN, G., 685, 833, 844,
  1007
FRENCH, J., 193, 645
FRIBERG, L., 23O7, 2315, 2316
FRIEDMANN, J., 5O7, 51O, 511
FRIEDRICHS, K.H., 715, 723,
  724
FUMAROLA, G., 1807
FURIOSI, N.J., 833

GADDO,  P.P.,  1287
GAFFEY, W.R., 555
GAGE,  J.C.,  895
GAGLIONE,  P., 1287
GARDI,  R.,  18O7
GARDNER, D.E., 705, 713, 714,
GARIBALDI,  P., 1287
GARNIER, A.,  1441
GENT,  M.,  1263
GHELBERG,  N.W.,  1145,  1583
GHETTI, P.F.,  1957
GIANANI,  G.,  1697
GIBBS,  G.W.,  1197,  12O6, 2271,
   2296, 2297, 23O1, 2302
GIBSON, R.J.W.,  289
von GIERKE, H.,  1249
GIOVANNINI , I.,  1797
CLAUDE, P., 1341
GLOBUS, G., 5O7
GODIN, J., 603
GOERKE, W., 37
GOLDBERG, A.M., 793, 8O3
GOLDBERG, H., 193
GOLDSMITH, J.R., 62, 155, 189,
  382, 585, 675, 1889, 1923,
  1935, 1936, 1942, 1945, 195O,
  1956, 2156, 2165, 2179,
GOLDSTEIN, I., 1275
GONO, E., 591
GOOTJIS, P., 1316, 1951
GRAB, B., 339
GRADISKI, D., 1631, 1661
de GRAEVE, J., 523
GRAOVAC-LEPOSAVIC, L. ,  1829
GRASSO, C., 861, 878
GREENLAND, R.D., 805
GREVE, P.A., 1479
GRIECO, A., 231
GRIFFIN, H.E.,  23O5
GROLL-KNAPP,E.,  989
GROS,  R.,  2225
GRUENER, N.,  1O67
GRUNSPAN,  M.J.,   773,  20O3
GUINEE, V.F.,  545,  551,  552,
   553,  1166

HAAG,  A.,  1317
HAASE, J.,  1417
HADDAD,  R.,  451
HAGEDORN-GOETZ,  H.,  2231
HAIDER,  M.,  475, 989, 999, 2393
HARDWICK,  D.F.,  961
HARKE, H.P.,1327,  1773
HARRISON,  P.R., 1741
 HARRISON, R.M., 1111, 1285, 1349
   1370, 1405, 1783

-------
                              LVI
HAYES, C., 645
HAZUCHA, M., 1979, 2OO1
HEBBELINCK,  D., 1303
HEM, B.f 1189
HENDERSON, P.Th., 2047
BENIN, J.P., 1651
HERNBERG, S., 568, 692, 1129,
  1142, 2395
HERTZ, M.B., 1763
RICKEY, N., 658
HILLERY, P.J., 7_
HILPERT, K., 2231
BINE, C.H., 207, 260, 104O,
  1130, 1937, 2029, 2298
HINTON, D.O., 1769
HISLOP, J., 959
HO, M.T., 1519
HOFMAN, B., 1017
HOGGER, D., 1247, 2157
BOLL, K., 612
HOLLAND, W.W., 39' 45
HOLM, S., 895, 902
HOLMQVIST,  I, 613, 629
HORIE,  Y.,  2143
HOSE IN,  H.R., 669
HOUCK,  C.L., 879
BOWER,  J.,  591, 6O1
HUETER, F.G., 261, 352, 363,
  364
HUTCHINSON, T.C., 1685
HOTB, F., 715
HUDNAN-SEPPALA, A., 2263

IMPENS, R., 1675
IOVENITTI,  L., 1797
IRWIG,  L.,  289, 360
IWANKIEWICZ, S., 685
IZMEROV, N.F., 2409
JACKSON, D.L., 161, 176, 177,
  178, 1956
JACOBSEN, M., 89, 211, 228, 229,
  1478, 1502, 2365
JACYSZYN, K., 685
JAMIN, P., 523
JANSEN, G., 513, 999, 2O44
JEANMAIRE, L., 2225, 2252, 2256
JERVIS, R.E., 1685
JOHNSON, D.L., 1363
JOOSTING, P.E., 76, 2O05, 2029
JOST, D., 2115
JUHOS, L., 833

KAMINSKI, E.J., 551, 803, 1168
KARCHER, W.,  1341, 1349
KARHAUSEN, L., 367
O'KEEFFE, A.E., 21O9, 2164, 2166
  2168,  2169,  2172
KEITZ, E.L.,  1241, 1247, 1248
KELLER,  M.D.,  47
KEVANY,  J., 89
KZLPIO,  J.O.,  2263
KIRCHMANN, R., 1675
KJELLSTR&M, T., 62, 1221, 1939,
  2197,  2252,  2254, 2257, 2299,
  5303,  2328,  2365, 2383
KIAHRE,  P.* 2231
KLEINMAN, M.,  431
KNAUTH,  P., 2O31,  2043, 2044
KNEIP, T.J.,  431,  466,  473
KNELSON, J.H. , 181, 189, 190,
  361, 973
KOPPLE,  J.D.,  847
KORICANAC,  Z., 2285
KOSTA, L.,  245
KOTLAREK-HAUS, S.,  685, 692,  693

-------
                             LVII
KRACKE, W., 1853                LLOYD, W. J. , 1085
KREBS, H., 2397                 LO, Fa-Chun, 879
van der KREEK, F.W., 959, 1O28, Van LOON, J., 1685, 1849
  1065, 2382                    LORKE, D., 817, 83O, 831
KREUZER, W., 601, 1853, 2O45,   ^^ ^—

RUMMER, J., 1303, 1314, 1315,   LOVE' G-J" 1P1' 51^
  1316, 1339                    LOWE, A.C., 2O91
KUMPF M.J., 339, 363, 365, 1957 LYNAM, D.R., 543, 791
LACOURLY, G., 1441
LAFONTAINE, A., 382, 1131, 1942,
  2437
LAMBO, T.A., 11
LANESE, R.R., 4_7
LANG, R., 659
LANGER, H., 1757
LANZOLA, E., 1697
LAO, R.C., 1331, 1339, 1340,
  1468
LAUER, G., 423, 2156, 2163
LAUWERYS, R., 542, 568, 631,
  831, 887, 1238, 2185
LEEDER, S.R., 63, 76, 1111
LEFEVRE, M.J., 988, 2O29
LEGRAND, H., 1131
LEHNERT, G., 1317
LEHTO, V.P., 1OO7, 2315
LELLOUCH, J., 269
LENGHEL, I., 1583
LEUNG, S.,  1248
LEVERE, T.E., 493, SO6
LEVY, D., 1263,  1275, 1276
LEVY, E.A.,  1797
LIND, B., 2197
LINDVALL, T., 119, 1954
LINNMAN, L., 2197
                                MAGADUR, J.L., 1631, 1661
                                MAGE, D., 176, 2O7, 1275,  2O68
                                  2156, 2158, 2162, 2164,  2165,
                                  2168, 2170, 2174, 2176,  2178,
                                  2179, 2181, 2315, 2364
                                MAGE, D.T., 2O97
                                MAGI, F., 857
                                MAGNAVAL, R., 1531
                                MAHEU, R.,  17
                                MALONE, D.H., 1569
                                MANOJLOVIC, N.,  1O31
                                MARCUS, A.H., 15O5
                                MARQUARDT,  H., 16O7
                                MARTIN, A.B., 1113, 112O,  1121,
                                  1122, 2305
                                MARTIN, J., 973
                                MARTIN, J.C., 1645, 1651
                                MATERNE,  D.,  631
                                McCABE, E.B., 1168
                                MCDONALD, G.C.,  1491
                                McGUIRE,  J.M.,  1399
                                MCNEIL, J.L., 571,  584, 586,
                                   588,  589
                                McNESBY,  J.R.,  1371,  1383
                                MEININGER,  J.,  6O3
                                van  MEIRHAEGE,  A.,  2O44
                                MENENTI,  M.,  1797
                                MERIAN, E., 929, 1396, 2175

-------
                             LVIII
MERLUZZI, F., 231
MICHAELSON, I.A., 805
MILIC, S.t 1829, 2285
MILOVANOVIC, Lf., 2285
MIRE, B.f 973
MITCHELL, C.A., 669*
MITCHELL, R.I., 47, 62
                                NORBACK, D.H., 385
                                NORSETH, T., 913
                                NOTTEN, W.R.F., 2O47, 2O59, 206O
                                NURNBERG, H.W., 2231

                                OLEKSYK, E., 685
                                UitCftbXK, £., POO
nx^nr,^, «.x., ^, o*          OLOFFS, P.C., 7O2, 723, 750,
MOKEMATKENGUEMBA, G., 178,        961, 1065, 1953, 2350
  1941, 1951                    OMENN, G.S., 1563, 1952
                                OREL, J.V., 2177
                                ORIOL, P., 269
                                OTT, W.R., 2O97
                                OUW, K.H., 1101
MOLDOVAN, N., 1583
MOLLARET, P.,  1938
MONCELON, B., 1661
MONCHAUX, G., 1189
MONKMAN, J.L., 1015, 1331
MOONEY, T.F., 1637
MOORE, M.R., 535,  1171, 2252
MOORE, W. , 751
MOREAU, M. , 1315
MORGADE, C., 695
MORGAN, G.B., 2073
MORRESI, N., 231
MORRIS, S.C., 677, 683
MOSE, J.R. , 1617
MOULE, Y., 967
MRAK, E.M. , 1965
MURAYAMA, H. , 91
MUSSENDEN, R., 833
NAGDA, N.L., 2083
NANGNIOT, P., 1675
                                PACIGA, J., 1685
                                PACKHAM, R.F., 1468
                                PATTI, F., 2225
                                PEAT, J.K., £3
                                PECORA, L., 1823
                                PELECH, L., 279
                                PERROTEY, J., 1199
                                PERRY, R., 1285, 1328, 1385,
                                  1405, 1783
                                PETERS, R., 2397
                                PETERSON, R.W. , 3,
                                PFANNHAUSER, W., 258, 858,  1328.
                                  1719, 2253
                                PHAM, Q.T., 2O8, 470, 973,  988
                                PHILP. J.M.. 2350
                                PHILP, J.M., 2350
*1«~»l^^«~*^» f ** • *« * f m* -^f^f -mf
NANGNIOT, P., 1675              PICHE' L" 1314' 1468
NEEDLEMAN,-H.L., 584, 1155, 1166PI^ATOR, M., 830, 951, 958,
  1167, 1168, 1169, 1936, 2433    y*y' •L^J" **y'
NEUBERGER, M., 989              PITTWELL, L.R., 2303
               ~^^~              n T\7a  C*   1 *7 P O
NEWHOUSE, M., 383, 1263, 1953   FIVA' L" i^2.
NEWILL, V.A., 161               POTT' F>' —
NIEUWSTRATEN, N., 1351
                                POWELL, W., 833

-------
                              LIX
PRINZ, B., 591, 1471, 1489
PTASNIK, J.A., 571

QUAGLIARDI, A., 1287
QUINOT, E., 1519

RABINOWITZ, M., 847
RAFFONELLI, A., 695
RAINSBURY, R., 2397
RALL, D., 37
RAMACIOTTI, D., 659, 2316
REAY, J.S.S., 1669
RECHT, P., 157, 1894, 1928,
  1938, 1946, 1961, 2641
REEVES, A., 724, 1637, 2385
RETHFELD, H., 1407, 1416
REUSMANN, G., 591
REUTER, L., 1O66
REY, P., 659, 667
ROBERTS, T.M., 1685
ROELS, H., 631, 887, 1237,
  2185
ROGGI, C., 1697
RONDIA, D., 523, 535, 1339
ROOSKEN, A.A., 1351
ROOTS, L.M., 1113
van ROOYEN, G.I., 2382
ROSCA, Gh., 1073
ROSCA, S., 1073
ROSIVAL, L., 877, 1187, 1237
ROSSANO, A.T., 2083
ROSSI, Ai,  1823
RUBIN, R.J., 903, 911, 912
RUDEN, H., 1757
RUDOLF, W., 2115
RUTENFRANZ, J., 2031
RUTZEL, H., 2231
RYLANDER, R., 137, 477, 484,
  667
SABATINI, G.C., 1697
SADOUL, P., 973
SALAZAR, S., 2O91
SANOTSKY, I.V., 10O9, 2349,
  2409, 2433
SANSONI, B., 1853
SANTARONI, G.P., 1O30, 1451
SANTOLUCITO, J.A., 702, 1051,
  2387, 2394
SAUERHOFF, M.W., 8O5
SAVINO, A., 931, 1749
SAYERS, M.H.P., 1207
SCASSELLATI-SFORZOLINI. G., 931,
  r?49                     —
SCHALLER, K.H., 1087
SCHNEIDER, T.,  195V 2071, 2155,
  2158, 2162,  2166, 2168, 2172,
  2174, 2175,  2178, 2182
SCHILLING, R.S.F., 669
SCHLATTER, C.,  723
SCHLIPKOTER, H.W., 190, 228,
  369, 521, 667, 723, 771,
  2328
SCHMIDT, P., 279, 354
SCHOENBERG, J.B., 669
SCHUCK, E.A.,  2073, 2159, 2161,
  2164, 2171, 2171, 2176, 2177,
  2179, 218O,  2181, 2182
SCHULLER, P.L., 1017
SCHULZ, C.O., 903
SCHWING, R.C.,  1491, 15O2, 1503,
  2178, 2181
SCOPPA, M., 958
SEBASTIEN, P.,  1189
SECCHI, G.C.,  1123

-------
                               LX
SEIFERT, D., 1407
SERWER, D., 2383
EL-SEWEFY, A.Z., 1589
SHAHEEN, H.r 1589
SHAMS El-DEEN, A., 1589
SHAPIRO, I.M., 1155
SHAPIRO, M.A., 677
SHERWOOD, R.J., 471, 134O, 1954
SHUVAL, H.I., 1067
SILBERGELD, E.K., 793, 814, 1O51
SILVERMAN, A.P. , 16O1
SKJAERASEN, J. , 1233
SLATER, D.H., 1783
SHEETS, J., 1087, 2185
SMIDT, U., 1557
SMITH, R.G., 1637
SMITH, G., 1729
SORENSEN, S., 137, 477
STAKKOVIC, B., 2285
STANKOVIC, M., 2285
STANKOWSKA, K., 685
STANLEY, R., 1729
STARA, J.F., 714, 751, 771, 772,
  813
STEELE, T.D., 1954, 1961, 2170
STEENSBERG, J., 472, 1OO6, I960
  2432
STEPANEK, V., 1473, 1478, 15O3
STEPHAN, W.I., 1779
STERN, A.C., 2143
STEVENS, L., 1001
STEWART, H.N.M., 1669
STIDL, H.G., 989
STOEPPLER, M., 2231, 2259
STOOFF, W., 1479
STOPPS, G.J., 229
STUIK,  E.J., 537
STOPFEL, M., 89, 77O, 844,
  1275, 1625, 1963, 2O43
SUESS, M.J., 339
SULAIMAN, A.B., 657, 683, 1952
SUTHERLAND, L.C., 484, 485, 491
SWYNGEDOUW, I., 1131
SYROTA, M.J., 399, 457, 459,
  462
SZADKOWSKI, D., 1841, 2183, 2249,
  2256, 2259
SZPERLINSKI, Z., 1711
TAKABATAKE, E., 2197
TATI, M., 2251
TAYOT, J., 1199
TER HAAR, G., 8O3, 1177
THOMAS, R.S., 1331
THOMAS, T.J., 1569
THOMPSON, J.M., 1779
TOMATIS, L., 1053, 2317, 2328,
  2329
TOMPKINS, E., 2197
den TONKELAAR, E.M., 1O17, 1O28,
  1029, 1030
TRAKOWSKI, A.C., 2455
TREMOLIERES, J., 1902, 1921,
  1927, 1944, 1950
TRUFFERT, L., 2255, 23OO
TSUCHIYA, K., 2197, 2351, 2364,
  2365
TDLLIEZ, J., 921, 929
TUMASONIS, C.E., 879
TWIBELL, J.D., 1385, 1397, 1398
TYTUN, A., 545
VALENTA, P., 1416, 2231
VALJAREVIC, V., 1829

-------
                              LXI
VANINI, G.f 1289                YORDANOV, D., 1815
VEIL, S., 1, 25
VERBERK, M.M., 2005
               	             ZAPHIROPOULOS, M. , 1961
VOINIER, B., 659
             	                de ZEEUW, M., 1947
VOUK, V.B.,  467, 469, 473,
  1912, 1925, 1930, 1931, 1947  ZELENKO, V., 2£7
VUORI, E., 2263, 2296           ZIELHUIS, R.L., 175,  364,  537,
           	                   542, 543, 692,  104O, 110O,
                                  1168, 2002, 2060, 2348,  2384
WALDBOTT, .G.L., 1575            ZUNIC, R., 2386
WALLER, R.E., 77, 89, 90        ZWIERS, J.H.L., 1O17
WANNAG, A., 1233, 1237, 1238
WARNER, P.O., 1001, 1OO6, 1OO7,
  1008
WASSERMANN, D., 1O53
WASSERMANN, M., 103, 156, 396,
  683, 702, 713, 877, 1O53,
  1065, 1066, 1439, 1953
WATANABE, H., 91, 1O4
WEAVER, N.R., 369
WEBER, 0., 260, 2261, 2295, 2297,
  2299, 2301, 2302, 23O3
WEICHERT, N., 1417
WEIR, F.W., 1989, 2OO1, 2OO2,
  20O3, 2004
WEISS, B., 2415, 2432, 2433
WESOLOWSKI, J.J., 471, 1729
WETHERILL, G.W., 847, 857, 858,
  859, 1298
WILCOX, S.L., 1241
WILLIAMS, H., 16O1
WILLIAMS, M.K., 551
WILLIAMS, R., 47_
WISSMATH, P., 1853
WOIDICH, H., 1719
WOOLCOCK, A.J., £3
WORTH, G., 1557
YANIV, S.L., 1249, 126O

-------
                                              SALES  OFFICES
Belgique -  Belgifi                  Ireland

Moniteur beige -  Belgisch Staetsblad          Stationery Office
Rue de Louvaln 40-42 — Leuvenseweg 40-48
1000 Bruxelles - 1000 Brussel                Beggar's Bush
Tel. 5120026                              Dublin 4
CCP 000-2005502-27 -                      Tel. 688433
Postrekening 000-2005502-27
                                        United States of America
                                        European Community Information Service

                                        2100 M Street, N.W.
                                        Suite 707
                                        Washington, D.C. 20037

                                        Tel. 296 5131
Soua-depOt - Agentschap:

Librairieeuropeenne - Europese Boekhandel
Rue de la Loi 244 - Wetstraat 244
1040 Bruxelles- 1040 Brussel
Danmark
Italia


Llbreria dello Sttto
Piazza G.Verdi 10
00198 Roma - Tel. (6) 8508
CCP 1/2640
Telex 62008
Agenzie:
00187 Roma - Via XX Settembre
            (Palazzo Ministero
            del Tesoro)
20121 Milano-Galleria
            Vittorio Emanuele
            3-Tel.806406
Schweiz - Suisse - Svizzera
                                                                                Libra/fie Ptyot

                                                                                6, rue Grenus
                                                                                1211 Geneve
                                                                                T*l. 3189 50
                                                                                CCP 12-236 Geneve
J.H. Scnuiu - Bognandei
Mootergade!9
1116KobenhavnK
Girokonto 1195
Tel, 141195
 Deutschland (BR)

 Verlag Bundesanzeiger
 5K6ln 1 - BreiteStraSe - PosMach 108006
 Tel. (0221)210348
 (Fernschreiber: Anzeiger Bonn
 08882595)
 Postscheckkonto 83400 K6ln
 France

 Service de vente en France ties publications
 dea Communautea europeennes
 Journal official
 26, rue Desaix
 75732 Paris -Cedex 15
 Tel.<1) S786139 - CCP Part* 23-96
Grand-Duche
de Luxembourg

Of/Ice des publications olllcielles ties Com-
munautes europeennes

5, rue du Commerce
Botta postale 1003 - Luxembourg
Tel. 490081 -CCP 191-90
Compte courant bancaire:
BIL 8-109/6003/300
 Nederland

 Steat$drukkertj- en uitgeverilbedrljl

 ChrlMoffel Plantljnstraal,
 's-Gravenhage
 Tel. (070) 814511
 Postgiro425300
 United Kingdom

 H.M. Stationery Office

 P.O. Box 569
 London SE1 9NH
 Tel. 01-928 6977, ext. 365
Sverige

Librairie C.E. Fritze

2, Fredsgatan
Stockholm 16
Post Giro 193. Bank Giro 73/4015
EspaAa

Llbreria Uundi-Prensa

Castelld 37
Madrid 1
Tel. 2754655
Other countries


Office  for  Official  Publications  of  the
European Communities

5, rue du Commerce
Bolte postal* 1003 - Luxembourg
Tel. 490081 -CCP 191-90
Compte courant bancaire:
BIL 8-109/6003/300

-------